UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 
AT   LOS  ANGELES 


W.  T.  DAYS. 


INTERSTATE  COMMERCE  COMMISSION 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 


REGULATIONS 

FOR  THE 

TRANSPORTATION  OF  EXPLOSIVES 

AND  OTHER  DANGEROUS  ARTICLES 

BY  FREIGHT  AND  EXPRESS 

AND  AS  BAGGAGE 

INCLUDING 

SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  SHIPPING  CONTAINERS 


PRESCRIBED  UNDER  THE  ACT  OF  MARCH  4,  1921 

BINDING  UPON  ALL  COMMON  CARRIERS  ENGAGED  IN  INTERSTATE 

OR  FOREIGN  COMMERCE,  AND  UPON  ALL  SHIPPERS 

MAKING  SHIPMENTS  VIA  SUCH  CARRIERS 

BY  LAND 


REVISED,  EFFECTIVE  JANUARY  1,  1923 


Superseding  regulations  revised  July  15, 1918,  and  all 
amendments  thereto 

(See  note  p.  1.) 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICB 

1922 


THE  INTERSTATE  COMMERCE  COMMISSION 


CHARLES  C.  McCHORD,  Chairman 
BALTHASAR  H.  MEYER 
HENRY  C.  HALL 
WINTHROP  M.  DANIELS 
CLYDE  B.  AITCHISON 
JOSEPH  B.  EASTMAN 
MARK  W.  POTTER 
JOHN  J.  ESCH 
JOHNSTON  B.  CAMPBELL 
ERNEST  I.  LEWIS 
FREDERICK  I.  COX 

GEORGE  B.  McGINTY,  Secretary 


ADDITIONAL   COPIES 

OF  THIS  PUBLICATION  MAY  BE  PROCURED  FROlf 

THE  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

WASHINGTON,   D.  C. 

AT 

35  CENTS   PER  COPY 


\7 


Me 


ORDER. 

At  a  General  Session  of  the  INTERSTATE  COMMERCE 
COMMISSION,  held  at  its  office  in  Washington,  D.  C,  on 
the  3d  day  of  October,  A.  D.  1922. 

No.  3666. 

In  the  Matter  of  Regulations  for  the  Transportation  of  Explosives,  Inflammables, 
and  Other  Dangerous  Articles. 

It  appearing,  That  by  order  dated  May  20,  1921,  the  commission 
entered  upon  a  hearing  concerning  the  propriety  of  certain  suggested 
amendments  to  its  regulations  for  the  transportation  of  explosives, 
inflammables,  and  other  dangerous  articles  by  freight,  by  express,  and 
as  baggage; 

It  further  appearing,  That  a  full  investigation  of  the  matters  and 
things  involved  has  been  had,  and  that,  good  cause  therefor  appearing, 
certain  amendments  have  been  adopted: 

It  is  ordered,  That  the  regulations  as  amended,  and  hereby  referred 
to  and  made  a  part  hereof,  be,  and  they  are  hereby,  made  effective  on 
January  1,  1923,  and  shall  be  observed  thereafter  until  further  order 
of  the  commission. 

By  the  commission. 

[seal.]  George  B.  McGintt, 

Secretary. 
ui 


CONTENTS. 

Page. 

Order  of  the  commiBsion in 

PART  I. 

Regulations  for  the  Transportation  of  Explosives  and  Other  Dan- 
gerous Articles  by  Freight 1-98 

General  regulations 1-6 

Explosives 6-21 

Information  and  definitions 6 

Grouping 6 

Group  1.  Forbidden  explosives 6 

Group  2.  Acceptable  explosives 8 

Packing  and  marking  explosives 11-21 

Samples 11 

Low  explosives  and  black  powder 11 

High  explosives 12 

Smokeless  powder  for  cannon 14 

Smokeless  powder  for  small  arms 15 

Fulminates 15 

Small-arms  ammunition 15 

Ammunition  for  cannon 16 

Projectiles,  bombs,  grenades,  etc 16 

Blasting  caps ,   .  17 

Detonating  fuzes 18 

Primers,  percussion  caps,  tracer  and  time  fuzes 18 

Common  fireworks 19 

Special  fireworks 20 

Cordeau  detonant,  instantaneous  fuse,  safety  fuse,  safety  squibs,  etc. .  21 

Dangerous  articles  other  than  explosives 21-98 

Information  and  definitions 21 

Grouping 21 

Group  1.  Forbidden  articles 21 

Group  2.   Acceptable  articles 22 

Definitions 22-23 

Inflammable  liquids — Red  label 22 

Inflammable  solids — Yellow  label 22 

Oxidizing  materials — Yellow  label 22 

Corrosive  liquids — White  label 22 

Compressed  gases — Red  or  green  (gas)  label 23 

Poisonous  articles 23 

Class  A — Poison  gas  label 23 

Class  B— No  label 23 

Label,  certificate  and  other  exemptions 23-25 

Inflammable  liquids 23 

Inflammable  solids  and  oxidizing  materials 24 

Corrosive  liquids 25 

Class  B  poisonous  articles 25 

List  of  principal  dangerous  articles 25-31 

V 


VI  CONTENTS. 

Regui-ation's  kor  the  Transportation-  of  Explosives  and  Other  Da.v- 

GEROi'S  Articles  by  Freight — Continut'd.  Page. 

Preparation  and  packing  dangerous  articles  other  than  explosives 32-60 

Intlammable  liquids — Red  label 33 

Outage  chart  for  inflammable  liquids 34 

Inflammable  solids — Yellow  label 39 

Oxidizing  materials— Yellow  label 46 

Corrosive  liquids — White  label 47 

Compressed  gases — Red  or  green  (gas)  label 52 

Poisonous  articles 59 

Poisonous  gases  or  liquids — Glass  A — Poison  gas  label 59 

Poisonous  articles — Class  B — No  label 60 

Labels 61-65 

Shipping  orders,  description  and  marking 65-67 

Waybilling 67-70 

Selection,  preparation,  and  placarding  of  cars 70-80 

Handling 80-98 

Injured,  leaking,  and  astray  packages 80 

Loading  in  car 82 

Handling  cars 86 

Leaking  tank  cars 89 

Unloading  tank  cars 91 

Shipments  from  connecting  lines 94 

Removal  of  placards 94 

Electric  railway  and  motor  car  service 94 

In  case  of  a  wreck 95 

Diagram  of  tank-car  discharge  valve 97 

Loading  chart.     (Condensed  loading  and  unloading  regulations.).  .Faces. .  98 

PART  II. 

REr,rL.\TIONS    FOR  THE    Tr.AN'SPORTATION    OF    EXPLOSIVES   AND    OtHER    DAN- 
GEROUS Articles  by  Express 99-140 

General  regulations 99-101 

Information  and  definitions 101 

Grouping 101 

Group  1 .  Forbidden  articles 101 

Forbidden  explosive  articles 102 

Other  forbidden  articles 103 

Group  2.  Acceptable  explosives 104 

Definitions  of  acceptable  explosives 105 

Packing,  marking,  and  labeling  of  acceptable  explosives 106 

Samples  of  explosives 106 

Small-arms  ammunition,  primers,  fuzes,  safety  fuse,   safety 

squibs,  etc 107 

Fireworks 108 

Group  3.  Acceptable  dangerous  articles  other  than  explosives 110 

Definitions 110 

Inilammable  liquids — Red  label 110 

I nllammable  solids — Yellow  label 110 

Oxidizing  materials — Yellow  label Ill 

Corrosive  liquids— White  label Ill 

Compressed  gases— Red  or  green  (gas)  label Ill 

Poisonous  articles — Poison  label Ill 

Cla.s8  .\— Forbidden Ill 

Class  B— Acceptable Ill 


CONTENTS.  VII 

Regulations  for  the  Transportation  op  Explosives  and  Other  Dan- 
gerous Articles  by  Express — Continued. 
Grouping — Continued. 

Groups.  Acceptable dangerousarticles other thanexplosives — Con.  Page. 

List  of  principal  dangerous  articles 112-117 

Packing  dangerous  articles  other  than  explosives 118-134 

Inflammable  liquids — Red  label 119 

Inflammable  solids — Yellow  label 121 

Oxidizing  materials — Yellow  label 124 

Corrosive  liquids — -White  label 125 

Compressed  gases — Red  or  green  (gas)  label 127 

Poisonous  articles — Poison  label 134 

Labels 134-139 

Receipts 139 

Handling 139-140 

PART  III. 

Regulations  for  the  Transportation  op  Explosives  and  Other  Dan- 
gerous Articles  as  Baggage 141-147 

General  regulations 141 

Acceptable  articles 142 

Packing  of  acceptable  articles 142 

Motion-picture  films 142 

Compressed  gases,  hydrogen  and  oxygen 143 

Labels 144 

Placards 147 

Handling 147 

PART  IV. 

Specifications  for  Shipping  Containers  for  Explosives  and  Other  Dan- 
gerous Articles 149-326 

Specification  No.: 

1 — Boxed  carboys 149-154 

2 — Metal  cans,  glass,  earthenware,  wooden  or  metal  pails  or  kits,  etc., 

and  boxes  for  outside  containers  thereof 155-163 

3— Steel  cylinders 164-170 

3A— Steel  cylinders 170-176 

4— Steel  cylinders 176-181 

5 — Iron  or  steel  barrels  or  drums 182-186 

5A — Iron  or  steel  barrels  or  drums 186-190 

5B — Iron  or  steel  barrels  or  drums 190-191 

6 — Boxes  (wooden,  fiber,  etc.)  (for  freight  only) 191-202 

7— Steel  cylinders 202-208 

8— Steel  cylinders 208-216 

9 — Wooden  barrels  and  kegs  (tight)  (for  freight  only) 216-218 

10 — Wooden  barrels  and  kegs  (tipht)  (for  freight  only) 218-219 

11— Wooden  barrels  and  kegs  (slack) 220-223 

12— Wooden  boxes 223-225 

12A— Wooden  boxes 226-228 

13— Metal  kegs  (for  freight  only) 228-231 

14— Wooden  boxes  (for  freight  only) 231-233 

15— Wooden  boxes  (for  freight  only) 233-235 


"vrn 


CONTENTS. 


Specifications  for  Phipping  Containers  for  Explosives  and  Other  Dan- 
GEROis  Articles — Continued. 
Specification  No. — Continued.  Page. 

16_\Vooden  boxes  (for  freight  only) 235-237 

1 7— Wooden  boxes  (lined) 237-240 

Ig — ^Metal  cans  and  wooden  boxes  as  outside  containers  thereof ....  240-243 

19_Wooden  boxes 243-246 

20 — Iron  or  steel  barrels  or  drums 246 

20A — Iron  or  steel  barrels  or  drums 247-251 

20B — Iron  or  steel  barrels  or  drums 251 

21— Fiber  drums  (for  freight  only) 251-253 

22 — Wooden  veneer  drums  (for  freight  only) 253-254 

23 — Metal  jacketed  cans 254-255 

24— Fiber  cases 256-264 

25— Steel  cylinders 264-270 

26— Ste6l  cylinders 270-277 

27— Steel  cylinders  (for  freight  only) 277-282 

28 — Metal  jacketed  lead  carboys  (for  freight  only) 282-286 

29 — Mailing  tubes  (for  express  only) 286 

30— Metal  lined  boxes  (for  freight  only) 287-290 

31— Jugs  in  tubs  (f'or  freight  only) 290-291 

32 — -Metal  cases  (for  express  only) 291 

3!JA — Riveted  sheet-iron  or  steel  cases  (for  express  only) 291 

32B — Welded  steel  cases  (for  express  only) 293 

32C — Cold-drawn  steel  cases  (for  express  only) 294 

32D — Riveted  and  welded  cases  (for  express  only) 296 

32 E — Other  types  of  sheet-iron  or  steel  cases  (for  express  only) 297 

32F— Baggage  trunks 299 

32G — Metal  cylinders  (for  express  only) 300 

33— Steel  cylinders  (for  freight  only) 301-308 

34— Turned  wooden  drums  (for  freight  only) 309-310 

35 — Wooden  barrels  \vith  removable  heads  (for  freight  only) 310-312 

36 — Wooden  boxes  -wdth  metal  lining  (for  express  only) 312-313 

37 — "Peak  top "  wooden  boxes  (for  express  only) 313-315 

38— Steel  cylinders 316-321 

39A — Iron  or  steel  barrels  or  drums — Single-trip  containers  (for  freight 

only) 321-323 

39B — Iron  or  steel  barrels  or  drums — Single-trip  containers .  (for  freight 

only) 324 

40— Wooden  boxes  (for  freight  only) 324-326 

Transportation  of  explosives  act,  approved  March  4,  1921 327-329 


Note. — Special  orders  amending  these  regulations  which  are  not  rescinded  hereby  are  as  follows: 
Order  of  June  27,  1921,  approving  the  use  of  250  cylinders  of  specification  27  type;  Order  of  November  5, 

1921,  approving  the  use  of  specially  constructed  combination  flat  and  tank  car;  Order  of  August  17, 1922, 
approving  the  transportation  of  salvaged  unserviceable  small-arms  ammunition;  Order  of  Se[>tember  15, 

1922,  Special  Series  A,  approving  the  transportation  of  salvaged  amatol  in  ammunition  boxes,  weight 
not  over  165  pounds;  and  any  other  orders  in  docket  3666  designated  "  Special  Series  A." 

PART  I. 


REGULATIONS  FOR  THE  TRANSPORTATION  OF  EXPLOSIVES  AND  OTHER 
DANGEROUS  ARTICLES  BY  FREIGHT,  AND  SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  SHIP- 
PING CONTAINERS. 

Prescribed  under  act  of  March  4, 1921,  and  superseding  the  regulations  published  July  15, 1918,  and  all 

amendments  thereto. 


SECTION   1. 
GENERAL   REGULATIONS. 

1.  To  promote  the  uniform  enforcement  of  law  and  to  minimize 
the  dangers  to  hfe  and  property  incident  to  the  transportation  by 
land  in  interstate  or  foreign  commerce  of  explosives  and  other  dan- 
gerous articles,  the  following  regulations  are  prescribed  to  define 
these  articles  for  freight  transportation  purposes,  to  state  the  pre- 
cautions that  must  be  observed  by  the  shipper  in  preparing  them  for 
shipment,  and  by  the  carrier  in  handling  them  while  in  transit.  It 
is  the  duty  of  each  such  carrier  and  shipper  to  make  the  prescribed 
regulations  effective  and  to  thoroughly  instruct  its  employees  in  rela- 
tion thereto. 

2.  Except  as  otherwise  specifically  prescribed  herein,  the  term 
"dangerous  articles"  will  include  explosives  and  other  dangerous 
articles  as  covered  by  the  act  of  March  4,  1921. 

3.  Where  the  word  "package"  is  used  in  these  regulations  it  shall 
be  understood  to  include  all  outside  containers,  including  tank  cars. 

4.  These  regulations  make  all  proper  and  necessary  provisions  for 
the  transportation  of  explosives  and  other  dangerous  articles.  No 
person  or  carrier  may  under  any  circumstances  ship  or  carry  any  high 
explosive  on  an}^  passenger  car  or  vehicle  in  violation  of  section  232 
of  the  act  of  March  4,  1921,  and  no  person  or  carrier  may  ship  or 
carry  any  explosive  or  other  dangerous  article,  as  defined  herein  pur- 
suant to  section  233  of  the  act,  on  any  such  car  or  vehicle  before 
written  notice  of  the  true  character  of  the  article  is  given  the  carrier, 
without  being  subject  to  the  penalties  of  the  act  which  are  referred 
to  in  paragraph  7  hereof. 

5.  The  services  of  the  Bureau  for  the  Safe  Transportation  of 
Explosives  and  other  Dangerous  Articles,  hereinafter  called  Bureau 
of  Explosives,  will  be  utilized  by  the  commission  in   the  execution 

1 


2  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

of  these  regulations.  This  Bureau  will  make  inspections  and  con- 
duct investio-ations.  and  will  confer  with  manufacturers  and  shippers 
with  a  view  to  determining  what  regulations  will  within  reasonable 
limits  afl'ord  the  highest  degree  of  safety  in  packing  and  preparing 
these  dangerous  articles  for  shipment  and  in  transporting  the  same. 
TIk'  commission  will  avail  itself  of  the  expert  knowledge  thus  devel- 
oped, and  in  formulating  amendments  to  these  regulations,  while 
not  bound  thereby,  will  give  due  weight  to  the  expert  opinions  thus 
obtained. 

6.  Special  precautions  are  necessary  in  prepai'ing  for  shipment 
packages  of  dangerous  articles,  and  in  handling  these  packages  during 
transit.  Any  failure  of  a  shipper,  or  of  a  carrier,  to  perform  the 
duties  imposed  upon  them  in  this  respect  may  be  the  actual  or  con- 
tributory cause  not  only  of  destructive  fires,  but  of  disastrous  explo- 
sions, since  large  quantities  of  explosives  are  transported  frequently 
through  thickly  populated  districts  and  in  trains  containing  cars 
loaded  with  other  dangerous  articles. 

7.  Sections  235  and  236  of  the  act  of  March  4,  1921,  require  the 
shipper  of  dangerous  articles  to  describe,  pack,  and  mark  his  packages 
properly  and  to  inform  the  agent  of  the  carrier  of  the  true  character 
of  their  contents.  Heavy  penalties  are  provided  for  the  shipper  who 
knowingly  solicits  the  transportation  of  dangerous  articles  without 
complying  with  these  requirements,  as  well  as  for  the  carrier  that 
knowingly  accepts  and  transports  them. 

8.  (a)  As  the  use  of  dangerous  articles  is  essential  to  various  busi- 
ness activities  throughout  the  country,  it  is  the  duty  of  railroad  car- 
riers engaged  in  interstate  or  foreign  commerce  by  land  to  accept  and 
transport  them  under  these  regulations.  ^'V^len  local  conditions  make 
the  acceptance,  transportation,  or  delivery  of  explosives  unusually 
hazardous,  local  restrictions  may  be  imposed  by  the  carrier. 

(6)  All  carriers  must  report  to  the  chief  inspector  of  the  Bureau  of 
Explosives  for  compilation  and  publication  full  information  as  to 
restrictions  which  may  be  imposed  against  the  acceptance,  delivery, 
or  transportation  of  explosives  over  any  portion  of  their  lines. 

0.  These  regulations  apply  to  all  shipments  of  dangerous  articles 
as  defined  herein,  including  carrier's  material  and  supplies. 

10.  Samples  of  any  new  explosives  must  be  examined  and  approved 
as  safe  for  transportation  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  before  ship- 
ments (except  samples  for  this  examination  not  exceeding  5  pounds 
net  in  weight)  can  be  ofTered  for  transportation.  For  this  purpose  a 
new  explosive  is  <lefined  to  be  the  product  of  a  new  fackny  or  an 
explosive  of  an  essentially  new  composition  made  by  any  factory. 

1 1 .  Serious  violations  of  these  regulations  (such  as  defective  pack- 
ing, improper  staying,  rough  treatment  of  car,  leaking  or  broken 
packages,  etc.)  and  accidents,  fires,  or  explosions  occurring  in  con- 
nection with  the  transportation  or  storage  on  carrier's  property  of 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT,  3 

dangerous  articles  must  be  reported  promptly  by  the  carrier  to  the 
chief  inspector,  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City. 
All  violations  must  be   corrected   before   forwarding    explosives. 
(See  par.  1006.) 

12.  Consignees  should  report  promptly  to  the  chief  inspector, 
Bureau  of  Explosives,  all  instances  of  improper  staying  and  broken, 
leaking,  or  defective  packages  of  dangerous  articles  in  shipments 
received  by  them,  and  must  carefully  remove  from  the  car  and  other 
railroad  property  all  loose  powder  or  other  explosive  or  any  other 
dangerous  articles  which  have  leaked  from  packages. 

13.  Dangerous  articles,  when  offered  for  shipment,  must  be  in 
proper  condition  for  transportation  and  must  be  packed,  marked, 
labeled,  described,  loaded,  stayed,  and  handled  while  in  transit  in 
accordance  with  these  regulations. 

14.  (a)  Shipments  of  explosives  offered  by  the  War  and  Navy 
Departments  of  the  United  States  Government  may  be  packed,  in- 
cluding limitations  of  weight,  as  required  by  their  regulations. 

(6)  Before  shipment,  explosive  articles  in  the  experimental  stage 
must  be  made  safe  by  removal  of  ignition  elements  or  otherwise. 

15.  Dangerous  articles  as  defined  herein,  which  are  packed,  marked, 
labeled,  and  loaded,  in  conformity  with  the  Regulations  of  the  Board 
of  RailM'ay  Commissioners  for  Canada  may  be  accepted  and  carried 
by  carriers  from  point  of  entry  in  the  United  States  to  their  destina- 
tion in  the  United  States  or  through  the  United  States  en  route  to  a 
point  in  Canada. 

16.  Whenever  orders  are  placed  in  foreign  countries  for  the  impor- 
tation of  dangerous  articles,  to  be  forwarded  in  original  packages 
from  port  of  entry  by  carriers  subject  to  these  regulations,  the  im- 
porter must  furnish  with  the  order  to  the  foreign  shipper,  and  also 
to  the  forwarding  agent  at  the  port  of  entry,  full  and  complete 
information  as  to  the  necessary  packing  and  marking  required  by 
these  regulations.  The  forwarding  agent  must  file  with  the  originat- 
ing carrier  a  properly  certified  shipping  order  as  prescribed  herein. 

17.  The  commission  will  make  further  provision  as  occasion  may 
require  for  dangerous  articles  not  included  in  or  covered  by  these 
regulations. 

18.  Specifications  as  to  containers,  methods  of  packing  for  ship- 
ment, etc.,  will  be  considered  and  prescribed  from  time  to  time. 
Orders  prescribing  such  specifications  will  be  given  effective  dates 
as  conditions  and  investigations  may  appear  to  warrant. 

19.  (a)  The  construction  of  shipping  containers  used  hereafter  in 
shipping  dangerous  articles  must  conform  to  specifications  that 
apply,   and  each  container  must  be  stamped,  labeled,   or  marked 

"Complies  with  I.  C.  C.  Spec'n  No ,"  or  equivalent  marking, 

as  stated  in  the  specification. 


4  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

(h)  In  addition  to  standing  the  tests  prescribed,  the  design  and 
construction  of  containers  must  be  such  as  to  prevent  the  occurrence 
in  individual  packages  of  defects  that  permit  leakage  of  their  con- 
tents under  the  ordinary  conditions  incident  to  transportation.  The 
results  of  experience,  gained  by  an  examination  of  broken  or  leaking 
packages  on  arrival  at  destination,  must  be  reported  to  and  recorded 
bv  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  to  the  end  that  further  use  of  any 
particular  kind  of  container  shown  by  experience  to  be  inefficient 
may  be  prohibited  by  tlie  commission.     (See  pars.  11  and  12.) 

(c)  Pending  approval  and  promulgation  by  the  commission  of 
specifications  for  shipping  containers  other  than  those  for  which 
specifications  are  published  herein,  containers  may  be  used  which 
after  investigation  made  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  or  by  other 
competent  testing  laboratory  in  the  presence  of  a  representative  of 
the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  are  shown  to  possess  the  general  efficiency 
and  the  protection  against  leakage  of  contents  afforded  by  the 
standard  types  of  corresponding  capacity  described  in  the  specifica- 
tions published  herein,  provided  they  are  labeled  or  marked  to  show 
compliance  with  ad  interim  specifications  provided  therefor  by  the 
Bureau  of  Explosives. 

20.  All  shipments  of  articles  defined  as  dangerous  by  these  regu- 
lations, and  for  which  detailed  instructions  for  packing  are  not 
given  herein,  must  be  securely  packed  in  containers  strong  enough 
to  stand  without  rupture  or  leakage  of  contents  all  ordinar}^  shocks 
infident  to  reasonably  careful  handling  during  transit.  It  is  the 
duty  of  shippers,  where  leakage  from  their  shipping  containers  is 
known  to  be  a  probable  source  of  fire  or  material  damage  to  other 
freight,  to  exercise  special  care  in  constructing  shipping  containers 
for  such  articles,  even  though  their  names  do  not  appear  in  the  list 
of  dangerous  articles,  paragraph  309. 

21.  Dangerous  articles,  except  such  as  are  forbidden  (see  pars* 
101  and  301),  may  be  offered  for  transportation  to  railroads  engaged 
in  interstate  or  foreign  commerce,  provided  these  regulations  are 
complied  with,  and  provided  the  method  of  manufacture,  pack- 
ing, and  storage,  in  so  far  as  they  affect  safe  transportation,  are 
open  to  inspection  by  a  duly  authorized  representative  of  the  initial 
carrier  or  of  the  Bureau  of  Explosives.  Shipments  that  do  not  com- 
ply with  these  regulations  must  not  be  offered  or  accepted. 

22.  Forbidden  dangerous  articles  as  defined  in  paragraphs  101  and 
301  and  explosives  condemned  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  (except 
properly  repacked  samples  for  laboratory  examination)  must  not 
be  offered  or  accepted  for  sliipment. 

2'.i.  Condemned  or  leaking  dynamite  must  not  be  repacked  and 
offered  for  shij)rnent  unless  tlie  repacking  is  done  by  a  competent 
person  in  tlif  presence  of,  or  with  the  written  consent  of,  an  inspector, 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  5 

or  with  the  written  authority  of  the  chief  inspector  of  the  Bureau 
of  Explosives. 

24.  Empty  boxes  previously  used  for  high  explosives  containing 
a  liquid  explosive  ingredient  (such  as  dynamite),  are  dangerous  and 
must  not  be  again  used  for  shipments  of  any  character.  Empty 
boxes  or  kegs  which  have  been  used  for  the  shipment  of  other  explo- 
sives must  have  the  old  marks  thoroughly  removed  before  being 
used  for  the  shipment  of  other  articles.  Empty  metal  kegs  that 
have  been  used  for  the  shipment  of  black  powder  which  was  not  con- 
tained in  an  interior  package  must  not  be  again  used  for  the  shipment 
of  any  explosive.  If  used  for  the  shipment  of  other  articles  kegs 
must  have  the  old  marks  thoroughly  removed  or  obliterated. 

25.  Containers  that  have  been  previously  used  for  dangerous  articles 
other  than  explosives  must  have  the  old  marks  and  labels  thoroughly 
obliterated  or  removed  before  being  used  for  the  shipment  of  other 
articles. 

Kegs  that  have  contained  any  chlorate  must  not  be  used  for  the 
shipment  of  any  other  article. 

26.  Containers  used  more  than  once  (refilled  and  reshipped  after 
having  been  previously  emptied)  must  be  in  such  condition,  including 
closing  devices,  cushioning  materials,  etc.,  that  they  will  protect  their 
contents  during  transit  as  efficiently  as  a  new  container.  Repairs 
must  be  made  in  an  efficient  manner  and  parts  that  are  weak,  broken, 
or  otherwise  deteriorated  must  be  replaced.  Tests  as  to  efficiency 
must  be  made  and  complied  with  as  prescribed  herein. 

27.  When  practicable  at  any  point,  regular  and  separate  days 
should  be  assigned  for  receiving  from  shippers  less-than-carload  lots 
of  dangerous  explosives  named  in  paragraph  900. 

28.  To  enable  the  carrier  to  provide  proper  cars  at  stations  where 
less-than-carload  shipments  of  the  dangerous  explosives  named  in 
paragraph  900  are  accepted  for  loading  by  the  carrier,  the  shipper 
must  give  to  the  carrier  not  less  than  24  hours'  notice  of  his  intention 
to  offer  such  shipments,  and  state  their  destinations.  (Does  not  apply 
to  shipments  from  connecting  lines  which  should  be  received  when 
offered.)  When  a  regular  day  to  receive  all  explosive  shipments 
offered  at  such  a  station  has  been  appointed,  this  notice  may  be 
waived  by  the  carrier,  but  the  explosive  shipments  must  be  delivered 
on  such  days  in  time  to  permit  proper  inspection,  billing,  and  loading 
on  that  day. 

29.  Before  any  shipment  of  dangerous  explosives  as  named  in 
paragraph  900  destined  to  a  point  beyond  the  lines  of  the  initial 
carrier  is  accepted  from  a  shipper,  the  initial  carrier  must  ascertain 
that  the  shipment  can  go  forward  via  the  route  designated,  and  to 
avoid  delays  en  route  the  initial  carrier  must  be  in  possession  of 
proper  rate  information  before  forwarding  the  shipment. 


6  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

30.  (a)  Carriers  must  forward  shipments  of  dangerous  articles 
promptly  and  within  48  hours  after  acceptance  at  originating  point 
or  receipt  at  any  yard,  transfer  station,  or  interchange  point. 

{h)  Consignees  must  remove  shipments  of  dangerous  articles 
from  carrier's  property  within  48  hours  after  notice  of  arrival  at 
destination,  Sundays  and  holidays  not  included.  If  explosives  are 
not  so  removed,  shipments  must  be  immediately  disposed  of  (1)  by 
storage  at  the'expense  of  the  owner,  or  (2)  b}^  return  to  the  shipper  if 
reasonably  safe  storage  is  not  available,  or  (3)  by  sale,  or  (4) ,  when 
necessary  to  safety,  b}^  destruction  under  supervision  of  a  competent 
person. 

31.  When  removal  of  carload  or  less-than-carload  shipments  of 
dangerous  articles  other  than  explosives,  requiring  ''Inflammable"  or 
*'Acid"  placards,  or  red,  yellow,  green,  "Acid,"  or  "Poison  Gas" 
labels,  from  carrier's  property  has  not  been  made  within  48  hours 
after  notice  of  arrival  has  been  sent  or  given  consignee  (Sundays  and 
holidays  not  included),  shipments  must  be  disposed  of  as  follows: 

(1)  Carload  shipments  («)  by  storage  on  carrier's  property;  (6)  by 
storage  on  other  than  carrier's  property,  if  safe  storage  on  carrier's 
property  is  not  available;  or  (c)  by  sale  at  expiration  of  30  calendar 
(lnv>  after  notice  of  arrival  has  been  sent  or  given  to  consignee, 
provided  consignor  has  been  notified  of  nondeliver}^  at  expiration  of 
48-hour  period  and  orders  for  disposition  have  not  been  received. 

(2)  Less-than-carload  shipments  (a)  by  return  to  shipper  if  notice  of 
nondelivery  was  requested  and  given  consignor  as  prescribed  by 
carrier's  tariff,  and  orders  for  return  to  shipper  have  been  received ; 
(h)  by  storage  on  carrier's  property;  (c)  by  storage  on  other  than 
carrier's  property,  if  safe  storage  on  carrier's  property  is  not  available; 
or  {d)  by  sale  at  expiration  of  30  calendar  days  after  notice  of  arrival 
ha*;  been  sent  or  given  to  consignee,  provided  consignor  has  been 
notified  of  nondelivery  at  expiration  of  48-hour  period  and  orders 
for  disposition  have  not  been  received. 

SECTION   2. 

EXPLOSIVES. 

Information  and  Definitions. 

100.  For  the  purpose  of  these  regulations,  explosives  are  divided 
into  the  ff)llowing  groups: 

1.  Forbidden  explosives. 

2.  Acceptable  explosives. 

Group  1. — Forbidden  Explosives. 

101.  Tlic  follow  irig  arc  forbidden  explosives; 
(aj  Liquid  nitroglycerin. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES  BY   FREIGHT.  7 

(b)  Dynamite  containing  over  60  per  cent  of  nitroglycerin  (except 
gelatin  dynamite). 

(c)  Dynamite  having  an  unsatisfactory  absorbent,  or  one  that 
permits  leakage  of  nitroglycerin  under  any  conditions  liable  to  exist 
during  transportation  or  storage. 

(d)  Nitrocellulose  in  a  dry  and  uncompressed  condition  in  quantity 
greater  than  10  pounds  net  weight  in  one  exterior  package. 

(e)  Fulminate  of  mercury  or  a  fulminate  of  any  other  metal,  in  a 
dry  condition,  except  as  a  component  of  manufactured  articles  whose 
transportation  is  not  forbidden  herein. 

(/)  Fireworks  that  combine  an  explosive  and  a  detonator  or  blast- 
ing cap. 

(g)  Explosive  compositions,  including  fireworks  that  ignite  spon- 
taneously or  undergo  marked  decomposition  when  subjected  for  48 
consecutive  hours  to  a  temperature  of  75°  C.  (167°  F.). 

(h)  Firecrackers  whose  dimensions  exceed  5  inches  in  length  or 
three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  diameter  or  whose  explosive  charges 
exceed  45  grains  each  in  weight. 

{i)  Toy  torpedoes  exceeding  li^  inches  in  diameter;  or  containing 
a  mixture  of  potassium  chlorate,  black  antimony,  and  sulphur,  with 
an  average  weight  of  explosive  in  each  torpedo  exceeding  7  grains. 
(See  par.  247  (/).) 

(j)  Toy  torpedoes  containing  a  cap  composed  of  a  mixture  of  red 
phosphorus  and  potassium  chlorate  exceeding  an  average  of  more 
than  one-half  (0.5)  grain  per  cap. 

(k)  Toy  caps  containing  more  than  an  average  of  thirty-five 
hundredths  ot  a  grain  of  explosive  composition. 

(Z)  Fireworks  that  can  be  exploded  en  masse  by  a  blasting  cap 
placed  in  one  of  the  units  or  by  the  impact  of  a  rifle  bullet  or  other- 
wise. 

Note. — Such  articles,  if  found  safe  for  transportation,  may  be  shipped  as  high 
explosives  when  packed,  marked,  and  certified,  in  accordance  with  these  regulations. 

(w)  Fireworks,  such  as  sparklers,  or  fusees,  containing  a  match  tip 
or  head,  or  similar  igniting  point  or  surface,  unless  each  individual 
tip,  head,  or  similar  igniting  point  or  surface  is  entirely  covered  and 
securely  protected  from  accidental  contact  or  friction  with  any  other 
surface. 

(t?)  Fireworks  or  explosives  containing  an  ammonium  salt  and  a 
chlorate. 

(o)  New  explosives  (except  samples  for  laboratory  examinations) 
until  approved  for  transportation  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives. 

ip)  Explosives  properly  condemned  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives 
(except  properly  repacked  samples  for  laboratory  examinations). 
Parties  who  are  dissatisfied  with  the  decision  of  the  Bureau  ma}-  appeal 


8  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

to  the  commission,  and  if  it  is  a  question  of  chemical  composition 
the  commission  will  arrange  to  have  a  test  made  by  a  disinterested 
Government  laboratory. 

iq)  Explosives  not  properly  packed,  marked,  described,  and  cer- 
tified, as  prescribed  herein. 

Group  2.— Acceptable  Explosives. 

102.  Low  explosives  and  black  powder  are  general  names  that 
may  be  used  to  describe  all  explosives  having  composition  or  char- 
acteristics similar  to  that  of  ordinary  black  powder  and  that  can  not 
be  detonated  by  a  commercial  blasting  cap.  Examples  are  rifle, 
sporting,  cannon,  and  blasting  pow^ders. 

103.  High  explosives  are  all  explosives  more  pow^erful  than  low 
explosives  or  onUnary  black  powder,  except  smokeless  powders  and 
fulminates.  Their  distinguishing  characteristic  is  their  susceptibility 
to  detonation  by  a  blasting  cap.  Examples  of  high  explosives  are 
dynamite,  picric  acid,'  picrates,  chlorate  powders,  nitrate  of  ammonia 
powders,  trinitrotoluene,  dry  nitrocellulose  (gun  cotton) ,  dry  nitro- 
starch,  and  fireworks  that  can  be  exploded  en  masse. 

104.  Smokeless  powders^  are  those  explosives  from  which  there  is 
little  or  no  smoke  when  fired.  They  include  smokeless  powder  for 
cannon  and  smokeless  powder  for  small  arms.  Smokeless  powder  for 
cannon  used  in  the  United  States  at  the  present  time  consists  of  a 
nitrocellulose  colloid,  and  is  comparatively  safe  to  handle  and  trans- 
port. Smokeless  powders  for  small  arms  may  consist  of  nitrocellulose 
or  nitrocellulose  combined  with  nitroglycerin.  Picrate  or  chlorate 
mixtures  are  classed  as  high  explosives. 

10.5.  Fulminates  are  fulminates  in  bulk  form,  that  is,  not  made  up 
into  percussion  caps,  detonators,  blasting  caps,  toy  torpedoes,  or  ex- 
ploders. 

lOG.  Small-arms  ammunition,  such  as  is  used  in  sporting  or  fowling 
pieces,  or  in  rifle  or  pistol  practice,  etc.,  consists  usually  of  a  paper  or 
metallic  shell,  the  primer,  and  the  powder  charge — with  or  without 
shot  or  bullet— the  materials  necessary  for  one  hring  being  all  in  one 
piece. 

107.  Ammunition  for  cannon  includes  all  fixed  or  separate-loading 
amnuinition  of  'M  mm.  (I2  inches)  caliber  and  larger.  When  the 
component  parts  are  packed  in  separate  packages  they  must  be 
8hipf)ed  as  prescribed  liorcin.  Igniters  composed  of  black  powder 
may  be  included  in  shipments  of  smokeless  powder  for  cannon. 

U'lcrlc  acid  for  medicinal  purposes,  and  not  exceeding  4  ounces  in  one  outside  package,  may  be  shipped 
as  "medicine"  without  other  restrictions,  when  in  securely  closed  glass  bottles,  properly  cushioned  to 
prevent  breakage. 

'  Fire-extlnBuishor  charges  cou'aining  not  to  exceed  50  grains  of  smokeless  powder  per  unit  are  exempt 
from  tbe&e  regulations. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  9 

108.  Chemical  warfare  ammunition  includes  all  kinds  of  projectiles, 
such  as  artillery  shells,  trench  mortar  bombs,  aviation  bombs.  Livens 
projector  drums,  hand  grenades,  etc.,  loaded  with  toxic  gas,  smoke 
or  incendiary  agents;  also  such  miscellaneous  apparatus  as  cloud  gas 
cylinders,  smoke  generators,  flame  projectors,  rockets,  etc.,  that  may 
be  utilized  to  project  chemicals  in  warfare.  For  the  purpose  of  these 
regulations,  chemical  warfare  ammunition  is  classified  as  follows: 

(1)  Ammunition  for  cannon  with  chemical  projectiles  includes  fixed 
or  separate-loading  ammunition  of  37  mm.  (1^  inches)  caliber  and 
larger,  loaded  with  either  toxic  gas,  smoke,  or  incendiary  agents. 
Gas  projectiles,  smoke  projectiles,  and  incendiary  projectiles,  are  filled 
with  toxic  gas,  phosphorus,  or  other  smoke  material,  and  incendiary 
or  inflammable  materials,  respectively. 

(2)  Chemical  bombs  include  Stokes  mortar  projectiles.  Livens 
projector  drums,  aviation  drop  bombs,  and  other  special  projectiles 
filled  with  toxic  gas,  smoke,  or  incendiary  agents. 

(3)  Chemical  grenades  include  gas,  smoke,  and  incendiary  grenades; 
gas,  smoke,  and  incendiary  rockets,  and  other  small  chemical  warfare 
devices. 

109.  (a)  Explosive  projectiles  are  metal  shells  loaded  with  ex- 
plosives for  use  in  cannon.  They  are  not  liable  to  be  exploded  except 
by  fire  of  considerable  intensity,  and  the  flying  fragments  would  then 
be  very  dangerous. 

(h)  Grenades  are  metal  or  other  containers  filled  with  explosive  or 
other  material  and  include  hand  grenades  and  rifle  grenades. 

(c)  Explosive  bombs  are  metal  containers  fflled  with  explosive 
and  provided  with  a  detonating  device.  They  are  used  in  warfare 
and  include  aeroplane  bombs  and  depth  bombs.  The  risks  in  trans- 
portation are  similar  to  those  in  the  transportation  of  explosive 
projectiles. 

(d)  Explosive  mines  are  metal  containers  filled  with  a  high  explosive 
and  are  provided  with  a  detonating  device.  They  are  used  in  naval 
warfare.  They  contain  larger  amounts  of  explosive  in  each  unit  than 
the  usual  explosive  projectiles  or  bombs. 

110.  Blasting  caps  contain  from  5  to  50  grains  of  dry  fulminate  of 
mercury  or  other  substance  similar  to  or  in  combination  with  ful- 
minate of  mercury,  packed  in  a  thin  copper  shell  and  fired  by  a 
slow-burning  safety  fuse.  When  a  small  "  bridge  "  of  fine  wire  is  em- 
bedded in  a  suitable  priming  material  and  arranged  to  fire  the  fulmi- 
nate by  heating  the  bridge  by  means  of  an  electric  current,  the  cap  is 
called  an  "electric  blasting  cap."  They  cause  explosions  of  a  high 
order,  or  "detonations."  This  means  the  instantaneous  conversion 
of  the  entire  explosive  into  gas,  instead  of  the  gradual  conversion 

63020°— 22 2 


10  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSIOX. 

known   as   "combustion."     Dynamite   "detonates"    and   smokeless 
powder  for  cannon  "burns." 

111.  Detonating  fuzes  are  used  in  the  military  service  to  detonate 
the  high  explosive  bursting  charges  of  projectiles,  mines,  bombs, 
torpedoes,  and  grenades.  In  addition  to  a  powerful  detonator  they 
may  contain  several  ounces  of  a  high  explosive,  such  as  picric  acid  or 
drv  nitrocellulose,  all  assembled  in  a  heavy  steel  envelope. 

112.  Primers,  percussion  and  time  fuzes  are  devices  used  to  ignite 
the  powder  charges  of  ammunition  or  the  black-powder  bursting 
charges  of  projectiles.  For  small-arms  ammunition  the  primers 
are  usually  called  "small-arms  primers"  or  "percussion  caps." 
Tracer  fuzes  consist  of  a  device  which  is  attached  to  a  projectile  and 
contains  a  slow-burning  composition  to  show  the  flight  of  projectiles 
at  night. 

113.  (a)  Cordeau  detonant  is  a  fuse  containing  trinitrotoluene, 
assembled  in  a  drawn  lead  tube. 

(b)  Safety  fuse  consists  of  a  core  of  granular  black  powder  sur- 
rounded by  3^arn,  tape,  pitch,  rubber,  etc. 

(c)  Safety  squibs  are  small  paper  tubes  containing  a  small  quantity 
of  black  powder,  one  end  of  each  tube  being  twisted  and  generally 
tipped  with  sulphur. 

(d)  Electric  squibs  consist  of  small  pasteboard  tubes  containing  a 
small  quantity  of  ignition  compound  and  a  wire  bridge  embedded 
in  sulphur,  and  w'ith  wires  attached. 

ie)  Delay  electric  igniters  consist  of  small  metal  tubes  containing 
a  wire  bridge  embedded  in  sulphur  and  a  small  quantity  of  ignition 
composition  in  contact  with  a  piece  of  safety  fuse,  and  with  wires 
attached. 

(/)  Instantaneous  fuse  is  made  from  cotton  yarns  saturated  with 
meal  powder. 

ig)  Fuse  lighters  or  fuse  igniters  consist  of  small  cylindrical 
hollow  pasteboard  or  metal  tubes  containing  a  friction  igniting 
composition  in  one  end,  the  other  end  being  open  to  permit  it  to  be 
placed  on  safety  fuse. 

114.  Fireworks  include  everything  that  is  designed  and  manu- 
factured primarily  for  the  purpose  of  producing  a  visible  or  an 
audible  pyrotechnic  effect  by  combustion  or  by  explosion.  They 
consist  of  common  fireworks  and  special  fireworks. 

115.  Common  fireworks  include  all  that  depend  principally  upon 
nitrates  to  sui)j)()rt  (■()inl)ustion  and  not  upon  chlorates;  that  con- 
tain no  phosphorus  and  no  high  explosive  sensitive  to  shock  and 
friction;  that  produce  their  effect  through  color  display  rather  than 
by  loud  noises.  If  noise  is  the  principal  object,  the  units  must  be 
small  and  of  such  nature  and  manufacture  that  they  will  explode 
separately  and  harmlessly,  if  at  all,  when  one  unit  is  ignited  in  a 
packing  case.     They  must  not  be  designed  for  ignition  by  shock 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  11 

or  friction.  Examples  are  Chinese  firecrackers,  Roman  candles,  pin 
wheels,  colored  fires,  rockets,  serpents,  railway  fusees,  flash  powders, 
flash  sheets,  sparklers,  smoke  pots,  illuminating  projectiles,  aeroplane 
flares,  etc. 

116.  Special  fireworks  include  all  that  contain  any  quantity  of 
phosphorus,  a  fulminate,  or  other  high  explosive  sensitive  to  shock 
or  friction,  or  that  contain  units  of  such  size  that  the  explosion  of 
one  while  being  handled  would  produce  a  serious  injury,  or  that 
require  a  special  appliance  or  tool,  mortar,  holder,  etc.,  for  their 
safe  use,  or  that  are  designed  for  ignition  by  shock  or  friction. 
Examples  are  giant  firecrackers,  bombs,  and  salutes  (not  high  explor 
sives),  toy  torpedoes  and  caps,  ammunition  pellets  fired  in  a  special 
holder,  railway  torpedoes,  aeroplane  flares,  etc. 

Note. — Smoke  candles,  tear  gas  candles,  and  tear  gas  grenades,  which  may  contain 
emokeless  powder,  but  no  poisonous  substance,  may  be  accepted  and  transported 
when  packed  and  marked  in  compliance  with  the  regulations  for  the  transportation 
of  special  fireworks,  provided  that  shipments  are  made  by  or  for  the  War  or  Navy 
Department  of  the  United  States  Government. 

SECTION  3. 
PACKING   AND   MARKING  EXPLOSIVES. 

200.  Unless  specifically  authorized  by  these  regulations,  explo- 
sives must  not  be  packed  in  the  same  outside  packages  with  each  other 
or  with  other  articles. 

201.  Leaking  or  damaged  packages  of  explosives  must  not  be 
offered  for  shipment.  Should  any  package  of  high  explosives  when 
offered  for  shipment  show  excessive  dampness  or  be  moldy  or  show 
outward  signs  of  any  oily  stain  or  other  indication  that  absorption 
of  the  liquid  part  of  the  explosive  is  not  perfect,  or  that  the  amount 
of  the  liquid  part  is  greater  than  the  absorbent  can  carry,  it  must  be 
refused  in  every  instance.  The  shipper  must  substantiate  any  claim 
that  a  stain  is  due  to  accidental  contact  with  grease,  oil,  or  similar 
substance.     In  case  of  doubt  the  package  must  be  rejected. 

202.  Samples  of  explosives  (except  blasting  caps)  in  separate 
interior  containers,  may  be  packed  in  the  sam-C  outside  package  of 
gross  weight  not  exceeding  50  pounds,  provided  the  weight  of  any 
one  sample  does  not  exceed  8  ounces,  and  provided  the  interior 
packages  are  so  cushioned  and  protected  as  to  insure  their  trans- 
portation without  rupture  or  leakage  of  contents.  The  package  must 
be  marked  and  described  with  the  name  of  the  most  dangerous  explo- 
sive included  among  the  samples,  such  as  "HIGH  EXPLOSIVE," 
"BLACK  POWDER,"  etc. 

Low  Explosives  and  Black  Powder. 

203.  Packing. — Low  explosives  and  black  powder  in  quantities  of 
12>2  pounds  or  more,  must  be  packed  in  metal  kegs  complying 
with  specification  No.  13;  or  in  wooden  barrels  or  kegs  complying 


12  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

with  spocification  No.  10.  Metal  kegs  (stove-pipe  type  with  inside 
paper  cartridge) — specification  No.  13,  paragraph  8 — may  be  used  for 
carload  shipments  loaded  by  consignor  and  to  be  unloaded  by 
consignee. 

204.  (a)  Other  containers  of  low  explosives  and  black  powder  must 
be  packed  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  14  or 
16.  These  containers  are  (1)  metal  kegs  less  than  8  inches  in 
length  and  containing  less  than  123^  pounds  of  powder;  (2)  fiber  or 
metal  containers  of  not  more  than  1}^  pounds  capacity;  (3)  tightly 
closed  bags  made  of  not  less  than  4-ounce  cotton  duck  and  of  capacity 
not  exceeding  25  pounds. 

(6)  Low  explosives  other  than  black  powder  may  also  be  packed  in 
strong  paper  bags  of  capacity  not  exceeding  25  pounds,  in  boxes 
complying  with  specification  No.  14. 

(c)  Inside  containers  of  exceeding  13^2  pounds  capacity  must  be 
packed  with  fdling  holes  up,  and  boxes  must  be  marked  on  top 
"THIS   SIDE   UP." 

205.  Weight.— Packages  must  not  weigh  over  200  pounds  gross. 

206.  Marking. — Each  outside  package  must  be  plainly  marked, 
stamped,  or  stenciled  "BLACK  POWDER"  or  "LOW  EXPLO- 
SIVES," and  may  also  show  "BLASTING,"  "RIFLE,"  etc.,  as 
"BLACK  BLASTING  POWDER,"  "BLACK  RIFLE  POWDER," 
"LOW  BLASTING  EXPLOSIVE,"  etc.  Additional  marks,  trade 
names,  etc.,  may  appear,  if  desired  by  shipper,  but  such  additional 
marking  must  not  be  more  conspicuous  than,  nor  must  it  obscure,  the 
marking  prescribed  herein. 

High  Explosives. 

207.  High  explosives  consisting  of  a  liquid  mixed  with  an  absorbent 
material  must  have  the  absorbent  (wood  pulp  or  similar  material) 
in  suilioient  cjuantity  and  of  satisfactory  quality,  properly  dried  at  the 
time  of  mixing;  nitrate  of  soda  must  be  dried  at  the  time  of  mLxing  to 
less  than  1  per  cent  of  moisture;  and  the  ingredients  must  be  uniformly 
mixed  so  that  the  liquid  will  remain  thoroughly  absorbed  under  the 
most  unfavorable  conditions  incident  to  transportation. 

208.  Explosives  containing  nitroglycerin  must  have  uniformly 
mixed  with  an  absorbent  material  a  satisfactory  antacid,  which  must 
be  in  quantity  sufficient  to  have  the  acid  neutralizing  power  of  an 
amount  of  magnesium  carbonate  equal  to  1  per  cent  of  the  nitro- 
glycerin. 

209.  (a)  Packing. — High  explosives  containing  more  than  10  per 
cent  of  nitroglycerin  (except  gelatin  dynamite)  must  be  made  into 
cartridges  not  exceeding  4  inches  in  diameter  or  8  inches  in  length,  and 
must  not  be  packed  in  bags  or  sacks,  except  that  cartridges  5  inches 
in  diameter  and  not  exceeding  10  inches  in  length  may  be  shipped,  pro- 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  13 

vided  each  cartridge  of  the  explosive  is  completely  inclosed  in  a  shell 
made  of  strong  paraffined  paper  and  thereafter  inclosed  in  another 
such  paper  shell,  the  completed  cartridge  being  dipped  in  melted 
paraffin. 

(b)  High  explosives  containing  not  more  than  10  per  cent  of  nitro- 
glycerin may  be  shipped  in  bags  or  sacks.  Each  bag  or  sack  must  not 
contain  more  than  12}4  pounds  of  explosive  and  must  be  placed  in  a 
box  with  filling  end  up.  These  bags  or  sacks  and  the  coverings  of 
all  cartridges  must  be  strong  and  so  treated  that  they  will  not  absorb 
the  liquid  constituent  of  the  explosive. 

210.  (a)  All  boxes  in  which  high  explosives  in  cartridges,  bags, 
sacks,  or  in  bulk  are  packed  must  be  lined  with  strong  paraffined  paper 
or  other  suitable  material.  The  lining  must  be  without  joints  or  other 
openings  at  the  bottom  or  on  the  sides  of  the  box  and  must  be  imper- 
vious to  any  liquid  ingredient  of  the  explosive.  For  nitroglycerin 
explosives,  it  must  be  impervious  to  water.  The  cover  of  the  box 
must  also  be  protected  from  contact  with  the  explosive  by  lining  paper 
or  other  suitable  material. 

(6)  In  packing  cartridges  of  nitroglycerin  explosives  at  least  one- 
quarter  of  an  inch  thickness  of  dry,  fine  wood  pulp  or  sawdust  must 
be  spread  over  the  bottom  of  the  lined  box  before  inserting  the  car- 
tridges, and  all  the  vacant  space  in  the  top  must  be  filled  with  this 
material. 

(c)  All  cartridges  exceeding  4  inches  in  length,  except  gelatin, 
gelatin  dynamite,  or  high  explosives  containing  not  more  than  10 
per  cent  of  a  liquid  explosive  ingredient,  must  be  placed  horizontally 
in  boxes. 

211.  (a)  High  explosives  containing  no  explosive  liquid  ingredient 
and  not  having  a  sensitiveness  to  percussion  greater  than  that  meas- 
ured by  the  blow  delivered  by  an  8-pound  weight  dropping  from  a 
distance  of  7  inches  on  a  compressed  pellet  of  the  explosive  three- 
hundredths  of  an  inch  thick  and  two-tenths  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
confined  rigidly  between  hard  steel  surfaces,  as  in  the  standard  impact 
testing  apparatus  of  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  may  be  shipped  in 
bulk.  These  explosives  may  also  be  packed  in  cartridges  and  must  be 
so  packed  when  their  sensitiveness  is  greater  than  the  above  limit. 

When  shipped  in  bulk  they  must  be  packed  in  boxes  complying  with 
specification  No.  14,  or  in  wooden  kegs  complying  with  specification 
No.  10.  The  boxes  must  be  lined  as  described  in  paragraph  210  (a). 
When  packed  in  kegs  they  must  be  inclosed  in  strong  cloth  bags  or  in 
strong  paper  bags  approved  b}"  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  for  this 
service. 

(6)  High  ej^losives  containing  not  more  than  10  per  cent  of  a 
liquid  explosive  ingredient,  nor  any   chlorate,  may  be  packed  in 


14  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

stronjr  bajTs  of  capacity  not  cxceodino;  25  pounds,  and  must  be  packed 
with  tilling  holes  up,  in  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  14. 

212.  Inside  packages  containing  not  more  than  1  pound  each  of  dry 
uncompressed  nitrocellulose,  wrapped  in  strong  paraffined  paper  or 
other  suitable  spark-proof  material,  will  be  accepted  for  shipment  if 
securely  packed  in  an  outside  package  that  complies  with  specification 
Xo.  14  and  is  marked  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  215.  Outside  pack- 
ages must  not  contain  more  than  10  pounds  of  tlry  nitrocellulose. 

213.  Containers  for  high  explosives  must  comply  with  specifica- 
tions Nos.  ]<)  and  14,  as  specified  herein. 

214.  (a)  Weights. — Boxes  of  high  explosives  containing  more  than 
10  "per  cent  of  a  liquid  explosive  ingredient  must  not  exceed  75 
pounds  gross  weight. 

(b)  Packages  of  high  explosives  whose  shipment  in  bulk  is  author- 
ized by  paragraph  211  must  not  exceed  140  pounds  gross  weight: 
PronxJed,  That  picric  acid,  trinitrotoluene,  or  ammonium  picrate  wet 
with  not  less  than  10  pounds  of  water  to  each  90  pounds  of  dry 
material,  may  be  shipped  without  bags  in  wooden  barrels  or  kegs  of 
not  over  55  gallons  nominal  capacity  complying  with  specification 
No.  10. 

(c)  The  gross  weight  of  an  outside  package  containing  not  exceed- 
ing 10  pounds  net  of  dr}^  nitrocellulose,  not  compressed,  packed  as 
prescribed  in  paragraph  212,  must  not  exceed  35  pounds.  Com- 
pressed sticks  or  blocks  of  dry  nitrocellulose  (gun  cotton)  wrapped 
in  strong  paraffined  paper  may  be  shipped  in  outside  packages 
complying  with  specification  No.  14,  with  a  gross  weight  not  exceed- 
ing 75  pounds. 

215.  Marking. — Boxes  must  be  plainly  marked  on  top  and  on 
one  side  or  end  and  kegs  or  barrels  must  be  marked  on  both  ends 
"HIGH  EXPLOSIVE— DANGEROUS,"  in  letters  not  less  than  ^^ 
inch  in  height.  The  tops  of  boxes  must  be  marked  "THIS  SIDE 
UP." 

Smokeless  Powder  for  Cannon. 

216.  Packing. — Smokeless  powder  for  cannon  must  be  packed  in 
tight  wooden  boxes  free  from  loose  knots  and  cracks,  or  in  wooden 
barrels  that  comply'  ^vith  specification  No.  10,  or  in  metal  barrels  or 
kegs  that  comply  with  specification  No.  13.  Smokeless  powder  for 
cannon  may  be  j)acked  in  water  in  metal  barrels  complying  with 
specification  No.  5,  5A,  5B,  20,  20A,  or  20B,  or  in  wooden  barrels 
complying  with  specification  No.  9  or  10. 

217.  Weight. — Parkages  must  not  weigh  over  200  pounds  gross 
unless  the  f)owder  is  packed  in  water. 

218.  Marking.— Each  package  must  be  plainly  marked  "SMOKE- 
LESS POWDER  FOR  CANNON,"  or  "SMOKELESS  POWDER 
FOR  CANNON  IN  WA'I'ER." 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  15 

Smokeless  Powder  for  Small  Aim.s. 

219.  Packing. — Smokeless  powder  for  small  arms  in  quantities  of 
123^  pounds  or  more  must  be  packed  in  metal  kegs  complying 
with  specification  No.  13;  or  in  wooden  barrels  or  kegs  complying 
with  specification  No.  10. 

Other  containers  of  smokeless  powder  for  small  arms  must  be 
packed  with  filling  holes  up  in  wooden  boxes  compljdng  with  specifi- 
cation No.  16  and  marked  "THIS  SIDE  UP."  These  containers 
are:  (1)  Metal  kegs  less  than  8  inches  in  length  and  containing  less 
than  123/^  pounds  of  powder;  (2)  fiber  or  metal  containers  of  not 
more  than  1  pound  capacity;  (3)  tightly  closed  bags  made  of  not  less 
than  4-ounce  cotton  duck  and  of  capacity  not  exceeding  25  pounds. 

Smokeless  powder  for  small  arms  in  water  must  be  packed  in  metal 
barrels  complying  with  specification  No.  5,  5A,  5B,  20,  20A,  or  20B, 
or  in  wooden  barrels  complying  with  specification  No.  9  or  10. 

220.  Weight. — Packages  must  not  weigh  over  200  pounds  gross 
unless  the  powder  is  packed  in  water. 

221.  Marking. — Each  outside  package  must  be  plainly  marked 
"SMOKELESS  POWDER  FOR  SMALL  ARMS/'  or  "SMOKE- 
LESS POWDER  FOR  SMALL  ARMS  IN  WATER." 

Fulminates. 

222.  Packing. — Fulminate  of  mercury  in  bulk  must  contain  when 
packed  not  less  than  25  per  cent  of  water,  and  must  in  this 
wet  condition  be  placed  in  a  bag  made  of  heavy  cotton  cloth  of  close 
mesh,  equal  in  quality  and  weight  to  the  cotton  twill  used  for  pockets 
in  high-grade  clothing.  There  must  be  placed  inside  the  bag  and 
over  the  fulminate  a  cap  of  the  same  cloth  and  of  the  diameter  of 
the  bag,  and  the  bag  must  be  tied  securely  and  placed  in  a  strong 
grain  bag,  which  must,  in  turn,  be  tied  securely  and  packed  in  the 
center  of  a  cask  or  barrel  complying  with  specification  No.  10. 
The  grain  bag  must  not  contain  more  than  150  pounds  dry 
weight  of  fulminate  and  it  must  be  surrounded  on  all  sides  by 
tightly  packed  sawdust  not  less  than  6  inches  thick.  The  cask 
or  barrel  must  be  lined  with  a  heavy,  close-fitting  jute  bag, 
closed  by  secure  sewing  to  prevent  escape  of  sawdust.  After  the 
barrel  is  properly  coopered  it  must  be  filled  with  water  and  the  bung 
sealed.     The  barrel  must  be  inspected  carefully  and  all  leaks  stopped. 

223.  Marking. — Each  cask  or  barrel  must  be  plainly  marked  "  WET 
FULMINATE  OF  MERCURY— DANGEROUS." 

Small-arms  Ammunition 

224.  Packing. — Small-arms  ammunition  must  be  packed  in  paste- 
board or  other  boxes,  and  these  boxes  must  be  packed  in  strong 
outside  wooden  or  metal  containers. 


in  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

Small-arms  ammunition  in  pasteboard  or  other  boxes,  and  in 
quantity  not  exceeding  a  gross  weight  of  75  pounds,  may  be  packed 
with  nonexplosive  and  noninflammable  articles  and  with  small-arms 
primers  or  percussion  caps  (see  par.  240),  provided  the  outside 
wooden  or  metal  container  is  marked  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  225. 

225.  Marking.- -Each  outside  package  or  case  must  be  plainly 
marked  "SALVLL-ARMS  AJ^IMUNITION." 

22G.  Xo  restrictions,  other  than  proper  description,  packing,  and 
marking,  are  necessarj^  for  the  shipment  of  small-arms  ammunition. 

Anununition  for  Cannon. 

227.  Packing. — Ammunition  for  cannon  must  be  well  packed  and 
properly  secured  in  strong  wooden  or  metal  containers. 

228.  Marking. — Each  outside  package  must  be  plainly  marked 
"AMMUNITION  FOR  CANNON  WITH  EXPLOSIVE  PRO- 
JECTILES," "AMMUNITION  FOR  CANNON  WITH  EMPTY 
PROJECTILES,"  "AMMUNITION  FOR  CANNON  WITH  SAND- 
LOADED  PROJECTILES,"  "AMI^IUNITION  FOR  CANNON 
WITH  SOLID  PROJECTILES,"  "AMMUNITION  FOR  CANNON 
WITH  GAS  PROJECTILES,"  "AMIMUNITION  FOR  CANNON 
WITH  SMOKE  PROJECTILES,"*or  "AMMUNITION  FOR  CAN- 
NON WITH  INCENDIARY  PROJECTILES,"  as  the  case  may 
be.  or  "A!^CMUNITION  FOR  CANNON  WITHOUT  PROJEC- 
TILES." 

Boxes  containing  ammunition  for  cannon  with  gas  projectiles 
loaded  with  a  toxic  gas  must  also  bear  the  white  "Poison  Gas"  label 
prescribed  by  paragraph  700. 

Empty  cartridge  bags  having  attached  black-powder  igniters 
must  be  marked  "EMPTY  CARTRIDGE  BAGS— BLACK-POW- 
DER  IGNITERS." 

229.  No  restrictions  other  than  proper  marking  are  prescribed  for 
shi|)ments  of  material  relating  to  ammunition  for  cannon,  but 
containing  no  explosive  or  other  dangerous  article,  such  as  cartridge 
cases,  "dummy"  or  "drill"  cartridges,  etc. 

Projectiles,  Bombs,  Grenades,  Etc. 

.  230.  (a)  Packing. — Explosive  projectiles,  explosive  bombs,  or 
grenades  must  be  packed  in  strong  wooden  or  metal  boxes,  and 
the  projectiles,  bombs,  or  grenades  must  be  properly  secured.  Pro- 
jectiles or  bombs  exceeding  90  pounds  in  weight  may  be  shipped 
without  being  boxed  if  desired.  When  necessary,  detonating  fuzes 
or  tracer  fuzes  of  approved  types  may  be  assembled  in  explosive 
projectiles  or  explosive  bombs. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES  BY   FREIGHT.  17 

(h)  Explosive  mines  may  be  shipped  without  being  boxed  if 
desired.  When  necessary,  detonating  fuzes  may  be  assembled  in 
explosive  mines. 

(c)  Gas  projectiles,  smoke  projectiles,  incendiary  projectiles,  gas 
bombs,  smoke  bombs,  incendiary  bombs,  gas  grenades,  smoke 
grenades,  and  incendiary  grenades,  must  be  well  packed  and  properly 
secured  in  strong  wooden  boxes. 

231.  Weight, — The  gross  weight  of  a  box  containing  more  than 
one  projectile,  mine,  grenade,  or  bomb  must  not  exceed  250  pounds. 

232.  Marking. — Each  exterior  package  or  projectile,  bomb,  or 
mine  must  be  plainly  marked  "EXPLOSIVE  PROJECTILE," 
"SAND-LOADED  PROJECTILE,"  "SOLID  PROJECTILE," 
"EMPTY  PROJECTILE,"  "EXPLOSIVE  TORPEDO,"  "EMPTY 
TORPEDO,"  "EXPLOSIVE  MINE,"  "EMPTY  MINE,"  "EX- 
PLOSIVE BOMB,"  "SAND-LOADED  BOMB,"  "EMPTY 
BOMB,"  "GAS  BOMB,"  "SMOKE  BOMB,"  "INCENDIARY 
BOMB,"  "GAS  PROJECTILE,"  "SMOKE  PROJECTILE," 
"INCENDIARY  PROJECTILE,"  "GAS  GRENADES,"  "SMOKE 
GRENADES,"  "INCENDIARY  GRENADES,"  "HAND  GRE- 
NADES," or  "RIFLE  GRENADES,"  as  the  case  may  be. 

Boxes  containing  bombs,  projectiles,  grenades,  or  other  containers, 
loaded  with  a  toxic  gas,  must  also  bear  the  white  "Poison  Gas" 
label  prescribed  by  paragraph  700. 

233.  No  restrictions,  other  than  proper  marking,  are  prescribed  for 
the  shipment  of  sand-loaded  projectiles,  sand-loaded  bombs,  empty 
projectiles,  empty  mines,  empty  bombs,  solid  projectiles,  or  empty 
torpedoes.  Rotating  bands  should  be  protected  against  deformation 
by  method  of  packing  or  loading. 

Blasting  Caps. 

234.  (a)  Packing. — Blasting  caps  contain  such  a  sensitive  and  dan- 
gerous explosive  that  very  efficient  packing  is  necessary,  and  the 
outside  of  all  caps  must  be  free  from  fulminate. 

(6)  Blasting  caps  must  be  placed  in  strong  interior  packages  or 
containers,  in  which  they  must  fit  snugly,  and  the  caps  must  be 
closed  securely  against  leakage  of  contents  by  suitable  elastic  material 
placed  over  the  caps.  Not  more  than  100  blasting  caps  may  be 
packed  in  a  single  inside  container.  All  inside  containers  must  then 
be  packed  snugly  in  cartons  or  wrappings  made  of  paper  or  pasteboard. 

(c)  For  not  more  than  5,000  caps  the  inside  containers,  in  cartons 
or  wrappings,  must  be  packed  in  an  outside  box  which  must  comply 
with  specification  No.  15,  and  they  must  be  separated  from  the  out- 
side box  by  at  least  1  inch  of  tightly  packed  sawdust,  excelsior,  or 
equivalent  cushioning  material. 


Jg  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

((?)  For  more  than  5,000  caps  the  inside  containers,  in  cartons  or 
Nvrappings.  must  l)e  packed  in  an  inside  box  made  of  sound  lumber 
or  in  a  hermetically  sealed  metal  box  made  of  not  less  than  30  gauge 
United  States  Standard,  and  this  inside  wooden  or  metal  box  must 
then  be  packed  in  an  outside  box  made  of  sound  lumber;  the 
wooden  boxes  must  comply  with  specification  No.  15.  Tightly  packed 
sawdust,  excelsior,  or  equivalent  cushioning  material,  at  least  1  inch 
thick  at  all  points,  must  separate  the  inside  box  from  the  outside 
wooden  box. 

(e)  More  than  20,000  blasting  caps  must  not  be  placed  in  one 
outside  package. 

(/)  Ten  or  less  of  the  interior  containers  of  not  more  than  100  blast- 
ino-  caps  each  may  be  packed  in  the  same  outside  container  with  safety 
fuse.  These  inner  packages  of  blasting  caps  must  be  placed  in  the 
center  of  a  coil  of  fuse,  and  so  secured  and  cushioned  therein  as  to 
prevent  movement.  The  outside  box  must  comply  with  specification 
No.  15. 

.  (g)  Electric  blasting  caps  must  be  packed  in  pasteboard  cartons  con- 
taining not  more  than  50  caps  each.  These  cartons  must  be  packed 
in  a  wooden  box,  compl3'-ing  with  specification  No.  15. 

235.  Weight. — The  gross  weight  of  an  outside  package  containing 
blasting  caps  or  electric  blasting  caps  must  not  exceed  150  pounds. 

236.  Marking. — Each  outside  package  must  be  plainly  marked 
"  (number) '  BLASTING  CAPS— HANDLE  CAREFULLY," 
"(number)^  ELECTRIC  BLASTING  CAPS— HANDLE  CARE- 
FULLY," or  "  (number)  ^  BLASTING  CAPS  WITH  SAFETY 
FUSE— HANDLE  CAREFULLY."  In  addition,  each  box  must 
bear  the  marking  '•  DO  NOT  STORE  OR  LOAD  WITH  ANY 
HIGH  EXPLOSIVES." 

Detonating  Fuzes. 

237.  Packing, — Detonating  fuzes  or  "boosters "  when  shipped  sepa- 
rately must  be  packed  in  strong,  tight  wooden  boxes;  and  each  fuze 
or  part  thereof  containing  explosive,  must  be  well  secured. 

238.  Weight. — The  gross  weight  of  one  outside  package  must  not 
exceed  Kio  pounds. 

239.  Marking. — Each  outside  package  must  be  plainly  marked 
"DETONATING  FUZES— HANDLE  CAREFULLY." 

Primers,  Percussion  Caps,  Percussion,  Tracer,  and  Time  Fuzes. 

240.  (a)  Packing. — Primers  and  percussion,  tracer,  and  time  fuzes, 
must  be  packed  in  stn^ng,  tight,  outside  wooden  boxes,  with  special 
provision  for  securing  individual  packages  of  primers  and  fuzes  against 
movement  in  the  box. 

*  The  number  of  caps  must  be  showu  in  the  marking. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  19 

(b)  Small-arms  primers  containing  anvils  must  be  packed  in  cellular 
inside  packages,  with  partitions  separating  the  layers  and  columns  of 
primers,  so  that  the  explosion  of  a  portion  of  the  primers  in  the  com- 
pleted shipping  package  will  not  cause  the  explosion  of  all  the  primers. 

(c)  Percussion  caps  must  be  packed  in  metal  or  other  inside  boxes 
containing  not  more  than  500  caps,  but  the  construction  of  the  cap 
and  the  kind  and  quantity  of  explosives  in  each  must  be  such  that  the 
explosion  of  a  part  of  the  caps  in  the  completed  shipping  package  will 
not  cause  the  explosion  of  all  of  the  caps. 

(d)  Small-arms  primers  and  percussion  caps  may  form  a  part  of 
the  gross  weight  of  75  pounds  of  small-arms  ammunition  that  may  be 
packed  with  other  articles,  as  authorized  by  paragraph  224;  or  not 
exceeding  5  pounds  of  small-arms  primers  or  percussion  caps  may  be 
packed  with  nonexplosive  and  noninflammable  articles. 

241.  Weight. — The  gross  weight  of  one  outside  package  must  not 
exceed  150  pounds. 

242.  Marking. — Each  outside  box  must  be  plainly  marked 
'SIVL\LL-ARMS  PRIMERS— HANDLE  CAREFULLY,"  ''PER- 
CUSSION CAPS— HANDLE  CAREFULLY,"  "CANNON  PRIM- 
ERS—HANDLE CAREFULLY,"  ''COMBINATION  PRIMERS- 
HANDLE  CAREFULLY,"  ''PERCUSSION  FUZES— HANDLE 
CAREFULLY,"  "COMBINATION  FUZES— HANDLE  CARE- 
FULLY," or  "TRACER  FUZES— HANDLE  CAREFULLY,"  etc. 

243.  No  restrictions  other  than  proper  packing  and  marking  are 
necessary  for  the  shipment  of  primers  and  percussion,  tracer,  and 
time  fuzes.  No  restrictions  other  than  proper  marking,  "EMPTY 
CARTRIDGE  SHELLS,  PRIMED,"  are  prescribed  for  the  shipment 
of  this  article. 

Common  Fireworks. 

244.  Packing. — Common  fireworks  must  be  in  a  finished  state, 
exclusive  of  mere  ornamentation,  as  supplied  to  the  retail  trade,  and 
must  be  securely  packed  in  strong,  tight,  spark-proof,  wooden  barrels, 
that  comply  with  specification  No.  11,  or  in  boxes  complying  with 
specification  No.  12 A. 

Photographic  flash  powder,  in  quantity  not  exceeding  5  pounds,  may 
be  packed  with  nonexplosive,  noninflammable,  or  noncorrosive 
articles. 

245.  Weight. — The  gross  weight  of  one  outside  package  containing 
common  fireworks  must  not  exceed  325  pounds,  except  that  exhibition 
set  pieces,  when  specially  packed,  may  weigh  not  exceeding  400 
pounds. 

246.  Marking. — Each  outside  package  must  be  plainly  marked,  in 
letters  not  less  than  ^  inch  in  height,  "COMMON  FIREWORKS- 
KEEP  FIRE  AWAY." 


20  IXTERSTATK    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

Special  Fireworks. 

247.  (a)  Packing. — Special  fireworks  must  be  in  a  finished  state,  ex- 
clusive of  mere  ornamentation,  as  supplied  to  the  retail  trade,  and 
must  not  contain  forbidden  fireworks. 

(6)  Special  fireworks  must  be  securely  packed  in  strong,  spark- 
proof,  wooden  barrels,  that  comply  with  specification  No.  11,  or  in 
boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  12. 

(c)  Paper-cap  ammunition  for  to}^  pistols  in  quantity  not  exceeding 
3  gross  of  inside  packages,  not  to  exceed  250  caps  each,  may  be  packed 
with  nonoxplosive  or  noninflammable  articles,  provided  outside  pack- 
ages are  marked  as  prescribed  herein. 

(d)  Paper  caps  may  be  packed  in  packages  with  toy  pistols,  pro- 
vided the  caps  arc  packed  in  a  separate  compartment  of  the  outside 
package  or  inside  package,  and  provided  outside  packages  are  marked 
as  prescribed  herein. 

(e)  Cap  torpedoes  must  be  packed  in  sawdust,  in  paper  or  cardboard 
cartons;  the  size  of  the  carton  must  be  not  less  than  4  cubic  inches  for 
each  grain  of  explosive. 

(f)  Unless  packed  in  separate-compartment  cartons  as  described 
below,  toy  torpedoes  must  not  contain  more  than  an  average  of 
7  grains  each  of  a  mixture  of  potassium  chlorate,  black  antimony, 
and  sulphur,  and  not  more  than  3^  of  a  gross  must  be  packed  in  a 
single  inside  container  of  capacity  not  less  than  105  cubic  inches. 
All  vacant  space  in  the  inside  container  must  be  filled  with  fine  saw- 
dust. The  average  weight  must  not  exceed  9  grains  when  not  more 
than  14  gross  of  the  torpedoes  are  packed  in  an  inside  pasteboard 
carton  of  capacity  not  less  than  120  cubic  inches  with  partitions  that 
provide  for  each  torpedo  a  separate  compartment  in  which  all  vacant 
space  is  filled  with  fine  sawdust. 

(g)  Toy  torpedoes  of  any  kind  must  not  be  packed  with  other 
fireworks. 

248.  Weight. — The  gross  weight  of  one  outside  package  con- 
taining special  fireworks  must  not  exceed  200  pounds,  and  the  gross 
weight  of  a  package  containing  toy  torpedoes  must  not  exceed 
65  pounds. 

249.  Marking. — Each  outside  package  containing  special  fireworks, 
or  a  mi.xture  of  common  and  special  fireworks,  must  be  plainly 
marked  in  letters  not  less  than  ^  inch  in  height,  "SPECIAL  FIRE- 
WOKKS-ilANDLE  CAREFULLY— KEEP  FIRE  AWAY."  Out- 
side packages  containing  toy  torpedoes  must  also  be  marked  "TOY 
TOKPEDOlvS." 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  21 

Cordeau  Detonant,  Instantaneous  Fuse,  Safety  Fuse,  Safety  Squibs,  etc. 

250.  Cordeau  detonant,  instantaneous  fuse,  safety  squibs,  electric 
squibs,  delay  electric  igniters,  and  fuse  lighters  or  fuse  igniters,  must 
be  packed  in  strong  wooden  boxes  or  barrels,  properly  marked  with 
the  name  of  the  article  packed  therein. 

Cordeau  detonant  must  not  be  packed  in  the  same  package  with 
blasting  caps,  or  with  any  high  explosive. 

251.  Safety  fuse  should  be  packed  in  strong  wooden  boxes  or  bar- 
rels, or  in  corrugated  strawboard  or  fiberboard  containers,  or  may  be 
packed  in  bales  (provided  the  fuse  is  first  wrapped  in  tarred  felt,  then 
sewed  in  tarpaulin,  and  inclosed  in  a  strong  burlap  bag),  and  may  be 
loaded  in  any  car  with  any  other  kind  of  an  explosive  or  inflammable 
substance  or  with  other  freight. 

SECTION  4. 

DANGEBOirS   ARTICLES   OTHER  THAN   EXPLOSIVES. 

Information  and  Definitions. 

300.  For  the  purpose  of  these  regulations,  dangerous  articles  other 
than  explosives  are  divided  into  the  following  groups : 

1 .  Forbidden  articles. 

2.  Acceptable  articles. 

Group  1. — Forbidden  Articles. 

301.  The  following  are  forbidden  articles ; 

(a)  Outside  packages  containing  in  the  same  compartment  interior 
packages,  the  mixture  of  whose  contents  would  be  liable  to  cause  a 
dangerous  evolution  of  heat  or  gas,  or  produce  corrosive  materials. 

(b)  Cylinders  containing  gases  capable  of  combining  chemically. 

(c)  Packages  containing  dangerous  articles  in  a  leaking  condition, 
or  in  such  an  insecure  condition  as  to  make  leakage  probable  during 
transit. 

id)  Dangerous  articles  not  properly  packed,  marked,  labeled, 
described,  and  certified. 

(e)  Rags  or  cotton  waste,  oily  with  more  than  5  per  cent  of  vegetable 
or  animal  oil;  wet  rags,  wet  waste  wool,  wet  textile  waste,  wet  waste 
paper,  wet  burlap  bags;  burnt,  wet  or  damp  fiber;  wet  paper  stock; 
wet  jute;  or  wet  hemp.  Wet  hair  must  not  be  shipped  except  m  steel 
gondola  cars. 

(/)  Charcoal  screenings  from  wet  charcoal,  or  wet  screenings,  or 
screenings  that  have  been  wet.      (See  par.  459.) 

(g)  Iron  sponge  that  has  not  been  properly  oxidized  during  manu- 
facture; and  spent  oxide  or  spent  iron  mass,  except  when  loaded  in 
open  steel  cars. 

ih)  Peanut  bran  or  peanut  skins  containing  more  than  12  per 
cent  oil. 


22  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION". 

(r)  Acid  carboy?!,  empty,  unless  thoroughly  drained. 

if)  Rough  ammoniate  tankages  (tankages  made  from  ammoniates 
such  as  leather  scrap,  horns,  hoofs,  hair,  hair  waste,  felt  waste,  etc.), 
containing  less  than  7  per  cent  moisture  or  having  a  temperature 
excecdmg  100°  F.  when  loaded. 

(k)  Garbage  tankage,  tankage  fertilizers,  etc.,  containing  less  than 
8  per  cent  moisture  or  having  a  temperature  exceeding  100°  F.  when 
loaded. 

(I)  Fish  scrap  containing  less  than  8  per  cent  or  more  than  12  per 
cent  moisture,  or  having  a  temperature  exceeding  100°  F.  when 
loaded.  (Does  not  include  wet  acidulated  fish  scrap  with  moisture 
40  to  55  per  cent.) 

(rn)  Matches  of  any  kind  which  ignite  spontaneously  when  sub- 
jected for  8  hours  to  a  temperature  of  200°  F.,  in  a  properly  conducted 
laboratory  test. 

Group  2. — Acceptable  Articles. 

INFLAMMABLE    LIQUIDS — RED   LABEL. 

302.  Inflammable  liquids  include  any  liquid  or  liquid  mixture  that 
gives  off  inflammable  vapors  (as  determined  by  flash  point  from 
Tagliabue's  open-cup  tester,  as  used  for  test  of  bm-ning  oils)  at  or 
below  a  temperatm-e  of  80°  F. 

Note. — Nonfluid  or  paste  compounds,  composed  in  part  of  inflammable  liquids, 
which  at  100°  F.will  not  liquefy  and  remain  liquid,  are  not  considered  as  inflammable. 

INFLAMMABLE    SOLIDS — YELLOW    LABEL. 

30.3.  Inflammable  solids  include  all  substances  other  than  those 
classified  as  explosives  that  are  liable,  under  conditions  incident  to 
transportation,  to  cause  fires  by  ignition  through  friction,  through 
absorption  of  moisture,  or  through  spontaneous  chemical  changes. 

OXIDIZING    MATERIALS — YELLOW   LABEL, 

304.  Oxidizing  materials  include  all  substances,  such  as  chlorates, 
permanganates,  peroxides,  and  nitrates,  that  yield  oxygen  readily  to 
stimulate  the  combustion  of  organic  matter. 

CORROSIVE    LIQUID.S — WHITE    LABEL. 

305.  Corrosive  liquids  include  the  strong  mineral  acids  and  other 
strongly  corrosive  liquids,  that  are  liable  to  cause  fires  when  mixed 
with  chemicals  or  with  organic  matter,  or  are  liable,  in  case  of 
leakage  from  their  shipping  containers,  to  damage  other  freight 
materially. 

Note.— Fire  extinguishers  containing  sulphuric  acid,  packed  in  cartons  as  provided 
in  paragraph  530,  are  exempt  from  the  requirements  of  these  regulations. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  23 

COMPRESSED   GASES — RED   OR   GREEN    (GAS)    LABEL. 

306.  Compressed  gases  include  all  inflammable  or  noninflammable 
gases  under  pressure  exceeding  25  pounds  per  square  inch  at  70°  F., 
except  poisonous  gases  as  covered  by  paragraph  307  herein: 
Provided,  That  such  inflammable  or  noninflammable  gases  in  cylinders 
or  tubes  not  exceeding  seven-eighths  inch  outside  diameter  and  of 
not  more  than  4  fluid  ounces  water  capacity,  hand  fire  extinguishers 
containing  nonliquefied  gas  for  the  purpose  of  expelling  fire- 
extinguishing  contents,  and  machines  or  apparatus  assembled  for 
shipment  and  containing  not  more  than  15  pounds  of  gas  for  their 
operation,  are  exempt  from  the  requirements  of  these  regulations. 

POISONOUS    ARTICLES. 

307.  For  the  purpose  of  these  regulations,  poisonous  articles  are 
divided  into  two  classes  according  to  the  degree  of  hazard  in  trans- 
portation. 

CLASS   A — POISON    GAS   LABEL. 

(a)  Poisonous  gases  or  liquids  of  such  nature  that  a  very  small 
proportion  of  the  gas  or  vapor  mixed  with  air  is  dangerous  to  life. 
This  class  includes  the  following: 

Acid,  hydrocyanic  (prussic). 

Bromacetone. 

Brombenzyl  cyanide. 

Carbonyl  chloride  (phosgene). 

Chloracetophenone. 

Chlorpicrin. 

Cyanogen. 

Diphenylammechlorarsine. 

Diphenylchlorarsine. 

Mastard  gas. 

Xylyl  bromide. 

Poisonous  gases  or  liquids  not  otherwise  specified. 

CLASS    B — NO   LABEL. 

{V)  Poisonous  liquids  of  such  nature  that  they  are  chiefly  dan- 
gerous by  actual  contact  with  the  body  or  by  contamination  of  foods 
and  feeds.  The  vapors  of  some  of  this  class  of  materials  are  also 
offensive  or  dangerous,  but  to  a  much  less  extent  than  class  A. 

Poisonous  solids  of  such  nature  that  they  are  chiefly  dangerous 
if  taken  internally,  although  having  some  poisonous  effects  on  the 
skin. 

LABEL,  CERTIFICATE,  AND  OTHER  EXEMPTIONS. 

INFLAMMABLE    LIQUIDS. 

308.  {a)  Inflammable  liquids,  except  carbon  bisulphide,  casinghead 
gasoline,   and  nitrocellulose  wet  with  alcohol  or  solvent,   must  be 


24  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

shipped   without   labels   and   marked,    and    certified   "NO   LABEL 
REQUIRED,"  when  packed  as  follows: 

(6)  When  the  flash  point  is  20°  F.  or  lower. — In  securely  closed  glass, 
earthenware,  or  metal  containers  of  not  exceeding  i  pint  capacity 
each  (ether  1  pound),  packed  and  cushioned  in  outside  packages 
complying  with  specification  No.  2,  11,  19,  or  24. 

(c)  When  the  flash  point  is  above  20°  F. — In  securely  closed  glass, 
earthenware,  or  metal  containers,  of  not  exceeding  1  quart  capacity 
each,  packed  and  cushioned  in  outside  packages  complying  with 
specification  No.  2,  11.  19,  or  24. 

(d)  Paint,  varnish,  shellac,  wood  flller,  or  wood  stain,  in  glass  or 
earthenware  vessels  of  not  exceeding  1  gallon  capacity  each;  or  in 
metal  cans,  kits,  pails,  or  wood-jacketed  cans,  of  not  exceeding  10 
gallons  capacity  each,  packed  in  wooden  boxes  or  barrels  comply- 
ing with  specification  No.  2,  11,  or  19. 

(e)  Automobiles,  motor  cycles,  tractors,  or  other  self-propelled 
vehicles,  equipped  with  acetylene  gas  cylinders,  or  gasoline  or  other 
fuel  tanks  securely  closed,  are  exempt  from  label,  certificate,  and 
placard  requirements. 

(/)  Flavoring  extracts,  in  inside  containers  of  not  to  exceed  4 
ounces  capacity,  are  exempt  from  label,  placard,  certificate,  and 
packing  requirements. 

INFLAMMABLE    SOLIDS    AND    OXIDIZING    MATERIALS. 

(g)  L^nless  the  notation  "No  exemption"  is  shown  in  column  4  of 
the  list  (par.  309),  or  unless  otherwise  specified  herein,  the  maximum 
quantity  of  inflammable  solids  or  oxidizing  materials  that  can  be 
shipped  in  one  outside  package  without  a  label,  when  certified  and 
marked  "NO  LABEL  REQUIRED,"  is  25  pounds. 

(h)  Animal  charcoal  and  bone  charcoal  are  exempt  from  label,  cer- 
tificate, packing,  and  })hicard  requirements. 

(i)  Wood  charcoal  (except  charcoal  screenings),  when  packed  in 
boxes,  or  barrels,  or  in  bags  in  less-than-carload  shipments  of  not 
exceeding  2,000  pounds,  and  lump  charcoal  made  by  the  old  kiln  or 
pit  method,  by  which  long  air  exposure  is  provided  before  shipment, 
are  exempt  from  placard  and  label  requirements,  but  must  be  certi- 
fied and  marked  either  "NO  LABEL  REQUIRED"  or  "NO  PLAC- 
ARD REQUIRED." 

(j)  Crystallized  sulphide  of  sodium  or  crystallized  sulphide  of  potas- 
sium are  exempt  from  label,  packing,  and  placard  requirements  when 
marked  and  certified  "  NO  LABEL  REQUIRED."  (See  note,  par. 
469.) 

ik)  Nitrates  of  barium,  strontia,  potash,  soda,  or  ammonia,  in  boxes, 
kegs,  barrels,  or  drums,  are  exempt  from  label,  certificate,  placard, 
and  container  specificatif)n  ref|uiroments. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  25 

(Z)  Rubber  scrap,  not  ground,  is  exempt  from  label,  placard,  pack- 
ing, and  certificate  requirements,  when  properly  so  described. 

CORROSIVE   LIQUIDS. 

(m)  Unless  the  notation  "No  exemption"  is  shown  in  colunm  4  of 
the  list  (par.  309) ,  or  unless  otherwise  specified  herein,  the  maximum 
quantity  of  corrosive  liquids  that  can  be  shipped  in  one  outside  pack- 
age without  a  label,  when  marked  and  certified  "NO  LABEL  RE- 
QUIRED/' is  5  pints. 

CLASS  B — POISONOUS  ARTICLES. 

(n)  Poisonous  articles. — Labels  will  not  be  required  on  packages 
containing  poisonous  liquids  or  solids  as  defined  by  paragraph  307, 
Class  B. 

LIST   OF   PRINCIPAL  DANGEROUS   ARTICLES    OTHER   THAN 

EXPLOSIVES. 

(See  par.  301  for  forbidden  articles.) 

309.  (a)  The  following  list  shows  the  names  of  well-known  articles 
in  general  use,  other  than  explosives,  that  are  dangerous;  and  the  kind 
of  label  required  on  outside  packages,  the  paragraph  references  to 
packing  requirements  and  to  quantities  that  may  be  shipped  in  one 
outside  package  without  a  label,  when  certified  and  marked  "NO 
LABEL  REQUIRED. "     (See  column  4  of  list.) 

(b)  When  a  shipment  described  under  a  name  not  in  the  following  list 
is  defined  as  a  dangerous  one  by  paragraphs  302  to  307,  inclusive,  the 
shipper  must  inform  the  carrier  of  the  fact  by  use  of  the  general  group 
name  and  the  proper  label  prescribed  herein,  and  the  shipping  order 
must  show  the  certificate  prescribed  by  paragraph  707.  The  maxi- 
mum quantity  of  any  such  article  shipped  in  one  outside  package  with- 
out label,  when  certified  and  marked  "NO  LABEL  REQUIRED," 
except  as  specified  herein,  must  not  exceed  the  limit  prescribed  by 
paragraph  308  for  dangerous  articles  of  similar  flash  point  or  other 
characteristics. 

(c)  A  shipment  described  under  a  definite  and  proper  name  not 
in  the  following  list,  and  on  a  shipping  order  with  no  notation  as  to 
labels  applied  and  no  shipper's  certificate,  will  be  assumed  by  the 
carrier,  in  the  absence  of  knowledge  to  the  contrary,  to  be  not  danger- 
ous under  these  regulations. 

{d)  Articles  described  under  names  in  the  following  list  marked 

with  (*),  may  or  may  not  be  dangerous  under  the  regulations;  and 

when  not  dangerous   (unless  otherwise  provided  in  said  list)    the 

shipper  must  show  on  his  shipping  order,  as  a  part  of  the  description 

66620"— 22 3 


26  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

of  such  article,  for  less  than  carloads,  "NO  LABEL  REQUIRED," 
and  for  carloads,  "NO  PLACARD  REQUIRED '';  and  must  also 
furnish  the  certificate  prescribed  by  paragraph  707,  and  mark  the 
packages  "NO  LABEL  REQUIRED." 

(e)  When  several  dangerous  articles  are  placed  in  one  outside 
package  without  violating  these  regulations,  labels  must  be  applied, 
when  the  combined  quantity  of  the  articles  of  any  one  "group"  ex- 
ceeds the  quantity  that  is  exempt  from  label,  as  prescribed  by  para- 
graph 308. 

(/)  When  dangerous  articles  requiring  the  red  label  are  shipped  in 
the  same  outside  package  with  dangerous  articles  requiring  yellow  or 
white  labels,  the  outside  package  must  be  labeled  with  red  label  only. 


DANGEKOUS  ARTICLES  BY  FREIGHT. 


27 


.9.2 


.<**  »0  lO 


05 


.5    ^ 

-^  O  ~  g 


-<  f 


IN 


»      ^'^     - 


lO'J 


^  lo  >o  Q  "C  g  lo 

exTocToo      oeT  o  ^"^ 
OOO       OiT.  o 


o  .2  Q  o  2 
^  4^  ^  .<»"  '^3 


15S?5g  .   .§  .5  . 

iN  x3  X3  "O  ■*  55  o  'ii  CN  '43  o 

f5SS5^Q5XSooiNSooooSo 


2o 
&.0 


0  a 

CO  o  O  00  00 
—  00 


^»Z5 


.  -  >*^  .a  . .  --^ 0 ■" -^ a  .a 


I'Z,     'A\ 


in"  00  S  _;  in"?  to 

:  f-T.— ( lo  — T'^""^  'i 
;  10  *o  o  Soi  o  lO 

3  Tt<   "*-«*<  ^  lO  '^  "^ 

^^  .  \% 

a  a  a,-::  a  a  a 

M  H  M 

5"ooog'ooo 


ciOooopooooor;cldJJ^flOfli::Jji:dddc°°o^ddde0^a 

MOOOOPUOOOOOwwMOOSoflOOOtSMM^P-lPMOwMMMMC^flM 


<c.^  0.2  «  2  2 

o  o'S'S'S'o'o'S'S'o 


J;    ■;   Cfl  03   C5  CO  CS  O 


28 


INTERSTATE   COMMEECE   COMMISSION. 


3  o 


S  JR  '-2  *2  2 


SO'* 


Soo"®"     00 


S  S3  ill  § 

m  "O  *  S 13  «3 
o  o  o  O.P<o< 


d  zf  d  d  <D  g  g  ddd«ggdgdddddj3SS»«'<ud!5 
Q  g^Q  Q  g  S  5_Q  O  Q  g  S_5  p  S  Q  O  fi  ft  o  S_S_S  g  g  £  ft  Sj 


goo 
Sftft 


o  00  00 

hJoO 


00  00  00  o  o  o 

CC  CO  00(^^1^ 


iJJ  J  JojMcn  o' 


SS J J J  gS J J J j^ J J J J J J J J J J J J  g J 


q  oJiJiJ 


SSIisSSS'i^oooooolo^SisisSisisSSislSS^oSSfSoiSiSSisS 


B 
O  C 

II12 


S  ci.2 

o  S  £  - 


8  c  p  jj  a 


•3 

2| 


-000     -n-H 


!saa 


o)  oi  c>  0^  o)  o  :^ 

fl  a:s:25'S.p 

u  u  u  u.  C  k^  ^ 

_o  o_o_o  o_o  o 


■3 


If 

"Cot     *    "    •-    -    ^cft'en'^® 


©  O  g 


III 

o  act:  C  C^ 

C   ©    0)   Oi 


as 


oo^o^^o^^a^oftftOfi 


Oft 


DANGEROUS  ARTICLES  BY   FREIGHT. 


29 


00 


2  ° 

oc'oo" 
oo 
coco 


SSS 


ofrotr 

o  o 


■*     __j 


CO 


KO 


d  6  d  d  d  d  d  <5  6  c  »  <B  o  d  d  d  d  6  g  §  d  ^  g  o  ,-^  o  g 


o  o 


.a  .; 

O  ©  Oi 


ocoo  ccoo  ccococ 
oo  oo  00»:7'< 
coco        MM        COmAc 


00  OOO 
C0<MCO 


oo  SiOOlNO 


oo 

COCO 

cc'co' 

OC<l     . 

•^  lO  o 

iO.-lrf' 
OINO 
-*  LO  lO 

cc'x*"oo' 

coo 

CO  CO  CO 


OS  S. 


05  c3  c3  _ 

-----    -      -___-„_'0''3S'3'cn3'O©S©'^©''3'dT3t:':3'd'CSSS'd'd:dSx).2'0t):=3 

©©©©©©  Outt>«U©»4Ui©©^©©©©kHUiUi©|-i©©©©©©©©©©©©©©©0©©© 


2  •^  'O  "CO  T!  T3 


s^ 


c;  t)  ©  ©rr  © 


<1?.S  =  <1<1 


OOO 


« 


oooooooooooooooooooo 

c^.^^^^^   aaaaaaasaaaasaasaes a.^^v;^^^-r;^^^v:^^v;-2^^---:-d^^ 


ni)^ 


>>2 

"o  05 


^■C5*6g-5S2 


WWS 


55k§S 

♦  » 


.sg^a§^«>-.S)||- 

3  §5  »  >>>>s^ 


ii.S'o'3 


■^-as- 


j-c-c  © 
iaa? 


■3'=' 

;tC5d  . 
-.■a  ©  "^  ©  ©  O 
3  fc-  -^  S  t-  fc-     ■ 

-ti  't  S  3  "  d 


©  s 

05.2 

>2 

"S  © 

©"o 

^a 
^€| 

+J  t-.  o 
O  ah 

"•a° 

.g  ©  .  3 

EO 


>>>^  S  S  t?  05     ' 


S-Sf^-g  i  S  g  «  «  »  §  o^  o  3  g'g'.^ 


05  ©  iSo  *  cs 
•.;3  s  -a  ^  ©  "C 
,  qwC  g«  © 

2  S  £'*_  =  .'§ 
gzzoco 


so 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION". 


•Sc. 


i   lis   ioS* 


£       -• 


3^- 


o  o  < 


00 


00  00 

00 


2      ft  ^  ■* 

o       00  o?5 
;  ^      S  :3  '5  o 

;  o      Ci.a.C.0 

- .  .-"..asE*" 

O  O  O  9£ 


'  0C~'O  g  oo"       o     __    _ 


^iw^i  ^00  5 


iQ  CI  u-0  O)  0>  S 

0  0  d  p  fl  ^ 

o  _o  _o  o  o  o 

o.'S.'S.'S.p.o    5    is    ^ftoSo-o     ft^So 

aaage;::  .  -      -  -^^  -^^   ^  -  -^ 

«  IB  o  e  a>!s  o 
H  M  w  X  k5q 

©  0)  0^  oj  a>    _^^^ 
o  o  o  o  o  g" 

ZZZZ^  CO 


if 


CO         COCOCO^COCC 


W  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO  CO 


a 

.  o  o 

'■VH-- s  a 

foSgs 
i-oooTo  o 


000 


a  OS 

fc  c  g 

000 


fe&^ 


«;  fe:  6:  ^  ^  fc 


•      .;>;»;>  •t-i^r'vi^ci'^*-''-'  ,  ^    >  ^   ^  ^  ^      ,  V   ^  •  *^    i^   ^         V  t^   t*  t*-  t^   f^ 

I    4    .000    I    .000*^0*^000    .     -oOOOOO    .WO    .    *ooo    .*^ooooo 
tt4>vajQ>a^a»a)o4>^»tlv^^oo*33®vvaJOvoa>rrvtt®«>v®(i>r:a>c;>a)«o 


«] 


sss. 


<]<1 


« 


^ 


II.O.S2 
o  o  r:  ^  * 


1° 

:T3  o  a/  •''o 


.S.E  c 


tg  o 
00c     * 

o  - 

22  S-^r  S-e- 


?  a  a 

^  .s  5 '-  '-^  t  .5 
-si""""" 


fc  i  C  i:  t:  c  c 

6/   O'   O'  c    z^  ^XZ 
0.  0H  Pk  Ok  PUl  Pkl  (Li 


oocccg<ac1;iSH 
o.Ci.&.aci.3aix:.aS!« 

PL,PL,aia<a<(iia>a4aL,ii<0H 


2  ^"^  2 


■K-s-5-i.g. 


O  o 
3Q.S  5 

.a 

"^  m'h'k 


^(U!U( 


1-    I    .  aj  Ov^^a 
-    .t3tJ  «  O  o'a 

•    »-  I-.  <o     -■  '^  .a  •;;  -a  a" 

'■  c2i  £  «  S  .  .  .r 
i.t3  2£<a  g  oj  c)  03.: 
■•5  5  31J3S  000. 

I  Ph  ffi  C/i  CO  Ol  CQ  CG  CO  C 


i 


DANGEROUS  ARTICLES  BY  FREIGHT. 


31 


S2 


00  00 

o  o 


-•5 

?f    "IS 


iSsSsiSlI: 


500002500        CO  00 

soooo     oo 

5C0M«  W        coco 


^  ©  ©  © 

"S  ■«  !=:  3  3  3  "O -d  "d  t3  .1 


S<]<]<1 


gftO 


J^352i 


w,    3'C 

fl^  So  ° 

3  3  <i>  .t^  £3-^3 
J1-P-SJ3-33 


c.a  © 


3  — ,1-ISH  «,*-l 


^ '■-o«t2t£.'? 

♦  •  * 


©  o> 
a  2 

S3  a 


©    <« 


eg 
.S^ 

^  ISO 

•-.3 
g  § 

o  o 
i£  C 

s:a 

"-  03 

og 

il 
g1 

u 
o 


32  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

SECTION  5. 

PREPARATION  AND  PACKING  DANGEROUS   ARTICLES  OTHER 
THAN  EXPLOSIVES. 

400.  Barrels,  drums,  cylinders,  boxes,  cans,  carboj^s,  and  other 
containers,  used  hereafter  for  the  shipment  of  dangerous  arti- 
cles other  than  explosives,  must  have  been  made  and  marked  in 
accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  approved  specifications  as 
prescribed  herein,  or  of  the  previous  issues  of  these  specifications 
effective  at  the  date  of  manufacture  of  the  container:  Provided, 
That  cj'^linders  manufactured  previous  to  the  date  on  which  specifi- 
cations therefor  were  first  made  effective  may  be  used  if  the  cylindei»s 
have  been  properly  tested  and  otherwise  comply  with  the  require- 
ments of  paragraphs  551  to  581  of  these  regulations:  Provided  further. 
That  cylinders  of  foreign  manufacture,  received  from  foreign  coun- 
tries for  charging  with  compressed  ga-,  may  be  charged  and  shipped, 
for  export  only,  if  they  are  known  to  have  been  retested  and  charged 
in  full  compliance  with  the  requirements  prescribed  herein  for 
domestic  cylinders:  Provided  further,  That  cylinders  previously 
used  in  any  service  in  accordance  with  these  regulations,  may  be 
transferred  to  a  service  requiring  less  strength  and  for  which  they 
are  suitable,  upon  application  to  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  and 
receipt  of  advice  to  change  the  marking  on  the  cylinders :  And  'pro- 
vided further,  That  metal  barrels  and  drums  manufactured  previous  to 
March  31,  1912,  and  of  not  to  exceed  55  gallons  nominal  capacity, 
made  of  metal  of  not  less  than  16  gauge,  may  be  continued  in  service 
after  each  metal  barrel  or  drum  has  been  subjected  to  and  has  passed 
a  hydrostatic  interior  pressure  of  not  less  than  30  pounds  for  at 
least  5  minutes  without  bulging  either  head  beyond  the  chime,  or 
without  leakage  of  liquid  contents,  and  after  each  such  metal  barrel 
or  drum  passing  the  test  has  been  plainly  and  permanently  marked 
by  stamping  into  the  metal,  or  by  means  of  a  plate  securely  attached^ 
with  the  date  of  the  re  test  and  also  the  marking: 

Mfd.  before  3-31-12 

I.  C.  C— 5 

Tested 

(Date.) 

Tank  Cars. 

101 .  (a)  Tank  oars  used  for  the  shipment  of  dangerous  articles  other 
than  explosives  must  comply  with  American  Railway  Association 
specifications  for  tank  cars;  and  a  tank  car  that  leaks  or  one  that 
has  any  defect  which  would  make  leakage  during  transit  probable,  or 
that  has  not  been  tfested  and  stenciled  in  compliance  with  American 
Railway  Association  specifications  for  tank  cars,  must  not  be  used 
for  the  shipment  of  any  inflammable  liquid  or  corrosive  liquid. 


DANGEROUS    ARTICLES    BY    FREIGHT.  33 

(6)  The  tanks  and  their  fittings  must  be  examined  by  the  shipper 
to  see  that  they  are  in  proper  condition  for  loading.  Tanks  must 
be  examined  for  evidence  of  previous  leaks;  safety  and  outlet  valves, 
dome  covers,  and  outlet  valve  caps,  must  be  in  proper  condition 
before  loading;  tanks  must  be  loaded  with  outlet  valve  caps  off. 
After  loading,  tanks  must  not  show  any  dropping  of  liquid  contents 
at  the  seams  or  rivets,  outlet  valves  must  not  permit  more  than  a 
dropping  of  the  liquid  with  valve  caps  off,  and  defective  valves 
must  be  reground  and  repaired. 

(c)  Dome  covers  and  outlet  valve  caps  must  be  properly  screwed  in 
place  before  cars  are  tendered  to  the  carrier.  The  joint  of  the  dome 
cover  must  be  made  tight  against  vapor  pressure  and  the  joint  of 
the  outlet  valve  cap  against  escape  of  liquid.  Suitable  gaskets 
must  be  used  to  insure  this. 

402.  Loaded  tank  cars  tendered  for  shipm.ent  must  be  inspected  by 
the  carrier  before  acceptance,  to  see  that  they  are  not  leaking;  that 
the  air  and  hand  brakes,  journal  boxes,  trucks  and  safety  appliances, 
are  in  proper  condition  for  service;  and  that  the  car  has  been  tested 
within  limits  prescribed  by  American  Railway  Association  specifi- 
cations for  tank  cars.  Safety  valves  on  tank  cars  must  not  be  tested 
while  these  cars  are  loaded  with  dangerous  articles.  Whenever  this 
test  is  due  on  a  loaded  car  while  in  transit,  the  car  must  be  allowed 
to  continue  to  destination  bearing  a  defect  card  with  the  following 
notice: 

Safety  valves  overdue  for  test.     Moving  under  I.  C  C.  402. 

Prompt  report  of  such  movements  must  be  made  by  carriers  issuing 
the  defect  cards  to  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30 
Vesey  Street,  New  York  City. 

403.  Tests  of  all  tank  cars  and  their  safety  valves,  as  made  in 
compliance  with  American  Railway  Association  specifications  for 
tank  cars,  must  be  certified  by  the  party  making  the  tests  to  the  owner 
of  the  tank  car  and  to  the  chief  inspector.  Bureau  of  Explosives. 
This  certification  must  show  the  initials  and  number  of  the  tank 
car,  the  service  for  which  it  is  suitable,  the  date  of  test,  place  of  test^ 
and  by  whom  made. 

Inflammable  Liquids — Red  Label. 

404.  Inflammable  liquids  must  be  packed  as  follows  (see  par.  301 
for  forbidden  articles) : 

405.  Packages  containing  inflammable  liquids  must  not  be  entirely 
filled.  Sufficient  interior  space  must  be  left  vacant  to  prevent 
leakage  or  distortion  of  containers  due  to  the  expansion  of  the 
contents  from  increase  of  temperature  during  transit. 

The  proper  vacant  space  or  outage  in  a  tank  car  or  other  shipping 
container  depends  on  the  coefficient  of  expansion  of  the  liquid  and 


34 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


the  maximiun  increase  of  temperature  to  which  it  will  be  subjected 
in  transit.  Outage  must  be  calculated  to  the  total  capacity  of  the 
container. 

In  tank  cars  outage  must  be  calculated  to  percentage  of  the  total 
capacity  of  the  tank;  i.  e.,  shell  and  dome  capacity  combined.  If 
the  dome  of  the  tank  car  does  not  provide  sufficient  outage,  then 
vacant  space  must  be  left  in  the  shell  to  make  up  the  required  outage. 

In  packages  containing  alcohol,  cologne  spirits,  high  wines,  or 
other  distilled  spirits  of  150  proof  or  over,  the  vacant  interior  space 
or  allowance  for  wantage  or  ullage  must  be  the  maximum  permitted 
b}'  the  United  States  internal  revenue  regulations. 

The  outage  for  uninsulated  tank  cars  must  not  be  less  than  that 
shown  by  the  following  chart: 

OUTAGE   CHART 

FOR    INFLAMMABLE    LIQUIDS 

V_oQdiric^  Coafficicn-t 

Vemperatorc.         Oo\a«^«..  ^^  e,xpans\oo, 

—  fto'\oo*F-  ^ — I  .00040  — 


TSV 


70*F- 


©S'P- 


60*F 


55>*P 


O'-So'F 


a.oV 


3.0%  - 
3.57.-^ 

A-.O^o  — E 

s.o%- 


.OOOA-5  - 
.00050  — 

.00055  — 

.00060  — 

.OOO6S  — 
.CO  070  — 13 
"00075  — 

.ooo&o  — 

.0006S  — 
.OOOdO — : 
•  OOOSS  — = 
lOOlOO  — 


Exniiiplc :  Supposo  the  temperature  of  the  liquid  at 
time  of  loadiug  is  70°  F.  and  its  coefficient  of  expansion 
is  .<KK),SO;  lay  a  ruler  on  the  chart  running  from  70°  F. 
to  .0<M)SO  as  shown  by  the  dotted  line  and  the  required 
outage  is  2.4%  where  the  culer  cxosaes  the  outage  scale. 


DANGEROUS  ARTICLES  BY  FREIGHT. 


35 


Note. — Coefficients  of  expansion  of  principal  inflammable  liquids  are  for  each 


degree  Fahrenheit: 

Acetone 0.  00085 

Amyl  acetate 00068 

Benzol  (benzene) 00071 

Carbon  bisulphide 00070 

Ether 00098 

Ethyl  acetate 00079 

Ethyl  (grain)  alcohol 00062 


Gasoline  or  naphtha: 

50-^5°  B 0.  00055 


55.1-60°  B 
60.1-65°  B 
65.1-70°  B 
70.1-75°  B 
75.1-80°  B 
80.1-85°  B 
85.1-90°  B 


.00060 
,00065 
,00070 
, 00075 
.  00080 
.00085 
.00090 


Methyl  (wood)  alcohol 00072 

Toluol  (toluene) 00063 

406.  Inflammable  liquids  must  not  be  loaded  into  domes  of  tank 
cars. 

407.  Interior  packages  containing  1  quart  or  more  of  an  inflammable 
liquid  must  be  packed  with  tbeir  filling  boles  up  and  the  top  of  the 
outside  package  must  be  plainly  marked  "THIS  SIDE  UP." 

408.  Wood-jacketed  cans  and  wooden  kits  and  pails  must  not  be 
used  for  the  shipment  of  inflammable  liquids,  except  as  inside  con- 
tainers packed  in  wooden  boxes  or  barrels  compljdng  with  specifi- 
cation No.  2  or  11. 

409.  Alcohol  in  metal  cans  of  not  exceeding  one  gallon  capacity 
each,  inclosed  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  2, 
and  not  to  exceed  10  such  boxes,  maybe  packed  in  a  strong  wooden 
crate,  provided  the  boxes  are  placed  with  filling  holes  up  and  the 
specification  and  other  marking  are  plainly  visible  through  the  open 
spaces  of  the  crate.     Crate  must  be  marked  on  top  "  THIS  SIDE  UP." 

Note. — Securely  closed  metal  tanks  of  not  exceeding  16  gallons  capacity,  made  of 
metal  not  lighter  than  20  gauge,  United  States  Standard,  packed  in  strong  outside 
wooden  boxes,  may  be  used  for  the  transportation  of  natural  history  or  laboratory 
specimens  preserved  in  alcohol,  when  shipped  by  or  for  the  United  States  Government. 

410.  Carbon  bisnlphide  in  interior  packages  of  capacity  greater  than 
one-haK  gallon,  must  be  shipped  in  metal  cans  of  not  less  than  28 
gauge,  packed  in  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  2;  or  carbon 
bisulphide  may  be  shipped  in  metal  barrels  or  drums  complying  with 
specification  No.  5,  such  barrels  or  drums  not  to  exceed  55  gallons 
capacity.  Carbon  bisulphide  may  also  be  shipped  in  tank  cars 
complying  with  paragraph  431.  If  interior  containers  do  not  ex- 
ceed one-half  gallon  capacity  each,  carbon  bisulphide  may  be 
packed  in  glass,  earthenware,  or  metal  containers,  as  provided  by 
paragraph  430. 

411.  Ethyl  chloride  must  be  shipped  in  inside  containers  of  not 
over  one-half  pint  capacity,  tightly  closed  and  cushioned  in  outside 
containers  complying  with  specification  No.  2  or  24  (or  No.  19  for 
mixed  shipments) ;  or  in  bulk  in  metal  barrels  or  drums  of  nominal 


36 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMTSSION. 


capacity  not  over  30  gallons  complying  with  specifications  No.  5A; 
or  in  cylinders  complying  with  the  specifications  prescribed  for  any 
compressed  gas.  The  outage  as  required  by  paragraph  405  must  be 
not  less  than  7.5  per  cent  at  70°  F.  for  ethyl  chloride. 

412.  {a)  Casinghead  gasoline. — Liquid  condensates  from  natural  gas 
or  from  the  casinghead  gas  of  oil  wells,  made  either  by  the  compression 
or  absorption  process,  alone  or  blended  with  other  products,  must  be 
described  as  casinghead  gasoline  when  the  vapor  pressure  at  100°  F. 
(90°  F.  Nov.  1  to  Mar.  1)  exceeds  10  pounds  per  square  inch,  and  does 
not  exceed  20  pounds;  and  must  be  packed  in  metal  barrels  or  drums 
complying  with  specification  No.  5  or  5A,  or  in  insulated  tank  cars, 
Class  IV,  American  Railway  Association  specifications. 

(h)  When  the  vapor  pressure  of  such  condensates  or  blends  exceeds 
20  pounds  at  100°  F.  (90°  F.  Nov.  1  to  Mar.  1),  these  condensates  or 
blends  must  be  described  as  liquefied  petroleum  gas,  and  must  be 
packed  in  cylinders  as  prescribed  for  compressed  gases.  (See  pars. 
551  to  5S1.) 

(c)  When  the  vapor  pressure  of  such  condensates  or  blends  does  not 
exceed  10  pounds  at  100°  F.  (90°  F.  Nov.  1  to  Mar.  1),  these  conden- 
sates or  blends  must  be  described  as  gasoline,  and  must  be  packed  in 
containers  as  specified  in  paragraphs  430  and  431. 

413.  All  casinghead  gasoline  or  gasoline  as  described  in  paragraphs 
412  (a)  and  (c),  shipped  in  metal  drums  or  barrels,  in  addition  to  the 
standard  red  caution  label  prescribed  herein,  must  be  labeled  near 
the  bung  with  a  white  rectangular  label  or  tag  measuring  5  inches  by 
3  inches,  bearing  the  following  wording  conspicuously  displayed : 


-5  inches- 


CAUTION""sLowir 

Do  not  unscrew  it  entirely  until  all 
interior  pressure  has  escaped  through  the 
loosened  threads. 

REMOVE  BUNG  IN  OPEN  AIR.  Keep 
all  open  flame  lights  and  fires  away.  In- 
closed Electric  Lights  are  safe. 


DOME  PLACARDS. 


414.  The  shipper  must  furnish  and  attach  securely  and  conspicu- 
ously to  the  dome  and  dome  cover  of  tank  cars  containing  casinghead 
gasoline  or  gasoline  described  in  paragraphs  412  (a)  and  (c),  three 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES  BY  FREIGHT.  37 

special  white  dome  placards  measuring  4  by  10  inches,  bearing  the 
following  wording: 


10  Inches 


CAUTION 


AVOID  ACCIDENTS 

Do  Not  Remove  This  Dome  Cover 
While  Gas  Pressure  Exists  in  Tanli. 


KEEP  LIGHTED  LANTERNS  AWAY 


One  placard  must  be  attached  to  each  side  of  the  dome  and  one 
placard  must  be  attached  to  the  dome  cover.  The  presence  of  these 
special  dome  placards  must  be  noted  on  the  shipping  order  by  the 
shipper  and  by  the  carrier  on  the  billing  for  the  car.  Placards  must 
conform  to  samples  furnished  by  the  chief  inspector  of  the  Bureau  of 
Explosives. 

415.  Nitrocellnlose  wet  with  alcohol  or  solvent  must  contain  not  less 
than  30  per  cent  by  weight  of  alcohol,  or  a  solvent  whose  flash  point 
is  not  lower  than  40°  F. ;  and  must  be  packed  as  prescribed  for 
inflammable  liquids  in  paragraph  430,  or  in  metal  barrels  complying 
with  specification  No.  20A  or  20B,  or  wooden  barrels  complying  with 
specification  No.  35,  or  metal-lined  boxes  compl3dng  with  specifica- 
tion No.  30. 

416.  Spirits  of  nitroglycerin,  consisting  of  not  to  exceed  10  per 
cent  by  weight  of  nitroglycerin  in  ethyl  alcohol,  must  be  packed  in 
metal  cans  hermetically  sealed  by  soldering,  and  not  exceeding  1 
gallon  may  be  packed  in  any  single  outside  box  which  complies  with 
specification  No.  2.  In  addition,  the  box  must  be  lined  with  strong 
paraffined  paper  and  the  metal  can  must  be  entirely  surrounded  by 
at  least  2  inches  of  dry  fine  sawdust  or  kieselguhr. 

Spirits  of  nitroglycerin,  U.  S.  P.,  consisting  of  not  to  exceed  1  per 
cent  by  weight  of  nitroglycerin  in  ethyl  alcohol,  may  also  be  placed  in 
securely  closed  glass  bottles  of  not  more  than  1  quart  capacity, 
cushioned  by  at  least  2  inches  of  dry  fine  sawdust  or  kieselguhr,  in 
outside  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  2  or  19. 

430.  Except  where  special  preparation  and  packing  are  prescribed 
in  paragraphs  409  to  416,  inflammable  liquids  must  be  packed  in 
containers  complying  with  the  following  specifications;  all  con- 
tainers must  be  tightly  and  securely  closed;  the  inside  containers 


38  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

must  be  cushioned  as  prescribed,  or  in  any  case  when  necessary  to 
prevent  breakage  or  leakage.      (Soe  also  pars.  404  to  408.) 

Specifications  (for  details  see  part  IV  of  these  regulations) : 

No.  1. — Boxed  carboys;  capacity,  5  gallons. 

^0.  2, — Glass  or  earthenware  vessels  not  over  1  gallon  each,  except 
as  specifically  provided  therein,  and  pails,  kits,  or  metal  cans,  not 
over  10  gallons  each:  packed  in  outside  wooden  boxes. 

No.  5. — Metal  barrels  and  drums;  not  over  110  gallons  each. 

No.  6 A. — Metal  barrels  «ind  drums;  not  over  110  gallons  each. 

No.  5B. — Metal  barrels  and  drums — authorized  only  when  flash 
point  of  contents  is  above  20°  F.;  not  over  110  gallons  each. 

No.  9. — Wooden  barrels  and  kegs;  not  over  55  gallons  each. 

No.  10. — Wooden  barrels  and  kegs — authorized  only  when  flash 
point  of  contents  is  above  20°  F.;  not  over  55  gallons  each. 

No.  11. — Glass  or  earthenware  vessels,  not  over  1  gallon  each,  and 
pails,  kits,  or  metal  cans,  not  over  2  gallons  each;  packed  in  outside 
wooden  barrels  or  kegs. 

No.  19. — Mixed  shipments  of  solids  and  inflammable  liquids  in  the 
same  outside  box:  Glass  or  earthenware  vessels  not  over  1  gallon  each, 
and  pails,  kits,  or  metal  cans,  not  over  2  gallons  each:  packed  in 
outside  wooden  boxes. 

Nos.  20  and  20 A. — Metal  barrels  and  drums — authorized  only  for 
highly  viscous  liquids  having  a  viscosity  as  prescribed  in  those  speci- 
fications; capacity  not  over  110  gallons  each. 

No.  23. — Iron  or  steel  jacketed  cans;  not  over  10  gallons  each. 

No.  2J(.. — Glass,  earthenware,  or  metal  vessels,  of  not  over  1  pint 
capacity  each  when  flash  point  of  contents  is  20°  F.  or  lower,  and  not 
over  1  quart  capacity  each  when  flash  point  of  contents  is  above  20° 
F. ;  packed  in  outside  fiber  board  or  corrugated  strawboard  cases. 

No.  34- — Turned  wooden  drums — authorized  only  when  flash  point 
of  contents  is  above  20°  F. ;  not  over  5  gallons  each. 

No.  35. — Wooden  barrels — authorized  only  for  highly  viscous  liquids 
having  a  viscosity  as  prescribed  in  that  specification;  capacity  not 
over  55  gallons  each. 

431.  Inflammable  liquids  for  which  special  provision  is  not  made 
in  paragraphs  409  to  416,  may  also  be  shipped  in  tank  cars  under  the 
following  restrictions: 

In  tank  cars,  including  insulated  tank  cars,  complying  with  American 
Railway  Association  specifications  for  tank  cars,  provided  the  vapor 
tension  of  the  inflammable  liquid  corresponding  to  a  temperature  of  100° 
F.  does  not  exceed  10  pounds  per  square  inch.  A  tank  car  must  not 
be  used  for  shipping  inflammable  liquids  with  flash  point  lower  than 
20°  F.,  unless  it  has  been  tested  with  cold-water  pressure  of  60  pounds 
per  square  inch  and  stenciled  as  required  by  American  Railway  Asso- 
ciation specifications  for  tank  cars,  and  is  equipped  with  safety  valves 


DANGEROUS  ARTICLES  BY  FREIGHT.  39 

set  to  operate  at  25  pounds  per  square  inch,  and  with  mechanical 
arrangement  for  closing  dome  cover  as  specified  in  American  Railway 
Association  specifications  for  tank  cars.  For  inflammable  liquids 
with  flash  point  20°  F.  or  above,  safety  valves  may  be  set  to  operate 
at  12  pounds  per  square  inch. 

Inflammable  Solids — YeUow  Label. 

450.  Inflammable  solids  must  be  packed  as  follows  (see  par.  301 
for  forbidden  articles) : 

451.  Inflammable  solids  must  not  be  packed  in  the  same  outside 
container  with  corrosive  liquids  unless  the  corrosive  liquids  are  in 
bottles,  cushioned  by  incombustible  absorbent  material,  in  tightly 
closed  metal  containers,  as  prescribed  by  paragraph  521. 

452.  Unless  the  preparation  and  nature  of  fibers  or  fabrics  impreg- 
nated or  saturated  with  animal  or  vegetable  oils  are  such  as  to  prevent 
all  spontaneous  heating  in  transit,  such  materials  must  be  placed  in 
hermetically  sealed  metal-lined  wooden  boxes. 

453.  Metallic  sodium  or  potassium,  in  quantity  not  greater  than  1 
pound,  must  be  placed  in  neutral  oil,  and  this  in  a  well-stoppered 
bottle  protected  by  a  tin  container  and  boxed  in  compUance  with 
specification  No.  18;  or  in  hermetically  sealed  metal  cans,  boxed  in 
compliance  with  specification  No.  18;  or  in  tight  iron  drums,  com- 
plying with  specification  No.  20B. 

454.  White  or  yellow  phosphorus  must  be  placed  in  water  in  her- 
metically sealed  metal  cans  inclosed  in  wooden  boxes,  complying 
with  specification  No.  18;  or  in  metal  drums  of  not  exceeding  30 
gallons  capacity,  complying  with  specification  No.  20. 

455.  Amorphous  phosphorus  (red)  must  be  packed  in  hermetically 
sealed  metal  cans  inclosed  in  wooden  boxes,  compl3dng  with  specifi- 
cation No.  IS. 

456.  All  charcoal  made  in  ovens  or  retorts  must  be  cooled 
thoroughly  in  air-tight  containers,  and  it  must  be  exposed  thereafter 
to  the  atmosphere  under  conditions  favorable  to  good  circulation  of 
air  through  the  charcoal  in  order  to  remove  the  danger  of  spontaneous 
ignition.  Charcoal  made  in  the  round  retorts  and  transferred  to  air- 
tight metal  cans  must  be  cooled  24  hours  or  more,  but  charcoal  bm-ned 
in  slatted  cars  should  be  kept  for  two  periods  of  24  hours  each  in  first 
and  secondary  air-tight  cooling  chambers,  respectively.  After  proper 
cooling  the  exposure  of  the  charcoal  to  good  fresh-air  circulation  must 
continue  for  not  less  than  44  consecutive  hours.  The  charcoal  during 
this  air  exposure  must  be  protected  from  the  weather.  Where  the 
charcoal  is  aired  by  spreading  on  a  floor  it  must  not  be  piled  more 
than  1  foot  in  depth.  A  total  of  not  less  than  72  hours  must  elapse 
from  the  time  the  air  exposure  of  the  charcoal  commences,  before  a  car 
loaded  with  it  is  closed  for  shipment  or  before   lump  charcoal  is 


40  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

placed  in  paper  bags.  Where  the  charcoal  after  dumping  from  the 
retort  cans  is  aired  on  the  floor  for  24  hours  and  then  bagged,  it  must 
be  kept  in  the  bags  for  60  hours  before  it  can  be  shipped.  If  the 
charcoal  is  not  aired  on  the  floor  for  this  period  and  is  bagged  after 
lapse  of  a  shorter  period  of  time,  it  must  be  kept  in  the  burlap  bags 
at  least  96  hours  before  loading. 

Lump  charcoal  intended  for  the  production  of  ground,  crushed, 
o-rauulated,  or  pulverized  charcoal,  which  will  be  subsequently 
shipped,  must  be  stored  subject  to  ventilation  and  protected  from 
the  weather  for  not  less  than  20  days  after  removal  from  the  coolers 
before  milling. 

457.  AVhen  fire  occurs  in  charcoal  during  the  air  exposure  it  should 
be  extinguished  with  as  little  water  as  possible  or  the  charcoal  must 
be  placed  in  a  cooler  until  the  fire  is  extinguished.  Any  charcoal 
wet  in  this  way  must  be  dried  by  again  heating  in  the  retorts  or  ovens, 
and  cooled  and  aired  in  the  usual  manner,  or  set  aside  and  allowed 
to  dry  for  not  less  than  30  days  before  shipment. 

458.  Lump  charcoal  must  be  dry  and  free  from  screenings  and 
brands  and  must  be  loaded  into  a  tight  box  car.  When  a  chute  is 
used  in  loading  a  car  the  chute  must  contain  a  properly  constructed 
screen,  not  less  efficient  than  three-fourths-inch  mesh,  which  must  be 
kept  clean.  No  water  shall  be  used  in  loading  the  car;  forks  with 
prongs  not  less  than  1  inch  apart  must  be  used  instead  of  shovels  to 
handle  the  coal,  and  the  screenings  which  accumulate  in  the  doorway 
of  the  car  must  be  removed  before  loading  in  the  doorway.  Car 
should  be  swept  before  loading,  and  the  doors  closed  tightly  before 
the  car  is  forwarded.  A  car  which  has  contained  lime  must  not  be 
used  without  thorough  cleaning. 

Lump  charcoal  may  be  shipped  in  bags,  barrels,  boxes,  or  in  bulk. 
When  preferred  by  the  shipper,  the  carrier  may  permit  lump  char- 
coal made  from  soft  wood  to  be  ghipped  in  open  or  stock  cars. 

459.  Charcoal  screenings  consist  of  small  pieces  varying  from  about 
one-half  inch  in  the  maximum  dimensions  to  grains  of  charcoal  dust. 
Experience  shows  these  screenings  to  be  more  liable  than  other  forms 
of  charcoal  to  produce  fires.  Charcoal  screenings  from  wet  charcoal,  or 
wet  screenings,  or  screenings  which  have  been  wet,  must  not  be  off"ered 
for  shipment  unless  these  screenings  are  dried  for  not  less  than  12 
hours  in  a  retort  or  oven  and  then  subjected  to  a  period  of  not  less  than 
10  days'  airing  and  cooling  before  shipment.  During  this  period  of 
cooling  and  airing  the  screenings  must  be  under  cover  and  either  in 
the  slatted  cars  or  in  loosely  piled  b^gs. 

Charcoal  screenings  must  be  packed  in  cotton  or  jute  bags  of  not 
exceeding  4  bushels  capacity. 

460.  Charcoal  screenings  intended  for  shipment,  or  from  which 
ground,  crushed,  granulated,  or  pulverized  charcoal  is  to  be  prepared 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  41 

for  sLipment,  must  be  stored  in  a  dry  place  in  loosely  piled  cotton  or 
jute  bags  freely  exposed  to  the  air  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  20 
days  after  separation  from  the  lump  charcoal  and  before  shipment  or 
before  milling. 

461.  Ground,  crushed,  granulated,  or  pulverized  charcoal  must  be 
packed  in  tight  wooden  boxes  or  barrels  containing  not  more  than 
4  bushels  each,  or  in  strong  and  securely  closed  paper  bags,  or  in  jute 
bags,  or  in  jute  bags  with  paper  linings.  Paper  bags  or  paper-hned 
jute  bags  must  not  contain  more  than  2^  bushels  each;  unlined  jute 
bags  must  not  contain  more  than  4  bushels  each. 

Whenever  practicable,  all  boxes,  barrels,  or  bags  after  filling  should 
be  allowed  to  remain  open  and  freely  exposed  to  the  air  and  protected 
from  the  weather  for  not  less  than  24  hours  before  being  closed. 

462.  Charcoal  screenings  or  ground  or  pulverized  charcoal  in  bags 
must  be  so  loaded  that  the  bags  are  laid  horizontally  in  the  car, 
parallel  to  the  length  of  the  car,  and  so  piled  that  there  will  be  two 
longitudinal  spaces  the  full  length  of  the  car  completely  dividing  the 
lading  into  three  approximately  equal  portions.  These  spaces  must 
not  be  less  than  4  inches  wide.  Transverse  wooden  strips  must  be  laid 
between  the  bags  and  extending  the  full  width  of  the  car;  these  strips 
should  be  approximately  2  feet  apart  vertically  and  longitudinally. 
These  strips  serve  to  maintain  the  bags  in  their  relative  positions,  and 
should  be  of  1-inch  by  3-inch  lumber.  Strips  of  this  size  permit  more 
uniform  loading  than  do  irregular  sizes  and  thus  afford  better  venti- 
lation. The  bags  must  not  be  piled  to  within  6  inches  of  the  top  of 
the  car,  and  no  more  than  26,000  pounds  of  screenings,  ground  or 
pulverized  charcoal,  shall  be  loaded  in  a  car.  A  tight  car  must  be 
used,  and  any  loose  material  must  be  swept  up  and  removed  from 
the  doorway  of  the  car  before  completing  the  loading.  Other 
methods  of  loading  may  be  used  when  investigations  by  the  Bureau 
of  Explosives  show  such  methods  to  be  equally  efficient  in  securing 
the  necessary  ventilation. 

Note. — Experience  having  shown  that  charcoal  screenings  from  "Pinon"  wood 
can  be  shipped  in  bulk  without  danger  of  spontaneous  heating,  this  method  of  shipment 
may  be  used  for  those  screenings  when  rules  of  individual  carriers  pernait.  Labels 
and  placards  are  not  required  on  such  shipments,  but  shipping  orders  should  be 
certified  "No  Label  Required, "  or  "No  Placard  Required." 

463.  Charcoal  burned  in  pits  or  kilns  must  be  thoroughly  cooled  in 
the  sealed  kilns.  After  the  kilns  are  opened,  the  charcoal  must  be 
allowed  to  stand  in  the  open  kiln  or  elsewhere  exposed  to  the  air  for 
not  less  than  24  hours  before  loading  in  a  freight  car.  Charcoal 
burned  in  kilns  may  be  loaded  in  open  cars  or  in  box  cars,  but  after 
loading  in  box  cars,  the  cars  must  be  allowed  to  stand  not  less  than 
24  hours  with  doors  open  before  shipment. 

66620°— 22         1 


42  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

464.  Screenings,  or  ground,  crushed,  granulated,  or  pulverized 
charcoal  from  pit  or  kiln  burned  charcoal,  are  considered  as  nonhaz- 
ardous,  provided  the  screenings  or  the  material  from  which  the 
ground  charcoal  is  made  has  been  exposed  to  the  air  for  24  hours 
prior  to  shipment  or  grinding. 

465.  Eeburned  charcoal  must  be  cooled  and  exposed  to  good  fresh- 
air  circulation  for  not  less  than  five  days  after  removal  from  the 
reburning  furnaces  and  before  being  shipped  or  ground  to  produce 
ground  or  pulverized  charcoal. 

466.  Charcoal  made  from  coconut  shells,  walnut  shells,  corn  cobs, 
peach  pits,  and  similar  material,  must  be  cooled  and  held  not  less 
than  five  days  before  shipment,  and  may  be  shipped  in  bags,  barrels, 
or  boxes. 

467.  Wet  nitrocellulose  or  wet  nitrostarch  or  wet  nitroguanidine : 
Nitrocellulose  or  nitrostarch  or  nitroguanidine  uniformly  wet  with 
not  less  than  20  pounds  of  water  to  80  pounds  of  dry  material,  must 
be  packed  in  wooden  barrels  or  kegs  complying  with  specification 
No.  10  or  35,  or  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No. 
17,  or  in  metal  barrels  complying  with  specification  No.  20B,  and 
marked  "WET  NITROCELLULOSE— 20  PER  CENT  WATER," 
"WET  NITROSTARCH— 20  PER  CENT  WATER,"  or  "WET 
NITROGUANIDINE— 20  PER  CENT  WATER." 

The  gross  weight  of  any  container  must  not  exceed  450  pounds. 

468.  Calcium  phosphide  must  be  placed  in  hermetically  sealed 
metal  cans  inclosed  in  metal-lined  wooden  boxes,  complying  with 
specification  No.  18;  or  this  material  may  be  shipped  in  securely 
closed  iron  or  steel  barrels,  complying  with  specification  No.  20B. 

469.  Sulphide  of  sodium  or  sulphide  of  potassium  must  be  packed 
according  to  condition  of  material,  as  follows: 

(a)  Fused  or  concentrated,  but  not  ground  (may  be  chipped  or 
broken) :  In  metal  cans  with  tight  covers  or  in  bottles  of  not  more 
than  5  pounds  capacity,  all  cans  and  bottles  in  boxes  complying 
A^nth  specification  No.  18;  or  in  metal  drums  complying  with  speci- 
fication No.  20B,  39A,  or  39B. 

(b)  Fused  or  concentrated  and  ground:  In  metal  cans  sealed  by 
soldering;  or  in  glass  bottles  inclosed  in  metal  cans  with  tight  covers, 
all  cans  and  bottles  packed  in  boxes  complying  with  specification 
No.  18;  or  in  tightly  closed  metal  drums  complying  with  specification 
No.  20B. 

Note. — Crystallized  material  ie  nonhazardous  and  is  not  subject  to  these  regula- 
tioDB  when  bo  described  and  package  is  marked  "NO  LABEL  REQUIRED." 

470.  Matches  for  transportation  purposes  are  divided  into  two 
classes,  "strike  on  box  matches"  and  "strike  anywhere  matches." 
Strike  on  box  matches,  including  book  matches,  are  those  matches 
which  are  intended  to  be  ignited  on  a  prepared  surface.     Strike 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  43 

anywhere  matches  are  those  matches  for  the  ignition  of  which  a 
prepared  surface  is  not  required. 

471.  Matches  of  any  kind  must  not  be  packed  in  the  same  outside 
package  with  any  other  article. 

472.  "Strike  anywhere"  matches  must  be  packed  in  individual 
containers  consisting  of  an  outer  sliding  shuck  or  cover  and  an  inner 
holding  tray  or  box.  Individual  containers  consisting  of  a  holding 
tray  or  box  with  a  top  that  telescopes  over  the  box  may  be  used. 
Boxes  of  suitable  "hang-up"  type  may  also  be  used,  if  approved  by 
the  Bureau  of  Explosives.  All  match  boxes,  covers,  and  trays, 
must  be  made  of  cardboard,  wood,  or  metal,  except  that  paper 
wrappings  may  be  used  for  block  or  card  matches. 

Individual  containers  must  be  wrapped  in  paper  with  not  more  than 
12  boxes  or  individual  containers  in  each  paper- wrapped  package. 
These  packages  must  be  secured  on  the  ends  and  on  the  lapping  side 
with  glue,  or  similar  satisfactory  adhesive,  making  each  12  boxes  or 
less  of  matches  a  serviceably  wrapped  and  well-secured  package. 

473.  No  individual  container  (not  including  card  or  block  matches) 
shall  contain  more  than  700  ''strike  anywhere"  matches  in  any 
one  container,  box,  or  package.  When  more  than  300  matches  are 
packed  in  any  individual  container,  box,  or  package,  the  matches 
must  be  arranged  in  two  nearly  equal  portions  with  the  heads  of  the 
two  portions  placed  in  opposite  directions.  All  individual  contain- 
ers containing  350  or  more  matches  must  have  placed  over  the 
matches  a  center  holding  or  protecting  strip  made  of  cardboard, 
which  can  be  scored  or  bent  without  fracture.  This  protecting 
strip  shall  be  not  less  than  1  ]4  inches  wide  and  shall  be  flanged  down 
at  least  five-eighths  inch  on  each  end  to  hold  the  matches  in  position 
when  the  container  is  nested  into  the  shuck  or  cover  or  withdrawn 
therefrom. 

474.  All  individual  containers  must  be  placed  in  outside  packages 
complying  with  specification  No.  6.  Such  outside  containers  shall 
show  the  name  of  the  manufacturer  and  the  brand  or  trade-mark 
under  which  such  matches  are  manufactured  and  distributed  to  the 
trade.  If  the  matches  are  manufactured  in  a  foreign  country  the 
name  of  the  foreign  manufacturer  shall  be  printed  in  English. 

In  addition  thereto  and  separate  therefrom,  all  outside  containers 
shall  have  plainly  marked  thereon  the  words  "STRIKE  ANY- 
WHERE MATCHES." 

475.  (o)  "Burnt  cotton"  is  cotton  that  has  been  on  fire  and  from 
which  the  burnt  portions  have  not  been  removed  by  repicking.  It 
must  not  be  offered  or  accepted  for  shipment  at  an  originating  station 
until  not  less  than  10  days  have  elapsed  since  the  last  evidence  of 
fire  in  it.     It  must  be  marked  and  described  on  shipping  orders  and 


44  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

bills  of  lading  as  "Burnt  Cotton,  Yellow  Label,"  and  cars  containing 
any  quantity  of  it  must  be  protected  by  the  ''Inflammable"  placard. 

(b)  When  the  fire  occurs  in  transit  at  a  point  where  the  cotton  can 
not  be  reconditioned,  and  where  arrangements  can  not  be  made  with 
the  originating  line  to  sell  it,  all  burnt  cotton  in  the  shipment  must 
be  stored  under  observation  in  as  safe  a  place  as  practicable  for  not 
less  than  10  days,  and  without  further  evidence  of  fire,  before  for- 
warding. The  billing  must  be  changed  to  read  "Burnt  Cotton," 
and  the  material  must  be  forwarded  as  an  inflammable  article  as 
described  above. 

(c)  When  burnt  cotton  is  picked  and  repacked  the  separated  cotton 
is  not  classed  as  an  inflammable  article  and  is  not  subject  to  this 
regulation. 

476.  (a)  Pyroxylin  plastic  scrap,  including  celluloid  scrap,  fiber- 
loid  scrap,  pyralin  scrap,  viscoloid  scrap,  zylonite  scrap,  or  pieces  of 
exposed  or  unexposed  motion-picture  films,  must  be  packed  in  lined 
wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  17,  gross  weight  not 
to  exceed  450  pounds;  or  in  wooden  barrels  or  kegs,  complying  with 
specification  No.  11,  with  paper  bags  as  inside  containers  of  the  scrap, 
gross  weight  not  to  exceed  300  pounds. 

(b)  Worn-out  exposed  motion-picture  films,  no  longer  exhibitable 
and  having  value  only  for  reclamation  of  material,  must  be  packed 
in  lined  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  17,  and  with 
gross  weight  not  to  exceed  200  pounds. 

477.  Rubber  shoddy,  regenerated  rubber,  or  reclaimed  rubber,  ex- 
cept when  in  the  form  of  dense  homogeneous  nonporous  sheets  or 
rolls,  the  sheets  of  thickness  of  one-eighth  inch  or  greater,  packed 
flat  or  in  rolls,  must  be  packed  in  tight  metal  containers  complying 
with  specification  No.  20B,  or  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  speci- 
fication No.  17. 

478.  Rubber  scrap,  if  ground,  powdered,  or  granulated,  whose 
rubber  content  exceeds  45  per  cent,  as  determined  by  subtracting 
the  sum  of  the  percentage  of  ash  and  the  percentage  of  acetone  from 
100,  and  rubber  buffings  from  any  grade  of  rubber,  irrespective  of 
the  percentage  of  rubber  content,  must  be  packed  in  tight  metal  con- 
tainers, complying  with  specification  No.  20B,  or  in  wooden  boxes 
complying  with  specification  No.  17. 

479.  Cobalt  resinate. — Precipitated  cobalt  resinate  must  be  packed 
in  tight  metal  containers  complying  with  specification  No.  20B,  or  in 
air-tight  interior  metal  containers  in  strong  outside  wooden  boxes 
complying  with  specification  No.  18. 

480.  Benzoyl  peroxide  must  be  wet  with  not  less  than  30  per  cent 
of  water  l)y  weight,  and  placed  in  tightly  sealed  metal  cans,  packed 
in  wooden  boxes,  specification  No.  18;  not  more  than  100  pounds  of 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  45 

wet  material  may  be  packed  in  a  single  box.  Benzoyl  peroxide  may 
also  be  packed  in  metal-lined  wooden  boxes,  specification  No.  17, 
with  gross  weight  not  exceeding  200  pounds. 

481.  Sodium  picramate  must  be  wet  with  not  less  than  20  per 
cent  of  water  by  weight,  and  placed  in  well  stoppered  bottles  of 
not  exceeding  1  quart  capacity,  cushioned  in  wooden  boxes  com- 
plying with  specification  No.  2  or  19;  or  sodium  picramate  may  be 
packed  in  wooden  barrels  or  kegs  complying  with  specification  No. 
10,  and  of  not  to  exceed  55  gallons  nominal  capacity. 

490.  Except  where  special  preparation  and  packing  is  prescribed 
in  paragraphs  451  to  481,  inflammable  solids  must  be  packed  in 
containers  complying  with  the  following  specifications;  all  con- 
tainers must  be  tightly  and  securely  closed;  the  inside  containers 
must  be  cushioned  as  prescribed,  or  in  any  case  when  necessary  to 
prevent  breakage  or  leakage.     (See  also  pars.  450  to  452.) 

Specifications  (for  details  see  Part  IV  of  these  regulations) : 

No.  6. — For  matches  in  inside  containers  in  outside  cases. 

No.  9. — Wooden  barrels  and  kegs;  not  over  55  gallons  capacity 
each. 

No.  10. — Wooden  barrels  and  kegs;  not  over  55  gallons  capacity 
each. 

No.  11. — Wooden  barrels  and  kegs;  not  over  55  gallons  capacity 
each,  and  not  over  750  pounds  net  weight;  suitable  for  bulk  ship- 
ments or  inside  containers. 

No.  17. — Wooden  boxes,  lined  with  zinc  or  other  suitable  material, 
for  shipment  of  articles  requiring  special  precautions;  not  over  450 
pounds  gross  weight. 

No.  18. — Metal  cans  packed  in  outside  wooden  boxes;  not  over  275 
pounds  gross  weight. 

No.  19. — Wooden  boxes;  for  inflammable  solids  in  bulk  or  in  inside 
containers;  also  for  mixed  shipments  that  include  inflammable 
liquids  or  acids,  if  they  can  be  packed  in  the  same  outside  containers 
without  violation  of  any  of  the  packing  regulations. 

No.  20. — Metal  barrels  and  drums;  capacity  not  over  55  gallons. 

No.  20 A. — Metal  barrels  and  drums;  capacity  not  over  110  gallons. 

No.  20B. — Metal  barrels  and  drums;  capacity  not  over  55  gallons. 

No.  21. — Fiber  drums;  maximum  size  11  inches  in  diameter  by  19 
inches  long. 

No.  22. — Wooden  veneer  drums;  maximum  size  14  inches  in  diam- 
eter by  21  inches  long. 

No.  30. — Wooden  boxes,  zinc  lined;  not  over  450  pounds  gross 
weight. 

Nos.  S9A  and  S9B. — Metal  barrels  and  drums  for  one  filling  only^ 
not  over  59  gallons  capacity. 


46  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Oxidizing  Materials — Yellow  Label. 

500.  Oxidizing  materials  must  be  packed  as  follows  (see  par.  301 
for  forbitlden  articles) : 

501.  Oxidizing  materials  must  not  be  packed  in  the  same  outside 
container  with  corrosive  liquids  unless  the  corrosive  liquids  are  in 
bottles,  cushioned  by  incombustible  absorbent  material,  in  tightly- 
closed  metal  containers  as  prescribed  by  paragraph  521. 

502.  Peroxide  of  sodium  must  be  placed  in  tight  metal  vessels 
packed  in  wooden  boxes  or  barrels  complying  with  specifications 
Nos.  18  and  11,  or  in  bulk  in  metal  containers  complying  with  speci- 
fication No.  20B.  Metal  containers  complying  with  specification 
No.  39A  are  also  allowed  if  not  to  be  refilled  and  reshipped. 

503.  Nitrates:  Nitrates  of  soda  or  ammonia  may  be  shipped  in 
bags,  or  in  bulk  in  tight  cars  lined  with  strong  tough  paper,  placarded 
"INFLAMMABLE."  Torn  or  broken  bags  must  be  repaired  before 
loading  in  cars,  and  loose  nitrate  must  not  be  loaded  with  the  bagged 
material. 

504.  Barium  peroxide  must  be  placed  in  tight  metal  vessels  packed 
in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  18;  or  in  bulk  in 
metal  barrels  or  drums,  complying  with  specification  No.  20A,  with 
not  more  than  1,400  pounds  net  weight  in  each  barrel  or  drum. 

505.  Chromic  acid  must  be  placed  in  metal  containers  complying 
with  specification  No.  20B;  or  in  glass  bottles  of  not  greater  than 
5  pounds  capacity  each,  closed  with  securely  fastened  glass  stoppers, 
each  bottle  to  be  packed  in  a  separate  tight  metal  container,  with 
incombustible  mineral  packing  material  between  the  bottle  and 
metal  container,  and  these  metal  containers  must  be  packed  in  a 
strong  outside  wooden  box,  complying  with  specification  No.  18. 

510.  Except  where  special  preparation  and  packing  is  prescribed 
in  paragraphs  501  to  505,  oxidizing  materials  must  be  packed  in 
containers  complying  with  the  following  specifications;  all  con- 
tainers must  be  tightly  and  securely  closed;  inside  containers  must 
be  cushioned  as  prescribed,  or  in  any  case  when  necessary  to  prevent 
breakage  or  leakage.     (See  also  pars.  500  and  501.) 

Specifications  (for  details  see  Part  IV  of  these  regulations) : 

No.  9. — Wooden  barrels  and  kegs;  not  over  55  gallons  capacity 
each. 

No.  10. — Wooden  barrels  and  kegs;  not  over  55  gallons  capacity 
each. 

No.  7/.  -Wooden  barrels  and  kegs;  not  over  55  gallons  capacity 
each,  and  not  over  750  pounds  net  weight. 

No.  JS. — Metal  cans,  packed  in  outside  wooden  boxes;  not  over  275 
pounds  gross  weight. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  47 

No.  19. — Wooden  boxes;  suitable  for  oxidizing  materials  in  bulk  or 
in  inside  containers;  also  for  mixed  shipments  that  contain  inflam- 
mable liquids  or  acids,  if  they  can  be  packed  in  the  same  outside 
containers  without  violation  of  any  of  the  packing  regulations. 

No.  20. — Metal  barrels  and  drums;  capacity  not  over  55  gallons. 

No.  20A. — ^Metal  barrels  and  drums;  capacity  not  over  110 
gallons. 

No.  20B. — Metal  barrels  and  drums;  capacity  not  over  55  gallons. 

No.  21. — ^Fiber  drums;  maximum  size  11  inches  in  diameter  by 
21  inches  long. 

No.  22. — Wooden  veneer  drums;  maximum  size  14  inches  in 
diameter  by  21  inches  long. 

No.  30. — Wooden  boxes,  zinc  lined;  not  over  450  pounds  gross 
weight. 

Nos.  39A  and  SOB. — Metal  barrels  and  drums  for  one  filling  only; 
not  over  59  gallons  capacity. 

Corrosive  Liquids — White  Label. 

520.  Corrosive  liquids  must  be  packed  as  follows  (see  par.  301 
for  forbidden  articles) : 

521.  Bottles  containing  corrosive  liquids  named  in  the  list,  para- 
graph 309,  unless  cushioned  by  incombustible  absorbent  material  in 
tightly  closed  metal  containers,  must  not  be  packed  in  the  same  out- 
side package  with  any  other  article,  except  that  nitric  acid  must  not 
be  packed  in  the  same  outside  package  with  other  articles  under  any 
circumstances,  and  except  that  sulphuric  acid  for  fire-extinguisher 
charges  may  be  packed  in  the  same  outside  package  with  bicarbonate 
of  soda  when  the  acid  and  soda  are  placed  in  separate  inside  com- 
partments.    (See  also  par.  530.) 

522.  Interior  packages  containing  corrosive  liquids  must  be  packed 
with  their  fiUing  holes  up,  and  the  top  of  the  outside  package  must 
be  plainly  marked  "THIS  SIDE  UP." 

523.  All  glass  carboys  used  for  the  shipment  of  acids  named  in  the 
list,  paragraph  309,  must  be  made,  boxed,  and  closed  as  required  by 
specification  No.  1.  Straight-sided  carboys,  as  distinguished  from 
the  "balloon"  carboys,  must  be  used  for  all  shipments  of  nitric  acid 
or  nitric  acid  mixtures. 

524.  Bromine  must  be  in  glass  bottles  of  not  more  than  6 3^  pounds 
(1  quart)  capacity  or  in  stone  or  earthenware  jugs  not  exceeding  1 
gallon  capacity.  These  inside  containers  must  not  be  entirel}^  filled, 
but  must  have  a  vacant  space  above  the  liquid  of  not  less  than  15  per 
cent  of  the  total  capacity  of  the  container;  they  must  be  closed  by 
glass,  earthenware,  or  stone  stoppers,  ground  to  fit  and  securely 
fastened. 


48  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Bottles  or  jugs  as  provided  herein  must  be  packed  in  strong  wooden 
boxes  and  securely  cushioned  on  all  sides  with  incombustible  packing 
material,  at  least  1  inch  in  thickness,  which  will  not  produce  heat  when 
mixed  with  the  bromine.  Whiting,  mineral  wool,  infusorial  earth 
(kieselguhrX  sifted  ashes,  powdered  china  clay,  or  similar  material, 
must  be  used.  Hay,  sawdust,  excelsior,  or  other  organic  material, 
either  treated  or  untreated,  must  not  be  used. 

525.  Each  box  must  be  marked  on  top  "THIS  SIDE  UP,"  and 
not  more  than  15  bottles  or  3  jugs  of  bromine,  respectively,  may  be 
packed  in  one  box. 

526.  Hydroflnoric  acid  must  be  placed  in  India  rubber,  ceresine, 
or  lead  bottles  or  jugs,  tightly  sealed,  packed  in  wooden  boxes  or 
wooden  barrels  complying  with  specification  No.  2  or  11;  or  in  metal 
jacketed  lead  carboys  complying  with  specification  No.  28;  or  in 
lead  carboys  tightly  sealed  and  boxed,  complying  with  specification 
No.  1.  Lead  carboys  must  be  tested  with  5  pounds  per  square  inch 
internal  pressure  before  each  shipment  and  must  show  no  leakage 
under  this  test. 

527.  Hydrofluoric  acid  of  not  less  than  60  per  cent  strength  may 
also  be  shipped  in  carload  lots  when  in  metal  barrels  or  drums 
manufactured  in  full  compliance  with  the  requirements  of  speci- 
fication No.  5A.  The  shipment  must  be  loaded  by  the  consignor 
and  must  be  imloaded  by  the  consignee.  Each  drum  before  being  put 
into  this  service  must  be  subjected  to  a  pacification  or  neutralization 
process,  consisting  of  filling  the  drum  to  90  per  cent  capacity  with 
hydrofluoric  acid  of  58  per  cent  strength  and  allowing  it  to  stand 
48  hours  at  a  temperature  of  80°  F.,  and  then  7  hours  at  140°  F.,  the 
pressure  being  maintained  at  atmospheric  pressure  by  means  of  a 
ventilated  bung.  "Wlien  the  drums  are  shipped  they  must  be  filled 
to  not  over  90  per  cent  capacity.  The  drums  should  not  be  washed 
with  water,  as  the  pacification  crust  is  longer  lived  if  not  washed. 

528.  Hydrofluosilicic  acid  must  be  placed  in  india  rubber  or  cer- 
esine bottles  or  jugs,  tightly  sealed,  packed  in  wooden  boxes  or 
wooden  barrels  complying  with  specification  No.  2  or  11. 

529.  Hydrofluoric  acid  of  not  exceeding  30  per  cent  strength,  or 
hydrofluosilicic  acid  of  all  strengths,  may  also  be  shipped  in  tight 
hardwood  barrels  complying  with  specification  No.  9,  or  in  wooden 
tank  cars,  lined  with  asphaltum  or  similar  protective  coating;  the  bar- 
rels and  tank  cars  must  be  securely  hooped  and  carefully  inspected  by 
the  shipper.  The  vacajit  space  in  containers  of  these  acids  must  be 
suflicicnt  so  that  when  raised  to  a  uniform  temperature  of  130°  F.  the 
vapor  tension  shall  not  exceed  6  pounds  per  square  inch. 

530.  Sulphuric  acid  must  be  in  well-stoppered  earthenware  or  glass 
vessels  of  not  more  than  2  gallons  capacity  packed  in  strong  barrels 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  49 

complying  with  specification  No.  11,  or  of  not  more  than  3  gallons 
capacity  packed  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  2, 
or  in  jugs  of  capacity  not  exceeding  2  gallons  packed  in  tubs  comply- 
ing with  specification  No.  31 ;  shipments  may  also  be  made  in  standard 
carboys  complying  with  specification  No.  1,  or  in  metal  drums  or 
barrels  complying  with  specification  No.  5 A,  or  in  tank  cars,  com- 
plying with  American  Railway  Association  specifications  for  tank 
cars.  The  inner  containers  must  be  well  cushioned  by  excelsior, 
hay,  straw,  or  equivalent  packing  material. 

Sulphuric  acid,  for  fire  extinguisher  charges,  in  strong  bottles  of 
not  over  8  fluid  ounces  capacity  filled  to  approximately  50  per  cent 
of  their  capacity  and  securely  closed  with  rubber  stoppers,  may  also 
be  packed  by  inclosing  each  bottle  in  a  sealed  carton  of  pasteboard 
not  less  than  0.03  inch  in  thickness  and  placing  each  of  these  cartons 
with  bicarbonate  of  soda  in  another  sealed  carton  made  of  paste- 
board not  less  than  0.08  inch  in  thickness  and  then  packing  these 
packages  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  19. 

Note. — The  term  "electrolyte"  relates  to  dilute  sulphuric  acid  or  corrosive  alka- 
line solutions,  used  in  charging  storage  batteries. 

531.  Anhydrous  liquid  chlorides  must  be  in  well-stoppered  earthen- 
ware or  glass  vessels  of  not  more  than  2  gallons  capacity,  packed  in 
strong  barrels  complying  with  specification  No.  11,  or  of  not  more 
than  3  gallons  capacity  packed  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with 
specification  No.  2;  shipments  may  also  be  made  in  standard  carboys 
complying  with  specification  No.  1,  or  in  metal  drums  or  barrels  com- 
plying with  specification  No.  5A,  or  in  tank  cars,  complying  with 
American  Railway  Association  specifications  for  tank  cars.  The  in- 
ner containers  must  be  well  cushioned  by  excelsior,  hay,  straw,  or 
equivalent  packing  material,  except  that  for  phosphorus  trichloride, 
phosphorus  oxychloride,  and  chloride  of  sulphur,  the  packing  must  be 
incombustible  and  of  such  nature  that  a  mixture  of  the  material  with 
the  packing  will  not  cause  fires  or  heating.  Phosphorus  trichloride 
and  phosphorus  oxychloride  may  also  be  shipped  in  metal  jacketed 
lead  carboys  complying  with  specification  No.  28.  All  containers 
must  be  absolutely  dry  before  fUling. 

532.  Hydrochloric  (muriatic)  acid  must  be  in  well-stoppered  earthen- 
ware or  glass  vessels  of  not  more  than  2  gallons  capacity  packed  in 
strong  barrels  complying  with  specification  No.  11,  or  of  not  more 
than  3  gallons  capacity  packed  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with 
specification  No.  2 ;  shipments  may  also  be  made  in  standard  carboys 
complying  with  specification  No.  1,  or  in  tank  cars  lined  with  a  suit- 
able material  to  prevent  action  of  the  acid  on  the  container.  The 
inner  containers  must  be  well  cushioned  with  excelsior,  hay,  straw, 
or  equivalent  packing  material. 


50  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION". 

533.  Nitric  acid:  Nitric  acid  in  any  quantity  must  not  be  packed 
with  any  other  article,  and. special  attention  must  be  given  to  bottles 
or  vessels  of  any  kind  used  for  nitric  acid. 

534.  The  following  containers  are  authorized  for  shipment  of 
nitric  acid  of  the  specific  gravity  stated: 

Glass  bottles  not  exceeding  7  pounds  capacity,  inclosed  in  metal 
containers;  all  gravities.      (See  par.  535.) 

Glass  bottles  not  exceeding  7  pounds  capacity;  not  to  exceed  1.49 
gravity.     (See  par.  535.) 

Glass,  earthenware,  or  clay  carboys,  specification  No.  1;  not  to 
exceed  1.43  gravity      (See  par.  536.) 

535.  All  glass  bottles  must  have  glass  stoppers  ground  to  fit,  and 
these  stoppers  must  be  held  in  place  by  plaster  of  Paris  covered  by 
strong  cloth  securely  tied.  The  bottles,  well  cushioned  by  material 
that  will  not  be  ignited  by  the  acid,  must  be  packed  in  strong  wooden 
boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  2,  or  barrels,  or  kegs  com- 
plying with  specification  No.  11.  Excelsior,  hay,  straw,  matting,  or 
similar  combustible  material,  even  when  saturated  with  calcium  chlo- 
ride or  other  solution,  must  not  be  used  for  cushioning  or  packing  pur- 
poses. Incombustible  mineral  packings,  such  as  whiting,  mineral 
wool,  infusorial  earth  (kieselguhr) ,  asbestos,  sifted  ashes,  or  powdered 
china  clay,  etc.,  may  be  used.  Wliere  the  packing  is  very  fine, 
powdery,  etc.,  separate  compartments  for  individual  bottles  should 
be  provided  in  the  packages  to  prevent  shifting  and  to  keep  the 
bottles  from  coming  in  contact  with  each  other,  with  resultant  dam- 
age. When  the  specific  gravity  of  the  acid  exceeds  1.49,  each  bottle 
must  be  packed  in  a  tightly  closed  metal  container,  and  the  cushion- 
ing material  used  must  be  sufficient  to  absorb  and  prevent  the  acid 
from  leaking  out  of  the  metal  container. 

If  any  packing  is  used  between  the  several  metal  containers,  or 
between  the  metal  containers  and  the  sides  of  the  box,  it  must  also  be 
an  incombustible  mineral  packing. 

536.  (a)  All  carboys  of  nitric  acid  must  be  closed  by  glass  or  earthen- 
ware stoppers  held  firmly  in  position  b}^  strong  metal  clips,  and  the 
joint  made  by  an  asbestos  gasket  impregnated  with  paraffin  or  by  such 
other  method  as  may  be  approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives;  except 
that  glass  stoppers  ground  to  fit,  inserted  in  paraffin  and  tied  down 
with  a  piece  of  paraffined  muslin  or  other  suitable  covering,  may  be 
used . 

(h)  All  carboys  must  be  well  cushioned  by  material  that  will  not 
be  ignited  by  the  acid.  The  use  of  hay,  straw,  excelsior,  matting, 
ground  cork,  or  similar  material  for  such  cushioning,  even  after  satu- 
ration with  aluminum  sulphate,  sodium  sulphate,  calcium  chloride, 
or  other  fireproofing  material,  is  prohibited  for  all  gravities. 


DANGEROUS  ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  51 

537.  (a)  Mixed  nitric  and  sulphuric  acids  must  be  shipped  in  se- 
curely closed  metal  drums  that  comply  with  specification  No.  5A,  or 
in  tank  cars  complying  with  American  Railway  Association  speci- 
fications for  tank  cars. 

(6)  Mixtures  of  sulphuric  acid  and  nitric  acid,  shipped  in  tank  cars 
or  metal  barrels  or  drums,  shall  contain  not  less  than  10  per  cent 

These  mixtures  may  contain: 

Up  to  10  per  cent  H2O  with  not  less  than  10  per  cent  H2SO4. 
Up  to  15  per  cent  H.O  with  not  less  than  15  per  cent  H2SO4. 
Up  to  20  per  cent  H^O  with  not  less  than  20  per  cent  H2SO4. 
Up  to  38  per  cent  H2O  with  not  less  than  62  per  cent  HjSO^. 

538.  Di-methyl  sulphate  must  be  shipped  in  metal  drums  of  not 
more  than  10  gallons  capacity  each,  complying  with  specification 
Ko.  5  or  5A,  and  enclosed  in  strong  crates  made  of  lumber  not  less 
than  ^4  inch  in  thickness;  or  in  glass  bottles  of  not  more  than  1 
quart  capacity  each,  closed  by  means  of  ground  glass  stoppers 
securely  fastened  in  place,  cushioned  with  incombustible  absorbent 
material  in  hermetically  sealed  (soldered)  metal  cans,  the  cans  being 
packed  with  incombustible  cushioning  material  in  wooden  boxes 
complying  mth  specification  No.  2,  and  with  not  more  than  one 
bottle  in  any  outside  container. 

540.  Except  where  special  preparation  and  packing  is  prescribed 
in  paragraphs  521  to  538,  corrosive  liquids  must  be  packed  in  suitable 
containers  complying  with  the  following  specifications;  aU  containers 
must  be  tightly  and  securely  closed;  inside  containers  must  be  cush- 
ioned as  prescribed,  or  in  any  case  when  necessary  to  prevent  break- 
age or  leakage. 

Specifications  (for  details  see  Part  IV  of  these  regulations) : 

No.  1. — Boxed  carboys;  capacity  5  to  13  gallons,  inclusive. 

No.  2. — Glass  or  earthenware  vessels  not  over  1  gallon  each  (except 
as  specifically  provided) ,  packed  in  outside  wooden  boxes. 

No.  5 A. — Metal  barrels  and  drums;  not  over  110  gallons  each. 

No.  9. — Wooden  barrels  and  kegs  —these  containers  must  be  prop- 
erly lined  with  material  that  will  not  be  affected  by  the  contents;  not 
over  55  gallons  each. 

No.  11. — Glass  or  earthenware  vessels  not  over  2  gallons  each, 
packed  in  outside  wooden  barrels  or  kegs. 

No.  19. — Mixed  shipments  of  solids  and  corrosive  liquids  m  the 
same  box:  Glass  or  earthenware  vessels  not  over  1  gallon  each,  packed 
in  outside  wooden  boxes. 

No.  ^5.— Metal  jacketed  lead  carboys. 


52  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Compressed  Gases — Red  or  Green  (Gas)  Label. 

550.  Compressed  gases  must  be  packed  as  follows  (see  par.  301  for 
forbidden  articles) : 

551.  Gases  that  may  combine  chemically  must  not  be  shipped  in 
the  same  cylinder. 

Cylinders  made  in  foreign  countries  must  not  be  used  in  domestic 
traffic  until  they  have  been  tested  in  this  country  and  proper  report 
rendered  as  required  by  the  specifications  that  apply. 

All  compressed  gases  must  be  shipped  in  metal  cylinders,  and  these 
cylinders  must  not  be  packed  with  other  articles:  Provided,  That 
chlorine  and  sulphur  dioxide  loaded  not  to  exceed  1.25  pounds  for 
each  1  pound  water  capacity,  may  also  be  shipped  in  special  tank  cars 
complying  with  American  Railway  Association  specifications  for  tank 
cars  for  these  commodities:  Provided  further,  That  the  maximum 
quantity  loaded  in  such  special  tank  cars  shall  not  exceed  30,000 
pounds  of  chlorine  or  40,000  pounds  of  sulphur  dioxide. 

552.  All  cylinders  used  for  the  shipment  of  compressed  gases  must 
be  plainly  stamped  with  the  date  of  last  test — for  example,  ''4 — 21 " 
for  April,  1921.  Dates  of  previous  tests  must  not  be  obliterated. 
Cylinders  that  have  not  been  tested  and  marked  as  precribed 
herein  must  not  be  charged  and  shipped  until  properly  tested  and 
marked. 

553.  Cylinders  containing  compressed  gases  must  not  be  shipped 
unless  they  were  charged  by  or  with  the  consent  of  the  owner  thereof. 

554.  Cylinders  manufactured  after  March  31,  1912,  and  used  for 
the  shipment  of  any  compressed  gas,  must  have  been  made  in  accord- 
ance with  the  specifications  effective  at  the  date  of  manufacture  or 
with  subsequent  specifications. 

555.  Cylinders  manufactured  before  March  31,  1912,  and  purchased 
after  September  1, 1918,  must  not  be  used  for  the  shipment  of  any  com- 
pressed gas  until  the  purchaser  has  filed  report  with  the  Bureau  of 
Explosives,  showing  that  the  purchased  cylinders  have  passed  success- 
fully the  hydrostatic  tests  prescribed  by  the  specifications  applicable 
to  them  and  effective  at  the  date  of  purchase:  Provided,  That  this 
does  not  apply  to  the  common  practice  of  the  retail  sale  of  charged 
cylinders  subject  to  return  and  exchange,  nor  to  cylinders  exempt 
from  retest. 

MARKING    ON   CYLINDERS    MUST    BE    KEPT   PLAIN. 

556.  The  marking  of  cylinders  to  indicate  (1)  their  serial  number, 
(2)  the  specification  under  which  they  were  made,  (3)  the  date  of 
manufacture  and  subsequent  hydrostatic  tests,  (4)  any  initials  or 
similar  markings  to  indicate  ownership  or  original  owner,  and  (5) 
the  tare  weight  in  case  of  acetylene  cylinders,  must  all  be  kept  plain 
in  all  cases.     If,  on  account  of  painting  or  any  other  reason,  the 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES  BY   FREIGHT.  53 

marking  can  not  be  kept  plain,  it  will  be  allowable  to  use  a  brass 
plate  brazed  or  soldered  to  the  cylinders  with  a  reproduction  of  the 
cylinder  markings  plainly  stamped  thereon. 

MARKING   ON    CYLINDERS   MUST   NOT   BE   CHANGED. 

557.  In  order  that  a  record  for  identification  of  cylinders  may  be 
kept,  the  serial  number  of  the  cylinder,  the  marking  to  indicate  the 
specification  under  which  it  was  made,  the  date  of  manufacture  and 
subsequent  hydrostatic  tests,  the  name  or  initials  or  symbol  (except 
trade-marks)  indicating  the  company  for  which  the  cylinder  was 
originally  manufactured,  and  the  tare  weight  (in  the  case  of  acetylene 
cylinders),  must  not  be  removed,  obliterated,  added  to,  or  changed 
(except  as  provided  in  paragraphs  556  and  570)  until  written  apphcation 
has  been  made  to  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  and  instructions  have  been 
received  therefrom,  and  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  must  make  such 
record  as  may  be  necessary  so  that  the  cyhnders  can  be  properly 
traced  after  the  marking  has  been  changed:  Provided,  That  the 
removal,  obhteration,  addition  to,  or  change  of,  the  tare  weight  of 
acetylene  cylinders  or  the  symbol  put  on  them  to  indicate  the  com- 
pany originally  putting  them  in  service,  will  not  be  authorized. 

SAFETY   DEVICES. 

558.  Each  cylinder  exceeding  12  inches  in  length  (outside  length 
exclusive  of  neck),  containing  liquefied  gases  or  gases  in  solution,  or 
other  gases  under  a  pressure  of  more  than  300  pounds  per  square 
inch  at  70°  F.,  except  anhydrous  ammonia  and  gases  in  specification 
No.  33  cylinders,  must  be  equipped  with  one  or  more  safety  devices 
approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  and  found  to  prevent  explo- 
sion of  the  normally  charged  cylinder  when  it  is  placed  in  a  fire. 

VALVE    PROTECTION. 

559.  (a)  Cylinders  containing  inflammable,  corrosive,  or  noxious 
gases  (hydrogen,  blaugas,  Pintsch  gas,  coal  gas,  chlorine,  sul- 
phur dioxide,  etc.),  must  have  their  valves  protected  by  metal 
caps  that  can  not  be  detached  by  rolling  the  cylinders  and  of  suffi- 
cient strength  to  protect  the  valve  from  injury  during  transit:  Pro- 
vided, That  these  caps  will  not  be  required  (1)  if  the  cylinders  are 
boxed  or  crated  so  as  to  give  a  proper  protection  to  the  valve;  (2) 
if  the  valves  are  so  recessed  into  the  cylinders  that  they  can  not  be 
struck  if  the  cylinder  is  dropped  On  a  flat  surface;  (3)  if,  for  cylinders 
containing  nonliquefied  gas  under  pressure  not  exceeding  300  pounds 
per  square  inch,  the  valves  are  strong  enough  to  avoid  injury  during 
transit. 

(6)  Shipments  of  cylinders  which  under,  these  regulations  are 
required  to  be  boxed  or  crated  (and  under  individua  carrier's  arrange- 


54  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

ments  can  be  transported  without  transfer),  if  loaded  by  the  shipper 
and  to  be  unloaded  by  the  consignee,  may  be  transported  without 
crating  or  boxing  provided  the  cylinders  are  loaded  compactly  in  an 
upright  position  in  the  end  of  the  car  and  are  securely  braced  to 
prevent  any  relative  movement  during  transit,  according  to  the 
general  methods  prescribed  by  B,  E.  Pamphlet  No.  6. 

CYLINDERS    EXPOSED    TO    ACTION    OF   FIRE. 

560.  Cylinders  which  have  been  in  a  fire  must  not  again  be  placed 
in  service  until  they  have  been  properly  heat-treated  and  retested  as 
prescribed  in  paragraph  561 :  Provided,  That  acetylene  cylinders  need 
not  be  heat-treated  if  examination  shows  the  porous  filling  to  be  un- 
changed and  intact,  and  they  may  be  used  after  passing  the  pressure 
test  prescribed  therefor. 

REHEAT   TREATMENT    AND    RETEST    OF    CYLINDERS. 

561.  The  reheat  treatment  of  cylinders  must  be  followed  by  retest 
and  these  operations  must  be  carried  out,  supervised,  and  reported,^ 
as  prescribed  for  the  original  heat  treatment  and  test  by  the  specifi- 
cation covering  the  manufacture  of  the  type  of  cylinder  in  question. 
The  retest  pressure  shall  be  as  prescribed  for  the  quinquennial 
retesting  of  cylinders.  In  the  case  of  cylinders  of  outside  diameter 
exceeding  4  inches,  a  permanent  expansion  of  not  less  than  3  per  cent 
or  more  than  10  per  cent  of  the  total  expansion  must  be  shown  in 
the  retest:  Provided,  That  if  the  cylinders  can  be  segregated  into  lots- 
having  practically  the  same  chemical  composition,  the  allowable  per- 
•manent  expansion  in  the  retest  may  be  from  zero  to  10  per  cent  of 
the  total  expansion,  if  one  cylinder  out  of  each  such  lot  of  100  cylin- 
ders or  less  is  subjected  to  and  passes  the  requirements  of  the  flatten- 
ing and  physical  tests  as  specified  by  the  specification  for  the  manu- 
facture of  the  type  of  cylinder  in  question. 

CHARGING   OF   CYLINDERS. 

562.  (a)  Cylinders  must  not  be  charged  beyond  the  safe  pressure 
for  which  they  are  designed.  The  amount  of  gas  charged  into  any 
cylinder  must  not,  at  a  temperature  of  130°  F.,  cause  an  interior 
pressure  that  will  be  injurious  to  the  cylinder. 

(6)  The  filling  weight  of  all  licjuefied  gases  in  all  cylinders  must  be 
checked  by  the  use  of  proper  scales  and  not  by  pressure. 

(c)  The  maximum  amount  of  liquefied  gas  for  each  1  pound  water 
capacity  of  the  cylinder  must  not  exceed  the  following: 

Anhydrous  ammonia,  0.54  pound. 

Blaugas,  0.37  pound. 

Chlorine,  1.25  pounds. 

Sulphur  dioxide,  1.25  pounds. 


DANGEROUS    ARTICLES    BY   FREIGHT.  55. 

Carbonic  acid  gas,  0.68  pound:  Provided,  That  the  total  amount, 
with  1  pound  allowable  variation,  is  20  pounds  for  standard  cylinders 
b]4  inches  in  diameter  by  51  inches  long,  and  50  pounds  for  standard 
cylinders  S^-i  inches  in  diameter  by  51  inches  long,  and  larger:  Pro- 
vided further,  That  cylinders  with  interior  diameter  not  over  10 
inches,  having  walls  not  less  than  V^  inch  thick  and  with  capacity  not 
less  than  4,200  cubic  inches,  may  be  shipped  by  or  for  the  United 
States  Government  when  charged  with  not  over  102  pounds  of  gas. 

Nitrous  oxide,  0.68  pound:  Provided,  That  this  may  be  increased 
to  0.75  pound  for  cylinders  made  previous  to  February  1,  1917, 
and  of  less  than  12  pounds  water  capacity  and  if  known  to  have 
passed  a  test  pressure  of  not  less  than  3,500  pounds  per  square  inch: 
Provided  further.  That  the  total  amount  with  1  pound  allowable 
variation  shall  not  exceed  50  pounds  in  any  cylinder. 

Methyl  chloride,  0.75  pound. 

Liquefied  petroleum  gas :  This  will  depend  on  the  characteristics  of 
the  product  and  must  be  determined  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph 
562  (a). 

563.  Cylinders  containing  acetylene  gas  must  be  completely  filled 
with  a  porous  material  that  has  been  tested  with  satisfactory  results 
by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  and  this  material  must  be  charged  with 
acetone,  or  its  equivalent,  to  an  amount  dependent  upon  the  porosity 
of  the  filling  material  and  not  exceeding  the  following: 

Wlien  the  porosity  of  the  filling  material  is  75  per  cent  to  80 
per  cent,  the  amount  of  solvent  at  70°  F.  must  not  exceed  40  per 
cent  by  volume  of  the  water  capacity  of  the  cylinder'  shell. 

When  the  porosity  of  the  filling  material  is  70  per  cent  up  to 
but  not  including  75  per  cent,  the  amount  of  solvent  at  70°  F. 
must  not  exceed  373^  per  cent  by  volume  of  the  water  capacity 
of  the  cylinder  shell. 

When  the  porosity  of  the  filling  material  is  65  per  cent  up  to 
but  not  including  70  per  cent,  the  amount  of  solvent  at  70°  F. 
must  not  exceed  35  per  cent  by  volume  of  the  water  capacity 
of  the  cylinder  shell. 

564.  After  July  1,  1923,  every  cylinder  used  for  the  shipment  of 
acetylene  gas  must  have  been  plainly  and  permanently  marked  with 
the  tare  weight,  and  a  report  to  that  effect,  together  with  the  nature 
of  the  porous  filling  in  the  cylinder,  made  to  the  Bureau  of  Explosives. 
The  tare  weight  is  hereby  defined  as  being  the  combined  weight  of 
the  cylinder  proper,  the  porous  filling,  the  valve  (but  without  the 
cap),  and  the  solvent;  the  weight  of  solvent  used  in  this  determina- 
tion must  not  exceed  the  weight  of  the  maximum  allowable  volume 
of  a  solvent  with  a  specific  gravity  of  0.796  at  15.5°  C. 


56  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

565.  The  original  solvent  put  into  an  acetylene  cylinder  or  any 
additional  solvent  to  replace  losses  must  in  no  case  have  a  specific 
gravity  less  than  0.796  at  15.5°  C. 

In  putting  the  solvent  into  a  cylinder  originally  or  replacing  losses 
thereof,  the  tare  weight  of  the  cylinder  as  marked  thereon  by  the 
company  originally  putting  it  into  service  must  not  be  exceeded; 
it  is  to  be  noted  that  this  tare  weight  included  the  weight  of  the 
metal  cyhnder  proper,  its  porous  filling,  the  solvent,  and  the  valve, 
but  without  the  cap. 

566.  The  pressure  in  cylinders  containing  acetylene  gas  must  not 
exceed  250  pounds  per  square  inch  at  70°  F.,  and  in  case  the  cylinders 
are  marked  for  a  lower  allowable  charging  pressure  at  70°  F.  then  that 
pressure  must  not  be  exceeded. 

567.  Cylinders  containing  acetylene  gas  must  not  be  shipped  unless 
they  were  charged  by  or  with  the  consent  of  the  owner  and  by  a  per- 
son, firm,  or  company  having  possession  of  complete  information  as 
to  the  nature  of  the  porous  filling,  the  kind  and  quantity  of  solvent 
in  the  cylinders,  and  the  meaning  of  such  markings  on  the  cylinders 
as  are  prescribed  by  the  commission's  regulations  and  specifications 
applying  to  containers  for  the  transportation  of  acetylene  gas. 

QUINQUENNIAL   RETEST   OF   CYLINDERS. 

568.  Each  cylinder  in  which  compressed  gases  are  shipped,  except 
as  hereinafter  specified,  must  be  subjected,  at  least  once  in  five  years, 
to  a  test  by  mterior  hydrostatic  pressure  in  a  water  jacket  or  other 
apparatus  of  suitable  form,  as  approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives, 
to  furnish  reliable  data:  Provided,  That  cylinders  used  for  shipping 
any  gas,  liquefied  or  otherwise,  will  not  be  required  to  stand  the  quin- 
quennial test,  if  they  have  an  outside  diameter  of  less  than  2  inches 
and  a  length  of  less  than  2  feet.  In  this  test  the  pressure  must  be 
applied  for  not  less  than  30  seconds,  and  as  much  longer  as  may  be 
necessary  to  insure  complete  expansion  of  the  cylinder.  The  gauge 
indicating  the  expansion  of  the  cylinder  under  the  pressure  applied 
must  be  such  that  a  permanent  expansion  of  10  per  cent  of  the  total 
expansion  may  be  easily  recognized.  The  pressure  applied  in  these 
tests  must  be  as  prescribed  hereinafter  for  the  various  types  of  cylin- 
ders: Provided,  That  for  those  cylinders  requiring  a  retest  of  1,000 
pounds  or  greater  pressure,  in  any  quinquennial  or  other  retest, 
except  after  reannealing  or  reheat  treatment,  the  first  trial  may  be 
made  at  a  pressure  100  pounds  less  than  the  test  pressure  prescribed 
and  the  cylinder  passed  if  the  results  are  satisfactory;  if  any  further 
trials  are  necessary  the  pressure  must  be  increased  100  pounds  each 
time. 

569.  A  cylinder  must  be  condemned  when  it  leaks  or  when  the 
permanent  expansion  exceeds  10  per  cent  of  the  total  expansion. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY  FREIGHT.  57 

Cylinders  condemned  on  account  of  excessive  permanent  expansion 
may  be  further  handled  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  561. 

570.  Records  giving  data  showing  the  results  of  the  tests  made  on 
all  cylinders  must  be  kept,  and  each  cylinder  passing  the  test  must 
be  marked  with  the  date  (month  and  year)  of  the  test,  plainly  and 
permanently  stamped  into  the  metal  of  the  cylinder.  For  example, 
"4,-21"  for  April,  1921.  Dates  of  previous  tests  must  not  be 
obliterated, 

571.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  3,  and  for 
all  cylinders  of  that  type  manufactured  previous  to  March  31,  1912, 
the  test  pressure  must  be  not  less  than  3,000  pounds  per  square  inch: 
Provided,  That  if  a  cylinder  is  marked  with  a  test  pressure  it  must  be 
retested  at  that  pressure. 

572.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  3A  the  test 
pressure  must  be  not  less  than  one  and  two-thirds  times  the  charging 
pressure  for  which  the  cylinder  was  designed;  this  charging  pressure 
is  shown  by  the  number  following  the  marking  "  3A"  on  the  cylinder; 
for  example,  if  the  cylinder  is  marked  "I.  C.  C. — 3A — 1800,"  it  must 
be  tested  to  a  pressure  of  3,000  pounds  per  square  inch.  For  cylin- 
ders of  this  type  manufactured  previous  to  March  31,  1912,  the  test 
pressure  must  be  not  less  than  3,000  pounds  per  square  inch:  Pro- 
vided, That  if  a  cylinder  is  marked  with  a  test  pressure  it  must  be 
retested  at  that  pressure. 

573.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  4,  and 
also  for  all  cylinders  of  that  type  manufactured  previous  to  March  31, 
1912,  the  test  pressure  must  be  not  less  than  900  pounds  per  square 
inch:  Provided,  That  for  cylinders  of  early  manufacture  with  heads 
of  small  or  flat  curvature  that  will  not  stand  a  test  of  900  pounds 
without  showing  more  than  10  per  cent  permanent  expansion,  and 
wrought-iron  cylinders  made  before  1895  that  have  been  so  annealed 
as  to  put  them  in  proper  condition,  the  test  pressure  may  be  not  less 
than  500  pounds — the  serial  numbers  of  such  cylinders  must  be 
reported  to  the  Bureau  of  Explosives:  Provided  further,  That  the 
900-pound  tests  may  be  made  decennially  instead  of  quinquennially : 
And  provided  further,  That  without  regard  to  date  of  previous  test, 
cylinders  of  this  type  that  show  bad  dents  or  other  evidence  of  rough 
usage,  or  that  are  corroded  locally  to  such  extent  as  to  indicate 
possible  weakness,  or  that  have  lost  as  much  as  5  per  cent  of  their 
ofl&cial  tare  weight,  must  be  retested  before  being  again  charged  and 
shipped;  after  any  retest  the  actual  tare  weight  for  those  cylinders 
passing  the  tests  may  be  recorded  as  their  new  ofiicial  tare  weight. 

574.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  7,  and 
for  all  cylinders  of  that  type  manufactured  previous  to  March  31, 
1912,  the  test  pressure  must  not  be  less  than  twice  the  charging 

66620°— 22 5 


58  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

pressure  for  which  the  cylinder  was  designed:  Provided,  That  cylin- 
ders that  have  been  once  so  tested  will  not  be  required  to  be  quin- 
quennially  tested  thereafter. 

575.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  8  and 
properly  reported  as  required  by  that  specification,  no  quinquennial 
test  is  required.  For  cylinders  of  these  types  manufactured  previous 
to  March  31,  1912,  the  test  pressure  must  be  not  less  than  twice  the 
pressure  at  70°  F.  to  which  they  are  to  be  charged:  Provided,  That 
cylinders  manufactured  previous  to  March  31,  1912,  that  have  been 
once  so  tested  will  not  be  required  to  be  quinquennially  tested 
thereafter. 

576.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  25,  and 
cylinders  of  this  type  or  of  the  welded  type  in  use  for  chlorine  or 
sulphur  dioxide  before  April  20,  1915,  the  test  pressure  must  be  not 
less  than  500  pounds  per  square  inch. 

577.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  26,  the 
test  pressure  must  be  the  same  as  prescribed  by  that  specification 
for  the  manufacture  of  the  cylinders. 

578.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  27,  the 
test  pressure  must  be  not  less  than  500  pounds  per  square  inch. 

579.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  33,  the 
test  pressure  must  be  not  less  than  900  pounds  per  square  inch. 

580.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  38,  the 
test  pressure  must  be  not  less  than  500  pounds  per  square  inch. 

581.  Compressed  gases  must  be  shipped  in  metal  containers  com- 
plying with  the  following  specifications  (for  details  see  Part  IV  of 
these  regulations) : 

(1)  Blaugas,^  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  nitrous  oxide:  Specification 
No.  3  or  3A. 

(2)  Argon,  helium,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  oxygen,  hydrocarbon, 
Pintsoh,  and  any  gas  not  liquefied  and  not  in  solution,  when  the 
charging  pressure  at  70°  F.  exceeds  300  pounds  per  square  inch: 
Specification  No.  3A:  Provided,  That  specification  No.  3  cylinders 
may  be  used  if  charging  pressure  at  70°  F.  does  not  exceed  1,800 
pounds  per  square  inch. 

(3)  Anhydrous  ammonia:  Specification  No.  4,  3,  or  3A. 

(4)  Argon,  coal  gas,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  oxygen,  hydrocarbon, 
Pintsch,  and  any  low-pressure  gas  not  liquefied  and  not  in  solution, 
when  the  charging  pressure  at  70°  F.  does  not  exceed  300  pounds 
per  square  inch:  Specification  No.  7. 

(5)  Acetylene  gas :  Specification  No.  8. 

(6)  Chlorine;  Specification  No.  25,  3,  or  3A;  see  also  paragraphs 
582  and  583. 

» If  not  liquefied  and  if  pressure  not  over  300  pounds  at  70*   F.,  specification  No.   7  cylinders 
may  be  used. 


DANGEROUS   ARTKJLES   BY   FREIGHT.  59 

(7)  Sulphur  dioxide:  Specification  No.  25,  38,  3,  or  3A;  see  also 
paragraphs  582  and  583. 

(8)  Methyl  chloride:  Specification  No.  25,  38,  4,  3,  or  3A;  see  also 
paragraph  583. 

(9)  Liquefied  petroleum  gas :  Specificatitsn  No.  26,  3,  or  3A. 

582.  Chlorine  and  sulphur  dioxide  loaded  not  to  exceed  1.25  pounds 
for  each  I  pound  water  capacity,  may  also  be  shipped  in  special  tank 
cars  complying  with  American  Railway  Association  specifications  for 
tank  cars  for  these  commodities,  subject  to  maximum  quantity  pro- 
vided in  paragraph  551;  see  also  paragraph  583. 

583.  Chlorine,  sulphur  dioxide,  or  methyl  chloride,  may  be  trans- 
ported in  cylinders  manufactured  and  reported  in  full  compliance  with 
Bureau  of  Explosives  specification  No.  27,  effective  March  1,  1918,  or 
Interstate  Commerce  Commission  specification  No.  27,  and  loaded  on 
gondola  cars  with  continuous  steel  sills,  and  preferably  all  steel  under- 
frames,  and  without  drop  doors,  or  upon  special  cars  approved  for  this 
service  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  if  secured  in  position  on  the  cars- 
by  methods  approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  and  if  the  shipment 
is  loaded  by  the  consignor  and  to  be  unloaded  by  the  consignee;  the 
C3'linders  to  be  fitted  with  safety  devices  in  accordance  ^vith  para- 
graph 558  of  these  regulations,  and  the  marking  on  the  cylinders  as 
required  by  the  specification  to  be  of  such  size  and  so  located  that 
it  can  be  easily  read,  except  that  a  reproduction  of  the  marking  on  a 
plate  so  as  to  fully  comply  with  this  requirement  will  be  permitted. 

584.  If  special  provisions  are  not  prescribed  in  these  regulations, 
compressed  gases  must  not  be  shipped  until  definite  instructions  in 
regard  to  proper  cylinders,  and  other  precautions,  are  issued. 

POISONOUS    ARTICLES. 

590.  Poisonous  articles  as  defined  in  paragraph  307  must  be 
packed  as  follows : 

Poison  Gases  or  Liquids — Poison  Gas  Label. 

591.  Class  A. — In  metal  cylinders  complying  with  specification  No. 
33  that  are  in  proper  condition  for  the  transportation  of  compressed 
gases  as  prescribed  by  paragraphs  551  to  561,  568  to  570,  579  and  584, 
inclusive:  Provided,  That  chlorpicrin,  brombenzylcyanide,  chloraceto- 
phenone,  diphenylaminechlorarsine,  diphenylchlorarsine,  and  bromace- 
tone  may  also  be  shipped  in  strong  glass  bottles  securely  closed  and 
cushioned  in  hermetically  sealed  metal  cans  packed  in  corrugated 
strawboard  boxes  in  outside  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specifica- 
tion No.  40.  The  bottles  must  not  be  filled  to  exceed  75  per  cent 
of  their  capacity;  there  must  not  be  more  than  1  pound  of  liquid  in 
each  bottle;  the  bottles  must  be  closed  with  ground-in  glass  stoppers 
securely  fastened;  the  cushionmg  material  around  the  bottle  must  be 
at  least  1  inch  tliick;  the  cans  must  be  made  from  metal  of  thickness 
not  less  than  25  gauge,  United  States  Standard;  and  there  must  not 
be  more  than  a  total  of  6  pounds  of  liquid  in  each  outside  wooden  box. 


60  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION". 

Each  cylinder  or  box  must  bear  the  prescribed  POISON  GxVS 
hibel  with  name  of  contents  marked  thereon. 

592.  In  preparmg  poisonous  gases  or  liquids  for  shipment  in  cylin- 
ders complying  with  specification  No.  33,  the  gaskets  (if  any)  used 
between  the  protection  cap  and  the  neck  of  the  cylinder  must  be 
replaced  for  each  shipment,  even  though  they  may  appear  to  be  in 
good  condition. 

593.  For  phosgene  the  following  precautions  must  be  taken  in 
addition  to  that  in  paragraph  592 : 

Each  filled  c^'linder  must  be  tested  for  leakage  before  shipment  and 
must  show  absolutely  no  leakage;  this  test  must  consist  in  immersing 
the  cylinder  and  valve,  without  the  protection  cap  attached,  in  a  bath 
of  water  at  a  temperature  of  approximately  180°  F.  for  at  least  30 
minutes,  during  which  time  frequent  examinations  must  be  made  to 
note  any  escape  of  gas.  The  valve  of  the  cylinder  must  not  be  loos- 
ened after  this  test  and  before  shipment. 

594.  For  hydrocyanic  (prussic)  acid  the  following  precautions  must 
be  taken  in  addition  to  that  in  paragraph  592 : 

(1)  Cylinders  must  be  charged  with  not  more  than  0.6  pound  of 
hydrocyanic  acid  per  1  pound  water  capacity  of  the  cylinders. 

(2)  Each  filled  cjdinder  must  be  tested  for  leakage  before  shipment 
and  must  show  absolutely  no  leakage;  this  test  must  consist  in  pass- 
ing over  the  closure  of  the  cylinder,  without  the  protection  cap  at- 
tached, a  piece  of  Guignard's  sodium  picrate  paper,  or  other  suitably 
treated  paper,  to  detect  any  escape  of  hydrocyanic  acid  from  the 
cylinder. 

595.  Police  gas  grenades,  properly  described  as  such,  containing 
lachrymatory  gases  or  liquids  as  described  in  paragraph  307,  may  be 
shipped  when  packed  and  cushioned  in  metal-strapped  wooden  boxes 
complying  with  specification  No.  40.  Not  more  than  24  grenades 
shall  be  packed  in  one  outside  container,  the  gross  weight  of  which 
shall  not  exceed  75  pounds. 

A  grenade,  when  packed  in  the  individual  inside  container  specified, 
must  be  so  constructed  that  it  will  withstand  without  an}'"  leakage  a 
drop  of  5  feet  on  concrete. 

Poisonous  Articles — No  Label.  ' 

630.  Class  B. — Must  be  shipped  in  strong  and  tight  containers 
which  will  not  permit  leakage  of  contents  during  transportation. 

G31.  Arsenic,  Paris  green,  arsenate  of  lead,  calcium  arsenate,  and 
all  other  strongly  poisonous  articles  must  not  be  oft'ered  nor  accepted 
for  shipment  in  bulk,  but  must  be  packed  in  strong  and  tight  con- 
tainers which  will  prevent  sifting  or  escape  of  contents  in  transit: 
Provided,  That  sintered  arsenical  flue  dust  may  also  be  shipped 
between  plants  in  steel  gondola  cars  equipped  with  suitable  covers. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  61 

SECTION   6. 
/  LABELS. 

700.  (a)  Unless  exempted  on  account  of  quantity,  character,  or 
method  of  packing  (see  paragraphs  308  and  309,  column  4,  list),  all 
packages  containing  dangerous  articles  named  in  the  list,  paragraph 
309,  and  similar  articles  defined  by  paragraphs  302  to  307  (a),  in- 
clusive, must  be  conspicuously  labeled  by  the  shipper.  Labels  should 
be  applied  when  practicable  to  that  part  of  the  package  bearing  the 
consignee's  name  and  address. 

(b)  Labels  will  not  be  required  on  packages  in  carload  shipments 
to  be  unloaded  by  the  consignee,  except  poisonous  articles.  Class  A, 
and  chemical  warfare  ammunition,  but  the  proper  placards  must  be 
obtained  from  the  carrier  and  applied  by  the  shipper  to  the  car 
loaded  by  him  When  it  is  known,  however,  that  subsequent  ship- 
ments of  these  packages  in  less-than-carload  quantities,  and  in  the 
original  outside  packages,  will  probably  be  made  by  the  consignee,  the 
original  manufacturing  shipper  should  attach  labels  to  the  packages, 

(c)  Shippers  must  furnish  and  attach  the  labels  prescribed  for  their 
packages.  Labels  must  not  be  applied  to  packages  containing  articles 
which  are  not  subject  to  these  regulations,  nor  to  packages  which  are 
exempt  from  labels  on  account  of  quantity,  character,  or  method  of 
packing.  (See  par.  308.)  Packages  containing  articles  which  are 
subject  to  these  regulations  and  which  are  thus  exempt  from  labels, 
must  be  plainly  marked  "NO  LABEL  REQUIRED." 

id)  Containers  shipped  as  "Empty"-  (except  in  carload  shipments 
to  be  unloaded  by  consignee)  must  have  the  old  red,  yellow,  white, 
or  green  labels  removed,  obliterated,  destroyed,  or  completely  cov- 
ered by  a  square  white  label  measuring  not  less  than  6  inches  on 
each  side,  and  bearing  thereon  the  word  "EMPTY"  in  letters  not 
less  than  1  inch  high. 

(e)  Labels  must  be  of  diamond  shape,  with  each  side  4  inches  long. 
The  color  is  red  for  inflammable  liquids  and  compressed  inflammable 
gases,  yellow  for  inflammable  solids  and  oxidizing  materials,  green 
for  noninflammable  compressed  gases,  white  with  black  lettering 
for  corrosive  liquids  and  white  with  red  lettering  for  poisons.  Labels 
must  conform  to  standards  as  to  size,  printing,  and  color,  and  samples 
will  be  furnished,  on  request,  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives. 

(/)  The  printing  on  all  labels  with  the  exception  of  the  "Poison 
Gas"  label,  must  be  in  black  letters  inside  of  a  black  line  border 
measuring  3^  inches  on  each  side,  and  on  the  "Poison* Gas"  label  it 
must  be  in  red  letters  inside  of  a  red  line  border,  and  as  follows  :^ 

Note. — Labels  which  conform  to  the  requirements  of  the  regulations  effective 
September  1,  1918,  may  be  used  until  further  notice. 

'  The  carrier's  name  and  stationery  form  number,  or  the  shipper's  name  and  address,  may  be  printed  on 
the  labels,  in  tj-pe  not  larger  than  10  point,  if  placed  within  the  black  line  border  and  in  the  upper  or 
lower  comer  of  the  diamond.  A  combination  diamond-shaped  label  tag  of  proper  size  and  color,  bearing 
on  one  side  the  shipping  information  and  on  the  reverse  side  the  wording  prescribed  herein,  will  be  per- 
mitted. 


62 


INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 


RED  LABEL  FOR  INFLAMMABLE  LIQUIDS 
(REDUCED  SIZE) 


YELLOW   LABEL   FOR    INFLAMMABLE   SOLIDS 
AND   OXIDIZING    MATERIALS. 

(REDUCED  SIZE) 


DANGEROUS  ARTICLES  BY  FREIGHT. 


63 


RED    LABEL   FOR    INFLAMMABLE   GASES. 

(REDUCED  SIZE) 


GREEN    LABEL    FOR   NON-INFLAMMABLE  GASES 

(REDUCED  SIZE) 


64 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


WHITE   LABEL   TOR   ACIDS  AND  CORROSIVE 
LIQUIDS. 

(REDUCED  SIZE) 


WHITE  LABEL  (RED  LETTERING)  FOR  POISON  CASES 
(REDUCED  SIZE) 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  65 

(g)  Carriers  must  keep  on  hand  an  adequate  supply  of  labels. 
Lost  or  detached  labels  must  be  replaced  from  information  given  on 
revenue  or  other  waybill. 

SECTION   7. 
SHIPPING   ORDERS,  DESCRIPTION  AND  MARKING. 

701.  (a)  Except  on  through  bills  of  lading  to  a  foreign  country, 
shipments  of  dangerous  explosives  as  named  in  paragraph  900  (includ- 
ing blasting  caps  in  any  quantity)  must  not  be  accepted  when  con- 
signed "to  order  notify."  Shippers  must  not  consign  these  ship- 
ments to  themselves  at  points  where  they  have  not  a  resident  repre- 
sentative. 

(6)  Dangerous  explosives  named  in  paragraph  900  must  not  be 
accepted  subject  to  "stop  off"  privileges  en  route  for  partial  loading 
or  unloading. 

702.  All  shipments  of  articles  subject  to  these  regulations,  offered 
for  transportation  to  a  carrier  engaged  in  interstate  or  foreign  com- 
merce, must  be  properly  described  by  the  shipper  in  his  shipping 
order  and  bill  of  lading  under  the  specific  or  general  "group"  name 
provided  herein  for  the  description  of  such  freight,  and  any  additional 
description  not  inconsistent  therewith  may  be  added  if  desired  by 
the  shipj>er.     (See  lists,  pars.  704  and  309.) 

703.  In  less-than-carload  shipments  each  package  must  be  marked 
also  to  show  plainly  the  name  and  address  of  the  consignee.  This 
address,  the  name  of  contents,  and  the  requbed  label  or  "no  label 
required"  marking,  should  be  as  near  together  as  practicable. 

Explosives. 

704.  (a)  Shipper's  certificate. — The  shipping  order  for  any  of  the 
following  explosives  must  show  each  article  under  its  proper  name  as 
specified  in  this  paragraph,  and  must  show  the  following  certificate 
in  the  lower  left-hand  corner,  over  the  written  or  stamped  facsimile 
signature  of  the  shipper  or  of  his  duly  authorized  agent: 

This  is  to  certify  that  the  above  articles  are  properly  described  by  name  and  aie 
packed  and  marked  and  are  in  proper  condition  for  transportation  according  to  the 
regulations  prescribed  by  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission. 

List  of  Shipping  Names. 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  explosive  projectiles. 
Ammunition  for  cannon  with  gas  projectiles. 
Ammunition  for  cannon  with  smoke  projectiles. 
Ammunition  for  cannon  with  incendiary  projectiles. 
Ammunition  for  cannon  with  empty  projectiles. 
Ammunition  for  cannon  with  sand-loaded  projectiles. 
Ammunition  for  cannon  with  solid  projectiles. 


Q5  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

Ammunition  for  cannon  without  projectiles. 
Black  powder. 
(Number)  blasting  caps. 
(Number)  blasting  caps  with  safety  fuse. 
(Number)  electric  blastmg  caps. 
Common  fireworks. 
Detonating  fuzes. 
Explosive  bombs. 
Explosive  mines. 
Explosive  projectiles. 
Explosive  torpedoes. 
Gas  bombs. 
Gas  grenades. 
Gas  projectiles. 
Hand  grenades. 
High  explosives. 
Incendiary  bombs. 
Incendiary  grenades. 
Incendiary  projectiles. 
Low  explosives. 
Rifle  grenades. 
Smoke  bombs. 
Smoke  grenades. 
Smoke  projectiles. 
Smokeless  powder  for  cannon. 
Smokeless  powder  for  small  arms. 
Special  fireworks. 
Wet  fulminate  of  mercury. 

(6)  Tlie  following  must  be  described  under  their  proper  names  as 
given  below,  but  shipper's  certificate  is  not  required. 
Cannon  primers. 
Combination  fuzes. 
Combination  primers. 
Cordeau  detonant. 
Delay  electric  igniters. 
P^lectric  squibs. 

Empty  cartridge  bags — black-powder  igniters. 
Empty  cartridge  shells,  primed. 
ICmpty  bombs. 
I'^mpty  mines. 
Empty  projectiles. 
Empty  torpedoes. 
Fuse  igniters. 
Fuse  lighters. 
Instantaneous  fuse. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  67 

Percussion  caps. 
Percussion  fuzes. 
Safety  fuse. 
Safety  squibs. 
Sand-loaded  bombs. 
Sand-loaded  projectiles. 
Small-arms  ammunition. 
Small-arms  primers. 
Solid  projectiles. 
Time  fuzes. 
Tracer  fuzes. 

Dangerous  Articles  Other  than  Explosives. 

705.  Any  dangerous  article,  other  than  explosives,  subject  to  these 
regulations,  whether  label  is  required  or  not,  must  be  described  on 
the  shipping  order  under  the  specific  or  general  "group"  name  pro- 
vided herein  for  the  description  of  such  freight,  and  any  additional 
description  not  inconsistent  therewith  may  be  added  if  desired  by  the 
shipper.     (See  list,  par.  309.) 

The  same  description  of  contents  must  be  marked  plainly  on  the 
outside  of  each  package.  Tank  cars  must  bear  thereon  a  card  showing 
proper  name  of  contents. 

706.  The  shipping  order  must  also  show  opposite  the  entry  of  the 
article  the  color  or  kind  of  label  apphed,  or  "NO  LABEL  RE- 
QUIRED." For  carload  lots  of  such  articles  loaded  by  the  shipper, 
the  shipping  order  must  show  the  kind  of  placard  applied  to  the  car, 
or  ''NO  PLACARD  REQUIRED." 

707.  The  shipping  order  must  also  show  the  following  certificate 
in  the  lower  left-hand  corner  over  the  written  or  stamped  facsimile 
signature  of  the  shipper  or  of  his  duly  authorized  agent: 

This  is  to  certify  that  the  above  articles  are  properly  described  by  name  and  are 
packed  and  marked  and  are  in  proper  condition  for  transportation  according  to  the 
regulations  prescribed  by  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission. 

708.  A  shipping  order  that  does  not  cover  the  shipment  of  an 
article  defined  as  dangerous  or  doubtful  by  these  regulations  must 
not  show  thereon  the  label  notation  i>r  the  certificate  prescribed  for 
dangerous  articles.  Unnecessary  certificates  and  label  notations 
on  shipping-order  blanks  must  be  canceled  by  the  shipper. 

SECTION   8. 
WAYBILLING. 

Explosives. 

800.  The  carrier  must  see  that  each  shipment  of  explosives  is 
properly  described  on  the  shipping  order  and  on  the  revenue  waybill 
under  one  of  the  names  in  the  ''List  of  shipping  names,"  paragraph 


58  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

704,  and  that  the  correct  gross  weight  is  given.     Abbreviations  must 
not  be  used. 

801.  (a)  The  revenue  waybill  or  astray  waybill  for  a  shipment, 
and  the  card  waybill  and  envelope  containing  waybill  when  used  as  a 
card  waybill,  or  any  other  billing  or  ticket  for  a  car  containing  any 
of  the  following  explosives: 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  explosive  projectiles, 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  gas  projectiles, 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  incendiary  projectiles, 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  smoke  projectiles, 

.  I  In  quantity  exceeding  1,000  blasting  caps 

B  astmg  caps,  ^^  .  ^^^  electric  blasting  caps  (the  num- 

Llectric  blastmg  caps,         i         r  4.  v     u        \ 

®      ^  '  I      ber  of  caps  must  be  showa), 

Black  powder. 

Detonating  fuzes. 

Explosive  bombs, 

Explosive  mines. 

Explosive  projectiles. 

Explosive  torpedoes, 

Gas  bombs. 

Gas  grenades. 

Gas  projectiles. 

Hand  grenades. 

High  explosives. 

Incendiary  bombs, 

Incendiary  grenades, 

Incendiary  projectiles, 

Low  explosives, 

Rifle  grenades, 

Smoke  bombs. 

Smoke  grenades, 

Smoko  projectiles. 

Wet  fulminate  of  mercury, 
must  have  plainly  stamped  or  plainly  written  on  the  face  and  near 
the  car  number,  in  letters  not  less  than  three-eighths  of  an  inch 
high,  the  word  "EXPLOSIVES." 

(b)  The  revenue  waybill  and  astray  waybill  for  a  shipment,  and 
the  card  waybill  and  envelope  containing  waybill  when  used  as  a 
card  waybill,  or  any  other  billing  or  ticket  for  a  car  containing: 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  empty  projectiles. 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  sand-loaded  projectiles, 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  solid  projectiles, 

Ammunition  for  cannon  without  projectiles, 

Common  fireworks. 

Special  fireworks. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  69 

Smokeless  powder  for  cannon, 

Smokeless  powder  for  small  arms, 
must  have  plainly  stamped  or  plainly  written  on  the  face  and  near 
the  car  number,  in  letters  not  less  than  three-eighths  of  an  inch 
high,  the  word  'INFLAMMABLE." 

(c)  No  indorsements  are  required  on  revenue  waybills,  card  way- 
bills, or  any  other  billing  for  shipments  or  for  cars  containing  the 
following : 

Blasting  caps,  f  In  quantity  not  exceeding  1,000  caps  (tho 

Electric  blasting  caps,  1       number  of  caps  must  be  shown) . 

Blasting  caps  with  safety  fuse  (number  of  caps  must  be  shown). 

Cannon  primers. 

Combination  fuzes. 

Combination  primers. 

Cordeau  detonant. 

Delay  electric  igniters. 

Electric  squibs. 

Empty  bombs. 

Empty  cartridge  bags — black-powder  igniters. 

Empty  cartridge  shells,  primed. 

Empty  mines. 

Empty  projectiles. 

Empty  torpedoes. 

Fuse  igniters. 

Fuse  lighters. 

Instantaneous  fuse. 

Percussion  caps. 

Percussion  fuzes. 

Safety  fuse. 

Safety  squibs. 

Sand-loaded  bombs. 

Sand-loaded  projectiles. 

Small-arms  ammunition. 

Small-arms  primers. 

Solid  projectiles. 

Time  fuzes. 

Tracer  fuzes. 

Dangerous  Articles  Other  than  Explosives. 

802.  The  revenue  or  any  other  billing  prepared  from  the  shipping 
order  for  dangerous  articles  in  list,  paragraph  309,  and  for  other 
articles  not  in  the  list  but  properly  offered  for  shipment  as  dangerous 
articles,  must  properly  describe  these  articles  by  name  as  prescribed 
herein  and  state  for  less-than-carload  shipments  the  color  or  kind  of 
label  applied.     For  carload  shipments  they  must  show  the  kind  of 


70  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

placard  applied,  and  when  the  lading  is  not  dangerous  but  is  properly 
described  by  one  of  the  doubtful  names  distinguished  by  an  asterisk 
in  the  list,  paragraph  309,  the  billing  for  the  car  must  be  indorsed 
"NO  PLACARD  REQUIRED."  The  shipper's  certificate  must  be 
in  possession  of  the  initial  carrier  when  these  indorsements  are  made 
on  original  billing. 

803.  The  revenue  waybill  for  any  dangerous  article  requiring  red 
or  yellow  labels  must  also  have  plainly  stamped  or  plainly  written 
on  the  face  and  near  the  car  number,  in  letters  not  less  than  three- 
eighths  of  an  inch  high,  the  word  "INFLAMMABLE";  or  for  any 
dangerous  article  requiring  white  "Acid"  labels  the  word  "ACID"; 
or  for  poisonous  articles  requiring  the  "Poison  Gas"  label  the  words 
"POISON  GAS." 

No  indorsements  are  required  on  waybills  for  articles  bearing  green 
labels. 

804.  (a)  The  car  ticket,  the  card  waybill,  the  running  slip,  the 
envelope  containing  waybills  or  any  other  billing  for  any  loaded 
car  which  under  these  regulations  should  bear  the  "Inflammable," 
"Poison  Gas,"  or  "Acid"  placard  must  have  plainly  stamped  or 
wTitten  on  the  face  and  near  the  car  number,  in  letters  not  less  than 
three-eighths  of  an  inch  in  height,  the  words  "INFLAMMABLE," 
"POISON  GAS,"  or  "ACID." 

(h)  For  tank  cars  not  loaded  the  billing  must  show  the  word 
"EMPTY." 

805.  When  the  initial  movement  is  over  a  switching  line,  the 
switching  ticket,  and  copies  thereof,  prepared  by  the  sliipper,  or 
by  the  carrier  under  the  shipper's  written  authority,  must  bear  the 
shipper's  certificate  and  the  placard  notation  prescribed  by  paragraphs 
706  and  707;  for  other  switching  movement  the  switching  ticket  pre- 
pared by  a  railway  employee  must  show  the  kind  of  placard  required. 

SECTION  9. 

SELECTION,    PREPARATION,    AND    PLACARDING   OF    CARS. 

More  Dangerous  Explosives. 

900.  For  the  transportation  of — 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  explosive  projectiles. 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  gas  projectiles, 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  incendiary  projectiles, 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  smoke  projectiles, 

Black  powder. 

Blasting  caps,  -j  In     quantity    exceeding     1,000    blasting 

Electric  blasting  caps,  J       caps  or  electric  blasting  caps, 

Detonating  fuzes, 

Explosive  bombs. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY  FREIGHT.  71 

Explosive  mines, 
Explosive  projectiles, 
Explosive  torpedoes, 
Gas  bombs. 
Gas  grenades, 
Gas  projectiles, 
Hand  grenades, 
High  explosives, 
Incendiarj  bombs, 
Incendiarj  gi-enades. 
Incendiary  projectiles, 
Low  explosives, 
Rifle  grenades. 
Smoke  bombs. 
Smoke  grenades, 
Smoke  projectiles, 
Wet  fulminate  of  mercm-y, 
only  closed  cars,  certified  and  placarded  "Explosives,"  may  be  used. 

Certified  Cars  Placarded  "Explosives." 

901.  Certified  cars  must  be  inspected  inside  and  outside  and  must 
conform  to  the  following  specifications : 

(a)  Closed  cars  not  less  than  60,000  pounds  capacity.  Cars  with 
steel  underframe  and  friction  draft  gear  should  be  used  when  available. 
On  narrow-gauge  and  other  railroads,  all  of  whose  freight  cars  are  of 
less  than  60,000  pounds  capacity,  explosives  may  be  transported  in 
cars  of  less  than  that  capacity,  provided  the  available  cars  of  greatest 
capacity  and  strength  are  used  for  this  purpose. 

(b)  Must  be  equipped  with  air  brakes  and  hand  brakes  in  condition 
for  service. 

(c)  Must  have  no  loose  boards  or  cracks  in  the  roof,  sides,  or  ends, 
through  which  sparks  may  enter,  or  unprotected  decayed  spots  liable 
to  hold  sparks  and  start  a  fire. 

(d)  The  doors  must  shut  so  closely  that  no  sparks  can  get  in  at 
the  joints,  and,  when  necessary,  they  must  be  stripped.  The  strip- 
ping for  doors  should  be  on  the  inside  and  be  fastened  to  the  door 
frame  where  it  will  form  a  shoulder  against  which  the  closed  door 
is  pressed  by  means  of  wedges  or  cleats  in  door  shoes  or  keepers. 
The  openings  under  the  doors  should  be  similarly  closed.  The  hasp 
fastenings  must  be  examined  with  doors  closed  and  fastened,  and 
the  doors  must  be  cleated  when  necessary  to  prevent  door  shifting. 
When  the  car  is  opened  for  any  cause,  wedges  or  cleats  must  be 
replaced  before  car  containing  explosives  is  permitted  to  proceed. 

(e)  The  journal  boxes  and  trucks  must  be  carefully  examined  and 
put  in  such  condition  as  to  reduce  to  a  minimum  the  danger  of  hot 


72  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

boxes  or  other  failure  necessitating  the  setting  out  of  the  car  before 
reaching  destination.  The  Hds  or  covers  of  journal  boxes  must  be 
in  place. 

(/)  The  car  must  be  carefully  swept  out  before  it  is  loaded.  For 
less-than-carload  shipments  the  space  in  which  the  packages  are  to 
be  loaded  must  be  carefully  swept. 

Holes  in  the  floor  or  lining  must  be  repaired  and  special  care  taken 
to  have  no  projecting  nails  or  bolts  or  exposed  pieces  of  metal  which 
may  work  loose  or  produce  holes  in  packages  of  explosives  during 
transit.  Protruding  nails  in  the  floor  or  lining  which  have  worked 
loose  must  be  drawn,  and  if  necessary  for  the  purpose  of  fastening 
the  floor  or  lining,  new  nails  must  be  driven  through  other  parts 
thereof. 

[g)  Wlien  packages  of  explosives  are  to  be  loaded  over  exposed 
draft  bolts  or  kingbolts,  these  bolts  must  have  short  pieces  of  solid, 
sound  wood  with  beveled  ends  (2-inch  plank)  spiked  to  the  floor 
over  them  (or  empty  packages  of  the  same  character  may  be  used 
for  this  purpose)  to  prevent  possibility  of  their  wearing  into  the 
packages  of  explosives. 

(Ji)  The  roof  of  the  car  must  be  carefully  inspected  from  the 
outside  for  decayed  spots  or  broken  boards,  especially  under  or 
near  the  running  board,  and  such  spots  must  be  covered  or  repaired 
to  prevent  their  holding  fire  from  sparks.  A  car  with  a  roof  generally 
decayed,  even  if  tight,  must  not  be  used. 

(i)  The  carrier  must  have  the  car  examined  by  a  competent 
employee  to  see  that  it  is  properly  prepared,  and  must  have  a  "car 
certificate"  signed  in  triplicate  upon  the  prescribed  form  (see  par. 
908)  before  permitting  the  car  to  be  loaded. 

ij)  Cars  not  in  proper  condition,  as  above  specified,  must  not  be 
furnished  to  the  shipper  or  used  for  the  transportation  of  explosives. 

Less  Dangerous  Explosives  in  Car  Placarded  ''Inflammable." 

902.  Shipments  df — 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  empty  projectiles, 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  sand-loaded  projectiles 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  solid  projectiles, 

Ammunition  for  cannon  without  projectiles, 

Fireworks  (common  or  special), 

Smokeless  powder  for  cannon,  or 

Smokeless  powder  for  small  arms, 
may  be  loaded  in  any  closed  car  which  is  in  good  condition,  into  which 
sparks  can  not  enter,  and  whose  roof  is  not  in  danger  of  taking  fire 
through  unprotected  decayed  wood.  These  cars  do  no  require 
the  car  certificate,  but  must  have  attached  to  both  side  doors  and 
both   ends   the   "Inflammable"    placard   prescribed   by   paragraph 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY  FREIGHT.  73 

911,   and  the  doors  if  not  tight  must  be  stripped  to  prevent  the 
entrance  of  sparks. 

Relatively  Safe  Explosives  in  Car  Without  Placards. 

903.  Shipments  of — 

Blasting  caps,  1x  ^-^         ^  i-       ,  ^„^ 

Electric  blasting  caps,  r  ^^^^'^^>^  ^"^  exceedmg  1,000  caps. 

Blasting  caps  with  safety  fuse, 

Cannon  primers, 

Combination  fuzes, 

Combination  primers, 

Cordeau  detonant, 

Delay  electric  igniters, 

Electric  squibs, 

Empty  bombs, 

Empty  cartridge  bags — black-powder  igniters, 

Empty  cartridge  shells,  primed, 

Empty  mines, 

Empty  projectiles, 

Empty  torpedoes, 

Fuse  igniters, 

Fuse  lighters. 

Instantaneous  fuse. 

Percussion  caps, 

Percussion  fuzes, 

Small-arms  ammunition, 

Small-arms  primers. 

Sand-loaded  projectiles. 

Solid  projectiles. 

Safety  fuse, 

Safety  squibs, 

Time  fuzes. 

Tracer  fuzes, 
may  be  loaded  in  any  box  car  which  is  in  good  condition,  without  car 
certificates  or  placards. 

904.  When  specially  authorized  by  the  carrier,  explosives  in  quan- 
tity not  exceeding  150  pounds  may  be  carried  in  construction  or 
repair  cars  when  the  packages  of  explosives  are  placed  in  a  "maga- 
zine" box  made  of  sound  lumber  not  less  than  1  inch  thick,  covered 
on  the  exterior  with  metal,  and  provided  with  strong  handles.  This 
box  must  be  plainly  stenciled  on  the  top,  sides,  and  ends,  in  letters 
not  less  than  2  inches  high,  "  EXPLOSIVES— DANGEROUS- 
HANDLE  CAREFULLY."  The  box  must  be  provided  with  strong 
hinges  and  with  a  lock  for  keeping  it  securely  closed.     Vacant  space 

66620°— 22 6 


74  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

in  the  box  must  be  filled  with  a  cushioning  material  such  as  sawdust 
or  excelsior,  and  the  box  must  be  properly  stayed  in  the  car  to 
prevent  movement.  The  car,  when  not  occupied  by  a  responsible 
employee,  must  be  placarded  "EXPLOSIVES." 

Certified  Cars. 

905.  Uniform  practice  is  important  and  the  prescribed  forms  of 
car  certificates  and  placards  must  be  used.  A  car  must  not  be 
loaded  with  any  of  the  dangerous  explosives  named  in  paragraph 
900  until  it  shall  have  been  thoroughly  inspected  by  a  competent 
employee  of  the  carrier  who  shall  certify  as  to  its  proper  condition 
under  these  regulations  and  shall  sign  certificate  No.  1  prescribed 
in  paragraph  908. 

900.  After  a  certified  car  as  prescribed  herein  has  been  furnished 
by  the  carrier,  the  shipper  or  his  authorized  employee  must  before 
commencing  the  loading  of  any  such  car  inspect  the  interior  thereof 
and  after  loading  certify  to  the  proper  condition  as  specified  in 
paragraph  901,  and  sign  certificate  No.  2  of  the  car  certificate  pre- 
scribed by  paragraph  908. 

907.  (a)  For  all  shipments  not  loaded  by  the  carrier  a  competent 
employee  of  the  carrier  must  inspect  the  finished  load  and  certify 
to  its  compliance  with  these  regulations  before  the  car  shall  be 
accepted  for  transportati3n;  and  certificate  No.  2,  as  prescribed  by 
paragraph  908,  shall  be  signed  before  the  car  is  permitted  to  go 
forward.  When  a  car  is  not  loaded  by  the  shipper,  certificate  No.  2 
must  be  signed  only  by  the  representative  of  the  carrier. 

(6)  The  certificates  as  prescribed  herein  must  not  be  signed  by  the 
carrier's  or  shipper's  representative  unless  the  condition  of  any  car 
covered  thereby  meets  the  requirements  of  these  regulations. 

908.  (a)  Car  certificate. — The  following  certificate,  printed  on 
strong  tag  board  measuring  7  by  7  inches,  must  be  duly  executed 
m  triplicate  by  the  carrier,  and  by  the  shipper  if  he  loads  the 
shipment.  The  original  must  be  filed  by  the  carrier  at  the  for- 
warding station  on  a  separate  file;  and  the  other  two  must  be  attached 
to  the  outside  of  the  car  doors,  one  on  each  side,  the  lower  edge  of 
the  certificate  not  less  than  4J^  feet  above  the  floor  level. 

(b)  At  stations  where  explosives  are  loaded  into  a  properly  certi- 
fied and  placarded  car  received  with  other  shipments  of  explosives, 
or  carload  shipments  are  reconsigned,  a  record  must  be  kept  of  the 
car,  originating  point,  carrier's  name,  and  date  of  car  certificate. 

Car  Certificate. 

No.  1.  Station, ,  lU— . 

I  hereby  certify  that  I  have  this  day  personally  examined car  No. 


and  that  the  rcxjf,  hides  and  ends  have  no  loose  boards,  holes,  or  cracks,  or  unprotected 
decayed  spots  liable  to  hold  sparks  and  start  a  fire;  that  the  kingbolts  and  draft  bolts 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  75 

are  properly  protected  and  that  therfe  are  no  uncovered  pieces  of  metal  or  nails  pro- 
jecting from  the  floor  or  sides  of  the  car  which  might  injure  packages  of  explosives; 
also  that  the  floor  is  in  good  condition  and  has  this  day  been  cleanly  swept  before  the 
car  was  loaded;  that  I  have  examined  all  the  axle  boxes  and  that  they  are  properly 
covered,  packed,  and  oiled,  and  that  the  air  brakes  and  hand  brakes  are  in  condition 
for  service. 


Railway  employee  inspecting  car. 

No.  2.  Station, ,  19—. 

I  hereby  certify  that  I  have  this  day  personally  examined  the  above  car;  that  the 
floor  is  in  good  condition  and  has  been  cleanly  swept  and  that  the  roof,  sides,  and  ends 
have  no  loose  boards,  holes,  cracks,  or  unprotected  decayed  spots  liable  to  hold  sparks 
and  start  a  fire;  that  the  kingbolts  and  draft  bolts  are  protected,  and  that  there  are  no 
uncovered  pieces  of  metal  or  nails  projecting  from  the  floor  or  sides  of  the  car  which 
might  injure  packages  of  explosives;  that  the  explosives  in  this  car  have  been  loaded 
and  stayed  and  that  the  car  has  been  placarded,  according  to  the  Regulations  for  the 
Transportation  of  Explosives  prescribed  by  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission; 
that  the  doors  fit  or  have  been  stripped  so  that  sparks  can  not  get  in  at  the  joints  or 
bottom. 


Shipper. 


Railway  employee  inspecting  loading  and  staying. 

Note. — Both  certificates  must  be  signed;  certificate  No.  1  by  the  representative 
of  the  carrier.  For  all  shipments  loaded  by  the  shipper  he  or  his  authorized  agent 
must  sign  certificate  No.  2,  and  the  representative  of  the  carrier  must  certify  as  to 
loading  and  staying  and  general  condition.  When  the  car  is  not  loaded  by  shipper, 
certificate  No.  2  must  be  signed  only  by  the  representative  of  the  carrier.  A  shipper 
must  decline  to  use  a  car  not  in  proper  condition. 


76 


INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 


"EXPLOSIVES"  PLACARD. 

909.  Placard. — A  certified  car  for  the  dangerous  explosives  speci- 
fied in  paragraph  900  must  be  protected  by  attacliing  to  each  outside 
t'lid  and  side  door,  the  k^wer  edge  not  less  than  4 1^2  feet  above  the  car 
Hoof,  a  standard  phicard  12  by  14  inches,  on  which  appears  in  con- 
spicuous red  and  black  printing  on  strong  tag  board,  the  following 
notice: 


.14  Inohea. 

R 


.Company 


EXPLOSIVES 


(to  ae  pRiNTeo  in  red) 


HANDLE  CAREFULLY 

KEEP  FIRE  AWAY 


(TO  BE  PRINTEO  IN  RED) 


.STATION. 


.10 — 


CONDENSED  RULES  FOR  HANDUNG  THIS  CAR 


t.  Ttui  car  miut  nol  be  placed  io  a  pawenger 
train,  DOT  in  a  mixed  train  if  avoidable. 

■  2.  Cars  containing  explosive*  mutt  be  near 
center  of  train  and  may  be  together  if  desired;  must 
be  at  least  15  cars  from  engine  and  10  cars  from 
caboose  when  length  of  train  will  permit. 

3.  This  car  must  not  be  placed  next  to  cars 
bearing  the  inflammable  or  the  acid  placard  or 
cars  containing  lighted  heaters.  Whenever  it  is 
possible  to  avoid  so  doing  it  must  not  be  placed  next 
to  tank  cars  or  flat  cars  or  next  to  carloads  of  lumber, 
poles,  iron,  pipe,  or  other  articles  liable  to  break 
through  end  of  car  from  rough  handling. 


4.  The  air  and  hand  bnlco  on  Ait  tat  niurt  be 
in  lerrice. 

5.  In  shifting  have  a  car  between  diit  car  and 
engine  whenever  possible,  and  do  not  c-rt  thi«  ear  off 
while  in  motion. 

6.  Avoid  all  shocki  to  this  car  and  ctMple  car^ 
fully. 

7.  Avoid  placing  it  near  a  possible  source  of  firtt. 

8.  Engines  on  parallel  track  mutt  iMt  be  allowed 
to  stand  oppotite  or  near  this  car  when  it  can  be 
avoided. 

9.  Ilui  placard  mutt  be  removed  from  car  when 
the  explosives  are  unloaded. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT. 
"POISON  GAS"  PLACARD. 


77 


910.  A  placard  of  rectangular  shape  measuring  10  by  15  inches, 
printed  in  red  on  strong  tag  board,  must  be  applied  to  each  side  and 
end  of  a  car  containing  any  of  the  poisonous  gases  or  liquids,  Class  A, 
paragraph  307  (a),  or  ammunition  for  cannon  with  gas  projectiles,  or 
gas  filled  projectiles,  bombs,  grenades,  or  other  containers  requiring 
the  "Poison  Gas"  label,  the  placard  bearing  the  following  wording: 


15  inches- 


CAUTION 

This  Car  Contains 

POISON  GAS 

Beware  of  Fumes  from  Leaking 
Packages. 


Note. — "Poison  Gas"  placards  must  be  applied  in  addition  to  "Explosives" 
placards,  to  cars  which  contain  poisonous  gases  or  liquids  and  which  under  these 
regulations  require  "Explosives"  placards. 


78 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


"INFLAMMABLE"  PLACARD. 

911.  A  placard  of  diamond  shape,  printed  on  strong  tag  board  for 
tacking  to  wooden  cars  or  to  wooden  boards  of  suitable  size  attached 
for  this  purpose  to  metal  closed  cars  or  tank  cars,  measuring  10% 
inches  on  each  side,  and  bearing  in  red  and  black  letters  the  following 
inscription,  must  be  securely  attached  to  each  outside  end  and  to 
each  side  door  of  a  closed  car  containing  any  quantity  of  smokeless 
powder,  or  ammunition  for  cannon  with  empty  projectiles,  or  ammu- 
nition for  cannon  with  sand-loaded  projectiles,  or  ammunition  for 
cannon  with  solid  projectiles,  or  ammunition  for  cannon  without 
projectiles,  or  fireworks,  or  one  or  more  packages  protected  by  the 
red  or  the  yellow  diamond  label,  and  to  each  of  the  four  wooden 
placard  boards*  located  one  on  each  side  and  end  of  a  tank  car 
containing  an  inflammable  liquid  or  compresed  inflammable  gas: 

Note. — Cars  containing  compressed  noninflammable  gases  (green  label)  do  not 
require  placards. 


KEEP  LIGHfS  AND  FiRES  AWAY 
HANDLE  CAREFULLY 


\ 


-STATION- 


I— 'Thia  car  must  not  be  next  to  a  car  containing  Explosive*. 
2 — Do  not  enter  with  exposed  flame,  nor  with  lighted  Ion* 

tern,  until  cor  lia8  been  ventilated  and  . 

***^  vapors  allowed  to  escape.  j/^ 

\  3— When    lading   requirin)*   this    placard    is 

\  unloaded  Irom  cnrM.  THE 

PLACARDS  MCST  BE  REMOVED. 


\ 


INFLAMMABLE  PLACARD. 
(reduced  size.) 


•  Until  such  time  a.s  taok  cars  now  in  service  are  equipped  with  placard  boards,  paper  placards  may  be 
securely  pasted  on  each  side  and  each  end  of  the  tank. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES  BY  FREIGHT.  79 

"ACID"  PLACARD. 

912.  A  placard  of  diamond  shape,  printed  on  strong  white  paper 
for  pasting  on  tank  cars,  and  on  strong  tag  board  for  tacking  on 
wooden  boards  of  suitable  size  attached  for  this  purpose  to  metal  box 
cars  or  tank  cars,  measuring  8}4  inches  on  each  side,  bearing  in  black 
letters  the  following  inscription — 


/ 


/ 
/ 


^       R.R.CO.    '4, 


/ 


ACID 

HANDLE  CAREFULLY 


Wbm 

Paokages   protected 

by   White 

DUmoiul  Libcla  ara  unlowlail, 

REMOVE    THIS 

PLftCARO. 

-Statiin. 

'\ 

-192        / 

/ 

/ 

'V 

/ 

ACID 

PLACARD, 

(reduced 

size) 

must  be  securely  attached  to  each  outside  end  and  to  each  side  door 
of  a  closed  car  containing  one  or  more  packages  protected  by  the 
white  diamond  label,  and  to  each  side  and  end  of  a  tank  car  con- 
taining an  acid  or  corrosive  liquid  as  dejfined  herein. 

913.  ^^Inflammable"  and  ''Acid"  placards  must  be  applied  to 
cars  with  opposite  points  of  the  diamond  in  vertical  and  horizontal 
positions,  respectively,  and  on  closed  cars  placards  should  be  at  a 
height  not  over  A.}/^  feet  above  the  car  floor. 

914.  When  dangerous  articles  requiring  the  white  "Acid"  label 
are  properly  loaded  in  a  car  requiring  the  ''Inflammable"  placard, 
it  will  not  be  necessary  to  attach  acid  placards  to  the  car. 


80  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

915.  Placards  must  conform  to  standards,  and  samples  will  be  fur- 
nished by  the  chief  inspector  of  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  on  request. 

916.  Carriers  must  keep  on  hand  an  adequate  supply  of  all 
placards.  "Explosives,"  "Inflammable,"  and  "Acid"  placards 
will  be  furnished  by  carriers  to  shippers  for  attachment  to  cars  loaded 
bv  them. 

SECTION  10. 

HANDLING. 

1000.  (a)  In  handling  packages  of  explosives  at  stations  and  in 
transferring  them  to  and  from  cars  the  greatest  care  must  be  taken, 
and  shocks  or  falls  liable  to  injure  the  containing  package  must  be 
avoided.  Where  an  inclined  chute  is  employed,  such  chute  shall  be 
constructed  of  1-inch  planed  boards,  with  side  guards  4  inches  high 
extending  3  inches  above  top  face  of  bottom  of  chute  and  throughout 
its  length,  fastened  with  brass  screws.  D-shaped  wooden  strips  or 
runners,  not  more  than  6  inches  apart  and  running  lengthwise  of 
chute,  must  be  fastened  to  the  upper  surface  of  the  bottom  board  by 
means  of  glue  and  wooden  pegs  extending  through  the  bottom  board 
and  runners.  Chutes  must  be  occasionally  wiped  down  with  waste 
moistened  with  machine  oil  when  dynamite  packages  are  being 
handled. 

A  stuffed  mattress,  4  feet  wide  by  6  feet  long  and  not  less  than 
4  inches  thick,  or  a  heavy  jute  or  hemp  mat  of  like  dimensions,  must 
be  placed  under  the  discharging  end  of  the  chute. 

(h)  In  handling  packages  containing  dangerous  articles  other  than 
explosives  at  stations,  and  to  and  from  cars,  care  must  be  taken 
to  prevent  their  falling  or  being  broken.  Heavy  packages  should 
be  trucked,  rolled,  or  moved  by  use  of  skids  or  other  satisfactory 
devices  and  must  not  be  dropped  from  trucks,  platforms,  or  cars. 
Planks  for  rolling  trucks  from  platforms  to  cars  should  have  beveled 
ends. 

1001.  Careful  men  must  be  chosen  to  handle  explosives,  the 
platform  and  the  feet  of  the  men  must  be  as  free  as  possible  from  grit^ 
and  all  possible  precautions  must  be  taken  against  fire. 

1002.  Unauthorized  persons  must  not  have  access  to  dangerous 
articles  at  an}-  time  while  such  articles  are  in  the  custody  of  the 
carrier. 

Disposition  of  Injured,  Leaking,  and  Astray  Packages. 

1003.  Packages  of  explosives  found  injured  or  broken  in  transit 
may  be  recoopered  when  lliis  is  evidently  practicable  and  not  dan- 
gerous. A  broken  box  of  high  explosives  that  can  not  be  recoopered 
should  be  reinforced  by  stout  wrapping  paper  and  twine,  placed  in 
another  strong  box,  and  surrounded  by  dry,  fine  sawdust  or  dry  and 
clean  cotton  waste  or  elastic  wads  made  from  dry  newspapers.    A  rup- 


DANGEROU-S   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  81 

tured  can  or  keg  should  be  inclosed  in  a  grain  bag  of  good  quality 
and  boxed.  Injured  packages  thus  protected  and  properly  marked 
may  be  forwarded. 

1004.  Packages  of  explosives  showing  evidence  of  leakage  of  liquid 
ingredients  must  (1)  be  returned  immediately  to  shipper,  if  at  point 
of  shipment;  or  (2)  disposed  of  to  a  person  who  is  competent  and 
willing  to  remove  them  from  railway  property,  if  leakage  is  discovered 
while  in  transit;  or  (3)  removed  immediately  by  consignee,  if  ship- 
ment is  at  destination. 

When  disposition  can  not  be  made  as  above,  the  leaking  boxes 
must  be  packed  in  other  boxes  large  enough  to  permit  inclosure,  and 
the  leaking  box  must  be  surrounded  by  at  least  2  inches  of  dry,  fine 
sawdust  or  dry  and  clean  cotton  waste,  and  be  stored  in  station 
magazine  or  other  safe  place  until  arrival  of  an  inspector  of  the 
Bureau  of  Explosives  or  other  authorized  person  to  superintend  the 
destruction  or  disposition  of  the  condemned  material. 

1005.  (a)  An  astray  shipment  of  explosives  must  be  forwarded 
immediately  to  its  destination  if  known,  or  returned  to  the  shipper  by 
the  most  practicable  route,  provided  a  careful  inspection  shows  the 
packages  to  be  in  proper  condition  for  safe  transportation. 

When  a  package  in  an  astray  shipment  is  not  in  proper  condition 
for  safe  transportation  (see  par.  1003),  or  when  name  and  address  of 
consignee  or  shipper  are  unknown,  disposition  must  be  made  as 
prescribed  by  paragraph  1004. 

(b)  An  astray  package  of  dangerous  articles  other  than  explosives, 
of  known  destination  and  in  proper  condition  for  safe  transportation, 
must  be  forwarded  immediately  on  an  ''Astray  bill,"  showing  the 
proper  label  notation  and  indorsement  "INFLAINIMABLE,"  "POI- 
SON GAS,"  or  "ACID,"  as  prescribed  by  paragraphs  802  and  804. 
\^Tien  necessary  to  replace  a  label,  and  doubt  exists  as  to  the  kind, 
the  red  label  should  be  used. 

1006.  Packages  known  to  contain  dangerous  articles  (see  list,  pars. 
309  and  704),  and  not  properly  packed,  described,  marked,  labeled, 
and  certified,  must  not  be  accepted  by  the  originating  carrier  until 
these  regulations  are  complied  with.  A  careful  inspection  of  the 
shipping  order  and  of  such  packages,  with,  special  attention  to  the 
discovery  and  rejection  of  leaking  or  insecure  packages,  must  be 
made  to  verify  this  compliance. 

1007.®  Unless  they  are  leaking,  or  in  a  manifestly  insecure  condi- 
tion, packages  of  dangerous  articles  other  than  explosives  in  transit 
must  be  forwarded  to  destination  and  report  made  of  any  violation 
observed.     Leaking  packages  must  not  be  forwarded. 

9  Cars  containing  packages  of  inflamraahle  liquids  in  carload  lots  should  not  be  oflered  in  inferchange 
if  packages  are  in  lealvins  condition.  If  small  leaks  have  developed  in  movement  to  interchange  and  where 
short  movements  are  neeessary  to  make  delivery  for  unloading  by  consignee  and  this  movement  may  be 
safely  made,  the  precautions  prescribed  by  pars.  1044  to  1049  herein  must  be  observed. 


82  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE  COMMISSION". 

Loading  in  Car. 

1008.  (a)  Packages  of  explosives  receive  their  greatest  stresses  in 
a  direction  parallel  to  the  length  of  the  car  and  must  be  loaded  so 
as  to  offer  their  greatest  resistance  in  this  direction.  Boxes  of  dan- 
gerous explosives  named  in  paragraph  900  when  loaded  in  the  car 
must  rest  on  their  bottoms,  and  except  when  provided  with  end 
cleats  or  handles,  should  be  loaded  with  their  long  dimension  parallel 
to  the  length  of  the  car. 

(6)  Dangerous  explosives  for  which  a  certified  and  placarded  car 
is  prescribed  (see  par.  900)  must  not  be  loaded  higher  than  the 
permanent  car  lining  unless  additional  lining  is  provided  as  high 
as  the  lading. 

(c)  ^Vhen  the  lading  of  a  car  consists  of  or  includes  explosives, 
the  weight  of  the  lading  should  be  distributed  so  that  it  will  be 
equalized  on  each  side  of  the  car  and  over  the  trucks. 

1009.  Explosives  packed  in  kegs,  except  when  boxed,  must  be 
loaded  on  thoir  sides  with  ends  toward  ends  of  the  car;  and  packages 
of  explosives  must  not  be  placed  in  the  space  opposite  the  doors 
unless  the  doorways  are  boarded  on  the  inside  as  high  as  the  lading. 

Large  casks,  barrels,  or  drums,  may  be  loaded  on  their  sides  or 
ends,  as  wUl  best  suit  the  conditions. 

1010.  Packages  containing  any  of  the  explosives  for  the  transpor- 
tation of  which  a  certified  and  placarded  car  is  prescribed  (see  par. 
900) ,  and  blasting  caps  or  electric  blasting  caps  in  any  quantity,  must 
be  stayed  (blocked  and  braced)  by  the  one  who  loads  the  car,  by 
methods  not  less  efficient  than  those  described  in  Bureau  of  Explo- 
sives Pamphlet  No.  6,  to  prevent  change  of  position  by  the  ordinary 
shocks  incident  to  transportation.  Special  care  must  be  used  to 
prevent  them  from  falling  to  the  floor  or  from  having  anything  fall 
on  them  or  slide  against  them  during  transit. 

1011.  To  prevent  delays  to  local  freight  trains,  when  there  are 
shipments  of  explosives  for  different  destinations  loaded  in  a  "peddle 
car"  or  "way  car,"  the  shipments  for  each  destination  must  be 
stayed  separately. 

1012.  (a)  Forwarding  and  transfer  stations  for  explosives  must  be 
provided  with  the  necessary  materials  for  staying. 

(6)  Shippers  must  furnish  the  material  for  staying  packages 
of  dang«3rous  articles  loaded  by  them. 

1013.  Explosives  named  in  paragraph  900  that  require  a  certified 
car,  placarded  "  Plxplosivos,"  must  not  be  transported  in  the  same 
car  with,  nor  stored  on  railway  property  near,  any  of  the  dangerous 
articles  other  than  explosives  for  which  red,  yellow,  green,  or  white 
(acid)  labels  are  prescribed  heroin,  nor  with  charged  electric  storage 
batteries. 


I 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  83 

Explosives  must  not  be  loaded  together  nor  with  other  dangerous 
articles,  except  as  provided  in  the  Loading  Chart  (see  section  11). 

1014.  In  a  car  containing  explosives  all  other  freight  must  be 
so  loaded,  and  if  necessary  so  braced  and  stayed,  as  to  prevent  injury 
to  packages  of  explosives  during  transit.  When  practicable,  explo- 
sives should  be  loaded  so  as  to  avoid  transfer  at  stations. 

1015.  If  shipments  of  explosives  are  accepted  at  nonagency  sta- 
tions, provision  must  be  made  for  the  proper  certification  and  pla- 
carding of  cars,  examination  of  shipments,  and  loading  and  staying 
of  packages  in  cars. 

Shipments  of  explosives  must  not  be  unloaded  at  nonagency  sta- 
tions unless  the  consignee  is  there  to  receive  them  or  unless  proper 
storage  facilities  are  provided  at  that  point  for  their  protection. 

If  delivery  can  not  be  so  made,  shipment  must  be  taken  to  next  or 
nearest  agency  station  for  delivery. 

1016.  Packages  protected  by  labels  must  be  so  loaded  that  they 
can  not  fall  to  the  car  floor  and  in  such  manner  that  other  freight 
can  not  fall  onto  or  slide  against  them.  Packages  protected  by 
yellow  labels  must  not  be  loaded  in  the  same  end  of  a  car  with  pack- 
ages protected  by  "Acid"  labels,  nor  must  "Acid "-labeled  packages 
be  stored  with  or  near  yellow-labeled  packages. 

Metal  barrels  or  drums  containing  inflammable  liquids  may  be 
loaded  in  steel  gondola  or  flat  cars  or  in  stock  cars,  but  must  not  be 
loaded  in  hopper  bottom  cars. 

1017.  (a)  Carload  lots  of  "strike  anywhere"  (friction)  matches 
must  be  loaded  as  compactly  as  possible  to  avoid  motion,  especially 
lengthwise  of  the  car.  Car  doorways  should  be  boarded  on  the  inside 
to  keep  packages  from  contact  with  the  doors,  and  the  inside  lining 
of  the  car  should  be  supplemented  when  necessary  by  strips  nailed 
to  the  car  and  close  enough  together  to  keep  the  boxes  from  being 
jammed  against  the  studding  and  broken  by  high  pressures  on  small 
areas.  The  strongest  dimension  of  the  box  should  be  loaded 
lengthwise  of  the  car. 

(b)  When  packages  are  loaded  over  or  near  exposed  draft  bolts  or 
kingbolts  the  bolts  should  be  covered  by  boards  not  less  than  1  inch 
thick,  or  by  empty  wooden  boxes  of  proper  size,  and  the  ends  of  these 
boards  should  be  beveled  to  prevent  the  end  of  a  box  resting  against 
the  end  of  the  board  and  being  crushed  by  it.  Partial  layers  of  boxes 
should  be  interlocked  with  the  lower  layers  as  described  in  Bureau  of 
Explosives  Pamphlet  No.  6,  for  loading  packages  of  explosives.  The 
cars  used  should  be  made  secure  against  the  entrance  of  sparks  or 
rain  and  should  be  the  strongest  cars  available.  Under  no  condition 
should  any  car  be  loaded  with  more  than  48,000  pounds  gross  weight 
of  "strike  anywhere"  matches. 


g4  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

(c)  Less-than-carload  lots  of  matches  should  be  carefully  loaded  so 
that  they  can  not  fall  to  the  car  floor  and  so  that  other  packages  of 
freii^ht  can  not  fall  on  or  injure  them.  Whenever  practicable  the 
packages  of  matches  should  be  placed  to  facilitate  ready  removal 
from  the  car  in  case  of  fire.  A  smoking  box  of  matches  should  not 
be  l)roken  open;  the  fire  will  cease  of  itself  if  air  can  be  kept  from  it. 

(d)  Carload  or  less-than-carload  lots  of  "strike  anywhere"  matches 
which  have  been  damaged  by  fire,  or  by  water  in  extinguishing  a  fire, 
in  transit  or  on  carrier's  property,  must  be  reloaded  in  properly  pre- 
pared cars,  and  braced  or  blocked  as  required  by  paragraphs  1017  (a), 
(h),  and  (f),  before  being  reforwarded  to  destination,  to  freight  claim 
department  or  claim  adjusters,  or  to  original  shipper  or  other  parties 
for  salvage.  Great  care  should  be  taken  to  carefully  examine  and 
repair  damaged  outside  packages  before  reloading.  All  loose  matches 
should  first  be  destroyed.  Individual  interior  boxes  and  paper 
wrapped  cartons  or  packages,  as  described  in  paragraphs  472  and  473, 
should  then  be  carefully  placed  in  tight  outside  packages  complying, 
as  nearly  as  circumstances  will  permit,  with  shipping  container  specifi- 
cation No.  6;  but  under  no  condition  must  the  outside  package  be  of 
less  strength  than  required  by  specification  No.  6,  nor  of  greater 
capacity  than  authorized  by  paragraph  4  of  specification  No.  6. 
Charred  cases  must  not  be  used.  Boards  used  in  repairing  wooden 
cases  must  be  so  nailed  that  they  will  not  allow  any  interior  boxes, 
cartons,  or  packages  to  fall  out.  In  the  event  that  the  individual 
boxes  or  paper  wrapped  packages  do  not  fit  snugly  in  the  outside 
package,  the  vacant  spaces  should  be  filled  tightly  with  dry  and  clean 
cotton  waste,  or  elastic  wads  from  dry  newspapers  or  dry  waste  paper. 

1018.  (a)  Carboys  of  acids  or  other  corrosive  liquids  (except  glacial 
acetic  acid)  should  not  be  loaded  in  refrigerator  cars.  They  must  be 
so  blocked  and  braced  that  they  can  not  change  position  during  transit 
when  being  handled  with  reasonable  care.  Carboys  of  nitric  acid 
must  not  be  loaded  in  box  cars  more  than  2  tiers  high.  Whenever 
practicable  flat  or  stock  cars  should  be  used  for  loading  carboys  of 
acids. 

(6)  When  less-than-carload  shipments  are  loaded  with  other  freight 
the  carboys  must  be  j)Iaced  near  the  doorways  and  must  have  wooden 
strips  not  less  than  1  inch  thick  nailed  to  the  car  floor  about  6  inches 
from  the  carlroy  boxes.  These  strips  must  be  arranged  so  that  the 
liquid  from  a  broken  carboy  will  drain  toward  the  doorway  and  out- 
side the  car.  The  space  between  the  strips  and  the  floor  braces  or 
blocking  usfd  for  staying  the  carboy  boxes  must  be  covered  with  at 
least  1  inch  thickness  of  clean  and  dry  sand  or  earth  (not  sawdust  or 
other  combustible  matorial). 

(c)  Nitric  acid  when  loaded  in  the  same  car  with  other  acids  in  car- 
boys must  be  separated  from  the  other  carboys.     A  2  by  6  inch  plank, 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  85 

set  on  edge,  should  be  nailed  across  the  car  floor  at  least  12  inches 
from  the  nitric  acid  carboys,  and  the  space  between  the  plank  and  the 
carboys  of  nitric  acid  should  be  filled  with  sand,  sifted  ashes,  or  other 
incombustible  absorbent  material. 

1019.  Cylinders  containing  compressed  gases  must  be  loaded  on 
their  sides,  except  when  packed  in  boxes  or  crates  or  when  placed  in 
suitable  permanent  racks  in  cars,  or  braced  as  prescribed  by  para- 
graph 559  (6). 

1020.  (a)  Carload  lots  of  alfalfa  feed,  so-called  wet  mixed  feed,  crude 
camphor,  cotton,  cotton  batting,  cotton  wadding,  cotton  waste,  ex- 
celsior, fiber,  hay,  hemp,  jute,  oakum,  oil-well  cables,  rags,  sawdust, 
sulphur,  tow  or  straw,  or  other  articles  liable  to  be  ignited  by  sparks, 
as  well  as  unslacked  lime  and  calcium  carbide,  both  of  which  must  be 
protected  from  water,  should,  when  practicable,  be  loaded  in  tight  cars 
with  doors  stripped,  and  this  stripping  of  doors  necessary  to  make  cars 
sparkproof  must  be  applied  by  the  person  loading  the  car. 

(b)  Lime,  coke,  chipped  bone,  ashes,  or  similar  substances  must  not 
be  loaded  in  cars  until  thoroughly  cooled. 

(c)  Charged  electric  storage  batteries  must  be  well  insulated  to 
prevent  short  circuits  and  must  not  be  loaded  or  stored  with  explosives. 

1021.  (a)  Empty  cylinders,  barrels,  kegs,  or  drums,  previously  used 
for  the  shipment  of  an  inflammable,  poisonous,  or  corrosive  gas  or 
liquid,  must  have  their  filling  and  vent  holes  properly  closed.  They 
may  be  loaded  in  open  or  stock  cars  when  desired.  Cars  should  not 
be  placarded,  but  lighted  lanterns  or  other  open-flame  lights  should 
be  kept  away. 

(6)  Carboys  previously  used  for  the  shipment  of  corrosive  liquids 
when  presented  to  carriers  for  transportation  in  carload  or  less-than- 
carload  shipments  as  "Empty"  carboys,  must  have  been  thoroughly 
drained.  (See  par.  301  (i).)  Whenever  practicable  they  should  not 
be  loaded  in  cars  containing  valuable  or  perishable  freight. 

(c)  Empty  bottles  previously  used  for  the  shipment  of  nitric  acid 
or  nitric-acid  mixtures  should  be  securely  stoppered. 

1022.  When  necessary  to  use  lights  while  handling  explosives  it 
is  recommended  that  where  practicable  incandescent  electric  lights 
be  provided. 

1023.  A  box  car  placarded  ''Inflammable"  or  known  to  contain 
inflammable  liquids  must  not  be  entered  with  a  lighted  lantern, 
torch,  or  other  fire,  until  both  car  doors  have  been  opened  and 
sufficient  time  allowed  for  ventilation  and  escape  of  any  vapors. 
The  presence  of  these  vapors  will  generally  be  indicated  by  character- 
istic odors.  When  leakage  is  continuous,  ventilation  will  not  remove 
the  danger.  The  leaking  package  should  be  located  and  removed, 
using  electric  lights  or  waiting  for  daylight. 


86  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Handling  Cars. 

1024.  The  phrase  "cars  containing  explosives, "  as  used  in  this  and 
subsequent  paragraphs,  excepting  paragraph  1070,  refers  to  the 
dangerous  explosives  specified  in  paragraph  900,  which  require  a  certi- 
fied car  placarded  "Explosives." 

1025.  (a)  Under  no  circumstances  must  a  car  known  to  require  cer- 
tificates and  the  "Explosives"  placards  betaken  from  a  station,  in- 
cluding transfer  stations  or  interchange  points,  a  siding,  or  yard,  unless 
it  is  properly  placarded  and  certified  as  per  paragraphs  908  and  909, 
or  unless  the  car  is  in  proper  condition. 

(b)  The  carrier  must  see  that  its  representative  in  charge  of  a 
freight  train,  station,  yard,  or  terminal,  from  which  cars  are  taken, 
makes  a  thorough  check  and  record  of  the  cars  bearing  "Inflammable," 
"Acid,"  "Poison  Gas,"  and  "  Explosives  "  placards  with  the  billing,  to 
see  that  all  placards  and  certificates  required  are  attached,  that  those 
not  required  are  removed,  and  that  placarded  cars  are  properly  placed 
in  trains  as  required  by  these  regulations. 

1026.  Every  possible  effort  must  be  made  to  expedite  the  move- 
ment of  cars  containing  explosives,  and  no  unnecessary  delay  must 
occur  at  initial,  interchange,  or  transfer  stations,  nor  in  yards.  It 
must  be  the  duty  of  some  designated  employee  to  see  that  in  case  of 
fire  or  accident  these  cars  are  moved  to  a  place  of  safety. 

1027.  The  carrier  must  make  proper  provision  for  notifying  the 
train  and  engine  crew  of  the  presence  and  location  in  the  train  of  cars 
containing  explosives. 

1028.  Cars  containing  explosives  must  be  frequently  inspected  to 
see  that  the  placards  and  car  certificates  are  intact.  Whenever  any 
of  these  become  detached  or  lost  in  transit,  the  employee  of  the 
carrier  in  charge  of  the  train  must  see  that  they  are  replaced  on 
arrival  at  the  next  division  terminal  yard  if  in  through  freight  train, 
or  at  first  station  stop  if  in  local  freight  train. 

1029.  On  lines  where  regular  trains  are  operated  for  freight  service 
only,  cars  containing  explosives  must  not  be  hauled  in  a  train  that 
carries  passengers.  Where  only  a  mixed  train  service  is  operated  or 
where  passengers  are  carried  in  the  caboose  car  of  a  freight  train,  a 
car  containing  a  freight  shipment  of  explosives  may  be  hauled,  but 
it  must  not  be  placed  next  to  a  car  carrying  passengers,  and  whenever 
it  is  practicable  to  do  so,  such  a  car  or  cars  must  be  placed  between 
freight  cars  not  bearing  "Acid"  or  "Inflammable"  placards.  Cars 
containing  explosives  must  have  air  and  hand  brakes  in  service. 

1030.  (a)  Cars  placarded  "Explosives"  must  be  placed  in  through 
freight  trains  near  the  middle  of  the  train,  and  at  least  15  car  lengths 
from  the  engine,  electric  locomotive,  or  motor  car,  and  at  least  10 
car  lengths  from  the  caboose,  if  the  length  of  the  train  will  permit. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES  BY   FREIGHT.  87 

(h)  To  avoid  the  danger  of  otherwise  unnecessary  switching  at  way- 
stations,  cars  placarded  "Explosives"  may  be  placed  in  local  freight 
trains,  not  closer  than  one  car  length  from  the  engine,  electric  loco- 
motive, or  motor  car,  or  caboose. 

(c)  In  either  through  or  local  freight  trains,  cars  placarded 
"Explosives"  must  be  placed  next  to  cars  which  do  not  bear  the 
"Inflammable"  or  "Acid"  placard,  if  such  unplacarded  cars  are 
in  the  train. 

(d)  Cars  placarded  "Explosives"  must  not  be  placed  in  through 
or  local  trains  next  to  tank  cars,  wooden-frame  flat  or  gondola  cars, 
nor  next  to  carloads  of  pipe,  lumber,  poles,  iron,  steel,  or  similar 
articles  liable  to  break  through  end  of  placarded  car  from  rough 
handling;  nor  next  to  cars  containing  lighted  heaters,  stoves,  or 
lanterns. 

{e)  Tank  cars  placarded  "Inflammable"  must  be  placed  in  trains, 
if  possible,  at  least  five  cars  from  the  engine  and  five  cars  from  the 
caboose,  but  must  not  be  placed  next  to  a  car  placarded  "Explosives." 
When  length  of  train  does  not  permit  this  they  must  be  placed  as 
near  the  middle  of  the  train  as  practicable,  and  in  all  cases  carriers 
must  see  that  the  train  and  engine  crews  are  informed  of  the  presence 
and  location  in  the  train  of  such  cars. 

(/)  When  it  is  possible,  tank  cars  placarded  "Inflammable"  must 
not  be  placed  next  to  gondola  or  flat  cars  loaded  with  lading  liable 
to  shift,  such  as  logs,  lumber,  rails,  pipe,  etc. 

1031.  (a)  When  handling  cars  containing  explosives  in  yards  or 
on  sidinge  they  must  be  coupled  to  the  engine,  electric  locomotive, 
or  motor  car,  protected  by  a  car  between. 

(b)  Cars  containing  explosives  must  not  be  handled  in  switching 
or  in  trains  with  doors  open. 

1032.  Cars  containing  explosives  must  not  be  cut  off  while  in  motion. 
They  must  be  coupled  carefully  and  all  unnecessary  shocks  must  be 
avoided.  Other  cars  must  not  be  cut  off  and  allowed  to  strike  a  car 
containing  explosives.  They  must  be  so  placed  in  yards  or  on 
sidings  that  they  will  be  subject  to  as  little  handling  as  possible 
and  be  removed  from  all  danger  of  fire.  They  must  not  be  placed 
on  tracks  under  bridges  and  should  not  be  placed  in  or  alongside 
passenger  sheds  or  stations;  and,  when  avoidable,  engines  on  parallel 
tracks  must  not  be  allowed  to  stand  opposite  or  near  them. 

1033.  When  cars  protected  by  "Explosives"  or  "Inflammable" 
placards  are  received  or  held  in  yards,  particularly  at  night,  the  earner 
must  see  that  all  necessary  precautions  are  taken  to  prevent  acci- 
dents. These  precautions  must  include  provision  for  quickly  remov- 
ing and  isolating  them  in  case  of  fire.  When  such  cars  are  held  in 
yards  for  a  period  longer  than  12  hours,  they  must  be  placed  where 
they  will  be  readily  accessible  for  prompt  removal  in  case  of  fire 


88  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

or  explosion.  A  separate  track  or  tracks,  when  available,  must  be 
desigrnated  at  terminal,  classification  or  receiving  yards  for  such 
cars,  and  cars  must  be  coupled  at  all  times  during  such  holding. 
The  carrier's  representative  in  charge  must  be  informed  at  all  times 
of  the  presence  and  location  of  such  cars. 

1034.  At  points  where  trains  stop  and  time  permits,  cars  containing 
explosives,  and  adjacent  cars,  must  be  examined  to  see  that  they  are 
in  good  condition  and  free  from  hot  boxes  or  other  defects  liable  to 
cause  damage.  If  care  containing  explosives  are  set  out  short  of 
destination  for  any  cause,  the  carrier  must  arrange  that  proper 
notice  be  given  to  prevent  accident. 

1035.  Whenever  a  car  containing  explosives  is  opened  for  any 
purpose .  and  in  every  instance  after  such  a  car  has  received  rough 
treatment,  inspection  must  be  made  of  the  packages  of  explosives  as 
soon  as  practicable  without  unnecessary  disturbance  of  lading,  to 
see  that  they  are  properly  loaded  and  stayed  and  in  good  condition. 
Upon  the  discovery  of  leaking  or  broken  packages  they  must  be 
carefully  removed  to  a  safe  place.  Loose  powder  or  other  explosives 
must  be  swept  up  and  carefully  removed.  If  the  floor  is  wet  with 
nitroglycerin  the  car  is  unsafe  to  use,  and  a  representative  of  the 
Bureau  of  Explosives  should  be  immediately  called  to  superintend 
the  thorough  mopping  and  washing  of  the  floor  with  a  warm,  satu- 
rated solution  of  concentrated  lye  or  sodium  carbonate.  If  necessary, 
the  car  must  be  placed  on  an  isolated  siding  and  proper  notice  given, 

1036.  (a)  The  carrier  must  verify  the  attachment  of  the  proper 
placard  by  the  shipper  as  soon  as  a  car  requiring  a  placard  is  accepted 
by  the  carrier  for  transportation. 

(h)  A  daily  record  showing  the  initials  and  numbers  of  all  loaded 
placarded  cars  must  be  kept  on  file  at  originating  stations,  transfer 
stations,  and  interchanging  points. 

1037.  Special  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  rough  treatment  and 
unnecessary  switching  of  placarded  cars. 

1038.  A  car  must  not  be  moved  from  a  station,  yard,  or  siding,  if 
known  to  require  placards,  until  the  proper  placards  are  attached. 
Placards  lost  in  transit  must  be  replaced  by  the  carrier. 

1039.  In  classification  yards  and  in  switching  it  must  be  deter- 
mined by  inspection  and  trial  that  a  car  placarded  "Inflammable," 
or  a  car  placarded  "Acid,"  has  its  brakes  in  first-class  order  before  a 
draft  containing  it  is  cut;  and  any  car  placarded  "Inflammable,"  or 
"Acid,"  must  not  be  started  down  a  ladder  track,  incline,  or  hump, 
until  all  preceding  cars  have  cleared  the  ladder.  They  also  must 
dear  the  ladder  before  another  car  is  allowed  to  follow. 

1040.  Cars  bearing  "Inflammable"  placards  and  cars  adjacent  to 
them  must  be  watched  with  extra  care  to  discover  hot  journals. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT.  89 

1041.  All  available  opportunities  must  be  utilized,  by  noting  the 
odor  of  inflammable  liquids  or  otherwise,  to  discover  leaks  in  cars 
bearing  "Inflammable"  placards. 

1042.  Cars  containing  leaking  packages,  or  leaking  tank  cars, 
must  be  protected  against  ignition  of  liquid  or  vapors  by  flame  of 
inspectors'  lanterns  or  torches,  by  burning  fusees,  by  switch  lights, 
by  switch-thawing  flames,  by  fires  on  side  of  track,  by  hot  coals  from 
locomotives,  or  otherwise.  All  unnecessar}^  movement  of  a  tank 
car  discovered  in  transit  in  leaking  condition  must  cease  until  the 
unsafe  condition  is  remedied.     (See  pars.  1044  to  1049.) 

1043.  Tank  cars  containing  inflammable  liquids  that  are  to  be 
offered  in  interchange  should  be  inspected  on  the  track  where  transfer 
is  assembled  for  delivery  to  receiving  line.  If  a  tank  car  is  found  in 
leaking  condition  it  must  not  be  offered  in  interchange.  Where 
actual  interchange  to  receiving  line  is  distant  from  point  of  delivery 
by  delivering  line,  and  repair  facilities  are  provided,  if  such  a  tank 
car  develops  a  leak  en  route  to  the  receiving  line  interchange  track, 
the  receiving  line  should  accept  the  car,  taking  every  possible  pre- 
caution to  prevent  ignition  of  contents  and  handling  the  car  as 
indicated  in  paragraphs  1044  to  1049. 

Lieaking  Tank  Cars. 

1044.  Action  in  any  particular  case  will  depend  upon  existing 
conditions,  and  good  judgment  will  be  necessary  to  avoid  disastrous 
fires  on  the  one  hand,  and  useless  sacrifice  of  valuable  property  on 
the  other. 

Volatile,  inflammable,  and  combustible  liquids,  such  as  gasoline, 
naphtha,  petroleum  oils,  etc.,  in  large  quantity  and  spread  over  a 
large  surface,  will  form  vapors  that  will  ignite  at  a  considerable  dis- 
tance, depending  on  the  kind  and  quality  of  liquid  and  the  direction 
and  force  of  the  wind.  Many  of  the  liquids,  regarded  as  safe  to  carry 
imder  ordinary  conditions  and  transported  in  tank  cars  without  the 
inflammable  placard,  should  still  be  treated  as  dangerous  in  han- 
dling a  wreck. 

1045.  When  oil  cars  are  leaking,  all  lights  or  fires  near  them  that 
can  possibly  be  dispensed  with  should  be  extinguished  or  removed. 
Incandescent  electric  lights  or  portable  electric  flash-lights  should  be 
used  when  available.  Whenever  practicable  the  work  of  handling  a 
wrecked  oil  car  should  be  done  during  daylight. 

1046.  Lanterns  necessarily  used  for  signaling  should  be  kept  on 
the  side  from  which  the  wind  is  blowing  and  at  as  high  an  elevation 
as  can  be  obtained.  The  vapors  will  go  with  the  wind  but  not 
against  it.  The  ash  pan  and  fire  box  of  a  locomotive  or  steam 
derrick,  especially  on  the  side  of  a  wrecked  or  leaking  tank  car  toward 

66620°— 22 7 


90  INTERSTATF.    COM.MERC'E    OOMMISSIOF. 

which  the  wind  is  blowing,  is  a  source  of  danger.  Wrecks  involving 
oil  cars  should  in  no  case  be  approached  with  lighted  pipes,  cigars, 
or  cigarettes,  and  all  spectators  should  be  kept  away  from  the  vicinity. 

1047.  Effort  should  be  made  to  prevent  the  spread  of  oil  over  a 
large  surface  by  collecting  it  in  any  available  vessels  or  draining  it 
into  a  hole  or  depression  at  a  safe  distance  from  the  track.  When 
necessary,  trenches  should  be  dug  for  this  purpose. 

It  is  not  safe  to  drain  inflammable  oil  in  large  quantities  into  a 
sewer,  since  vapors  may  thus  be  carried  to  distant  points  and  there 
ignited.  Care  should  be  exercised  also  not  to  permit  oil  to  drain 
into  streams  of  water  which  may  be  used  by  irrigation  plants  or 
for  watering  stock.  Dry  earth  over  spilled  oil  will  decrease  the 
rate  of  evaporation  and  the  danger.  A  stream  of  oil  on  the  ground 
should  be  dammed  and  dry  earth  be  thrown  on  the  liquid  as  it  collects. 

1048.  Sudden  shocks  or  jars  that  might  produce  sparks  or  friction 
should  be  avoided.  When  possible,  the  wrecked  cars  should  be  jacked 
carefully  into  position  after  removing  other  cars  and  freight  that 
might  be  injured  by  fire.  Only  as  a  last  resort,  to  meet  emergency, 
should  a  wrecked  car  be  moved  by  dragging,  and  when  this  is  done 
all  persons  should  be  kept  at  a  safe  distance. 

1049.  (a)  No  unnecessary  attempt  should  be  made  to  transport 
a  damaged  tank  car  from  which  inflammable  lic^uid  is  leaking. 
Safety  in  short  movements  may  be  secured  by  attachmg  a  vessel 
under  small  leaks  to  prevent  spread  of  inflammable  liquid  over  tracks. 
Tracks  at  intervals  in  rear  of  a  moving  car  should  be  covered  with 
fresh  earth  to  prevent  fire  overtaking  the  car.  Engines  should  be 
kept  away;  also  spectators  who  may  be  smoking.  If  wrecked  or 
derailed,  and  not  in  a  position  to  obstruct  or  endanger  traffic,  leaks 
should  be  stopped  as  far  as  possible,  and  the  car  should  be  left  under 
guard  until  another  tank  car  or  sufficient  vesssls  can  be  provided  for 
the  transfer  of  the  liquid,  which  should  be  transferred  by  pumping 
when  practicable. 

(h)  Highly  volatile  products  such  as  casinghead  gasoline  can  not 
be  transferred  in  the  usual  way  by  a  vacuum  pump.  The  pump  can 
only  be  used  when  placed  so  that  liquid  flows  to  it  from  the  tank  by 
gravity. 

(c)  Whenever  the  leaking  condition  of  a  tank  car  is  such  that 
transfer  of  lading  is  necessary,  the  car  must  have  stenciled  on  it,  in 
letters  three  inches  in  size,  adjacent  to  the  car  number,  the  words 
"Leaky  tank.  Do  not  load  until  repaired,"  and  the  owner  must  be 
immediately  notified.  This  stenciling  must  not  be  removed  until  the 
tank  is  repaired. 

Even  a  tank  that  is  not  leaking  is  liable  to  be  ruptured  by  use  of 
slings,  and  slipping  of  chain  slings  may  produce  sparks.  Saving  of 
the  contents  of  the  tank  is  not  as  important  as  the  prevention  of  fire. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY    IRKIGMT.  91 

{d)  An  empty  or  partially  empty  tank  car,  with  or  without  placards, 
is  very  liable  to  contain  explosive  gases,  and  lights  must  not  be 
brought  near  it. 

Unloading  Tank  Cars. 

1050.^°  In  unloading  tank  cars  on  railroad  property  the  following 
rules  must  be  observed : 

(a)  Caution  signs  must  be  placed  on  the  track  or  car  so  as  to  give 
necessary  warning  and  left  up  until  after  car  is  unloaded  and  dis- 
coimected.  Signs  must  be  at  least  12  by  15  inches  in  size  and  bear  the 
words,  ''STOP— Tank  Car  Connected,"  or  "STOP— Men  at  Work," 
the  word  "STOP"  being  in  letters  at  least  4  inches  high  and  the  other 
words  in  letters  at  least  2  inches  high.  The  letters  must  be  white  on 
a  blue  background.  If  siding  is  open  at  both  ends,  signs  must  be 
placed  at  each  end. 

(6)  Safety  valve  must  be  raised  to  see  if  there  is  any  interior 
pressure  in  tank.  Dome  cover  must  not  be  removed  while  such 
pressure  exists. 

Where  pressure  is  found  it  must  be  reduced  by  cooling  tank  with 
water  or  relieved  by  raising  safety  valve  at  short  intervals. 

If  opening  the  safety  valve  shows  there  is  sufficient  pressure  to 
cause  a  dangerous  amount  of  vapor  to  collect  outside  of  the  car,  it 
must  be  left  closed  until  the  pressure  is  reduced  by  cooling  the  car 
with  water,  or  unloading  must  be  delayed  until  the  following  morning 
after  pressure  has  been  reduced  by  lower  temperature  during  the 
night. 

(c)  After  pressure  is  released,  seal  should  be  broken  and  dome 
cover  removed  as  follows: 

Screw  type. — -Cover  must  be  loosened  by  placing  bar  between 
dome  cover  lug  and  knob.  After  two  complete  turns,  so  that  vent 
openings  are  exposed,  the  operation  must  be  stopped,  and  if  there 
is  any  sound  of  escaping  vapor,  the  cover  must  be  again  screwed 
down  and  its  removal  delayed  until  escape  of  vapor  through  the 
vent  openings  can  not  be  heard. 

Hinged  and  holted  type. — All  nuts  must  be  unscrewed  one  complete 
turn  and  then  sufficiently  more  to  open  up  cover. 

Interior  manJiole  type. — All  dirt  and  cinders  must  be  carefully 
removed  from  around  cover  before  yoke  is  unscrewed. 

id)  Valve  rod  handle  or  control  in  dome  must  be  moved  back  and 
forth  a  few  times  to  see  that  outlet  valve  in  bottom  of  tank  is  properly 
closed  and  seated.  If  valve  apparatus  is  in  proper  adjustment  the 
closed  position  of  handle  will  indicate  that  the  valve  is  closed. 

w  Unloading  operations  should  be  performed  only  by  reliable  persons  properly  instructed  and  made 
responsible  for  careful  compliance  with  these  regulations. 


92  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION". 

(e)  Screw  type. — Dome  cover  must  be  replaced  but  not  entirely 
closed  so  that  air  may  enter  tank  for  venting  as  follows  (dome  cover 
must  be  replaced  directly  over  dome  opening,  but  the  threads  must 
not  bo  engaged)  : 

Hinged  and  bolted  type. — A  small  wooden  block  should  be  placed 
under  one  edge  of  cover. 

Inferior  manhole. — Screw  must  be  tightened  up  in  yoke  so  that 
cover  will  be  brought  up  within  one-half  inch  of  closed  position. 

(/)  Valve  cap  must  be  removed  with  suitable  wrench,  with  a  pail 
in  position  to  catch  any  liquid  that  may  be  in  outlet  nozzle.  If 
large  outlet  is  to  be  used,  reducer  must  be  removed,  set  screws  being 
first  loosoncd.  If  valve  cap  or  reducer  does  not  unscrew  easily,  it 
should  bo  tapped  lightly  with  mallet  or  wooden  block  in  an  upward 
direction.  If  leakage  shows  upon  starting  the  removal  of  outlet 
valve  cap,  it  should  not  be  entirely  removed,  but  sufficient  threads 
should  be  left  engaged  and  sufficient  time  allowed  to  permit  escape 
of  any  accumulation  of  liquid  from  the  outlet  chamber  before  valve 
cap  is  taken  entirely  off.  If  leakage  then  continues,  further  efforts 
should  be  made  to  seat  the  outlet  valve  as  per  section  (d).  If  this 
fails  the  valve  cap  should  be  securely  reapplied  and  tank  should  be 
unloaded  through  the  dome. 

If  it  is  found  that  the  outlet  chamber  is  blocked  with  frozen  liquid, 
it  should  be  wrapped  with  burlap  or  other  rags  and  hot  water  or 
steam  applied.  Careful  examination  should  be  made  to  detect 
cracks  in  the  outlet  chamber.  If  a  crack  is  found,  the  tank  must 
be  unloaded  through  the  dome.  If  no  crack  is  found,  procedure 
must  be  as  directed  in  first  section  of  this  paragraph  after  the  frozen 
liquid  has  been  melted. 

(g)  Unloading  connections  must  be  securely  attached  to  nozzle  or 
reducer  and  outlet  valve  raised  by  turning  valve  rod  handle  in  dome. 

(h)  ^Mien  unloading  through  bottom  outlet  of  cars  equipped 
with  interior  manhole  type  of  dome  covers  and  in  all  cases  where 
unloading  is  done  through  the  dome  opening  (unless  special  dome 
covers  are  used,  provided  with  safety  vent  opening  and  tight  con- 
nection for  discharge  outlet),  the  dome  openings  must  be  protected 
against  entrance  of  sparks  or  other  sources  of  ignition  of  vapor  by 
being  covered  and  surrounded  with  wet  burlap.  This  must  be  kept 
damp  by  replacement  or  the  application  of  water  as  needed. 

(i)  Seals  or  other  substances  should  not  be  thrown  into  the  tank. 
Also  care  should  be  taken  to  avoid  spilling  any  of  the  contents  over 
car  or  tank. 

(j)  After  tank  is  unlnndod,  dome  cover,  valve  cap,  and  reducer 
must  be  securely  replaced. 

(ifc)  Railroad  defect  cards  must  not  be  removed. 


DANGEROUS  ARTICLES  BY  FREIGHT.  93 

(I)  All  shipping  cards  and  inflammable  and  dome  placards  must 
be  reinoved  from  the  car  and  railroad  agent  promptl}?-  notified  when 
car  is  empty. 

(m)  Tank  cars  must  not  be  allowed  to  stand  with  unloadinor  con- 
nections  attached  after  unloading  is  completed  and  employees  must 
be  in  charge  throughout  the  period  of  unloading. 

(n)  If  necessary  to  disconnect  a  tank  car  during  unloading,  the 
outlet  valve  must  first  be  closed  and  the  outlet  valve  cap  must  be 
securely  reapplied  until  unloading  is  resumed. 

(o)  Ground  around  connections  must  be  frequently  covered  with 
fresh  dry  sand  or  dirt,  especially  if  oil  or  gasoline  has  been  spilled 
previously. 

ip)  Brakes  should  be  set  and  w^heels  blocked  on  all  cars  unloaded 
on  grade. 

iq)  All  tools  and  implements  used  in  connection  with  unloading 
should  be  kept  free  from  oil,  dirt,  and  grit. 

1051.  lig-lited  lanterns. — Many  fatal  accidents  have  resulted  from 
using  lanterns  or  lighted  matches  to  examine  the  interior  of  empty 
tank  cars  or  in  using  hot  rivets  to  repair  unsteamed  tank  cars,  which 
may  contain  inflammable  vapors  even  when  the  previous  lading 
was  not  of  flash  point  below  80°  F.  Only  incandescent  electric 
lights  should  be  used  for  this  examination.  Fumes  in  any  empty 
tank  car  are  liable  to  be  poisonous  to  the  person  entering  it. 

1052.  Outlet  valve  caps  and  dome  covers  must  be  securely  placed 
in  proper  position  on  empty  tank  cars  when  offered  for  movement  or 
when  transferred  to  or  from  connecting  lines  in  interchano;e. 

1053.  Wlien  fire  occurs  in  charcoal  in  transit,  water  should  not  be 
used  if  it  is  practicable  to  locate  and  remove  the  material  on  fire,  since 
wet  charcoal  is  much  more  liable  to  ignite  spontaneously,  and  the  fire 
can  not  be  stopped  permanently  by  the  use  of  water.  If  fire  occurs 
in  ground  charcoal  or  screenings,  any  material  which  has  become  wet 
in  extinguishing  fire  must  be  removed  from  the  car,  and  not  reshipped ; 
the  balance  of  the  charcoal  must  be  held  under  observation  in  a  dry 
place  for  at  least  five  days  before  forwarding. 

1054.  Whenever  a  car  bearing  the  acid  placard  is  discovered  in  transit 
with  packages  in  leaking  condition,  all  unnecessary  movement  of  the  car 
must  cease  and  at  the  first  opportunity  an  examination  must  be  made 
of  the  lading,  and  if  practicable  &ny  broken  or  leaking  packages  of 
nitric  or  mixed  acids  should  be  removed  promptly  to  prevent  fire. 
Any  acid  remaining  on  the  car  floor  or  on  surrounding  packages  should 
be  washed  away  with  a  plentiful  supply  of  water,  or  if  not  available, 
cleaned  up  with  a  liberal  application  of  sand  or  earth.  Care  should 
be  exercised  to  prevent  inhalation  of  gases  liberated  through  the 
application  of  water,  but  acid  spilled  on  the  person  should  be  washed 
ofi'  immediately  by  a  liberal  application  of  water. 


94  INTERSTATE  COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Shipments  from  Connecting  Lines. 

1055.  (a)  Cars  containing  the  more  dangerous  explosives  named  in 
paragraph  1)00  which  are  offered  by  connecting  Hnes,  must  be  carefully 
inspected  by  the  receiving  line  on  the  outside,  including  the  roof;  and, 
if  practicable,  the  lading  must  also  be  inspected.  These  cars  must 
not  be  forwarded  until  all  discovered  violations  have  been  corrected. 

If  the  car  shows  evidence  of,  or  if  there  is  any  reason  to  suspect 
that  it  has  received,  rough  treatment,  the  lading  must  be  inspected 
and  placed  in  proper  condition  before  the  car  is  permitted  to  proceed. 
When  interchange  occurs  and  inspection  is  necessary  after  daylight 
hours,  electric  flash  lights  or  other  suitable  covered  lights  should  be 
provided.     Naked  lights  must  not  be  used. 

(6)  Shipments  of  dangerous  articles  offered  by  connecting  lines 
must  comply  with  these  regulations,  and  the  revenue  waybill,  freight 
bill,  manifest  of  lading,  card  waybill,  switching  order,  transfer  slip 
ticket,  or  other  billing,  must  bear  label  notation  and  placard  indorse- 
ment prescribed  by  paragraphs  801  to  805. 

Removal  of  Placards. 

1056.  When  the  lading  requiring  "Explosive,"  "Acid,"  "Inflam- 
mable," or  "Poison  Gas,"  placard  is  removed  from  cars,  placards 
(including  car  certificates)  must  be  removed  by  the  carrier's  repre- 
sentative in  charge  of  the  car,  or  by  the  consignee  unloading  the  car. 

Handling  of  Dangerous  Articles  by  Electric  Railways  and  Motor  Cars. 

1060.  Dangerous  explosives  as  specified  in  paragraph  900  must  not 
be  transported  in  any  self-propelled  car  operated  by  electric  or  other 
motive  power,  if  such  car  is  carrying  passengers. 

1061.  Dangerous  articles  other  than  explosives,  and  the  less  dan- 
gerous and  relatively  safe  explosives  as  specified  in  paragraphs  901 
and  902,  when  transported  in  self-propelled  motor  cars,  must  be  car- 
ried in  a  compartment  of  such  car  in  which  there  shall  be  no  elec- 
trically operated  apparatus,  or  electric  circuits,  other  than  circuits 
in  conduits  properly  installed  in  compliance  with  the  National 
li^lectric  Safety  Code  of  the  Bureau  of  Standards. 

10G2.  When  the  motor  car  is  used  as  a  freight  or  baggage  car  and 
not  as  a  passenger  car  not  more  than  500  pounds  net  of  explosives  or 
not  to  exceed  5,000  blasting  caps  or  electric  blasting  caps  may  be 
transported.  Blasting  caps  in  any  quantity  must  not  be  carried  in 
the  same  car  with  high  explosives.  The  explosives  must  be  placed 
in  a  "magazine"  box  made  of  sound  lumber  not  less  than  1  inch 
thick,  covered  on  the  exterior  with  metal,  and  provided  with  strong 
bandies.     Tliis  box  must  be  plamly  stenciled  on  the  top,  sides,  and 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY  FREIGHT.  95 

ends,  in  letters  not  less  than  2  inches  high,  ''EXPLOSIVES— DAN- 
GEROUS—HANDLE  CAREFULLY."  The  box  must  be  provided 
with  strong  hinges  and  with  a  lock  for  keeping  it  securely  closed. 
Vacant  space  in  the  box  must  be  filled  with  a  cushioning  material 
such  as  sawdust  or  excelsior,  and  the  box  must  be  properly  stayed  in 
the  car  to  prevent  movement, 

1063.  Explosives  when  transported  in  trailer  or  other  cars  must 
be  securely  blocked,  braced  and  stayed  so  as  to  prevent  movement 
during  transit,  by  methods  not  less  efficient  than  those  described  in 
B.  E.  Pamphlet  6,  and  other  freight  must  not  be  permitted  to  fall  on 
or  slide  against  such  shipments. 

1064.  Trailer  cars  or  other  cars  not  occupied  by  a  representative 
of  the  carrier  must  bear  the  standard  placards  as  prescribed  herein. 

1065.  Explosives  and  other  dangerous  articles  must  not  be  loaded 
or  transported  together,  except  as  permitted  by  the  Loading  chart, 
section  11,  Part  I. 

1066.  All  the  requirements  of  these  regulations  as  to  packing, 
marking,  labeling,  description,  certification  and  waybilling,  must  be 
complied  with  for  all  shipments  of  dangerous  articles  transported 
by  electric  railways  or  other  self-propelled  motor  car  lines  engaged  in 
interstate  or  foreign  commerce. 

In  Case  of  a  Wreck. 

1070.  (a)  In  case  of  a  wreck  involving  a  car  containing  explosives, 
the  first  and  most  important  precaution  is  to  prevent  fire.  Before 
beginning  to  clear  a  wreck  in  which  a  car  containing  explosives  is 
involved,  all  unbroken  packages  should  be  removed  to  a  place  of 
safety  and  as  much  of  the  broken  packages  as  possible  gathered  up 
and  likewise  removed,  and  the  rest  saturated  with  water.  Many 
explosives  are  readily  fired  by  a  blow  or  by  the  spark  produced  when 
two  pieces  of  metal  or  a  piece  of  metal  and  a  stone  come  violently 
together.  In  clearmg  a  wreck,  therefore,  care  must  be  taken  not  to 
strike  fire  with  tools,  and  in  using  the  crane  or  locomotive  to  tear 
the  wreckage  in  pieces  the  possibility  of  producing  sparks  must  be 
considered.  With  most  explosives  thorough  wetting  with  water 
practically  removes  all  danger  of  explosion  by  spark  or  blow;  but 
with  the  dynamites  wetting  does  not  make  them  safe  from  blows. 
With  all  explosives,  mixing  with  wet  earth  renders  them  safer  from 
either  fire,  spark,  or  blow.  In  case  fulminate  has  been  scattered  by 
a  wreck,  after  the  wreck  has  been  cleared  the  wet  surface  of  the 
ground  should  be  removed,  and,  after  saturating  the  area  with  fuel 
or  lubricating  oil,  be  replaced  by  fresh  earth.  If  this  is  not  done, 
when  the  ground  and  fulminate  become  dry  small  explosions  may 
occur  when  the  mixed  material  is  trodden  on  or  struck. 


gg  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

(h)  In  casp  of  a  wreck  iiiYolving  a  car  containing  cliemical  ammu- 
nition every  precaution  must  be  taken  to  prevent  fire  and  to  prevent 
casualties  due  to  gas  leakage.  Only  those  persons  necessary  to 
clear  the  wreckage  shall  be  allowed  in  the  vicinity  of  the  wreck,  and 
they  should  be  cautioned  to  keep  as  much  as  possible  on  the  side 
from  which  the  wind  is  ])lowing. 

(c)  Inspectors  of  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  will  be  provided  with 
gas  masks  and  should  be  called  upon  to  assist  in  clearing  any  wreck 
attended  by  serious  leakage  of  toxic  gases. 

1071.  In  case  of  a  wreck  involving  a  car  containing  inflammable 
freight,  it  should  be  assumed  that  packages  are  broken  and  that 
leakage  has  occurred  which  may  cause  fire  if  lighted  lanterns  or  other 
flames  are  taken  into  or  near  these  cars.  As  much  of  the  train  as 
possible  should  be  moved  to  a  place  of  safety.  A  car  containing 
inflammable  freight  should  be  opened  for  ventilation  and  packages 
protected  by  red  labels  and  cylinders  of  compressed  gases  should  be 
removed  to  a  safe  place.  Substances  spilled  from  broken  packages 
protected  by  yellow  labels  should  also  be  carefully  removed.  Cylin- 
ders of  compressed  gases  ma}^  be  exploded  if  they  are  exposed  to  fire 
or  struck  a  sharp  blow,  and  the  flying  fragments  would  then  be 
dangerous.  Inflammable  liquids  spilled  from  broken  packages  or 
tank  cars  should  be  W(>11  covered  with  dry  earth  before  a  lighted 
lantern,  torch,  or  an  engine  is  used  in  the  vicinity.  Acids  spilled  in 
cars  should  be  covered  with  dry  earth  and  the  car  floor  should  be 
thoroughly  swept. 

1072.  All  wrecking  outfits  should  be  equipped  with  portable  elec- 
tric lights. 

1073.  Water  will  not  quench  an  oil  fire. — If  the  fire  can  not  be 
smothered  by  use  of  earth,  steam,  or  wet  blankets,  effort  should  be 
concentrated  on  confining  it  and  saving  other  property. 

1074.  Sliould  a  leak  occur  by  the  breakage  or  displacement  of  the 
unloading  valve  and  pipe  at  the  bottom  of  the  tank  car,  it  may  be 
stopped  by  removing  the  dome  cap  on  the  top  of  the  tank  and  drop- 
ping the  plunger  mto  the  plunger  seat,  as  a  shock  sufficient  to  damage 
the  outlet  valve  and  pipes  may  have  unseated  also  the  plunger. 

The  dome  cover  should  be  unscrewed  by  placing  a  bar  between 
the  dome-cover  lug  and  knob.  The  dome  cover  should  not  be 
hammered,  and  should  not  be  unscrewed  until  the  absence  of  vapor 
pressure  in  the  tank  is  verified  by  lifting  the  safety  valve. 

To  ascertain  whether  the  valve  is  properly  seated,  the  valve-rod 
haiiflle  in  the  dome  should  be  moved  back  and  forth  a  few  times. 
The  following  drawing  indicates  the  general  plan  covering  valve  rod 
and  unloading  or  discharge  valve: 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   FREIGHT, 


97 


oo/yt£     GAs/rer- 


s^rsry  VALVE 


VALVE  C/fP 


CO 

\=> 
o 
p^ 

n 

O 

M 
fi 
<J 

o 

p^ 
o 

o 

M 
fi 
*«J 

o 

^ 

M 
CQ 
M 

> 


t£_0 


1:3 

CQ 

rt 

M 

H 

i| 

w  « 

?f, 

M 

< 

li" 

W 

■^  s 

V) 

3*^ 

P$ 

O 

c  — 

H 

s-s 

O 

O   x 

3  C 

y^ 

C3  S  ^ 

(U 

So  i 

^ 

2"^ 

H 

c.i^ 

JH 

< 

»^fe 

^ 

js-c^ 

M 

lie 

A 

2;g? 

rt 

•^|1 

O 

^•sf 

H 

|.2-S 

a 

•^g-c 

d 

^^5 

^^•? 

o 

O  --C 

o 

3  3  2 

» 

fi 

.3Xg 

<j 

^fe^ 

o 

^St^'o 

H^ 

.2—  * 

sc3  nosiod  'sja 


laq^l  U88j 


MonaX  'siBpaji 


8Ic[BiuniB[jin   I 


-aaia  'sjajjuSi  o| 
asnj  'sqmhs  'Xi 


siiaqs  agpujjEo 
aSpU-Uco  A5din 


japjiod  ssata3[0T 


•saiijoalo, 
papBoj-puBS  'X;i 


■saunn  jo  'saopa^ 
'sanioafojd  Sim 


.uBipuaom  JO  'i 
'sanioafojd  aAisc 


Snipaaoxa  i^iimn 
-piiiotn)  asnjX:)! 


3  52 


liiaAixviaH 


saaouav  sfloaaoNva  aanxo 


l-i  o 


c  ?    £ 


6J 
S6 

rt  C 


•=§    .2 


•3« 

■u  O 


O  O 

©"3, 


o    s 


S.    2 


3«  * 

e~  "2 

^3  ® 

K     w  to 


3S    .-s 

c-o*     g 

'^S.     g 

3>>    o 

a  es      0 

M'Sg-O 

S'S'S-S 

n^r:5|^ 

.SS&s 

IJ^ 

m§g;= 

■•?§ 


SECTION  U. 


1 

1 
1 

B 

i 

1 

i 

if 

1: 

u 

jl 

si 

i. 

1 

i 

I" 

'I 

J- 

i 

Is 

ll 
1 

1 

Is 

p 

1 

s 

1 

1 
1 

III 

i 

i 

1 

1 

1 
1 

s 

1 

Jl 

1 

8 

1. 
=3 
p 

p 

1 

? 

1 

1 

s 

ll 

t 

j 

6 

1 

l 

1 

a 

1 

1 
i 

3 

ll 

-  i ' 

' 

3 

,  1  ' 

' 

» 

• 

,. 

■■ 

« 

" 

loilvcs     biwk     w  1  t 

■ 

.X         X 

^ 

^■^ 

'■ 

,, 

i 

HlfllC      IMIVCO 

— 

- 

X 

1 

1 

— 

W  1  fulmliuil*  t 

^ 

_ 

; 

- 

^ 

X 

a 

1 

Bloitloi!  capa,  wHh  or  wltbout  ssa'ty  (use  (inclui)'' 
ineolM'Mc  blasting  capa),  iii  iguaDiily  cxnxxUng 

projMtlli*.       ' 

— 

^ 

■ 

f. 

X 

1 

^ 

- 

X 

X 

Explosive,  BM.  smoke,  or   InwMidlnry  proJectUw, 
Uombs  or  erpnodet.  oxpIosiVK  Urpcdoos,  or  idIum, 

^ 

X 

X 

1 

1 

— 

_     

^ 

X 

X 

DMonatlnR  fu«a 

X 

X 

X 

" 

!       1 

X 

X 

X 

X 

h 

^=S'!,™,5KS''i.r.pXar-'"-i 

^ 



_  _ 

— 

•X 

— 

5| 

te««u™.                                       1 

" 

Fireworks  (common  or  siKucIal) 

X 

X 

X 

X 

! 

"      ■■ 

■     1 

Smnll^rouiammunmon 

i   ' 



- 

— 

' 

1       i 

'  '  ' 

Primers  tor  cannon  or  sinuU  nrnu,  cmpiy  cwlrldBe 
b(ie*-bbick.powOpriKnltm,  empty  carlrldRi'shons 
primixl.  comblaaMun  prjinvn  or  pcrcuKiion  caps. 

7 

^ 

— 

— 



1 

PprciUHlon  ftiica  or  Ina-t  m«* 

— 

^ 

- 

— 

— 

a 

Time  or  combinntlnn  (uh« 

- 

£ 

— 

1 

Cofdmu  doioniuu.  Hifoty  fuse,  »foly  SQulbg,  ru» 

i 

'tiS°S,",Zl°""  "'  ""-"»-'  '""-"■»■■"' 

~ 

Y 

~ 

^ 

- 

-— 

1 

"ssr"-" """" "  ""'"^^  "»"*'•• """ 

» 

- 

X 

: 

' 

Adds  or  corrosive  JlnuW*  wlUW  label 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

.>. 

-~ 

— 

i? 

__^_ 

c„„™.a„»„u,a.„„,.,.™,.,™,„,.„., 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

1 

Poi«.iio.»spi»sorliqmd.H,liu-yUjiJm.polK.llgo8labttl 

" 

ry^mmiinitlon  tor  nuinonwlth  oxplosivo  »ro)octUes.  gas  pi 


• 


PART  II. 

REGULATIONS  FOR  THE  TRANSPORTATION  OF  EXPLOSIVES  AND  OTHER 

DANGEROUS  ARTICLES  BY  EXPRESS,  INCLUDING  SPECIFICATIONS 

FOR  SHIPPING  CONTAINERS. 

Prescribed  under  act  of  March  4,  1921,  and  superseding  the  regulations  published  July  15, 1918,  and  all 

amendments  thereto. 


SECTION  1. 
GENERAL  REGULATIONS. 

1.  To  promote  the  uniform  enforcement  of  law  and  to  minimize 
the  clangers  to  life  and  property  incident  to  the  transportation  by 
land,  by  carriers  engaged  in  interstate  or  foreign  commerce,  of 
explosives  and  other  dangerous  articles,  the  following  regulations  are 
prescribed  to  define  these  articles  for  express  transportation  purposes, 
to  state  the  precautions  that  must  be  observed  by  the  shipper  in 
preparing  them  for  shipment,  and  by  the  carrier  in  handling  them 
while  in  transit.  It  is  the  duty  of  each  such  carrier  and  shipper  to 
make  the  prescribed  regulations  effective  and  to  thoroughly  instruct 
its  employees  in  relation  thereto. 

2.  Except  as  otherwise  specifically  prescribed  herein,  the  term 
"dangerous  articles''  will  include  explosives  and  other  dangerous 
articles  as  covered  by  the  act  of  March  4,  1921. 

3.  Where  the  word  '^ package"  is  used  in  these  regulations  it  shall 
be  understood  to  include  all  outside  containers. 

4.  These  regulations  make  all  proper  and  necessary  provisions  for 
the  transportation  of  explosives  and  other  dangerous  articles.  No 
person  or  carrier  may  under  any  circumstances  ship  or  carry  any 
high  explosive  on  any  passenger  car  or  vehicle  in  violation  of  section 
232  of  the  act  of  March  4,  1921,  and  no  person  or  carrier  may  ship  or 
carry  any  explosive  or  other  dangerous  article,  as  defined  herein  pur- 
suant to  section  233  of  the  act,  on  any  such  car  or  vehicle  before 
written  notice  of  the  true  character  of  the  article  is  given  the  carrier, 
without  being  subject  to  the  penalties  of  the  act  which  are  referred 
to  in  paragraph  7  hereof. 

5.  The  services  of  the  Bureau  for  the  Safe  Transportation  of 
Explosives  and  other  Dangerous  Articles,  hereinafter  called  Bureau  of 
Explosives,  will  be  utilized  by  the  commission  in  the  execution  of 
these  regulations.     This  Bureau  will  make  inspections  an,d  conduct 

99 


IQQ  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

investigiuions,  and  will  confer  with  manufacturers  and  shippers  with 
a  view'to  determining  what  specifications  and  regulations  will  within 
reasonahlo  limits  afford  the  highest  degree  of  safety  in  packing  and 
preparing  these  dangerous  articles  for  shipment  and  in  transporting 
the  same.  The  commission  will  avail  itself  of  the  expert  knowledge 
thus  developed,  and  in  formulating  amendments  to  these  regulations, 
while  not  bound  thereby,  will  give  due  weight  to  the  expert  opinions 
thus  obtained. 

6.  Special  precautions  are  necessary  in  preparing  for  shipment  by 
express  packages  of  dangerous  articles.  Any  failure  of  the  shipper 
or  of  a  carrier  to  perform  the  duties  imposed  upon  them  in  this 
respect  may  be  the  actual  or  contributory  cause  of  a  serious  accident 
or  fire. 

7.  Sections  235  and  236  of  the  act  of  March  4,  1921,  require  the 
shipper  of  explosives  or  of  other  dangerous  articles  to  describe  and 
mark  his  package  properly,  and  to  inform  the  agent  of  the  carrier  of 
the  true  character  of  the  contents.  Heavy  penalties  are  provided  for 
the  shipper  who  knowingly  offers  for  transportation  a  dangerous 
article  without  complying  with  these  requirements,  as  well  as  for  the 
oarrier  that  knowingly  transports  it. 

8.  These  regulations  apply  to  all  shipments  of  dangerous  articles 
as  defined  herein,  including  carrier's  material  and  supplies. 

9.  Express  carriers  must  not  receive  shipments  of  articles  defined 
as  dangerous  by  these  regulations  when  the  shipments  are  not  packed, 
marked,  labeled,  described,  and  certified,  as  prescribed  herein. 

10.  Dangerous  articles,  except  such  as  are  forbidden  (see  pars.  21 
and  22) ,  may  be  offered  for  transportation  to  express  carriers  engaged 
in  interstate  or  foreign  commerce,  provided  these  regulations  are  com- 
plied with,  and  provided  their  method  of  manufacture,  packing  and 
storage,  so  far  as  it  affects  safe  transportation,  is  open  to  inspection 
by  a  duly  authorized  representative  of  the  initial  carrier  or  of  the 
Bureau  of  Explosives.  Shipments  that  do  not  comply  with  these 
regulations  must  not  be  offered  or  accepted  for  transportation. 

11.  Dangerous  articles  as  defined  herein,  which  are  packed,  marked, 
labeled,  and  loaded,  in  conformity  with  Regulations  for  the  Trans- 
portation by  Express  of  Acids,  Inflammables,  Oxidizing  Substances, 
Samples  of  Explosives,  etc.,  filed  with  and  approved  by  the  Board 
of  Railway  Commissioners  for  Canada,  may  be  accepted  and  carried 
by  carriers  from  point  of  entry  in  the  United  States  to  their  destina- 
tion in  the  United  States,  or  through  the  United  States  en  route  to  a 
point  in  Canada. 

12.  All  shipments  of  articles  subject  to  these  regulations  offered  for 
transportation  by  express  carriers  engaged  in  interstate  or  foreign 
coinnicrcc.  must  })e  properly  described  by  the  shipper,  and  the  proper 
and  definite  name  of  the  dangerous  article  as  shown  herein  must 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   EXPRESS.  101 

be  plainl}^  marked  on  the  outside  of  the  package,  in  addition  to  the 
labels  required  herein. 

13.  All  shipments  of  articles  defined  as  dangerous  by  these  regula- 
tions, and  for  which  detailed  instructions  for  packing  are  not  given 
herein,  must  be  securely  packed  in  containers  strong  enough  to  stand 
without  rupture  or  leakage  of  contents  all  ordinary  shocks  incident 
to  reasonably  careful  handling  during  transit.  It  is  the  duty  of  ship- 
pers, where  leakage  from  their  shipping  containers  is  kno^vn  to  be  a 
probable  source  of  fire  or  material  damage  to  other  freight,  to  exercise 
special  care  in  constructing  shipping  containers  for  such  articles,  even 
though  their  names  do  not  appear  in  the  list  of  dangerous  articles, 
paragraph  76. 

14.  Whenever  orders  are  placed  in  foreign  countries  for  the  impor- 
tation of  dangerous  articles  to  be  forwarded  in  original  packages  from 
port  of  entry  by  express,  the  importer  must  furnish  with  the  order  to 
the  foreign  shipper  and  also  to  the  forwarding  agent  at  the  port  of 
entry,  full  and  complete  information  as  to  the  necessary  packing,  mark- 
ing, and  labeling  required  by  these  regulations.  The  forwarding  agent 
must  see  that  the  packages  are  properly  packed,  marked,  and  labeled. 

15.  Unless  specifically  authorized  by  these  regulations,  acceptable 
explosives  must  not  be  packed  in  the  same  outside  package  with  each 
other  or  with  other  articles. 

16.  Boxes  that  have  previously  been  used  for  high  explosives  con- 
taining a  liquid  explosive  ingredient  (such  as  dynamite)  are  danger- 
ous, and  must  not  be  used  for  shipments  of  any  character.  Containers 
that  have  been  previously,  used  for  dangerous  articles,  must  have  the 
old  marks  and  labels  thoroughly  obliterated  or  removed  before  being 
used  for  the  shipment  of  other  articles. 

Kegs  that  have  contained  any  chlorate  must  not  be  used  for  the 
shipment  of  any  other  article. 

17.  Containers  used  more  than  once  (refilled  and  reshipped  after 
having  been  previously  emptied) ,  must  be  in  such  condition,  including 
closing  devices,  cushioning  materials,  etc.,  that  they  will  protect  their 
contents  during  transit  as  efficiently  as  a  new  container.  Repairs 
must  be  made  in  an  efficient  manner  and  parts  that  are  weak,  broken, 
or  otherwise  deteriorated,  must  be  replaced.  Tests  as  to  efficiency 
must  be  made  and  complied  w4th  as  prescribed  herein. 

SECTION  2. 

INTORMATION   AND   DEFINITIONS. 

Grouping. 

20.  For  the  purpose  of  these  regulations,  explosives  and  other 
dangerous  articles  are  divided  into  the  following  groups : 

1.  Forbidden  articles. 

2.  Acceptable  explosives. 

3.  Acceptable  dangerous  articles  other  than  explosives. 


102  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

Group  1.— Forbidden  Explosives. 

21.  Except  when  shipped  by  the  War  or  Navy  Department  of  the 
United  States  Government  in  time  of  war  or  of  threatened  war,  the 
following  articles  must  not  be  shipped  by  express,  except  properly 
packed  samples  (not  including  liquid  nitroglycerin)  for  laboratory 
examination,  as  provided  in  section  232  of  the  act  of  March  4,  1921 
(see  par.  23) : 

(fl)   Liquid  nitroglycerin. 

(6)  High  explosives,  including  nitroglycerin  explosives,  dynamite, 
chlorate  powders,  nitrate  of  ammonia  powders,  picric  acid,^  picrates, 
dry  nitrocellulose  (gun  cotton  and  negative  cotton),  dry  nitrostarch, 
trinitrotoluene,  and  fireworks  that  can  be  exploded  en  masse. 

(c)  .Ammunition  for  cannon,  with  or  without  projectiles,  and  explo- 
sive projectiles,  explosive  bombs,  explosive  mines,  explosive  torpedoes, 
rifle  and  hand  grenades,  gas  grenades,  smoke  grenades,  incendiary 
grenades,  and  chemical  v/arfare  ammunition.      (See  paragraph  30.) 

{d)  Fulminate  of  mercury  or  of  any  other  metal,  except  as  a 
component  of  manufactured  articles  whose  transportation  is  not 
forbidden  herein. 

(e)   Detonating  fuzes. 

(/)   Blasting  caps,  including  electric  blasting  caps. 

(g)   Low  explosives  or  black  powder. 

(h)  Toy  torpedoes  exceeding  l}^  inches  in  diameter;  or  containing 
a  mLxture  of  potassium  chlorate,  black  antimony  and  sulphur,  with 
an  average  weight  of  explosive  in  each  torpedo  exceeding  7  grains  (see 
par.  56). 

Toy  caps  containing  more  than  an  average  of  thirty-five  hundredths 
of  a  grain  of  explosive  composition. 

Toy  torpedoes  containing  a  cap  composed  of  a  mixture  of  red 
phosphorus  and  potassium  chlorate  exceeding  an  average  of  more 
than  one-half  (0.5)  grain  per  cap. 

(i)  Fireworks,  such  as  sparklers,  or  fusees,  containing  a  match  tip 
or  head,  or  similar  igniting  point  or  surface,  unless  each  individual 
tip,  head,  or  similar  igniting  point  or  surface  is  entirely  covered  and 
securely  protected  from  accidental  contact  or  friction  with  any  other 
surface. 

ij)  Fireworks  that  ignite  spontaneously  or  undergo  marked 
decomposition  when  subjected  for  48  consecutive  hours  to  the 
temperature  of  75°  C.  (167°  F.). 

(k)   Fireworks  containing  an  ammonium  salt  and  a  chlorate. 

(l)  Firecrackers  whose  dimensions  exceed  5  inches  in  length  or 
three-fourths  inch  in  diameter,  or  whose  explosive  charges  exceed 
45  grains  each  in  weiglit. 

(m)  Fireworks  that  can  be  exploded  en  masse  by  a  blasting  cap 
placed  in  one  of  the  units,  or  by  impact  of  a  rifle  bullet,  or  otherwise. 

'  Picric  acid  (or  medicinal  purposes,  and  not  excccdinp;  4  ounces  in  one  outside  pacl^age,  may  be  shipped 
without  other  restrictions  when  in  securely  closed  glass  bottles,  properly  cushioned  to  prevent  breakage. 


I 


i 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY  EXPRESS.  103 

(n)  Fireworks  that  combine  an  explosive  and  a  detonator  or 
blasting  cap. 

(o)  Explosives  or  other  dangerous  articles  properly  condemned 
by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  except  properly  repacked  samples  for 
laboratory  examination. 

ip)   Smokeless  powder.^     (See  Note,  paragraph  30.) 

(q)  Boxes  or  kegs  that  have  been  used  for  high  explosives. 

Group  1. — Forbidden  Other  Dangerous  Articles. 

22.  Except  when  shipped  by  the  War  or  Navy  Department  of  the 
United  States  Government  in  time  of  war  or  of  threatened  war,  the 
following  articles  must  not  be  shipped  by  express,  except  properly 
packed  samples  for  laboratory  examination: 

(a)  Carbon  bisulphide. 

(b)  Pyroxylin  plastic  scrap. 
Celluloid  scrap. 
Fiberloid  scrap. 
Pyralin  scrap. 
Viscoloid  scrap. 
Zylonite  scrap. 

(c)  Motion-picture  film  scrap  (pieces  of  exposed  or  unexposed 
inflammable  motion-picture  film). 

(d)  Charcoal  screenings. 

(e)  Phosphorus  (white  or  yellow)  except  as  provided  in  para- 
graph 99. 

(/)  Poisonous  liquids  or  gases  of  such  nature  that  a  very  small 
proportion  of  the  vapors  or  gases  mixed  with  air  is  dangerous  to  life. 
This  class  includes  the  following: 

Acid,  hydrocyanic  (prussic). 

Bromacetone. 

Carbonyl  chloride  (phosgene). 

Brombenzylcyanide. 

Chlorpicrin. 

Chloracetophenone. 

Cyanogen. 

Diphenylaminechlorarsine. 

Diphenylchlorarsine. 

Mustard  gas. 

Phosgene. 

Prussic  acid. 

Xylyl  bromide. 

Poison  gases  or  liquids  not  otherwise  specified  herein. 

(g)  Outside  packages  containing  in  the  same  compartment  interior 
packages  the  mixture  of  whose  contents  would  be  liable  to  cause  a 
dangerous  evolution  of  heat,  gas,  or  corrosive  materials. 

'  Fire-extinguisher  charges  containing  not  to  exceed  50  grains  of  smokeless  powder  per  unit  are  exempt 
from  these  regulations. 


104  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

{h)  Packages  containing  a  dangerous  article  in  a  leaky  condition 
or  in  such  an  insecure  condition  as  to  make  leakage  probable  during 
transit. 

(i)  Cylinders  containing  gases  capable  of  combining  chemically. 

(/)  Rags  or  cotton  waste  oily  with  more  than  5  per  cent  of  vege- 
table or  animal  oil,  or  wet  rags,  or  wet  hair,  or  wet  waste  wool,  or 
wet  textile  waste,  or  wet  waste  paper,  or  wet  burlap  bags,  or  burnt, 
wet,  or  damp  fiber,  or  wet  paper  stock,  or  wet  jute,  or  wet  hemp. 

(k)   Acid  carboys,  empty,  unless  thoroughly  drained. 

(l)  Peanut  bran  or  peanut  skins  containing  more  than  12  per 
cent  oil. 

(m)  Fish  scrap  containing  less  than  8  per  cent  or  more  than  12 
per  cent  moisture  or  having  a  temperature  exceeding  100°  F.  when 
loaded.  (Does  not  include  wet  acidulated  fish  scrap  with  moisture 
40  to  55  per  cent.) 

(n)  Rough  ammoniate  tankages  (tankages  made  from  ammoniatos, 
such  as  leather  scrap,  horns,  hoofs,  hair,  hair  waste,  felt  waste,  etc.), 
containing  less  than  7  per  cent  moisture  or  having  a  temperature 
exceeding  100°  F.  when  loaded. 

(o)  Garbage  tankage,  tankage  fertilizers,  etc.,  containing  less  than 
8  per  cent  moisture  or  having  a  temperature  exceeding  100°  F. 
when  loaded. 

Group  2. — Acceptable  Explosives. 

23.  The  following  explosives  may  be  accepted  for  transportation 
by  express  when  offered  in  compliance  with  these  regulations: 

(a)  Samples  of  explosives  for  laboratory  examination,  when  prop- 
erly packed  and  not  exceeding  a  net  weight  of  one-half  pound  for 
each  sample,  and  not  exceeding  20  such  samples  at  one  time  in  a 
single  vessel  or  vehicle.      (See  pars.  40  to  42.) 

(b)  Small-arms  ammunition. 

(c)  Small-arms  primers. 

(d)  Cannon  primers, 
(g)   Percussion  fuzes. 

(/)   Time  or  combination  fuzes. 
ig)   Tracer  fuzes. 
(h)   Safety  fuse. 
(i)   Cordeau  detonant. 
if)   Safety  squibs. 

(]c)  Common   fireworks   and   special   fireworks,   except  when  for- 
bidden.     (.See  pur.  21.) 
(Z)   Instantaneous  fuse. 
(m)   Fuse  lighters. 
(n)   Fuse  igniters, 
(o)   Electric  squibs. 
ip)  Delay  electric  igniters. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   EXPRESS,  105 

DEFINITIONS   OF   ACCEPTABLE   EXPLOSIVES. 

24.  The  only  samples  of  explosives  (not  including  liquid  nitro- 
glycerin) that  can  la\N^ully  be  shipped  by  express  are  those  intended 
for  examination  in  a  laboratory  and  not  intended  for  use  or  demon- 
stration. 

25.  Small-arms  ammunition  (such  as  is  used  in  sporting  or  fowling 
pieces,  or  in  rifle  or  pistol  practice,  etc.)  consists  usually  of  a  paper  or 
metallic  shell,  the  primer,  and  the  powder  charge — with  or  without 
shot  or  bullet,  the  materials  necessary  for  one  firing  being  all  in 
one  piece. 

26.  Percussion  and  time  fuzes,  and  primers,  are  devices  used  to 
ignite  the  black-powder  bursting  charges  of  projectiles,  or  the  powder 
charges  of  ammunition.  For  small-arms  ammunition  the  primers 
are  usually  called  "small-arms  primers"  or  ''percussion  caps." 
Tracer  fuzes  consist  of  a  device  which  is  attached  to  a  projectile  and 
contains  a  slow-burning  composition,  to  show  the  flight  of  projectiles 
at  night. 

27.  {a)  Safety  fuse  consists  ordinarily  of  a  core  of  granular  black 
powder,  which  is  surrounded  by  yarn,  tape,  pitch,  rubber,  etc. 

(h)  Safety  squibs  are  small  paper  tubes  containing  a  small 
quantity  of  black  powder,  one  end  of  each  tube  being  twisted  and 
generally  tipped  with  sulphur. 

(c)  Electric  squibs  consist  of  small  pasteboard  tubes  containing  a 
small  quantity  of  ignition  compound  and  a  wire  bridge  embedded  in 
sulphur,  and  with  wires  attached. 

(d)  Delay  electric  igniters  consist  of  small  metal  tubes  containing 
a  wire  bridge  embedded  in  sulphur  and  a  small  quantity  of  ignition 
composition  in  contact  with  a  piece  of  safety  fuse,  and  with  wires 
attached. 

(e)  Instantaneous  fuse  is  made  from  cotton  yarns  saturated  with 
meal  powder. 

(f)  Cordeau  detonant  is  a  fuse  containing  trinitrotoluol,  assembled 
in  a  draw^n  lead  tube. 

(g)  Fuse  lighters  or  fuse  igniters  consist  of  small  cylindrical  hollow 
pasteboard  tubes  containing  a  friction  igniting  composition  in  one 
end,  the  other  end  being  open  to  permit  it  to  be  placed  on  safety  fuse. 

28.  Fireworks  include  everything  that  is  designed  and  manu- 
factured primarily  for  the  purpose  of  producing  a  visible  or  audible 
pyrotechnic  efi'ect  by  combustion  or  by  explosion.  They  consist  of 
common  fireworks  and  special  fireworks. 

29.  Common  fireworks  include  all  that  depend  principally  upon 
nitrates  to  support  combustion  and  not  upon  chlorates;  that  contain 
no  phosphorus  and  no  high  explosive  sensitive  to  shock  and  friction; 
that  produce  their  efiFect  through  color  display  rather  than  by  loud 

66620°— 22 8 


106  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

noises.  If  noise  is  the  principal  object,  the  units  must  be  small  and 
of  such  nature  and  manufacture  that  they  will  explode  separately 
and  harmlessly,  if  at  all,  when  one  unit  is  ignited  in  a  packing  case. 
Theiv  must  not  be  designed  for  ignition  by  shock  or  friction. 
Examples  are  Chinese  firecrackers,  Roman  candles,  pinwheels,  col- 
ored fires,  rockets,  serpents,  railw-sty  fusees,  flash  powders,  flash  sheets, 
sparklers,  smoke  pots,  illuminating  projectiles,  aeroplane  flares,  etc. 

30.  Special  fireworks  include  all  that  contain  any  quantity  of 
phosphorus,  a  fulminate,  or  other  high  explosive  sensitive  to  shock 
or  friction;  or  that  contain  units  of  such  size  that  the  explosion  of 
one  while  being  handled  would  produce  a  serious  injury;  or  that 
require  a  special  appliance  or  tool,  mortar,  holder,  etc.,  for  their  safe 
use;  or  that  are  designed  for  ignition  by  shock  or  friction.  Examples 
are  giant  firecrackers,  bombs,  and  salutes  (not  high  explosives,  see 
par.  21),  toy  torpedoes  and  caps,  ammunition  pellets  fired  in  a  special 
holder,  railway  torpedoes,  aeroplane  flares,  etc. 

Note. — Smoke  candles,  tear  gas  candles,  and  tear  gas  grenades,  which  may  con- 
tain smokeless  powder,  but  no  poisonous  substance  may  be  accepted  and  trans- 
ported when  packed  and  marked  in  compliance  with  the  regulations  for  the  trans- 
portation of  special  fireworks,  pi'ovided  that  shipments  are  made  by  or  for  the  War 
or  Navy  Department  of  the  United  States  Government. 

SECTION   3. 

PACKING,  MARKING,  AND    LABELING   OF    ACCEPTABLE  » 

EXPLOSIVES. 

40.  (a)  Packing. — Samples  of  explosives  for  laboratory  examina- 
tion must  be  placed  in  well-secured  metal  cans  or  glass  bottles,  or  in 
strong  waterproof  paper  or  cardboard  packages;  each  sample  must 
not  consist  of  more  than  one-half  pound  of  explosive,  and  the  interior 
package  must  be  placed  in  sawdust  or  similar  cushioning  material, 
at  least  2  inches  thick,  in  a  strong  and  tight  wooden  box,  with  ends 
not  less  than  I  inch  thick,  and  top,  bottom,  and  sides  not  less  than 
}/2  inch  thick  when  a  nailed  box  is  used,  or  with  ends,  top,  bottom, 
and  sides  not  less  than  3^  inch  ^  thick  when  of  lock-cornered  con- 
struction. 

(6)  Whenever  these  samples  of  explosives  for  laboratory  examina- 
tion are  contained  in  a  metal  envelope  or  receptacle,  this  receptacle 
must  be  properly  cushioned  with  sawdust  or  similar  cushioning  j 
material  in  a  strong  wooden  box,  and  this  interior  box  must  be 
placed  in  a  tight  outside  wooden  box  with  at  least  2  inches  of  cushion- 
ing material  separating  the  boxes. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY  EXPRESS. 


107 


(c)  Not  more  than  100  blasting  caps  may  be  shipped  in  one  outside 
package  for  laboratory  examination,  and  they  must  be  packed  and 
cushioned  as  provided  in  paragraph  40(6). 

41.  Weiglit. — Not  more  than  20  half-pound  samples  of  explosives 
for  laboratory  examination  may  be  placed  in  one  outside  box  or 
transported  at  one  time. 

The  net  weight  of  the  explosive  contents  must  be  plainly  marked 
by  the  shipper  on  the  outside  of  each  box  offered  for  forwarding. 

42.  Marking. — Each  outside  package  containing  samples  of  explo- 
sives for  laboratory  examination  must  have  securely  and  conspicu- 
ously attached  to  it  a  square,  red  certificate  label,  measuring  4  inches 
on  each  side,  bearing  in  black  letters  the  following: 


Sample    for    Laboratory 
Examination 


HANDLE   CAREFULLY 
KEEP   FIRE  AWAY 


This  is  to  certify  that  the  above  articles  are  properly 
described  by  name  and  are  packed  and  marked  and  are 
in  proper  condition  for  transportation^  according  to  the 
regulations  prescribed  by  the  Interstate  Commerce 
Commission. 


(Shipper's  Name) 


RED    LABEL    FOR    SAMPLES    OF    EXPLOSIVES. 

(REDUCED  SIZE) 


SMALL-ARMS  AMMUNITION,  PRIMERS,   FUZES,    SAFETY   FUSE, 
SAFETY  SQUIBS,  ETC. 

No  Labels  are  Required. 

'  43.  Small-arms  ammunition  must  be  packed  in  pasteboard  or  other 
boxes,  and  these  pasteboard  or  other  boxes  must  be  packed  in  strong 
outside  wooden  or  metal  containers. 

Small-arms  ammunition,  in  pasteboard  or  other  boxes  and  in  quan- 
itity  not  exceeding  a  gross  weight  of  75  pounds,  may  be  packed  with 
nonexplosive  and  noninflammable  articles  and  with  small-arms 
primers  or  percussion  caps,  provided  the  outside  wooden  or  metal 
package  is  plainly  marked  "SMALL-ARMS  AMJVIUNITION," 


108  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

44.  Primers,  and  percussion,  combination,  tracer,  and  time  fuzes, 
must  be  packed  in  strong,  tight,  wooden,  or  metal  containers,  with 
special  provision  for  securing  individual  packages  of  primers  and 
fuzes  against  movement  in  container. 

45.  Small-arms  primers  containing  anvils  must  be  packed  in  cellu- 
lar packages,  with  partitions  separating  the  layers  and  columns  of 
primers,  so  that  the  explosion  of  a  portion  of  the  primers  in  the  com- 
pleted shipping  package  will  not  cause  the  explosion  of  all  of  the 
primers. 

46.  Percussion  caps  must  be  packed  in  metal  or  other  boxes  con- 
taining not  more  than  500  caps,  but  the  construction  of  the  cap  and 
the  kind  and  qilantity  of  explosives  in  each  must  be  such  that  the 
explosion  of  a  part  of  the  caps  in  the  completed  shipping  package  will 
not  cause  the  explosion  of  all  of  the  caps. 

47.  Small-arms  primers  and  percussion  caps  may  form  a  part  of  the 
gross  weight  of  75  pounds  of  small-arms  ammunition  that  may  be 
packed  with  other  articles  as  authorized  by  paragraph  43,  or  not 
exceeding  5  pounds  of  small-arms  primer  or  percussion  caps  may  be 
packed  with  nonexplosive  and  noninflammable  articles." 

48.  Safety  fuse,  cordeau  detonant,  instantaneous  fuse,  safety  squibs, 
electric  squibs,  delay  electric  igniters,  and  fuse  lighters  or  fuse  igniters, 
must  be  ])acked  in  strong  wooden  boxes  or  barrels  properly  marked 
with  the  name  of  the  article  packed  therein. 

Safety  fuse  may  also  be  packed  in  corrugated  strawboard  or  fiber 
board  containers,  or  may  be  packed  in  bales  (provided  the  fuse  is 
first  wraj^ped  in  tarred  felt,  then  sewed  in  tarpaulin,  and  inclosed  in 
a  strong  l)nrlap  bag),  properly  marked. 

49.  Weight. — The  gross  weight  of  one  outside  package  containing 
small-arms  ammunition,  primers,  ])ercussion  caps,  or  percussion, 
tracer  or  time  fuzes,  must  not  exceed  150  pounds. 

50.  Marking. — Each  outside  box  must  be  plainly  marked  "  SMALL- 
ARMS  AMMUNITION,"  "SMALL-ARMS  PRIMERS— HANDLE 
CAREFULLY,"  "PERCUSSION  CAPS— HANDLE  CARE- 
FULLY," "CANNON  PRIMERS— HANDLE  CAREFULLY," 
"COMBINATION  PRIMERS— HANDLE  CAREFULLY," 
"PERCUSSION  FUZES— HANDLE  CAREFULLY,"  "COMBI- 
NATION FUZES— HANDLE  CAREFULLY,"  TRACER 
FUZES— HANDLE  CAREFULLY,"  "SAFETY  FUSE,"  "COR- 
DEAU DETONANT,"  "SAFETY  SQUIBS,"  "INSTANTANEOUS 
FUSE,"  or  "TIME  FUZES,"  etc. 

FIREWORKS. 

51.  Common  fireworks  must  be  in  a  finished  state,  exclusive  of 
mere  ornamentation,  as  supplied  to  the  retail  trade,  and  must  be 
securely  packed  in  strong,  tight,  spark-proof  wooden  barrels  comply- 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   EXPRESS.  109 

ing  %vith  specification  No.   11,  or  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with 
specification  No.  12 A. 

Photographic  flash  powder  in  quantity  not  exceeding  5  pounds  may 
be  packed  with  nonexplosive,  noninflammable,  or  noncorrosive 
articles. 

52.  Special  fireworks  must  be  in  a  finished  state,  exclusive  of  mere 
ornamentation,  as  supplied  to  the  retail  trade,  and  must  not  contain 
forbidden  explosives.      (See  par.  21.) 

Special  fireworks  must  be  securely  packed  in  strong,  spark-proof 
wooden  barrels  that  comply  with  specification  No.  11,  or  in  wooden 
boxes  that  comply  with  specification  No.  12. 

53.  Paper  cap  ammunition  for  toy  pistols,  in  quantity  not  exceeding 
3  gross  of  inside  packages,  not  to  exceed  250  caps  each,  may  be  packed 
with  other  nonexplosive  or  noninflammable  articles,  provided  outside 
packages  are  marked  as  prescribed  herein. 

54.  Paper  caps  may  be  packed  in  packages  with  toy  pistols  provided 
the  caps  are  packed  in  a  separate  compartment  of  the  outside  package 
or  inside  package,  and  provided  outside  packages  are  marked  and 
labeled  as  prescribed  herein. 

55.  Cap  torpedoes  must  be  packed  in  sawdust,  in  paper  or  cardboard 
cartons;  the  size  of  the  carton  must  be  not  less  than  4  cubic  inches  for 
each  grain  of  explosive. 

56.  Unless  packed  in  separate-compartment  cartons  as  described 
below,  toy  torpedoes  must  not  contain  more  than  an  average  of  7 
grains  each  of  a  mixture  of  potassium  chlorate,  black  antimony,  and 
sulphur,  and  not  more  than  one-half  gross  shall  be  packed  in  a  single 
inside  container  of  capa:city  not  less  than  105  cubic  inches.  All  vacant 
space  in  the  inside  container  must  be  filled  with  fine  sawdust.  The 
average  weight  must  not  exceed  9  grains  when  not  more  than  one-half 
gross  of  the  torpedoes  are  packed  in  an  inside  pasteboard  carton  of 
capacity  not  less  than  120  cubic  inches  with  partitions  that  provide 
for  each  torpedo  a  separate  compartment  in  which  all  vacant  space  is 
filled  with  fine  sawdust. 

57.  Torpedoes  of  any  kind  must  not  be  packed  with  other  fireworks. 

58.  Weight. — The  gross  weight  of  one  outside  package  containing 
common  fireworks  must  not  exceed  200  pounds,  and  the  gross  weight 
of  one  outside  package  containing  special  fireworks  must  not  exceed 
100  pounds;  the  gross  weight  of  an  outside  package  containing  toy 
torpedoes  must  not  exceed  65  pounds. 

59.  Marking. — All  outside  boxes  or  barrels  containing  common 
fireworks  must  be  plainly  marked  "COMMON  FIREWORKS- 
KEEP  FIRE  AWAY,"  and  all  outside  boxes  or  barrels  containing 
special  fireworks,  or  a  mixture  of  common  and  special  fireworks,  must 
be  plainly  marked  ''SPECIAL  FIREWORKS— HANDLE  CARE- 
FULLY—KEEP FIRE  AWAY,"  in  letters  not  less  than  -^  inch  in 


no 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


hei<2;lit.     Outside  packages  containing  toy   torpedoes  must  also  be 
marked  "TOY  TORPEDOES." 

60.  Label. — Each  outside  package  containing  common  or  special 
fireworks  must  have  securely  and  conspicuously  attached  to  it  a 
square,  red  certificate  label  measuring  4  inches  on  each  side  and  bear- 
ing in  black  letters  the  following: 


FIREWORKS 

HANDLE   CAREFULLY 

KEEP   FIRE   AWAY 

DO   NOT    DROP    NOR    THROW 


This  package  must  not  be  loaded  or 

stored    near    steam    pipes    or 

other  source  of  heat 


This  is  to  certify  that  the  above  articles  are  properly 
described  by  name  and  are  packed  and  marked  and  are 
in  proper  condition  for  transportation,  according  to  the 
regulations  prescribed  by  the  Interstate  Commerce 
Commission. 


{Shipper's  Name.) 


RED    LABEL    FOR    FIREWORKS. 

(REDUCED  SIZE) 

SECTION  4. 

CROUP    3.— ACCEPTABLE    DANGEROUS    ARTICLES    OTHER    THAN 

EXPLOSIVES. 

Definitions. 


INFLAMMABLE   LIQUIDS— RED   LABEL. 

70.  Inflammable  liquids  include  any  liquid  or  liquid  mixture  that 
gives  ofi'  inflammable  vapors  (as  determined  by  flash  point  from 
Tagliabue's  open-cup  tester,  as  used  for  test  of  burning  oils)  at  or 
below  a  temperature  of  80°  F. 

Note. — Nonfhiid  or  paste  compounds  composed  in  part  of  inflammable  liquids, 
which  at  100°  V.  will  not  liquefy  and  remain  liquid  are  not  considered  as  inflammable. 

INFLAMMABLE    SOLIDS — YELLOW    LABEL. 

71.  Inflammable  solids  include  all  substances  other  than  those 
classified  as  explosives  that  are  liable  under  conditions  incident  to 
transportation  to  cause  fires  by  ignition  through  friction,  through 
absorption  of  moisture,  or  through  spontaneous  chemical  changes. 


DANGEROUS  ARTICLES   BY  EXPRESS.  Ill 

OXIDIZING    MATERIALS — YELLOW    LABEL. 

72.  Oxidizing  materials  include  all  substances  such  as  chlorates, 
permanganates,  peroxides,  and  nitrates,  that  yield  oxygen  readily  to 
stimulate  the  combustion  of  organic  matter. 

CORROSIVE    LIQUIDS — WHITE    LABEL. 

73.  Corrosive  liquids  include  the  strong  mineral  acids,  and  other 
strongly  corrosive  liquids  that  are  liable  to  cause  fires  when  mixed 
with  chemicals  or  with  organic  matter,  or  are  hable  in  case  of  leakage 
from  their  shipping  containers  to  damage  other  freight  materially. 

COMPRESSED    GASES— RED    OR    GREEN    (GAS)    LABEL. 

t 

74.  Compressed  gases  include  all  inflammable  or  noninflammable 
gases  under  pressure  exceeding  25  pounds  per  square  inch  at  70°  F., 
except  poisonous  gases  as  prohibited  by  paragraph  228  herein: 
Provided,  That  such  inflammable  or  noninflammable  gases  in  cylinders 
or  tubes  not  exceeding  J^  inch  outside  diameter  and  of  not  more  than 
4  fluid  ounces  water  capacity,  and  hand  fire  extinguishers  containing 
nonliquefied  gas  for  the  purpose  of  expelling  fire-extinguishing 
contents;  and  machines  or  apparatus  assembled  for  shipment,  and 
containing  not  more  than  15  pounds  of  gas  for  their  operation,  are 
exempt  from  the  requirements  of  these  regulations. 

POISONOUS    ARTICLES — POISON    LABEL. 

75.  For  the  purpose  of  regulations  for  safe  transportation  by 
express,  poisonous  articles  are  divided  into  two  classes,  according  to 
the  degree  of  hazard  in  transportation.  (See  par.  22  (/)  for  forbidden 
poisons.) 

Class  A. — Forbidden. 

(a)  Poisonous  gases  or  liquids  of  such  nature  that  a  very  small 
proportion  of  the  gas  or  vapor  mixed  with  air  is  dangerous  to  life. 
(See  par.  22  (/)). 

Class  B. — Acceptable. 

(6)  Poisonous  liquids  of  such  nature  that  they  are  chiefly  dangerous 
by  actual  contact  with  the  body  or  by  contamination  of  foods  and 
feeds.  The  vapors  of  some  of  this  class  of  materials  are  also  offen- 
sive or  dangerous,  but  to  a  much  less  extent  than  those  prohibited 
by  paragraph  22  (/) . 

Poisonous  solids  of  such  nature  that  they  are  chiefly  dangerous  if 
taken  internally,  although  having  some  poisonous  effects  on  the  skin. 


112  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

LIST    OF    PRINCIPAL    DANGEROUS    ARTICLES    OTHER    THAN 

EXPLOSIVES. 

(See  par.  22  for  forbidden  articles.) 

76.  (a)  The  following  list  shows  the  names  of  well-known  articles 
other  than  explosives  in  general  use  that  are  dangerous,  the  kind  of 
label  required  for  outside  packages,  and  the  quantities  that  may  be 
shipped  in  one  outside  package  by  express. 

(6)  Wlien  a  shipment  described  by  and  marked  with  a  definite  and 
proper  name  not  in  the  following  list  is  defined  as  a  dangerous  one 
by  paragraphs  70,  71,  72,  73,  74,  and  75  (b),  the  shipper  must  inform 
the  express  carrier  of  the  fact  by  use  of  the  proper  label,  and  must 
give  the  certificate  prescribed  herein. 

(c)  Articles  described  under  names  in  the  following  list  marked  with 
(*)  may  or  may  not  be  dangerous  under  the  regulations,  and  when 
not  dangerous  the  shipper  must  plainly  label,  mark,  or  stencil  on  each 
outside  package  containing  such  articles,  the  proper  and  definite  name 
of  the  article  and  the  words  ''NO  LABEL  REQUIRED." 

(d)  When  dangerous  articles  other  than  explosives  requiring  red 
labels  are  shipped  in  the  same  outside  package  with  dangerous  articles 
requiring  yellow  or  white  labels,  the  outside  package  must  be  labeled 
with  the  red  label  only.  The  marking  and  description  must  be  that 
of  the  inflammable  liquid  present  in  largest  quantity. 

(«)  When  several  dangerous  articles  are  placed  in  one  outside  pack- 
age without  violating  these  regulations  the  combined  quantity  of  any 
one  group  must  not  exceed  the  lowest  limit  prescribed  for  any  one  of 
the  articles  of  that  group  that  is  included. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   EXPRESS. 


113 


a>  a  ui 


rt  °  °'a 

o  o  O 

M  .ft 
PI  03 


JI&2 

3  o  -'  - 


03 


.a  *j  o  ti 

«   3  03  (S 
o!  O  ftp, 


-IS 


'-H  GO  t-H  ^ 
00  ^OO  oo 


^^'S  3  "S  to2' 
C)  CM  C^  O  2  "-^^ 
'-''-'  ^   ft  ^  •-*  CV3 

-\-ft-=^ 
00  00  00  ->v  "^00  ^~ 

oo  o 


^S    S; 


^  00  00  ->v  **«  „ 

_  o  o 

OOCC-  00 
d  S  !3  03  «  C  O  , 


00        rt_         rf 


woo 
oo 


-•-^  °°  ^'^  ^o'     o' 

-^""^    m'^-n"':?''   Co!---. 

'--^RSo-s^sa.H 


_.  CL 

3  So  goo  o  S  S  S  2  §  o5  o  o  5  °  £  S^  E  °  °  °  3  3  o'  5  1 1  5  3  §  §511 

1,S,55  o!  c«  03  03  C3  M  ft       o3—  ftft      ftcaJiroSftoSeoSo! 


bo  W)  he  tuO 


hijJpjhJJJhJhii-iiJjJJ^SSj 


SSShJjJc„'JJp^' 


o  d  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  c  a  a ii ji  a ^'  ° r,\' .' .'  a i^ im  o  o'P'^'c'^  o'e    • 
OwOOOOOOOOOOOmh;mOOm^iO^(^^iPLi>i;OOOoOh;£mmOm^i 


s<«s2«.2.a.2saaabdi 

T;.3nassc-333««S 

>i;:^'3  S  o)  oj  oi  CO  .=;  .5  .s +j -^  ^ 
MnPn(-iH(-'^o3o3a3a3cOo3® 


3 .5  I 

'is 

5n5 


114 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION". 


c-n 

°  m  It 
e  eg  . 
•—  _  • 

C   0   M 

i  °    8 


?&« 


a  08 '  _ 

3  o  «)  & 
p.       c8 

is  ""3 

'k  3  e8  3 

C8  O  ftP. 


*S5S«     S- 


^    _if  IC  OC  "^  00 

o  o  ci5    •-   -_r   - 
oc  oc    .c:>  o  ^  o 


SSg 


^.s 


a> 


00   *^  w 

oc  — r 

"-'—  00  l-H 

MOO---  00 


So6d  =  sg:3--t;5oot:oogs50oSgoo20ooo 


§  o  oss  io.2  055255 


^00 

00;:;  3 
,00  o 

00  s"*^ 


"3  p.  ji:.  3  p. 
S  S  •  lo  vo      io 


10   ™"'  CM    ^O         ^ 

(N  «D  ^  ,-1  CD  ^        CD 


&  s 

o  9 

0^  O  V  a; 


p.—   K 

B  c  £ 


*'3'g 


67 


5  c  c 
O 


I.  IC.2 

»-    •    .  o 

■c  fe  i  I 


^  ^ 


o  _o    •  o  o  *^  o  ^  ^  .-^^  .t:  .t;  c-    '    •    •    ■  o    '.    •       "tS  ** 


L<1<S 


c  c'Hcc'Sc'S 


<1«1<1 


L§5<K1<1<1<|<] 


o  o 
00 


cpccccccscccc  a ° ° 


Co 

E  = 


-a  ^ 


fe5 


Lcisppccjpcip.; 


o  3 1.: 
•a  £3 


S-Sj 


.-.& 


^  ^  ^  kw  I 

C  C  3  08  03  11  I 

o  o  u  A  A,a  J 


0-; 

P-S  wS-gS 

•o  ^-o  S«| 

CTosojoO'OCjaiOotyD, 

■n3'3  «  «  ojiSS  g-55 

»^^^^  °5  £  Sa 

q5S2«S2*^  o 


^  l-ii  03  0!  O  C3  p-O 
^•=0  P.p.Cl-«>  t-3 

E2  '.-c^ ^ .: .- ^ ^ ^: ^^ 

a*'-     •o.CT3T3T3'0'Ci'C'C  — 

i-wt-c  00  3  =  33333;- 
o3oo^;;:E;"2ooooooo-r; 
■♦-■"•^^  t£p  p.p.p.p.p<p<p.o 

■5'3x:s^5S5SESSHfc: 
ooooocoocooooo 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY  EXPRESS. 


115 


iC  >o  w 

'-'  —'  lO 
CO  lO     ^ 

^  wo 
'  _  -<o 

"00  o  -^ 


SoO-O     .(N 


ss 


to  O  Orf 


S        Oo'tO  CO 

2      o  o' 


-H  o  OS    „cn  ^-^  '^  _-o^  ^  «>    -  ■  S 
<0    ---^  (S  ^°^     o  £i  ^  3  ^SS    - 

„ CO  C^  CO  -^  ''^      ^^  CO    ^^CO  ^  CO  ^ 

_J^CO  X'      ^GC  „-~^-^-H  00  CO  .-H  00      -o5  CO 

S<»    — .    -ggoo    -  ~-    -S    -"^ 

^^H  oc^^oooo       o^hH^h^^'--*     -* 

o  w  ao  ^-x)^^     c^oc  GO  "-♦ex:'      oo  ^ 


CO  CO  c 


;co    2    222    " 


00  00  CO' ^ 


QOOO  CO 

o  oo""      _ 

OC'OOOO         00         COcCGpOCjC 


T-«  2  »0  '-'  lO 

2oo2o 

o  o  o2  o 

coS  oo'^S 
cTo  o"o  cT 


—  o 
00-2 

!2  o 


§^ 


3oJcStu5c3P,&:i,a3o3p.o3!io:c3  '"'  -^  — -h— .       _       ^^_^_^,      „ 


i-HWeOWCOCMC-lr-tlOCO'^COWCO.-l  ^^A\/-A  fi-A 


o  o  o 


o  o  o  o  o- 


—  ^  X4  ^  .1^ 

C  o  c  s-^ 

C=!  O  3  (3 

tea!  R 


Ss5  3 
"  taS  c 

^  fcccS  '^ 
,-1  1-1  CO  CM  1^ 


S^«5  00 

S    -9  o" 

^^  oo  CO' 

w  oo 

■     00  ^--  w  m 

c^  C  C  C  C 
°  C  o  3  3 

Q^s  o  c 
c«  m,PhP, 

i-H  COCMCM 


3  or'  o  OJ  a) 


ce  c3  "^  c«  cd  c3  c! 


ti  bt'  M  M  s  c  a 
^— 1»^— .^-^  "i^  ^  ^ 

;~~'o"  ci  o  ty 

-.  O  O^  03  t-  t-   r 


■S  C  I 
O  O  I 

t;^.2-' 


<1«1<1 


<1S 


L<1<1 


ii 


.  .  ^ do'dj^  do'do'ddddddo'dd  ^<ii^ 

—    —    —    —         OQCtOOOOOCOOCO         OOO^^r-r- 


hJvJ'^m 


v^;   •    •   •   •  t:,^^_;^^-<  t:  uu^^uj^,^^     BESS     SSSSaSSHEEEcS     EEE_:,^v:v:   •   ■_:^-5v-- 
a«'-'«'.' o  c  a  n  c  ciJ  °  o^  3^  c  a  a      ooco      o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o  c  o  o  o  o      o  o  o  ^  3  c  c,>'n' C  flj?  C 


a 

S  ID 

90 


3d 


S.S6 

MP. 


O   O 

-eg 


c*C  rt^'- 


o  " 


•  ©■;:3't3  m  -•  ^  ^ 
^  o  *^  .is"  «->  «  t,  -S  M 


2o3a3'?-So.£3333g^ddJ=-5";t2 


JOKW 


^  "  3 


WW'3lzgo 


^  *-'  rt^ 

^^  p. 


g^^  O  ffl  © 

=■32  Sf  ^s:§:s2s-„ 
'^'^"lilllllli 


i:  3 


116 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


c-So 
S  f-  c 


|S2g 


Ec."-3 


I 


&    S 


O  ot  55      _- 
OS     _»       Q 


OS 

■  "ao 


j^'^O  3C 


o2 


o>  ^ 


-.^-o     S? 


o  C  —  Q  cs  a  t-  o  H  "- 

_  C8  CD         C        „ 
O  to        y^ 


5  o 

IC  lO 


JJSOOOO'^00'^„-J5'  00 

*SooSc-S*»  o-     So 

^"     _S  OCi  '"  00  '^^      -__-  00 

£-oo";^M''=1ir<^'S2-  "m      « 

iO  iC  *-r  ».0  to  .-*^iO  10  ^^ 


•o 


00     .     'C     .     •     'OOO     .„ 


s  ;  fe  s  s  :  ".  ^  &  «■  -c  «  >  :  :  ^  ^  & 

O      .coo     .      'OO^^C^O     .      'OOO 

Q)oa;oc>a^oooiiJQ><ur;'cjr^a>a»<u<Doo> 


Sec 
g  c  c 


St3  6" 
oS'S-o 

E5-S5 


«!< 


CO  W  iJ  J  (/3  J  J  J 


cceccscc 


;ss 


hH  HH  »-4  K-l  HH  I— 4  H- 1 1— (  w  Vi^  HH  hH  t— (        M 


)JM      iJ 


s  n 


«] 


«] 


I 


OH5Sc4HHOOO»i:^^:4>t;>i5oMQMM>5oo 


O  OS 


e-^ 


C;    M    C 


;^5 


is  5;^ 


■^•9  2  :% 


r3    ^  ■!-■  H 


cfl'O 

05   S 


.2 

iiti 


_2 --  crSl.'I.S  £1 


c  o  ec  a 


^S-oEg-g 

- 'O  -t^  '^  -^  "^  rt^      ■ 

0  >- -r  .5  "o  :=  2;  Si 
■-  ■£      ►J    -   •  M  c 


o  M  d 


o  o 

«  oj  q 


s«sg-s 


1.2  g^ 


g££ 


^? 


-  -  E^  "=  i 

o  c  o  o  o  o  I 
p  C:.  &,  p,  p.  f 
o  d  d  d  o  b 
Pm  Ph  Ph  pM  CM  P-( 


o'o  o'l 

PLlPHf^f 


DANGEROUS  AETICLES   BY  EXPRESS. 


117 


— T,-,- 1*  1^' 


03 


00  X 

oo 


00 'O'" 


3S. 


£-0"  p'-TS  p" 


C  ^3X3  q  O-d 


^— '  CD  O  ^      "^5? 
S^iO'°11p~^.o'''=^ 

r^.  r*-.  ^^  Ca  00  ^ 


O  00  Oi 

o>    ^   - 

mcc  00 

i-TS  00 
00  ^^  ~-' 


S  t:  o  o  c.2ii  o 


C^N^Df-^CCCO         «-' ^  (M  r-4  r-*  C<l  ^  C^  C^  C^  CD  t-^  (N --»  CD  iC --1 


CO    '-ti^o    .    'ooo    .-^ocoooo^o    .    'c-^.t:^-^ 

(11     fll    (11  "^^     r-1     (11     Gl    m     <1i     C^    n^  "^     fli     Cj     t^    (TJ     £U     01     (1j    rtl     r.     (1 1  "^^  ■*-«  f*-"     d  j     CI     (11    (11 


« 


g<l<]<l 


-J  J  J  fj  >J  hJ  hJ 


b\hi^OMMM.i^ii;oM!Sc'ooMOMMMii:;ooouM>^hi;.5 


'g.2  fl 


iSSgS 


_~'0 

0!  C3-S  O  p  o  o.SS£c3  g  03  CO  c3.:=5.::.3  g 

P P -  .  i^i^n  is ;3(!3J3Soooooooo 

*         *  *      *  * 


'l-  O  ^r-  03^ 

oQ  oQ  03  E-i  E-i  E-i 


'S'S 

^« 

poo 
!3  o  o 

*  *  «■ 


o  2 

00  03 

^« 
5  o 

"  '- 

o  ffl 

^s 

<>, 

^-g 
O  w 
"S  03 

*-"   4^ 

o  o 
<;  a) 


p-S 


T3 

3 
a 


£ 


3 

s 

d 
a 
o 

C3 
BO 


i 


O, 


co-O 

a 

o 

•^-o 

d 
o 

oj  y 

X) 

t:  c 

i* 

4^"^ 

■c 

-^  i^ 

=  2 

a 

O  o 

WS 

*  .£ 

s 

O 

■§l 

X!^ 

,d 

-a^ 

■§ 

CC  a> 

i=8 

o  « 

1* 

^-a 

P-o 

CO  u« 

12 

O  (3 

"o  § 

^H 

?!<»- 

:z:2 

D  a 

Xo 

fl  « 

o5 

OT3 

?« 

«i 

1  ° 

■;sT3 

fi 

•s^ 

"^M 

s^b 

^  a 

s  3 
-■3 

1  !*> 

o  a 

1^ 

Pfe 

r^    =* 

fcr=! 

trO   ■ 

^a 

fiics^ 

^ 

o 

^ 

118  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

SECTION  5. 

PACKING  DANGEROUS  ARTICLES   OTHER  THAN  EXPLOSIVES. 

80.  Dangerous  articles  for  which  the  yellow  and  white  labels, 
respectively,  are  prescribed,  must  not  be  packed  in  the  same  package 
unless  the  bottle  containing  the  corrosive  liquid  is  cushioned  by 
incombustible  absorbent  material  in  tightly  closed  metal  containers 
as  prescribed  by  paragraph  125.  Nitric  acid  must  not  be  packed  in 
the  same  outside  package  with  any  other  article.  Cylinders  of  com- 
pressed gases  must  not  be  packed  with  other  articles. 

81.  (a)  Barrels,  drums,  cylinders,  boxes,  cans,  carboys,  and  other 
containers  used  hereafter  for  the  shipment  of  dangerous  articles 
other  than  explosives  must  have  been  made  and  marked  in  accord- 
ance with  the  requirements  of  the  approved  specifications  as  pre- 
scribed herein,  or  of  the  previous  issues  of  these  specifications  effective 
at  the  date  of  manufacture  of  the  container:  Provided,  That  cylinders 
manufactured  previous  to  the  date  on  which  specifications  therefor 
were  first  made  effective,  may  be  used  if  they  have  been  properly 
tested  and  otherwise  comply  with  the  requirements  of  paragraphs  136 
to  164  of  these  regulations:  Provided  further ,  That  cylinders  of  foreign 
manufacture  received  from  foreign  countries  for  charging  with 
compressed  gas  may  be  charged  and  shipped,  for  export  only,  if  they 
are  known  to  have  been  retested  and  charged  in  full  compliance  with  the 
requirements  prescribed  herein  for  domestic  cylinders:  And  provided 
further,  That  cylinders  previously  used  in  any  service  in  accordance 
with  these  regulations,  may  be  transferred  to  a  service  requiring 
less  strength  and  for  which  they  are  suitable,  upon  application  to 
the  Bureau  of  Explosives  and  receipt  of  advice  to  change  the  marking 
on  the  cylinders. 

(h)  In  addition  to  standing  the  tests  prescribed,  the  design  and 
construction  of  packages  must  be  such  as  to  prevent  the  occurrence 
in  individual  packages  of  defects  that  permit  leakage  of  their  con- 
tents under  the  ordinary  conditions  incident  to  transportation. 
The  results  of  experience  gained  by  an  examination  of  damaged  or 
broken  packages  on  arrival  at  destination,  must  be  reported  to  and 
recorded  by  tlie  Bureau  of  Explosives,  to  the  end  that  further  use  of 
any  particular  kind  of  package  shown  by  experience  to  be  inefficient, 
may  be  prohibited  by  the  commission. 

(c)  Pending  approval  and  promulgation  by  the  commission  of 
specifications  for  shipping  containers  other  than  those  for  which 
specifications  are  published  herein,  containers  may  be  used  which 
after  investigation  made  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  or  other 
competent  testing  laboratory  in  the  presence  of  a  representative  of 
the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  are  shown  to  possess  the  general  efficiency 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   EXPRESS.  119 

and  the  protection  against  leakage  of  contents  afforded  by  the 
standard  types  of  corresponding  capacity  described  in  the  specifica- 
tions published  herein,  provided  they  are  labeled  or  marked  to  show- 
compliance  with  ad  interim  specifications  provided  therefor  by  the 
Bureau  of  Explosives. 

id)  Interior  packages  containing  1  pint  or  more  of  an  inflammable 
liquid  or  any  quantity  of  corrosive  liquid  must  be  packed  wath  their 
filling  holes  up,  and  the  outside  package  must  be  plainly  marked 
"THIS  SIDE  UP." 

Inflanunable  Liquids — Red  Label. 

82.  The  maximum  quantity  of  any  inflammable  liquid  not  other- 
wise specified  herein  (see  pars.  84  to  89  and  column  4  of  list,  par.  76), 
packed  in  one  outside  container,  must  not  exceed  1  gallon  when  the 
flash  point  is  20°  F.  or  below,  and  must  not  exceed  5  gallons  when  the 
flash  point  is  above  20°  F.  and  below  80°  F. 

83.  (a)  Packages  containing  inflammable  liquids  must  not  be 
entirely  filled.  Sufficient  interior  space  must  be  left  vacant  to 
prevent  leakage  or  distortion  of  containers,  due  to  increase  of  tem- 
perature during  transit.  In  all  such  packages  this  vacant  space 
must  not  be  less  than  2  per  cent  of  the  capacity  of  the  container. 

(6)  In  packages  containing  alcohol,  cologne  spirits,  high  wines,  or 
other  distilled  spirits,  the  vacant  interior  space,  or  allowance  for 
wantage  or  ullage,  must  conform  to  the  United  States  internal  revenue 
regulations. 

84.  Alcohol  may  be  shipped  when  packed  in  two  5-gallon  metal 
cans,  inclosed  in  a  wooden  box  complying  with  specification  No.  2; 
or  in  two  5-gallon  metal  cans  boxed  separately  in  compliance  with 
specification  No.  2,  and  inclosed  in  a  strong  wooden  crate;  or  in 
metal  drums  of  capacity  not  exceeding  10  gallons,  complying  with 
specification  No.  5. 

85.  Casinghead  gasoline,  blended  or  unblended,  must  be  shipped 
as  liquefied  petroleum  gas,  in  steel  cylinders  (paragraphs  136  to  164), 
when  the  vapor  pressure  at  100°  F.  exceeds  10  pounds  per  square 
inch,  and  as  gasoline  when  the  vapor  pressure  is  10  pounds  or  less. 

86.  Liquid  cements,  including  leather  cement,  roofing  cement,  rubber 
cement,  etc.,  with  flash  point  above  20°  F.,  may  be  shipped  in  tightly 
closed  metal  cans  of  not  exceeding  5  gallons  capacity,  and  in  quan- 
tities not  exceeding  6  gallons  in  one  outside  package,  provided  the 
cans  and  boxes  comply  with  specification  No.  2.  If  the  fiash  point 
is  20°  F.  or  below,  the  maximum  quantity  that  may  be  shipped  in 
one  outside  package  is  1  gallon. 

87.  Ethyl  chloride  must  be  shipped  in  inside  containers  of  not  over 
^  pint  capacity  tightly  closed  and  cushioned  in  outside   containers 


120  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

complying  with    specification    No.  2    or  24   (or   No.   19    for   mixed 
shipments). 

88.  Paint  or  varnish  with  flash  point  above  20°  F.  may  be  shipped 
in  tifjhtly  closed  metal  cans  not  exceeding  5  gallons  capacity,  and  in 
quantities  not  exceeding  12  gallons  in  one  outside  package,  provided 
the  cans  and  boxes  comply  with  specification  No.  2 ;  or  in  metal  barrels 
or  drums  of  not  exceeding  55  gallons  capacity  complying  with  speci- 
fication No.  5. 

89.  Spirits  of  nitroglycerin  consisting  of  not  to  exceed  10  per  cent 
by  weight  of  nitroglycerin  in  ethyl  alcohol  must  be  packed  in  metal 
cans  hermetically  sealed  by  soldering,  and  not  exceeding  1  gallon 
may  be  packed  in  any  single  outside  box  which  must  comply  with 
specification  No.  2,  and  in  addition  the  box  must  be  lined  with  strong 
paraffined  paper  and  the  metal  can  must  be  entirely  surrounded  by 
at  least  2  inches  of  dry  fine  sawdust  or  kieselguhr. 

Spirits  of  nitroglycerin,  U.  S.  P.,  consisting  of  not  to  exceed  1  per 
cent  by  weight  of  nitroglycerin  in  ethyl  alcohol,  may  also  be  placed  in 
securely  closed  glass  bottles  of  not  more  than  1  quart  capacity^ 
cushioned  by  at  least  2  inches  of  dry  fine  sawdust  or  kieselguhr  in 
outside  wooden  boxes  complying  wdth  specification  No.  2  or  19. 
Not  more  than  1  quart  may  be  shipped  in  one  package. 

90.  (a)  Except  where  special  preparation  and  packing  are  pre- 
scribed in  paragraphs  82  to  89,  inflammable  liquids  must  be  shipped 
in  packages  complying  with  specifications  that  apply,  as  follows: 

ih)  In  tightly  closed  metal  cans  of  not  exceeding  5  gallons  capacity 
packed  in  wooden  boxes  complying  w^ith  specification  No.  2  or  cush- 
ioned in  wooden  barrels  or  kegs  complying  with  specification  No.  11. 

(c)  In  well-stoppered  glass  or  earthenware  vessels  of  not  exceeding 
1  quart  capacity  cushioned  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  speci- 
fication No.  2  or  19,  or  cushioned  in  wooden  barrels  or  kegs  com- 
plying with  specification  No.  11. 

(d)  In  well-stoppered  glass,  earthenware,  or  metal  vessels  of  not 
exceeding  1  pint  capacity  (ether,  1  pound)  when  flash  point  is  20°  F. 
or  lower,  and  1  quart  capacity  when  flash  point  is  above  20°  F., 
cushioned  in  fiber  board  or  corrugated  strawboard  containers  com- 
plying with  specification  No.  24,  and  not  exceeding  8  quarts  in  one 
package,  except  that  when  hermetically  sealed  metal  inside  con- 
tainers are  used  the  combined  capacity  shall  not  exceed  25  pints. 

(e)  In  metal-jacketed  cans  of  not  exceeding  5  gallons  capacity, 
complying  with  specification  No.  23. 

(/)  In  metal  drums  of  capacity  not  exceeding  5  gallons,  complying 
with  specification  No.  5. 

(g)  In  securely  closed  glass  or  metal  containers  of  not  to  exceed 
1  pint  capacity,  inloscd  in  outside  containers  complying  with  speci- 
fication No.  29. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY  EXPRESS.  121 

Inflammable  Solids — Yellow  Label. 

94.  The  maximum  quantity  of  any  inflammable  solid  not  other- 
wise specified  herein  (see  pars.  95  to  109,  and  column  4,  list,  par.  76), 
placed  in  one  outside  package  must  not  exceed  25  pounds.  Inflam- 
mable solids  must  not  be  packed  in  the  same  outside  container  with 
corrosive  liquids  unless  the  corrosive  liquids  are  in  bottles,  cushioned 
by  incombustible  absorbent  material,  in  tightly  closed  metal  contain- 
ers as  prescribed  by  paragraph  125. 

The  net  weight  in  any  container  must  not  exceed  25  pounds. 

95.  Benzoyl  peroxide  must  be  wet  with  not  less  than  30  per  cent  of 
water  by  weight,  and  placed  in  tightly  sealed  metal  cans  of  not 
exceeding  5  pounds  capacity  each;  packed  in  wooden  boxes  (speci- 
fication No.  18).  Not  more  than  25  pounds  of  wet  material  may  be 
packed  in  a  single  box. 

96.  Sodium  picramate  must  be*  wet  with  not  less  than  20  per  cent 
of  water  by  weight,  and  placed  in  tightly  closed  bottles  of  not  exceed- 
ing 1  quart  capacity  each,  cushioned  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with 
specification  No.  2  or  19.  Not  more  than  25  pounds  of  wet  material 
may  be  packed  in  a  single  box. 

97.  Calcium  phosphide  must  be  placed  in  hermetically  sealed  metal 
cans  inclosed  in  metal-lined  wooden  boxes  (see  specification  No.  18). 

98.  Metallic  sodium  or  potassium,  in  quantity  not  greater  than 
1  pound,  must  be  placed  in  neutral  oil,  and  this  in  a  well-stoppered 
bottle,  protected  by  a  tin  container  and  boxed:  or  in  hermetically 
sealed  tin  cylinders,  boxed.     Specification  No.  18. 

99.  Yellow  or  white  phosphorus,  not  to  exceed  4  ounces  in  each 
sample,  provided  samples  are  placed  in  water  in  sealed  metal  cylin- 
ders or  cans  inclosed  in  a  wooden  box  made  of  lumber  not  less  than  % 
inch  thick,  may  be  accepted  only  when  consigned  to  the  Laboratory 
of  the  Internal  Revenue  Bureau  or  to  the  Hygienic  Laboratory  of  the 
Public  Health  Service,  Washington,  D.  C. 

100.  Amorphous  (red)  phosphorus  must  be  packed  in  sealed  metal 
containers  inclosed  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification 
No.  18.  Not  more  than  11  pounds  may  be  packed  in  one  outside 
package. 

101.  (a)  For  transportation  purposes  matches  are  divided  into  two 
classes,  "strike  on  box  matches"  and  "strike  anywhere  matches." 
Strike  on  box  matches,  including  book  matches,  are  those  matches 
which  are  intended  to  be  ignited  on  a  prepared  surface.  Strike 
anywhere  matches  are  those  matches  for  the  ignition  of  which  a 
prepared  surface  is  not  required. 

Matches  of  any  kind  must  not  be  packed  in  the  same  outside 
package  with  any  other  article,  except  that  strike  on  box  and  book 
matches  in  individual  metal  or  leather  holders,  are  permitted. 
66620°— 22 9 


122  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

(6)  No  individual  container  (not  including  book  matclies,  card,  or 
block  mutches)  shall  contain  more  than  700  matches  in  any  one  con- 
tainer, box,  or  package.  Wlien  more  than  300  matches  are  packed 
in  any  individual  container,  box,  or  package,  the  matches  must  be 
arranged  in  two  nearly  equal  portions  with  the  heads  of  the  two 
portions  placed  in  opposite  directions.  All  individual  containers  con- 
taining 350  or  more  matches  must  have  placed  over  the  matches  a 
center  holding  or  protecting  strip  made  of  cardboard  or  wood  which 
can  be  scored  or  bent  without  fracture.  This  protecting  strip  shall 
be  not  less  than  1^  inches  wide  and  shall  be  flanged  down  at  least 
five-eighths  inch  on  each  end  to  hold  the  matches  in  position  when 
the  container  is  nested  into  the  shuck  or  cover,  or  withdrawn  there- 
from. 

(c)  All  individual  containers  of  either  strike  on  box  or  strike  any- 
where matches  must  be  placed  in  a  box  complying  with  specification 
No.  36. 

(d)  The  gross  weight  of  any  package  containing  strike  anywhere 
or  strike  on  box  matches  must  not  exceed  50  pounds,  and  the 
outside  container  should  have  plainlv  marked  thereon  ''STRIKE 
ANYWHERE  MATCHES"  or  ''STRIKE  ON  BOX  MATCHES," 
as  the  case  may  be. 

102.  (a)  Motion-picture  films  must  be  packed  in  spark-proof  metal 
cases  or  trunks  complying  with  specification  No.  32;  not  more  than 
eight  reels  (approximately  1,000  feet  each)  may  be  packed  in  one 
such  outside  container;  or 

(b)  Motion-picture  films  must  be  packed  in  outside  wooden 
boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  19,  provided  each  reel  is 
placed  in  a  tightly  closed  inside  metal  container.  The  gross  weight 
of  such  a  package  must  not  exceed  200  pounds. 

(c)  Unexposed  motion-picture  film  in  tight  rolls  must  be  packed 
in  interior  metal  cans  not  to  exceed  approximately  3,000  feet  in 
one  inside  can;  the  cover  of  each  inside  can  must  fit  tightly  and 
be  held  in  place  by  a  strip  of  adhesive  tape  or  paper;  the  interior  cans 
must  be  securely  packed  in  outside  wooden  boxes  complying  with 
specification  No.  19.  The  gross  weight  of  one  outside  container  must 
not  exceed  200  pounds. 

(d)  Slow-burning  (noninflammable)  motion-picture  films  may  be 
accepted  without  other  restrictions  when  securely  packed  in  strong 
packages  of  sullioient  strength  to  carry  to  destination  without 
rupture  or  leakage  of  contents;  each  outside  container  must  be 
plainly  marked  "MOTION-PICTURE  FILMS"  and,  in  addition, 
must  be  marked  "NO  LABEL  REQUIRED,"  as  prescribed  by 
paragraph  76  (c). 

(e)  When  noninflammable  motion-picture  films  are  packed  in  the 
same  outside  containers  with  inflammable  motion-picture  films,  the 


DAXGEROT^S   ARTICLES   BY   EXPRESS.  123 

outside  packages  must  bear  the  yellow  label  and  the  total  contents 
of  the  outside  container  must  not  exceed  the  quantity  or  gross 
weight  permitted  for  inflammable  films. 

(/)  Siiipments  of  motion-picture  film  with  advertising  matter 
attached  to  the  outside  container  must  not  be  offered  for  shipment. 
Shippers  desiring  to  include  advertising  matter  with  their  shipments 
of  motion-picture  film  must  place  the  advertising  matter  inside  the 
outside  box  containing  the  film. 

103.  Pyroxylin  plastics  (celluloid,  fiberloid,  pyralin,  viscoloid, 
zylonite,  etc.)  in  sheets,  rolls,  or  tubes,  must  be  packed  in  strong 
spark-proof  wooden  boxes;  the  gross  weight  of  such  a  package  must 
not  exceed  300  pounds;  or 

Sheet  pyroxylin  must  be  packed  flat  in  double-faced  corrugated 
strawboard  packages,  provided^ that  the  total  thickness  of  sheet 
material  in  one  package  does  not  exceed  one-half  inch  in 
thickness,  and  the  sheets  do  not  exceed  21  by  51  inches.  The 
pyroxylin  plastic  must  be  wrapped  in  paper  and  the  box  must  have 
not  less  than  two  thicknesses  of  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard 
at  all  points.  This  strawboard  must  have  a  Mullen  test  of  not  less 
than  200  pounds  for  the  box  proper  and  not  less  than  175  pounds  for 
the  lining. 

When  material  is  rolled  it  must  be  placed  in  fiber  or  strawboard 
cylinders  having*  wall  thickness  not  less  than  0.045  inch,  and  this 
cylinder  must  be  lined  with  single-faced  corrugated  strawboard 
two-tenths  inch  thick.  The  maximum  amount  of  p3Toxylin  plastic 
in  one  of  these  cyhnders  must  not  exceed  6  pounds. 

Manufactured  articles  made  from  or  containing  pyroxylin  plastics 
are  not  subject  to  label,  marking,  or  packing  requirements. 

104.  Rubber  shoddy,  regenerated  rubber,  or  reclaimed  rubber,  except 
when  in  the  form  of  dense,  homogeneous,  nonporous  sheets  or  rolls, 
the  sheets  of  thickness  of  one-eighth  inch  or  greater,  packed  flat  or 
in  rolls,  must  be  packed  in  tight  metal  containers  complying  with 
specification  No.  20B,  or  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specifica- 
tion No.  17. 

105.  Rubber  scrap,  if  ground,  powdered,  or  granulated,  whose 
rubber  content  exceeds  45  per  cent  as  determined  by  subtracting  the 
sum  of  the  percentage  of  ash  and  the  percentage  of  acetone  from 
100;  and  rubber  buffings  from  any  grade  of  rubber,  irrespective  of  the 
percentage  of  rubber  content,  must  be  packed  in  tight  metal  con- 
tainers, complying  with  specification  No.  20B,  or  in  wooden  boxes 
complying  with  specification  No.  17. 

107.  Precipitated  cobalt  resinate  must  be  packed  in  air-tight 
interior  metal  containers  in  strong  outside  wooden  boxes  complying 
with  specification  No.  IS, 


124  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION". 

108.  Wet  nitrocellulose  or  wet  nitrostarch  or  wet  nitroguanidine. — 
Nitrocellulose  or  nitrostarch  or  nitroguanidine  uniformly  wet  with 
not  less  than  5  pounds  of  water  to  20  pounds  of  dry  material  must 
be  packed  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  17  and 
marked  "WET  NITROCELLULOSE— 20  PER  CENT  WATER," 
or  -WET  NITROSTARCH— 20  PER  CENT  WATER,"  or  "WET 
NITROGUANIDINE— 20  PER  CENT  WATER." 

109.  Sulphides  of  sodium  or  potassium  must  be  packed  according  to 
condition  of  material,  as  follows: 

(a)  Fused  or  concentrated,  but  not  ground  (may  be  chipped  or 
broken) :  In  metal  cans  with  tight  covers  or  in  bottles  of  not  more 
than  5  pounds  capacity;  all  cans  and  bottles  in  boxes  complying  with 
specification  No.  18. 

(h)  Fused  or  concentrated  and  gfound:  In  metal  cans  sealed  by 
soldering;  or  in  glass  bottles  inclosed  in  metal  cans  with  tight  covers; 
all  cans  and  bottles  packed  in  boxes  complying  with  specification 
No.  18 

Note. — Crystallized  material  is  nonhazardous  and  is  not  subject  to  these  regula- 
tions when  so  described  and  package  is  marked  "No  Label  Required." 

110.  Phosphoric  anhydride  must  be  packed  in  hermetically  sealed 
metal  cans.  The  cans  must  be  packed  in  strong  wooden  boxes  com- 
plying with  specification  No.  2  and  cushioned  with  dry,  incom- 
bustible, mineral  packing  material  of  such  a  nature  that  when  mixed 
with  the  phosphoric  anhydride  the  mixture  will  produce  no  heat  or 
chemical  action. 

111.  Inflammable  solids  for  which  detailed  instructions  for  packing 
are  not  prescribed  herein  must  be  packed  in  tight  and  strong  outside 
wooden  boxes,  kegs,  or  barrels;  the  interior  packages  must  be  so 
cushioned  and  secured  tliat  no  rupture  of  either  can  result  from  the 
ordinary  shocks  incident  to  transportation. 

Oxidizing  Materials — Yellow  Label. 

115.  Oxidizing  materials  must  not  be  packed  in  the  same  outside 
container  with  corrosive  liquids  unless  the  corrosive  liquids  are  in 
bottles,  cushioned  by  incombustible  absorbent  material,  in  tightly 
closed  metal  containers  as  prescribed  by  paragraph  125. 

The  maximum  quantity  of  any  oxidizing  material  not  otherwise 
prescribed  (see  pars.  116  to  118  and  column  4  of  list,  par.  76),  placed 
in  one  outside  package,  must  not  exceed  25  pounds. 

110.  Barium  peroxide  must  be  placed  in  tight  metal  vessels  packed 
in  wooden  l)oxes  complying  with  specification  No.  18. 

117.  Chromic  acid  must  be  packed  in  glass  bottles  of  not  greater 
than  5  pounds  capacity  each,  closed  with  securely  fastened  glass 
stoppers,  each  bottle  to  be  packed  in  a  separate  tight  metal  container 


DANGEROUS  ARTICLES   BY  EXPRESS.  125 

with  incombustible  mineral  packing  material  between  the  bottle  and 
metal  container.  The  metal  containers  must  be  packed  in  a  wooden 
box  complying  with  specification  No.  18. 

118.  Peroxide  of  sodium  must  be  placed  in  tight  metal  vessels 
packed  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  18. 

120.  (a)  Oxidizing  materi§ils  must  be  placed  in  strong  and  tight 
metal  packages  packed  in  strong  outside  wooden  boxes  or  barrels,  or 
in  strong  and  tight  metal-lined  wooden  boxes  complying  with  speci- 
fication No.  2,  11,  or  17. 

(h)  It  is  important  to  prevent  contact  of  these  materials  with 
combustible  substances,  such  as  sawdust,  shavings,  or  sweepings  that 
may  be  present  in  express  cars. 

Corrosive  Liquids — White  Label. 

125.  (a)  The  maximum  quantity  of  any  corrosive  liquid  not 
otherwise  prescribed  herein  (see  pars.  126  to  135,  and  column  4,  list, 
par.  76)  placed  in  an  outside  package  must  not  exceed  1  quart, 
unless  bottles  are  cushioned  by  incombustible  absorbent  material  in 
tightly  closed  metal  containers,  and  when  so  packed  the  maximum 
quantity  in  one  outside  package  must  not  exceed  6  quarts. 

(6)  Outside  packages  containing  corrosive  liquids  must  be  plainly 
marked  opposite  or  immediately  under  the  name  of  the  contents  to 
show  the  maximum  quantity  of  the  corrosive  liquid  contained  therein. 

126.  Corrosive  liquids  named  in  the  list,  paragraph  76,  unless  the 
bottles  are  cushioned  and  packed  in  metal  cases  as  prescribed  by 
paragraph  125,  must  not  be  packed  in  the  outside  container  with  any 
other  article,  except  that  sulphuric  acid  for  fire-extinguisher  charges 
may  be  packed  in  the  same  outside  package  with  bicarbonate  of  soda, 
when  the  acid  and  soda  are  placed  in  separate  inside  compartments. 

127.  Corrosive  liquids,  except  as  specified  herein,  must  be  placed 
in  securely  closed  glass,  earthenware,  lead,  india  rubber,  or  ceresine 
vessels,  of  not  exceeding  1  quart  capacity,  and  these  vessels  must 
be  placed  in  a  strong  wooden  box  complying  with  specification  No. 
2  and  surrounded  and  covered  by  suitable  porous  material  that  will 
not  be  ignited  by  the  liquids,  and  in  quantities  sufficient  to  absorb 
and  to  hold  all  of  the  liquids  in  any  such  vessel. 

128.  Bromine  must  be  in  glass  bottles  of  not  more  than  6J4  pounds 
(1  quart)  capacity.  These  inside  containers  must  not  be  entirely 
filled,  but  must  have  a  vacant  space  above  the  liquid  of  not  less  than 
15  per  cent  of  the  total  capacity  of  the  container;  the}^  must  be  closed 
by  glass,  earthenware,  or  stone  stoppers  ground  to  fit  and  securely 
fastened. 

Bottles  as  provided  herein  must  be  packed  in  strong  wooden  boxes 
and  securely  cushioned  on  all  sides  with  incombustible  packing  mate- 
rial, at  least  1  inch  in  thickness,  which  will  not  produce  heat  when 


126  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

mixed  with  tlio  bromine.  "Wliiting,  mineral  wool,  infusorial  earth 
(kieselgiihr) ,  sifted  ashes,  powdered  china  clay,  or  similar  material 
must  be  used.  Ilay,  sawdust,  excelsior,  or  other  organic  material, 
either  treated  or  untreated,  must  not  be  used. 

Each  box  must  be  marked  on  top  "THIS  SIDE  UP,"  and  not 
more  than  1  quart  of  bromine  may  be  p^acked  in  one  box. 

129.  Anhydrous  liquid  chlorides  must  be  in  well-stoppered  earthen- 
ware or  glass  vessels  of  not  more  than  1  quart  capacity,  packed  in 
strong  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  2.  The  inner 
containers  must  be  well  cushioned  by  excelsior,  hay,  straw,  or  equiva- 
lent packing  material,  except  that  for  phosphorus  trichloride,  phos- 
phorus oxychloride,  and  chloride  of  sulphur,  the  packing  must  be 
incombustible  and  of  such  nature  that  a  mixture  of  the  material  with 
the  packing  will  not  cause  fires  or  heating.  All  containers  must  be 
absolutely  dry  before  filling. 

130.  (a)  Electrolyte  or  other  battery  fluid  must  be  packed  in  glass 
or  earthenware  containers  of  not  exceeding  5  gallons  capacity  and 
cushioned  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  1 ;  or  in 
interior  glass  or  earthenware  containers  of  not  exceeding  1  gallon 
capacity  cushioned  in  wooden  boxes  compljnng  with  specification 
No.  2  or  wooden  kegs  complying  with  specification  No.  11. 

Note. — The  term  "electrolyte"  relates  to  dilute  sulphuric  acid  or  corrosive  alka- 
line solutions,  used  in  charging  storage  batteries. 

(6)  Electric  storage  batteries,  containing  liquid,  must  be  packed  in 
wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  37. 

131.  Hydrochloric  (muriatic)  acid  must  be  in  well-stoppered  earth- 
enware or  glass  vessels  of  not  more  than  1  quart  capacity,  packed  in 
strong  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  2.  The  inner 
contamers  must  be  well  cushioned  with  excelsior,  hay,  straw,  or 
equivalent  packing  material. 

132.  Hydrofluoric  acid  must  be  placed  in  india  rubber,  ceresine,  or 
lead,  bottles  or  jugs,  of  not  more  than  1  quart  capacity,  tightly  sealed, 
packed  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  2. 

133.  Hydrofluosilicic  acid  must  be  placed  in  india  rubber  or  ceresine 
bottles  or  jugs,  tightly  sealed,  packed  in  wooden  boxes  complying  with 
specification  No.  2. 

134.  (a)  Nitric  acid,  or  nitrating  acid  (mixed  njtric  and  sulphuric) , 
in  any  quantity,  must  not  bo  packed  with  any  other  article.  Special 
attention  must  be  given  to  the  preparation  of  these  acids  for  shipment. 

(b)  Nitric  acid  or  nitrating  acid  must  be  placed  in  glass  bottles 
with  glass  stoppers  ground  to  fit,  and  these  stoppers  must  be  held  in 
place  by  plaster  of  Paris  covered  by  strong  cloth  securely  tied.  Each 
bottle  must  be  placed  in  a  tightly  closed  metal  container  and  well 
cushioned  therein  on  all  sides  with  incombustible  mineral  packing 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   EXf»RESS.  l2t 

material,  such  as  whiting,  mineral  wool,  infusorial  earth  (kieselguhr) , 
asbestos,  sifted  ashes,  or  powdered  china  clay,  etc.  The  metal  con- 
tainer must  be  packed  in  a  wooden  box  complying  with  specification 
No.  2,  and  well  cushioned  by  incombustible  mineral  packing  material 
as  herein  described. 

(c)  Not  more  than  7  pounds  (2i^  quarts)  of  nitric  acid,  or  33^ 
pounds  (13^  quarts)  of  nitrating  acid  may  be  shipped  in  one  outside 
package. 

135.  Sulphuric  acid  must  be  in  well-stoppered  earthenware  or  glass 
vessels  of  not  more  than  1  gallon  capacity,  packed  in  strong  wooden 
boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  2. 

Sulphuric  acid,  for  fire  extinguisher  charges,  in  strong  bottles  of 
not  over  8  fluid  ounces  capacity  filled  to  approximately  50  per  cent 
of  their  capacity  and  securely  closed  with  rubber  stoppers,  may  also 
be  packed  by  inclosing  each  bottle  in  a  sealed  carton  of  pasteboard 
not  less  than  0.03  inch  in  thickness  and  placing  each  of  these  cartons 
with  bicarbonate  of  soda  in  another  sealed  carton  made  of  pasteboard 
not  less  than  0.08  inch  in  thickness  and  then  packing  these  packages 
in  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  19. 

Compressed  Gases — Red  or  Green  (Gas)  Label. 

136.  Compressed  gases  must  be  packed  as  follows  (see  paragraph 
22  for  forbidden  articles) : 

137.  Gases  that  may  combine  chemically  must  not  be  shipped  in 
the  same  cylinder. 

All  compressed  gases  must  be  shipped  in  metal  cylinders  and 
these  cylinders  must  not  be  packed  with  other  articles. 

138.  All  cylinders  used  for  the  shipment  of  compressed  gases  must 
be  plainly  stamped  with  the  date  of  last  test — for  example,  "4-21," 
for  April,  1921.  Dates  of  previous  tests  must  not  be  obliterated. 
Cylinders  that  have  not  been  tested  and  marked  as  prescribed  herein 
must  not  be  charged  and  shipped  until  properly  tested  and  marked. 

Cylinders  made  in  foreign  countries  must  not  be  used  in  domestic 
traffic  until  they  have  been  tested  in  this  country  and  proper  report 
rendered  as  required  by  the  specifications  that  apply. 

139.  Cylinders  containing  compsressed  gases  must  not  be  shipped 
unless  they  were  charged  by  or  with  the  consent  of  the  owner  thereof. 

140.  Cylinders  manufactured  after  March  31,  1912,  and  used  for 
the  shipment  of  any  compressed  gas,  must  have  been  made  in 
accordance  with  the  specifications  effective  at  the  date  of  manufacture 
or  with  subsequent  specifications. 

141.  Cylinders  manufactured  before  March  31,  1912,  and  purchased 
after  September  1,  1918,  must  not  be  used  for  the  shipment  of  any 
compressed  gas  until  the  purchaser  has  filed  report  with  the  Bureau 


128  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

of  Explosives,  showing  that  the  purchased  cyhnders  have  passed  suc- 
cessfull}^  the  h^-drostatic  tests  prescribed  by  the  specifications  appH- 
cable  to  them  and  effective  at  the  date  of  purchase:  Provided,  That 
this  does  not  apply  to  the  common  practice  of  the  retail  sale  of  charged 
cylinders  subject  to  return  and  exchange  nor  to  cylinders  exempt 
from  retest. 

MARKING    ON    CYLINDERS    MUST    BE    KEPT   PLAIN. 

142.  The  marking  of  cylinders  to  indicate  (1)  their  serial  number, 
(2)  the  specification  under  which  they  were  made,  (3)  the  date  of 
manufacture  and  subsequent  hydrostatic  tests,  (4)  any  initials  or 
similar  markings  to  indicate  ownership  or  original  owner,  and  (5)  the 
tare  weight  in  case  of  acetylene  cylinders,  must  all  be  kept  plain  in 
all  cases.  If,  on  account  of  painting  or  any  other  reason,  the  marking 
can  not  be  kept  plain,  it  will  be  allowable  to  use  a  brass  plate  brazed 
or  soldered  to  the  cylinders  with  a  reproduction  of  the  cylinder 
markings  plainly  stamped  thereon. 

MARKING   ON    CYLINDERS    MUST   NOT   BE    CHANGED. 

143.  In  order  that  a  record  for  identification  of  cylinders  may  be 
kept,  the  serial  number  of  the  cylinder,  the  marking  to  indicate  the 
specification  under  which  it  was  made,  the  date  of  manufacture  and 
subsequent  hydrostatic  tests,  the  name  or  initials  or  symbol  (except 
trade-marks)  indicating  the  company  for  which  the  cylinder  was 
originally  manufactured,  and  the  tare  weight  (in  the  case  of  acetylene 
cylinders),  must  not  be  removed,  obliterated,  added  to,  or  changed 
(except  as  provided  in  pars.  142  and  156),  until  written  application 
has  been  made  to  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  and  instructions  have 
been  received  therefrom;  and  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  must  make 
such  record  as  may  be  necessary  so  that  the  cylinders  can  be  properly 
traced  after  the  marking  has  been  changed:  Provided,  That  the 
removal,  obliteration,  addition  to,  or  change  of,  the  tare  weight  of 
acetylene  cylinders  or  the  symbol  put  on  them  to  indicate  the  com- 
pany originally  putting  them  in  service  will  not  be  authorized. 

SAFETY   DEVICES. 

144.  Each  cylinder  exceeding  12  inches  in  length  (outside  length 
exclusive  of  neck),  containing  liquefied  gases,  or  gases  in  solution, 
or  other  gases  under  a  pressure  of  more  than  300  pounds  per  square 
inch  at  70°  F.,  except  anhydrous  ammonia  and  gases  in  specification 
No.  33  cyhnders,  must  be  equipped  with  one  or  more  safety  devices 
approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  and  found  to  prevent  explo- 
sion of  the  normally  charged  cylinder  when  it  is  placed  in  a  fire. 


DANGEROUS  AETICLES   BY   EXPRESS.  129 


VALVE    PROTECTION. 


145.  (a)  Cylinders  containing  inflammable,  corrosive,  or  noxious 
gases  (hydrogen,  blaugas,  Pintscli  gas,  coal  gas,  chlorine,  sulphur 
dioxide,  etc.)  must  have  their  valves  protected  by  metal  caps  that 
can  not  be  detached  by  rolling  the  cylinders,  and  of  sufficient  strength 
to  protect  the  valve  from  injury  during  transit:  Provided,  That 
these  caps  will  not  be  required  (1)  if  the  cylinders  are  boxed  or  crated 
so  as  to  give  a  proper  protection  to  the  valve;  (2)  if  the  valves  are 
so  recessed  into  the  cylinders  that  they  can  not  be  struck  if  the 
cylinder  is  dropped  on  a  flat  surface;  (3)  if,  for  cylinders  containing 
nonliquefied  gas  under  pressure  not  exceeding  300  pounds  per  square 
inch,  the  valves  are  strong  enough  to  avoid  injury  during  transit. 

(6)  Shipments  of  cylinders  which  under  these  regulations  are  re- 
quired to  be  boxed  or  crated  (and  under  individual  carrier's  arrange- 
ments can  be  transported  without  transfer),  if  loaded  by  the  shipper 
and  to  be  unloaded  by  the  consignee,  may  be  transported  without 
crating  or  boxing,  provided  the  cylinders  are  loaded  compactly  in 
an  upright  position  in  the  end  of  the  car  and  are  securely  braced  to 
prevent  any  relative  movement  during  transit,  according  to  the  gen- 
eral methods  described  by  B.  E.  Pamphlet  No.  6. 

CYLINDERS    EXPOSED    TO    ACTION    OF    EIRE. 

146.  Cylinders  which  have  been  in  a  fire  must  not  again  be  placed 
in  service  until  they  have  been  properly  heat-treated  and  retested 
as  prescribed  in  paragraph  147:  Provided,  That  acetylene  cylinders 
need  not  be  heat-treated  if  examination  shows  the  porous  filling  to 
be  unchanged  and  intact,  and  they  may  be  used  after  passing  the 
pressure  test  prescribed  therefor. 

REHEAT   TREATMENT    AND    RETEST    OF   CYLINDERS. 

147.  The  reheat  treatment  of  cylinders  must  be  followed  by  retest 
and  these  operations  must  be  carried  out,  supervised,  and  reported, 
as  prescribed  for  the  original  heat  treatment  and  test  by  the  specifi- 
tion  covering  the  manufacture  of  the  type  of  cylinder  in  question. 
In  the  case  of  cylinders  of  outside  diameter  exceeding  4  inches,  a 
permanent  expansion  of  not  less  than  3  per  cent  or  more  than  10  per 
cent  of  the  total  expansion  must  be  shown  in  the  retest:  Provided, 
That  if  the  cylinders  can  be  segregated  into  lots  having  practically 
the  same  chemical  composition,  the  allowable  permanent  expansion 
in  the  retest  may  be  from  zero  to  10  per  cent  of  the  total  expansion, 
if  one  cylinder  out  of  each  such  lot  of  100  cyhnders  or  less  is  sub- 
jected to  and  passes  the  requirements  of  the  flattening  and  physical 
tests  as  specified  by  the  specification  for  the  manufacture  of  the  type 
of  cylinder  in  question. 


130  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

CHARGING    OF   CYLINDERS. 

14S,  (a)  Cylinders  must  not  be  charged  beyond  the  safe  pressure 
for  which  they  are  designed.  The  amount  of  gas  charged  into  any 
cyHnder  must  not,  at  a  temperature  of  130°  F.,  cause  an  interior 
pressure  that  will  be  injurious  to  the  cylinder. 

(b)  The  filling  weight  of  all  liquefied  gases  in  all  cylinders  must 
be  checked  by  the  use  of  proper  scales  and  not  by  pressure. 

(c)  The  maximum  amount  of  liquefied  gas  for  each  1  pound  water 
capacity  of  the  cylinder  must  not  exceed  the  following: 

Anhydrous  ammonia,  0.54  pound. 
Blaugas,  0.37  pound. 
Chlorine,  1.25  pounds. 
Sulphur  dioxide,  1.25  pounds. 

Carbonic  acid  gas,  0.68  pound:  Provided,  That  the  total  amount 
with  1  pound  allowable  variation  is  20  pounds  for  standard  cylinders 
5}4  inches  in  diameter  by  51  inches  long,  and  50  pounds  for  standard 
cylinders  8}/^  inches  in  diameter  by  51  inches  long,  and  larger:  Pro- 
vided further,  That  cylinders  with  interior  diameter  not  over  10  inches, 
having  walls  not  less  than  three-eighths  inch  thick  and  with  capacity 
not  less  than  4,200  cubic  inches,  may  be  shipped  by  or  for  the  United 
States  Government  when  charged  with  not  over  102  pounds  of  gas. 

Nitrous  oxide,  0.68  pound:  Provided,  That  this  may  be  increased 
to  0.75  pound  for  cylinders  made  previous  to  February  1,  1917, 
and  of  less  than  12  pounds  water  capacity  and  if  known  to  have 
passed  a  test  pressure  of  not  less  than  3,500  pounds  per  square  inch: 
Provided  further,  That  the  total  amount  with  1  pound  allowable 
variation  sliall  not  exceed  50  pounds  in  any  cylinder. 
Methyl  chloride,  0.75  pound. 

Liquefied  petroleum  gas :  This  will  depend  on  the  characteristics 
of  the  pro(hi('t  and  must  be  determined  under  the  provisions  of 
paragraph  148  (a). 

149.  Cylinders  containing  acetylene  gas  must  be  completely  filled 
with  a  porous  material  that  has  been  tested  with  satisfactory  results 
by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  and  this  material  must  be  charged  with 
acetone,  or  its  equivalent,  to  an  amount  dependent  upon  the  porosity 
of  the  filling  material  and  not  exceeding  the  following: 

When  the  porosity  of  the  filling  material  is  75  per  cent  to  80 
per  cent,  the  amount  of  solvent  at  70°  F.  must  not  exceed  40 
per  cent  by  volume  of  the  water  capacity  of  the  cylinder  shell. 
Wlien  the  porosity  of  the  filling  material  is  70  per  cent  up  to 
but  not  including  75  per  cent,  the  amount  of  solvent  at  70° 
F.  must  not  exceed  37^  per  cent  by  volume  of  the  water 
caj)acity  of  the  cylinder  shell. 


DANGEROUS   AETICLES   BY   EXPRESS.  131 

Wlien  the  porosity  of  the  filling  material  is  65  per  cent  up  to 
but  not  includiiig  70  per  cent,  the  amount  of  solvent  at  70° 
F.  must  not  exceed  35  per  cent  by  volume  of  the  water  capacity 
of  the  cylinder  shell. 

150.  After  July  1,  1923,  every  cylinder  used  for  the  shipment  of 
acetylene  gas  must  have  been  plainly  and  permanently  marked  with 
the  tare  weight  and  a  report  to  that  effect,  together  with  the  nature  of 
the  porous  filling  in  the  cylinder,  made  to  the  Bureau  of  Explosives. 
The  tare  weight  is  hereby  defined  as  being  the  combined  weight  of  the 
cylinder  proper,  the  porous  filling,  the  valve  (but  without  the  cap), 
and  the  solvent;  the  weight  of  solvent  used  in  this  determination 
must  not  exceed  the  weight  of  the  maximum  allowable  volume  of  a 
solvent  with  a  specific  gravity  of  0.796  at  15.5°  C. 

151.  The  original  solvent  put  into  an  acetylene  cylinder  or  any 
additional  solvent  to  replace  losses,  must  in  no  case  have  a  specific 
gravity  less  than  0.796  at  15.5°  C. 

In  putting  the  solvent  into  a  cylinder  originally  or  replacing  losses 
thereof,  the  tare  weight  of  the  cylinder  as  marked  thereon  by  the 
company  originally  putting  it  into  service  must  not  be  exceeded;  it 
is  to  be  noted  that  this  tare  weight  included  the  weight  of  the  metal 
cylinder  proper,  its  porous  filling,  the  solvent,  and  the  valve,  but 
without  the  cap. 

152.  The  pressure  in  cylinders  containing  acetylene  gas  must  not 
exceed  250  pounds  per  square  inch  at  70°  F.,  and  in  case  the  cylinders 
are  marked  for  a  lower  allowable  charging  pressure  at  70°  F.,  then 
that  pressure  must  not  be  exceeded. 

153.  Cylinders  containing  acetylene  gas  must  not  be  shipped  unless 
they  were  charged  by  or  with  the  consent  of  the  owner  and  by  a  per- 
son, firm,  or  company  having  possession  of  complete  information  as 
to  the  nature  of  the  porous  filling,  the  kind  and  quantity  of  solvent 
in  the  cylinders,  and  the  meaning  of  such  markings  on  the  cylinders 
as  are  prescribed  by  the  commission's  regulations  and  specifications 
applying  to  containers  for  the  transportation  of  acetylene  gas. 

QUINQUENNIAL    RETESTING    OP   CYLINDERS. 

154.  Each  cylinder  in  which  compressed  gases  are  shipped,  except 
as  specified  hereinafter,  must  be  subjected,  at  least  once  in  five  years, 
to  a  test  by  interior  hydrostatic  pressure  in  a  water  jacket  or  other 
apparatus  of  suitable  form,  as  approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives, 
to  furnish  reliable  data :  Provided,  That  cylinders  used  for  shipping  any 
gas,  liquefied  or  otherwise,  will  not  be  required  to  stand  the  quin- 
quennial test  if  they  have  an  outside  diameter  of  less  than  2  inches 
and  a  length  of  less  than  2  feet.  In  this  test  the  pressure  must  be 
applied  for  not  less  than  30  seconds,  and  as  much  longer  as  may  be 


132  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

necessary  to  insure  complete  expansion  of  the  cylinder.  The  gauge 
indicating  the  expansion  of  the  cylinder  under  the  pressure  applied 
must  be  such  that  a  permanent  expansion  of  10  per  cent  of  the  total 
expansion  may  be  easily  recognized.  The  pressure  applied  in  these 
tests  must  be  as  prescribed  hereinafter  for  the  various  types  of  cylin- 
ders: Provided,  That  for  those  cylinders  requiring  a  retest  of  1,000 
pounds  or  greater  pressure,  in  any  quinquennial  or  other  retest, 
except  after  reannealing  or  reheat  treatment,  the  first  trial  may  be 
made  at  a  pressure  100  pounds  less  than  the  test  pressure  prescribed 
and  the  cylinder  passed  if  the  results  are  satisfactory;  if  any  further 
trials  are  necessary  the  pressure  must  be  increased  100  pounds  each 
time. 

155.  A  cylinder  must  be  condemned  when  it  leaks  or  when  the  per- 
manent expansion  exceeds  10  per  cent  of  the  total  expansion.  Cyl- 
inders condemned  on  account  of  excessive  permanent  expansion  may 
be  further  handled  under  the  provisions  of  paragraph  147. 

156.  Records  giving  data  showing  the  results  of  the  tests  made  on  all 
cylinders  must  be  kept,  and  each  cylinder  passing  the  test  must  be 
marked  with  the  date  (month  and  year)  of  the  test,  plainly  and  perma- 
nently stamped  into  the  metal  of  the  cylinder.  For  example, 
"4-21,"  for  April,  1921.  Dates  of  previous  tests  must  not  be  oblit- 
erated. 

157.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  3,  and  for 
all  cylinders  of  that  type  manufactured  previous  to  March  31,  1912, 
the  test  pressure  must  be  not  less  than  3,000  pounds  per  square  inch: 
Provided,  That  if  a  cylinder  is  marked  with  a  tost  pressure  it  must  be 
retested  at  that  pressure. 

158.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  3A,  the  test 
pressure  must  be  not  less  than  one  and  two-thirds  times  the  charging 
pressure  for  which  the  cylinder  was  designed;  this  charging  pressure  is 
shown  by  the  number  following  the  marking  "3A"  on  the  cylinder; 
for  example,  if  the  C3dinder  is  marked  "I.  C.  C. — 3A — 1800,"  it  must 
be  tested  to  a  pressure  of  3,000  pounds  per  square  inch.  For  cylinders 
of  this  type  manufactured  previous  to  March  31,  1912,  the  test 
pressure  must  be  not  less  than  3,000  pounds  per  square  inch:  Pro- 
vided, That  if  a  cylinder  is  marked  with  a  test  pressure  it  must  be 
retested  at  that  pressure. 

159.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  4,  and  also 
for  all  cylinders  of  that  type  manufactured  previous  to  March  31,  1912, 
the  test  pressure  must  be  not  less  than  900  pounds  per  square  inch: 
Provided,  That  for  cylinders  of  early  manufacture  with  heads  of  small 
or  flat  curvature  that  will  riot  stand  a  test  of  900  pounds  without 
showing  more  than  10  per  cent  permanent  expansion,  and  wrought- 
iron  cylinders  made  before  1895  that  have  been  so  annealed  as  to 
put  them  in  proper  condition,  the  test  pressure  may  be  not  less 


DANGEROUS  ARTICLES   BY  EXPRESS.  133 

than  500  pounds — the  serial  numbers  of  such  cyhnders  must  be 
reported  to  the  Bureau  of  Explosives:  Provided  further,  That  the 
900-pound  tests  may  be  made  decennially  instead  of  quinquennially: 
And  provided  further,  That  without  regard  to  date  of  previous  test, 
cylinders  of  this  type  that  show  bad  dents  or  other  evidence  of  rouo-h 
usage,  or  that  are  corroded  locally  to  such  extent  as  to  indicate  pos- 
sible weakness,  or  that  have  lost  as  much  as  5  per  cent  of  their  official 
tare  weight,  must  be  retested  before  being  again  charged  and  shipped; 
after  any  retest  the  actual  tare  weight  for  those  cylinders  passing  the 
tests  may  be  recorded  as  their  new  official  tare  weight. 

160.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  7,  and 
for  all  cylinders  of  that  type  manufactured  previous  to  March  31, 
1912,  the  test  pressure  must  not  be  less  than  twice  the  charging 
pressure  for  which  the  cylinder  was  designed:  Provided,  That  cylin- 
ders that  have  been  once  so  tested  will  not  be  required  to  be  quin- 
quennially tested  thereafter. 

161.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  8  and 
properly  reported  as  required  by  that  specification  no  quinquennial 
test  is  required.  For  cylinders  of  these  types  manufactured  previous 
to  March  31,  1912,  the  test  pressure  must  be  not  less  than  twice  the 
pressure  at  70°  F.  to  which  they  are  to  be  charged:  Provided,  That 
cylinders  manufactured  previous  to  March  31,  1912,  that  have  been 
once  so  tested  will  not  be  required  to  be  quinquennially  tested  there- 
after. 

162.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  25,  and 
cylinders  of  this  type  or  of  the  welded  type  in  use  for  chlorine  or  sul- 
phur dioxide  before  April  20,  1915,  the  test  pressure  must  be  not  less 
than  500  pounds  per  square  inch. 

163.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  26,  the  test 
pressure  must  be  the  same  as  prescribed  by  that  specification  for  the 
manufacture  of  the  cylinders. 

164.  For  cylinders  manufactured  under  specification  No.  38,  the 
test  pressure  must  be  not  less  than  500  pounds  per  square  inch. 

165.  Compressed  gases  must  be  shipped  in  metal  containers  com- 
plying with  the  following  specifications  (for  details  see  section  9) : 

(1)  Blaugas,^  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  nitrous  oxide:  Specification 
No.  3  or  3A. 

(2)  Argon,  helium,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  oxygen,  hydrocarbon, 
Pintsch,  and  any  gas  not  liquefied  and  not  in  solution,  when  the 
charging  pressure  at  70°  F.  exceeds  300  pounds  per  square  inch: 
Specification  No.  3A:  Provided,  That  specification  No.  3  cylinders 
may  be  used  if  charging  pressure  at  70°  F.  does  not  exceed  1,800 
pounds  per  square  inch. 

« If  not  liquefied  and  if  pressure  not  over  300  pounds  at  70°  F.,  specification  No.  7  cylinders  may  be  used. 


134  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

(3)  Anhydrous  ammonia:  Specification  No.  4,  3,  or  3A. 

(4)  Argon,  coal  gas,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  oxygen,  hydrocarbon, 
Pintsch,  and  an}-  low-pressure  gas  not  liquefied  and  not  in  solution, 
when  the  charging  pressure  at  70°  F.  does  not  exceed  300  pounds 
per  square  inch:  Specification  No.  7. 

(5)  Acetylene  gas:  Specification  No.  8. 

(6)  Chlorine :  Specification  No.  25,  3,  or  3A. 

(7)  Sulphur  dioxide:  Specification  No.  25,  38,  3,  or  3A. 

(8)  Methyl  chloride:  Specification  No.  25,  4,  3,  or  3A. 

(9)  Liquefied  petroleum  gas:  wSpecification  No.  26,  3,  or  3A. 

166.  If  special  provisions  are  not  prescribed  herein,  compressed 
gases  must  not  be  shipped  until  definite  instructions  in  regard  to  proper 
cylinders  and  other  precautions  are  issued. 

Poisonous  Articles — Poison  Label. 

175.  All  poisonous  articles  which  may  be  accepted  for  transporta- 
tion by  express  (see  paragraph  75(b))  must  be  packed  as  follows: 

Liquids:  In  iron  drums  complying  with  specification  No.  5  or  5B; 
or  in  securely  closed  interior  glass  or  earthenware  bottles  or  metal 
cans,  not  exceeding  1  gallon  capacity,  packed  in  wooden  boxes  com- 
plying with  specification  No.  2,  or  No.  19  for  mixed  shipments;  or 
in  wooden  barrels  complying  with  specification  No.  9. 

Solids :  In  strong  and  tight  wooden  barrels,  kegs,  or  kits,  lined  or 
coated  on  the  inside  to  render  them  sift-proof;  or  in  metal  drums 
complying  with  specification  No.  20,  20A,  or  20B;  or  in  interior  glass 
or  metal  containers,  packed  in  outside  wooden  boxes  or  barrels  com- 
plying with  specification  No.  2,  19,  or  11. 

Cyanides  must  be  packed  in  air-tight  metal  containers. 

SECTION  6. 
LABELS. 

180.  All  packages  containing  samples  of  explosives  for  labo- 
ratory examination,  fireworks,  or  dangerous  articles  other  than 
explosives,  for  which  labels  are  prescribed  herein,  must  be  conspicu- 
ously labeled  by  the  shipper.  Labels  should  be  applied  when  prac- 
ticable to  that  part  of  the  package  bearing  the  consignee's  name  and 
address.  Shippers  must  furnish  and  attach  the  labels  prescribed 
for  their  shipments. 

181.  (a)  Labels  must  conform  to  standards  as  to  printing,  color,  size, 
and  shape,  and  must  be  free  from  advertising  or  other  matter.  The 
prescribed  labels  must  not  be  printed  in  with  nor  form  part  of  any 
other  shipping  label  or  printed  matter.  Samples  will  be  furnished 
by  the  chief  inspector  of  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  on  request. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY  EXPRESS.  135 

(b)  Combination  diamond-shaped  label  tags  of  proper  color,  bearing 
on  one  side  shipping  information  and  on  reverse  side  the  wording 
prescribed  by  paragraph  186,  will  be  permitted. 

1S2.  Containers  shipped  as  ''Empty"  must  have  the  old  red, 
yellow,  white,  or  green  "Caution"  labels  removed,  destroyed,  or 
cpmpletely  covered  by  a  square  white  label  measuring  not  less  than 
6  inches  on  each  side  and  bearing  thereon  the  word  "EMPTY"  in 
letters  not  less  than  1  inch  high. 

183.  Labels  must  not  be  applied  to  packages  containings  articles 
which  under  these  regulations  are  not  dangerous. 

184.  Containers  that  have  been  previously  used  for  dangerous 
articles  other  than  explosives,  must  have  the  old  marks  and  labels 
removed  before  being  used  for  the  shipment  of  other  articles. 

185.  Carriers  must  keep  on  hand  an  adequate  supply  of  labels. 
Lost  or  detached  labels  must  be  replaced  from  information  given  on 
revenue  or  other  waybilling. 

186.  (a)  Labels  for  dangerous  articles  other  than  explosives  must 
be  of  diamond  shape,  with  each  side  4  inches  long.  The  color  is  red 
for  inflammable  liquids  and  compressed  inflammable  gases,  yellow 
for  inflammable  solids  and  oxidizmg  materials,  green  for  noninflam- 
mable  compressed  gases,  white  with  black  lettering  for  corrosive 
liquids  and  white  with  red  lettering  for  poisons.  Labels  must  con- 
form to  standards  as  to  size,  printing,  and  color,  and  samples  will 
be  furnished,  on  request,  by  the  chief  inspector  of  the  Bureau  of 
Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City. 

Note. — Labels  which  conform  to  the  requirements  of  the  regulations  effective 
September  1,  1918,  may  be  used  until  further  notice. 

The  carrier's  name  and  stationery  form  number,  or  the  shipper's  name  and  address, 
may  be  printed  on  the  labels,  in  type  not  larger  than  10  point,  if  placed  within  the 
black  line  border  and  in  the  upper  or  lower  corner  of  the  diamond. 

(6)  The  printing  on  all  labels,  with  the  exception  of  the  "Poison" 
label,  must  be  in  black  letters  inside  of  a  black  line  border  measuring 
3}4  inches  on  each  side,  and  on  the  "Poison"  label  it  must  be  in  red 
letters  inside  of  a  red  line  border,  and  as  follows: 


136 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


RED  LABEL  FOR  INFLAMMABLE  LIQUIDS 
(REDUCED  SIZE) 


YELLOW   LABEL   FOR   INFLAMMABLE  SOUDS 
AND  OXIDIZING    MATERIALS. 

(REDUCED  SIZE) 


DANGEROUS  AETICLES   BY   EXPRESS. 


137 


RED    LABEL   FOR   INFLAMMABLE  GASES. 

(REDUCED  SIZE) 


I 


GREEN    LABEL   FOR  NON-INFLAMMABLE   GASES 

(REDUCED  SIZE) 

66620°— 22 10 


138 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


VmiTE  LABEL  FOR  ACIDS  AND  CORROSIVE 
LIQUIDS. 
(REDUCED  SIZE) 


y  /  NA/ARNING      ^ 

KEEP  AWAY  ffom  FEED  er  TOOD  PRODUCTS    X  \ 

POISON 

CAUTION-DO  NOT  DROP 

LEAKINQ    DON   T   JStSt^'"'* 


/ 


ThU    In   to    M^ritfy   that    the  ccntcnta   at 

ar«   proftcriy   dau«rlb«d    by   name   and 

k         and    mdrli«4    and    »ri:    In    proper    can 

^^       tran-.partiftlon     asoofdlng    t*    th© 

^^        li«M    prascribed     by     «he     mte 

^k                   Cammarce  CammlMlon. 

this   p«ckafl<> 
sr«   pjohed 

idltlan    far        a 

RiUte       ^ 

/ 

^V  i*>lpper*a  name  ra^vlrcd 
X,         hareanfarbhlB.          A 

V 

WHITE  LABEL  (RED  LETTERING)  FOR  POISONS 
(REDUCED  SIZE) 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   BY   EXPRESS.  139 

187.  The  labels  prescribed  herein  arc  identical  in  color,  size,  and 
form,  and  in  the  instructions  printed  thereon,  with  the  labels  pre- 
scribed for  dangerous  articles  other  than  explosives  when  transported 
by  freight,  but  for  shipments  offered  for  express  transportation  the 
shipper  must  write,  stamp,  or  print  his  name  underneath  the  certificate 
printed  thereon. 

SECTION    7. 
RECEIPTS. 

188.  (a)  A  receipt  upon  the  form  prescribed  by  the  originating 
express  carrier  must  be  issued  to  the  shipper  for  each  shipment 
accepted  for  transportation.  Before  a  receipt  is  issued  the  shipper 
must  apply  the  label  prescribed  herein  to  each  package  containing 
any  article  covered  by  these  regulations. 

(b)  Each  receipt  must  show  the  proper  and  definite  name  of 
commodity,  as  listed  in  these  regulations,  and  the  color  of  the  label 
affixed  to  the  package,  or  ''NO   LABEL   REQUIRED." 

189.  The  revenue,  or  other  waybilling,  prepared  for  such  shipments, 
and  the  transfer  sheet  or  interchange  record  used  for  transferring 
such  shipments  to  a  connecting  carrier,  must  properly  describe  the 
articles  by  name  as  shown  in  these  regulations,  and  should  state  color 
of  label  applied,  or  "NO  LABEL  REQUIRED." 

SECTION   8. 

RULES  FOR  HANDLING. 

190.  In  handling  packages  containing  explosives  or  other  dangerous 
articles  care  must  be  taken  to  prevent  them  from  falling  or  from  being 
broken.     They  must  not  be  thrown,  dropped,  or  rolled. 

191.  Packages  containing  explosives  or  other  dangerous  articles 
except  poisons,  when  transported  in  passenger-carrying  trains  must 
be  loaded  in  the  car  occupied  by  an  express  employee,  and  in  a  place 
that  will  permit  their  ready  removal  in  case  of  fire.  They  must  not 
be  loaded  in  cars  nor  stored  in  stations  near  steam  pipes  or  other 
sources  of  heat.  No  placards  are  required  on  such  cars.  Shipments 
bearing  poison  label,  when  practicable,  should  be  loaded  in  sealed  cars; 
when  loaded  in  car  occupied  by  messenger,  care  should  be  taken  to 
prevent  any  contents  sifting  or  leaking  from  containers. 

192.  When  an  express  or  baggage  car  containing  any  package  requir- 
ing a  label  prescribed  by  these  regulations  is  not  occupied  by  an  express 
employee  and  is  handled  in  a  freight  train,  the  proper  placards  must 
be  attached  thereto  as  required  by  the  regulations  for  the  transporta- 
tion of  explosives,  and  the  regulations  for  the  transportation  of  danger- 
ous articles  other  than  explosives,  by  freight. 


140  INTERSTATK   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

103.  The  originating  express  carrier  must,  when  a  shipment  is  offered 
to  it  that  is  known  to  contain  dangerous  articles  as  defined  by  these 
roguhitions,  see  that  the  packages  are  marked  and  labeled,  and  that 
the  certificate  is  furnished  as  prescribed  herein. 

194.  Packages  of  dangerous  articles  offered  for  shipment  and  not 
j)roperly  packed,  marked,  labeled,  described,  and  certified,  must  not 
be  accepted  by  the  express  carrier  until  these  regulations  are  complied 
with. 

195.  Shipments  of  dangerous  articles  offered  by  connecting  express 
or  other  transportation  lines  must  comply  with  these  regulations. 

196.  An  astray  shipment  of  dangerous  articles,  or  a  shipment  made 
in  vnolation  of  these  regulations  without  the  knowledge  of  the  carrier, 
must  be  forwarded  promptly  to  destination,  if  known,  provided  a 
careful  inspection  shows  the  package  to  be  in  proper  condition  for 
safe  transportation.  If  the  package  is  unlabeled  and  the  exact 
nature  of  the  contents  is  unknown,  the  red  label  must  be  applied. 

197.  Packages  containing  dangerous  articles  as  defined  by  these 
regulations  which  are  refused  by  the  consignees,  or  which  can  not 
be  delivered  within  48  hours  after  arrival  at  destination,  must  be 
promptly  disposed  of  (1)  by  return  to  the  shipper  if  in  proper  shipping 
condition,  or  (2)  by  storage  provided  a  suitable  storage  place  for  such 
articles  is  available  off  the  carrier's  property,  or  (3)  by  sale  provided 
the  statutes  permit  the  sale  of  the  commodity  by  the  carrier,  or  (4) 
by  destruction:  Provided,  That  charged  electric  storage  batteries 
may  be  held  for  seven  (7)  days  after  arrival  at  destination,  pending 
delivery  or  disposition. 

198.  Serious  violations  of  these  regulations,  facts  relating  to  leaking 
or  broken  packages,  and  accidents  or  fires  in  connection  with  the 
transportation  or  storage  on  express  or  railway  property  of  dangerous 
articles,  must  be  reported  promptly  by  the  express  carrier  to  the  chief 
inspector  of  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York, 
N.  Y. 

199.  Automobiles,  motor  cycles,  or  any  self-propelling  vehicle,  must 
have  all  gasoline  or  naphtha  drained  from  their  tanks  away  from 
carrier's  property  before  receipt  is  issued. 

200.  Unless  sealed  cars  moving  on  nonpassenger-carrying  trains 
are  equipped  with  a  suitable  guard  or  screen  to  prevent  the  lading 
coming  in  contact  with  hot  steam  pipes,  or  heat  exits  used  in 
electrically-heated  equipment,  packages  containing  explosives  or  other 
dangerous  articles  must  not  be  transported  in  them. 

201.  Packages  containing  dangerous  articles,  as  defined  by  these 
regulations,  that  are  loaded  in  sealed  cars  for  express  movement  from 
the  point  of  origin,  on  trains  other  than  passenger-carrying  trains, 
must  be  loaded  in  a  place  that  will  permit  of  their  ready  removal  in 
case  of  fire,  wreck,  or  unloading,  and  near  the  car  door,  if  possible. 


PART  III. 


REGULATIONS  FOR  THE  TRANSPORTATION  OF  EXPLOSIVES  AND  OTHER 
DANGEROUS  ARTICLES  AS  BAGGAGE. 

Prescribed  under  act  of  March  i,  1921. 


SECTION  1. 
GENERAL.  REGULATIONS. 

1.  To  promote  the  uniform  enforcement  of  law  and  to  provide  for 
the  safe  transportation  of  dangerous  articles  as  baggage  on  passenger- 
carrying  trains  of  carriers  engaged  in  interstate  or  foreign  commerce, 
the  following  regulations  are  prescribed  to  define  these  articles  for 
transportation  purposes,  to  state  the  precautions  that  must  be 
observed  by  the  shipper  in  preparing  them  for  shipment  and  by  the 
carrier  in  handling  them  while  in  transit. 

2.  Sections  235  and  236  of  the  act  of  March  4,  1921,  require  the 
shipper  of  explosives  or  of  other  dangerous  articles  to  describe  and 
mark  his  package  properlj',  and  to  inform  the  agent  of  the  carrier  of 
the  true  character  of  the  contents.  Heavy  penalties  are  provided 
for  the  shipper  who  knowingly  offers  for  transportation  a  dangerous 
article  without  complying  with  these  requirements,  as  well  as  for  the 
carrier  that  knowingly  transports  it. 

3.  Special  precautions  are  necessary  in  preparing  for  shipment  as 
baggage  packages  of  dangerous  articles.  Any  failm'e  of  the  shipper 
or  of  a  carrier  to  perform  the  duties  imposed  upon  him  in  this  respect 
may  be  the  actual  or  contributory  cause  of  a  serious  accident  or  fire. 

4.  These  regulations  make  all  proper  and  necessary  provisions  for 
the  transportation  of  explosives  and  other  dangerous  articles.  No 
person  or  carrier  may  under  any  circumstances  ship  or  carry  any 
high  explosive  on  any  passenger  car  or  vehicle  in  violation  of  section 
232  of  the  act  of  March  4,  1921,  and  no  person  or  carrier  may  ship 
or  carry  any  explosive  or  other  dangerous  article,  as  defined  herein 
pursuant  to  section  233  of  the  act,  on  any  such  car  or  vehicle  before 
written  notice  of  the  true  character  of  the  article  is  given  the  carrier, 
without  being  subject  to  the  penalties  of  the  act  which  are  referred 
to  in  paragraph  2  hereof. 

5.  The  services  of  the  Bureau  for  the  Safe  Transportation  of  Explo- 
sives and  Other  Dangerous  Articles,  hereinafter  caUed  Bureau  of 
Explosives,  will  be  utilized  by  the  commission  in  the  execution  of 

141 


142  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

these  regulations.  This  Bureau  will  make  inspections  and  conduct 
investigations,  and  will  confer  with  manufacturers  and  shippers  with 
a  view  to  determining  what  specifications  and  regulations  will  within 
reasonable  limits  afford  the  highest  degree  of  safety  in  packing  and 
preparing  those  dangerous  articles  for  shipment  and  in  transporting 
the  same.  The  commission  will  avail  itself  of  the  expert  knowledge 
thus  developed,  and  in  formulating  amendments  to  these  regulations 
or  specifications  supplemental  tkereto,  while  not  bound  thereby,  will 
give  due  weight  to  the  expert  opinions  thus  obtained. 

6.  These  regulations  apply  to  all  shipments  as  baggage  of  dangerous 
articles  as  prescribed  herein,  including  carriers'  materials  and  sup- 
plies. Shipments  of  explosives  or  dangerous  articles,  except  as  pro- 
vided herein,  must  not  be  offered  or  made  as  baggage.  The  com- 
mission will  make  provision  as  occasion  and  safety  may  require  for 
dangerous  articles  other  tlian  those  described  herein.  Carriers 
engaged  in  interstate  or  foreign  commerce,  and  shippers,  must  make 
these  regulations  effective,  and  must  provide  for  the  thorough  instruc- 
tion of  their  employees. 

7.  No  shipment  as  baggage  of  any  dangerous  article  described  by 
these  regulations  shall  be  offered  or  made,  unless  the  article  is 
packed,  marked,  and  labeled,  as  follows: 

SECTION    2. 
ACCEPTABLE    ARTICLES. 

S.  The  following  articles  may  be  transported  as  baggage  under 
these  regulations: 

Motion-picture  films — Yellow  label. 
Compressed  hydrogen  gas — Red  gas  label. 
Compressed  oxygen  gas  —Green  gas  label. 

SECTION   3. 

PACKING  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ACCEPTABLE  ARTICLES. 

Motion-Picture  Films. 

9.  (a)  Inflammable  (nitrocellulose)  motion-picture  films  must  be 
packed  as  follows: 

(1)  In  spark-proof  metal  boxes  or  cans,  or  trunks,  complying  with 
spofification  No.  32.  Not  more  than  eight  reels  (approximately 
1,000  feet  each)  may  be  packed  in  one  such  outside  container;  or 

(2)  In  outside  wooden  boxes  complying  with  specification  No.  19, 
provided  each  reel  is  phiced  in  a  tightly  closed  inside  metal  container. 
The  gross  weight  of  such  a  package  must  not  exceed  80  pounds. 
Boxes  must  be  equipped  with  handles,  and  covers  securely  fastened 
by  metal  hasp  and  staj)lc  with  a  strong  lock  or  other  efficient  device. 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   AS   BAGGAGE.  143 

(h)  Slow-burning  (noninfiammable)  motion-picture  films  must  be 
packed  in  packages  complying  with  specification  No.  19  or  32, 
and  each  outside  container  must  be  plainly  marked  "MOTION- 
PICTURE  FILMS"  and,  in  addition,  must  be  marked  "NO  LABEL 
REQUIRED." 

(c)  When  slow-burning  (noninfiammable)  motion-picture  films  are 
packed  in  the  same  outside  containers  with  inflammable  motion- 
picture  fihns,  the  outside  packages  must  bear  the  yellow  label,  and 
the  total  contents  of  the  outside  container  must  not  exceed  the 
quantity  or  gross  weight  permitted  for  inflammable  films.  (See 
par.  9  (a).) 

(d)  Shipments  of  motion-picture  films  with  advertising  matter 
attached  to  the  outside  container  must  not  be  offered  or  accepted 
for  transportation.  Shippers  desiring  to  include  advertising  matter 
with  their  shipments  of  motion-picture  films  must  place  the  adver- 
tising matter  inside  the  outside  box  or  can  containing  the  films. 

Compressed  Gases. 

10.  Compressed  hydrogen  or  oxygen  gas  must  be  shipped  in  metal 
cylinders,  as  follows: 

(a)  Cylinders  complying  with  specification  No.  7. 

(b)  Cylinders  manufactured  prior  to  March  31,  1912,  which  have 
been  once  tested  as  follows: 

Each  cylinder  must  be  subjected  to  a  test  by  interior  hydrostatic 
pressure  in  a  water  jacket  or  other  apparatus  of  suitable  form  as 
approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  to  furnish  reliable  data;  in 
this  test  the  pressure  must  be  applied  for  not  less  than  30  seconds, 
and  as  much  longer  as  may  be  necessary  to  insure  complete  expan- 
sion of  the  cylinder.  The  gauge  indicating  the  expansion  of  the 
cylinder  under  the  pressure  applied  must  be  such  that  a  permanent 
expansion  of  10  per  cent  of  the  total  expansion  may  be  easily  recog- 
nized. The  pressure  applied  in  this  test  must  be  not  less  than  twice 
the  charging  pressure  for  which  the  cylinder  was  designed. 

A  cylinder  must  be  condemned  and  not  used  for  shipment  when 
it  leaks  or  when  the  permanent  expansion  exceeds  10  per  cent  of 
the  total  expansion. 

Records  giving  data  showing  the  results  of  the  tests  made  on  all 
cylinders  must  be  kept,  and  each  cylinder  passing  the  test  must  be 
marked  with  the  date  (month  and  year)  of  the  test,  plainly  and 
permanently  stamped  into  the  metal  of  the  cylinder;  for  example, 
"4-21"  for  April,  1921.  Cyhnders  that  have  once  been  so  tested 
and  marked  will  not  be  required  to  be  tested  thereafter. 

(c)  Cylinders  must  not  be  charged  beyond  the  safe  pressure  for 
which  they  were  designed  and  in  no  event  in  excess  of  300  pounds 
per  square  inch.         , 


144  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

(d)  Cylinders  that  have  been  in  a  fire  must  not  again  be  placed  in 
baggage  service. 

{e)  All  cylinders  used  for  the  shipment  of  compressed  hydrogen 
or  oxygen  gas  must  be  plainly  stamped  with  the  date  of  the  last  test 
as  provided  herein  or  in  specification  No.  7. 

MARKING   ON    CYLINDERS   MUST   BE    KEPT   PLAIN. 

(/)  The  marking  of  cylinders  to  indicate  (1)  their  serial  number, 
(2)  the  specification  under  which  they  were  made,  (3)  the  date  of 
manufacture  and  subsequent  hydrostatic  tests,  (4)  any  initials  or 
similar  markings  to  indicate  ownership  or  original  owner,  must  be 
kept  plain  in  all  cases.  If,  on  account  of  painting,  or  any  other 
reason,  the  marking  can  not  be  kept  plain,  it  will  be  allowable  to 
use  a  brass  plate  brazed  or  soldered  to  the  cylinders  with  a  repro- 
duction of  the  cylinder  markings  plainly  stamped  thereon. 

MARKING    ON    CYLINDERS    MUST    NOT    BE    CHANGED. 

ig)  In  order  that  a  record  for  identification  of  cylinders  may  be 
kept,  the  serial  number  of  the  cylinder,  the  marking  to  indicate  the 
specification  under  which  it  was  made,  the  date  of  manufacture  and 
subsequent  hydrostatic  tests,  the  name  or  initials  or  symbol  (except 
trade-marks)  indicating  the  company  for  whom  the  cylinder  Avas 
originally  manufactured,  must  not  be  removed,  obliterated,  added 
to,  or  changed,  except  as  provided  in  paragraph  (/) ,  until  written 
application  has  been  made  to  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  and  instruc- 
tions have  been  received  therefrom.  The  Bureau  of  Explosives 
must  make  such  record  as  may  be  necessary  so  that  the  cylinders 
can  be  properly  traced  after  the  marking  has  been  changed. 

VALVE    PROTECTION. 

(h)  Cylinders  containing  hydrogen  must  have  their  valves  pro- 
tected by  metal  caps  that  can  not  be  detached  by  rolling  the  cylinders 
and  of  sufficient  strength  to  protect  the  valve  from  injury  during 
transit:  Provided,  That  these  caps  wil^not  be  required  if  the  cylinders 
are  boxed  or  crated  so  as  to  give  a  proper  protection  to  the  valve. 

SECTION  4. 

LABELS. 

11.  (a)  All  packages  containing  dangerous  articles  for  which 
labels  are  prescribed  herein,  must  be  conspicuously  labeled  by  the 
shipper.  Labels  should  be  applied  when  practicable  to  that  part 
of  the  package  bearing  the  consignee's  name  and  address,  or  baggage 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   AS  BAGGAGE. 


145 


check.  Shippers  must  furnish  and  attach  the  hibcls  prescribed  for 
their  shipments. 

(b)  Carriers  must  keep  on  hand  an  adequate  suppl}-  of  labels. 
Lost  or  detached  labels  must  be  replaced. 

1^.  Labels  for  dangerous  articles  must  be  of  diamond  shape, 
with  each  side  4  inches  long.  The  colors  must  be  red  for  compressed 
hydrogen  gas,  yellow  for  motion-picture  films,  and  green  for  com- 
pressed oxygen  gas. 

The  carrier's  name  and  stationery  form  number,  or  the  shipper's 
name  and  address,  may  be  printed  on  the  labels,  in  type  not  larger 
than  10  point,  if  placed  within  the  black  line  border  and  in  the 
upper  or  lower  corner  of  the  diamond.  A  combination  diamond- 
shaped  label  tag  of  proper  color,  bearing  on  one  side  the  shipping 
information  and  on  the  reverse  side  the  wording  prescribed  herein, 
will  be  permitted. 

The  printing  on  all  labels  must  be  in  black  letters  inside  of  a  black 
line  border  measuring  3^  inches  on  each  side,  and  as  follows: 


YELLOW    LABEL  FOR   MOTION-PICTURE    FILMS 

(REDUCED  SIZE) 


146 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


RED   LABEL   FOR   HYDROGEN  GAS 

(KEDUCED  SIZE) 


./ 


'^    ^  KEEP    COOL 

CAUTION 

OXYGEN  GAS 

Non-Inflammable---Coinpressed  Gas 

^  X    DO  NOT  DROP 


\. 


ThU   ll    lo   certify   ' 


\\ 

according    to    lh«    R«0"'*- 
Ibcd     by     th«     Intcritate 
urc*   CommlMlon.                  J 

/ 

/ 

/ 

\          \^      Bhippe 

Hb  nam*  r«qiilr«d     V'             , 
r.cntor.nip.            X          / 
m.nta  »y             X 

EXPRESS         • 

\  N 

^ 

GREEN    LABEL 

FOR  OXYGEN 

GAS 

(hi;duci;d  sizk) 

The  labels  prescribed  heroin  are  identical  in  color,  size,  and  form, 
and  in  the  instructions  printed  thereon,  with  the  labels  prescribed 
for  dangerous  articles  other  than  explosives  when  transported  by 
freight  and  express.     For  shipments  offered  for  transportation  as 


DANGEROUS   ARTICLES   AS  BAGGAGE.  147 

baggage  the  shipper  must  write,  stamp,  or  print  his  name  underneath 
the  certificate  printed  thereon. 

Note. — ^A  combination  diamond-shaped  label  tag  of  proper  size  and  color,  bearing 
on  one  side  the  shipping  information,  and  on  the  reverse  side  the  wording  prescribed 
herein,  will  be  permitted. 


I 


SECTION  5. 

PLACARDS. 


13.  Placards  ordinarily  used  to  indicate  the  presence  in  cars  of 
inflammable  articles  will  not  be  required  on  baggage  cars  in  charge  of 
a  railway  employee  and  moving  in  passenger  trains,  or  on  electric  or 
gasoline  motor  cars  in  charge  of  an  employee  of  the  carrier,  and  which 
are  run  independently  of  cars  carrying  passengers. 

SECTION  6. 
HANDLING. 

14.  In  handling  packages  containing  dangerous  articles  care  must 
be  taken  to  prevent  them  from  falling  or  from  being  broken.  They 
must  not  be  thrown,  dropped,  or  rolled. 

15.  Packages  containing  dangerous  articles  when  transported  as 
baggage  in  passenger-carrying  trains  must  be  loaded  in  the  car 
occupied  by  a  railway  employee,  and  in  a  place  that  will  permit  their 
ready  removal  in  case  of  fire.  They  must  not  be  loaded  in  cars  nor 
stored  in  stations  near  steam  pipes  or  other  sources  of  heat. 

16.  The  originating  carrier  must,  when  a  shipment  is  ofi'ered  to  it 
that  is  known  to  contain  dangerous  articles,  as  defined  by  these  regu- 
lations, see  that  the  packages  are  marked  and  labeled  as  prescribed 
herein. 

17.  Shipments  of  dangerous  articles  offered  by  connecting  trans- 
portation lines  must  comply  with  these  regulations. 

18.  An  astray  shipment  of  dangerous  articles,  or  a  shipment  made  in 
violation  of  these  regulations  without  the  knowledge  of  the  carrier, 
must  be  forwarded  promptly  to  destination,  if  known,  provided  a 
careful  inspection  shows  the  package  to  be  in  proper  condition  for 
safe  transportation. 

19.  Unauthorized  persons  must  not  be  allowed  to  have  access  to 
dangerous  articles  in  transit  at  any  time  while  such  articles  are  in 
the  custody  of  the  carrier. 


PART  IV. 
SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS. 


SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.   1. 

BOXED    CARBOYS. 

For  the  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

ReAdsed  January  1,  1923. 

INSIDE    CONTAINERS. 

1.  For  the  purpose  of  this  specification  any  glass,  earthenware, 
clay,  stoneware,  or  lead  container  with  nominal  capacity  not  less 
than  5  gallons  shall  be  considered  a  carboy,  and  no  such  carboy 
shall  have  a  nominal  capacity  of  more  than  13  gallons. 

Carboys  manufactured  before  March  31,  1912,  or  after  that  date 
in  accordance  with  specifications  effective  at  their  date  of  manu- 
facture, may  properly  be  boxed  under  these  specifications  and  the 
boxes  marked  to  show  compliance  therewith. 

MARKING    ON    INSIDE    CONTAINERS. 

2.  An  identifying  mark  must  be  blown,  molded,  or  otherwise 
plainly  and  permanently  imprinted  in  the  bottom  or  neck  of  each 
carboy  to  enable  the  manufacturer's  name  and  year  of  manufacture 
to  be  determined.  A  copy  of  this  mark  must  be  filed  by  the  manu- 
facturer, with  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York 
City.  If  the  carboys  are  covered  with  a  fiber  or  other  composition, 
this  mark  must  also  be  placed  on  the  covering. 

INSPECTION. 

3.  Each  carboy  must  be  carefully  examined  and  tested  to  detect 
any  weakness  or  defect  due  to  variation  in  thickness  of  material  or 
to  other  causes,  and  all  such  defective  carboys  must  be  rejected. 

CLOSING    DEVICES. 

4.  Glass  or  earthenware  carboys  must  be  closed  (a)  by  having  an 
earthenware  or  glass  stopper  inserted  into  the  mouth  of  the  carboy, 
sealed  in  place  by  clay,  plaster  of  Paris,  or  similar  material  in  a 
plastic  condition,  and  securely  fastened  with  burlap  or  other  suit- 
able material  drawn  tight  and  securely  tied  under  the  lip  of  the 

149 


150  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  1. 

mouth  with  strong  cord;  (b)  by  a  glass  or  earthenware  stopper  with 
gasket,  secured  by  metal  fastenings;  (c)  by  a  glass  stopper  ground  to 
fit,  secured  by  burlap  or  other  suitable  material;  (d)  if  the  contents 
of  the  carboy  is  not  corrosive,  by  a  cork  or  other  similar  closing 
device  securely  fastened  in  place  to  prevent  leakage. 

5.  Lead  carboys  must  be  closed  with  stoppers  securely  fastened  in 
place  to  prevent  leakage. 


GLASS    CARBOYS. 


6.  A  glass  carboy  with  a  capacity  of  12  gallons  must  contain  a 
minimum  of  17  pounds  of  glass.  A  carboy  with  a  capacity  of  13 
gallons  must  contain  a  minimum  of  18  pounds  of  glass. 

Note. — The  glass  in  the  side  walls  of  molded  carboys  should  be  as  well  distributed 
as  practicable  and  the  minimum  thickness  should  be  not  less  than  ^  inch. 

7.  The  inside  diameter  of  the  largest  part  of  the  mouth  of  the 
12-gallon  and  13-gallon  carboys  must  be  exactly  1%  inches  (within 
hmits  of  commercial  manufacture).  The  taper  of  the  mouth  should 
be  kept  as  small  as  possible,  and  3^2  i^-ch  on  each  side  is  recommended. 

8.  Each  carboy  must  be  annealed  in  ovens  or  lehrs  at  a  tempera- 
ture of  from  1,000°  F.  to  1,100°  F.,  maintained,  as  near  as  possible 
without  melting,  at  this  temperature  during  the  annealing  process 
and  then  gradually  cooled  to  the  necessary  finishing  temperature 
required  by  local  conditions;  the  time  of  cooling  of  each  carboy  must 
be  not  less  than  30  hours  for  ovens  or  9  hours  for  lehrs. 

The  temperature  of  each  carbo}^  should  be  maintained  at  as  high 
a  temperature  as  possible  after  molding  or  blowing  and  until  delivery 
to  the  ovens  or  lehrs,  and  care  should  be  taken  to  avoid  sudden  cooling 
of  the  carboy  at  any  time. 

LEAD    CARBOYS. 

9.  Lead  carboys  shall  be  made  of  commercial  sheet  lead,  cut  or 
formed  to  shape,  with  edges  lapped  and  burned  to  form  the  seams. 
wSide  and  bottom  seams  must  be  burned  inside  and  outside.  Weight 
of  lead  used  shall  be  not  less  than  8  pounds  per  square  foot  for  the 
sides  and  bottoms  and  not  less  than  10  pounds  per  square  foot  for 
the  tops.     Necks  may  be  made  of  tubing. 

10.  Lead  carboys  must  be  tested  with  5  pounds  per  square  inch 
internal  pressure  and  must  show  no  leakage  under  this  test. 

CLAY,   STO.NEWARE,  OK    EARTHENWAHE    CARBOYS. 

11.  The  material  in  the  bottom  and  side  walls  of  these  carboys 
shall  be  aS  evenly  distributed  as  practicable  and  the  minimum 
thickness  shall  be  not  less  than  %  inch.  The  carboys  shall  be  acid 
proof. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  151 

Spec.  1. 
OUTSIDE    CONTAINERS. 

12.  The  body  of  the  carboy  must  be  completely  inclosed  in  a 
strong  wooden  box. 

13.  The  material  from  which  these  boxes  are  made  must  be  good, 
sound  white  pine  or  any  wood  of  equal  or  superior  strength.  All 
lumber  must  be  dry  and  well  seasoned,  and  must  not  have  loose 
knots  in  any  part.  Minimum,  thickness  of  lumber  specified  refers 
to  the  actual  thickness  in  the  finished  boxes. 

14.  The  thickness  of  the  top,  bottom,  ends,  and  sides  of  the 
finished  box  must  be  not  less  than  J^  inch  for  carboys  of  7  to  13  gallons 
Capacity  and  not  less  than  ^  inch  for  carboys  of  5  to  6  gallons 
capacity. 

15.  The  inside  size  of  the  box  should  be  made  dependent  on  the 
size  of  the  carboy  and  the  efficiency  of  the  cushioning.  (See  pars. 
21  and  23.)  The  inside  height  of  the  box  should  be  such  that  the 
neck  of  the  carboy  will  not  project  any  more  than  necessary;  it  is 
recommended  that  the  inside  height  of  the  box  be  at  least  213^ 
inches  for  a  12-gallon  16-inch  diameter  carboy  and  22  >2  inches  for  a 
12-gallon  145^-inch  diameter  carboy. 

16.  The  hole  in  the  top  of  the  box  through  which  the  neck  of  the 
carboy  projects  must  be  2  inches  larger  than  the  neck  of  the  carboy 
and  must  be  beveled  off  on  its  under  edge  at  an  angle  of  about  45 
degrees. 

17.  The  four  vertical  edges  must  be  reinforced  in  a  suitable  manner 
to  secure  strength  and  stiffness.  For  boxes  to  contain  5  to  6  gallon 
carboys  these  reinforcing  pieces  must  be  at  least  K  by  1%  inches. 
For  boxes  to  contain  rectangular  lead  carboys,  these  reinforcing 
pieces  may  be  omitted,  but  two  of  the  sides  must  be  not  less  than 
13^  inches  in  thickness. 

18.  The  grain  of  the  wood  in  all  four  sides  of  the  box  must  be 
horizontal. 

19.  Boxes  for  5  to  6  gallon  carboys  must  be  nailed  with  nails  not 
smaller  than  fivepenny  at  1^-inch  intervals.  Boxes  for  7  to  13 
gallon  carboys  must  be  nailed  with  nails  not  smaller  than  sevenponny 
at  2-inch  intervals,  or  eightpenny  at  23^-inch  intervals.  The  sides 
and  ends  of  the  box  must  be  nailed  together  and  also  to  the  rein- 
forcing pieces  prescribed  by  paragraph  17. 

20.  There  must  be  two  cleats  not  less  than  K  by  1^  inches,  one 
placed  on  each  end  of  the  box  for  carrjnng,  and  two  cleats  not  less 
than  K  by  1^  inches  across  the  ends  of  the  bottom  of  the  box  to  act 
as  shoes  and  to  protect  the  bottom  of  the  box. 


152  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  1. 

PACKING    AND   CUSHIONING. 

21.  Each  carboy  must  be  so  cushioned  by  proper  packing  material 
that  tlie  completed  package  will  withstand  the  tests  prescribed  by 
paragraph  23  of  this  specification:  Provided,  That  lead  carboys 
are  not  required  to  be  so  cushioned  or  tested. 

XoTE. — For  carboys  cushioned  with  hay  or  similar  material  the  space  between  the 
aides  of  the  carboy  and  the  box  must  be  at  least  V/^  inches  for  12  or  13  gallon  carboys 
and  at  least  1  inch  for  5  or  6  sjallon  carboys. 

22.  The  neck  of  the  carboy  must  be  so  centered  that  it  will  have 
at  least  i-^-inch  clearance  all  around  where  it  projects  through  the  top 
of  the  box. 

TESTS. 

23.  (a)  The  completed  package  when  containing  a  carboy  filled 
with  water  to  the  lower  edge  of  the  neck  must  be  able  to  withstand 
the  following  type  tests: 

(h)  By  droppiiig  squarely  on  its  bottom  onto  a  solid  concrete  or 
brick  floor  from  a  height  of  16  inches.  At  least  five  packages  must  be 
tested,  or  more  if  desired,  and  at  least  90  per  cent  of  all  the  packages 
tested  must  pass  this  test  without  breakage  of  the  carboy. 

(c)  By  suspending  in  a  standard  swing-test  apparatus  (see  illus- 
tration— detailed  specifications  can  be  obtained  from  the  Bureau  of 
Explosives) ,  and  swinging  squarely  against  a  solid  concrete  or  brick 
wall  from  a  distance  of  55  inches,  measured  horizontally  from  the  wall 
to  the  bottom  front  edge  of  the  carboy  box.  At  least  ten  packages 
must  be  tested,  or  more  if  desired,  and  at  least  90  per  cent  of  the 
packages  tested  must  pass  this  test,  without  breakage  of  the  carboy. 

{d)  Type  tests,  as  above  described,  must  be  made  during  each  six 
months  of  each  calendar  year  by  all  concerns  manufacturing  or  refilling 
these  packages:  Provided,  That  any  company  with  various  branches 
may  have  a  central  testing  station  to  which  the  necessary  samples 
may  be  sent  for  the  required  tests:  Provided  further.  That  any  com- 
pany or  filling  station  may  have  its  packages  tested  by  an  outside 
agency  if  desired.  One  of  these  biannual  tests  must  be  supervised  by 
a  representative  of  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  and  that  Bureau  must 
make  necessary  proariungement  to  advise  those  concerned  wliich 
series  its  representative  will  witness. 

(e)  The  tests,  as  above  described,  must  be  made  on  samples  of  used 
packages  and  also  new  or  newly  cushioned  ones;  separate  tests  must 
be  made  for  carboys  difl'ering  in  material,  size  (if  variation  is  over  2 
gallons) ,  or  cushioning  material.  If  the  thickness  of  cushioning  varies 
the  tests  must  be  made  on  those  packages  having  the  least  cushioning. 
(See  par.  21.) 

(/)  Reports  of  the  results  of  the  tests  must  be  made  to  the  Bureau 
of  Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City,  and  that  Bureau  will 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  153 

Spec.  I. 

maintain  a  record  of  such  reports  for  the  information  of  the  commis- 
sion.    The  reports  must  be  rendered  in  the  form  as  hereinafter  shown : 

Report  of  Tests  of  Boxed  Carboys. 
[As  required  by  I.  C.  C.  Regulations  and  Specification  No.  1.] 

(Place) 

(Date) 


Tests  made  for ' . 


Results. 

Description  of  package. 

No.  of 
test. 

55-inch 
swing. 

16-inch 
drop. 

No.  of 

test. 

55-inch 
swing. 

16-inch 
drop. 

Capacity 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 

11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 

Condition  ^ 

Type' 

Cushioning  * 

Diameter  of  bottle 

Size  of  box  (inside) : 

Remarks  and  action  taken. 


(Signature) . 
(per). 


1  Give  name  and  address  of  plant  for  which  the  tests  were  made. 
'  State  whether  new;  recushioned;  old. 

•  state  whether  glass,  balloon;  glass,  straight-sided;  earthenware,  etc. 

*  state  whether  hay;  mineral  wool;  cork;  etc. 

MARKING. 

24.  Each   outside   container   must   be   plainly  and   permanently 
marked  by  cutting  or  burning  into  the  wood  as  follows: 
(a)  The  marking  ICC-1. 
66620°— 22 11 


154  INTEESTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  1. 

(b)  The  initials  or  symbol  of  the  company  applying  this  marking. 
(This  must  be  recorded  with  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey 
Street,  New  York  City.) 

(c)  The  date  (month  and  \'ear)  that  the  package  was  last  cushioned. 
The  letters  and  figures  in  all  of  this  marking  must  be  at  least  % 

inch  high  and  the  marking  "I.  C.  C.-l  "  shall  be  understood  to  certify 
that  the  package  complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specifica- 
tion: Provided,  That  for  carboy  bottles  made  previously  to  the  date 
when  specifications  therefor  went  into  effect,  the  provisions  of  par- 
agraphs 2,  3,  6,  7,  and  8  will  not  be  held  applicable. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  par- 
ticular article  contained  therein. 

BOXES    USED    MORE    THAN    ONCE.  J 

25.  When  these  containers  are  used  more  than  once  they  must  be 
carefully  examined  before  each  shipment  and  any  parts  broken  or 
decayed  or  rotted  by  corrosion  must  be  replaced.  The  cushioning 
support  must  also  be  in  good  condition,  and  when  it  is  found  water- 
logged, frozen,  rotted,  or  broken,  or  inefficient  in  any  way,  it  must  be 
replaced  or  repaired  before  shipment. 

26.  If  the  neck  of  a  glass  carboy  is  less  than  j^  irich  from  the  edge 
of  the  hole  in  the  top  of  the  box,  the  package  must  be  repacked  (see 
par.  22). 

27.  Lead  carboys  must  be  tested  with  5  pounds  per  square  inch 
internal  pressure  before  each  shipment,  and  must  show  no  leakage 
under  this  test;  during  these  tests  the  carboys  must  be  so  supported 
that  the}^  will  not  be  materially  distorted  from  their  proper  size  or 
shape. 

28.  Carbo3^s  boxed  in  accordance  with  requirements  of  previous 
issues  of  this  specification  may  be  continued  in  use  if  they  have  the 
kind  and  amount  of  cushioning  shown  to  be  able  to  withstand  the 
swing  and  drop  tests  prescribed  by  paragraph  23  of  this*  specifica- 
tion; but  when  reboxing  of  the  carboys  becomes  necessary,  it  must 
be  done  according  to  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

29.  Tests  of  these  used  packages  must  also  be  made  by  all  concerns 
filling  such  packages,  and  reported  as  prescribed.  (See  par.  23  of  this 
specification.) 

•  Those  boxed  carboys,  boxed  previous  to  the  effective  date  of  this  specification,  that  will  not  with- 
stand the  5.>iiich  swing  test,  but  will  withstand  the  35-inch  swing  test  in  the  standard  swing-test  apparatus 
as  prescribed  herein,  may  bo  continued  in  service  for  the  transportation  of  dangerous  articles,  except 
nitric  acid,  until  further  order  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission. 

The  attention  of  all  concerned  is  directed  to  the  fact  that  this  concession  is  made  only  to  avoid  a  drastic 
interruption  of  IratTlc,  and  that  it  will  be  revoked  at  a  reasonably  early  date.  It  is  the  present  duty  of  all 
shippers  usin>;  ihi-'^o  containers  to  jjrocccd  without  delay  to  rebox  and  recusbion  their  old  carboys  or  to 
obtain  complete  new  packages  so  that  the  standard  test  requirements  will  be  complied  with. 


^1 


I 


L 


—I'-!- i'rp I ' J        — J..|-^-4  — -' Ij!Tf"..--'4..--i.jX  en  m>*  f«s3  M^*  6'//      Ss 


/^0/V7-    ^t,JSt^-^7 


-TCSTINS  CARBOifS 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  155 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  2. 

METAL  CANS,  GLASS  OR  EARTHENWARE  CONTAINERS,  WOODEN 
OR  METAL  PAILS  OR  KITS,  ETC.,  AND  BOXES  FOR  OUTSIDE  CON- 
TAINERS  OF    SAME. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Note  1.— Packages  made  under  this  specification  are  for  liquids  only.  For  mixed  shipment  of  liquids 
and  solids  sec  specification  No.  19. 

Note  2.— The  total  amount  of  liquid  in  the  case,  regardless  of  whether  it  is  dangerous  or  not,  must  be 
used  in  determinuig  the  allowable  capacity  of  the  outside  container. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 
CANS. 

1.  Cans  boxed  under  this  specification  shall  not  exceed  10  gallons 
capacity  each. 

2.  Cans  exceeding  1  gallon  and  not  exceeding  10  gallons  capacity 
must  be  made  of  metal  not  lighter  than  30  gauge, ^  United  States 
Standard  (28  gauge  ^  for  cans  containing  carbon  bisulphide) . 

3.  Cans  not  ex.ceeding  1  gallon  capacity  may  be  made  of  metal 
iighter  than  30  gauge,  United  States  Standard,  but  it  must  be  such  as 
will  provide  proper  protection  against  leakage  in  transit. 

4.  Each  completed  can  must  be  tested  by  its  manufacturer  and 
must  not  leak  air  when  tested  under  water  with  interior  air  pressure 
of  at  least  5  pounds  per  square  inch. 

GLASS    AND    EARTHENWARE. 

5.  Glass  or  earthenware  containers  boxed  under  this  specification 
shall  not  exceed  1  gallon  capacity  each:  Provided,  SThat,  when  the 
I.  C.  C.  regulations  permit  larger  inside  containers  for  the  article  being 
shipped,  the  capacity  of  these  glass  or  earthenware  inside  containers 
may  be  increased  to  not  over  3  gallons,  if  packed  with  one  only  in 
each  outside  box. 

6.  Bottles,  jars,  jugs,  etc.,  made  of  glass  or  earthenware,  must  be 
strong  and  must  be  sufficiently  cushioned  by  excelsior,  sawdust,  or 
other  suitable  packing  to  provide  protection  against  breakage  in 
transit.     They  must  be  securely  closed  in  a  manner  to  prevent  leakage. 

KITS    AND    PAILS. 

7.  Kits  and  pails  boxed  under  this  specification  shall  not  exceed  10 
gallons  capacity  each. 

8.  The  construction  and  method  of  closing  of  these  containers  shall 
be  such  as  to  prevent  leakage  during  transit  and  if  necessary  they 
must  be  cushioned  in  the  box. 

>  Commercial  107-pouud  tin  plate  is  satisfactory.        -  Commercial  135-pouud  tin  plale  is  satisfactory. 


156  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION, 

S[M-f.  2. 

BOXES. 

9.  Boxes  must  be  made  of  good,  sound  white  pine,  or  any  wood  of 
equal  or  superior  strength,  dr}'  and  well  seasoned  and  with  no  loose 
knots,  or  knots  liable  to  get  loose  in  any  part. 

10.  Thickness  of  lumber  in  any  part  of  the  finished  box  must  not 
be  less  than  required  by  this  specification,  except  that  a  variation 
of  ^i  inch  is  allowed  for  material  i\  inch  or  less  in  thickness,  and  a 
variation  of  jV  inch  is  allowed  for  material  over  -f§  inch  in  thickness. 

11.  When  the  ends  are  single  cleated,  the  cleats  must  run  across 
the  grain  of  the  wood  in  the  ends.  The  sides  or  tops  and  bottoms 
must  extend  out  over  the  cleats  and  the  nailing  must  be  staggered, 
at  It'iist  40  per  cent  of  the  nails  being  driven  into  the  ends  and  at  least 
40  per  cent  into  the  cleats. 

12.  When  the  ends  are  double-cleated,  the  sides,  top,  and  bottom 
must  extend  out  over  the  cleats  and  the  nailing  must  be  staggered, 
at  least  40  per  cent  of  the  nails  being  driven  into  the  ends  and  at 
least  40  per  cent  into  the  cleats. 

13.  Nailed  boxes  not  cleated  must  have  ends  of  pne-piece  material 
or  tongueil  and  grooved  and  glued:  Provided,  That  other  joints  may 
be  used  which  after  investigation  made  by  the  Bureau  of  Explo- 
sives are  shown  to  possess  strength  equal  to  the  tongued  and  grooved 
and  glued  joints. 

Ends  of  more  than  one  piece,  secured  with  corrugated  or  other 
metal  fasteners,  may  be  used  when  equal  in  strength  to  good,  sound, 
one-piece  ends  of  the  same  dimensions.  Data  on  all  tests  of  new 
types  of  construction  under  this  provision,  shall  be  submitted  in 
detail  to  the  (^ief  inspector.  Bureau  of  Explosives,  New  York  City. 

14.  All  nails  driven  through  sides,  tops,  or  bottoms  into  ends  or 
cleats,  or  to  fasten  cleats  to  ends,  must  be  at  not  greater  than  2}4- 
inch  centers. 

1').  All  nails  driven  through  tops  or  bottoms  into  sides,  must  be 
at  not  greater  than  8-inch  centers. 

IG.  Gauge  of  nails  used  shall  not  be  less  than  the  following  sizes, 
depending  upon  the  thickness  of  lumber  mto  which  they  are  to  be 
driven: 

2-pemiy  into  i^-inch  lumber. 
3-penny  into  3/^-inch  lumber. 
4-penny  into  i\  to  H  inch  lumber. 
5-penny  into  ,»ff  to  ^i  inch  lumber. 
6-pcnny  into  fj  to  }|  inch  lumber. 
7-penny  into  J/^-inch  or  thicker  lumber. 
For  example,   nails  driven  through  a  one-half  inch  side  into  a 
three-fourths  inch  end  must  be  6-penny.     Screws  of  equal  efficiency 
may  be  used  m  place  of  nails. 


SHIPPING  CONTAmER  SPECIFICATIONS.  157 

Spec.  2. 

17.  The  boxes  must  cover  the  inside  containers,  which  must  fit 
tightly  in  the  boxes.  The  filling  hole  must  be  securely  closed,  and 
if  not  entirely  covered  by  the  box  cover  it  must  be  completely 
protected  by  it. 

MARKING    OF    BOXES. 

18.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consisting 
of  a  rectangle,  as  follows: 


I  c  C-2 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  Yi  ii^ch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particu- 
lar article  contained  therein. 


19. 


BOX  FOR  SINGLE  CONTAINER  OF  CAPACITY  NOT  OVER  2  GALLONS. 


Ends. 


Sides. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Cleats. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Single-cleated  boxes 

Double-cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Inch. 

3X 


¥2 


Inch. 


Inch. 


T5 
■h 


Inch. 


%  by  IH 


20. 

BOX  FOR  SINGLE  CONTAINER   OF  CAPACITY   OVER  2  GALLONS  BUT   NOT  OVER  5 

GALLONS. 


Ends. 


Sides. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Cleats. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Single-cleated  boxes 

Double-cleated  boxes 

Double-cleated  boxes  of  this  size  may 
have  ends  of  J<4-inch  material  with  cleats 
%  by  1J4  inches  if  cleats  are  tenoned  and 
fastened  to  ends  with  clinched  nails. 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Inch. 


72 
1^ 


Inch. 

u 


Inch. 

3/ 


% 
V2 


Inch. 


y%  by  V/i 
Hby  IJ^ 


158  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Sp«<.  2. 

LM. 

BOX  FOR  SINCILE  CONTAINER  OF  CAPACITY  OVER  5  GALLONS  BUT  NOT  OVER  10 

GALLONS. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Single-cleated  boxes 

Double-cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Ends. 


Inch. 

y% 


Sides. 


Inch. 

y. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Inch. 


Cleats. 


Inch. 


yghyVA 
y2  by  VA 


22. 

BOX  FOR  MORE  TIIAN  ONE  CONTAINER,  COMBINED  CAPACITY  OF  ALL  CONTAINERS 
IN  BOX  NOT  OVER  2  GALLONS. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Single-cleated  boxes 

Double-cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated.  .  . . 


Ends. 


Inch. 
% 

% 
s 


Sides. 


Inch. 

A 


Tg 

5 
Tg 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Inch. 


Cleats. 


Inch. 


ys  by  iy2 


23. 

HU.\  FOR  MORE  THAN  ONE  CONTAINER,  COMBINED  CAPACITY  OF  ALL  CONTAINERS 
IN  BOX  OVER  2  GALLONS  BUT  NOT  OVER  6  GALLONS. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

Ix)ck  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Inch. 
1     A 

I  y2 
1  % 

y2 

Inch. 

H 
% 

Inch. 

y% 

y 
y 

Inch. 

* 

Siugle-cleate<l  boxes 

Double-cloatc<I  Ixixps 

%  by  VA 
HbylJ^ 

>^bylK 

Nailed  boxes  not  dt-ated 

SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS. 


24. 


159 

Spec.  2. 


BOX  FOR  MORE  THAN  ONE  CONTAINER,  COMBINED  CAPACITY  OF  ALL  CONTAINERS 
IN  BOX  OVER  6  GALLONS  BUT  NOT  OVER  12  GALLONS. 

(Provided  that  two  cans  with  a  capacity  not  exceeding  5  gallons  each  may  be  shipped  in  a  box  made 

according  to  par.  26.) 


Cleats. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes. 
Single-cleated  boxes 

Double-cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch 

H 

Yi 

H 

Vs 

¥2 

¥2 

% 

H   ■ 

H 

M 

¥2 

% 

% 

W 

H 

Inch. 


25. 

BOX  FOR  MORE  THAN  ONE  CONTAINER,  COMBINED  CAPACITY  OF  ALL  CONTAINERS 
IN  BOX  OVER  12  GALLONS?  BUT  NOT  OVER  20  GALLONS. 

(Provided  that  three  cans  with  a  capacity  not  exceeding  5  gallons  each  may  be  shipped  in  a  box  made 

according  to  par.  27.) 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Inch. 

/    Vs 
I    H 
/    Vs 
I    % 

H 

Inch. 
% 
% 

H 

Inch. 

Vs 
H 
Vs 
M 

Inch. 

Single-cleated  boxes 

VshyS 

Double-cleated  boxes 

Mby3 
Mby3 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

26. 


BOX  FOR  TWO  CANS  WITH  A  CAPACITY  OF  NOT  OVER  5  GALLONS  EACH. 


Ends. 


Sides. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Cleats. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Single-cleated  boxes 

Double-cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Inch. 
5a 


Inch. 


'A 


Inch. 
I 


2 


Inch: 


H  by  m 
^by  15^ 


2(30  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Sp«c.  2. 

27. 

BOX  FOR  THREE  CANS  WITH  A  CAPACITY  OF  NOT  OVER  5  GALLONS  EACH. 


Lock  or  dovetail  comer  boxes 

Single-cleated  boxes 

Double-cleated  boxes 

"Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Ends. 


Inch. 


[         H 


!       1 


Sides. 


Inch. 


5% 


T6 


Top  and 
bottom. 


5% 


Tg 


Cleats. 


HhyZ 
VshyS 

iibyS 


WIRE-BOUND   BOXES. 

28.  Wire-bound  boxes  for  outside  containers  must  be  made  of 
sound  lumber  of  not  less  than  the  following  thicknesses  and  in  accord- 
ance with  the  following  specifications: 

29.  The  boxes  must  cover  the  inside  containers  which  must  fit 
tightly  in  the  boxes.  The  filling  hole  must  be  securely  closed  and  if 
not  entirely  covered  by  the  box  cover  it  must  be  completely  protected 
by  it. 

30.  Good,  sound  white  pine  or  any  wood  equal  or  superior  in 
strength  is  acceptable.  All  lumber  used  must  be  dry  and  well 
seasoned,  with  no  loose  knots  in  any  part. 

Minimum  thickness  of  lumber  specified  refers  to  the  actual  thick- 
nes.ses  in  the  finished  boxes. 

31.  There  must  be  four  cleats  at  each  end  of  each  box  not  less 
than  IJ  by  H  inch. 

The  binding  wire  at  each  end  must  be  firmly  stapled  to  each  cleat 
by  staples  not  less  than  No.  16  gauge  and  having  legs  not  less  than 
IH  inches  long,  extending  over  the  wire,  through  each  board,  and 
into  the  cleats.  The  other  wire  or  wires  must  be  firmly  stapled  to 
each  board  by  staples  not  less  than  No.  18  gauge,  extending  over 
the  wire,  through  each  board,  and  firmly  clinched  on  the  inside. 
Staf)les  shall  not  be  more  than  3  inches  apart. 

Kaeh  wire  shall  be  continuous  with  the  ends  tightly  twisted  at 
one  si<le:  Provided,  That  wires  of  not  less  than  No.  12  gauge,  stapled 
as  prescribed  in  this  specification,  may  be  made  sectional  if  they  haye 
loops  at  each  end  of  each  section  which  are  passed  through  each 
other,  (.ne  of  the  loops  being  bent  securely  back  against  the  side 
of  the  box. 


SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  161 

Spec.  2. 

The  distance  between  the  binding  wires  on  each  box  shall  not 
exceed  8  inches  in  any  instance:  Provided,  That  for  wires  of  not 
less  than  No.  12  gauge  the  distance  between  the  wires  may  be 
increased  to  not  more  than  10  inches. 

The  ends  shall  be  firmly  fastened  to  the  inside  of  cleats  with 
staples  not  less  than  No.  16  gauge,  whose  legs  are  less  than  ff  inch 
long,  placed  approximately  3  inches  apart,  or  with  nails  not  less  than 
%  inch  long. 

32.  Wire-bound  packages  may  also  be  used  if  complying  in  all 
respects  with  the  requirements  of  this  specification,  with  the  follow- 
ing exceptions: 

The  four  end  cleats  must  be  made  not  less  than  \^  inch  by  J^  inch 
and  may  contain  a  groove  not  over  -^^  inch  deep. 

The  binding  wires  at  each  end  must  be  stapled  to  each  cleat  by 
staples  not  less  than  No.  16  gauge  and  having  legs  not  less  than 
1  inch  long,  extending  over  the  wire  through  each  board  and  through 
the  cleats,  being  clinched  in  the  groove  above  mentioned. 

The  ends  need  not  be  nailed  or  stapled  to  the  end  cleats,  but  each 
end  must  be  firmly  nailed  or  stapled  to  at  least  two  locking  cleats 
fitted  with  end  and  side  tongues  to  lock  in  the  grooves  of  the  end 
cleats. 

WIRE-BOUND   BOX   FOR   A   SINGLE   CONTAINER   OF   ANY   SIZE. 

33.  Binding  wires  shall  be  not  less  than  No.  16  gauge.     Lumber 


WIRE-BOUND    BOX   FOR     MORE   THAN     ONE     CONTAINER,    COMBINED   CAPACITY   OF    ALL 
CONTAINERS   IN    BOX   NOT   OVER   6   GALLONS. 

34.  Binding  wires  shall  be  not  less  than  No.  16  gauge.  Lumber 
shall  not  be  less  than  -^  inch  thick. 

WIRE-BOUND     BOX    FOR    MORE     THAN     ONE     CONTAINER,    COMBINED     CAPACITY   OF   ALL 
CONTAINERS    IN    BOX    OVER  6    GALLONS    BUT   NOT    OVER   12    GALLONS. 

35.  Binding  wires  shall  be  not  less  than  No.  15  gauge.  Lumber 
shall  not  be  less  than  -^  inch  thick. 

WIRE-BOUND    BOX     FOR    MORE    THAN     ONE    CONTAINER,    COMBINED    CAPACITY     OF    ALL 
CONTAINERS   IN   BOX   OVER   12   GALLONS   BUT   NOT   OVER  20   GALLONS. 

36.  Binding  wires  shall  be  not  less  than  No.  14  gauge. 

Lumber  shall  not  be  less  than  34  inch  thick.  An  additional 
batten  ii  by  ie  inch  shall  be  placed  vertically  at  the  center  of  each 
end  where  the  end  exceeds  10  inches  in  width.  These  additional 
battens  shall  fit  in  between  the  horizontal  cleats  and  be  held  by 
nails  through  the  cleats  into  the  ends  of  the  battens. 


IQ2  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

SpM.  2. 

MARKIVO    OF    BOXES. 

37.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  as  required  by  paragraph 
18  of  this  specification. 

MISCELLANEOUS   TYPES    OF   BOXES. 

METAL   BOX. 

3S.  A  metal  box  is  approved,  with  restriction  that  no  box  shall 
contain  a  total  of  more  than  6  gallons  of  liquid  in  inside  containers. 
The  box  must  be  made  with  top  and  bottom  of  steel,  with  flanges  not 
less  than  Ji  inch  in  width  extending  up  and  down  over  the  outside 
of  the  box;  sides  and  ends  of  steel  set  into  a  groove  in  the  top  and 
bottom  of  the  box  or  otherwise  securely  supported  against  both 
inward  and  outward  movement.  iVrrangement  must  be  provided 
so  that  when  the  box  is  closed  the  sides  can  be  securely  fastened  to  the 
top  and  bottom  of  the  box.  Metal  used  must  not  be  thinner  than 
No.  24  gauge  United  States  Standard. 

39.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  as  required  by  paragraph  18 
of  this  specification. 

COMBINATION    METAL    AND    WOODEN    BOXES. 

40.  A  combination  metal  and  wooden  box  is  approved,  with  the 
restriction  that  no  box  shall  contain  a  total  of  more  than  6  gallons  of 
liquid  in  inside  containers.  The  box  must  be  made  with  top  and 
bottom  of  steel,  with  flanges  not  less  than  %  inch  in  width  extending 
up  and  down  over  the  outside  of  the  box.  There  must  be  right- 
angled  steel  edge  strips  not  less  than  3  inches  in  width  on  outside  of 
each  of  the  edges  formed  by  the  sides  and  ends  of  the  box.  There 
invist  be  flat  steel  side  strips  not  less  than  l}4  inches  in  width  in  the 
middle  of  each  side  having  a  greater  width  than  13  inches.  Sides  and 
ends  of  sound  hardwood  set  into  a  groove  in  the  top  and  bottom  of 
the  box  or  otherwise  securely  supported  against  both  inward  and  out- 
ward movement  and  also  securely  clinched  or  riveted  to  edge  strip 
and  side  strips.  Arrangement  must  be  provided  so  that  when  box 
is  closed  the  edge  strips  and  side  strips  can  be  securely  fastened  to  the 
tof)  and  bottom  of  the  box.  Metal  used  must  not  be  thinner  than 
No.  24  gauge  United  States  Standard  for  top  and  bottom  of  box  and 
not  thinner  than  No.  22  gauge  United  States  Standard  for  edge  strips 
and  side  strips.     Wood  must  be  not  less  than  3^^  inch  in  thickness. 

41.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  as  required  by  paragraph  18 
of  this  spccilication. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  163 

Spec.  2. 

'  THEEE-PLY    WOODEN    VENEER    BOX. 

42.  A  three-ply  wooden  veneer  box  is  approved,  with  the  restriction 
that  no  box  shall  contain  a  total  of  more  than  6  gallons  of  liquid  in 
inside  containers.     The  box  must  be  made  as  follows: 

Top,  bottom,  ends,  and  sides  to  be  made  of  three-ply  veneer  not 
less  than  34  inch  thick. 

The  ends  to  be  double  cleated  with  cleats  not  less  than  ^  inch  by 
1J4  inches. 

The  sides  to  be  single  cleated  along  their  top  and  bottom  edges  with 
cleats  less  than  ^  inch  by  1  J^s  inches.  The  sides  to  extend  out  over 
the  end  cleats  and  to  be  securely  nailed  to  them. 

The  top  and  bottom  to  extend  out  over  the  end  cleats  and  also  over 
the  side  cleats  and  to  be  nailed  securely  to  them. 

Nailing  to  be  at  not  greater  than  3-inch  centers. 

Inside  containers  to  be  properly  cushioned  in  the  case  so  as  to  secure 
proper  protection  against  breakage  during  transit. 

43.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  as  required  by  paragraph  18 
of  this  specification. 

METAL   BOX. 

44.  An  all-metal  box  is  approved  for  the  transportation  of  inflam- 
mable liquids,  as  follows: 

45.  The  box  must  be  made  entirely  of  steel  and  so  constructed  that 
at  each  of  the  12  edges  there  shall  be  stiffening  folds  or  reinforcements 
extending  from  end  to  end  of  each  edge,  of  such  width  as  is  hereinafter 
detailed,  and  of  such  number  or  thickness  as  to  give  a  total  thickness 
of  metal  four  times  that  in  other  parts  of  the  case.  The  sides,  tops, 
bottoms,  and  ends  of  the  boxes  must  be  locked  together  by  some 
positive  means  so  as  to  secure  proper  strength  and  tightness. 

46.  Boxes  containing  not  more  than  a  total  of  6  gallons  of  liquid 
shall  be  made  of  metal  not  less  in  thickness  than  No.  27  gauge.  United 
States  Standard,  and  the  stiffening  folds  or  reinforcements  at  the 
edges  shall  not  be  less  than  %  inch  wide. 

47.  Boxes  containing  not  more  than  a  total  of  12  gallons  of  liquid 
shall  be  made  of  metal  not  less  in  thickness  than  No.  26  gauge,  United 
States  Standard,  and  the  stiff  ening  folds  or  reinforcements  at  the  edges 
shall  not  be  less  than  }4  inch  wide. 

48.  Each  box  must  be  marked  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  18  of  this 
specification. 


164  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATION  NO.  3. 

STEEL   CYLINDERS. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  p:overnin,s;  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Re^ised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  Cylinders  must  be  made  seamless,  of  steel  of  uniform  quality. 
Cylinders  made  in  foreign  countries  must  not  be  used  in  domestic 

traliic  in  the  United  States  until  a  chemical  analysis  of  material  and 
tests,  as  specified  in  paragraphs  2,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  and  9,  have  been  carried 
out  within  the  limits  of  the  United  ^States  and  under  the  supervision 
of  a  competent  and  dismterested  inspector  approved  by  the  Bureau 
of  Explosives. 

CHEMICAL   ANALYSIS. 

2.  Per  cent. 

Carbon  must  not  exceed 0.  55 

Phosphorus  must  not  exceed 04 

Sulphur  must  not  exceed 05 

ANNEALING. 

3.  (a)  All  cylinders  after  finishing  must  be  uniformly  and  properly 
annealed.  All  dirt  and  scale  must  be  removed  from  both  inside  and 
outside  of  the  cylinders. 

ih)  CVlinders  rejected,  due  to  failure  in  the  flattening,  physical,  or 
hydrostatic  tests,  may  be  reannealed.  The  cylinders  must,  subse- 
(picnt  to  this  reannealing  process,  be  subjected  to  and  pass  all  of  the 
ri'ciuirements  of  the  flattening,  physical,  and  hydrostatic  tests  in  order 
to  be  accepted:  Provided,  That,  when  crop  ends  or  rings  are  author- 
ized for  the  original  flattening  tests,  the  subsequent  tests  of  this 
character  shall  be  made  on  one  cylinder  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less. 

FLATTENING    TEST. 

4.  From  each  lot  of  200  or  less  a  representative  finished  cylinder, 
after  annealing  and  after  having  passed  the  hydrostatic  test,  must 
be  selected  at  random  and  must  withstand,  without  cracking,  flatten- 
ing between  rounded  knife-edges  to  a  thickness  of  six  times  the 
thickness  of  the  wall  of  the  cylinder,  this  measurement  to  be  made 
between  the  outside  surfaces  of  the  w^alls  of  the  cylinder; — 

Provided,  That  when,  on  account  of  the  small  number  of  cylinders 
in  any  lot  or  order,  it  is  impracticable  to  make  the  regular  crushing 
lost  herein  prescribed,  the  physical  and  crushing  tests  may,  in  cases 
of  lots  n(jt  to  exceed  W  cylinders  each,  be  made  on  a  ring  not  less 
than  8  inches  long,  cut  from  each  cylinder,  and  subjected  to  the  same 
annealing  and  other  heat  treatment  as  the  finished  cylinder. 


SHIPPmG  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  165 

Spec.  3. 

5.  The  knife  edges  must  be  of  wedge  shape,  converging  at  an  angle 
of  60  degrees,  the  points  being  rounded  off  with  a  radius  of  }/^  inch. 

6.  If  any  one  cyhnder  from  any  lot  fails  to  pass  this  test,  two  others 
from  the  same  lot  must  be  selected,  and  these  must  pass  in  order 
to  have  the  lot  accepted. 

PHYSICAL   TEST. 

7.  One  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  finished  cylinders  after  anneal- 
ing must  be  selected  at  random  and  tests  made  on  test  specimens 
cut  longitudinally  therefrom  to  determine  the  elastic  limit,  the  tensile 
strength,  and  the  elongation  of  the  material.  These  test  specimens 
should,  when  practicable,  be  taken  from  the  same  cylinders  as  are 
used  for  the  flattening  test. 

The  elongation  must  be  not  less  than  10  per  cent  on  an  8-inch  test 
specimen. 

The  elastic  limit  must  not  be  more  than  70  per  cent  of  the  tensile 
strength. 

HYDROSTATIC    TEST. 

8.  Each  finished  and  annealed  cylinder  must  be  subjected  to  a 
hydrostatic  test  of  not  less  than  3,000  pounds  per  square  inch  in  a 
water  jacket,  or  other  apparatus  of  suitable  form  to  furnish  reliable 
data.  The  permanent  volumetric  expansion  must  not  exceed  10  per 
cent  of  the  whole  volumetric  expansion  at  this  pressure. 

This  test  must  be  made  without  subjecting  the  cylinder  to  any 
previous  internal  pressure  in  excess  of  1,000  pounds. 

9.  In  the  hydrostatic  test  the  water  gauge  indicating  the  expansion 
must  be  of  such  interior  diameter  that  the  total  expansion  will  cause 
the  water  to  rise  at  least  45  centimeters  in  the  gauge,  exceptwhcn 
this  will  make  the  interior  diameter  less  than  4  millimeters ;  the  pres- 
sure must  be  applied  for  not  lesss  than  30  seconds  and  as  much 
longer  as  may  be  necessary  to  insure  complete  expansion  of  the 
cylinder.  The  expansion  must  be  recorded  in  terms  of  cubic 
centimeters. 

MARKING. 

10.  Each  cylinder  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked  by 
stamping  on  the  shoulder  as  follows : 

(a)  A  serial  number. 

(&)  The  marking  ICC — 3.  This  marking  must  be  placed  imme- 
diately above  the  serial  number. 

(c)  The  name  or  initials  of  the  company  or  person  for  whose  use 
the  cylinders  are  being  made. 


16(5  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSTOK. 

Spec.  3. 

(d)  The  date  of  manufacture  (monthr  and  year);  for  example, 
4-21  for  April,  1921 ;  this  should  be  applied  in  such  position  that  the 
dates  of  subsequent  tests  may  be  easily  added  thereto. 

(«)  All  of  the  foregoing  marking  must  be  applied  in  letters  and 
figures  at  least  }4  inch  high. 

GENERAL    CONSTRUCTION. 

11.  All  billets,  plates,  or  tubes  from  which  cylinders  are  made 
must  be  free  from  seams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which 
might  be  injurious  to  the  finished  cylinder. 

12.  The  manufacture  of  the  cylinders  must  be  completed  with 
the  best  appliances  and  according  to  the  best  modern  methods.  All 
finished  cylinders  must  show  reasonably  smooth  and  uniform  surface 
finish,  inspection  of  inside  surface  to  be  made  before  necking  down; 
the  threading  of  the  cylinder  neck  must  be  even  and  without  checks, 
and  the  cylinders  must  show  no  defects  of  workmanship  or  material 
likely  to  result  in  any  appreciable  weakness  of  the  finished  cylinder. 
A  close  inspection  of  each  completed  cylinder  must  be  made  before 
acceptance  to  discover  any  defect. 

INSPECTION. 

13.  Tlio  purchaser  must  provide  for  inspection  of  all  material  and 
all  tests  by  a  competent,  disinterested  inspector. 

14.  The  inspector  must  keep  complete  records  of  the  various 
melts  from  which  the  steel  is  taken  for  the  manufacture  of  tlie  cylin- 
ders. Certified  chemical  analyses  of  these  melts  must  be  supplied 
to  him  by  the  maimfacturer,  or,  if  desired  by  the  purchaser,  he  must 
procure  samples  from  each  melt  from  which  other  chemical  analyses 
injiy  1)0  ma(h\  The  heat  number  must  be  stamped  on  the  plates  and 
l)illets  at  the  steel  mill,  and  the  inspector  must  also  stamp  his  initials 
or  personal  sign  on  each  plate  or  billet  accepted  by  him,  and  no  plate 
or  l)illet  must  be  used  for  the  manufacture  of  cylinders  unless  so 
marked; — 

Provided,  That  when  cylinders  are  to  be  made  from  drawn  seamless 
tubing  under  conditions  such  that  the  various  heats  of  steel  can  not 
bi*  properly  traced  through  to  the  finished  cylinders,  a  certificate 
from  the  manufacturer  of  the  tubing  (see  note  at  end  of  report,  par., 
\U,  for  form  of  certificate),  together  with  check  analyses  of  samples 
taken  from  one  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  finished  cylinders,  shall 
be  accepUnl.  , 

15.  The  inspector  shall  make  such  inspection  as  may  be  necessary 
to  see  that  the  requirements  of  paragraphs  11  and  12  are  complied 
wilh.  siudl  see  that  the  finished  cylinders  are  properly  annealed,  and 
>hnll  witness  (ill  hydrostatic  and  flattening  tests. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  167 

Spec.  3. 

The  hydrostatic  and  flattening  tests  may  be  made  by  the  manu- 
facturer, but  under  the  direction  and  supervision  of  the  inspector  or 
other  representative  of  the  purchaser. 

16.  The  inspector  shall  stamp  his  initials  or  his  personal  sign 
immediately  beneath  the  serial  number  on  each  cylinder  which  he 
passes  as  accepted  and  shall  make  a  certified  report  (see  par.  19)  to 
the  maker,  to  the  purchaser,  and  to  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of 
Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City,  showing  the  serial 
numbers  of  all  cylinders  which  are  accepted,  together  with  a  copy 
of  all  data  relating  to  the  material  and  the  tests. 

EXEMPTIONS    FOR    CYLINDERS    OF    SMALL   DIMENSIONS. 

17.  (a)  Cylinders  and  other  containers  which  have  an  outside 
diameter  of  less  than  2  inches  and  a  length  of  less  than  2  feet  shall  be 
accepted  without  complying  with  the  requirements  of  paragraphs  4, 
5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  13,  14,  15,  16,  and  19  of  this  specification  under  the 
following  conditions  (cylinders  having  an  outside  diameter  not 
greater  than  J4  inch  and  a  capacity  of  not  more  than  4  fluid  ounces 
are  not  subject  to  specifications) : 

(b)  All  such  containers  of  whatever  size  or  shape  shall  be  con- 
sidered and  known  as  cylinders. 

(c)  From  each  lot  of  500  or  less  a  representative  finished  cylinder 
must  be  selected  at  random  and  subjected  to  hydrostatic  pressure 
until  it  bursts.  The  bursting  pressure  must  be  noted  in  the  report 
required  by  paragraph  17  (/)  and  must  not  be  less  than  6,000  pounds 
per  square  inch. 

(d)  Each  cylinder  must  be  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  pressure  of 
not  less  than  3,000  pounds  per  square  inch  without  showing  any 
defect. 

(e)  Each  cylinder  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked  by 
stamping  into  the  metal  as  follows: 

X-XX-ICC-3 

the  X's  to  be  replaced  by  a  date  sliowing  month  and  year  of  manu- 
facture (for  example,  5-21  to  indicate  May,  1921). 

(/)  A  report  on  all  cyUnders  placed  in  service,  giving  complete 
data  and  certif3nng  that  all  requirements  of  this  specification  have 
been  complied  with,  must  be  made  to  the  chief  inspector.  Bureau  of 
Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.  This  report  may  be 
rendered  by  the  manufacturer  instead  of  by  an  outside  inspector. 

ADDITIONAL    REQUIREMENTS. 

18.  The  purchasers  of  cylinders  may  impose  additional  require- 
ments not  inconsistent  with  these  specifications. 


Igg  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

REPORTS. 

10.  The  report  required  by  paragraph  16  must  be  submitted  in 
the  following  form : 

(Place)  

(Date) 

Report  of  inspection  of cylinders. 

Numbered to - ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 

The  steel  '   from   which  these  cylinders   were  manufactured   was  made  by  the 

(  ompany.     Chemical    analyses    were    made    from 

samples  representing  each  melt  of  steel,  as  will  be  observed  from  the  report  of  ch  emical 
test  hereto  attached. 

The  (plates)— (tubes)  *  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  were  in- 
spected by ,  and  those  which  were  accepted  were 

found  free  from  seams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which  might  prove  injurious 
to  the  .'Strength  of  the  cylinder. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  before  (necking  down)— (closing)^  was  inspected  inside  and 
outside  for  surface  defects.  The  thickness  of  walls  was  measured  at  points  not  more 
than  8  inches  from  the  open  end  of  the  cylinder  with  a  pair  of  calipers  and  the  mini- 
mum thickness  of  wall  noted  was 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  (necked  down) — (closed)^  and  was  uniformly  and 
properly  annealed,  and  then  the  cylinders  were  again  inspected  in  order  to  discover 
any  defects  which  might  have  been  caused  by  this  process. 

One  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  finished  cylinders  was  selected  by  the  inspector  and 
Bulijerted  in  his  presence  to  a  flattening  test,  as  required  by  the  Interstate  Commerce 
Commi.ssion  specifications.     All  of  the  cylinders  passed  this  test  satisfactorily. 

Two  longitudinal  test  pieces  were  cut  from  each  crushed  cylinder  and  pulled. 

The  record  of  the  physical  and  flattening  tests  is  attached  hereto. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  test  of  not  less  than  3,000 
poimds  per  square  inch  in  the  presence  of  the  inspector.  The  record  of  the  hydro- 
static testa  is  attached  hereto. 

>  H  the  cylinders  are  made  from  drawn  seamless  tubing  under  such  conditions  that  it  is  impossible  to  trace 
the  various  beats  of  steel  through  to  the  finished  cylinder  (see  par.  14),  this  paragraph  should  be  replaced 
by  the  following: 

"The  tubing  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  was  made  by  the 

Compiiiiy  under  orders  Nos and  their  cortificate  slating  that  its  chemical  composition  complies 

with  the  roqiiireraents  is  attached  hereto.  Check  analyses  were  made  from  samples  representing  each  lot 
of  'a*)  or  less  cylinders,  as  will  be  observed  from  the  report  of  chemical  tests  attached  hereto." 

Al.v>,  the  report  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  from  the  manufacturer  of  the  tubing,  as  follows: 


(Place) 

(Date). 


ThL5  Is  lo certify  that  the  tubing  furnished  to  the Company  on  orders  Nos 

does  not  contain  more  than  0.55  per  cent  of  carbon,  nor  more  than  0.04  per  cent  of  phosphorus,  nor  more  than 
0.05  per  cent  of  sulphur. 


(.Signature  of  manufacturer  of  tubing.) 
Thli  form  is  to  be  used  only  when  cylinders  are  made  from  drawn  seamless  tubing.    (See  par.  14.) 
'  L>raw  a  line  through  word  not  required. 


SHIPPING   CONTAJNER   SPECIFICATIONS. 
Each  and  every  cylinder  was  plainly  and  permanently  marked  as  follows:^ 


169 

Spec.  3. 


Each  and  every  cylinder  was  stamped  with  the  personal  sign 

of  the  inspector,  immediately  beneath  the  serial  number  of  the  cylinder. 

I  hereby  certify  that  all  of  these  cylinders  proved  satisfactory  in  every  way  and  com- 
ply with  the  requirements  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  specification  No.  3. 


Inspector. 


(Place) 
(Date) 


Record  of  chemical  anylysis  of  steel  for  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Test  No. 

• 
Melt  No. 

Cylinders 
represented 

by  test 
(serial  Nos.). 

Chemical  analysis. 

Remarks. 

C 

P 

s  !• 





(Signed) 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  physical  tests  of  material  in  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 

» Insert  reproduction  of  marking.    See  par.  10.    Serial  numbers  and  other  data  that  vary  for  each 
cylinder  may  be  indicated  by  words  such  as  "Serial  Nos.  100  to  300,"  etc. 

66620°— 22 12 


170 

Spec  3A. 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


Tost  No. 


Cylinders 
represented 

by  test 
(serial  Nos.)- 


EHastic  limit 
(pounds  per 
square  inch). 


Tensile 

strength 

(pounds  per 

square  inch). 


Elongation 

(per  cent 

in  8  inches). 


Reduction  of 

area 
(pero*it). 


Flattening 

test. 


{ 


(Signed) 


(Place) 

(Date) 


Record  of  tests  on  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Serial  Nos. 

of  cylinders 

tested. 

Test  pressure 
(pounds). 

Total 

expansion ' 

(c.  c). 

Permanent 

expansion  & 
(c.  c). 

Per  cent  ratio 

of  permanent 

expansion 

to  total 
expansion.' 

Tare  weight' 

(pounds 
and  ounces). 

Test  date 

(month 

and  year). 

1                         ; 

1 

(Signed) 


'  If  the  tests  are  made  by  a  method  involving  the  measurement  of  the  amount  of  liquid  forced  into  the 
cylinder  by  the  test  pressure,  then  the  basic  data  on  which  the  calculations  are  made,  such  as  the  pump 
factors,  temperature  of  hquid,  coefBcient  of  compressibility  of  liquid,  etc.,  must  also  be  given. 

•  Including  valve  but  without  cap;  also  In  case  of  acetylene  cylinders  includes  filling  material  andSolyent. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  3A. 

STEEL   CYLINDERS. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  those  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  Cylinders  must  be  made  seamless,  of  steel  of  uniform  quality. 

Cylinders  made  in  foreign  countries  must  not  be  used  in  domestic 
traffic  in  the  United  States  until  a  chemical  analysis  of  material  and 
tests,  Jis  .specified  in  paragraphs  2,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  a,nd  9,  have  been 
carried  out  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States  and  under  the 
supervision  of  a  competent  and  disinterested  inspector  approved  by 
the  Bureau  of  Explo.sives. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINEPt    SPECIFICATIONS.  171 

Spec.  3A. 

2.  CHEMICAL   ANALYSIS. 

Per  cent. 

Carbon  must  not  exceed 0.  55 

Phosphorus  must  not  exceed 04 

Sulphur  must  not  exceed 05 

ANNEALING. 

3.  (a)  All  cylinders  after  finishing  must  be  uniformly  and  properly 
annealed.  All  dirt  and  scale  must  be  removed  from  both  inside  and 
outside  of  the  cylinders. 

(6)  Cylinders  rejected,  due  to  failure  in  the  flattening,  physical,  or 
hydrostatic  tests,  may  be  reannealed.  The  cylinders  must,  subse- 
quent to  this  reannealing  process,  be  subjected  to  and  pass  all  of  the 
requirements  o  the  flattening,  physical,  and  hydrostatic  tests  in 
order  to  be  accepted:  Provided,  That,  when  crop  ends  or  rings  are 
authorized  for  the  original  flattening  tests,  the  subsequent  tests  of 
this  character  shall  be  made  on  one  cylinder  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or 
less. 

FLATTENING    TEST. 

4.  From  each  lot  of  200  or  less  a  representative  finished  cylinder, 
after  annealing  and  after  having  passed  the  hydrostatic  test,  must  be 
selected  at  random  and  must  withstand,  without  cracking,  flattening 
between  rounded  knife  edges  to  a  thickness  of  six  times  the  thickness 
of  the  wall  of  the  cylinder,  this  measurement  to  be  made  between 
the  outside  surfaces  of  the  walls  of  the  cylinder; — 

Provided,  That  when,  on  account  of  the  small  number  of  cylinders 
in  any  lot  or  order,  it  is  impracticable  to  make  the  regular  crushing 
test  herein  prescribed,  the  physical  and  crushing  tests  may,  in  cases 
of  lots  not  to  exceed  30  cylinders  each,  be  made  on  a  ring  not  less  than 
8  inches  long,  cut  from  each  cylinder  and  subjected  to  the  same 
annealing  and  other  heat  treatment  as  the  fuiished  cylinder. 

5.  The  knife  edges  must  be  of  wedge  shape,  converging  at  an  angle 
of  60  degrees,  the  points  being  rounded  off  with  a  radius  of  }4  inch. 

6.  If  any  one  cylinder  from  any  lot  fails  to  pass  this  test,  two 
others  from  the  same  lot  must  be  selected,  and  these  must  pass  in 
order  to  have  the  lot  accepted. 

PHYSICAL   TEST. 

7.  One  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  finished  cylinders  after  anneal- 
ing must  be  selected  at  random  and  tests  made  on  test  specimens  cut 
longitudinally  therefrom  to  determine  the  elastic  limit,  the  tensile 
strength,  and  the  elongation  of  the  material.  These  test  specimens 
should,  when  practicable,  be  taken  from  the  same  cylinders  as  are 
used  for  the  flattening  test. 

The  elongation  must  be  not  less  than  10  per  cent  on  an  8-inch  test 
specimen. 


172  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION". 

Spec.  3A. 

The  .'laslic  limit  must  not  be  more  than  70  ])er  cent  of  tlie  tensile 
strength. 

HYDROSTATIC    TEST. 

S.  Each  finished  and  annealed  cylinder  must  be  subjected  to  a 
hydrostatic  test  in  a  water  jacket,  or  other  apparatus  of  suitable  form 
to  furnish  reliable  data.  The  test  pressure  must  be  not  less  than 
one  and  two-thirds  times  the  charging  pressure  corresponding  to  a 
temperature  of  70°  F.  for  which  the  cylinder  is  designed,  except  that 
the  minimum  allowable  test  pressure  shall  be  600  pounds  per  square 
inch.  The  permanent  volumetric  expansion  must  not  exceed  10  per 
cent  of  the  whole  volumetric  expansion  at  this  pressure. 

This  test  must  be  made  without  subjecting  the  cylinder  to  any 
previous  internal  pressure  in  excess  of  one-third  of  the  test  pressure. 

9.  In  the  hj^drostatic  test  the  water  gauge  indicating  the  expansion 
must  be  of  such  interior  diameter  that  the  total  expansion  will  cause 
the  water  to  rise  at  least  45  centimeters  in  the  gauge,  except  when  this 
will  make  the  interior  diameter  less  than  4  millimeters;  the  pressure 
must  be  applied  for  not  less  than  30  seconds  and  as  much  longer  as 
may  be  necessary  to  insure  complete  expansion  of  the  C3dinder.  The 
expansion  must  be  recorded  in  terms  of  cubic  centimeters. 

MARKING. 

10.  Each  cylinder  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked  by 
stamping  on  the  shoulder  as  follows: 

(a)  A  serial  number. 

(b)  The  marking  ICC — 3A  *  *  * ;  the  stars  to  be  replaced  by 
figures  indicating  the  charging  pressure  for  which  the  cylinder  is 
designed,  which  will  be  not  more  than  three-fifths  of  the  pressure 
used  in  the  test  prescribed  by  paragraph  8.  This  marking  must 
be  placed  immediately  above  the  serial  number. 

(c)  The  name  or  initials  of  the  company  or  person  for  whose  use 
the  cylinders  are  being  made. 

(d)  The  date  of  maimfacture  (month  and  year) ;  for  example,  4-21 
f<M  April,  1921;  this  should  be  applied  in  such  position  that  the 
dates  of  subsefjuent  tests  may  be  easily  added  thereto. 

ie)  All  of  the  foregoing  marking  must  be  applied  in  letters  and 
figures  at  least  }4  inch  high. 

GENEFJAL    CONSTRUCTION. 

M.  All  billets,  plates,  or  tubes  from  which  cylinders  are  made 
m\\<{  bo  free  from  seams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which 
might  be  injurious  to  the  finished  cylinder. 

12.  The  manufacture  of  the  cylinders  must  be  completed  with  the 
best  appliances  and   according  to   the  best  modern  methods.     All 


SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATIOXS.  173 

Spec.  3A. 

finished  cylinders  must  show  reasonably  smooth  and  uniform  surface 
finish,  inspection  of  inside  surface  to  be  made  before  necking  down; 
the  threading  of  the  cylinder  neck  must  be  even  and  without  checks, 
and  the  cylinders  must  show  no  defects  of  workmanship  or  material 
likely  to  result  in  any  appreciable  weakness  of  the  finished  cylinder. 
A  close  inspection  of  each  completed  cylinder  must  be  made  before 
acceptance  to  discover  any  defect. 

INSPECTION. 

13.  The  purchaser  must  provide  for  inspection  of  all  material  and 
all  tests  by  a  competent  and  disinterested  inspector. 

14.  The  inspector  must  keep  complete  records  of  the  various  melts 
from  which  the  steel  is  taken  for  the  manufacture  of  the  cylinders. 
Certified  chemical  analyses  of  these  melts  must  be  supplied  to  him  by 
the  manufacturer,  or,  if  desired  by  the  purchaser,  he  must  procure 
samples  from  each  melt  from  which  other  chemical  analyses  may 
be  made.  The  heat  number  must  be  stamped  on  the  plates  and 
billets  at  the  steel  mill  and  the  inspector  must  also  stamp  his  initials 
or  personal  sign  on  each  plate  or  billet  accepted  by  hun,  and  no  plate 
or  billet  must  be  used  for  the  manufacture  of  cylinders  unless  so 
marked:  Provided^  That  when  cylinders  are  to  be  made  from  drawn 
seamless  tubing  under  conditions  such  that  the  various  heats  of 
steel  can  not  be  properly  traced  through  to  the  finished  cylinders  a 
certificate  from  the  manufacturer  of  the  tubing  (see  note  at  end  of 
report,  par.  19,  for  form  of  certificate) ,  together  with  check  analyses 
of  samples  taken  from  one  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  finished  cyhn- 
ders,  shall  be  accepted. 

15.  The  inspector  shall  make  such  inspection  as  may  be  necessary 
to  see  that  the  requirements  of  paragraphs  11  and  12  are  complied 
with,  shall  see  that  the  finished  cylinders  are  properly  annealed,  and 
shall  witness  all  hydrostatic  and  flattening  tests. 

The  hydrostatic  and  flattening  tests  may  be  made  by  the  manu- 
facturer, but  under  the  direction  and  supervision  of  the  inspector  or 
other  representative  of  the  purchaser. 

16.  The  inspector  shall  stamp  his  initials  or  his  personal  sign  imme- 
diately beneath  the  serial  number  on  each  cylinder  which  he  passes  as 
accepted,  and  shall  make  a  certified  report  (s,ee  par.  19)  to  the  maker, 
to  the  purchaser,  and  to  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30 
Vesey  Street,  New  York  City,  showing  the  serial  numbers  of  all  cylin- 
ders which  are  accepted,  together  with  a  copy  of  all  data  relating  to 
the  material  and  the  tests. 


J 74  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

Spec  3A. 

EXEMPTIONS    FOR    CYLINDERS    OF    SMALL    DIMENSIONS. 

17.  Cylinders  and  other  containers  which  have  an  outside  diameter 
of  h\ss  tiian  2  inches  and  a  length  of  less  than  2  feet  may  be  made  as 
prescribed  by  paragraph  17  of  specification  No.  3. 

ADDITIONAL    REQUIREMENTS. 

IS.  The  purchasers  of  cylinders  may  impose  additional  require- 
ments not  inconsistent  with  this  specification. 

REPORTS. 

19.     The  report  required  by  paragraph  16  must  be  submitted  in 

the  following  form: 

(Place)  

(Date) .  .  - 

Report  of  inspection  of  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 

The  steel  '   from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured   was  made  by  the 

Company.     Chemical    analyses    were    made    from 

samples  representing  each  melt  of  steel,  as  will  be  observed  from  the  report  of  chemical 
test  hereto  attached. 

The  (platerf) — (tubes)  -  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  were  inspected 

by and  those  which  were  accepted  were  found  free 

from  seams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which  might  prove  iBJurious  to  the 
Btrenjrth  of  the  cylinder. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  before  (necking  down) — (clo.sing )  -  was  inspected  inside  and 
outi^ide  for  surface  defects.  The  thickness  of  walls  was  measured  at  points  not  more 
than  S  inches  from  the  open  end  of  the  cj'linder  with  a  pair  of  calipers,  and  the  mini- 
mum thickness  of  wall  noted  was 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  (necked  down) — (closed)  ^  and  was  uniformly  and 
properly  annealed,  and  then  the  cylinders  were  again  inspected  in  order  to  discover 
an>  defects  which  might  have  been  caused  by  this  process. 

One  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  finished  cylinders  was  selected  by  the  inspector 
and  subjected  in  his  presence  to  a  flattening  test  an  rociuired  by  the  Interstate  Com- 
merce Commission  specifications.     All  of  the  cylinders  pa^^ed  this  test  satisfactorily. 

•  If  the  cylinders  are  made  from  drawn  seamless  tubing  under  such  conditions  that  it  is  impossible  to 
trace  the  variofts  heats  of  steel  through  to  the  finished  cylinder  (see  par.  14),  this  paragraph  should  be 
replaced  by  the  following: 

•  •  The  tubinc  from  which  the.se  cylinders  wore  manufactured  was  made  by  the 

'  ■'Jini>any  undor  onlors  Nos and  their  certificate  stating  that  its  chemical  compo- 

tilion  complie.s  with  the  rB()iiirements  is  attached  hereto.  Check  analyses  were  made  from  samples  repre- 
■antini;  each  lot  of  200  or  lesscylinders,  a.s  will  be  observed  from  the  report  of  cliemical  testsattached  hereto." 

Also,  the  rr-port  miLst  be  ;ictotnpamed  by  a  certificate  from  the  manufacturer  of  the  tubing,  as  follows: 

( I'lace) 

(Date) 

This  1.1  to  certify  that  th<-  tubing  furnished  to  the Company  on 

orders  .S'o< docs  not  contain  more  than  0.55  per  cent  of  carbon,  nor  more  than  0.04  per  cent  of 

pbosphonu,  nor  more  than  0.05  per  cent  of  sulphur. 

(Signature  of  manufacturer  of  tubing.) 
Thi5  form  i.s  to  l>e  ased  only  when  cylinders  are  made  from  drawn  seamless  tubing  (see  par.  14). 

•  Draw  a  line  through  word  not  required. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  175 

Spec.  3. 

Two  longitudinal  test  pieces  were  cut  from  each  crushed  cylinder  and  pulled. 

The  record  of  the  physical  and  flattening  tests  is  attached  hereto. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  test  of pounds 

per  square  inch  in  the  presence  of  the  inspector.  The  record  of  the  hydrostatic 
tests  is  Attached  hereto. 

Each  and  e^•ery  cylinder  was  plainly  and  permanently  marked  as  follows:  ' 


On  shoulder  of  cylinder. 

On  collar  of  cylinder. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  stamped  with' the  personal  sign of  the 

inspector,  immediately  beneath  the  serial  number  of  the  cylinder. 

I  hereby  certify  that  all  of  these  cylinders  pro^^ed  satisfactory  in  every  wa}'  and 
comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  specification 
No.  3A. 


Inspector. 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  chemical  analysis  of  steel  for  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Test  No. 

Melt  No. 

Cylinders 
represented 

by  test 
(serial  Nos.). 

Chemical  analysis. 

Remarks. 

C 

-  P       s 

1 

(Signed) 


(Place) 
(Date) 


Record  of  physical  tests  of  material  in  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 

» Insert  reproduction  of  marking.    See  par.  10.    Serial  numbers  and  other  data  that  vary  for  each  cylinder 
may  be  indicated  by  words  such  as  "  Serial  Nos.  100  to  300,"  etc. 


176 

Sp«c.  4. 


Test  No. 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


Cylinders 
represented 

by  tost 
(serial  Nos.)- 


Elastic  limit 
(pounds  per 
square  inch). 


Tensile 

strength 

(pounds  per 

square  inch). 


Elongation 

(per  cent 

in  8  inches). 


Reduction  of 

area 

(per  cent). 


Flattening 
test. 


(Signed! 


(Place ) 
(Date ! 


Record  of  tests  on  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

SiT-e inches  outside  (liamotor  liy inches  long. 

Made  by Company . 

For Company. 


Serial  Nos. 

of  cylinders 

tested. 

Test  pressure 
(pounds). 

Total 

expansion  6 

(c.  c). 

Permanent 

expansion ' 

(c.  c). 

Per  cent  ratio 

of  permanent 

expansion 

to  total 

expansion ' 

(c.  c). 

Tare  weight » 

(pounds 
and  ounces). 

Test  date 
(month 
and  year). 

' 

1                         1 

1                 

■ 

1 

(Signed) 


'  If  the  tests  are  made  by  a  method  involvLnc;  the  meiisurement  of  the  amount  of  rtquid  forced  into  the 
cylinder  by  the  test  pressure,  then  the  basic  data  on  which  the  calculations  are  made,  such  as  the  pump 
factors,  temperature  of  liquid,  coefficient  of  compressibility  of  liquid,  etc.,  must  also  be  given. 

'Including  valve  but  without  cap;  also  in  case  of  acetylene  cylinders  includes  filling  material  and  solvent. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  4. 

STEEL   CYLINDERS. 

For  provi.sions  and  re.'itriction.s  governing  the  use  of  these  container.^,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

ReA-ised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  Cvlinder.s  must  be  manufactured  from  lapwelded  pipe,  made  oi 
soft  steel  of  the  best  welding  c|u.ility,  free  from  blisters,  cracks,  oi 
other  injurious  defects. 

Cylinders  may  l)o  made  seamless,  or  of  seamless  pipe  with  head^ 
welded  ifi.  if  all  other  requirements  of  this  specification  are  compliec 
with. 

2.  Cylinders  made  in  foreign  countries  must  not  be  used  in  domes^ 
tic  traffic  in  the  United  States  until  a  chemical  analysis  of  materia 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  177 

Spec.  4. 

and  tests,  as  specified  in  paragraphs  3,  7,  8,  9,  and  10,  have  been  car- 
ried out  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States  and  under  the  super- 
vision of  a  competent  and  disinterested  inspector  approved  by  the 
Bureau  of  Explosives. 

3.    CHEMICAL   ANALYSIS. 

Per  cent. 

Carbon  must  not  exceed 0. 20 

Phosphorus  must  not  exceed 11 

Sulphur  must  not  exceed 05 

MANUFACTURE    OF    PIPE. 

4.  The  pipe  from  which  these  cylinders  are  to  be  made  must  be 
manufactured  by  the  best  apphances  and  according  to  the  best 
modern  practice,  each  length  after  being  cut  into  lengths  for  the  manu- 
facture of  the  cylinders  to  be  inspected  separately  for  defects  inside 
and  outside.  Each  length  of  pipe  must  be  subjected  to  an  internal 
hydrostatic  pressure  of  not  over  600  pounds  per  square  inch,  under 
which  it  must  not  show  any  signs  of  leaking. 

FLATTENING    TEST. 

5.  Each  crop  end  cut  from  the  pipe  from  which  the  cylinders  are 
to  be  made  must  be  subjected  to,  and  must  withstand  without  crack- 
ing, flattening  between  rounded  knife-edges  to  a  thickness  of  six  times 
the  thickness  of  the  wall  of  the  pipe.  This  measurement  must  be 
made  between  the  outside  surfaces  of  the  walls  of  the  pipe  and  the  test 
must  be  applied  with  the  weld  not  more  than  45°  away  from  the  side 
which  is  subjected  to  the  greatest  stress. 

The  knife-edges  must  be  of  wedge  shape,  converging  at  an  angle  of 
60°,  the  point  being  rounded  off  with  a  radius  of  3^  inch.  If  any  crop 
end  fails  to  pass  this  test,  then  another  ring  cut  from  the  same  end  of 
the  pipe  may  be  tested. 

If  the  cylinders  are  made  seamless  or  of  seamless  pipe,  then  they 
must  be  annealed  before  the  testing  prescribed  by  paragraph  8  and, 
as  there  will  be  no  crop  ends  available,  the  flattening  test  must  be 
applied  to  one  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  finished  cylinders. 

ANNEALING. 

6.  (a)  Each  cylinder  after  finishing  should  be  uniformly  and  properly 
annealed.  This  may  be  done  after  the  testing  prescribed  in  para- 
graph 8.     Dirt  and  scale  must  be  removed  before  painting. 

(b)  Cylinders  rejected  due  to  failure  in  the  flattening,  physical,  or 
hydrostatic  tests,  may  be  reannealed.  The  cylinder  must,  subse- 
quent to  this  reannealing  process,  be  subjected  to  and  pass  all  of  the 
requirements  of  the  flattening,  physical,  and  hydrostatic  tests  in  order 
to  be  accepted:  Provided,  That,  when  crop  ends  or  rings  are  author- 


178  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSIOIT. 

Spec.  4. 

ized  for  tlie  original  flattening  tests,  the  subsequent  tests  of  this 
character  shall  be  made  on  one  cylinder  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less. 

PHYSICAL   TEST. 

7.  One  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  finished  cylinders  after  an- 
nealing must  be  selected  at  random  and  tests  made  on  test  speci- 
mens cut  longitudinally  therefrom  to  determine  the  elastic  limit,  the 
tensile  strength,  and  elongation  of  the  material. 

The  elongation  must  not  be  less  than  20  per  cent  on  an  8-inch  test 
specimen. 

The  elastic  limit  must  not  be  more  than  70  per  cent  of  the  tensile 
strength. 

HYDROSTATIC    TEST. 

8.  Each  finished  cylinder  must  be  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  test 
pressure  of  not  less  than  1,000  pounds  per  square  inch  in  a  water 
jacket,  or  other  apparatus  of  suitable  form  to  furnish  reliable  data. 
The  permanent  volumetric  expansion  must  not  exceed  10  per  cent  of 
the  whole  volumetric  expansion  at  this  pressure. 

9.  This  test  must  be  made  without  subjecting  the  cylinder  to  any- 
previous  hydrostatic  pressure:  Provided,  however,  That  a  preliminary 
pressure  of  not  more  than  80  per  cent  of  the  prescribed  test  pressure 
may  be  applied  once  only,  previous  to  the  official  test,  for  the  purpose 
of  rounding  out  the  cylinder. 

10.  In  the  hydrostatic  test  the  water  gauge  indicating  the  expan- 
sion must  be  of  such  interior  diameter  that  the  total  expansion  will 
cause  the  water  to  rise  at  least  45  centimeters  in  the  gauge,  except 
when  this  will  make  the  interior  diameter  less  than  4  millimeters;  the 
pressure  must  be  applied  for  not  less  than  30  seconds  and  as  much 
longer  as  may  be  necessary  to  insure  complete  expansion  of  the 
cylinder.  The  expansion  must  be  recorded  in  terms  of  cubic  centi- 
meters. 

MARKING. 

11.  Each  cylinder  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked  by 
stamping  or  pressing  into  or  near  the  heads  as  follows: 

(a)   A  serial  number. 

ih)  The  marking  ICC — 4.  This  marking  must  be  placed  imme- 
diately above  the  serial  number. 

(c)  The  name  or  initials  of  the  company  or  person  for  whose  use 
the  cylinders  are  being  made. 

(d)  The  date  of  manufacture  (month  and  year) ;  for  example,  4-21 
for  April.  1921 ;  this  should  be  applied  in  such  position  that  the  dates 
of  sul)>('(iuent  tests  may  be  easily  added  thereto. 

(«)  All  of  the  foregoing  marking  must  be  in  letters  and  figures  at 
least  %  inch  high. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  179 

I'  Spec.  4. 

12.  When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such 
other  description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the 
particular  article  contained  therein. 

GENERAL    CONSTRUCTION. 

13.  The  manufacture  of  the  cylinders  must  be  completed  with  the 
best  appliances  and  according  to  the  best  modern  methods.  All 
finished  cylinders  must  show  reasonably  smooth  and  uniform  surface 
finish,  inspection  of  inside  surface  being  made  before  putting  in  the 
heads  and  bottoms;  the  threading  of  valve  seat  must  be  even  and 
without  checks  and  the  cylinders  must  show  no  defects  of  workman- 
ship or  material  likely  to  result  in  any  appreciable  weakness  of  the 
finished  cylinder.  A  close  inspection  of  each  completed  cyhnder  must 
be  made  before  acceptance  to  discover  any  defects. 

INSPECTIONS. 

14.  The  purchaser  must  provide  for  inspection  of  all  material  and 
all  tests  by  a  competent  and  disinterested  inspector. 

15.  The  inspector  shall  make  such  inspection  as  may  be  necessary 
to  see  that  the  requirements  of  paragraphs  4  and  13  are  complied 
with,  shall  note  the  minimum  thickness  of  wall  of  the  pipe  used,  and 
shall  witness  all  the  hydrostatic  tests. 

16.  The  inspector  shall  obtain  from  the  manufacturer  of  the 
cylinders  a  certificate  signed  by  the  manufacturer  of  the  steel  from 
which  the  cylinders  are  made  (see  reports,  par.  18,  for  form  of 
certificate)  and  submit  it  with  his  report. 

17.  The  inspector  shall  stamp  his  initials  or  his  personal  sign 
immediately  beneath  the  serial  number  of  each  cylinder  which  he 
passes  as  accepted  and  shall  make  a  certified  report  (see  par.  18) 
to  the  maker,  to  the  purchaser,  and  to  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of 
Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City,  showing  the  serial 
numbers  of  all  cylinders  which  are  accepted,  together  with  a  copy 
of  all  data  relating  to  the  material  and  the  tests. 

REPORTS. 

18.  The  reports  required  by  paragraphs  16  and  17  must  be  sub- 
mitted in  the  following  form : 

(Place) 

(Date) 

Report  of  inspection  of cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by  the Company. 

Inspected  for  the Company. 


1^0  INTERvSTATE    COMMERCE   COMMISSIOI^. 

Spec.  4. 

The  steel   from   whicli   tliese   cylinders  Avere   manufactured   was  made   by   the 

Company    under    orders    Nos Their 

certificate  stating  that  the  chemical  composition  of  the  steel  compliea  with  the 
requirements  of  specification  No.  4  is  attaclied  hereto. 

Each  crop  end  cut  from  the  pipe  from  which  the  cylinders  were  made  was  subjected 
to  a  flattening  test,  as  required  by  specification  No.  4.  All  of  the  crop  ends  passed 
this  test  satisfactorily. 

Each  and  every  pipe  before  closing  was  inspected  inside  and  outside  for  defects, 
and  those  which  were  accepted  were  found  free  from  seams,  cracks,  laminations, 
or  any  defects  which  might  prove  injurious  to  the  strength  of  the  cylinder.  The 
thickness  of  walls  was  measured  with  a  pair  of  calipers  and  the  minimum  thickness 
of  wall  noted  was 

Each  and  every  cylinder  (was)— (was  not)'  uniformly  and  properly  annealed, 
and  then  the  cylinders  were  again  inspected  in  order  to  discover  any  defects  which 
might  have  been  caused  by  this  process. 

Two  longitudinal  test  pieces  were  cut  from  one  out  of  each  200  or  less  finished 
cylinders  and  pulled.     The  record  of  the  physical  tests  is  hereto  attached. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  test  of pounds 

per  square  inch  in  the  presence  of  the  inspector.     A  rounding-out  pressure  of  not 

more  than pounds  per  square  inch  (was) — (was  not)'  made.     The  record 

of  the  hydrostatic  tests  is  attached  hereto. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  plainly  and  permanently  marked  as  follows:^ 


Onornear  valve  head  of  cylinder.              On  or  near  other  head  of  cylinder. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  stamped  with  the  initials of  the  inspector 

immediately  beneath  the  serial  number  of  the  cylinder. 

I  hereby  certify  that  all  of  these  cyluiders  proved  satisfactory  in  every  way,  and 
comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  specification 
No.  4. 


Inspector. 
Note. — If  any  defects  are  found  in  completed  cylinders,  state  kind  and  cause,  and 
that  said  cylinders  were  rejected. 

Certificate  of  Compositio.v  of  Steel. 

(Placei  

(Date) 

Tills  is  to  certify  that  the  steel  furnished  to  tlie 

Cfjmpany  on  orders  Nos does  not  contain  more  than  U.20  per  cent  of 

carbon,  nor  more  than  0.11  jx-r  cent  of  phosphorus,  nor  more  than  0.05  per  cent  of 
Bul|)hur. 

(Signature  of  manufacturer  of  steel.) 

>  Draw  a  line  through  words  not  required. 

Mascrt  rcpro<luction  of  marking.    See  par.  11.    Serial  numbers  and  other  data  that  vary  for  each 
c  lindur  may  be  indicated  by  words  such  as  "Serial  Nos.  100  to  300,"  etc. 


SHIPPIXG   COXTATXER   SPECIFICATIONS. 
(Place)  


181 
Spec.  4. 


( Date)  

Record  of  physical  tests  of  materials  in  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  b> Company, 

For Company. 


Test  No. 

Cylinders 
represented 

by  test 
(serial  Nos.). 

Elastic  limit 
(pounds  per 
square  inch). 

J;-i}f,           Elongation 
square  in6h),      mSmches). 

Reduction  of 

area 

(per  cent). 

Flattening 
test. 

1 

1 

1 



i                           1 

( ' i     . 

1                       1                       !                       i                       ! 

(Signed) 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  tests  on  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Serial  Nos.      rp...  nressure 

Total 

expansion ' 

(c.  c). 

Permanent 

expansion  ^ 

(c.  c). 

Per  cent  ratio 

of  permanent 

expansion 

to  total 
expansion.  ^ 

Tare  weight «        Test  date 

(pounds              (month 

and  ounces).       and  year). 

1 

1 

1 

t 

1 

1 

(Signed) 


=■  If  the  tests  are  made  by  a  method  involving  the  measurement  of  the  amount  of  Uquid  forced  into  the 
cylinder  by  the  test  pressure,  then  the  basic  data  on  which  the  calculations  are  made,  such  as  the  piunp 
fectors,  temperature  of  hquid,  coefficient  of  compressibility  of  Uquid,  etc.,  must  also  be  given. 

6  Including  valve  but  without  cap;  also  in  case  of  acetylene  cylinders  includes  filling  material  and  solvent. 


182  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATION  NO.  5. 

IRON   OR    STEEL  BARRELS   OR   DRTJMS. 

For  provii^ioius  and  restrictions  go^'erning  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Note.— Specification  No.  5A  covers  these  containers  for  the  transportation  of  acids. 

Revised  January  i,  1923. 

MATERIAL. 

1.  The  niiniinum  thickness  of  material  in  any  part  of  the  com- 
pleted barrel  or  drimi  must  not  be  less  than  that  prescribed  in  para- 
graph 2  (a).  (Gatige  mentioned  in  this  specification  refers  to  United 
States  Standard.) 

2.  (o)  In  the  interpretation  of  the  minimum  thickness  of  metal 
allowed  for  any  specified  gauge,  a  variation,  due  to  commercial  condi- 
tions of  manufacture,  of  not  more  than  2  3^  per  cent  below  the  speci- 
fied standard  will  be  considered  satisfactory  provided  the  average 
weight  per  square  foot  is  not  less  than  the  standard  weight  for  the 
gauge  specified.  The  standard  thicknesses  and  w^eights  prescribed 
are  a.s  follows: 


Nominal  capacity. 


Gauge 
(United 
States 


Minimum 
Standard  thiclcness 
weight  per  (2yi  per 
square  foot  |  cent  under 
standard) 
(inches). 


ru;. 

(.pounas). 

•20 

1.500 

19 

1.750 

18 

2.000 

17 

2.250 

16 

2.500 

15 

2.812 

14 

3. 125 

13 

3.750 

10  gallons  or  less 

11  to  35  gallons.. 
36  to  55  gallon.«.. 
56  to  110  gallons 


>  S««  par.  e. 


0.037 
0.043 
0.049 
0.055 
0.061 
0.069 
0.076 
0.091 


ib)  The  weight  of  a  barrel  or  drum  with  a  nonfinal  capacity  of  50 
to  55  gallons  must  be  not  loss  than  70  pounds  in  the  black  exclusive 
of  the  roHing  hoops. 

(c)  The  weight  of  a  barrel  or  diiim  with  a  nominal  capacity  of  100 
to  no  gallons  must  be  not  less  than  l.iO  pounds  in  the  black  exclusive 
of  tlic  rolHng  hoops. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  183 

Spec.  5. 
ROLLING    HOOPS. 

3.  Rolling  hoops  swedged  or  rolled  into  the  shell  are  not  per- 
mitted: Provided,  That  containers  of  the  cylindrical  or  straight-side 
type  of  not  over  55  gallons  nominal  capacity  may  have  the  rolling 
hoops  swedged  or  rolled  into  the  shell  or  body  if  both  the  shell  and 
heads  are  made  from  materials  at  least  two  gauges  thicker  than  as 
prescribed  in  paragraph  2. 

4.  Separate  rolling  hoops  as  prescribed  must  be  properly  secured 
to  the  shell,  preferably  by  means  of  small  bead  on  each  side  of  each 
rolling  hoop  or  by  welding  for  a  length  of  3  or  4  inches  at  several 
points  around  the  circumference;  spot  welding  or  beading  under  the 
rolling  hoop  is  not  authorized. 

5.  Containers  of  the  cylindrical  or  straight-sided  type  with  a  nominal 
capacity  of  over  10  gallons  must  be  equipped  with  separate  rolling 
hoops,  either  of  the  U-shaped  sheet-metal  type  at  least  two  gauges 
heavier  than  the  steel  in  the  shell  of  the  container  or  of  the  solid 
I-bar  type  of  not  less  than  commercial  %  inch  by  134  inches,  weighing 
not  less  than  1.25  pounds  per  foot;  containers  of  this  type  are  not 
required  to  have  rolling  hoops  if  of  10  gallons  or  less  nominal  capacity. 

6.  Bilge-type  containers  need  not  be  equipped  with  rolling  hoops 
if  the  minimum  thickness  of  the  metal  in  the  shell  is  14  gauge  at  the 
bilge  and  15  gauge  at  other  points  for  a  container  of  35  gallons  or 
less  nominal  capacity,  and  13  gauge  at  the  bilge  and  14  gauge  at 
other  points  for  a  container  of  over  35  but  not  over  55  gallons  nominal 
capacity;  if  lighter  material  is  used  or  if  the  container  is  over  55 
gallons  nominal  capacity,  rolling  hoops  must  be  attached  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  covering  the  cylindrical  or  straight-sided 
container. 

TESTS. 

7.  Each  barrel  or  drum  must  be  tested,  under  water  or  with  all 
seams  covered  with  soap-suds  or  heavy  oil,  by  interior  compressed 
air  at  a  pressure  of  not  less  than  15  pounds  per  square  inch  and  must 
be  carefully  examined  while  under  this  pressure  and  must  stand  this 
test  without  leaking. 

8.  The  type  of  barrel  or  drum  must  be  capable  of  standing,  without 
leaking,  a  hydrostatic  test  pressure  of  not  less  than  40  pounds  per 
square  inch  sustained  for  not  less  than  five  minutes. 

Any  distortion  of  the  heads  due  to  this  test  must  be  such  that 
they  can  be  restored  approximately  to  their  original  position  (by 
hammering  with  a  wooden  maul  or  similar  means)  without  leakage, 
when  subjected  to  a  15-pound  air-pressure  test. 

9.  When  filled  with  water  to  98  per  cent  of  its  capacity  the  type 
of  barrel  or  drum  must  also  be  capable  of  standing  without  leakage 


134  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  5.  1-1 

a  test  by  dropping  it  diagonally  on  its  chime  from  a  height  of  4  feet 
upon  a  si)lid  concrete  foundation. 

10.  Type  tests  of  sample  packages  must  be  made,  by  any  com- 
pany starting  production,  on  each  type  and  size  of  package  in  order 
to  insure  that  the  product  will  comply  with  paragraphs  8  and  9,  and 
these  tests  must  be  repeated  at  intervals  of  not  more  than  four 
months:  if  the  same  type  and  size  is  to  be  made  of  different  gauge 
material  the  samples  must  be  taken  from  those  of  the  lighter  gauge. 
Subseciuent  production  on  any  type  or  size  of  package  must  not  be 
continued  unless  further  tests  have  been  made  within  the  previous 
four  months;  if  production  has  been  discontinued  and  is  resumed, 
this  requirement  will  also  apply.  Tested  packages  must  be  held 
available  for  inspection  until  the  next  test  on  the  same  type  and  size 
is  made. 

BUNG    CLOSURES. 

1 1 .  Provision  must  be  made  for  closing  the  bung-holes  and  other 
openings  in  such  manner  as  to  prevent  leakage.  Bungs  or  other 
closing  devices  projecting  beyond  the  chime  or  rolling  hoops  must 
be  capable  of  withstanding  the  same  test  drop  as  prescribed  by 
paragraph  9.  Threaded  metal  bungs  and  plugs  must  be  close-fitting, 
and  threads  in  the  reinforcements  and  on  the  plugs  must  be  cut  at 
right  angles  to  the  faced  surfaces  thereof  so  that  when  bungs  are 
inserted  (without  gaskets)  the  faced  surface  of  the  bung  will  bear 
squarely  on  the  faced  surface  of  the  reinforcement  or  spud.  The  spud 
should  have  not  less  than  five  complete  threads  and  the  threading 
on  the  bung  should  be  of  sufficient  length  so  that,  with  gasket  in  place, 
it  will  engage  in  all  of  the  five  threads  in  the  spud. 

Gaskets  must  be  made  of  lead,  vulcanized  fiber,  leather,  or  other 
suitable  material,  not  less  than  %  iiich  thick  and  not  less  than 
34  inch  across  the  face. 

To  insure  tight  closure  of  the  bung,  etc.,  it  is  advisable  that  the 
gaskets  and  the  flanges  of  the  bung  and  filling  hole  be  coated  with  a 
suitable  luting  substance,  such  as  gum  shellac  dissolved  in  water  to 
about  the  consistency  of  molasses,  glue,  or  a  rosin  and  soap  com- 
pound, etc.  After  applying  such  luting  the  bung  should  be  set  down 
tight  with  a  wrench  having  a  handle  at  least  18  inches  long.  The. 
barrel  should  then  be  allowed  to  stand  on  end  for  a  few  hours  unti 
the  luting  dries,  after  which  the  barrel  should  be  placed  on  its  side,J 
bung  down,  to  test  for  leakage  before  being  ofi"ered  for  shipment. 

Wooden  bungs  must  be  compressed  tapered  bungs,  and  must  b< 
covered  with  a  suitable  coating  and  have  a  driving  fit  into  a  smootl 
bung-iiole  tapered  tlie  same  as  the  bung. 

Wooden  bungs  should  })e  long  enough  to  extend  about  %  incl 
inside  of  the  barrel  and  .sliould  be  soaked  in  hot  water  or  hot,  thii 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  185 

Spec  5. 

glue  for  about  a  minute  before  driving  into  the  bung-hole  so  that  the 
interior  of  the  bung  will  swell  and  form  a  shoulder  on  tlie  inside  of 
the  bung-hole. 

MANUFACTURING    METHODS. 

12.  The  method  of  manufacturing  the  barrel  or  drum  and  the 
materials  used  must  be  well  adapted  to  producing  a  uniform  product. 
Leaks  caused  by  defective  manufacture  of  a  barrel  or  drum  must  not 
be  stopped  by  soldering,  but  must  be  repaired  by  the  method  used  in 
constructing  the  barrel  or  drum. 

It  is  recommended  that,  when  nature  of  contents  will  permit,  each 
such  container  should  be  coated  on  the  inside  and  outside  in  such 
manner  and  with  such  materials  as  will  prevent  corrosion. 

13.  All  metal  barrels  or  drums  having  a  capacity  of  30  United  States 
wine  gallons  or  over,  being  manufactured  with  a  flanged  type  of  head 
secured  to  the  body  sheet  by  welding  or  by  a  double  seam,  must 
have  the  chime  adequately  protected  by  some  chime  reinforcement. 

MARKING. 

14.  Each  barrel  and  drum  must  be  plainly  and  permanently 
marked  by  embossing  or  stamping  on  the  head  as  follows : 

(a)  The  marking  ICC— 5. 

(6)  Marking  to  show  the  United  States  Standard  gauge  of  the 
metal  in  its  thinnest  part,  the  nominal  capacity  of  the  container  in 
gallons,  and  the  year  of  manufacture.  These  may  be  abbreviated 
and  then  must  appear  in  the  order  specified  (for  example,  16-55-20, 
which  will  signify  that  the  container  is  made  of  16  gauge  steel,  is  of 
55  gallons  capacity,  and  was  made  in  the  year  1920). 

(c)  The  name,  initials,  or  symbol  of  the  manufacturer.  (This  must 
be  recorded  with  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New 
York  City.) 

The  marking  I.  C.  C. — 5  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the 
container  complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

The  size  of  marking,  letters,  and  figures  must  be  a  minimum  of 
1^  inch  for  35  gallons  or  smaller  containers,  %  inch  for  containers 
over  35  but  not  over  55  gallons,  and  1  inch  for  containers  over  55  but 
not  over  110  gallons. 

If  the  marking  as  specified  in  paragraph  14  (b)  is  not  abbreviated 
as  allowed  therein,  then  the  gallonage  of  the  container  may  be  placed 
on  a  brass  plate  securely  fastened  to  the  container. 

15.  When  offered  for  shipment  the  container  must  also  bear  such 
other  description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the 
particular  article  contained  therein. 

66G20°— 22 13 


186 

Spec.  5A. 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 
INSPECTION. 


16.  Wherever  practicable  the  manufacture  of  these  barrels  or 
drums  should  be  subjected  to  the  inspection  of  a  competent  and 
disinterested  inspector. 

REPORTS    OF    MANUFACTURE. 

17.  All  manufacturers  who  make  metal  barrels  or  di-ums  to  comply 
\\'ith  this  specification  must  forward  to  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of 
Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City,  a  monthly  report  of  all 
such  barrels  or  drums  shipped.  Such  report  must  be  submitted  in 
the  following  form : 

(Place)  

(Date) 

BiRE.4.r  OF  Explosives, 

SO  Vesey  Street,  New  York,  N.   Y. 

Gentlemen :  Report  of  metal  '    shipped  by    us    from 

during  month  of  made  under 

requirements  of  I.  C.  C.  specifications. 


i.c.c. 

specifica- 
tion No. 

Nominal 
capacity 
(gallons). 

Gauge  of  materiaKUnited 
States  Standard). 

Date 
marked  on 
containers. 

Number  of 
containers. 

Minimum 
weight  in 
theblack 
(pounds).' 

Date  of  last 
type  tests.' 

Head. 

Body. 



j 

i 

>  Insert  "barrels"  or  "drums."       '  Excluding  rolling  hoops.       '  Must  be  made  every  four  months. 

Each  container  was  tested  under  an  air  pressure  of pounds  as  required 

and  showed  no  leakage. 

We  hereby  certify  that  these  containers  are  properly  marked  and  comply  in  all 
respecta  with  the  requirements  of  the  I.  C.  C.  specifications. 

(Signed)  

(Per) 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  6A. 

IRON   OR    STEEL.   BARRELS   OR  DRUMS. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Note.— Removable  head  or  removable  plate  containers  not  authorized  under  this  specification. 

Revised,  January  1,  1923. 

MATERIAL. 

1 .  The  niininium  thickness  of  material  in  any  part  of  the  completed 
barrel  «jr  drum  must  not  be  less  than  that  prescribed  in  paragraph  2. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECmCATIONS.  187 

Spec.  5A. 

(Gauge    mentioned    in    this    specification    refers    to    United    States 
Standard.) 

2.  In  the  interpretation  of  the  minumum  thickness  of  metal 
allowed  for  any  specified  gauge,  a  variation,  due  to  commercial  condi- 
tions of  manufacture,  of  not  more  than  2}/2  per  cent  below  the  speci- 
fied standard  will  be  considered  satisfactory  provided  the  average 
weight  per  square  foot  is  not  less  than  the  standard  weight  for  the 
gauge  specified.  The  standard  thicknesses  and  weights  prescribed 
are  as  follows: 


Minimum 
thiickness 
Nominal  canacitv  ^umlea      weigniper      (214  per 

jNommai  capacity.  states       snnarefoot  cent  imdef 

standard) 
(inches). 


29  gallons  or  less 

30  to  55  gallons . 
56  to  110  gallons 


Gauge 

(United 

States 

standard). 

Standard 
weight  per 
square  foot 

(pounds). 

16 

2.500 

'15 

2.812 

14 

3. 125 

'  13 

3.750 

12 

4.375 

0.061 
0.069 
0.076 
0.091 
0.107 


1  See  par.  6. 

It  is  recommended  that  the  materials  from  which  these  containers 
are  manufactured  shall  be  of  the  highest  acid-resisting  qualities 
obtainable. 

ROLLING    HOOFS. 

3.  Rolling  hoops  or  beads  swedged  or  rolled  into  the  shell  at  any 
point  are  not  permitted. 

4.  Separate  rolling  hoops  as  prescribed  must  be  properly  secured 
to  the  shell  by  welding  or  brazing  for  a  length  of  at  least  3  or  4  inches 
at  several  points  around  the  circumference;  spot  welding  or  beading 
under  the  rolling  hoop  is  not  authorized. 

5.  Containers  of  the  cylindrical  or  straight-sided  type  with  a  nominal 
capacity  of  over  10  gallons  must  be  equipped  with  separate  rolling 
hoops  of  the  solid  I-bar  type,  not  less  than  commercial  %  inch  by  1  )4 
inches,  weighing  not  less  than  1.25  pounds  per  foot  for  containers  not 
over  55  gallons  nominal  capacity,  and  not  less  than  commercial  1  by 
\}/2  inches,  weighing  not  less  than  1.6  pounds  per  foot  for  containers 
over  55  gallons  nominal  capacity;  containers  of  this  type  are  not 
required  to  have  rolling  hoops  if  of  10  gallons  or  less  nominal  capacity. 

6.  Bilge- type  containers  need  not  be  equipped  with  rolling  hoops  if 
the  mimimum  thickness  of  the  metal  in  the  shell  is  14  gauge  at  the 
bilge  and  15  gauge  at  other  points  for  a  container  of  29  gallons  or  less 


Jgg  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION". 

Spec.  5A. 

nominal  capacity,  and  13  gauge  at  the  bilge  and  14  gauge  at  other 
points  for  a  container  of  over  29,  but  not  over  55  gallons  nominal 
capacity ;  if  lighter  material  is  used  or  if  the  container  is  over  55  gallons 
nominal  capacity,  rolling  hoops  must  be  attached  in  accordance  with 
the  provisions  covering  the  cylindrical  or  straight-sided  container. 

TESTS. 

7.  Each  barrel  or  drum  must  be  tested,  under  water  or  with  all 
scams  covered  with  soap-suds  or  heavy  oil,  by  interior  compressed  air 
at  a  pressure  of  not  less  than  15  pounds  per  square  inch  and  must  be 
carefully  examined  while  under  this  pressure  and  must  stand  this  test 
without  leaking. 

8.  The  type  of  barrel  or  drum  must  be  capable  of  standing,  without 
leaking,  a  hydrostatic  test  pressure  of  not  less  than  80  pounds  per 
square  inch  sustained  for  not  less  than  five  minutes. 

Any  distortion  of  the  heads  due  to  this  test  must  be  such  that  they 
can  be  restored  approximately  to  their  original  position  (by  hammer- 
ing with  a  wooden  maul  or  simdar  means)  without  leakage,  when  sub- 
jected to  a  15-pound  air-pressure  test. 

9.  When  filled  with  water  to  98  per  cent  of  its  capacity  the  type 
of  barrel  or  drum  must  also  be  capable  of  standing  without  leakage  a 
test  by  dropping  it  diagonally  on  its  chime  from  a  height  of  6  feet  upon 
a  solid  concrete  foundation. 

10.  Type  tests  of  sample  packages  must  be  made,  by  any  company 
starting  production,  on  each  type  and  size  of  package,  in  order  to 
insure  that  the  product  will  comply  with  paragraphs  8  and  9,  and  these 
tests  must  be  repeated  at  intervals  of  not  more  than  four  months;  if 
the  same  type  and  size  is  to  be  made  of  different  gauge  material  the 
samples  must  be  taken  from  those  of  the  lighter  gauge.  Subsequent 
production  on  any  type  or  size  of  package  must  not  be  continued 
unless  further  tests  have  been  made  within  the  previous  four  months; 
if  production  has  been  discontinued  and  is  resumed,  this  requirement 
will  also  apply.  Tested  packages  must  be  held  available  for  inspec- 
tion until  the  next  test  on  the  same  type  and  size  is  made. 

BUNG  closuhes. 

1 1 .  Provision  must  be  made  for  closing  the  bung-holes  and  other 
openings  in  such  manner  as  to  prevent  leakage.  Bungs  or  other 
closing  devices  projecting  beyond  the  chime  or  rolling  hoops  must  be 
capable  of  withstanding  the  same  test  drop  as  prescribed  by  para- 
graph 9.  Threaded  metal  bungs  and  plugs  must  be  close-fitting,  and. 
threuds  in  the  reinforcements  and  on  the  plugs  must  be  cut  at  right 
angles  to  the  faced  surfaces  thereof,  so  that  when  bungs  are  inserted 
(without  gaskets)  the  faced  surface  of  the  bung  will  bear  squarely  on 


SHIPPING    CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  189 

Spec.  5A. 

the  faced  surface  of  the  reinforceznent  or  spud.  The  spud  should 
have  not  less  than  five  complete  threads  and  the  threading  on  the 
bung  should  be  of  sufficient  length  so  that,  with  gasket  in  place,  it  will 
engage  in  all  of  the  five  threads  in  the  spud.  Bungs  and  spuds  of 
over  1  inch  diameter  must  have  not  more  than  eight  threads  per  inch. 
Spuds  must  be  made  of  a  highly  acid-resisting  metal  (monel  metal,  for 
example),  and  must  be  brazed  or  welded  in  place.  Gaskets  must  be 
made  of  asbestos  or  other  suitable  acid-resistant  material  not  less  than 
3^8  inch  thick  and  not  less  than  3^  inch  across  the  face. 

MANUFACTURING    METHODS. 

12.  The  method  of  manufacturing  the  barrel  or  drum  and  the  mate- 
rials used  must  be  well  adapted  to  producing  a  uniform  product. 
Leaks  caused  by  defective  manufacture  of  a  barrel  or  drum  must  not 
be  stopped  by  soldering,  but  must  be  repaired  by  the  method  used  in 
constructing  the  barrel  or  drum. 

The  use  of  crimped  construction  of  seam  on  these  containers  is 
prohibited  unless  they  are  also  welded  or  brazed. 

It  is  recommended  that,  when  nature  of  contents  will  pei-mit,  each 
such  container  should  be  coated  on  the  inside  and  outside  in  such  man- 
ner and  with  such  material  as  will  prevent  corrosion. 

13.  All  metal  barrels  or  drums  having  a  capacity  of  30  United 
States  wine  gallons  or  over  being  manufactured  with  a  flanged  type  of 
head  secured  to  the  body  sheet  by  welding  or  by  a  double  seam  must 
have  the  chime  adequately  protected  by  some  chime  reinforcement. 

MARKING, 

14.  Each  barrel  and  drum  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked 
by  embossing  or  stamping  on  the  head  as  follows: 

"(a)  The  marking  ICC-5A. 

(b)  Marking  to  show  the  United  States  Standard  gauge  of  the  metal 
in  its  thinnest  part,  the  capacity  of  the  container  in  gallons,  and  the 
year  of  manufacture.  These  may  be  abbreviated  and  then  must 
appear  in  the  order  specified  (for  example,  16-55-20,  which  will  signify 
that  the  container  is  made  of  16-gauge  steel,  is  of  55  gallons  capacity, 
and  was  made  in  the  year  1920). 

(c)  The  name,  initials,  or  symbol  of  the  manufacturer.  (This  must 
be  recorded  with  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New 
York  City.) 

The  marking  I.  C.  C.-5A  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  con- 
tainer complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

The  size  of  marking,  letters,  and  figures  must  be  a  minimum  of  3/2 
inch  for  35  gallons  or  smaller  containers,  ^  inch  for  containers  over 
35  but  not  over  55  gallons,  and  1  inch  for  containers  over  55  but  not 
over  110  gallons. 


J 90  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  5B.  •  1         T_  v 

15.  \Yben  offered  for  shipment  the  container  must  also  bear  such 
other  description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the 
particular  article  contained  therein. 

INSPECTION. 

10.  ^Vherever  practicable  the  manufacture  of  these  barrels  or  drums 
should  be  subjected  to  the  inspection  of  a  competent  and  disinterested 
inspector. 

REPORTS    OF   MANUFACTURE. 

17.  All  manufacturers  who  make  metal  barrels  or  drums  to  comply 
with  this  specification  must  forward  to  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of 
Explosives.  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City,  a  monthly  report  of  all 
such  barrels  or  drums  shipped.     Such  report  must  be  submitted  in 

the  following  form: 

(Place) 

(Date) 

Bureau  of  Explosives. 

SO  Vesey  Street,  New  York,  N.   Y. 

Gentlemen  :  Report  of  metal  ' shipped  by  us  from 

during  month  of  made  under  requirements  of 

I.  C.  C.  specifications. 


T.C.  C. 
specifica- 
tion No. 

Nominal 
capacity 

(gal.). 

Gauge  of  material 
(U.  S.  Standard). 

Date 
marked  on 
containers. 

Number  of 
containers. 

Minimum 
weight  in 
the  black 
(pounds).' 

Date  of 
last  type 

Head. 

Body. 

tests.* 

1 

1 

I  Insert  "barrels"  or  "drums.' 


'  Excluding  rolling  hoops.       '  Must  be  made  every  four  months. 


Each  container  was  tested  under  an  air  pressure  of pounds  as  required 

and  showed  no  leakpga. 

We  hereby  certify  that  tlieae  containers  are  properly  marked  and  comply  in  all 
respectH  with  the  requirements  of  the  I.  C.  C.  specifications. 

(Signed) 

(Per) 


SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO. 
IRON   OR    STEEL   BARRELS   OR   DRUMS. 


5B. 


For  proNisions  an<l  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requircnicnts  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Note.— See  spedflpation  No.  5  for  containers  of  inflammable  liquids  with  flash  point  below  20°  F.  and 
•pertflcation  No.  5A  for  containers  of  acids. 

Approved,  January  1,  1923. 

1.  Those  containers  must  be  manufactured,  tested,  and  reported  in 
full  compliance  with  all  of  the  requirements  of  Interstate  Commerce 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  191 

Spec.  6. 

Commission  specification  No.  5,  with  the  following  exceptions  (gauge 
mentioned  in  this  specification  refers  to  United  States  Standard) : 

2.  Rolling  hoops  swedged  or  rolled  into  the  shell  or  body  of  con- 
tainers of  the  cylindrical  or  straight-sided  type  are  authorized  for  con- 
tainers of  not  over  55  gallons  nominal  capacity  without  increasing  the 
thickness  of  material  used  as  required  by  paragraph  3,  specification 
No.  5;  rolling  hoops  swedged  or  rolled  into  the  shell  or  body  of  con- 
tainers of  the  cylindrical  or  straight-sided  type  are  authorized  for  con- 
tainers of  over  55  gallons  nominal  capacity  if  the  material  from 
which  the  containers  are  made  is  not  less  than  No.  13  gauge;  reduc- 
tion of  the  minimum  thickness  of  material  by  this  operation  shall 
not  be  considered  as  a  violation  of  this  specification. 

3.  Bilge-type  containers  need  not  be  equipped  with  rolling  hoops 
if  the  minimum  thickness  of  the  metal  in  the  shell  is  not  less  than  16 
gauge  for  a  container  of  35  gallons  or  less  nominal  capacity  and  not  less 
than  14  gauge  for  a  container  over  35  but  not  over  55  gallons  nominal 
capacity. 

4.  The  marking  embossed  or  stamped  on  the  head  of  the  container 
shall  be  as  follows: 

(a)  The  marking  ICC-5B. 

(b)  Marking  to  show  United  States  Standard  gauge  of  the  metal  in 
its  thinnest  part,  the  capacity  of  the  container  in  gallons,  and  the  year 
of  manufacture.  These  may  be  abbreviated  and  then  must  appear  in 
the  order  specified  (for  example,  16-55-20,  which  will  signify  that  the 
container  is  made  of  16-gauge  steel,  is  of  55  gallons  capacity,  and  made 
in  the  year  1920). 

(c)  The  name,  initials,  or  symbol  of  the  maufacturer.  (This  must 
be  recorded  with  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York 
City.) 

The  marking  I.C.C.-5B  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  con- 
tainer complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

The  size  of  marking,  letters,  and  figures  must  be  a  minimum  of  }4 
inch  for  35  gallons  or  smaller  containers,  ^  inch  for  containers  over 
35  but  not  over  55  gallons,  and  1  inch  for  containers  over  55  but  not 
over  110  gallons. 

SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATION  NO.  6. 
BOXES  (WOODEN,  FIBER,  ETC.). 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Re\'ised,  January  1,  1923. 

1.  Cases  must  comply  with  the  following  specifications: 

MAXIMUM    SIZE    OF    CASE. 

2.  No  case  may  have  an  internal  volume  exceeding  that  of  a 
20-inch  cube,  or  8,000  cubic  inches. 


192 

Sv«c.  «. 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 


MAXIMUM    WEIGHT    OF    CASE    AND    CONTENTS. 

3.  No  case  constructed  of  glued-ply  fiber  board  or  pulpboard, 
corrugated  strawboard,  or  solid-fiber  millboard,  composed  of  50  per 
cent  or  more  sulphite  fiber,  shall  have  a  weight,  including  its  con- 
tents, exceeding  60  pounds. 

No  case  of  wire-bound  type  shall  have  a  weight,  including  its 
contents,  exceeding  75  pounds. 

No  wooden  lock-cornered  case  built  in  accordance  with  the  accom- 
panving  specifications  shall  have  a  weight,  including  its  contents, 
exceeding  85  pounds,  unless  both  head  connections  with  the  sides,  top, 
and  bottom  are  strapped  with  iron  binding,  continuous  strips,  ^  inch 
wide,  nailed  at  not  more  than  5-inch  spacing;  and  under  no  condi- 
tion shall  the  weight  of  a  single  wooden  case  and  its  contents  exceed 
100  pounds. 

MAXIMUM    CONTENTS    OF    CASES. 

4.  The  maximum  number  of  match  boxes  contained  in  any  one 
case  shall  bo  as  follows: 


Number  of  boxes. 

Nominal  number  of 
matches  per  box. 

V4  eross 

Not  over  700 

Not  over  500 

Not  over  400 

Not  over  300 

Not  over  200 

Not  over  100 

/Over         50 
\Under     100 

Not  over    50 

1  gross 

2  gross 

3  gross 

5  gross 

12  gross 

20  gross 

25  gross 

J 


MARKING. 

5.  The  outside  container  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol 
consisting  of  a  rectangle,  as  follows: 


I    0    0-6 


The  letters  and  figure  in  this  symbol  must  bo  at  least  H  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  be  marked  as 
rcfiuired  by  these  regulutions  for  the  particular  article  contained 
therein. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS. 
WOODEN    CASES. 

MATERIAL. 


193 

Spec.  6- 


6.  Wooden  cases  must  be  made  of  white  pine,  spruce,  or  material 
of  similar  strength  and  of  suitable  quality  for  the  purpose  used, 
reasonably  sound,  commercially  dry,  and  free  from  knot-holes  or 
loose  knots. 

CONSTRUCTION. 

7.  The  four  edges  connecting  the  sides  with  the  head  or  ends 
must  be  lock-jointed  and  glued.  The  ends,  sides,  top,  and  bottom 
when  made  with  more  than  one  piece,  must  have  tongued  and 
grooved  joints  glued,  or  compression  joints  glued.  There  must  be 
as  good  shift  of  butts  at  the  corners  as  is  possible,  using  commercial 
lumber.     The  top  and  bottom  must  be  nailed  in  an  efficient  manner. 


MINIMUM  THICKNESS  OF  LUMBER  FOR  CASES. 

[Heads,  sides,  tops,  and  bottoms.] 

Maximum 
dimension. 

Minimum 
dimension. 

Thickness 
of  head. 

Thickness 
ofsides, 
top, and 
bottom. 

Maximum 
dimension. 

Minimum 
dimension. 

Thickness 
of  head. 

Thickness 
ofsides, 
top,  and 
bottom. 

Irwhes. 

Inches. 

Inch. 

Irieh. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Under  12 

Under  12 

¥2 

Vs 

24-27 

Under  12 

H 

Vs 

12-15 

Under  12 

Yl 

Vs 

24-27 

12-15 

M 

7 

12-15 

12-15 

A 

Vs 

24-27 

15-18 

M 

A 

15-18 

Under  6 

¥2 

H 

24-27 

18-21 

M 

A 

15-18 

6-  9 

A 

Vs 

24-27 

21-24 

\i 

¥2 

15-18 

9-12 

A 

Vs 

24-27 

24-27 

\i 

Vi 

15-18 

12-15 

A 

Vs 

27-30 

Under  12 

\i 

Vs 

15-18 

15-18 

^ 

A 

27-30 

12-15 

W 

A 

18-21 

Under  9 

A 

Vs 

27-30 

15-18 

ii 

.  A 

18-21 

9-12 

^ 

Vs 

27-30 

18-21 

\i 

A 

18-21 

12-15 

y% 

Vs 

27-30 

21-24 

H 

A 

18-21 

15-18 

H 

A 

27-30 

24-27 

\i 

^ 

18-21 

18-21 

ii 

7 

27-30 

27-30 

H 

¥2 

21-24 

Under  9 

% 

Vs 

30-33 

Under  15 

W 

A 

21-24 

9-12 

H 

H 

30-33 

15-18 

W 

A 

21-24 

12-15 

« 

A 

30-33 

18-21 

H 

¥2 

21-24 

15-18 

H 

A 

30-33 

21-24 

\i 

¥2 

21-24 

18-21 

w 

A 

30-33 

24-27 

H 

¥2 

21-24 

21-24 

Vi 

^ 

30-33 

27-30 

■H 

A 

30-33 

30-33 

\i 

A 

194  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  6. 

9.  Ctises  made  of  tough  spruce  or  other  lumber  sxiitaDle  for  case 
making.  sho\niig  a  resistance  to  bending  and  tensile  strength  15  per 
cent  or  more  in  excess  of  that  of  white  pine  commercial  case  lumber, 
may  have  the  sides,  top,  and  bottom  reduced  in  thickness  -^  inch 
and  the  ends  i «  inch  from  the  above  specified  thicknesses,  but  in  no 
case  must  any  side,  top,  or  bottom  be  made  less  than  ^  inch  in 
tliickness  or  any  end  less  than  J^  inch  in  thickness. 

WIRE-BOUND   CASES. 

MATERIAL. 

10.  Reasonably  sound,  well-seasoned  wood,  veneered  or  sawed, 
absolutely  free  from  open  or  loose  knots  must  be  used,  the  construc- 
tion being  such  that  the  edges  and  connections  will  produce  a  case 
as  near  air-tight  as  the  general  wire-bound  type  of  construction 
will  permit. 

Veneered  wood  when  used  must  be  practically  straight  and  true  to 
surface,  with  each  side,  top,  bottom,  or  end  of  case  made  of  one 
piece  of  veneer.  If  any  side,  top,  bottom,  or  end  is  made  of  more 
than  one  piece  of  veneer  or  of  sawed  stock,  the  joints  or  butts  of 
the  various  pieces  producing  one  side,  top,  bottom,  or  end  shall  be 
tongued  and  grooved  and  efficiently  glued.  No  material  shall  be 
used  that  has  a  minimum  tliickness  of  less  than  34  inch. 

CONSTRUCTION. 

11.  There  must  be  four  cleats  at  each  end  of  each  case  not  less 
than  li  by  H  inch.  The  binding  wire  at  each  end  must  be  firmly 
stapled  to  each  board  and  each  cleat  by  staples  having  legs  not  less 
than  1  }/fi  inches  long  extending  over  the  wire  through  each  board  and 
into  the  cleats.  The  other  wire  or  wires  must  be  firmly  stapled  to 
each  board  by  staples  extended  over  the  wire  and  through  each 
board  and  firmly  clinched  on  the  inside.  Binding  wire  shall  be 
not  less  than  No.  16  gauge  for  cases  less  than  50  pounds  weight,  case 
and  contents,  and  not  loss  than  No.  14  gauge  for  cases  over  50  pounds 
weigiit,  case  and  contents,  the  longitudinal  spacing  of  side  binding 
wires  being  not  more  than  6^  inches.  Staples  on  binding  wires  at 
each  end  shall  be  not  less  than  No.  IG  gauge  and  on  other  wires  not 
less  than  No.  IS  gauge  for  No.  16  binding  wires,  and  not  less  than 
No.  16  gauge  for  No.  14  binding  wires.  All  staples  shall  be  placed 
not  more  than  2'2  inches  apart.  Each  wire  shall  be  continuous 
with  tlie  ends  tightly  twisted  at  one  side.  When  any  case  exceeds 
12  inches  in  width  perpendicular  batten  or  battens  not  less  than 
114  inches  wide  by  f^  inch  thick  shall  be  firmly  stapled  or  nailed, 
provided  nails  are  not  less  than  \}4  inches  in  length,  to  each  end  and 
also  be  fastened  by  nails  driven  through  the  bottom  and  top  into 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  195 

Spec.  6. 

the  battens  so  that  the  space  between  battens  or  cleats  shall  not 
exceed  10  inches.  The  ends  shall  be  firmly  fastened  to  inside  of 
cleats  with  staples  whose  legs  are  not  less  than  fl  inch  long  or  with 
nails  not  less  than  %  inch  in  length. 

FIBER    BOARD,    PULPBOARD,    OR    MILLBOARD    CASES. 

MATERIAL. 

12.  Fiber  board  or  pulpboard  used  in  making  fiber  board  or 
pulpboard  match  cases  must  be  three-ply  or  more,  all  plies  firmly 
glued  together,  the  outer  ply  waterproofed,  and  no  single  ply  less 
than  0.016  inch  in  thickness.  Solid-fiber  millboard  used  in  making 
match  cases  must  be  composed  of  not  less  than  50  per  cent  of  sulphite 
fiber  and  must  be  waterproofed  throughout. 

13.  Weight  limit  25  pounds,  case  and  contents. — When  the  glued- 
ply  fiber  board  or  pulpboard  used  in  making  cases  is  not  less  than 
0.08  inch  in  thickness,  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  200  pounds 
to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and  the  outside  dimensions  of  the 
case  (length,  width,  and  depth)  added,  do  not  exceed  45  inches,  the 
gross  weight  of  the  case  and  its  contents  shall  not  exceed  25  pounds. 

14.  When  the  solid-fiber  millboard  composed  of  not  less  than  50 
per  cent  sulphite  fiber  used  in  making  cases  is  not  less  than  0.08 
inch  in  thickness,  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  240  pounds 
to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and  the  outside  dimensions  of  the 
case  (length,  width,  and  depth)  added,  do  not  exceed  45  inches,  the 
gross  weight  of  the  case  and  its  contents  shall  not  exceed  25  pounds: 
Provided,  however,  That  the  two  ends  shall  consist  of  scored  and 
flanged  solid-fiber  millboard  not  less  than  0,08  inch  in  thickness, 
having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  240  pounds  to  the  square  inch, 
Mullen  test,  and  each  of  these  heads  or  ends  shall  be  reinforced  by  a 
straight,  unflanged  piece  of  solid-fiber  millboard  of  the  same  thick- 
ness and  strength  as  the  heads  or  ends.  The  reinforcing  board  shall 
be  secm"ed  to  the  case  ends  by  metal  stitching  around  the  edges  and 
through  the  center  spaced  not  more  than  3  inches  apart. 

15.  Weight  limit  40  pounds,  case  and  contents. — When  the  glued- 
ply  fiber  board  or  pulpboard  used  in  making  cases  is  not  less  than 
0.10  inch  in  thickness,  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  275  pounds 
to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and  the  outside  dimensions  of  the 
case  (length,  width,  and  depth)  added,  do  not  exceed  55  inches,  the 
gi-oss  weight  of  the  case  and  its  contents  shall  not  exceed  40  pounds. 

16.  When  the  solid-fiber  millboard  composed  of  not  less  than  50 
per  cent  sulphite  fiber  used  in  making  cases  is  not  less  than  0.08 
inch  in  thickness,  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  320  pounds 
to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and  the  outside  dimensions  of  the 
case  (length,  width,  and  depth)  added,  do  not  exceed  55  inches,  the 


196  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec  6. 

^ross  weight  of  the  case  and  its  contents  shall  not  exceed  40  pounds: 
Provided,  however,  That  the  two  ends  skall  consist  of  scored  and 
flanged  solid-fiber  millboard  not  less  than  0.08  mch  in  thickness, 
having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  320  pounds  to  the  square  inch, 
Million  tost,  and  each  of  these  heads  or  ends  shall  be  reinforced  by  a 
straight,  unflanged  piece  of  solid  fiber  board  of  the  same  thickness 
and  strength  as  the  heads  or  ends.  The  reinforcing  board  shall  be 
secured  to  the  case  ends  by  metal  stitching  around  the  edges  and 
through  the  center  spaced  not  more  than  3  inches  apart. 

17.  Weight  limit  60  pounds,  case  and  contents. — Wlien  the  glued- 
ply  fiber  board  or  pulpboard  used  in  making  cases  is  not  less  than 
0.10  inch  in  thickness,  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  275  pounds 
to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and  an  inner  liner  of  glued-pl}^  fiber 
board  or  pulpboard  is  arranged  and  constructed  to  closely  fit  inside 
the  case,  this  liner  having  a  thickness  of  not  less  than  0.06  inch,  and 
a  resistance  of  not  less  than  175  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test^ 
and  the  outside  dimensions  of  the  case  (length,  width,  and  depth) 
added,  do  not  exceed  60  inches,  the  gross  weight  of  the  case  and  its 
contents  shall  not  exceed  60  pounds.  The  liner  must  be  made  in 
one  piece  of  fiber  board  or  pulpboard,  with  side  lap  not  less  than  2 
inches  wide.  Four  head  laps  not  less  than  13^2  inches  wide,  with 
mitered  corners,  shall  be  fitted  to  the  liner  at  each  end. 

18.  When  the  solid-fiber  millboard  composed  of  not  less  than  50 
per  cent  sulphite  fiber  used  in  making  cases  is  not  less  than  0.09 
inch  in  thickness,  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  375  pounds  to 
the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and  the  outer  dimensions  of  the  case 
(length,  Nudth,  and  depth)  added,  do  not  exceed  60  inches,  the  gross 
weight  of  the  case  and  its  contents  shall  not  exceed  60  pounds: 
Provided,  hov:>ever,  That  the  two  ends  shall  consist  of  scored  and 
flanged  solid-fiber  millboard  not  less  than  0.08  inch  in  thickness, 
having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  320  pounds  to  the  square  inch, 
Mullen  test,  and  each  of  these  heads  or  ends  shall  be  reinforced  by  a 
straight,  unflanged  piece  of  solid-fiber  millboard  of  0.09  inch  in  thick- 
ness and  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  375  pounds  to  the  square  inch, 
Mullen  test.  The  reinforcing  board  shall  be  secured  to  the  case  ends 
by  metal  stitching  around  the  edges  and  through  the  center  spaced 
not  mf)re  tlian  .'J  inches  apart. 

TRANSVERSE    UIAPHRAOM. 

19.  All  cases  constructed  of  solid-fiber  millboard,  which  is  com- 
posed of  not  less  than  50  per  cent  sulphite  fiber,  that  have  a  total 
weiglit,  case  and  contents,  exceeding  30  pounds,  shall  have  placed 
transversely  in  the  center  of  their  length  a  diaphragm  or  division  with 
scored  and  flanged  connection  to  the  sides,  top,  and  bottom  of  said 


SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  197 

Spec.  6. 

case.  This  intermediate  transverse  diaphragm  shall  be  composed  of 
solid-fiber  millboard  not  less  than  0.08  inch  in  thickness,  having  a 
resistance  of  not  less  than  320  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test. 


CUTTING   AND   SCORING. 


20.  The  heads  of  all  glued-ply  fiber  board  or  pulpboard  cases  must 
be  formed  of  four  laps  of  length  within  ^  inch  of  short  dimension  of 
head.  When  the  short  dimension  of  head  is  greater  than  one-half  of 
the  long  dimension,  one  of  the  short-dixnension  laps  must  be  cut  at 
center  of  case  and  one  of  the  long-dimension  laps  must  be  scored  in 
the  center  to  bend  over  the  shortened  lap  or  the  short  dimension 
laps  may  be  cut  to  meet  in  a  close  joint  near  the  center  of  the  head. 

21.  Cases  constructed  of  glued-ply  fiber  board  or  pulpboard  or  of 
solid-fiber  millboard  composed  of  not  less  than  50  per  cent  sulphite 
fiber  must  be  creased,  not  cut,  to  produce  a  reinforcing  fillet  on  the 
inner  side  of  fold.  This  requirement  will  apply  alike  to  flanged  ends 
and  flanged  intermediate  transverse  diaphragms  as  well  as  to  the 
side  members. 


22.  The  side  lap  of  glued-ply  fiber  board  or  pulpboard  cases  must 
be  at  least  1}4  inches  wide,  double  stitched,  or  glued  and  stitched, 
with  flat  wire  not  less  than  J^  inch  wide  and  of  suitable  thickness, 
with  stitches  spaced  not  more  than  2}^  inches  apart.  Machine  used 
must  be  capable  of  driving  the  wire  through  the  fiber  board,  so  that 
the  stitching  when  completed  will  be  perfect. 

23.  Cases  constructed  of  solid  fiber  board  composed  of  not  less 
than  50  per  cent  sulphite  fiber,  where  the  weight  of  the  case  and  its 
contents  shall  not  exceed  30  pounds,  shall  have  the  side  lap  not  less 
than  1  inch  wide,  single-stitched  with  flat  wire  not  less  than  3^  inch 
wide  and  of  suitable  thickness,  with  stitches  spaced  not  more  than 
1  }/2  inches  apart.  Machine  used  must  be  capable  of  driving  the  wire 
through  the  solid-fiber  millboard,  so  that  the  stitching  when  completed 
will  be  perfect. 

24.  The  cases  constructed  of  solid-fiber  millboard  composed  of  not 
less  than  50  per  cent  sulphite  fiber,  where  the  weight  of  the  case  and 
its  contents  shall  exceed  30  pounds,  shall  have  the  side  lap  not  less 
than  1%  inches  wide,  double-stitched  with  flat  wire  not  less  than 
}/g  inch  wide  and  of  suitable  thickness,  with  stitches  spaced  not  more 
than  1  }4  inches  apart.  Machine  used  must  be  capable  of  driving  the 
wire  through  the  solid-fiber  millboard,  so  that  the  stitching  when 
completed  will  be  perfect. 

25.  Rivets,  if  equal  or  superior  in  strength  to  the  wire  stitching, 
may  be  used. 


jgg  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  6. 


CLOSING. 


26.  The  heads  of  all  glued-ply  fiber  board  or  pulpboard  cases  must 
be  closed  with  animal  glue  or  silicate  of  soda  coated  on  the  entire 
contact  surfaces. 

27.  Cases  constructed  of  solid-fiber  millboard  composed  of  not  less 
than  50  per  cent  sulphite  fiber  must  have  heads  flanged  out,  both 
flanges  being  stitched  to  the  case  (sides,  top,  and  bottom)  with  flat 
wire  not  less  than  ^  inch  wide  and  of  suitable  thickness  spaced  not 
more  than  IK  inches  apart.  The  width  of  flanges  on  heads  and 
diaphragms  must  not  be  less  than  1  inch,  including  the  fillet. 

28.  Rivets,  if  equal  or  superior  in  strength  to  the  wire  stitching, 
may  be  used. 

WEIGHT   LIMIT, 

29.  No  case  constructed  of  glued-ply  fiber  board,  pulpboard,  or 
solid-fiber  millboard  composed  of  not  less  than  50  per  cent  sulphite 
fiber,  may  be  used  as  a  container  for  the  transportation  of  matches 
that  has  an  aggregate  weight,  case  and  contents,  exceeding  60  pounds, 
or  is  of  such  size  that  the  sum  of  the  three  dimensions  (length,  width, 
and  depth)  exceeds  60  inches. 

DOUBLE-FACED    CORRUGATED    8TRAWBOARD    CASES. 

MATERIAL. 

30.  Double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  used  in  making  double- 
faced  strawboard  cases  must  be  made  of  corrugated  strawboard  with 
inner  and  outer  facings  of  fiber  board  or  pulpboard,  both  facings 
having  proper  bending  qualities,  firmly  glued  to  the  corrugated  sheet 
with  the  outer  facings  waterproofed. 

.31.  Weight  limit  25  pounds,  case  and  contents. — When  the  outer 
facing  of  the  double-faced  corrugated  straw^board  is  not  less  than 
0.018  inch  in  thickness,  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  85  pounds 
to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and  the  inner  facing  is  not  less  than 
0.018  inch  in  thickness,  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  85  pounds 
to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  the  combined  board  having  a  resist- 
ance of  not  less  than  200  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test, 
and  the  outside  (Hmonsions  of  the  case  (length,  width,  and  depth) 
added,  do  not  exceed  45  inches,  the  gross  weight  of  the  case  and  its 
contents  shall  not  oxreed  25  pounds 

32,  Weight  limit  40  pounds,  case  and  contents. — When  the  outer 
facing  of  the  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  is  not  less  than 
0.018  inch  in  thickness,  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  85  pounds 
to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and  the  inner  facing  is  not  less  than 
0.018  inch  in  thickness,  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  85  poimds 
to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  the  combined  board  having  a  resist- 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  199 

Spec.  6. 

ance  of  not  less  than  200  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and 
an  inner  liner  of  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  is  arranged  and 
constructed  to  closely  fit  inside  the  case,  this  liner  having  a  resistance 
of  not  less  than  175  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and  the 
outside  dimensions  of  the  case  (length,  width,  and  depth)  added, 
do  not  exceed  55  inches,  the  gross  weight  of  the  case  and  its  contents 
shall  not  exceed  40  pounds. 

The  liner  shall  be  made  in  one  piece  of  double-faced  corrugated 
strawboard,  fitting  closely  inside  the  case  as  a  lining  of  those  four 
sides  of  the  case  not  formed  by  the  closing  flaps,  with  side  lap  not  less 
than  23^  inches  wide;  the  side  lap  may  be  omitted  provided  the 
juncture  of  the  two  ends  of  the  liner  consists  of  a  closely  fitted  butt 
joint,  which  must  be  located  near  the  center  of  one  of  the  sides  and 
not  along  an  edge  of  the  case.  Four  head  laps,  not  less  than  1^ 
inches  wide,  with  mitered  corners,  shall  be  fitted  to  the  liner  at  each 
end. 

33.  Weight  limit  60  pounds,  case  and  contents. — When  the  outer 
facing  of  the  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  is  not  less  than 
0.018  inch  in  thickness,  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  85  pounds 
to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and  the  inner  facing  is  not  less  than 
0.018  inch  in  thickness,  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  85  pounds 
to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  the  combined  board  having  a  resistance 
of  not  less  than  200  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and  an 
inner  liner  of  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  is  arranged  and 
constructed  to  closely  fit  inside  the  case,  this  liner  having  a  resistance 
of  not  less  than  200  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and  the 
outside  dimensions  of  the  case  (length,  width,  and  depth)  added,  do 
not  exceed  60  inches,  the  gross  weight  of  the  case  and  its  contents 
shall  not  exceed  60  pounds. 

The  liner  shall  be  made  in  one  piece  of  double-faced  corrugated 
strawboard,  fitting  closely  inside  the  case  as  a  lining  of  those  four 
sides  of  the  case  not  formed  by  the  closing  flaps,  with  side  lap  not 
less  than  2>^  inches  wide;  the  side  lap  may  be  omitted  provided 
the  junctm-e  of  the  two  ends  of  the  liner  consists  of  a  closely  fitted 
butt  joint,  which  must  be  located  near  the  center  of  one  of  the  sides 
and  not  along  an  edge  of  the  case.  Four  head  laps,  not  less  than  1  % 
inches  wide,  with  mitered  corners,  shall  be  fitted  to  the  liner  at  each 
end. 

DETAILS    OF   CONSTRUCTION. 

34.  Each  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  case  shall  be  made 
out  of  one  piece  of  material.  The  edge  connection  of  the  side  to  the 
end  must  be  close  fitting  and  be  secured  by  a  single  cloth  or  sealing 
strip  not  less  than  2  inches  in  width  and  having  a  resistance  of  not  less 
than  85  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  extending  the  entire 


200  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  6. 

length  of  the  seam  and  secured  by  animal  glue  to  the  box.  Double- 
cloth  seaUng  strips  may  be  used  if  the  inner  strip  is  made  not  less  than 
1 1  -i  inches  wide  and  the  outer  strip  not  less  than  2)4  inches  wide,  each 
cloth  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  60  pounds  to  the  square  inch, 
Mullen  test,  each  thickness  extending  the  entire  length  of  the  seam, 
the  inner  being  firmly  glued  to  the  case,  and  the  outer  being  efficiently 
and  firmly  glued  to  the  inner  cloth  and  to  the  case. 

35.  The  heads  of  all  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  cases 
with  a  weight  limit  not  exceeding  25  pounds,  case  and  contents,  must 
be  formed  with  four  flaps,  each  pair  of  flaps  butting  at  approximately 
the  center  lino  of  the  head.  Cases  with  a  weight  of  over  25  pounds 
but  not  over  40  pounds,  case  and  contents,  must  have  the  two  inner 
flaps  butt  at  the  center  line  of  the  head  and  the  tw^o  outer  flaps  each 
cover  the  entire  head.  Cases  with  a  weight  of  over  40  pounds  but  not 
over  60  pounds,  case  and  contents,  must  have  both  inner  and  outer 
flaps  cover  the  entire  area  of  the  head:  Provided,  That  cases  with  a 
weight  of  over  25  pounds  but  not  over  60  pounds,  case  and  contents, 
may  consist  of  two  complete  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard 
cases,  one  fitted  closely  inside  the  other,  the  inner  case  made  of  double- 
faced  corrugated  strawboard  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  175 
pounds  to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  and  the  outer  case  made  of 
double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  having  a  resistance  of  not  less 
than  200  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  fully  complying  wath 
these  requirements  and  specifications,  and  with  the  heads  of  each  case 
formed  with  four  flaps,  each  pair  of  flaps  butting  at  the  center  line  of 
the  head :  Provided  further,  That  cases  with  a  weight  of  over  25 
pounds  but  not  over  60  pounds,  case  and  contents,  having  top  and 
bottom  pads  of  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  having  a  resist- 
ance of  not  less  than  175  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  Mullen  test, 
covering  the  entire  top  and  bottom  of  the  case,  may  have  both  inner 
and  outer  flaps  butting  at  approximately  the  center  line  of  the  head,  * 
each  pair  of  flaps  meeting  to  form  a  close  joint. 


36.  Heads  must  be  closed  with  animal  glue  or  silicate  of  soda  coated 
on  the  entire  contact  surfaces  of  the  top  and  bottom  pads  and  of  all 
the  flaps, 

WEIGHT   LIMIT. 

37.  No  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  case  may  be  used  as 
a  container  for  the  transportation  of  matches  that  has  an  aggregate 
weight,  case  and  contents,  exceeding  00  pounds,  or  is  of  such  size  that 
the  sum  f)f  its  three  dimensions  (length,  width,  and  depth)  exceeds 
CO  inches. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  201 

Spec.  6. 
MISCELLANEOUS    TYPES    OF    CASES. 

38.  Types  of  packing  cases  other  than  those  herein  discussed  are 
approved,  provided  they  conform  to  the  following  requirements: 

39.  Wooden  nailed  cases  are  approved,  provided  that  they  conform 
to  all  the  requirements  before  specified  for  wooden  lock-cornered  cases 
with  the  omission  of  the  lock-corner  requirements,  and  with  the  fol- 
lowing exceptions:  The  heads,  top,  and  bottom  to  be  made  ^  inch 
thicker,  and  the  sides  ^  inch  thicker  than  the  scantlings  before  speci- 
fied for  lock-cornered  cases. 

40.  Wooden  nailed  cases  will  be  approved  when  they  conform  to  all 
requirements  before  specified  for  wooden  lock-cornered  cases  with  the 
omission  of  the  lock-corner  construction  and  without  increasing  the 
thickness  of  the  scantlings,  provided  the  cases  are  constructed  with 
vertical  and  horizontal  cleats  on  the  ends;  cleats  to  be  at  least  three- 
quarters  as  thick  as  the  material  specified  for  the  ends  of  the  lock- 
corner  cases  and  not  less  than  1]/^  inches  wide. 

41.  All  wooden  nailed  cases  having  a  weight,  case  and  contents,  ex- 
ceeding 55  pounds,  must  have  the  connection  of  the  heads  to  the  sides, 
top,  and  bottom,  metal  strapped,  the  metal  bands  being  ^  inch  wide, 
with  nails  spaced  5  inches  apart.  Intermediate  nails  must  be  worked 
connecting  the  sides,  top,  and  bottom  to  said  heads,  making  the 
spacing  of  fastening  not  more  than  2  ^-inch  centers.  The  nail  spacing 
on  cases  under  50  pounds  shall  under  no  condition  exceed  3  inches 

42.  Wire  or  metal  bonnd  cases  made  with  metal  or  wooden  end 
frames  that  are  securely  connected  to  the  sides,  top,  and  bottom,  are 
approved,  provided  the  scantlings  are  in  thickness  and  strength 
equal  to  or  in  excess  of  those  required  for  the  wire-bound  cases  before 
described  and  the  following  requirements  are  complied  with: 

Wire  or  metal  encircling  bands  must  be  securely  fastened  to  the 
sides,  top,  and  bottom  of  the  case  as  before  specified  for  wire-bound 
cases,  and  the  tensile  strength  of  said  wire  or  straps  and  strength  of 
staple  shall  be  at  least  equal  to  that  specified  for  wire-bound  cases. 

No  fiber  board  shall  be  used  for  the  sides,  top,  bottom,  or  ends  of 
wire-bound  cases  unless  the  resistance  of  said  board,  Mullen  test,  is 
50  per  cent  in  excess  of  the  combined  fiber  board  case  and  its  inner 
liner  before  described  under  the  designation  of  "  Fiber  board  cases." 

43.  Fiber  board  cases  with  flanged  heads  or  ends  are  approved, 
provided  said  flanged  heads  or  ends  are  composed  of  material  having 
a  resistance,  Mullen  test,  50  per  cent  in  excess  of  that  of  the  sides, 
with  the  inner  mantle  specified  under  the  heading  of  "Fiber  board 
cases."  All  heads  or  ends  must  have  the  flanges  project  outward, 
both  flanges  being  metal-sewed  to  the  case  sides,  top  and  bottom. 
The  width  of  the  flange  shall  not  be  less  than  1  inch  in  the  clear, 
excluding  the  fillet. 

66620°— 22 14 


OQO  rNTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  7. 

44.  Fiber  board  cases  may  be  fitted  A^ath  wooden  frames  for  the 
heads  or  ends,  but  under  these  conditions  the  head  frames  shall  not 
be  loss  than  those  specified  for  wire-bound  cases,  and  the  fiber  board 
shall  not  be  less  in  thickness  and  strength  than  that  specified  for  fiber 
board  cases,  with  the  exception  that  the  heads  shall  have  a  resistance^ 
Mullen  test,  50  per  cent  in  excess  of  that  required  for  the  sides,  top^ 
and  bottom,  including  the  inner  liner,  wherever  specified. 

45.  Fiber  board  cases  complying  with  the  requirements  of  para- 
graphs 1.  2,  3,  4,  5,  12,  13,  15,  17,  and  29  of  this  specification  are 
approved  when  made  as  follows: 

The  body  of  the  case  shall  be  made  of  one  piece  and  shall  be  closed 
by  a  flap,  in  width  not  less  than  one-half  the  depth  of  the  case,  this 
flap  to  extend  from  the  top  of  the  case  down  over  the  side  and  to  be 
firmly  glued  in  place  with  animal  glue  after  filling  the  case. 

Each  head  shall  be  formed  of  four  flaps  fitted  to  the  body  by  flanges. 
Material  used  in  the  head  flap  shall  be  the  same  thickness  and 
strength  as  that  used  for  the  body.  The  width  of  the  flanges  shall 
not  be  less  than  1  inch,  excluding  the  fillet.  The  flanges  shall  be 
metal-sewed  to  the  body  by  stitches  of  flat  wire  not  less  than  -^  inch 
wide,  which  shall  not  be  less  than  1^4  inches  apart,  center  to  center. 

The  flaps  flanged  to  the  sides  of  the  case  shall  both  be  the  full 
size  of  the  end  of  the  case. 

The  flaps  flanged  to  top  and  bottom  of  the  case  may  be  of  general 
triangular  shape,  but  must  extend  from  the  flange  not  less  than 
^  inch  along  the  sides  of  the  case. 

All  four  head  flaps  shall  be  securely  fastened  together  at  the 
center  of  the  end  of  the  case  by  a  1 3^-inch  screw  fastener,  consisting 
of  metal  plug  and  cap. 

METAL    CANS. 

46.  Metal  cans  made  of  not  less  than  commercial  107-pound  tin 
plate,  and  of  liquid  capacity  not  to  exceed  5  gallons,  are  approved  as 
containers  for  block,  card,  or  book  matches,  provided  the  cans  are 
sound  and  well  soldered  at  all  joints  and  seams,  and  provided  that 
after  matches  are  packed  therein  the  cans  are  securely  closed  by 
soldering  so  as  to  supply  an  air-tight  package. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.   7. 

STEEL   CYLINDERS. 

For  i)roviHions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 

requirementa  in  Freight,  Express,  and  Baggage  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 
MATERIAL. 

1.   (a)  Cylinders  must  be  made  of  open-hearth  steel. 
Cylind<'rs  made  in  foreign  countries  must  not  be  used  in  domestic 
traffic  in  the  United  States  until  a  chemical  analysis  of  material  and 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  203 

Spec.  7. 

tests,  as  specified  in  paragraphs  1,  2,  5,  10,  and  11,  have  been  carried 
out  within  the  hmits  of  the  United  States  and  under  the  supervision 
of  a  competent  and  disinterested  inspector  approved  by  the  Bureau 
of  Explosives. 

(b)  Chemical  analysis: 

Per  cent. 

Carbon 0. 06  to  0. 20 

Phosphorus  (not  to  exceed) .04 

Sulphur  (not  to  exceed) .05 

2.  The  chemical  analysis  must  be  verified  by  check  analyses  made 
on  samples  taken  from  1  out  of  each  order  or  lot  of  200  or  less  plates, 
shells,  or  tubes  from  which  the  cylinders  are  to  be  made:  Provided, 
That  one  analysis  from  any  one  heat  of  steel  is  sufficient:  Provided 
further,  That  the  phosphorus  and  sulphur  content  as  determined  by 
the  check  chemical  analysis,  may  be  accepted  up  to  but  not  ex- 
ceeding 20  per  cent  more  than  the  amount  specified  above,  but  this 
should  not  apply  to  the  original  mill  analysis. 

INSPECTION    OF   MATERIAL. 

3.  All  plates,  shells,  or  tubes  from  which  cylinders  are  to  be  made 
must  be  carefully  inspected  before  being  made  up  into  cylinders,  and 
those  which  show  cracks,  laminations,  or  other  defects  must  be 
rejected. 

ANNEALING. 

4.  All  seamless  cylinders  must  be  uniformly  and  properly  annealed. 
All  steel  from  which  cylinders  (not  seamless)  are  to  be  made  must 

be  uniformly  and  properly  annealed  after  any  hot  or  cold  drawing 
process  or  after  any  cold-rolling  process.  If  not  drawn  or  cold 
roUed,  it  must  be  capable  of  bending  on  itself  cold,  without  cracking. 
Cylinders  rejected,  due  to  failure  in  the  flattening,  physical,  or 
hydrostatic  tests,  may  be  reannealed.  The  cylinders  must,  subse- 
quent to  this  reannealing  process,  be  subjected  to  and  pass  all  of 
the  requirements  of  the  flattening,  physical,  and  hydrostatic  tests  in 
order  to  be  accepted:  Provided,  That  when  crop  ends  or  rings  are 
authorized  for  the  original  flattening  tests,  the  subsequent  tests  of 
this  character  shall  be  made  on  one  cylinder  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or 
less. 

PHYSICAL   TEST. 

5.  The  material  from  which  the  cylinders  are  made  must  have 
an  elastic  limit  of  not  more  than  45,000  pounds  per  square  inch. 
This  must  be  verified  by  check  tests  on  specimens  cut  from  1  out  of 
each  order  or  lot  of  200  or  less  of  the  plates,  tubes,  shells,  or  finished 
cylinders.  If  the  material  has  been  hot  or  cold  dra\\Ti  or  cold  rolled, 
tbese  tests  must  be  made  after  the  final  annealing  required  by 
paragraph  4. 


204  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spt-r.  7. 

OPENINGS    FOR    CONNECTIONS. 

6.  The  length  of  thread  for  connections,  such  as  valves,  fuse- 
plugs,  gauge,  etc.,  must  be  equal  to  the  standard  lengths  specified  for 
different  sizes  of  pipe  thread  tappings. 

Standard  taper  pipe  threads  must  be  employed  on  all  threading 
for  connections  to  cylinder,  and  these  connections  must  be  tapped 
to  gauge  with  clean-cut  threads,  so  as  to  insure  tight  joints. 

PROTECTION   OF   CONNECTIONS. 

7.  When  a  cylinder  to  contain  inflammable  gas  is  not  to  be  boxed 
or  crated  for  shipment,  the  safety  and  discharge  valves  and  other 
connections  must  be  made  safe  from  injury  during  transit:  (1)  By 
being  set  into  a  recess  of  the  cylinder  so  that  it  will  be  impossible  for 
them  to  be  struck  if  the  cylinder  is  dropped  on  a  flat  surface;  or  (2) 
by  a  cap  or  collar,  fastened  to  the  cylinder  (not  to  the  valve  or 
connection),  this  cap  or  collar  to  be  capable  of  withstanding  a  blow, 
delivered  in  an}^  direction,  of  a  30-pound  weight  falling  4  feet,  and 
constructed  so  that  this  blow  will  not  be  transmitted  to  the  valve  or 
connection;  or  (3)  by  such  construction  of  the  valves  and  connec- 
tions that  they  will  withstand  a  test  consisting  of  standing  the 
cylinder  upright  on  its  base  and  gradually  tipping  it  over,  allowing 
it  to  fall  so  that  the  end  of  the  valve  or  connection  will  strike  on  a 
block  of  some  unyielding  substance,  such  as  stone  or  iron  (not  wood). 
The  block  must  be  so  arranged  that  the  end  of  the  valve  or  connec- 
tion will  strike  the  block  just  before  the  side  of  the  cylinder  strikes 
the  floor  or  ground.  No  leak  must  develop  under  this  t-est.  During 
the  test  indicated  in  (3)  above,  the  cylinder  must  contain  compressed 
air  or  gas  under  a  pressure  of  at  least  50  pounds  per  square  inch,  and 
the  absence  of  leakage  after  the  test  is  completed  must  be  verifled 
by  application  of  soap-suds,  or  by  other  suitable  method. 

MAXIMUM    PERMITTED    CHARGING    PRESSURE. 

8.  Tlic  maximum  permitted  charging  pressure  must  not  exceed 
300  poniids  per  scjuare  inch  corresponding  to  a  temperature  of  70°  F. 

MARKING. 

0.  iCach  cylinder  must  be  plainly  marked  by  etching  on  the  shell, 
or  by  means  of  n  plate  soldered  to  the  cylinder,  or  by  stamping  into 
the  metal  of  tlic  cylinder,  as  follows: 

(a)  A  serial  number. 

^6)  The  marking  ICC— 7  ***;  the  stars  to  be  replaced  by  figures 
indi.-ating  the  charging  pressure  for  which  the  cylinder  is  designed. 
This  marking  must  be  placed  immediately  above  the  serial  numbe'r. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  205 

Spec.  7. 

(c)  The  name  or  initials  of  the  company  or  person  for  whose  use 
the  cyUnders  are  being  made. 

id)  The  date  of  manufacture  (month  and  year);  for  example, 
4-21,  to  indicate  April,  1921;  this  should  be  applied  in  such  position 
that  the  date  of  subsequent  tests  may  be  easily  added  thereto. 

(e)  If  the  foregoing  marking  is  applied  by  etching  or  by  means  of 
a  plate,  then  the  marking  specified  in  (a),  (c),  and  {d)  must  also  be  per- 
manently stamped  into  the  metal  of  the  cylinder  on  or  near  the  head. 

(/)  All  of  the  foregoing  marking  must  be  applied  in  letters  and 
figures  at  least  J^  inch  high. 

The  marking  I.C.C. — 7 — ***  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the 
package  complies  with  all  of  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  par- 
ticular article  contained  therein, 

STANDARD    PRESSURE    TEST. 

10.  One  completed  cylinder  selected  at  random  out  of  every  lot 
of  200  or  less,  must  be  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  test  in  a  water 
jacket,  or  other  apparatus  of  suitable  form  to  furnish  reliable  data, 
to  an  official  test  pressure  of  not  less  than  three  times  the  maximum 
permitted  charging  pressure  per  square  inch,  corresponding  to  a 
temperature  of  70°  F.  The  permanent  volumetric  expansion  must 
not  exceed  10  per  cent  of  the  total  volumetric  expansion  at  this 
pressure. 

No  pressure  in  excess  of  100  pounds  per  square  inch  shall  be 
applied  to  the  cylinder  previous  to  this  test,  except  that  a  pressure 
of  100  pounds  less  than  the  official  test  pressure  may  be  applied  once 
previous  to  the  official  test  for  the  purpose  of  rounding  out  the 
cylinder. 

In  the  hydrostatic  test  the  water  gauge  indicating  the  expansion 
must  be  of  such  interior  diameter  that  the  total  expansion  will 
cause  the  water  to  rise  at  least  45  centimeters  in  the  gauge,  except 
when  this  will  make  the  interior  diameter  less  than  4  millimeters; 
the  pressure  must  be  applied  for  not  less  than  30  seconds  and  as 
much  longer  as  may  be  necessary  to  insure  complete  expansion  of 
the  cylinder.  The  expansion  must  be  recorded  in  terms  of  cubic 
centimeters. 

If  this  cylinder  fails  to  pass  this  test,  two  others  from  the  same 
lot  may  be  selected  at  random,  and  these  two  must  pass  the  test  in 
order  to  have  the  lot  accepted. 

If  the  lot  of  cylinders  is  rejected  under  the  above  test,  the  manu- 
facturer may  have  the  privilege  of  testing  each  of  the  remaining 
cylinders  of  the  lot  in  the  manner  indicated  above,  and  those  cylin- 
ders which  pass  the  test  may  be  accepted. 


206  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  7. 

SERVICE    PRESSURE    TEST. 

11.  Each  completed  cylinder  before  being  put  into  service  must 
be  subjected  to  a  uniform  pressure  of  not  less  than  two  times  the 
maximum  permitted  cliarging  pressure  per  square  inch,  corre- 
sponding to  a  temperature  of  70°  F.,  and  must  not  show  any  defect 
under  this  test. 

INSPECTION. 

12.  The  purchaser  must  provide  for  the  inspection  of  all  material 
and  all  tests  by  a  competent  inspector,  and  a  report  must  be  made 
as  provided  in  paragraph  13  of  this  specification  to  the  maker,  to  the 
purchaser,  and  to  the  chief  inspector  of  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30 
Vesey  Street,  New  York  City. 

FORMS   FOR   REPORTS. 

13.  The  report  required  by  paragraph  12  must  be  submitted  in  the 

following  form: 

(Place) 

(Date) 

Report  of  inspection  of cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Manufactured  by  the ^ Company. 

Inspected  for  the Company. 

These  cylinders  were  manufactured  as  follows:   ' 

The  steel  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  complies  with  the  require- 
ments of  paragraphs  2  and  5  of  specification  No.  7  as  to  chemical  analysis  and  physical 
characterL<tic8  a.s  will  be  observed  from  the  certificate  of  the  manufacturer  of  the  steel 
attached  here  to. - 

A  sample  was  .selected  at  random  from  the  steel  used  in  the  manufacture  of  each  order 
or  lot  of  200  or  les.s  of  the.«e  cylinders  and  a  check  chemical  analysis  was  made.  The 
report  thereof  it*  attached  hereto. 

A  sample  was  selected  at  random  from  each  order  or  lot  of  200  or  less  of  the  (plates) — 
(tubes) — (shells) — (fini.-hed  cylinders)^  and  a  check  physical  test  was  made.     The 
report  thereof  is  attached  hereto. 
'     The  (plates; — (tubes) — (shells) '  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  were 

inBpe<ted  by ,  and  those  which  were  accepted  were  found  free 

from  ."eams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which  might  prove  injurious  to  the 
strength  of  the  <  ylinder. 

The  walL-^  were  measured  with  a  pair  of  calipers  and  the  minimum  thickness  of  the 
wall  iKJted  was 

Une  cylinder  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  was  selected  at  random  and  was  subjected 

to  a  hydrostatic  pressure  of pounds  per  square  inch,  in  the  presence  of  the 

inspector.     A  rounding-out  pressure  of  pounds  per  square  inch  (was) — 

(was  not)  '•'  applied.     The  record  of  these  tests  is  attached  hereto. 


I 


'  8tat«  as  to  whether  seamless,  or  seamless  body  with  heads  brazed  in,  or  brazed  throughout,  or  welded 
throughout,  etc. 

•  This  a-rllfleiile  may  be  in  aoy  form, but  must  include  acomplete,  definitesiatemenlas  to  the  requiro- 
ment.H  which  the  .steel  complies  with. 

*  Druw  u  line  through  the  words  not  required. 


SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  pressure  of  . 
pounds  per  square  inch  and  showed  no  defect. 
Each  and  every  cylinder  was  plainly  and  permanently  marked  as  follows:  * 


207 

Spec.  7. 


Stamped  into  metal  of  cylinder. 

Applied  to  cylinder  by  plate  or  etching. 

I  hereby  certify  that  these  cylinders  proved  satisfactory  in  every  way  and  comply 
with  the  requirements  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  specification  No.  7. 


Inspector. 


(Place) 


(Date) 

Record  of  chemical  analysis  of  steel  for  cylinders. 

Nximbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Test  No. 

Melt  No. 

Cylinders 
represented 

by  test 
(serial  Nos.). 

Chemical  analysis. 

Remarks. 

C 

P 

s 

1 

1 

•  -1 

I 

1 

j 

I 

i 

1 

t -  ,--     - 

(Signed) 


(Place) 


(Date) 

Record  of  physical  tests  of  material  in  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


<  Insert  reproduction  of  marking.    See  par.  9.    Serial  numbers  and  other  data  that  vary  for  each  cylin- 
der may  be  indicated  by  words  such  as  "  Serial  Nos.  100  to  300,"  etc. 


208 

Spec  8. 


INTERSTATE  COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


,^„y"°!|f".       Elastic  limit 
Test  No.        '"^'"t^i***       (pounds  per 

T,^^ilt          Elongation 
strength             fnercent 

square  inch). 

Reduction  of 

area 
(per  cent). 

Flattening 
test. 

1 

1 

■                                                  j                          1 

i                                                  1                          i 

* I                                                  1 

i                         '                         1                         1 

(Signed) 


(Place) 
(Date)  . 


Record  of  tests  on  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inolusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


^'J-J!i^;    Test  pressiu-e 

1 

Total 

expansion  '•> 

(c.  c). 

Permanent 

e.Tpansion  ^ 

(c.  c). 

Per  cent  ratio 

of  permanent 

expansion 

to  total 

expansion  s 

(c.c). 

Tare  weight « 

(pounds 
and  ounces). 

Test  date 

(month 

and  year). 

;                       i 

! 

(Signed) 


•  If  the  tests  arc  made  by  a  method  involving  the  measurement  of  the  amount  of  liquid  forced  into  the 
cylinder  by  the  te^  pressure,  then  the  basic  data  on  which  the  calculations  are  made,  such  as  the  pump 
factors,  temperature  of  liquid,  coefficient  of  compressibiUty  of  liquid,  etc.,  must  also  be  given. 

•  Including  valve  but  without  cap;  also  in  case  of  acetylene  cylinders  includes  filling  material  and  solvent . 


SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.   8. 
STEEL   CYLINDERS. 


i 


For  proNaeions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  the.«e  containers,  see  packing  re- 
quirements in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 
MATERIAL. 

1.  fa)  Cylinders  must  be  made  of  open-hearth  steel. 

C'vliiidcrs  iiiado  in  foreign  countries  must  not  bo  used  in  domestic 
traflic  in  the  United  States  until  a  chemical  analysis  of  material  and 
teste,  as  specified  in  paragraphs  1,  4,  13,  and  14,  have  been  carried 
out  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States  and  under  the  supervision 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  209 

Spec.  8. 

of  a  competent  and  disinterested  inspector  approved  by  the  Bureau 
of  Explosives. 

(6)  Chemical  analysis: 

Percent. 

Carbon 0. 06  to  0. 20 

Phosphorus  (not  to  exceed) .04 

Sulphur  (net  to  exceed) .05 

The  chemical  analysis  must  be  verified  by  check  analyses  made  on 
samples  taken  from  one  out  of  each  order  or  lot  of  200  or  less  plates, 
shells,  or  tubes  from  which  the  cylinders  are  to  be  made:  Provided, 
That  one  analysis  of  any  one  heat  of  steel  is  sufficient. 

INSPECTION    OF   MATERIAL. 

2.  All  plates,  shells,  or  tubes  from  which  cylinders  are  to  be  made 
must  be  carefully  inspected  before  being  made  up  into  cylinders,  and 
those  which  show  cracks,  laminations,  or  other  defects  must  be 
rejected. 

ANNEALING. 

3.  All  seamless  cylinders  must  be  uniformly  and  properly  annealed. 
All  steel  from  which  cylinders  (not  seamless)  are  to  be  made,  must 

be  uniformly  and  properly  annealed  after  any  hot  or  cold  drawing 
process  or  after  any  cold-rolling  process.  If  not  drawn  or  cold  rolled 
it  must  be  capable  of  bending  on  itself  cold,  without  cracking. 

Cylinders  rejected  due  to  fa  lure  in  the  flattening,  physical,  or 
hydrostatic  tests  may  be  reannealed.  The  cylinders  must,  subse- 
quent to  this  reannealing  process,  be  subjected  to  and  pass  all  of  the 
requirements  of  the  flattening,  physical,  and  hydrostatic  tests  in 
order  to  be  accepted:  Provided,  That  when  crop  ends  or  rings  are 
authorized  for  the  original  flattening  tests,  the  subsequent  tests  of 
this  character  shall  be  made  on  one  cylinder  out  of  each  lot  of  200 
or  less. 

PHYSICAL   TEST. 

4.  The  material  from  which  the  cylinders  are  made  must  have  an 
elastic  limit  of  not  more  than  45,000  pounds  per  square  inch.  This 
must  be  verified  by  check  tests  on  specimens  cut  from  one  out  of  each 
order  or  lot  of  200  or  less  of  the  plates,  tubes,  shells,  or  finished 
cylinders.  If  the  material  has  been  hot  or  cold  drawn  or  cold  rolled, 
these  tests  must  be  made  after  the  final  annealing  requii-ed  by 
paragraph  3. 

OPENINGS    FOR   CONNECTIONS. 

5.  The  length  of  thread  for  connections,  such  as  valves,  fuse-plugs, 
gauge,  etc.,  must  be  equal  to  the  standard  lengths  specified  for 
different  sizes  of  pipe-thread  tappings. 


210  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spft.  8. 

Standard  taper  pipe  threads  must  be  employed  on  all  threading  for 
connections  to  cylinder,  and  these  connections  must  be  tapped  to 
gauge  with  clean-cut  threads,  so  as  to  insure  tight  joints. 

PROTECTION    OF    CONNECTIONS. 

6.  When  a  cylinder  to  contain  inflammable  gas  is  not  to  be  boxed 
or  crated  for  shipment,  the  safety  and  discharge  valves  and  other 
connections  must  be  made  safe  from  injury  during  transit:  (1)  By 
being  set  into  a  recess  of  the  cylinder  so  that  it  will  be  impossible  for 
them  to  be  struck  if  the  cylinder  is  dropped  on  a  flat  surface;  or  (2) 
by  a  ventilated  cap  or  collar,  fastened  to  the  cylinder  (not  to  the 
valve  or  connection),  this  cap  or  collar  to  be  capable  of  withstanding  a 
blow,  delivered  in  any  direction,  of  a  30-pound  weight  falling  4  feet, 
and  constructed  so  that  this  blow  w^ill  not  be  transmitted  to  the  valve 
or  connection;  or  (3)  by  such  construction  of  the  valves  and  connec- 
tions that  they  will  withstand  four  successive  blows  delivered  by  a 
weight  of  30  pounds  falling  4  feet,  these  blows  to  strike  at  right 
angles  to  the  axis  of  valve  or  connection,  and  at  points  90  degrees 
apart,  without  any  leak  developing:  Provided,  That  if  there  is  any 
point  or  part  of  the  valve  or  connection  which  is  relatively  weak  or 
whose  injury  by  a  blow  would  be  liable  to  cause  leakage,  then  one 
of  the  above-mentioned  blows  must  strike  on  that  point  and  no  leak 
must  result.  During  the  test  indicated  in  (3)  above,  the  cylinder 
must  contain  compressed  air  or  gas  under  a  pressure  of  at  least  50 
pounds  per  square  inch.  The  blows  of  the  weight  must  strike  as 
nearly  at  the  end  of  the  valve  or  connection  as  may  be  possible,  and 
the  absence  of  leakage  after  the  test  is  completed  must  be  verified 
by  application  of  soap-suds,  or  by  other  suitable  method. 

FILLING. 

7.  Cylinders  must  be  completely  filled  with  a  porous  material  that 
has  been  tested  with  satisfactory  results  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives. 
This  porous  filling  must  be  thoroughly  dried  before  being  placed  in 
the  cylinders  and  must  be  assembled  so  as  to  leave  no  voids  within 
the  cylinder:  Provided,  That  a  moist  filling  poured  into  the  cylinder 
may  be  used  if  it  is  thoroughly  dried  and  made  free  from  water  and 
voids  before  the  cylinder  is  put  into  service. 

The  porous  filling  must  be  uniform  in  quality  and  the  porosity 
of  the  filling  shall  not  exceed  80  per  cent.  One  cylinder  shall  be 
taken  at  random  from  each  lot  of  200  cylinders  or  less  and  tested  for 
porosity.  If  the  selected  cylinder  fails  to  meet  the  test,  2  more 
cylinders  may  be  taken  at  random  from  the  lot,  and  these  2  must 
pass  the  test  in  order  to  have  the  lot  accepted. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  211 

Spec.  8. 

If  the  lot  of  cylinders  is  rejected  under  the  above  te»t  the  manu- 
facturer may  have  the  privilege  of  testing  each  of  the  remaining 
cylinders  of  the  lot  in  the  manner  indicated  above,  and  those  cylin- 
ders which  pass  the  test  may  be  accepted. 

In  the  case  of  cylinders  where  the  porous  material  is  molded  and 
dried  before  being  placed  in  the  cylinders,  the  porosity  test  thereof 
may  be  made  on  a  sample  block  taken  at  random  from  the  material 
to  be  used  for  filling  the  cylinders  in  the  lot.  If  the  sample  fails  to 
meet  the  test,  two  more  samples  may  be  taken  at  random  from  the 
lot  and  these  two  must  pass  the  test  in  order  to  have  the  lot  accepted. 

The  filling  must  possess  such  structure  as  to  render  impossible  any 
disintegration  or  sagging  when  wet  with  solvent. 

It  must  not  be  possible  to  explode  a  charged  cylinder  by  locally 
applied  heat. 

TARE    WEIGHT    DETERMINATION. 

8.  The  tare  weight  of  an  acetylene  cylinder  is  hereby  defined  as 
being  the  combined  weight  of  the  cylinder  proper,  the  porous  filling, 
the  valve  (but  without  the  cap) ,  and  the  necessary  amount  of  solvent. 

In  the  determination  of  the  weight  of  the  amount  of  solvent,  the 
calculations  must  be  based  upon  a  solvent  of  a  specific  gravity  of 
0.796  at  15.5°  C,  and  the  maximum  amount  of  the  solvent  shall  be 
determined  as  follows: 

When  the  porosity  of  the  filling  material  is  75  to  80  per  cent,  the 
amount  of  solvent  at  70°  F.  must  not  exceed  40  per  cent  by  volume 
of  the  water  capacity  of  the  cylinder  shell. 

When  the  porosity  of  the  filling  material  is  70  per  cent  up  to  but 
not  including  75  per  cent,  the  amount  of  solvent  at  70°  F.  must  not 
exceed  37.5  per  cent  by  volume  of  the  water  capacity  of  the  cylinder 
shell. 

When  the  porosity  of  the  filling  material  is  65  per  cent  up  to  but 
not  including  70  per  cent,  the  amount  of  solvent  at  70°  F.  must  not 
exceed  35  per  cent  by  volume  of  the  water  capacity  of  the  cylinder 
shell. 

The  original  solvent  put  into  an  acetylene  cylinder  must  in  no 
case  have  a  specific  gravity  less  than  0.796  at  15.5°  C. 

MAXIMUM    PERMITTED    CHARGING    PRESSURE. 

9.  The  maximum  permitted  charging  pressure  must  not  exceed 
250  pounds  per  square  inch  corresponding  to  a  temperature  of  70°  F. 

SAFETY    DEVICES. 

10.  Each  cylinder  must  be  fitted  with  one  or  more  safety  devices 
of  such  construction,  number,  and  location  as  may  be  approved  by 
the  Bureau  of  Explosives  pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  these 
regulations. 


212  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  8. 

CONSTRUCTION. 

11.  Cylinders  must  be  made  seamless  or  from  a  seamless  drawn 
body  with  one  or  both  heads  welded  in:  Provided,  That  side  seams 
made  by  the  forge-lap-weld  process  are  permitted:  Provided  further, 
That  the  brazing  in  of  heads  by  the  dipping  process  is  permitted. 

The  manufacture  of  the  cylinders  must  be  completed  with  the  best 
appliances  and  according  to  the  best  modern  methods.  All  finished 
cylinders  must  show  reasonably  smooth  and  uniform  p-  face  finish, 
inspection  of  inside  surface  to  be  made  before  closing;  the  thread 
of  the  cylinder  nock  must  be  even  and  without  checks  and  the  cylin- 
ders must  show  no  defects  of  workmanship  or  material  likely  to 
result  in  any  appreciable  weakness  of  the  finished  cylinder.  A  close 
inspection  of  each  completed  cylinder  must  be  made  before  accept- 
ance to  discover  any  defects. 

MARKING. 

12.  Each  completed  cylinder  must  be  plainly  and  permanently 
marked  by  stamping  into  the  metal  on  or  near  one  of  the  heads  in 
letters  and  figures,  not  less  than  3^  inch  high  for  cylinders  less  than 
4  inches  in  diameter  and  not  less  than  J-^  inch  high  for  cylinders  of 
4  inches  or  greater  diameter,  the  following  marking:* 

(a)  A  serial  number. 

(6)  The  date  of  service  pressure  test  made  pursuant  to  the  require- 
ments of  paragraph  14  of  this  specification  (month  and  year;  for 
example,  4-21  to  indicate  April,  1921). 

(c)  The  tare  weight  of  the  cylinder  in  pounds  and  ounces;  this 
shall  include  the  weight  of  the  cylinder  proper  with  porous  material, 
solvent,  and  valve,  but  without  cap. 

{d)  A  symbol  of  the  company  for  whose  use  the  cylinder  was 
originally  made ;  this  must  not  be  a  trade-mark  and  it  must  be  recorded 
with  and  approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street, 
New  York  City. 

(c)  The  marking  I,  C.  C.-8:  Provided,  That  this  marking  may  be 
placed  on  the  cylinder  by  etching  or  by  means  of  a  plate  soldered 
onto  the  cylinder  if  so  desired. 

Tlu!  marking  I.  C.  C.-8  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the 
package  complies  wjth  all  of  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 

•  II  tlM>  manufacturer  o(  the  shells  and  heads  does  not  complete  the  cylinders  to  a  point  including  the 
application  of  the  service  pressure  test,  he  may  mark  them  simply  with  an  identifying  marlc  such  that 
the  lots  can  Ijc  idcntincd  by  those  persons  compleliug  the  manufacture. 


I 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  213 

Spec.  8. 
STANDARD    PRESSURE    TEST. 

13.  One  completed  cylinder  selected  at  random  out  of  e\  erv  lot 
of  200  or  less  must  be  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  test  in  a  water 
jacket,  or  other  apparatus  of  suitable  form  to  furnish  reliable  data, 
to  an  official  test  pressure  of  not  less  than  750  pounds  per  square  inch. 
The  permanent  volumetric  expansion  must  not  exceed  10  per  cent  of 
the  total  volumetric  expansion  at  this  pressure. 

No  pressure  in  excess  of  650  poimds  per  square  inch  shall  be  applied 
to  the  cylinder  previous  to  this  test. 

In  the  hydrostatic  test  the  water  gauge  indicating  the  expansion 
must  be  of  such  interior  diameter  that  the  total  expansion  will  cause 
the  water  to  rise  at  least  45  centimeters  in  the  gauge,  except  when 
this  will  make  the  interior  diameter  less  than  4  millimeters ;  the  pres- 
sure must  be  applied  for  not  less  than  30  seconds  and  as  much  longer 
as  may  be  necessary  to  insure  complete  expansion  of  the  cylinder. 
The  expansion  must  be  recorded  in  terms  of  cubic  centimeters. 

If  this  cylinder  fails  to  pass  this  test,  two  others  from  the  same 
lot  may  be  selected  at  random,  and  these  two  must  pass  the  test  in 
order  to  have  the  lot  accepted. 

If  the  lot  of  cylinders  is  rejected  under  the  above  test,  the  manu- 
facturer may  have  the  privilege  of  testing  each  of  the  remaining 
cylinders  of  the  lot  in  the  manner  indicated  above,  and  those  cylinders 
which  pass  the  test  may  be  accepted. 

SERVICE    PRESSURE    TEST. 

14.  Each  completed  cylinder,  before  being  put  into  service,  must  be 
subjected  to  a  uniform  pressure  of  not  less  than  500  pounds  per  square 
inch,  and  must  not  show  any  defect  under  this  test. 

INSPECTION. 

15.  The  purchaser  must  provide  for  the  inspection  of  all  material 
and  all  tests  by  a  competent  inspector,  and  a  report  must  be  made,  as 
provided  in  paragraph  16  of  this  specification,  to  the  maker,  to  the 
purchaser,  and  to  the  chief  mspector  of  the  Bureau  of  Explosives, 
30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City. 

FORMS    FOR   REPORTS. 

16.  The  report  required  by  paragraph  15  must  be  submitted  in  the 

following  form: 

(Place) 

(Date)   

Report  of  inspection  of cylinders. 

Numbered to '  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inciioa  long. 

Manufactured  bv  the Company. 

Inspected  for  the Company. 


214  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  8. 

These  cylinders  were  manufactured  as  follows: ' 


The  ftoel  irom  which  these  cyliuders  were  manufactured  complies  with  the  reqtiire- 
ment,s  of  paragraphs  1  aud  4  of  specification  No.  8  as  to  chemical  analysis  and  physical 
characteristics,  as  will  be  observed  from  the  certificate  of  the  manufacturer  of  the  steel 
attached  hereto.* 

A  sample  was  selected  at  random  from  the  steel  used  in  the  manufacture  of  each 
order  or  lot  of  200  or  less  of  these  cylinders  aud  a  check  chemical  analysis  was  made. 
The  report  thereof  ie  attached  hereto. 

A  sample  was  selected  at  random  from  each  order  or  lot  of  200  or  less  of  the  (plates) — 
(tubes  (—(shells)— (finished  cylinders)  ^  and  a  check  physical  test  was  made.  The 
report  thereof  is  attached  hereto. 

The  (plates)— (tubes)— (shells)  ^  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  were 

inspected  by and  those  which  were  accepted  were 

found  free  from  seams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which  might  prove  injurious 
to  the  strength  of  the  cylinder. 

The  walbf  were  measured  with  a  pair  of  calipers  and  the  minimum  thickness  of 
wall  noted  was 

One  cylinder  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  was  selected  at  random  and  was  subjected 

to  a  hydrostatic  pressure  of pounds  per  square  inch,  in  the  presence  of  the 

inspector.     A  rounding-out  pressure  of pounds  per  square  inch  (was) — (was 

not)  ^  applied.     The  record  of  these  tests  is  attached  hereto. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  subjected  to  a  uniform  pressure  of pounds 

per  square  inch  and  showed  no  defect. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  has  been  completely  filled  with in  the  form 

of   The  porosity  of   the  fUling   is  between   per  cent  and 

per  cent  as  determined  from  tests  made  at  random. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  is  marked  with  the  date  of  test  and  with  the  tare  weight, 
as  per  records  attached  hereto. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  plainly  and  permanently  marked  as  follows:* 


i 


Stamped  into  body  or  head. 

On  plate  or  etched  on  body. 

I  hereby  certify  that  these  cylinders  proved  satisfactory  in  every  way  and  comply 
with  the  requirements  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  specification  No.  8. 


Inspector. 


I  State  a.s  to  whether  seamless,  or  seamless  body  with  heads  brazed  in,  or  brazed  throughout,  or  welded 
tbrouRhotit,  etc. 

•  ThLs  certlflcatc  may  be  in  any  form,  but  must  include  a  complete,  deDiuite statement  as  to  the  require- 
ment.s  which  the  gtoel  complies  with. 

•  I)raw  a  line  through  words  not  required. 

•  Insert  reprwliiction  of  marking.    Serial  numbers  and  other  data  that  vary  for  each  cylinder  may  be 
Indicated  by  wonls  such  as  "Serial  Nos.  100  to  300,"  or  "Tare  weights  various,"  etc. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS. 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  chemical  analysis  of  steel  for  cylinders. 

Numbered to 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by 

Made  by 


215 

Spec.  8. 


. .,  inclusive, 
-inches  long. 
Company. 


^^^ Company 


Test  No. 

Melt  No. 

Cylinders 
represented 

Dy  test 
(serial  Nos.). 

Chemical  analysis. 

C 

P 

S 

Remarks. 

(Signed) 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  physical  tests  of  material  in  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Test  No. 

Cylinders 
represented 

by  test 
(serial  Nos.). 

Elastic  limit 
(pounds  per 
square  inch). 

Tensile 

strength 

(pounds  per 

square  inch). 

Elongation 

(per  cent 

in  8  inches). 

Reduction  of 

area 

(per  cent). 

Flattening 
test. 

, 

(Signed) 


(Place) 
(Date). 


Record  of  tests  on cylinders. 

Nimabered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


216 

Spec's. 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


Serial  Noa. 

of  cylinders 

tested. 

Test  pressure 
(pounds). 

Total 

expansion* 

Ic.  c). 

Permanent 

expansion » 

(c.  c). 

Per  cent  ratio 

of  permanent 

expansion 

to  total 
expansion. 5 

Tare  weight « 

(pounds 
and  ounces). 

Test  date 

(month 

and  year). 

! 

1 

' 

1 

(Signed). 


'  If  the  t«sts  are  made  by  a  method  involving  the  measurement  of  the  amoimt  of  liquid  forced  into  the 
cylinder  by  the  test  pre.ssure,  then  the  basic  data  on  which  the  calculations  are  made,  such  as  the  pump 
factors,  temperature  of  liquid,  coefTicient  of  compressibility  of  liquid,  etc.,  must  also  be  given. 

•  Including  valve  but  without  cap;  also  in  case  of  acetylene  cylinders  includes  filling  material  and  solvent. 

Note. — The  last  two  colunms  shown  in  the  report  of  tests  on  cylinders,  may  be  reported  on  a  separate 
form  if  desired. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  9. 

WOODEN   BARRELS   AND   KEGS  (TIGHT). 

For  pro^•ieionB  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 
MATERIAL. 

1.  Material  from  which  the  barrel,  half  barrel,  or  keg  is  constructed 
must  be  white  oak  of  good  quality,  thoroughly  kiln-dried.  It  must 
be  free  from  seed  holes  and  rotten  sap. 

THICKNESS    OF    STAVES    AND   HEADS. 

2.  The  staves  and  heads  must  be  as  follows: 
ia)  For  barrels  (capacity  over  32  gallons  and  not  over  55  gallons), 

the  staves  in  the  finished  barrel  must  be  not  less  than  ^  inch  in  thick- 
ness. The  heads  must  be  not  less  than  1  inch  thick  in  the  finished 
barrel. 

(h)  For  half  barrels  and  kegs  (capacity  18  gallons  and  not  over  32 
galloiis),  the  staves  and  heads  must  be  not  less  than  5^  inch  in  thick- 
ness in  the  finished  container. 

ic)  For  kegs  (capacity  5  gallons  and  not  over  18  gallons),  the  staves 
and  heads  must  not  be  less  than  j\  inch  in  thickness  in  the  finished 
keg. 

id)  For  kegs  (capacity  under  5  gallons),  the  staves  and  heads  must 
not  be  less  than  >^  inch  in  thickness  in  the  finished  keg. 

HOOPS. 

3.  The  hoops  must  be  made  of  hoop  iron  and  must  be  not  less  in 
number  nor  smaller  in  size  than  the  following: 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  217 

Spec.  9. 

For  barrels  (capacity  over  32  gallons  and  not  over  55  gallons),  six 
hoops: 

Head  hoops,  1^  inches  by  16  gauge. 

Quarter  hoops,  13^^  inches  by  18  gauge. 

Bilge  hoops,  1^  inches  by  17  gauge. 
For  half  barrels  and  kegs  (capacity  over  18  gallons  and  not  over  32 
gallons) ,  six  hoops : 

Head  hoops,  Ij^  inches  by  19  gauge. 

Other  hoops,  1}4  inches  by  19  gauge. 
For  kegs  (capacity  over  5  gallons  and  not  over  18  gallons) ,  six  hoops: 

Head  hoops,  13^  inches  by  19  gauge. 

Other  hoops,  1%  inches  by  19  gauge. 
For  kegs  (capacity  not  over  5  gallons),  four  hoops: 

Head  hoops,  1  inch  by  20  gauge. 

Other  hoops,  J^  inch  by  21  gauge. 

INTERIOR    COATING 

4.  The  barrels,  half  barrels,  and  kegs  must  be  coated  on  the  inside 
with  glue,  asphaltum,  or  other  coating  suitable  to  prevention  of  leak- 
age of  the  contents.  When  glued,  there  must  be  used  at  least  two 
coats  of  good  commercial  glue  so  as  to  insure  a  uniform  covering  of  the 
inside  surface  and  averaging  in  total  at  least  one-half  pound  to  each 
barrel,  and  for  half  barrels  and  kegs  an  amount  proportional  to  their 
inside  surfaces. 

OPENINGS. 

5.  Bung-holes  and  other  openings  must  be  provided  with  secure 
closing  devices  that  will  not  permit  leakage  through  them.  Com- 
pressed tapered  wooden  bungs  must  be  covered  with  a  suitable  coat- 
ing and  must  have  a  driving  fit  into  a  tapered  hole.  They  should  be 
soaked  in  hot  water  or  hot  glue  for  about  one  minute  before  driving 
into  the  bung-hole. 

MANUFACTURE. 

6.  The  method  of  manufacture  and  the  materials  used  must  be  well 
adapted  to  producing  a  uniform  product. 

BARRELS    USED    MORE    THAN   ONCE. 

7.  Barrels,  half  barrels,  and  kegs  which  have  been  used  at  least  once 
must  be  thoroughly  recoopered  when  necessary,  and  must  be  reglued 
with  at  least  one  coat  of  glue  before  each  refilling.  Badly  bulged  or 
warped  heads  must  be  replaced. 

66620°— 22 15 


1>1S  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION". 

Spec.  10. 

MARKING. 

8.  These  barrels,  half  barrels,  and  kegs  must  be  plainly  marked 
with  a  symbol  as  follows: 

1 00-9 

The  letters  and  figure  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  3^  inch  high 
This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies ^^^th  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.   10. 
WOODEN   BARRELS   AND   KEGS  (TIGHT). 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 
MATERIAL. 

1.  Material  from  which  the  barrel,  half  barrel,  or  keg  is  constructed 
must  be  oak,  or  other  suitable  hardwood,  thoroughly  kiln-dried; 
provided  that  kegs  of  a  capacity  not  greater  than  18  gallons  may  be 
constructed  of  soft  wood  if  the  thickness  of  staves  and  heads  is  one- 
eighth  of  an  inch  greater  than  that  required  for  the  oak  kegs. 

THICKNESS    OF    STAVES    AND   HEADS. 

2.  The  staves  and  heads  must  be  not  less  than  the  following  thick- 
ness when  the  barrel,  half  barrel,  or  keg  is  finished: 

For  baiTels  (capacity  over  32  gallons  and  not  over  55  gallons),  f| 
inch. 

For  half  barrels  and  kegs  (capacity  over  18  gallons  and  not  over  32 
gallons),  %  inch. 

For  kegs  (capacity  5  gallons  and  not  over  18  gallons),  -^  inch. 

For  kegs  (capacity  under  5  gallons),  }4  inch. 

HOOPS. 

3.  The  hoops  must  bo  made  of  hoop  iron  and  must  be  not  less  in 
number  nor  smaller  in  size  than  the  following: 

For  barrels  (capacity  over  32  gallons  and  not  over  55  gallons),  six 
hoops : 

Head  hoops,  1{^  inches  by  17  gauge. 
Quarter  hoops,  1  ,V  inches  by  18  gauge. 
Bilge  hoops,  If^  inches  by  17  gauge. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  219 

Spec.  10. 

For  half  barrels  and  kegs  (capacity  over  18  gallons  and  not  over 
32  gallons),  six  hoops: 

Head  hoops,  13^  inches  by  19  gauge. 

Other  hoops,  1^  inches  by  19  gauge. 
For  kegs  (capacity  over  5  gallons  and  not  over  18  gallons),  six  hoops : 

Head  hoops,  Ij^  inches  by  19  gauge. 

Other  hoops,  13^8  inches  by  19  gauge. 
For  kegs  (capacity  not  over  5  gallons),  four  hoops: 

Head  hoops,  1  inch  by  20  gauge. 

Other  hoops,  %  inch  by  21  gauge. 

OPENINGS. 

4.  Bung-holes  and  other  openings  must  be  provided  ^vith  secure 
closing  devices  that  will  not  permit  leakage  through  them.  Com- 
pressed, tapered,  wooden  bungs  must  be  covered  with  a  suitable 
coating  and  must  have  a  driving  fit  into  a  tapered  hole.  They 
should  be  soaked  in  hot  water  or  hot  glue  for  about  one  minute 
before  driving  into  the  bung-hole. 

MANUFACTURE. 

5.  The  method  of  manufacture  and  the  materials  used  must  be 
well  adapted  to  producing  a  uniform  product. 

CONTAINERS    USED    MORE    THAN    ONCE. 

6.  Barrels,  half  barrels,  and  kegs  which  have  been  used  at  least 
once  must  be  thoroughly  recoopered  when  necessary.  Badly  bulged 
or  warped  heads  must  be  replaced. 

MARKING. 

7.  These  barrels,  half  barrels,  and  kegs  must  be  plainly  marked 
with  a  symbol  as  follows : 

ICC-1  o 

The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  y^  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 


OOQ  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.   11. 
WOODEN   BARRELS    AND   KEGS  (SLACK). 

For  pro\-ision.'5  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 
TYPE. 

1.  The  barrels,  half  barrels,  and  kegs  may  be  either  "tight"  or 
"slack." 

"Tight"  barrels,  half  barrels,  and  kegs  of  the  types  prescribed  in 
specifications  Nos.  9  and  10  may  be  used,  and  in  this  case  they  would 
not  have  to  be  glued;  but  they  must  be  headed  up  in  the  usual  manner 
before  shipment. 

CLASSIFICATION. 

2.  "Slack"  barrels,  half  barrels,  and  kegs  are  divided  into  classes 
limited  both  as  to  capacity  and  weight  of  contents  as  follows: 

Class  A. — Capacity  not  over  10  gallons,  and  to  contain  not  over 
100  pounds  net  weight. 

Class  B. — Capacity  not  more  than  17  gallons,  and  to  contain  not 
over  150  pounds  net  weight. 

Class  C. — Capacity  not  more  than  25  gallons,  and  to  contain  not 
over  200  pounds  net  weight. 

Class  D. — Capacity  not  more  than  35  gallons,  and  to  contain  not 
over  400  pounds  net  weight. 

Class  E. — Capacity  not  more  than  45  gallons,  and  to  contain  not 
over  600  pounds  net  weight. 

Class  F. — Capacity  not  more  than  55  gallons,  and  to  contain  not 
over  750  pounds  net  weight. 

MATERIAL. 

3.  The  material  from  which  the  barrels,  half  barrels,  and  kegs 
are  constructed  must  be  of  good  hardwood  (except  when  specifically 
providod  otherwise),  thoroughly  kiln-dried,  and  must  be  free  from 
knots. 

SrAVES. 

4.  The  staves  must  l)e  not  less  than  the  following  thickness: 

HARDWOOD. 

Classes  .1,  H.  and  C. — Six  staves  to  2  inches  (cut  or  sawed). 
Classes  D  and  E. — y^  inch  each  (cut)  or  five  staves  to  1%  inches 
(sawed). 

Class  F. — -^  incli. 


I 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  221 

Spec.  11. 

SOFTWOOD, 

Classes  A  and  B. — j^  inch. 

Classes  C,  D,  E,  and  F. — Softwood  not  allowed. 

HEADS. 

5.  The  heads  must  be  not  less  than  the  following  thickness: 
Oak,  beech,  maple,  and  red  gum,  ^e  iiich  for  all  classes. 
Basswood,  Cottonwood,  tupelo  gum,  and  other  similar  woods,  J^ 

inch  for  all  classes. 

Softwood,  1^  inch  for  classes  A  and  B.  Softwood  not  allowed  for 
heads  of  classes  C,  D,  E,  and  F. 

The  heads  of  classes  D,  E,  and  F  must  be  cleated  or  battened 
across  the  cants  with  cleats  not  less  than  4  inches  by  ^  inch. 

HOOPS. 

6.  The  hoops  shall  not  be  less  in  number  than  the  following: 
Wooden  hoops: 

Six  hoops  for  classes  A  and  B. 
Eight  hoops  for  classes  C  and  D. 
Twelve  hoops  for  classes  E  and  F. 
Steel  hoops: 

Four  hoops  for  classes  A,  B,  C,  and  D. 
Six  hoops  for  classes  E  and  F. 
The  hoops  shall  not  be  smaller  in  size  than  the  following: 
Wooden  hoops: 

Thickness  re  to  -j^  inch  and  width  1 Y^  inches,  inside  measure- 
ment, for  all  classes. 
Steel  hoops: 

For  classes  A  and  B — 

Head  hoops,  1 Y^  inches  by  23  gauge. 
Bilge  hoops,  1  Ys  inches  by  23  gauge. 
For  classes  C  and  D — 

Head  hoops,  1^  inches  by  21  gauge. 
Bilge  hoops,  1^  inches  by  23  gauge. 
For  classes  E  and  F — 

Head  hoops,  IY»  inches  by  21  gauge. 
Bilge  hoops,  1  Y&  inches  by  23  gauge. 
Quarter  hoops,  1  Ys  inches  by  23  gauge. 
Gauge  mentioned  refers  to  United  States  Standard. 

7.  If  desired,  half  of  the  wooden  hoops  may  be  replaced  by  steel 
wire  hoops,  the  wire  to  be  directly  under  the  wooden  hoops  (between 
the  hoop  and  the  bilge)  and  to  be  not  less  than  No.  1 1  gauge  for 
classes  A,  B,  C,  and  D,  and  not  less  than  No.  9  gauge  for  classes  E 
and  F. 


222  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  11. 

S.  If  desired,  the  standard  wooden  hoops  may  be  replaced  by- 
oval  bark  hoops  (so-called  '' half-round "),  three  circumferences  of 
which  will  be  required  to  take  the  place  of  one  standard  hoop. 

9.  If  the  Brainerd  steel  hoop  is  used,  the  rolled  edge  shall  be 
included  in  measuring  the  width  of  the  hoops. 

10.  ^Ul  steel  hoops  must  be  nailed  or  bradded  in  place,  except  wire 
hoops,  which  must  be  stapled,  and  all  wooden  hoops  must  be  nailed 
or  stapled  in  place,  mth  at  least  4  nails,  brads,  or  staples  in  classes 
A.  B,  C.  and  D,  and  6  nails,  brads,  or  staples  in  classes  E  and  F. 

11.  The  ends  of  wooden  hoops  must  be  joined  together  with  at 
least  one  staple  clinched  on  the  inside  and  with  at  least  two  addi- 
tional nails  or  staples  chnched  on  the  inside. 

HEADING. 

12.  Both  heads  must  be  headed  up  in  the  usual  manner  before 
shipment  and  must  not  be  closed  by  gunny  sacking,  boarding,  or 
other  like  methods. 

The  heads  must  fit  into  a  croze  or  notch  in  the  staves,  and  in 
addition  there  must  be  an  outer  lining  hoop  to  hold  the  heads  in 
place.  These  lining  hoops  must  extend  entirely  around  the  inside 
of  the  chime  and  must  be  held  in  place  by  nails  at  intervals  of  about 
5  inches. 

MANUFACTUKE. 

13.  The  method  of  manufacture  and  the  materials  used  must  be 
well  adapted  to  producing  a  uniform  product.  The  staves  and 
heads  must  be  well  fitted  together  and  the  complete  package  must 
be  sufliciently  tight  to  prevent  the  escape  of  any  of  the  contents 
under  ordinary  conditions  of  transportation,  and  if  necessary  must 
be  hned  to  secure  tightness. 

The  finished  package  must  be  of  the  grade  known  generally  in  the 
trade  as  No.  1  grade. 

LINING. 

14.  Paper  bags  required  by  the  regulations  to  be  used  as  inner 
containers  for  articles  in  these  barrels  or  kegs  must  be  made  as 
follows: 

15.  The  paper  must  be  crimped  or  craped  parallel  to  the  axis  of 
the  bag.  The  crimping  must  be  such  that  the  crimped  paper  will 
stretch  at  least  25  per  cent  of  the  original  length  without  tearing. 

IG.  The  crimped  paper  must  have  a  tensile  strength  not  less  than 
32  pounds  parallel  to  the  crimp  and  not  less  than  28  pounds  across 
the  crimp:  these  tests  to  be  made  on  strips  3  inches  long  and  1 
inch  wide. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  223 

Spec.  12. 

17.  The  crimped  paper  must  be  impervious  to  water  at  a  tem- 
perature of  80°  F.;  tests  of  imperviousness  to  be  made  by  folding 
the  paper  into  cones  as  for  filtering  purposes.  The  cones  are  filled 
with  water  at  80°  F.  to  a  depth  of  2  inches;  no  water  must  come 
through  the  cone  during  a  period  of  24  hours. 

18.  The  bags  must  be  made  with  seams  turned  over  not  less  than 
%  inch.  The  seams  must  be  stitched  midway  between  the  inner 
and  outer  edges.     The  length  of  the  stitches  must  not  exceed  14  inch. 

19.  The  bags  must  be  of  sufficient  diameter  to  fit  sides  of  keg  with- 
out stretching. 

The  bags  must  be  of  sufficient  length  so  that  when  placed  in  keg 
and  fUled  to  capacity  of  keg,  and  the  end  of  bag  closed  by  tying, 
there  will  be  not  less  than  3  inches  length  above  the  tie. 

20.  Double  bags  of  lighter  paper  may  be  used  if  the  total  strength 
of  the  two  bags  is  equal  to  the  minimum  requirements  of  paragraph 
16.  The  paper  of  each  of  the  lighter  bags  must  fill  other  require- 
ments of  paragraphs  15,  17,  18,  and  19. 

CONTAINERS    USED    MORE    THAN    ONCE. 

21.  Barrels,  half  barrels,  and  kegs  which  have  been  used  at  least 
once  must  be  thoroughly  recoopered  when  necessary  before  using 
again. 

MARKING. 

22.  These  barrels,  half  barrels,  and  kegs  must  be  plainly  marked 
with  a  symbol  as  follows: 

ICC-II 

The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  ^  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies with  all  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION   NO.   12. 
WOODEN  BOXES. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 
1.  TTiese  boxes  must  comply  with  the  following  specifications: 


224  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Bpef.  12. 

CONSTRUCTION. 

2.  Must  be  made  of  good,  sound  white  pine,  or  any  wood  of  equal 
or  superior  strength,  dry  and  well  seasoned,  and  with  no  loose  knots 
or  knots  liable  to  get  loose  in  any  part. 

3.  No  box  containing  special  fireworks  shall  weigh,  including 
contents,  more  than  200  pounds. 

4.  Al\  nailed  boxes  of  gross  weight,  including  contents,  exceeding 
65  pounds  must  be  cleated. 

5.  Boxes  when  cleated  must  have  two  vertical  and  two  horizontal 
cleats  at  each  end. 

6.  In  all  cleated  boxes  the  sides,  top,  and  bottom  must  extend  out 
over  the  cleats  and  the  nailing  must  be  staggered,  at  least  40  per  cent 
of  the  nails  being  driven  into  the  ends  and  at  least  40  per  cent  into 
the  cleats. 

7.  Wlion  sides,  ends,  tops,  or  bottoms  are  made  of  more  than  one 
piece  the  pieces  must  be  tongued  and  grooved,  and  in  making  up  the 
boxes  the  joints  must  be  staggered. 

8.  All  lock  or  dovetail  corners  must  be  glued. 

9.  Nails  driven  through  sides,  top,  and  bottom  into  ends  must  be 
not  greater  than  3-inch  centers. 

10.  Nails  driven  through  top  and  bottom  into  sides  must  be  at  not 
great-er  than  6-inch  centers. 

11.  Gauge  of  nails  used  shall  be  not  less  than  the  following  sizes, 
depending  upon  the  thickness  of  lumber  into  which  they  are  to  be 
driven : 

3-penny  into  ^-inch  lumber. 

4-penny  into  rs"  to  3^  inch  lumber. 

o-penny  into  t^  to  %  inch  lumber. 

6-penny  into  H  to  fl  inch  lumber. 

7-penny  into  J^-inch  or  thicker  lumber. 
For  example,  nails  driven  through  a  i^-inch  side  into  a  5<^-inch  end 
must  be  6-penny.  Screws  of  equal  efficiency  may  be  used  in  place  of 
nails. 

12.  When  boxes  are  set  up,  the  bottoms  and  lids  must  fit  accurately 
on  the  frame. 

MARKING. 

13.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consisting  of 
a  rectangle,  as  follows : 


I 


ICC-12 


The  letters  and  figures  in  tliis  symbol  must  be  at  least  }4  inch  high. 
This  sjTnbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 


SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  225 

Spec.  12. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  the  wording 
required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular  article  contained 
therein. 

14.  The  thickness  of  lumber  in  the  finished  box  must  not  be  less 
than  the  following,  except  that  a  variation  of  -^  ^^ch  is  allowed: 

14  (a). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  NOT  OVER  30  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Inch. 

Inch. 

% 

H 

Inch. 
Vs 

% 

Inch. 

Cleated  boxes 

Vs^yWz 

Nailed  bosses  not  cleated 

14  (&). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  30  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  65  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Inch. 

Inch. 
% 

Vs 

¥2 

Inch. 

H 
H 

Inch. 

Cleated  boxes 

A  by  13^ 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated      

14   (c). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  65  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  125  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes. 

Cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Ends. 


r; 


Sides. 


Inch. 


(') 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Inch. 
U 


n 


Cleats. 


Inch. 


H  by  IVs 


1  Not  authorized. 

14   (d). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  125  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  200  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes. 

Cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated , 


Ends. 


Inch. 


{') 


Sides. 


Inch. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Inch. 

(•) 


Cleats. 


Inch. 


Vs  by  IJi 


•  Not  authorized. 


226  INTERSTATE   COMMEBCE   COMMISSION. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.    12A. 
WOODEN  BOXES. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  These  boxes  must  comply  with  the  following  specifications: 

CONSTRUCTION. 

2.  Must  be  made  of  good,  sound  white  pine  or  any  wood  of  equal  or 
superior  strength,  dry  and  well  seasoned  and  with  no  loose  knots 
or  knots  liable  to  get  loose  in  any  part. 

3.  No  box  containing  common  fireworks  shall  weigh,  including 
contents,  more  than  325  pounds,  except  that  boxes  containing 
"special  exhibition  set  pieces"  may  weigh,  including  contents,  not 
to  exceed  400  pounds.  I 

4.  All  nailed  boxes  of  gross  weight,  including  contents,  exceeding 
65  pounds  must  be  cleated. 

5.  Boxes  when  cleated  must  have  two  cleats  at  each  end  and  the 
sides  or  top  and  bottom  must  extend  out  over  the  cleats  and  the 
nailing  must  be  staggered,  at  least  40  per  cent  of  the  nails  being 
driven  into  the  ends  and  at  least  40  per  cent  into  the  cleats. 

6.  When  sides,  ends,  tops,  or  bottoms  are  made  of  more  than  one 
piece,  the  pieces  must  be  tongued  and  grooved,  and  in  making  up 
the  boxes  the  joints  must  be  staggered.  fl 

7.  All  lock  or  dovetailed  corners  must  be  glued. 

8.  Nails  driven  through  sides,  top,  and  bottom  into  ends  must  be 
not  greater  than  3-inch  centers. 

9.  Nails  driven  through  top  and  bottom  into  sides  must  be  at  not 
greater  than  6-inch  centers. 

10.  Gauge  of  nails  used  shall  be  not  less  than  the  following  sizes, 
depending  upon  the  thickness  of  lumber  into  which  they  are  to  be 
driven: 

3-penny  into  ^-inch  lumber. 

4-ponny  into  t&  to  J^  inch  lumber. 

5-penny  into  ^  to  ^4  inch  lumber. 

6-penny  into  H  to  f|  inch  lumber.  M 

7-penny  into  ^^-inch  or  thicker  lumber. 
For  example,  nails  driven  through  a  ^-inch  side  into  a  ^-inch  end 
must  be  6-penny.     Screws  of  equal  efficiency  may  be  used  in  place 
of  nails. 

1 1 .  When  boxes  are  set  up  the  bottoms  and  lids  must  fit  accurately 
on  the  frames. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS. 
MARKING. 


227 

Spec.  12A. 


12.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consisting  of 
a  rectangle  as  follows: 


ICC-I2A 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  H  inch  high. 

The  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  complies 
with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  the  wording 
required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular  article  contained 
therein. 

13.  Imported  "  Chinese  "  firecrackers  may  be  packed  in  the  package 
in  which  they  are  imported,  provided  these  packages  consist  of  wooden 
boxes  completely  covered  with  strong  matting  and  do  not  weigh  more 
than  100  pounds  gross. 

14.  The  thickness  of  lumber  in  the  finished  box  must  not  be  less 
than  the  following,  except  that  a  variation  of  ^  inch  is  allowed : 


14  (a). 


BOX  AND  CONTENTS  NOT  OVER  30  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 


Sides. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Cleats. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Inch. 


Vs 


Inch. 

3a 


Inch. 
3A 


Inch. 


H  by  13^ 


14  (6). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  30  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  65  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 


Sides. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Cleats. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Cleated  boxea 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Inch. 


Inch. 


Yl 

H 


Inch. 
3A 


Vi  by  VA 


223  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Sptc.  13. 

14  (c). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  65  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  125  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes. 

Cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Inch. 

'A 


Sides. 


Inch. 


(•) 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Inch. 


v« 


0) 


Cleats. 


Inch. 


5^  by  \H 


14  (d). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  125  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  200  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 


Sides. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Cleats. 


Lock  or  dovetail  comer  boxes. 

Cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Inch. 


n 


Inch. 


{') 


Inch. 


Inch. 


X2 


MbylJ^ 


0) 


14  (e). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  200  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  325  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

Lock  or  dovetail  comer  boxes 

Inch. 
% 

Inch. 

% 

'A 

Inch. 

Inch. 

("leated  boxes 

Kby3 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

'  Not  authorized. 

14  (0.  Boxes  containing  "special  exhibition  set  pieces"  of  com- 
mon fireworks  and  weighing,  including  contents,  between  325  and 
400  pounds,  must  be  made  of  lumber  not  less  than  J^  inch  thick. 
Nailed  boxes  of  this  kind  must  be  double  cleated. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.   13. 
METAL  KEGS. 

For  proN-i.oionfi  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

NoTE.-Mctal  kcR.s  rontaininp  less  than  9  pounds  of  smokeless  powder  for  small  arms,  or  less  than  12Vi     ! 
pounds  of  low  explosives  or  black  powder,  must  be  boxed,  and  specification  No.  16  will  apply  in  this  case,     i 


SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  229 

Spec.  13. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 
CHARACTER    AND    CHEMICAL   ANALYSIS    OF   MATERIAL. 

1.  Material  must  be  sheet  steel  with  chemical  analysis  of: 

Per  rent. 

Carbon,  not  more  than 0.  14 

Sulphur,  not  more  than 05 

Phosphorus,  not  more  than \\ 

and  must  be  box  annealed  ''dead  soft"  and  adaptable  for  turning  a 
good  double  crimp  without  cracking. 

THICKNESS  OF  MATERIAL  AND  METHODS  OF  MANUFACTURE  OF  KEGS. 

2. 

Note. — The  dimensions  specified  in  this  table  are  the  minimum  requirements.    Gauge  specified  isf  or 
commercial  plate  United  States  Standard. 


Gross  weight  of  kegs  and  contents. 


Not  over 
15  pounds. 


Thickness  of  material: 

Body 

Head 

Width  of  lap  for  side  seam 

Number  of  corrugations  in  each  end  of  body. 
Minimum  depth  of  corrugations 


30  gauge 
30  gauge 
A  inch 

3 
A  inch 
Width  of  laps  on  body  for  head  seams '      -ryinch 


Width  of  laps  on  head  for  head  seams. 
Head  seams 


T^inch 
Double  lap 


1  Not  over 
30  pounds. 


28  gauge 
28  gauge 
A  inch 

3 

A  inch 

A  inch 

flinch 

Double  lap 


Over  30 
poimds  but 

not  over 
75  poimds. 


24  gauge 
28  gauge 
iVinch 

5 

A  inch 

■^inch 

J^inch 

Double  lap 


Over  75 
pounds  but 

not  over 
150  pounds. 


24  gauge 
24  gauge 
14  inch 

7 

A  inch 

■j^  inch 

Ji  inch 

Single  lap 


1  Smokeless  powder  32  pounds  gross. 

3.  The  corners  of  the  sheet  from  which  the  body  of  the  keg  is  made 
must  be  trimmed  off  slightly  to  avoid  an  excess  of  metal  in  the  head 
seam  at  its  intersection  with  the  side  seam.  The  amount  of  this 
trimming  must  be  regulated  accurately,  as  otherwise  a  point  of 
weakness  will  be  caused. 

4.  The  double  lapping  of  head  seam  must  be  done  in  a  manner  to 
avoid  allowing  any  eccentricity  in  the  fitting  of  the  head  to  the  body. 

5.  In  kegs  with  gross  weight,  including  contents,  of  more  than  75 
pounds,  all  seams  must  be  welded,  soldered,  brazed,  or  riveted.  The 
rivets  must  be  at  not  greater  than  5-inch  centers. 

6.  Each  keg  having  a  gross  weight,  including  contents,  of  more  than 
30  pounds,  must  be  lined  with  a  cloth  bag,  and,  after  filling,  the  nock 
of  the  bag  must  be  securely  tied  and  pushed  through  the  bung-hole 
into  the  keg. 


230  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  13. 

METHODS    OF    CLOSING. 

7.  The  bung-closing  device  must  consist  of: 

(a)  A  slide  holder  necked  on  to  the  head  of  the  keg  and  held  in 
place  by  laps  at  least  -3^  inch  wide.  A  washer  of  felt  paper  or  other 
suitable  material  not  less  than  0.025  inch  thick  covering  the  bung- 
hole  and  extending  at  least  -^  inch  beyond  the  sides  of  the  bung-hole. 
A  metal  drop  with  depression  to  fit  into  the  bung-hole  and  hold  the 
washer  in  place.  A  slide  to  cover  the  metal  drop,  washer,  and  bung- 
hole  and  held  in  place  by  laps  on  the  slide  holder  or  slide,  or  both. 
These  laps  must  extend  throughout  all  sides  of  the  slide  holder  or 
slide,  or  both,  and  must  be  at  least  -^  inch  wide,  except  in  the  case 
of  a  circular  slide  and  slide  holder,  in  which  case  the  slide  or  cap  must 
have  a  depression  to  fit  into  the  bung-hole  and  the  lap  fastenings 
must  consist  of  not  less  than  four  prongs  %  inch  long  and  at  least 
3g  inch  wide  along  their  inside  ends. 

(6)  A  metal  screw-cap  holder  necked  onto  the  head  of  the  keg  and 
held  in  place  by  laps  at  least  ^  inch  wide.  A  metal  screw  cap. 
The  screw  cap  and  cap  holder  must  be  locked  together  by  a  positive 
fastening  so  that  the  cap  can  not  become  unscrewed  in  transit. 

(c)  A  threaded  metal  spud  cast  over  the  bung-hole  and  fastened  to 
the  head  so  that  it  can  not  turn.  A  metal  screw  cap  or  screw  plug. 
The  screw  cap  or  plug  must  be  locked  in  position  by  a  positive  fasten- 
ing so  that  the  cap  or  plug  can  not  become  unscrewed  in  transit. 

"  STOVE    PIPE  "    KEGS. 

8.  Metal  kegs  of  the  "stove  pipe"  (slip  cover)  type  are  authorized 
for  carload  shipments  loaded  by  the  shipper  and  to  be  unloaded  by 
the  consignee,  if  they  comply  with  all  the  provisions  of  this  specifica- 
tion, except  paragraph  7,  and  in  addition  comply  with  the  following: 

(a)  Length  of  keg  must  be  approximately  four  times  its  diameter. 
(For  example,  7  inches  by  27  inches.) 

(6)  Gross  weight  of  package  must  not  exceed  30  pounds. 

(c)  Keg  cap  (slip  cover)  must  have  a  snug  fit  on  body  of  keg  and 
extend  at  least  3  inches  down  on  the  body. 

(d)  The  explosive  contents  of  the  package  must  be  inclosed  in 
inside  containers  consisting  of  two  paper  tubes,  one  inside  the  other, 
both  with  pjisted  seams;  the  diameter  of  these  tubes  must  not  exceed 
2}  2  inches;  the  paper  used  in  making  the  tubes  must  be  strong,  tough 
manila  of  weight  not  less  than  50  pounds  per  480  sheets,  24  inches  by 
:^(i  inches;  the  outside  tube  must  be,  and  the  inside  tube  may  be,  water- 
proofed by  waxing  or  equally  eflicient  means. 

(e)  The  ends  of  the  tubing,  after  filling  with  the  explosives,  must 
be  folded  and  tucked  between  the  folds  of  the  tubing  to  prevent 
leakage. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  231 

Spec.  14. 
TESTING. 

9.  The  type  of  keg,  when  filled  with  an  equal  weight  of  fine  dry- 
sand  in  place  of  the  explosive,  must  be  capable  of  withstanding, 
without  leakage,  four  successive  drops  on  its  head  onto  solid  concrete 
from  a  height  of  4  feet. 

MARKING. 

10.  Each  package  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked  by 
stamping  or  embossing  with  a  symbol,  as  follows: 

ICC-13 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package 
complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  each  package  must  also  be  marked  as 
required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular  article  contained 
therein. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.   14. 

WOODEN  BOXES. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  These  boxes  must  comply  with  the  following  specifications: 

CONSTRUCTION. 

2.  Must  be  made  of  good,  sound  white  pine  or  any  wood  of  equal  or 
superior  strength,  dry  and  well  seasoned,  and  with  no  loose  knots  or 
knots  liable  to  get  loose  in  any  part. 

3.  When  sides,  ends,  tops,  or  bottoms  are  made  of  more  than  one 
piece  the  pieces  must  be  tongued  and  grooved  and  glued,  and  the 
joints  in  making  up  the  boxes  must  be  staggered. 

4.  All  lock  and  dovetail  corner  joints  must  be  glued. 

5.  Nails  driven  through  sides,  tops,  and  bottoms  into  ends  must  be 
at  not  greater  than  3-inch  centers  for  boxes  not  more  than  12  inches 
in  width  and  at  not  greater  than  4-inch  centers  for  boxes  of  width 
greater  than  12  inches. 

6.  Nails  driven  through  tops  and  bottoms  into  sides  must  be  at  not 
greater  than  6-inch  centers  for  boxes  not  more  than  24  inches  in  length 
and  at  not  greater  than  8-inch  centers  for  boxes  of  length  more  than 
24  inches. 


232  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION, 

Spec.  14. 

7.  Gauge  of  nails  used  shall  be  not  less  than  the  following  sizes, 
depending  upon  the  thickness  of  lumber  into  which  they  are  to  be 
driven : 

3-penny  into  ^g-inch  lumber. 
4-penny  into  f  ^  to  H  inch  lumber. 
5-penny  into  ^^  to  %  inch  lumber. 
6-penny  into  H  ^o  H  ii^ch  lumber. 
7-penny  into  J4-'iT^ch.  or  thicker  lumber. 

For  example,  nails  driven  through  a  3^-inch  side  into  a  ^-inch  end 
must  be  6-penny.  Screws  of  equal  efficiency  may  be  used  in  place  of 
nails. 

8.  When  boxes  are  set  up  the  bottom  and  lids  must  fit  evenly  on 
the  frame. 

MARKING. 

9.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consisting  of  a 
rectangle,  as  follows : 


100-14 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  3^  inch  high 
This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  the  wording 
prescribed  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular  article  contained 
therein. 

THICKNESS    OF    LUMBER. 

10.  Thickness  of  lumber  in  the  finished  box  must  be  not  less  than 
the  following: 

It)  (a). 

BOX   AND  CONTENTS    NOT   OVER  75  POUNDS   GROSS   WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

For  nailed  boxes 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

For  lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

10  (6). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  75  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  140  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

For  nailed  boxcB 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

y& 

For  lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  233 

Spec.  IS. 

The  thickness  of  the  ends  of  nailed  boxes  of  over  75  pounds  gross 
weight  may  be  reduced  to  %  inch  if  they  are  cleated  with  two  vertical 
cleats  and  two  horizontal  cleats  not  less  than  1%  inches  wide  and  ^ 
inch  thick,  and  in  this  case  the  sides,  top,  and  bottom  must  extend 
over  the  cleats  and  the  nailing  must  be  staggered,  at  least  40  per  cent 
of  the  nails  being  driven  into  the  ends  and  at  least  40  per  cent  into  the 
cleats. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION   NO.   15. 
WOODEN   BOXES. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 

1 .  These  boxes  must  comply  with  the  following  specifications  : 

CONSTRUCTION, 

2.  Must  be  made  of  good,  sound  white  pine  or  any  wood  of  equal  or 
superior  strength,  dry,  and  well  seasoned,  and  with  no  loose  knots  or 
knots  liable  to  get  loose  in  any  part. 

3.  No  box  containing  blasting  caps  or  electric  blasting  caps  shall 
weigh  more  than  150  pounds,  including  contents,  or  contain  more 
than  20,000  caps. 

4.  When  the  sides,  ends,  tops,  or  bottoms  are  made  of  more  than 
one  piece,  the  pieces  must  be  tongued  and  grooved  and  glued,  and  in 
making  up  the  boxes  the  joints  must  be  staggered. 

5.  All  lock  and  dovetail  corners  must  be  glued. 

6.  Nails  driven  through  tops,  bottoms,  and  sides  into  the  ends  must 
be  at  not  greater  than  3-inch  centers. 

7.  Nails  driven  through  tops  and  bottoms  into  sides  must  be  at  not 
greater  than  6-inch  centers. 

8.  Gauge  of  nails  used  shall  be  not  less  than  the  following  sizes, 
depending  upon  the  thickness  of  lumber  into  which  they  are  to  be 
driven : 

3-penny  into  ^-inch  lumber. 
4-penny  into  re  to  3^  inch  lumber. 
5-penny  into  t^  to  ^^  inch  lumber. 
6-penny  into  H  to  y|  inch  lumber. 
7-penny  into  J^-inch  or  thicker  lumber. 
For  example,  nails  driven  through  a  3^-inch  side  into  a  5^-inch  end 
must  be  6-penny.     Screws  of  equal  efficiency  may  be  used  in  place  of 
nails. 

66620°— 22 IG 


234  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSIOK. 

Si>«c.  16.  •  /!  1 

9.  When  boxes  are  set  up,  tlie  bottoms  and  lids  must  fit  evenly  on 
the  frames. 

10.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consisting  of  a 
rectangle,  as  follows: 


ICC-15 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  H  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
phes  ^vith  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment,  the  package  must  also  bear  the  wording 
prescribed  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular  article  contained 
therein. 

THICKNESS    OF    LUMBER. 


1 1 .  Thickness  of  lumber  in  the  finished  box  must  be  not  less  than 

the  following: 

For  Electric  Blasting  Caps. 

11   (a). 

BOX  CONTAINING  NOT  MORE  THAN  500  CAPS,  NOR  WEIGHING  MORE  THAN  75  POUNDS 

INCLUDING  CONTENTS. 


Ends. 


Sides. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


For  nailed  boxes 

For  lock  or  dovetail  comer  boxes. 


Inch. 

H 


Inch. 


Inch. 


11  (6). 

BOX  CONTAINING  MORE   THAN  500  CAPS,   OR  WEIGHING  MORE   THAN  75  POUNDS, 

INCLUDING  CONTENTS. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

For  nailed  boxes 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

For  lock  or  dovetail  comer  boxes 

11   (c). 


For  Other  Blasting  Caps, 
BOX  CONTAINING  NOT  MORE  THAN  1,000  CAPS. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

For  nailed  boxee 

Inch. 
H 

Inch. 

y% 

Inch. 
H 

For  lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS. 


11    (d). 
BOX  CONTAINING  MORE  THAN  1,000  CAPS  BUT  NOT  MORE  THAN  5,000  CAPS. 


235 

Spec.  16. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

For  nailed  boxes 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

For  lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes  .     .... 

11  (6). 

BOX  CONTAINING  MORE  THAN  5,000  CAPS  BUT  NOT  MORE  THAN  20,000  CAPS. 


For  nailed  boxes 

For  lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes. 


There  must  be  1  inch  of  space  between  inside  and  outside  box  for 
sawdust  or  other  cushioning  material. 

If  desired,  a  hermetically  sealed  metal  box  of  not  less  than  30  gauge 
United  States  Standard  (commercial  107-pound  tin  plate  is  satisfac- 
tory) may  be  used  instead  of  the  ^^-inch  wooden  box  for  packages  to 
contain  more  than  5,000  caps. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION   NO.   16. 

WOODEN   BOXES. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  These  boxes  must  comply  with  the  following  specifications: 

CONSTEUCTION. 

2.  Must  be  made  of  good,  sound  white  pine,  or  any  wood  of  equal 
or  superior  strength,  dry  and  well  seasoned,  and  with  no  loose  knots 
or  knots  liable  to  get  loose  in  any  part. 

3.  Boxes  when  cleated  must  have  two  vertical  and  two  horizontal 
cleats  at  each  end;  the  sides,  top,  and  bottom  must  extend  out  over 
the  cleats,  and  the  nailing  must  be  staggered,  at  least  40  per  cent 
of  the  nails  being  driven  into  the  ends  and  at  least  40  per  cent  into 
the  cleats. 


2;3G  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Sper.  16. 

4.  All  lock  or  dovetail  corners  must  be  glued. 

5.  Nails  driven  through  sides,  top,  and  bottom  into  end  must  be 
at  not  greater  than  3-inch  centers. 

ti.  Nails  driven  through  top  and  bottom  into  sides  must  1  e  at  not 
greater  than  6-inch  centers. 

7.  Gauge  of  nails  used  shall  be  not  less  than  the  following  sizes, 
depending  upon  the  thickness  of  lumber  into  which  they  are  to  be 
driven: 

3-ponny  into  Ts-inch  lumber. 

4-pcnny  into  rs"  to  H  inch  lumber. 

5-penny  into  A  to  ^  inch  lumber. 

6-penny  into  \i  to  H  inch  lumber. 

7-penny  into  J^^-inch  or  thicker  lumber. 
For  example,  nails  driven  through  a  i/2-inch  side  into  a  ^-inch 
end  must  be  6-penny.     Screws  of  equal  efficiency  may  be  used  in 
place  of  nails. 

8.  When  boxes  are  set  up  the  bottoms  and  lids  must  fit  evenly  on 
the  frames. 

MARKING. 

9.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consisting  of 
a  rectangle  as  follows: 


ICC-16 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  3^  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particu- 
lar article  contained  therein. 


THICKNESS    OF    LUMBER. 

10.  Thickness  of  lumber  in  the  finished  box  must  be  not  less  than 
the  following: 

10  (a). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  NOT  OVER  25  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

I>K-k  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Inch. 

-h 

7 

Inch. 

H 
% 

Inch. 

H 

Inch. 

<  "Icated  boxes 

AbylJ^ 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS. 


237 
Spec.  17. 


10  (6). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  25  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  75  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 
% 

Inch. 

Cleated  boxes 

T^bylJi 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

10  (c). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  75  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  150  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes. 

Cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Ends. 


Inch. 


Inch. 

9 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Inch. 

T5 


rs- 

3^ 


Cleats. 


Inch. 


byi; 


10  id). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  150  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  200  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes. 

Cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Ends. 


Inch. 

V. 


Sides. 


Inch. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Inch. 
3a 


Cleats. 


Inch. 


Vshxlh 


SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.   17. 

WOODEN   BOXES  (LINED). 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulation.^. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  These  boxes  must  comply  with  the  following  specifications: 

CONSTRUCTION. 

2.  Must  be  made  of  good,  sound  white  pine  or  any  wood  of  equal 
or  superior  strength,  dry  and  well  seasoned,  and  with  no  loose  knots 
or  knots  liable  to  get  loose  in  any  part. 


238  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  17. 

3.  No  bo.\  shall  weigh,  including  contents,  more  than  450  pounds. 

4.  Each  box  must  be  lined  with  zinc,  lead-coated  steel  (longterne), 
or  other  suitable  material  of  equal  efficiency  and  the  metal  used  must 
not  be  less  than  0.012  inch  in  thickness  (approximately  30  gauge, 
U.  S.  Standard).  The  side,  end,  and  bottom  seams  must  be  soldered 
to  prevent  leakage.  Boxes  may  also  be  lined  with  strong  water- 
proofed paper  or  other  suitable  material,  folded  or  so  constructed  as 
to  prevent  joints  or  openings  at  the  sides,  bottoms,  or  ends,  and  such 
lining  must  completely  protect  the  top  of  the  contents  of  the  box. 
The  top  of  the  box  must  be  tightly  closed,  and  if  necessary  to  prevent 
leakage,  a  gasket  of  suitable  material  must  be  provided. 

5.  Cleated  boxes  must  have  two  vertical  and  two  horizontal  cleats 
on  each  end,  and  the  sides,  top,  and  bottom  of  the  box  must  extend 
out  over  these  cleats  and  the  nailing  must  be  staggered,  at  least 
40  per  cent  of  the  nails  being  driven  into  the  ends  and  at  least  40  per 
cent  into  the  cleats. 

6.  When  sides,  ends,  tops,  and  bottoms  are  made  of  more  than  one 
piece,  the  pieces  must  be  tongued  and  grooved  and  glued,  and  in 
making  up  the  boxes  the  joints  must  be  staggered. 

7.  iUl  lock  and  dovetailed  corners  must  be  glued. 

8.  Nails  driven  through  sides,  tops,  and  bottoms  into  the  ends 
and  cleats  must  be  at  not  greater  than  3-inch  centers. 

9.  Nails  driven  through  tops  and  bottoms  into  sides  must  be  at 
not  greater  than  6-inch  centers. 

10.  Gauge  of  nails  used  shall  be  not  less  than  the  following  sizes, 
depending  upon  the  thickness  of  lumber  into  which  they  are  to  be 
driven: 

3-penny  into  ^-inch  lumber. 

4-penny  into  it  t^o  3^  inch  lumber. 

5-penny  into  i^  to  ^  inch  lumber. 

6-penny  into  fj  to  f |  inch  lumber. 

7-penny  into  J^-inch  or  thicker  lumber. 
For  example,  nails  driven  through  a  J^-inch  side  into  a  ^-inch  end 
must  be  6-penny.     Screws  of  equal  efficieney  may  be  used  in  place 
of  nails. 

11.  When  boxes  are  set  up  the  bottoms  and  lids  must  fit  evenly 
on  the  frames. 

MARKING. 

12.  Eacli  box  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consisting  of 
a  rectangle,  as  follows: 

ICC     17 


SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  239 

Spec.  17. 

The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  ]4  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

Wlien  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  the  wording 
prescribed  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular  article  contained 
therein. 

THICKNESS    OF    LUMBER. 

13.  Thickness  of  lumber  in  the  finished  box  must  be  not  less  than 
the  following:  Provided,  That  cleated  boxes  made  of  %-inch  lumber 
throughout  are  acceptable: 


13   (a). 


BOX  AND  CONTENTS  NOT  OVER  25  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

For  nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

Inch. 

% 

Inch. 

H 
% 

Inch. 

Inch. 

For  lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

For  cleated  boxes 

H  by  1% 

13  (6). 


BOX    AND    CONTENTS     OVER    25    POUNDS     BUT    NOT    OVER    75     POUNDS    GROSS 

WEIGHT. 


Ends. 


Sides. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Cleats. 


For  nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

For  lock  or  dovetaU  corner  boxes 
For  cleated  boxes 


Inch. 

1  s 
TS 


Inch. 
1^ 


Inch. 


H 


Inch. 


by  IK 


13  (c). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  75  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  125  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 


Sides. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Cleats. 


Inch. 


For  nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

For  lock  or  dovetail  comer  boxes 
For  cleated  boxes 


Inch. 


Inch. 


H 


«  by  VA 


240  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION, 

Sp<^.  18. 

13  (d). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  125  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  200  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


For  nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

For  lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes. 
For  cleated  boxes 


Ends. 


Inch. 
1^ 


Sides. 


Inch. 


H 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Inch. 


Cleats. 


Inch. 


by  13 


13  ie). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  200  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  300  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


For  nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

For  lock  or  dovetail  comer  boxes. 
For  cleated  boxes 


Ends. 


Inch. 
IH 


H 


Sides. 


Inch. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Inch. 

Vs 

H 
1 1 


Cleats. 


Inch. 


iibyS 


13    (/). 
BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  300  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  450  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 


Sides. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Cleats. 


For  nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

For  lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes. 
For  cleated  boxes 


Inch. 

1 
1 


Inch. 


Inch. 


Inch. 


1  bv3 


SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.   18. 

METAL  CANS  AND  WOODEN  BOXES  AS  OUTSIDE  CONTAINERS 

FOR  SAME. 

For  j)rovisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Re\dsed  January  1,  192.3. 

1.  Those  metal  cans  and  boxes  must  comply  with  the  following 
specifications: 

CANS. 

2.  Metal  vessels  as  required  by  regulations  must  be  made  of  metal 
not  lighter  than  80  gauge,'  United  States  Standard. 

3.  Each  can  must  be  tested  by  its  manufacturer  and  must  not 
leak  air  when  tested  under  water  with  interior  air  pressure  of  at 

I  Commercial  107-pound  tin  plate  Is  satisfactory. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  241 

Spec.  18. 

least  5  pounds  per  square  inch;  or  this  test  may  be  made,  after 
filling,  by  the  application  of  pressure  to  the  top  of  the  can.  There 
must  be  no  leak  under  this  test, 

4.  Each  can  must  be  hermetically  sealed  after  filling:  Provided, 
That  for  metallic  sodium  or  potassium,  or  for  sodium  or  potassium 
sulphide,  fused  and  ground,  packed  in  well-stoppered  bottles,  the 
cans  are  not  required  to  be  hermetically  sealed  after  the  bottles  are 
placed  therein. 

5.  Cans  must  fit  tightly  in  the  boxes  or  be  so  cushioned  as  to 
prevent  movement  or  injury  to  the  cans. 

BOXES. 

6.  Must  be  made  of  good,  sound  white  pine  or  any  wood  of  equal 
or  superior  strength,  dry  and  well  seasoned  and  with  no  loose  knots 
or  knots  liable  to  get  loose  in  any  part:  Provided,  That  for  calcium 
phosphide  the  boxes  must  be  lined  with  metal  of  not  less  than  No.  30 
gauge,^  United  States  Standard. 

7.  No  box  made  under  this  specification  shall  weigh,  including 
contents,  more  than  275  pounds. 

8.  Boxes  when  cleated  must  have  two  vertical  and  two  horizontal 
cleats  on  each  end,  and  the  sides,  top,  and  bottom  of  the  box  must 
extend  out  over  those  cleats  and  the  nailing  must  be  staggered,  at 
least  40  per  cent  of  the  nails  being  driven  into  the  ends  and  at  least 
40  per  cent  into  the  cleats:  Provided,  That  the  cleats  may  be  omitted 
if  the  boxes  are  strapped  around  both  ends  with  strap  iron,  not  less 
than  ^/i  inch  by  24  gauge,  or  wire  of  equal  or  superior  strength, 
securely  nailed  or  stapled  in  place. 

9.  When  ends,  sides,  tops,  or  bottoms  are  made  of  more  than  one 
piece,  the  pieces  must  be  tongued  and  grooved,  and  in  making  up 
the  box  the  joints  must  be  staggered. 

10.  All  lock  and  dovetail  corners  must  be  glued. 

11.  Nails  driven  into  the  ends  must  be  at  not  greater  than  3-inch 
centers.  Those  driven  through  tops  and  bottoms  into  sides  must  in 
no  case  be  at  greater  than  8-inch  centers. 

12.  Gauge  of  nails  used  shall  be  not  less  than  the  following  sizes, 
depending  upon  the  thickness  of  lumber  into  which  they  are  to  be 
driven : 

3-penny  into  Y^-mch  lumber. 
4-penny  into  re  to  J^  inch  lumber. 
5-penny  into  -^  to  Y^  inch  lumber. 
6-penny  into  li  to  i|  inch  lumber. 
7-penny  into  J/^-mch.  or  thicker  lumber. 

1  Commercial  107-pouDd  tin  plate  is  satisfactory. 


242  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  18. 

For  example,  nails  driven  through  a  i4-inch  side  into  a  %-inch  end 
must  be  6-penny.     Screws  of  equal  efficiency  may  be  used  in  place,, 
of  nails.  ■ 

13.  When  boxes  are  set  up  the  bottoms  and  tops  must  fit  accurately 
on  the  frames. 

MARKING. 

14.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consisting  of  a 
rectangle,  as  follows: 


ICC-18 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  3^  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package 
complies  with  aU  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  oflfered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 


THICKNESS    OF    LUMBER. 

15.  Thickness  of  lumber  in  the  finished  box  must  be  not  less  than 
the  following: 
15  (a). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  NOT  OVER  25  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

For  nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

Inch. 
% 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Inch. 

For  lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

For  cleated  boxes 

%hyVA 

15  (6). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  25  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  75  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

For  nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

Inch. 

Ineb. 

% 

Inch. 

Inch. 

For  lfK:k  or  dovetail  comer  boxes 

For  cleated  boxes 

AbylJi 

SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  243 

Spec.  19. 

15   (c). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  75  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  150  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

For  nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

Irtch. 

Inch. 

A 

Inch. 

A 
A 

Inch. 

For  lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

For  cleated  boxes 

H  by  17^ 

15  (d). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  150  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  275  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 


Sides. 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Cleats. 


For  nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

For  lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes. 
For  cleated  boxes 


Inch. 


Inch. 


Inch. 


H 

M  I  %  by  l>g 


'  Not  authorized,  but  see  par.  8. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.   19. 
WOODEN   BOXES 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight,  Express,  and  Baggage  Regulations. 

Revised,  January  1,  1923. 

1.  These  boxes  must  comply  with  these  specifications. 

BOXES. 

2.  Boxes  must  be  made  of  good,  sound  white  pine,  or  any  wood  of 
equal  or  superior  strength,  dry  and  well  seasoned,  and  with  no  loose 
knots  or  knots  liable  to  get  loose  in  any  part. 

3.  When  the  ends  are  single-cleated,  the  cleats  must  run  across  the 
grain  of  the  wood  in  the  ends.  The  sides  or  tops  and  bottoms  must 
extend  out  over  the  cleats,  and  the  nailing  must  be  staggered,  at  least 
40  per  cent  of  the  nails  being  driven  into  the  ends  and  at  least  40  per 
cent  into  the  cleats. 

4.  When  the  ends  are  double-cleated,  the  sides,  top,  and  bottom 
must  extend  out  over  the  cleats  and  the  nailing  must  be  staggered,  at 
least  40  per  cent  of  the  nails  being  driven  into  the  ends  and  at  least 
40  per  cent  into  the  cleats. 


244  INTERSTATE   COMMEECE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  19. 

5.  Nailed  boxes  not  cleated  must  have  ends  of  one-pieco  material 
or  must  be  tongued  and  grooved  and  glued:  Provided,  That  other 
joints  may  be  used  which  after  investigation  made  by  the  Bureau  of 
Explosives  are  shown  to  possess  strength  equal  to  the  tongued  and 
grooved  and  glued  joint. 

6.  All  nails  driven  through  sides,  tops,  or  bottoms  into  ends  or 
cleats  or  to  fasten  cleats  to  ends  must  be  at  not  greater  than  23^-inch 
centers. 

7.  All  nails  driven  through  tops  or  bottoms  into  sides  must  be  at 
not  greater  than  S-inch  centers. 

8.  Gauge  of  nails  used  shall  be  not  less  than  the  following  sizes, 
depending  upon  the  thickness  of  lumber  into  which  they  are  to  be 
driven : 

2-penn3-  into  ^g-inch  lumber. 

3-penny  into  ^-inch  lumber. 

4-penny  into  -rs  to  }/^  inch  lumber. 

5-penny  into  i^  to  ^  inch  lumber. 

6-penny  into  W  to  \^  inch  lumber. 

7-penny  into  3^-inch  or  thicker  luml  er. 
For  example,  nails  driven  through  a  3^-inch  side  into  a  ^-inch  end 
must  be  6-penny.     Screws  of  equal  efficiency  may  be  used  in  place  of 
nails. 

MARKING    OF    BOXES. 

0.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consisting  of 
a  rectangle,  as  follows: 


ICC-19 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  J^  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  complies 
with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

^Yhen  off'ered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 

THICKNESS    OF    LUMBER. 

lU.  The  thickness  of  lumber  in  the  finished  box  must  not  be  less 
than  the  following:  Provided,  That  a  variation  of  -^  inch  is  allowed  for 
material  /^  inch  in  thickness  and  a  variation  of  ^  inch  is  allowed  for 
muterial  over  -/'^  inch  in  thickness: 


I 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS. 


10  (a). 


245 

Spec.  19. 


BOX  AND  CONTENTS  NOT  OVER  25  POUNDS   GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Inch. 

% 

% 
-h 

Inch. 

A 
A 

Inch. 

5 
TS 

A 
A 

A 

Inch. 

Single-cleated  boxes 

Vs  by  IVa 
HbylK 

Double-cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

10  (6). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  25  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  75  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Inch. 

7 
TS 

H 

Inch. 

% 
% 

Inch. 

Inch. 

Single-cleated  boxes 

H  by  1% 
A  by  13^ 

Double-cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

10  (c). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  75  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  125  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Inch. 

Vs 
Vs 

'A 

Inch. 
H 

y% 

Inch. 

% 
H 

Inch. 

Single-cleated  boxes 

^byl^ 
i^bylK 

Double-cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 

10  (d). 

BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  125  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  200  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Ends. 

Sides. 

Top  and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes    

Inch. 
H 

H 

Vs 

1 

Inch. 

¥2 

H 

Inch. 
V2 

y& 

Inch. 

Single-cleated  boxes 

Vx  by  \y% 

H  by  V/i 

Double-cleated  boxes                 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated          

246 

Spec.  20. 

10   (e). 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  200  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  300  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Single-cleated  boxes 

Double-cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Ends. 


Inch. 


1t^ 


Sides. 


Inch. 


% 
Vb 


Top  and 
bottom. 


iTKh. 

3a 


Cleats. 


Inch . 


Kby3 
M  by  :i 


10   if). 


BOX  AND  CONTENTS  OVER  300  POUNDS  BUT  NOT  OVER  400  POUNDS  GROSS  WEIGHT. 


Lock  or  dovetail  corner  boxes 

Single-cleated  boxes 

Double-cleated  boxes 

Nailed  boxes  not  cleated 


Ends. 


Inch. 
1 

1 

K 


Side.s. 


Inch. 


?4 
H 
H 


Top  and 
bottom. 


Inch. 


7/^ 


Cleats. 


Inch. 


Iby3 

^by3 


SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  20. 
IRON    OR    STEEL  BARRELS   OR   DRUMS. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requiremencs  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Note.— Removable  head  or  removable  plate  containers  are  authorized  under  this  specification. 

Approved,  January  1,  1923. 

1.  These  containers  must  comply  in  all  respects  with  the  require- 
ments prescribed  by  shipping  container  specification  No.  20A,  except 
as  follows  (gauge  mentioned  in  this  specification  refers  to  United 
States  Standard) : 

2.  The  thickness  of  material  in  the  completed  container  as  specified 
in  paragraph  2  must  be  increased  to  not  less  than  16  gauge  for  con- 
tainers of  10  gallons  or  less  nominal  capacity,  not  less  than  14  gauge 
for  containers  of  11  to  29  gallons  nominal  capacity,  and  not  less  than 
12  gauge  for  containers  of  30  to  55  gallons  nominal  capacity. 

3.  The  marking  as  specified  in  paragraph  14  (a)  must  be 
ICC— 20. 

4.  The  maximum  size  of  any  container  made  under  this  specification 
must  not  exceed  55  gallons  nominal  capacity. 


f.  SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  247 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  20A. 
IRON   OR    STEEL   BARRELS   OR  DRUMS. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Note.— Removable  head  or  removable  plate  containers  are  authorized  under  this  specification. 

Note.— These  packages  are  authorized  for  inflammable  hquids  when  such  liquids  have  a  viscosity  not 
ess  than  the  viscosity  as  determined  by  one  of  the  following  methods  or  other  equally  efficient  method 
approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives: 

(a)  The  viscosity  of  the  liquid  must  be  determined  in  a  Stormer  viscosimeter  with  an  actuating  weight 
of  400  grams  and  with  the  liquid  maintained  at  a  temperature  of  28*  C.  The  speed  of  the  cylinder  (of  the 
viscosimeter)  immersed  in  the  liquid  must  not  exceed  10  revolutions  per  45  seconds. 

(6)  For  transparent  liquids  the  sample  may  be  tested  in  a  vertical  glass  tube  1  inch  inside  diameter  by 
approximately  13  inches  long  having  two  marks  10  inches  apart  engraved  thereon,  the  lower  mark  being 
2  inches  above  the  bottom  of  the  tube;  the  liquid  to  be  tested  shall  be  poured  into  the  tube  until  its  surface 
rises  ]4  inch  above  the  upper  mark  and  must  be  maintained  at  a  temperature  of  28*  C.  during  the  test;  a 
polished  steel  ball  34  inch  in  diameter  shall  be  supported  H  inch  above  the  surface  of  the  Uquid  at  the 
center  of  the  tube  and  dropped  therein;  the  time  required  for  the  steel  ball  to  fall  the  vertical  distance 
between  the  two  lines  upon  the  glass  tube  must  be  not  less  than  14  seconds. 

Revised,  January  1,  1923. 
MATERIAL. 

1.  The  minimum  thickness  of  material  in  any  part  of  the  com- 
pleted barrel  or  drum  must  not  be  less  than  as  prescribed  herein. 

(Gauge  mentioned  in  this  specification  refers  to  United  States 
Standard.) 

2.  In  the  interpretation  of  the  minimum  thickness  of  metal 
allowed  for  any  specified  gauge,  a  variation  due  to  commercial 
conditions  of  manufacture  of  not  more  than  2^  per  cent  below 
the  specified  standard  will  be  considered  satisfactory,  provided  the 
average  weight  per  square  foot  is  not  less  than  the  standard  weight 
for  the  gauge  specified.  The  standard  thicknesses  and  weights  pre- 
scribed are  as  follows: 


Nominal  capacity  (gallons). 

Minimum  thickness 

of  matprial  (United 

States  Standard  gauge). 

Standard 
woiglit  per 
square  foot 

(pounds). 

Minimum 

thickness 

(2)4  per 

cent  under 

In  body. 

In  head. 

standard) 
(inches). 

20 

20 

1.500 

0.037 

19 

19 

1.750 

0.043 

18 

18 

2.000 

0.049 

17 

17 

2.250 

0.055 

29  or  less 

16 

16 
»15 

2.500 
2.  8125 

0.061 

0.069 

'See  par.  6. 


248 

Spec.  20A. 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


Nominal  capacity  (gallons). 

Minimum  thickness 

of  material  (United 

States  Standard  gauge). 

Standard 
weight  per 
square  foot 

(poonds). 

Minimum 

thickness 

(2H  per 

cent  under 

In  tody 

In  head. 

standard) 
(inches). 

f            ^^ 

2.500 
3.125 
3.750 
3.125 
4.375 
5.000 
5.625 

0.061 

30  to  55                        

14 
'  13 

0.076 
0.091 

I". 

0.076 

56  to  110 

12 

'  11 

10 

0.107 
0.122 

0. 137 

'  See  par.  6. 


ROLLING   HOOPS. 


3.  Rolling  hoops  s wedged  or  rolled  into  the  shell  are  not  author- 
ized. 

4.  Separate  rolling  hoops  as  prescribed  must  be  properly  secured 
to  the  shell,  preferably  by  means  of  small  bead  on  each  side  of  each 
rolling  hoop  or  by  welding  for  a  length  of  3  or  4  inches  at  several 
points  around  the  circumference;  spot  welding  or  beading  under 
the  rolling  hoop  is  not  authorized. 

5.  Containers  of  the  cylindrical  or  straight-sided  type  with  a 
nominal  capacity  of  over  10  gallons  must  be  equipped  with  separate 
rolling  hoops  either  of  the  U-shaped  sheet-metal  type  at  least  two 
gauges  heavier  than  the  steel  in  the  shell  of  the  container,  or  of  the 
solid  I-bar  type  not  less  than  commercial  ^  by  13^  inches,  weighing 
not  less  than  1.25  pounds  per  foot  for  containers  not  over  55  gallons 
nominal  capacity,  and  not  less  than  commercial  1  by  13^  inches, 
weighing  not  less  than  1.6  pounds  per  foot  for  containers  over  55 
gallons  nominal  capacity;  containers  of  this  type  are  not  required  to 
have  rolling  hoops  if  of  10  gallons  or  less  nominal  capacity. 

6.  Bilge- type  containers,  of  55  gallons  or  less  nominal  capacity, 
need  not  be  equipped  with  rolling  hoops  if  the  minimum  thickness 
of  the  metal  is  at  least  one  gauge  thicker  at  the  bilge  and  at  other 
points  not  less  than  the  minimum  specified;  otherwise  rolling  hoops 
must  be  attached  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  covering  the 
cylindrical  or  straight-sided  containers. 

TESTS. 

7.  Each  barrel  or  drum  must  be  tested  under  water  or  with  all 
seams  covered  with  soap-suds  or  heavy  oil,  by  interior  compressed 
air  at  a  pressure  of  not  less  than  15  pounds  per  square  inch,  and 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  249 

Spec.  20A. 

must  bft  carefully  examined  while  under  this  pressure,  and  must 
stand  this  test  without  leaking. 

8.  The  type  of  barrel  or  drum  must  be  capable  of  standing,  with- 
out leaking,  a  hydrostatic  test  pressure  of  not  less  than  30  pounds 
per  square  inch,  sustained  for  not  less  than  five  minutes.  Leakage 
past  the  gasket  of  head  or  closing  plate  shall  not  be  considered  a 
failure  in  this  test. 

9.  (a)  The  type  of  barrel  or  drum  must  also  be  capable  of  standing 
the  following  tests : 

(h)  A  sample  taken  at  random  shall  be  filled  with  water  to  98  per 
cent  of  its  capacity  and  dropped  from  a  height  of  4  feet  diagonally 
onto  its  bottom  chime;  a  sample  shall  be  filled  with  sand  and  dropped 
from  a  height  of  4  feet  diagonally  onto  its  top  chime.  No  leakage 
shall  be  shown  in  any  of  these  tests. 

10.  Type  tests  of  sample  packages  must  be  made,  by  any  company 
starting  production,  on  each  type  and  size  of  package  in  order  to 
insure  that  the  product  will  comply  with  paragraphs  8  and  9,  and 
must  be  repeated  at  intervals  of  not  more  than  four  months;  if  the 
same  type  and  size  is  to  be  made  of  different  gauge  material  the 
samples  must  be  taken  from  those  of  the  lighter  gauge.  Subsequent 
production  on  any  type  or  size  of  package  must  not  be  continued 
unless  further  tests  have  been  made  within  the  previous  four  months ; 
if  production  has  been  discontinued  and  is  resumed,  this  requirement 
will  also  apply.  If  any  sample  fails  to  pass  any  test,  then  two  other 
samples  must  be  taken  and  tested  and  if  both  pass  the  tests  the 
results  will  be  considered  as  satisfactory.  Tested  packages  must 
be  held  available  for  inspection  until  the  next  test  on  the  same  type 
and  size  is  made. 

CLOSUHES. 

11.  Provision  must  be  made  for  any  necessary  gaskets  and  for 
closing  the  barrel  or  drum  in  such  manner  as  to  prevent  leakage  in 
transit.  If  reinforcing  rings  are  used  to  stiffen  the  head  or  remov- 
able plate,  the  inside  (or  outside)  circumference  of  these  rings  must 
be  carefully  welded  to  the  heads  or  plates  so  that  warping  will  not 
result  in  possible  leakage. 

MANUFACTUEING    METHODS. 

12.  The  method  of  manufacturing  the  barrel  or  drum  and  the  mate- 
rials used  must  be  well  adapted  to  producing  a  uniform  product. 
Leaks  caused  by  defective  manufacture  of  a  barrel  or  drum  must  not 
be  stopped  by  soldering,  but  must  be  repaired  by  the  method  used  in 
constructing  the  barrel  or  drum. 

66620°— 22— 17 


250  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSIOIT. 

Spec.  20A. 

13.  It  is  recommended  that,  when  nature  of  contents  will  permit, 
each  such  container  should  be  coated  on  the  inside  and  outside  in  such 
manner  and  with  such  material  as  will  prevent  corrosion. 

MARKING. 

14.  Each  barrel  and  drum  must  be  plainly  and  permanently 
marked  by  embossing  or  stamping  (preferably  on  the  removable  head 
or  plate)  as  follows: 

(a)  The  marking  ICC— 20A. 

(b)  Marking  to  show  the  United  States  Standard  gauge  of  the  metal 
in  its  thinnest  part,  the  capacity  of  the  container  in  gallons,  and  the 
vear  of  manufacture.  These  may  be  abbreviated  and  then  must 
appear  in  the  order  specified  (for  example,  16-55-20,  which  will 
signify  that  the  container  is  made  of  16  gauge  steel,  is  of  55  gallons 
capacity,  and  was  made  in  the  year  1920). 

(c)  The  name,  initials,  or  symbol  of  the  manufacturer.  (This  must 
be  recorded  with  the  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New 
York  City.) 

The  marking  I.C.C. — 20A  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the 
package  complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

All  letters  and  figures  in  the  above  marking  must  be  at  least  3^  inch 
high  for  containers  of  29  gallons  or  less  nominal  capacity,  at  least  ^ 
inch  high  for  containers  of  nominal  capacity  30  to  55  gallons,  and  at 
least  1  inch  high  for  containers  of  nominal  capacity  over  55  gallons. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 

INSPECTION.  ^ 

15.  Wherever  practicable  the  manufacture  of  these  barrels  or 
drums  should  be  subjected  to  the  inspection  of  a  competent  and  dis- 
interested inspector. 

REPORTS    OF    MANUFACTUTtE. 

16.  All  manufacturers  who  make  metal  barrels  or  drums  to  comply 
with  this  specification  must  forward  to  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of 
Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City,  a  monthly  report  of  all 
such  barrels  or  drums  shipped.  Such  report  must  be  submitted  in 
the  following  form: 

(Place) 

( Date) 

BuRKAu  OF  Explosives, 

SO  Vesey  St.,  New  York,  N.   Y. 

Gentlkmen:  Report  of  metal  ' shipped  by  us  from 

during  month  of made  under  requirements  of  Intereta^tft  CqCI- 

merce  Commission  specifications. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS. 


251 

Spec.  20B,  21. 


I.  c.  c. 

specification 

Nominal 
capacity 
(gallons). 

Gauge  of  material  (United 
States  Standard). 

Date 
marked  on 
containers. 

Number  of 
containers. 

Minimum 
weight  in 
the  black 
(pounds).' 

Date  of  last 

No. 

Head. 

Body. 

tyjje  tests.' 

i                       1                                              ! 

1 ...\.\\[[]\]\\]\\.[[\X.[\...\.\.'. 

1  Insert  "barrels"  or  "drums." 

2  Excluding  rolling  hoops. 

*  Must  be  made  every  four  months. 

Each  container  was  tested  under  an  air  pressure  of pounds,  as  required, 

and  showed  no  leakage. 

We  hereby  certify  that  these  containers  are  properly  marked  and  comply  in  all 
respects  with  the  requirements  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  specifications. 

(Signed) 

(Per) 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION   NO.  20B. 
IRON   OR    STEEL  BARRELS   OR   DRUMS. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Note. — Removable  head  or  removable  plate  containers  are  authorized  under  this  specification. 
Note.— These  packages  are  not  authorized  for  inflammable  liquids  except  when  specific  permission  is 
given  in  these  regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  These  containers  must  comply  in  all  respects  with  the  require- 
ments prescribed  by  shipping  container  specification  No.  20A,  except 
as  follows  (gauge  mentioned  in  this  specification  refers  to  United 
States  Standard) : 

2.  The  thickness  of  material  in  the  completed  containers  as  speci- 
fied in  paragraph  2  may  be  reduced  to  20  gauge  for  a  container  not 
over  10  gallons  nominal  capacity,  18  gauge  for  a  container  of  11  to  29 
gallons  nominal  capacity,  and  16  gauge  for  a  container  of  30  to  55 
gallons  nominal  capacity. 

3.  The  marking  as  specified  in  paragraph  14  (a)  must  be  ICC — 
20B. 

4.  The  maximum  size  of  any  container  made  under  this  specifica- 
tion must  not  exceed  55  gallons  nominal  capacit}^ 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION   NO.  21. 
FIBER   DRUMS. 

For  pro^isions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 
1.  Fiber  drums  or  barrels  must  comply  with  the  following  speci- 
fications.    Until  more   complete   specifications   are   approved,   this 


252  INTERSTATE   COMMEECE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  21. 

specification   shall   apply  to  drums  not    larger    than   11   inches  in 
diameter  or  19  inches  long,  outside  measurement. 

CONSTRUCTION. 

2.  The  body  of  the  drum  must  be  formed  of  not  less  than  eight 
plies  of  fibrous  board  reinforced  by  a  sheet  of  expanded  metal. 
Each  ply  must  be  not  less  than  0.022  inch  thick  and  must  have  a 
resistance  of  not  less  than  60  pounds  to  the  square  inch,  by  the 
Mullen  test.  The  reinforcing  sheet  must  be  steel  of  not  less  than 
No.  28  gauge  United  States  Standard,  and  not  less  than  6  inches  wide 
before  being  expanded.  In  expanding  this  sheet  a  band  ^  inch  wide 
must  be  left  on  each  side  of  the  sheet,  these  bands  to  form  a  part 
of  the  chimes  of  the  drum. 

3.  The  fibrous  board  and  the  steel  reinforcing  sheet  must  be  rolled 
together  into  one  integral  piece,  the  steel  reinforcing  sheet  being 
wound  between  the  fifth  and  sixth  plies  of  the  fibrous  board  and 
the  whole  being  cemented  solidly  together  by  silicate  of  soda. 

4.  The  heads  of  the  drum  must  be  made  of  hardwood  not  less 
than  Y6  i^ch  in  thickness,  and,  if  they  are  made  of  more  than  one 
piece,  the  pieces  must  be  tongued  and  grooved  to  prevent  leakage. 
The  edges  of  the  heads  must  be  notched  to  receive  a  steel  collar. 
This  steel  collar  must  be  not  less  than  No.  26  gauge  United  States 
Standard,  and  must  be  flanged  and  fitted  over  the  chime  and  into  the 
notches  of  the  head  in  such  manner  as  to  give  protection  to  the  edge 
of  the  chime  and  prevent  leakage  around  the  head  of  the  drum. 

5.  The  heads  must  be  nailed  to  the  body  by  not  less  than  6  nails 
(size  of  nails  must  be  not  less  than  3-penny  common)  passing  through 
the  fiber  sides,  through  the  band  of  the  steel  reinforcing  sheet,  through 
the  steel  collar,  and  into  the  heads. 

6.  The  method  of  manufacturing  the  drums  and  the  materials 
used  must  be  well  adapted  to  producing  a  uniform  product. 

7.  The  type  of  drum,  when  filled  with  fine  dry  sand,  must  be 
capable  of  withstanding,  without  leakage,  successive  drops  on  its  side, 
end,  or  chime  onto  solid  concrete  from  heights  of  ]2,  18,  24,  30,  and 
36  inches. 

MARKING. 

8.  Each  drum  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol,  consisting 
of  a  rectangle,  as  follows: 


1 


ICC-21 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  H  inch  high. 
This   symbol    shall    be   understood    to   certify   that    the    package 
complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 


SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  253 

^^  Spec.  22. 

When  offered  for  shipment,  the  package  must  also  bear  snch  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  22. 

WOODEN   VENEER   DRXTMS. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  Wooden  veneer  drums  must  comply  with  the  following  speci- 
fications. Until  more  complete  specifications  are  approved,  this 
specification  shall  apply  to  drums  not  larger  than  14  inches  in  diam- 
eter or  21  inches  long,  outside  measurement, 

CONSTRUCTION. 

2.  The  body  of  the  drum  must  be  formed  of  two  or  more  plies  of 
wood  veneer  with  a  total  thickness  of  not  less  than  ^  inch.  The  grain 
of  the  inner  and  outer  plies  must  be  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  drum, 
and  the  joints  must  be  staggered  so  as  to  prevent  leakage  or  the 
possible  entrance  of  sparks. 

3.  The  drum  must  be  held  together  by  at  least  four  wooden  hoops 
not  less  than  2  inches  by  -^  inch  in  size.  Two  of  these  hoops  must  be 
at  the  ends  of  the  drum  and  the  other  two  approximately  equally 
spaced  between  them.  The  ends  of  these  hoops  must  be  fastened 
together  by  at  least  one  staple  clinched  on  the  inside  and  by  at  least 
two  additional  nails  or  staples  clinched  on  the  inside.  All  of  these 
hoops  must  be  nailed  to  the  body  of  the  drum  by  nails  spaced  at  not 
greater  than  5-inch  centers  and  clinched  on  the  inside.  The  two  end 
hoops  must  be  reenforced  by  steel  hoops  not  less  than  %  inch  wide 
and  0.025  inch  thick,  placed  around  the  wooden  hoops  and  securely 
nailed  to  them. 

4.  The  heads  of  the  drum  must  be  of  wood  not  less  than  -^  inch 
thick  and  strengthened  by  a  cleat  or  batten  not  less  than  2  inches  by 
■^  inch  nailed  across  the  grain  of  the  head  and  extending  nearly  across 
the  head. 

5.  The  body  of  the  drum  must  be  lined  with  fiber  board  or  straw- 
board  not  less  than  0.035  inch  in  thickness  made  into  a  tight  cylinder 
by  gluing  the  edges  together.  The  ends  must  be  lined  with  fiber 
board  or  strawboard  not  less  than  0.055  inch  in  thickness  so  formed 
as  to  just  fit  in  the  end  of  the  drum. 

If  desired,  a  stout  cloth  bag  securely  closed  and  of  a  character  not 
to  allow  sifting  of  contents  may  be  used  in  place  of  the  lining. 


254  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSiol^. 

Spec.  23. 

6.  The  heads  of  the  (hniin  mast  he  hobl  in  place  by  interior  and 
exterior  hning  hoops.  The  interior  lining  hoops  must  have  gaskets 
of  thick  cloth  or  o^:her  suitable  material  so  arranged  that  the  head 
linings  will  fit  tightly  thereon  and  be  held  in  place  by  the  head  to 
prevent  leakage. 

7.  The  method  of  manufacturing  the  drums  and  the  materials 
used  must  be  well  adapted  to  producing  a  uniform  product. 

8.  This  type  of  drum,  when  filled  with  fine  dry  sand,  must  be 
capable  of  withstanding  without  leakage,  successive  drops  on  its 
side,  end,  or  chime  onto  solid  concrete  from  heights  of  12,  18,  24,  30, 
and  36  inches. 

MARKING. 

9.  Each  drum  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consisting 
of  a  rectangle,  as  follows : 


ICC— 22 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  3^  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  bear  also  such  other 
descriptions  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  23. 

METAL-JACKETED   CANS. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 
CANS. 

1.  Cans  jacketed  under  this  specification  shall  not  exceed  10  gallons 
capacity  each. 

2.  Cans  exceeding  1  gallon  and  not  exceeding  10  gallons  capacity 
must  be  made  of  metal  not  lighter  than  30  gauge,*  United  States 
Standard. 

3.  Cans  not  exceeding  1  gallon  capacity  may  be  made  of  metal 
lighter  than  30  gauge.  United  States  Standard,  but  it  must  be  such  as 
will  provide  proper  protection  against  leakage  in  transit. 

4.  Each  completed  can  must  be  tested  by  its  manufacturer  and 
must  not  leak  air  when  tested  under  water  with  interior  air  pressure 
of  at  least  5  pounds  per  square  inch. 

>  Commercial  107-pound  tin  plate  is  satisfactory. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  255 

Spec.  23. 
JACKETS. 


5.  Jackets  must  consist  of  not  more  than  two  pieces,  each  thor- 
oughly riveted,  welded,  or  brazed.  They  must  be  made  of  metal 
the  minimum  thickness  of  which  is  not  less  than  No.  20  gauge, 
United  States  Standard. 

6.  Tops  and  bottoms  of  jackets  may  be  made  of  either  wood  or 
metal. 

Wooden  tops  and  bottoms  must  be  made  of  good,  sound  lumber, 
dry  and  well  seasoned,  and  must  be  in  not  more  than  two  pieces 
tongued  and  grooved  and  glued  and  nailed  to  jacket,  flush  with  the 
top  and  bottom  of  the  sides  of  jacket.  Nails  must  be  at  not  greater 
than  2-inch  centers.  Thickness  of  lumber  in  top  and  bottom  of  the 
finished  jacket  must  be  not  less  than  ^e  inch  for  the  package  of 
capacity  not  over  3  gallons  and  ^  inch  for  the  package  with  capacity 
over  3  gallons. 

Metal  tops  and  bottoms  must  be  made  of  metal  the  minimum 
thickness  of  which  is  No.  20  gauge.  United  States  Standard. 

7.  The  can  must  be  completely  covered  by  the  jacket  and  the 
jacket  must  be  so  constructed  as  to  prevent  any  vertical  movement 
of  the  can  inside  the  jacket. 

8.  The  upper  part  of  the  jacket  must  be  securely  and  evenly 
adjusted  to  the  lower  part  of  the  jacket  with  suitable  metal  lugs  or 
other  device  so  as  to  make  accidental  removal  of  the  upper  part  of 
the  jacket  impossible. 

9.  This  type  of  package  must  be  capable  of  standing  without 
leakage  successive  drops  on  its  ends  or  side  onto  solid  concrete  from 
heights  of  1  foot,  2  feet,  3  feet,  and  4  feet. 

MARKING. 

10.  Each  completed  package  must  be  plainly  and  permanently 
marked  with  a  symbol  as  follows: 

I    C    C-23 

The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  J^  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

The  package  when  offered  for  shipment  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 


256  INTERSTATE   COMMEECE   COMMISSION. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATIONS    NO.  24. 
FIBER   CASES. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of   these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  Cases  made  under  this  specification  may  be  made  of  fiber  board, 
pulpboard,  corrugated  strawboard,  or  solid-fiber  millboard  as  speci- 
fied herein. 

MAXIMUM    SIZE    OF    CASE. 

2.  No  case  may  have  an  internal  volume  exceeding  that  of  a  20-inch 
cube,  or  8,000  cubic  inches. 

MAXIMUM    AUTHORIZED    CAPACITY. 

3.  The  combined  capacity  of  all  containers  in  any  case  shall  not 
exceed  8  quarts,  except  that  when  hermetically  sealed  metal  inside 
containers  are  used  the  combined  capacity  shall  not  exceed  25  pints 
(25  pounds  for  ether),  as  provided  for  in  paragraphs  20  and  29. 

MARKING. 

4.  The  outside  container  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol 
consisting  of  a  rectangle,  as  follows: 


I CC-24 


The  name  (or  initials)  and  address  of  the  company  applying  this 
marking  must  also  be  placed  immediately  below  this  symbol. 

The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  ^  inch  high. 

This  symbol  will  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  complies 
with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 

INSIDE    CONTAINERS    AND    CUSHIONING. 

5.  Mixed  shipments  of  inflammable  and  noninflammable  liquids  in 
the  same  outside  case  must  be  packed  the  same  as  would  be  required 
if  they  were  all  inflammable  liquids. 

6.  The  inside  containers  must  be  securely  closed  in  such  manner  as 
to  prevent  leakage  of  the  liquid  during  transit. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  257 

Spec.  24. 

7.  Inside  containers  must  not  exceed  1  pint  capacity  each  for 
liquids  with  a  flash  point  at  or  below  20°  F.  or  1  quart  capacity  each 
for  liquids  with  a  flash  point  above  20°  F.  up  to  80°  F. 

8.  (a)  Each  inside  container  of  capacity  not  over  3^  pint  must  be 
wrapped  separately  in  single-faced  corrugated  strawboard  wrappers 
or  separated  by  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  partitions: 
Provided,  That  inside  containers  of  not  more  than  2  ounces  capacity 
each  packed  in  wooden  boxes  or  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard 
cartons  and  cushioned  when  necessary  to  prevent  breakage,  may  be 
packed  in  the  outside  cases  without  the  wrappers  or  partitions  pre- 
scribed above:  Provided  further ,  That  inside  containers  of  not  more 
than  2  ounces  capacity  each,  packed  separately  in  chipboard  cartons 
and  with  not  more  than  12  of  these  cartons  in  other  chipboard  cartons, 
may  be  packed  in  the  outside  cases  without  the  wrappers  prescribed 
above  if  the  large  cartons  are  separated  by  double-faced  corrugated 
strawboard  partitions. 

(6)  Each  inside  container  of  capacity  over  3^  pint  must  be  wrapped 
separately  in  single-faced  corrugated  strawboard  wrappers  and  also 
separated  by  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  partitions:  Pro- 
vided, That  such  inside  containers  wrapped  separately  in  single-faced 
corrugated  strawboard  wrappers  and  packed  separately  in  double- 
faced  corrugated  strawboard  cartons  may  be  packed  in  the  outside 
cases  without  the  partitions  prescribed  above:  Provided  further ,  That 
inside  metal  containers  separated  by  proper  double-faced  corrugated 
strawboard  partitions  need  not  be  wrapped  with  the  single-faced 
strawboard  wrappers :  Provided  further,  That  inside  containers  sep- 
arated by  partitions  of  two  thicknesses  of  double-faced  corrugated 
strawboard  or  by  partitions  of  double-wall  corrugated  strawboard 
need  not  be  separately  wrapped  with  the  single-faced  strawboard 
wrappers. 

9.  In  all  cases  where  there  is  more  than  one  tier  of  inside  containers 
the  tiers  must  be  separated  by  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard 
pads  except  when  the  inside  containers  are  in  wooden  boxes  or  double- 
faced  corrugated  strawboard  cartons. 

MATERIAL. 

10.  Fiber  board  or  pulpboard  used  must  be  3-ply  or  more,  all  plies 
firmly  glued  together,  the  outer  ply  waterproofed,  and  no  single  ply 
less  than  0.016  inch  in  thickness. 

Solid-fiber  millboard  used  must  be  composed  of  not  less  than  50 
per  cent  of  sulphite  fiber  and  must  be  waterproofed  throughout. 

Double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  used  must  be  made  of  corru- 
gated strawboard  with  inner  and  outer  facings  of  fiber  board  or  pulp- 
board,  both  facings  having  proper  bending  qualities,  firmly  glued  to 


258  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  24. 

the  corrugated  sheet.  Outer  facings  must  be  waterproofed.  Both 
inner  and  outer  facings  must  be  not  less  than  0.018  inch  in  thickness 
and  have  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  85  pounds  per  square  inch, 
Mullen  test. 

Double-wall  corrugated  strawboard  (double-faced  corrugated  straw- 
board  and  single-faced  corrugated  strawboard  glued  together  so  as 
to  make  one  piece)  used,  must  be  made  with  all  facings  of  fiber  board 
or  pulpboard  having  propc-r  bending  qualities  and  firmly  glued  to  the 
corrugated  sheets:  each  facing  must  be  not  less  than  0.018  inch  in 
thickness  and  have  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  85  pounds  per  square 
inch,  Mullen  test;   the  outer  facings  must  be  waterproofed. 

Thickness  and  strength  of  material  composing  the  case  proper  must 
be  as  hereinafter  specified  for  the  various  cases. 

11.  Partitions,  inside  cartons  unless  otherwise  specified,  pads  and 
liners,  must  be  made  of  material  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than 
175  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  except  that  when  double- 
wall  corrugated  strawboard  is  used  as  a  partition  it  must  have  a 
resistance  of  not  less  than  200  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test, 
and  except  that  the  liners  for  corrugated  strawboard  cases  containing 
inside  containers  with  a  total  capacity  of  over  6  quarts  must  have  a 
resistance  of  not  less  than  200  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test. 
Waterproofing  is  not  required. 

DETAILS    OF    COXSTRUCTION    FOR    FIBER    BOARD,  PULPBOARD,  OR    MILL- 
BOARD   CASES. 

12.  (a)  Each  glued-ply  fiber  board  or  pulpboard  case  must  be  made 
out  of  one  piece  of  material :  Provided,  That  separate  flanged  tops  and 
bottoms  (heads)  are  authorized  if  composed  of  material  having  a  re- 
sistance, Mullen  test,  50  per  cent  in  excess  of  the  total  resistance  of  the 
sides  and  liners  specified  for  the  case.  The  side  lap  of  the  case  must  be 
at  least  V/2  inches  wide.  The  tops  and  bottoms  must  be  formed  of 
four  flaps  (except  as  specified  above),  each  pair  of  flaps  meeting  to 
form  a  close  joint  and  top  and  bottom  pads  must  be  used. 

(6)  The  body  of  each  solid-fiber  millboard  case  must  be  made  out 
of  one  piece  of  material  and  the  top  and  bottom  (heads)  must  be  of 
the  flanged  type.  The  side  lap  must  be  not  less  than  1  inch  wide  for 
cases  containing  inside  containers  with  a  total  capacity  of  not  over 
6  quarts  and  not  less  than  \%  inches  wide  for  larger  cases. 

13.  In  forming  the  case  the  material  must  be  creased,  not  cut,  to 
produce  a  fillet.  This  requirement  wifl  also  apply  to  flanged  ends. 
Cases  with  flanged  ends  must  have  the  flanges  project  outward  and 
the  width  of  the  flange  must  be  not  less  than  1  inch,  including  the 
Hllet. 

14.  All  scams  must  bo  stitched  with  flat  wire  not  less  than  Y^  inch 
wide  and  of  suitable  thickness,  spaced  at  intervals  of  not  over  \}/2 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  259 

Spec.  24. 

inches,  and  the  machine  used  must  be  capable  of  driving  the  wire 
through  the  material  so  that  the  stitching,  when  completed,  will  be 
perfect:  Provided,  That  rivets  may  be  used  if  equal  or  superior  in 
strength  to  the  wire  stitching. 

15.  (a)  The  side  lap  of  fiber  board  or  pulpboard  cases  must  be 
double  stitched,  or  glued  and  single  stitched. 

(6)  The  side  lap  of  solid-fiber  millboard  cases  must  be  single 
stitched  for  cases  containing  inside  containers  with  a  total  capacity 
of  not  over  6  quarts  and  double  stitched  for  larger  cases. 

16.  Flanged  tops  and  bottoms  (heads)  must  be  fastened  to  bodies 
of  cases  by  single  stitching. 

17.  Separating  partitions,  when  used,  must  be  properly  half- 
slotted  and  fitted  together  and  of  sufficient  size  to  touch  sides,  top, 
and  bottom  of  the  case. 

18.  When  the  combined  capacity  of  all  containers  in  the  case  does 
not  exceed  4  quarts,  the  following  special  requirements  must  be 
complied  with: 

(a)  If  glued-ply  fiber  board  or  pulpboard  is  used  it  must  be  not 
less  than  0.08  inch  in  thickness  and  have  a  resistance  of  not  less 
than  200  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test.  Top  and  bottom  pads 
are  required  (see  par.  12a). 

(6)  If  solid-fiber  millboard  is  used  it  must  be  not  less  than  0.08  inch 
in  thickness  and  have  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  240  pounds  per 
square  inch,  Mullen  test.  The  tops  and  bottoms  (heads)  must  be 
of  the  flanged  type,  reinforced  by  an  unflanged  piece  of  the  same 
thickness  and  strength  as  the  tops  and  bottoms  (heads)  and  secured 
to  them  by  metal  stitching  around  the  edges  and  through  the  center 
at  intervals  of  not  over  3  inches. 

19.  When  the  combined  capacity  of  all  containers  in  the  case 
exceeds  4  quarts  but  does  not  exceed  6  quarts,  the  following  special 
requirements  must  be  complied  with: 

(a)  If  glued-ply  fiber  board  or  pulpboard  is  used  it  must  be  not 
less  than  0.10  inch  in  thickness  and  have  a  resistance  of  not  less 
than  275  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test.  The  case  must  be 
provided  with  a  liner  fitting  closely  inside  the  case  as  a  lining  of  those 
four  sides  of  the  case  not  formed  by  the  closing  flaps;  it  must  be  made 
in  one  piece  with  a  closely  fitted  butt  joint,  which  must  be  located  near 
the  center  of  one  of  the  sides  and  not  along  an  edge  of  the  case. 
Top  and  bottom  pads  are  also  required  (see  par.  12a). 

(&)  If  sohd-fiber  millboard  is  used  it  must  be  not  less  than  0.08 
inch  in  thickness  and  have  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  320  pounds 
per  square  inch,  Mullen  test.  The  tops  and  bottoms  (heads)  must 
be  of  the  flanged  type,  reinforced  by  an  unflanged  piece  of  the  same 
thickness  and  strength  as  the  tops  and  bottoms  (heads)  and  secured 


260  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  24. 

to  them  by  metal  stitching  around  the  edges  and  through  the  center 
at  intervals  of  not  over  3  inches. 

20.  When  the  combined  capacity  of  all  containers  in  the  case 
exceeds  6  quarts  but  does  not  exceed  8  quarts,  the  following  special 
requirements  must  be  complied  with: 

(a)  If  glued-ply  fiber  board  or  pulpboard  is  used  it  must  be  not 
less  than  0.10  inch  in  thickness  and  have  a  resistance  of  not  less  than 
275  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test.  The  case  must  be  provided 
with  a  liner  fitting  closely  inside  the  case  as  a  lining  of  those  four  sides 
of  the  case  not  formed  by  the  closing  flaps ;  it  must  be  made  in  one 
piece  with  a  closely  fitted  butt  joint,  which  must  be  located  near  the 
center  of  one  of  the  sides  and  not  along  an  edge  of  the  case.  Top 
and  bottom  pads  are  also  required  (see  par.  12a). 

(b)  If  solid-fiber  millboard  is  used  it  must  be  not  less  than  0.09 
inch  in  thickness  and  have  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  375  pounds 
per  square  inch,  Mullen  test.  The  tops  and  bottoms  (heads)  must  be 
of  the  flanged  type  and  must  be  of  material  not  less  than  0.08  inch  in 
thickness  and  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  320  pounds  per 
square  inch,  Mullen  test;  they  must  be  reinforced  by  an  unflanged 
piece,  of  the  same  thickness  and  strength  as  the  body  material, 
secured  to  them  by  metal  stitching  around  the  edges  and  through 
the  center  at  intervals  of  not  over  3  inches. 

The  capacity  of  this  case  may  be  increased  to  25  pints  (25  pounds  for 
ether)  if  hermetically  sealed  inside  metal  containers  are  used. 

CLOSING. 

21.  The  tops  and  bottoms  of  all  cases  closed  by  flaps  must  be 
closed  by  gluing  with  animal  glue  or  silicate  of  soda  coated  on  the 
entire  contact  surfaces  of  the  top  and  bottom  pads  and  of  all  of  the 
flaps.     Cases  with  flanged  heads  must  be  closed  by  metal  stitching. 

DETAILS   OF   CONSTRUCTION    FOR   DOUBLE-FACED   CORRUGATED   STRAW- 
BOARD    CASES. 

22.  The  combined  board  must  have  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  200 
pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  for  double-faced  board  and  275 
pounds  per  square  inch  for  double-wall  board:  Provided,  That  board 
witli  a  resistance  of  only  175  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test, 
may  be  used  if  the  inside  containers  are  made  of  metal,  are  not  over 
}4  pint  capacity  each,  and  are  separated  by  double-faced  corrugated 
strawboard  partitions  or  packed  separately  in  double-faced  corru- 
gated strawboard  cartons. 

23.  Each  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  case  must  be  made 
out  of  one  piece  of  material  and  sealing  strips  must  be  secured  to  the 
case  by  animal  glue.     The  side  seam  must  be  close  fitting  and  be 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  261 

Spec.  24. 

secured  by  a  single  cloth  sealing  strip  not  less  than  2  inches  in  width 
and  having  a  resistance,  of  not  less  than  85  pounds  to  the  square  inch, 
Mullen  test,  extending  the  entire  length  of  the  seam.  Double  cloth 
sealing  strips  may  be  used  if  the  inner  strip  is  made  not  less  than  \}/2 
inches  wide  and  the  outer  strip  not  less  than  2)^  inches  wide,  each 
cloth  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  60  pounds  per  square  inch, 
Mullen  test,  each  thickness  extending  the  entire  length  of  the  seam,  the 
inner  being  firmly  glued  to  the  case,  and  the  outer  being  efficiently 
and  firmly  glued  to  the  inner  cloth  and  to  the  case. 

24.  Separating  partitions,  when  used,  must  be  properly  half- 
slotted  and  fitted  together  and  of  sufficient  size  to  touch  sides,  top, 
and  bottom  of  the  case. 

25.  When  the  combined  capacity  of  all  containers  in  the  case  does 
not  exceed  4  quarts  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  case  must  each  be 
formed  of  four  flaps,  each  pair  of  flaps  meeting  to  form  a  close  joint. 

26.  When  the  combined  capacity  of  all  containers  in  the  case 
exceeds  4  quarts,  but  does  not  exceed  6  quarts,  the  top  and  bottom  of 
the  case  must  each  be  formed  of  four  flaps,  each  pair  of  flaps  meeting 
to  form  a  close  joint,  and  top  and  bottom  pads  must  be  used.  The 
case  must  also  be  provided  with  a  liner  fitting  closely  inside  the  case 
as  a  lining  of  those  four  sides  of  the  case  not  formed  by  the  closing 
flaps;  it  must  be  made  in  one  piece  with  a  closely  fitted  butt  joint 
which  must  be  located  near"  the  center  of  one  of  the  sides  and  not 
along  an  edge  of  the  case:  Provided,  That  when  the  cases  are  con- 
structed of  double-wall  corrugated  strawboard  the  liners  are  not 
required. 

27.  When  the  combined  capacity  of  all  containers  in  the  case 
exceeds  6  quarts,  but  does  not  exceed  8  quarts,  the  top  and  bottom  of 
the  case  must  each  be  formed  of  four  flaps,  each  pair  of  flaps  meeting 
to  form  a  close  joint,  and  top  and  bottom  pads  must  be  used.  The 
case  must  also  be  provided  with  a  liner  fitting  closely  inside  the  case 
as  a  lining  of  those  four  sides  of  the  case  not  formed  by  the  closing 
flaps;  it  must  be  made  in  one  piece  with  a  closely  fitted  butt  joint 
which  must  be  located  near  the  center  of  one  of  the  sides  and  not 
along  an  edge  of  the  case;  the  material  of  this  liner  must  have  a 
resistance  of  not  less  than  200  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test: 
Provided,  That  when  the  cases  are  constructed  of  double-wall  corru- 
gated strawboard  the  liners  are  not  required. 

The  capacity  of  this  case  may  be  increased  to  25  pints  (25  pounds 
for  ether)  if  hermetically  sealed  inside  metal  containers  are  used. 

CLOSING. 

28.  Tops  and  bottoms  of  cases  must  be  closed  by  gluing  with 
animal  glue  or  silicate  of  soda  coated  on  the  entire  contact  surfaces 
of  the  top  and  bottom  pads  and  of  all  of  the  flaps. 


262  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  24. 

MISCELLANEOUS    TYPES    OF    CASES. 

FIBER    BOARD    SCREW    CAP   CASE. 

29.  Fiber  board  cases  are  approved  when  made  and  filled  in  full 
compliance  with  the  requirements  of  paragraphs  1  to  20,  inclusive,  of 
these  specifications,  with  the  following  exceptions: 

The  body  of  the  case  shall  be  made  of  one  piece  and  shall  be  closed 
by  a  flap,  in  width  not  less  than  one-half  of  the  depth  of  the  case, 
this  flap  to  extend  from  the  top  of  the  case  down  over  the  side  and 
to  be  firmly  glued  in  place  with  animal  glue  or  silicate  of  soda  after 
filling  the  case. 

Each  head  shall  be  formed  of  four  flaps,  fitted  to  the  body  by 
flanges.  Material  used  in  the  head  flaps  shall  be  the  same  thickness 
and  strength  as  that  used  for  the  body. 

The  flaps  flanged  to  the  sides  of  the  case  shall  be  the  full  size  of 
the  end  of  the  case. 

The  flaps  flanged  to  top  and  bottom  of  the  case  may  be  of  general 
triangular  shape  but  must  extend  from  the  flange  not  less  than  % 
inch  along  the  sides  of  the  case. 

All  four  head  flaps  shall  be  securely  fastened  together  at  the  center 
of  the  end  of  the  case  by  a  13^  inch  screw  fastener,  consisting  of 
metal  plug  and  cap. 

CORRUGATED    STRAWBOARD   TRIPLE    SLIDE   CASE. 

30.  Corrugated  strawboard  cases  of  triple  slide  telescopic  type 
are  approved  when  made  and  filled  in  full  compliance  with  the 
requirements  of  paragraphs  1  to  11,  inclusive,  of  these  specifications, 
and  also  with  the  following  requirements: 

Each  case  must  be  of  the  triple  slide  telescopic  type,  each  slide 
being  made  of  one-piece  material  and  the  slides  fitted  together  so  as 
to  give  two  thicknesses  of  corrugated  strawboard  on  all  sides  of 
the  case. 

The  seams  of  each  slide  must  be  secured  by  single  cloth  sealing 
strips  not  less  than  2  inches  in  width  and  having  a  resistance  of 
not  less  than  85  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  extending 
the  entire  length  of  the  seam  or  closing  edge  and  secured  by  animal 
glue  to  the  case.  Double  cloth  sealing  strips  may  be  used  if  the 
inner  strip  is  made  not  less  than  \]4.  inches  wide  and  the  outer  strip 
not  less  than  2}/^  inches  wide,  each  cloth  having  a  resistance  of  not 
less  than  60  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test,  each  thickness 
extending  the  entire  length  of  the  seam  or  closing  edge,  the  inner 
being  firmly  glued  to  the  case  and  the  outer  being  efficiently  and 
firmly  glued  to  the  inner  cloth  and  to  the  case. 

When  the  combined  capacity  of  all  containers  in  the  case  does 
not  exceed  4  quarts  the  double-faced  corrugated  strawboard  used 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  263 

Spec.  24. 

must  have  both  facings  not  less  than  0.016  inch  in  thickness,  having 
a  resistance  of  not  less  than  75  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen 
test;  the  combined  board  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than 
175  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test.  Both  facings  must 
have  proper  bending  quality  and  be  firmly  glued  to  the  corrugated 
sheet.     The  outer  facing  must  be  waterproofed. 

When  the  combined  capacity  of  all  containers  in  the  case  exceeds 
4  quarts,  but  does  not  exceed  8  quarts,  the  double-faced  corrugated 
strawboard  used  must  have  both  facings  not  less  than  0.018  inch  in 
thickness,  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  85  pounds  per  square 
inch,  Mullen  test,  the  combined  board  having  a  resistance  of  not 
less  than  200  p(*.unds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test.  Both  facings 
must  have  proper  bending  quality  and  be  firmly  glued  to  the  cor- 
rugated sheet.     The  outer  facing  must  be  waterproofed. 

The  innermost  slide  may  be  made  of  boai-d  without  outer  facing 
waterproofed,  but  the  material  must  be  of  same  strength  as  the 
outer  slides. 

Triple  slide  cases,  when  closed  for  shipment,  must  have  the  top 
and  bottom  of  the  innermost  slide,  or  both  sides  of  the  middle  slide,  ' 
firmly  glued  to  the  outer  tube  of  the  case   throughout   the   entire 
area  of  contact. 


FIBER    BOARD    TWO-PIECE    CASE. 


31.  Fiber  board  cases  of  the  two-piece  full  telescope  type  are 
approved  when  made  and  filled  in  full  compliance  with  the  require- 
ments of  paragraphs  1  to  11,  inclusive,  of  these  specifications  and 
also  with  the  following  requirements: 

Cases  must  be  of  the  two-piece  full  telescope  type,  so  arranged 
that  one  piece  will  fit  snugly  into  the  other  to  give  two  thicknesses 
of  fiber  board  on  the  four  largest  sides  of  the  case  and  one  thickness 
of  fiber  board  on  the  other  two  smallest  sides  of  the  case. 

Each  part  of  the  case  must  be  made  of  one  piece  of  board  with 
seams  lapped  at  least  13^  inches,  double-stitched,  or  glued  and 
stitched,  with  flat  wire  not  less  than  3^  inch  wide  and  of  suitable 
thickness  spaced  at  intervals  not  over  1)4  inches. 

The  case  must  be  provided  with  a  liner  as  a  lining  to  four  sides 
of  the  case,  two  of  which  must  be  the  two  smallest  sides;  it  must 
be  made  in  one  piece  with  a  closely  fitted  butt  joint  which  must  be 
located  near  the  center  of  one  of  the  sides  and  not  along  an  edge  of 
the  case. 

When  filled  and  closed  the  two  pieces  of  the  case  must  be  fastened 
against  coming  apart  by  cloth  sealing  strips  not  less  than  2  inches  in 
width  and  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  85  pounds  per 
square  inch,  Mullen  test,  extending  along  the  entire  length  of  the 
open  edges. 


264  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  25. 

WTien  the  combined  capacity  of  all  containers  in  the  case  is  not 
over  4  quarts  the  cases  must  be  made  of  fiber  board  not  less  than 
0.08  inch  in  thickness  and  having  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  200 
pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test. 

When  the  combined  capacity  of  all  containers  in  the  case  exceeds 
4  quarts  but  does  not  exceed  8  quarts  the  cases  must  be  made  of  fiber 
board  not  less  than  0.10  inch  in  thickness  and  having  a  resistance  of 
not  less  than  275  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  25. 

STEEL  CYLINDERS. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  P^reight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1, 1923. 

1.  The  maximum  size  cylinder  must  be  limited  to  120  pounds 
water  capacity  with  tolerance  of  plus  5  per  cent,  and  must  comply 
with  this  specification. 

Cylinders  made  in  foreign  countries  must  not  be  used  in  domestic 
traffic  in  the  United  States  until  a  chemical  analysis  of  material  and 
tests,  as  specified  in  paragraphs  2,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  and  9,  have  been  car- 
ried out  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States  and  under  the  super- 
vision of  a  competent  and  disinterested  inspector  approved  by  the 
Bureau  of  Explosives. 

2.  Cylinders  must  be  seamless  and  must  be  made  of  steel  of  uniform 
quality  with  chemical  analysis  of — - 

Per  cent. 

Carbon,  not  more  than 0.  55 

Phosphorus,  not  more  than 04 

Sulphur,  not  more  than 05 

ANNEALING. 

3.  (a)  Each  cylinder  after  finishing  must  be  uniformly  and  properly 
annealed.     Dirt  and  scale  must  be  removed  before  painting. 

(b)  Cylinders  rejected  due  to  failure  in  the  flattening,  physical,  or 
hydrostatic  tests,  may  be  reannealed.  The  cylinders  must,  subse- 
quent to  this  reannealing  process,  be  subjected  to  and  pass  all  of  the 
requirements  of  the  flattening,  physical,  and  hydrostatic  tests  in 
order  to  be  accepted:  Provided,  That,  when  crop  ends  or  rings  are 
authorized  for  the  original  flattening  tests,  the  subsequent  tests  of 
this  character  shall  be  made  on  one  cyhnder  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or 
less. 


SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  265 

Spec.  25. 
FLATTENING    TEST. 

4.  From  each  lot  of  200  or  less  a  representative  finished  cylinder, 
after  annealing  and  after  having  passed  the  hydrostatic  test,  must  be 
selected  at  random  and  must  withstand,  without  cracking,  flattening 
between  rounded  knife  edges  to  a  thickness  of  six  times  the  thickness 
of  the  wall  of  the  cylinder,  this  measurement  to  be  made  between  the 
outside  surfaces  of  the  walls  of  the  cylinder; — 

Provided,  That  when  it  is  impracticable  to  make  the  flattening  test 
as  herein  prescribed  on  account  of  the  small  number  of  cylinders  in 
any  lot  or  order,  the  flattening  tests  may,  in  case  of  lots  of  cylinders 
not  to  exceed  30  cylinders  each,  be  made  on  a  ring  not  less  than  4 
inches  long  cut  from  each  cylinder  and  subjected  to  the  same  anneal- 
ing and  other  heat  treatment  as  the  finished  cylinder. 

The  knife  edges  must  be  of  wedge  shape,  converging  at  an  angle  of 
60°,  the  point  being  rounded  off  with  a  radius  of  ^2  inch.  If  any  one 
cylinder  from  any  lot  fails  to  pass  this  test,  two  others  from  the  same 
lot  must  be  selected,  and  these  must  pass  it  in  order  to  have  the  lot 
accepted. 

PHYSICAL   TEST. 

5.  One  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  finished  cylinders  after  anneal- 
ing must  be  selected  at  random  and  two  tests  made  on  test  specimens 
cut  longitudinally  thereform  to  determine  the  elastic  limit,  the  tensile 
strength,  and  elongation  of  the  material:  Provided,  That  when  the 
flattening  test  is  permitted  to  be  made  on  a  ring  cut  from  each  cylin- 
der the  test  specimens  may  be  taken  from  those  rings. 

6.  For  steel  with  a  carbon  content  of  more  than  0.20  per  cent  the 
elongation  must  not  be  less  than  10  per  cent  on  an  8-inch  test  speci- 
men and  the  elastic  limit  must  not  be  more  than  70  per  cent  of  the 
tensile  strength.  If  an  8-inch  test  specimen  can  not  be  obtained  then 
elongation  of  not  less  than  20  per  cent  on  a  2-inch  specimen  will  be 
allowed. 

7.  For  steel  with  a  carbon  content  of  not  more  than  0.20  per  cent  the 
elongation  must  not  be  less  than  20  per  cent  on  an  8-inch  test  speci- 
men and  the  elastic  limit  not  more  than  45,000  pounds  per  square 
inch.  If  an  8-inch  test  specimen  can  not  be  obtained  then  elongation 
of  not  less  than  40  per  cent  on  a  2-inch  specimen  will  be  allowed. 

HYDROSTATIC   TEST. 

8.  Each  finished  cylinder  must  be  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  test 
pressure  of  not  less  than  1,000  pounds  per  square  inch  in  a  water  jacket, 
or  other  apparatus  of  suitable  form  to  furnish  reliable  data.  The 
permanent  volumetric  expansion  must  not  exceed  10  per  cent  of  the 
whole  volumetric  expansion  at  this  pressure. 

66620°— 22 18 


266  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  25. 

This  test  must  be  made  without  subjecting  the  cyhnder  to  any- 
previous  hydrostatic  pressure:  Promded,  however,  That  a  prehminary 
pressure  of  not  more  than  80  per  cent  of  the  prescribed  test  pressure 
may  be  apphed  once  only,  previous  to  the  ofhcial  test,  for  the  purpose 
of  rounding  out  the  cyhnder. 

9.  In  the  hydrostatic  test  the  water  gauge  indicating  the  expansion 
must  be  of  such  interior  diameter  that  the  total  expansion  will  cause 
the  water  to  rise  at  least  45  centimeters  in  the  gauge,  except  when  this 
will  make  the  interior  diameter  less  than  4  millimeters;  the  pressure 
must  be  applied  for  not  less  than  30  seconds  and  as  much  longer  as 
may  be  necessary  to  insure  complete  expansion  of  the  cylinder.  The 
expansion  must  be  recorded  in  terms  of  cubic  centimeters. 

MARKING. 

10.  Each  cylinder  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked  on  the 
shoulder  as  follows: 

(a)  A  serial  number. 

(6)  The  marking  ICC — 25.  This  marking  must  be  placed  imme- 
diately above  the  serial  number. 

(c)  The  name  or  initials  of  the  company  or  person  for  whose  use 
the  cyhnders  are  being  made. 

(d)  The  date  of  manufacture  (month  and  year) ;  for  example, 
4-21,  for  April,  1921 ;  this  should  be  applied  in  such  position  that  the 
date  of  subsequent  tests  may  be  easily  added  thereto. 

(e)  All  of  the  foregoing  marking  must  be  applied  in  letters  or 
figures  at  least  34  inch  high. 

GENERAL    CONSTRUCTION. 

11.  All  billets,  plates,  or  tubes  from  which  cylinders  are  made 
must  be  free  from  seams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which 
might  be  injurious  to  the  finished  cylinder. 

12.  The  manufacture  of  the  cylinders  must  be  completed  with  the 
best  appliances  and  according  to  the  best  modern  methods.  All 
finished  cylinders  must  show  reasonably  smooth  and  uniform  surface 
fini.sh,  inspection  of  inside  surface  to  be  made  before  closing  the  ends; 
the  threading  of  the  cylinder  neck  must  be  even  and  without  checks 
and  the  cylinders  must  show  no  defects  of  workmanship  or  material 
likely  to  result  in  any  appreciable  weakness  of  the  finished  cylinder. 
A  close  inspection  of  each  completed  cylinder  must  be  made  before 
acceptance  to  discover  any  defect. 

INSPECTION. 

13.  The  purchaser  must  provide  for  inspection  of  all  material  and 
all  tests  by  a  competent  and  disinterested  inspector. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  267 

Spec.  25. 

14.  The  inspector  must  keep  complete  records  of  the  various  melts 
from  which  the  steel  is  taken  for  the  manufacture  of  the  cylinders. 
Certified  chemical  analyses  of  these  melts  must  be  supplied  to  him  by 
the  manufacturer,  or,  if  desired  by  the  purchaser,  he  must  procure 
samples  from  each  melt  from  which  other  chemical  analyses  may  be 
made.  The  heat  number  must  be  stamped  on  the  plates  and  billets 
at  the  steel  mill  and  the  inspector  must  also  stamp  his  intitials  or 
personal  sign  on  each  plate  or  billet  accepted  by  him,  and  no  plate 
or  billet  must  be  used  for  the  manufacture  of  cylinders  unless  so 
marked:  Provided,  That  when  cylinders  are  to  be  made  from  drawn 
seamless  tubing  under  conditions  such  that  the  various  heats  of  steel 
can  not  be  properly  traced  through  to  the  finished  cylinders  a  certifi- 
cate from  the  manufacturer  of  the  tubing  (see  note  at  end  of  report, 
par.  18,  for  form  of  certificate),  together  with  check  analyses  of 
samples  taken  from  one  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  cylinders,  shall 
be  accepted. 

15.  The  inspector  shall  make  such  inspection  as  may  be  necessary 
to  see  that  the  requirements  of  paragraphs  11  and  12  are  complied 
with;  shall  see  that  the  finished  cylinders  are  properly  annealed,  and 
shall  witness  all  hydrostatic  and  flattening  tests. 

The  hydrostatic  and  flattening  tests  may  be  made  by  the  manu- 
facturer, but  under  the  direction  and  supervision  of  the  inspector  or 
other  representative  of  the  purchaser. 

16.  The  inspector  shall  stamp  his  initials  or  his  personal  sign 
immediately  beneath  the  serial  number  on  each  cylinder  which  he 
passes  as  accepted,  and  shall  make  a  certified  report  (see  par.  18) 
to  the  maker,  to  the  purchaser,  and  to  the  chief  inspector.  Bureau 
of  Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City,  showing  the  serial 
numbers  of  all  cylinders  which  are  accepted,  together  with  all  data 
relating  to  the  material  and  the  tests. 

ADDITIONAL   REQUIREMENTS. 

17.  The  purchasers  of  cylinders  may  impose  additional  require- 
ments not  inconsistent  with  these  specifications. 

REPORTS. 

18.  The  report  required  by  paragraph  16  must  be  submitted  in  the 
following  form : 

(Place)  

(Date) 

Report  of  inspection  of.....' cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Manufactured  by  the Company. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

ilaspected  for  the. • -.■  -Company. 


268 


INTERSTATE    COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 


Spec.  25. 

The  8t<?el  '   from   which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured   was  made   by  the 

Company.     Chemical    analyses    were    made    from 

samples  representing  each  melt  of  steel,  as  will  be  observed  from  the  report  of  chemical 
test  hereto  attached. 

The  (plates)  (tubes)^  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  were  inspected 

by ,  and  those  which  were  accepted  were  found  froo 

from  seams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which  might  prove  injurious  to  the 
strength  of  the  cylinder. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  before  (necking  down)  (closing)  ^  was  inspected  inside 
and  outside  for  surface  defects.  The  thickness  of  walls  was  measured  at  points  not 
more  than  8  inches  from  the  open  end  of  the  cylinder  with  a  pair  of  calipers,  and 
the  minimum  thickness  of  wall  noted  was 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  (necked  down)  (closed)  *  and  was  uniformly  and 
properly  annealed  and  then  the  cylinders  were  again  inspected  in  order  to  discover 
any  defects  which  might  have  been  caused  by  this  process. 

One  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  finished  cylinders  was  selected  by  the  inspector 
and  subjected  in  his  presence  to  a  flattening  test  as  required  by  the  Interstate  Com- 
merce Commission  specifications.^     All  of  the  cylinders  passed  this  test  satisfactorily. 

Two  longitudinal  test  pieces  were  cut  from  each  crushed  cylinder  and  pulled.' 

The  record  of  the  physical  and  flattening  tests  is  attached  hereto. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  test  of pounds 

in  the  presence  of  the  inspector.     The  record  of  the  hydrostatic  test  is  attached  hereto. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  plainly  and  permanently  marked  as  follows:  * 


On  shoulder. 

On  collar. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  stamped  with  the  personal  sign  of  the 

inspector  immediately  beneath  the  serial  number  of  the  cylinder. 

I  hereby  certify  that  all  of  these  cylinders  proved  satisfactory  in  every  way  and 
comply  with  the  requirements  of  Interstate  Commerce  Commission's  specification 
No.  25. 


Inspector. 

1  If  the  cylinders  are  made  from  drawn  .seamless  tubing  under  such  conditions  that  it  is  impossible  to 
trace  the  various  heats  of  steel  through  to  the  finished  cylinder  (see  par.  14),  this  paragraph  should  be 
replat'ed  by  the  following: 

"The  tubing  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  was  made  by  the 

Company  under  orders  Nos ,  and  their  certificate  stating  that  its  chemical  composition  complies 

with  the  requirements  is  attached  hereto.    Check  analyses  were  made  from  samples  representing  each 
lot  of  200  or  less  cyUiidcrs,  as  will  be  observed  from  the  report  of  chemical  tests  attached  hereto." 

Also,  the  report  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  from  the  manufacturer  of  the  steel,  as  follows: 

(Place) 

(Date) 

This  is  to  certify  that  the  tubing  furnished  to  the  Company  on  orders 

Nos ,  docs  not  contain  more  than per  cent  of  carbon,  nor  more  than per  cent 

of  phosphorus,  nor  more  than per  cent  of  sulphur. 

(Signature  of  manufacturer  of  tubing.) 
'  Draw  a  line  tlirough  word  not  required.  ).■ 

•  If  one  of  the  permitted  exceptions  is  followed  instead  of  the  regular  prescribed  method  then  the  word- 
ing of  this  paragraph  should  be  changed  to  accord  with  the  actual  facts. 

•Insert  reproduction  of  marking.  See  par.  10.  Serial  numbers  and  other  data  that  vary  for  eacb^ 
cylinder  may  be  indicated  by  words  such  as  "Serial  Nos.  100  to  300."  etc. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINEK   SPECIFICATIONS. 
(Place)  


269 

Spec.  25. 


(Date) 

Record  of  chemical  analysis  of  steel  for  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Test  No. 

Melt  No. 

Cylinders 
represented 

by  test 
(serial  Nos.)- 

Chemical  analysis. 

Remarks. 

C 

P 

s 

^ 

(Signed) 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  physical  tests  of  material  in  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Test  No. 

Cylinders 
represented 

by  test 
(serial  Nos.). 

Elastic  limit 
(pounds  per 
square  inch). 

Tensile 

strength 

(pounds  per 

square  inch). 

Elongation 

(per  cent 

in  8  inches). 

Reduction  of 

area 

(per  cent). 

Flattening 
test. 

1 

, 

1 

(Signed) 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  tests  on  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


270 

Spec.  26. 

TNl^RSTATE 

COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Serial  Nos. 

of  cylinders 

tested. 

Test  pressure 
(pounds). 

Total 

expansion  * 

(c.  c). 

Permanent 

expansion  ' 

(c.  c). 

Per  cent  ratio 

of  permanent 

expansion 

to  total 
expansion. 6 

Tare  weight 

(pounds 
and  ounces).' 

Test  date 

(month 

and  year). 

(Signed) 


•  If  the  tests  are  made  by  a  method  involving  the  measurement  of  the  amount  of  liquid  forced  into  the 
cylinder  by  the  test  pressure,  then  the  basic  data  on  which  the  calculations  are  made,  such  as  the  pump 
factors,  temperature  of  Uquid,  coefficient  of  compressibility  of  liquid,  etc.,  must  also  be  given. 

•  Including  valve  but  without  cap;  also  in  case  of  acetylene  cylinders  includes  filling  material  and  solvent. 

SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATION  NO.  26. 

STEEL  CYLINDERS. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  The  maximum  size  cylinder  must  be  limited  to  220  pounds  water 
capacity  with  tolerance  of  plus  5  per  cent,  and  must  comply  ^vith  this 
specification. 

Cylinders  made  in  foreign  countries  must  not  be  used  in  domestic 
traffic  in  the  United  States  until  a  chemical  analysis  of  material  and 
tests,  as  specified  in  paragraphs  3,  6,  7,  and  10,  have  been  carried  out 
within  the  limits  of  the  United  States  and  under  the  supervision  of 
a  competent  and  disinterested  inspector  approved  by  the  Bureau  of 
Explosives. 

TYPE. 


2.  Cylinders  designed  for  a  charging  pressure  of  over  300  pounds 
per  square  inch  at  70°  F.  must  be  made  seamless. 

Cylinders  designed  for  a  charging  pressure  not  over  300  pounds  per 
square  inch  at  70°  F.  may  be  either  seamless  or  of  welded  or  brazed 
construction. 

MATERIAL. 

3.  (a)  Cylinders  must  be  made  of  open-hearth  steel. 
(6)  Chemical  analysis: 

Per  Cent. 

Carbon 0.  06  to  0.  20 

Phraphorus  (not  to  exceed ) .04 

Sulphur  (not  to  exceed) .05 

Provided,  That  for  seamless  cylinders  the  permissible  carbon  content 
of  the  steel  may  be  increased  to  not  to  exceed  0.55  per  cent. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  271 

Spec.  26. 
INSPECTION    OF    MATERIAL. 

4.  All  plates,  shells,  or  tubes  from  which  cylinders  are  to  be  made 
must  be  carefully  inspected  before  being  made  up  into  cylinders  and 
those  which  show  cracks,  laminations,  or  other  defects  must  be  re- 
jected. 

ANNEALING. 

5.  All  seamless  cylinders  must  be  uniformly  and  properly  annealed. 
All  steel  from  which  cylinders  (not  seamless)  are  to  be  made  must 

be  uniformly  and  properly  annealed  after  any  hot  or  cold  drawing 
process  or  after  any  cold-rolling  process.  If  not  drawn  or  cold  rolled, 
it  must  be  capable  of  bending  on  itself  cold,  without  cracking. 

Cylinders  rejected  due  to  failure  in  the  flattening,  physical  or 
hydrostatic  tests  may  be  reannealed.  The  cylinders  must,  subse- 
quent to  this  reannealing  process,  be  subjected  to  and  pass  all  of  the 
requirements  of  the  flattening,  physical  and  hydrostatic  tests  in 
order  to  be  accepted:  Provided,  That,  when  crop  ends  or  rings  are 
authorized  for  the  original  flattening  tests,  the  subsequent  tests  of 
this  character  shall  be  made  on  one  cylinder  out  of  each  lot  of  200 
or  less. 

FLATTENING    TEST. 

6.  If  cylinders  are  made  seamless  then  from  each  lot  of  200  or  less 
a  representative  finished  cylinder,  after  annealing  and  after  having 
passed  the  hydrostatic  test,  must  be  selected  at  random  and  must  with- 
stand, without  cracking,  flattening  between  rounded  knife  edges 
to  a  thickness  of  six  times  the  thickness  of  the  wall  of  the  cylin- 
der, this  measurement  to  be  made  between  the  outside  surfaces  of 
the  walls  of  the  cylinder;— 

Provided,  That  when,  on  account  of  the  small  number  of  cylinders 
in  any  lot  or  order,  it  is  impracticable  to  make  the  regular  crushing 
test  herein  prescribed,  the  physical  and  crushing  test  may,  in  case  of 
lots  not  to  exceed  30  cylinders  each,  be  made  on  a  ring  not  less  than 
8  inches  long,  cut  from  each  cylinder,  and  subjected  to  the  same  an- 
neaUng  and  other  heat  treatment  as  the  finished  cylinder. 

The  knife  edges  must  be  of  wedge  shape,  converging  at  an  angle  of 
60°,  the  point  being  rounded  off  with  a  radius  of  i^  inch.  If  any  one 
cyhnder  from  any  lot  fails  to  pass  this  test,  two  others  from  the  same 
lot  must  be  selected,  and  these  must  pass  it  in  order  to  have  the  lot 
accepted. 

PHYSICAL   TEST. 

7.  The  material  from  which  the  cylinders  are  made  must  have  an 
elastic  hmit  of  not  more  than  45,000  pounds  per  square  inch:  Pro- 
vided, That  for  seamless  cylinders  any  elastic  limit  not  over  70  per  cent 


272  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION". 

Spec.  26. 

of  the  tensile  strength  will  be  acceptable.  This  must  be  verified  by- 
check  tests  on  specimens  cut  from  one  out  of  each  order  or  lot  of  200 
or  less  of  the  plates,  tubes,  shells,  or  finished  cylinders.  If  the  ma- 
terial has  hocn  hot  or  cold  drawn  or  cold  rolled,  these  tests  must  be 
made  after  the  final  annealing  required  by  paragraph  5. 

OPENINGS    FOR    CONNECTIONS. 

8.  The  length  of  thread  for  connections,  such  as  valves,  fuse-plugs, 
gauge,  etc.,  must  be  equal  to  the  standard  lengths  specified  for  differ- 
ent sizes  of  pipe  thread  tappings. 

Standard  taper  pipe  threads  must  be  employed  on  all  threading  for 
connections  to  cylinder,  and  these  connections  must  be  tapped  to 
gauge  with  clean-cut  threads,  so  as  to  insure  tight  joints. 

PROTECTION    OF   CONNECTIONS. 

9.  When  the  cylinder  is  not  to  be  boxed  or  crated  for  shipment  the 
safety  and  discharge  valves  and  other  connections  must  be  made  safe 
from  injury  during  transit:  (1)  By  being  set  into  a  recess  of  the 
cylinder  so  that  it  will  be  impossible  for  them  to  be  struck  if  the 
cylinder  is  dropped  on  a  flat  surface,  or  (2)  by  a  cap  or  collar,  fastened 
to  the  cylinder  (not  to  the  valve  or  connection) ,  this  cap  or  collar  to 
be  capable  of  withstanding  a  blow  delivered  in  any  direction  by  a 
30-pound  weight  falling  4  feet,  and  constructed  so  that  this  blow  will 
not  be  transmitted  to  the  valve  or  connection;  or  (3)  by  such  con- 
struction of  the  valves  and  connections  that  they  will  withstand  a 
test  consisting  of  standing  the  cylinder  upright  on  its  base  and 
gradually  tipping  it  over,  allowing  it  to  fall  so  that  the  end  of  the 
valve  or  connection  will  strike  on  a  block  of  some  unyielding  sub- 
stance, such  as  stone  or  iron  (not  wood).  The  block  must  be  so 
arranged  that  the  end  of  the  valve  or  connection  will  strike  the  block 
just  before  the  side  of  the  cylinder  strikes  the  floor  or  ground.  No 
leak  must  develop  under  this  test.  During  the  test  indicated  in  (3) 
above  the  cylinder  must  contain  compressed  air  or  gas  under  a 
pressure  of  at  least  50  pounds  per  square  inch,  and  the  absence  of 
leakage  after  the  test  is  completed  must  be  verified  by  application 
of  soap-suds  or  by  other  suitable  method. 

HYDROSTATIC    TESTS. 

10.  Each  finished  cylinder  must  be  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic 
pressure  test  in  a  water  jacket,  or  other  apparatus  of  suitable  form 
to  furnish  reliable  data.  The  permanent  volumetric  expansion  must 
not  exceed  10  per  cent  of  the  whole  volumetric  expansion  at  the 
test  pressure  applied. 


SHIPPIN"G   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  273 

Spec.  26. 

For  cylinders  designed  for  charging  pressure  not  exceeding  150 
pounds  per  square  inch  at  70°  F.  the  test  pressure  must  be  not  less 
than  600  pounds  per  square  inch. 

For  cylinders  designed  for  charging  pressure  exceeding  150  pounds 
but  not  exceeding  300  pounds  per  square  inch  at  70°  F.  the  test 
pressure  must  be  not  less  than  900  pounds  per  square  inch  at  70°  F. 

For  cylinders  designed  for  a  charging  pressure  exceeding  300 
pounds  but  not  exceeding  600  pounds  per  square  inch  at  70°  F. 
(these  cylinders  must  be  seamless,  see  par.  2)  the  test  pressure  must 
be  not  less  than  1,500  pounds  per  square  inch. 

For  cylinders  designed  for  a  charging  pressure  exceeding  600  pounds 
but  not  exceeding  1,000  pounds  per  square  inch  at  70°  F.  (these 
cylinders  must  be  seamless,  see  par.  2)  the  test  pressure  must  be 
not  less  than  2,000  pounds  per  square  inch. 

No  pressure  in  excess  of  100  pounds  per  square  inch  shall  be  applied 
to  the  cylinder  previous  to  the  test,  except  that  a  pressure  of  100 
pounds  less  than  the  official  test  pressure  may  be  applied  once 
previous  to  the  official  test  for  the  purpose  of  rounding  out  the 
cylinder. 

In  the  hydrostatic  tests  the  water  gauge  indicating  the  expansion 
must  be  of  such  interior  diameter  that  the  total  expansion  will  cause 
the  water  to  rise  at  least  45  centimeters  in  the  gauge,  except  when 
this  will  make  the  interior  diameter  less  than  4  millimeters;  the 
pressure  must  be  applied  for  not  less  than  30  seconds  and  as  much 
longer  as  may  be  necessary  to  insure  complete  expansion  of  the 
cylinder.  The  expansion  must  be  recorded  in  terms  of  cubic 
centimeters. 

MARKING. 

11.  Each  cylinder  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked  by 
stamping  on  the  shoulder  (or  on  or  near  the  head  if  the  cylinder  is 
of  welded  construction)  as  follows: 

(a)  A  serial  number. 

(b)  The  marking  ICC — 26  ***;  the  stars  to  be  replaced  by  fig- 
ures indicating  the  maxium  allowable  pressure  for  which  the  cylin- 
der is  designed.  This  marking  must  be  placed  immediately  above 
the  serial  number. 

(o)  The  name  or  initials  of  the  company  or  person  for  whose  use 
the  cylinders  are  being  made. 

{dy  The  date  of  manufacture  (month  and  year) ;  for  example,  4-21, 
for  April,  1921;  this  should  be  apphed  in  such  position  that  the  date 
of  subsequent  tests  may  be  easily  added  thereto. 

(e)  All  of  the  foregoing  marking  must  be  applied  in  letters  and 
figures  at  least  }4  iiich  high. 


274  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  26. 

\Mien  offered  for  shipment,  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  par- 
ticular article  contained  therein. 

GENERAL   CONSTRUCTION. 

12.  All  billets,  plates,  or  tubes  from  which  cylinders  are  made  must 
be  free  from  seams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which  might 
be  injurious  to  the  finished  cylinder. 

The  manufacture  of  the  cylinders  must  be  completed  with  the  best 
appliances  and  according  to  the  best  modern  methods.  All  finished 
cylinders  must  show  reasonably  smooth  and  uniform  surface  finish, 
inspection  of  inside  surface  to  be  made  before  closing;  the  threading 
of  the  cylinder  neck  must  be  even  and  without  checks,  and  the  cylin- 
ders must  show  no  defects  of  workmanship  or  material  likely  to  result 
in  any  appreciable  weakness  of  the  finished  cylinder.  A  close  inspec- 
tion of  each  completed  cylinder  must  be  made  before  acceptance  to 
discover  any  defects. 

INSPECTION. 

13.  The  purchaser  must  provide  for  inspection  of  all  material  and 
all  tests  by  a  competent  inspector.  Seamless  cylinders  must  be  in- 
spected by  a  disinterested  inspection  agency,  but  cylinders  of  brazed 
or  welded  type  may  be  inspected  by  the  manufacturer. 

14.  The  inspector  must  obtain,  from  the  manufacturer  of  the  steel, 
certified  chemical  analyses  of  the  various  melts  from  which  the  steel 
is  taken  for  the  manufacture  of  the  cylinders: 

Provided,  That  when  cylinders  are  to  be  made  under  conditions 
such  that  the  various  heats  of  steel  can  not  be  properly  traced  through 
to  the  finished  cylinders,  a  certificate  from  the  manufacturer  of  the 
steel  (see  note  at  end  of  report,  par.  17,  for  form  of  certificate), 
together  with  check  analyses  of  samples  taken  from  1  out  of  each  lot 
of  200  or  less  finished  cylinders,  shall  be  accepted. 

15.  The  inspector  shall  make  such  inspection  as  may  be  necessary 
to  see  that  the  reriuirements  of  paragraph  12  are  complied  with,  shall 
see  that  the  anneafing  requirements  are  properly  complied  with,  and  _ 
shall  witness  all  hydrostatic  and  flattening  tests.  ■ 

16.  The  inspector  shall  stamp  his  initials  or  his  personal  sign  im- 
mediately beneath  the  serial  number  on  each  cylinder  which  he  passes 
as  accepted  and  shall  make  a  certified  report  (see  par.  17)  to  the 
maker,  to  the  purchaser,  and  to  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of  Ex- 
plosives, 30  Ve.sey  Street,  New  York  City,  showing  the  serial  num- 
bers of  all  cylinders  which  are  accepted,  together  with  all  data  relat- 
ing to  the  material  and  the  tests. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  275 

,  Spec.  26. 

FORMS    OF    REPORTS. 

17.  The  report  required  by  paragraph  16  must  be  submitted  in  the 
following  form: 

(Place) 

(Date) 

Report  of  inspection  of  cylinders. 

Numbered  from to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Manufactured  by  the Company. 

Inspected  for  the Company. 

These  cylinders  were  manufactured  as  follows :  ' 


The  steel  -  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured   was  made  by  the 

Company.     Chemical    analyses    were    made    from 

samples  representing  each  melt  of  steel,  as  will  be  observed  from  the  report  of  chemical 
test  hereto  attached. 

A  sample  was  selected  at  random  from  each  order  or  lot  of  200  or  less  of  the  (plates), 
(tubes),  (shells),  (finished  cylinders)*  and  a  check  physical  test  was  made.  The 
report  thereof  is  attached  hereto. 

The  (plates),  (tubes),  (shells)*  from  which  these  cylinders  were  noanufactured  were 

inspected  by ,  and  those  which  were  accepted  were 

found  free  from  seams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which  might  prove  inju- 
rious to  the  strength  of  the  cylinder. 

The  walls  were  measured  with  a  pair  of  calipers  and  the  minimum  thickness  of 
wall  noted  was 

The  annealing,  as  required  by  paragraph  5,  specification  No.  26,  was  properly  done. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  pressure  of  

pounds  per  square  inch,  in  the  presence  of  the  inspector.     A  rounding-out  pressure 

of pounds  per  square  inch  (was),  (was  not)  *  applied.     The  record  of  these 

tests  is  attached  hereto. 

The  flattening  test,  as  required  by  paragraph  6,  specification  No.  26  (was),  (wa.s 
not)*  made. 

1  State  as  to  whether  seamless,  or  seamless  body  with  heads  brazed  in,  or  brazed  throughout,  or  welded 
throughout,  etc. 

2  If  the  cyUnders  are  made  under  such  eonditions  that  it  is  impossible  to  trace  the  various  heats  of  steel 
through  to  the  finished  cyUnder  (see  par.  14)  this  paragraph  should  be  replaced  by  the  following: 

"The  steel  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  was  made  by  the 

Company,  uuder  orders  Nos ,  and  their  certificate  stating  that  its  chemical  composition  com- 

pUes  with  the  requirements  is  attached  hereto.  Check  analyses  were  made  from  samples  representing 
each  lot  of  200  or  less  cyUnders,  as  will  be  observed  from  the  report  of  chemical  tests  attached  hereto." 

Also,  the  report  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  from  the  manufacturer  of  the  steel  as  follows: 

(Place)  

(Date) 

This  is  to  certify  that  the  steel  furnished  to  the Company  on  orders  Nos. 

,  does  not  contain  more  than per  cent  of  carbon,  nor  more  than per  cent  of 

phosphorus,  nor  more  than per  cent  of  sulphur. 

(Signature  of  manufacturer  of  steel.) 

» Draw  a  line  through  words  not  required. 


276 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


Spec.  26. 

Each  and  e\ery  cylinder  was  plainly  and  permanently  marked  as  follows:  * 


On  shoulder  or  on  body. 

On  collar  or  on  head. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  i^tamped  with  the  pergonal  sign 

of  the  inspector  immediately  beneath  the  serial  number  of  the  cylinder. 

I  hereby  certify  that  these  cylinders  proved  satisfactory  in  every  way  and  comply 
with  the  requirements  of  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  specification  No.  26. 


Inspector. 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  chemical  analysis  of  steel  for  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Test  No. 

Melt  No. 

Cylinders 
represented 

by  test 
(serial  Nos.). 

Chemical  analysis. 

Remarks. 

C 

P 

s 

1 

! 

I 


(Signed) 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  physical  tests  of  material  in  cylinders.  * 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Test  No. 

Cylinders 
represented 

by  test 
(serial  Nos.). 

Elastic  limit 
(pounds  per 
square  inch). 

Tensile 

strength 

(pounds  per 

square  inch). 

Elongation 

(per  cent 

in  8  inches). 

Reduction  of 

area 

(per  cent). 

Flattening 
test. 

1                           1 

1 

1 

1                           1 

(Signed) 


<  Insert  reprcluctlon  of  marking.    See  par.  11.    Serial  numbers  and  other  data  that  vary  for  each 
cylinder  may  be  indicated  by  words  such  as  "Serial  Nos.  100  to 300,"  etc. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  277 

Spec.  27. 

(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  tests  on  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Serial  Nos. 

of  cylinders 

tested. 

Test  pressure 
(pounds). 

Total 

expansion  s 

(c.  c). 

Permanent 

expansion ' 

(c.  c). 

Per  cent  ratio 

of  permanent 

expansion 

to  total 
expansion.^ 

Tare  weight 

(pounds 
and  ounces).^ 

Test  date 

(month 

and  year). 

1 

■"            ■        i                           I                           1               ■ 

1 1 

(Signed) 


6  If  the  tests  are  made  by  a  method  involving  the  measurement  of  the  amount  of  liquid  forced  into  the 
cylinder  by  the  test  pressure,  then  the  basic  data  on  which  the  calculations  are  made,  such  as  the  pump 
factors,  temperature  of  liquid,  coefficient  of  compressibility  of  liquid,  etc.,  must  also  be  given. 

« Including  valve  but  without  cap;  also  in  case  of  acetylene  cylinders  includes  filling  material  and  solvent. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  27. 


I 


STEEL   CYLINDERS. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  Maximum  authorized  size  not  over  1,700  pounds  water  capacity. 
Cylinders  made  in  foreign  countries  must  not  be  used  in  domestic 

traffic  in  the  United  States  until  a  chemical  analysis  of  material  and 
tests,  as  specified  in  paragraphs  2,  18,  and  19,  have  been  carried  out 
within  the  limits  of  the  United  States  and  under  the  supervision  of  a 
competent  and  disinterested  inspector  approved  by  the  Bureau  of 
Explosives. 

MATERIAL. 

2.  Cylinders  must  be  made  of  open-hearth  steel  with  chemical 
analysis  of — 

Per  cent. 

Carbon,  not  more  than 0-20 

Phosphorus,  not  more  than 04 

Sulphur,  not  more  than 05 

3.  The  plates  from  which  the  C3'linders  are  made  must  have  an 
elastic  limit  of  not  more  than  45,000  pounds  per  square  inch  and  an 
elongation  of  not  less  than  20  per  cent  in  8  inches;  a  test  specimen 
must  also  bend  cold  through  180  degrees  flat  on  itself  without  cracking 


278  INTERSTATE    COMMERCE   COMMTSSION". 

Spec.  27. 

on  the  outside  of  the  bent  portion;  the  tensile  and  bend  test 
specimens  must  be  taken  from  the  finished  rolled  material,  and 
there  must  be  at  least  one  tensile  test  and  one  bend  test  on  specimens 
from  each  melt. 

4.  All  plates  from  which  cylinders  are  to  be  made  must  have  their 
melt  number  and  the  name  *  or  brand  of  the  manufacturer  legibly 
rolled  or  stamped  on  them  at  the  rolling  mill  and  be  free  from  seams, 
cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which  might  be  injurious  to  the 
finished  cylinder. 

INSPECTION. 

5.  The  purchaser  of  the  cylinders  must  provide  for  inspection  of  all 
material  and  all  tests  by  a  competent  and  disinterested  inspector. 

6.  The  inspector  shall  carefully  inspect  all  plates,  and  records  per- 
taining thereto,  from  which  cylinders  are  to  be  made,  and  those 
which  do  not  comply  with  paragraphs  2,  3,  and  4  shall  be  rejected. 

7.  The  inspector  must  secure  complete  certified  records,  including 
chemical  analyses  and  physical  tests  on  samples  taken  from  each 
melt  of  steel  used  in  the  manufacture  of  the  plates. 

8.  No  plate  shall  be  used  for  the  manufacture  of  cylinders  unless 
properly  marked  with  proper  melt  number  and  manufacturer's  name 
or  brand  to  identify  it  with  certified  records  of  chemical  analyses  and 
physical  tests. 

9.  The  inspector  shall  make  such  inspection  as  may  be  necessary 
to  see  that  the  requirements  of  this  specification  are  fully  complied 
with,  shall  see  that  the  finished  cylinders  are  properly  heat  treated, 
and  shall  witness  all  air  and  hydrostatic  tests, 

CONSTRUCTION. 

10.  The  manufacture  of  the  cylinders  must  be  completed  with  the 
best  appliances  and  according  to  the  best  modern  methods.  All 
joints  and  seams  shall  be  made  by  the  forge-lap-weld  process  and 
thoroughly  hammered  or  rolled  to  insure  a  perfect  weld. 

1 1 .  The  heads  of  the  cylinders,  except  when  they  form  a  part  of  a 
seamless  shell,  shall  be  flanged  not  less  than  4  inches  and  dished  con- 
cave under  a  red  heat  to  a  radius  equal  to  the  diameter  of  the  shell. 
They  shall  bo  inserted  into  the  shell  with  flange  extending  outward 
and  shall  have  a  snug  driving  fit  into  the  shell.  The  projecting 
flanges  must  be  forge-lap-welded  to  the  shell  and  then  crimped 
inwardly  toward  the  axis  line  not  less  than  1  inch  on  the  radius. 
The  welding  and  crimping  of  each  end  to  be  accomplished  in  one  heat. 

12.  One  head  may  be  concave-convex  in  form  but  this  shaping  must 
not  be  done  by  interior  pressure  unless  it  is  done  previous  to  the  heat 
treating  specified  in  paragraph  14. 

'  Material  purchased  previous  to  tiie  effective  date  of  these  sperifirations  and  bearing  proper  melt 
number  need  not  bear  name  or  brand  of  the  manufacturer. 


f 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  279 

Spec.  27. 
WALL   THICKNESS. 


13.  Thickness  of  walls  shall  be  such  that  at  a  pressure  of  500 
pounds  per  square  inch  the  calculated  fiber  stress  shall  not  be  in 
excess  of  17,500  pounds  per  square  inch. 

HEAT    TREATMENT. 

14.  (a)  Each  finished  cylinder,  before  being  subjected  to  the  hydro- 
static test,  must  be  uniformly  and  properly  heat  treated  by  heating  to 
a  temperature  of  not  less  than  1,200°  F.  to  remove  any  undue  strains 
due  to  processes  of  manufacture.  Cylinders  or  parts  of  cylinders 
formed  by  any  hot  or  cold  drawing  process,  except  the  forming  and 
flanging  of  the  separate  heads,  must  bo  uniformly  and  properly 
annealed  by  heating  to  a  point  slightly  above  the  critical  temperature 
of  the  cylinder  and  then  allowed  to  cool  slowly.  All  dirt  and  scale 
must  be  removed  before  painting. 

(b)  Cylinders  rejected  due  to  failure  in  the  flattening,  physical,  or 
hydrostatic  tests  may  be  reannealed.  The  cylinders  must,  subse- 
quent to  this  reannealing  process,  be  subjected  to  and  pass  all  of  the 
requirements  of  the  flattening,  physical,  and  hydrostatic  tests  in 
order  to  be  accepted. 

OPENINGS    FOR    CONNECTIONS. 

15.  The  length  of  thread  for  valve  connections  must  be  equal  to 
the  standard  lengths  specified  for  different  sizes  of  pipe  thread 
tappings. 

16.  Standard  taper  pipe  threads  must  be  employed  on  all  threading 
for  connections  to  cylinders  and  these  connections  must  be  tapped 
to  gauge  with  clean  cut  threads. 

PROTECTION    OF    CONNECTIONS. 

17.  Valves  and  other  connections  must  be  made  safe  from  injury 
during  transit  by  being  set  into  the  recessed  heads  of  the  cylinder  and 
completely  covered  by  a  steel  cap.  The  cap  must  be  made  of  mate- 
rial at  least  ^  inch  thick;  it  must  not  project  beyond  the  flanged  ends 
of  the  cylinder;  and  it  must  be  fastened  in  place  by  positive  fastenings 
so  that  it  will  not  come  off  during  transit  and  so  that  a  blow  will  not 
jam  it  up  against  the  valves  or  connections. 

HYDROSTATIC    TESTS. 

18.  Eachfinished  cylinder  must  be  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  pres- 
sure of  not  less  than  500  pounds  in  an  approved  apparatus  of  suitable 
form  to  furnish  reliable  data.  The  permanent  volumetric  expansion 
must  not  exceed  10  per  cent  of  the  whole  volumetric  expansion  at 


280  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  27. 

this  pressure.  A  preliminary  pressure  of  not  more  than  80  per  cent 
of  the  prescribed  test  pressure  may  be  applied  previously  to  the  ofiicial 
test,  for  the  purpose  of  rounding  out  the  cylinders.  The  test  pressure 
must  be  applied  for  not  less  than  30  seconds  and  as  much  longer  as 
may  be  necessary  to  insure  complete  expansion  of  the  cylinder.  The 
expansion  must  be  recorded  in  cubic  centimeters. 

AIR   TESTS. 

19.  Each  finished  cylinder  must  be  subjected  to  an  interior  air 
pressure  of  not  less  than  100  pounds  per  square  inch  under  conditions 
such  that  any  leakage  can  be  detected  and  must  not  show  a  leak  under 
this  test. 

REPAIRS. 

20.  If  any  leakage  is  detected  during  manufacture  or  test,  the 
repair  must  be  made  by  the  forge-welding  process:  Provided,  That 
leaks  not  over  1  inch  long  in  the  chime  may  be  repaired  by  cutting  a 
V  at  the  point  of  leak  and  filling  in  with  additional  metal  by  the 
electric-welding  process.  Calking  or  soldering  or  similar  methods  of 
repair  are  not  permitted. 

MARKING. 

21.  Each  cylinder  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked  by 
stamping  on  or  near  the  head  as  follows: 

(a)  A  serial  number. 

(6)  The  marking  ICC — 27  immediately  above  the  serial  number. 

(c)  The  name  or  initials  of  the  company  or  person  for  whose  use 
the  cylinders  are  being  made. 

{d)  The  date  of  manufacture  (month  and  year),  for  example, 
4-21,  for  April,  1921 ;  this  should  be  applied  in  such  manner  that  the 
date  of  subsequent  quinquennial  tests  may  be  easily  added  thereto. 

ie)  All  of  the  foregoing  marking  must  be  applied  in  letters  and 
figures  at  least  ]/2  inch  high. 

(/)  For  the  purpose  of  complying  with  the  requirements  of  para- 
graph 083  of  these  regulations,  a  plate  bearing  a  reproduction  of  the 
foregoing  marking  may  also  be  attached  to  the  cylinders. 

SAFETY    DEVICES. 

22.  Each  cylinder  must  be  fitted  with  fusible  plug  safety  devices 
approved  by  the  liureau  of  Explosives. 

REPORTS. 

23.  The  inspector  shall  stamp  his  initials  or  his  personal  sign  im- 
mediately beneath  the  serial  number  on  each  cylinder  which  he 
passes  as  accepted,  and  shall  make  a  certified  report  to  the  maker, 


1 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  281 

Spec.  27. 

to  the  purchaser,  and  to  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of  Explosives, 
30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City,  showing  the  serial  numbers  of  all 
cylinders,  which  are  accepted,  together  with  all  data  relating  to  the 
material  and  to  the  tests. 

24.  The  report  required  by  paragraph  23  must  be  submitted  in  the 
following  form: 

(Place)  

(Date) 

Report  of  inspection  of  cylinders. 

Numbered to inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Manufactured  by  the Company. 

For Company. 

These  cylinders  were  manufactured  as  follows  (state  whether  seamless,  drawn,  or 
welded  body,  etc.) : 

The  steel  from   which  these  cylinders   were   manufactured   was   made   by    the 

Company,  and  certified  copies  of  chemical  analyses, 

tensile  and  bend  tests  are  attached  hereto.' 

The   plates  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  were  inspected   by 

and  those  which  were  accepted  were  found  free  from 

seams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which  might  prove  injurious  to  the  strength 
of  the  cylinder  and  to  bear  melt  niimbers  identifying  them  with  the  chemical  and 
tensile  reports  hereto  attached. 

The  minimum  wall  thickness  of  the  cylinders  was  found  to  be inch  and 

the  fiber  stress  under  500  pounds  pressure  calculated  as  being pounds  per 

square  inch. 

The  manufactirre  of  the  cylinders  was  carried  out  as  required  by  paragraplis  10,  11, 
and  12. 

The  heat  treating  as  required  by  paragraph  14  was  properly  done. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  pressure   of  

pounds  per  square  inch  in  the  presence  of  the  inspector.     A  rounding  out  pressure 

of pounds  per  square  inch  was  ^ applied.     The  record  of  these 

tests  is  attached  hereto.^ 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  subjected  to  an  air  pressure  of  at  least  100  pounds  per 
square  inch  and  showed  no  leakage. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  plainly  and  permanently  marked  as  follows:^ 


On  body. 

On  heads. 

On  plate. 

Each  cylinder  was  supplied  with  fusil)le  plug  safety  de\nces,  in  each 

head,of  the  type  approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives. 


1  These  may  be  in  any  form  but  must  include  complete  data  as  required. 

^Insert  the  word  "not"  if  necessary. 

3  This  record  must  include  serial  numbers  of  cylinders,  total  expansion,  permanent  expansion,  and  per 
cent  ratio  of  permanent  to  total  expansion. 

<  Insert  reproduction  of  marking.  See  par.  21.  Serial  numbers  and  other  data  that  vary  for  each  C7I- 
inder  may  be  indicated  by  words  such  as  "Serial  Nos.  100  to  300,"  etc. 


66620° 


-19 


282 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 


Spec.  2S. 

The  cylinders  are  supplied  with  protection  devices  for  valves  and  connectio-  s  in 
accordance  with  the  requirements  of  paragraph  17. 

I  hereby  certify  that  these  cylinders  proved  satisfactory  in  every  way,  and  comply 
with  the  requirements  of  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  specification  No.  27. 


Inspector. 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Records  of  testa  on  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by  Company. 

For Company. 


Serial  N'os. 

of  cvlinders 

tested. 

Test  pressure 
(pounds). 

Total 

expansion  '■> 

(c.  c). 

Permanent 

expansion  '■> 

(c.  c). 

Per  cent  ratio 
of  permanent 

expansion 
to  total 

expansion.5 

Tare  weight « 

(potmds 
and  ounces). 

Test  date 

(month 

and  year). 

'1 

i 

(Signed) 


'  If  the  tests  are  made  by  a  method  involving  the  measurement  of  the  amount  of  liquid  forced  into  the 
cylinder  bv  the  test  pressure,  then  the  basic  data  on  which  the  calculations  are  made,  such  as  the  pump 
bctors,  temperature  of  liquid,  coefficient  of  compressibility  of  liquid,  etc.,  must  also  be  given. 

•  Including  valve  but  without  cap;  also  in  case  of  acetylene  cylluders  includes  filling  material  and  solvent. 


SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  28. 
METAL  JACKETED    LEAD    CARBOYS. 


A 


For  provisions  and  restrictions  governins?  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Approved  January  1, 1923. 

1.  The  maximum  permitted  size  under  this  specification  is  15 
f^allons,  nominal. 

Nf)TE. — Reference  is  hereinafter  made  to  a  drawing,  which  accompanies  and  is  a 
part  of  this  specification. 

INSPECTION. 

2.  P2ach  carboy  must  be  carefully  inspected  for  flaws  or  weak  spot 
in  the  seams,  or  other  defects,  and  all  such  defective  carboys  must  be 
repaired  by  the  same  method  as  used  in  original  manufacture; 
otherwise  they  must  be  rejected. 

M.VRKING. 

3.  An  identifying  mark  must  be  stamped  in  the  top  of  the  carboy 
immediately  below  the  neck  to  enable  the  manufacturer's  name  and 
year  of  manufacture  to  be  determined.     A  copy  of  this  mark  must  be 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  283 

Spec.  28. 

filed  with  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street, 
New  York  City. 

TESTING. 

4.  All  lead  carboys  manufactured  under  this  specification  must  be 
tested  with  5  pounds  per  square  inch  internal  pressure  before  each 
shipment  and  must  show  no  leakage  under  this  test. 

INSIDE    CONTAINER. 

5.  Body. — To  be  of  commercial  sheet  lead,  weighing  not  less  than 
8  pounds  per  square  foot,  rolled  to  shape  with  edges  lapped  and  burned 
inside  and  out  to  form  the  side  seam.  The  bottom  and  top  edges  are 
to  be  flanged  inwardly  to  form  the  respective  joints  with  the  bottom 
and  top  pieces. 

6.  Bottom.— To  be  of  commercial  sheet  lead,  weighing  not  less  than 
8  pounds  per  square  foot,  joined  to  the  body  by  lapping  and  burning 
inside  and  out. 

7.  Toy. — To  be  of  commercial  sheet  lead  weighing  10  pounds  per 
square  foot,  dished  as  shown  and  joined  to  the  body  by  lapping  and 
burning  outside.  It  shall  have  a  circular  hole  in  the  center  to  accom- 
modate the  neck  of  the  container. 

8.  Neck. — The  neck  shall  be  formed  of  commercial  lead  of  not  less 
than  -^  inch  thickness.  The  internal  diameter  shall  be  not  greater 
than  4  inches.  The  lower  ends  shall  be  flanged  to  fit  the  top  and 
joined  thereto  by  burning  outside  and  it  shall  be  of  sufficient  length  to 
allow  of  flanging  over  the  follower  ring  of  the  closing  device  as  shown. 

If  made  of  a  sheet  of  lead  rolled  to  shape  the  side  joint  shall  be  lapped 
and  burned  inside  and  out. 

9.  (a)  Closure. — Shall  consist  of  a  follower  ring  of  cast  iron  bored 
to  fit  the  neck  snugly  and  machined  on  the  top  at  right  angles  to  the 
center  hole.  The  outside  diameter  of  the  ring  shall  be  not  less  than 
3  inches  larger  than  the  outside  diameter  of  the  neck. 

(6)  It  shall  be  provided  with  four  holes  tapped  for  i^-inch  stud 
bolts  for  small-mouthed  containers  not  over  2  inches  diameter,  and 
six  holes  for  larger-mouthed  containers,  the  holes  in  each  case  being 
equally  spaced  on  a  circle  l]4  inches  larger  in  diameter  than  the 
mouth  of  the  container.  The  top  inner  edge  of  the  ring  is  to  be 
rounded  off  to  a  radius  of  approximately  M  inch  and  the  bottom  edge 
also  rounded  off  slightly. 

(c)  The  neck  of  the  inside  container  shall  be  flanged  over  the  fol- 
lower ring  and  holes  cut  through  corresponding  to  the  stud  bolt 
holes— these  stud  bolts  are  then  to  be  screwed  in  place  and  riveted 
over  slightly  at  their  lower  ends  to  prevent  turnmg.  The  neck  of 
the  lead  container  may  be  swaged  outward  slightly  below  the  follower 
ring  to  prevent  the  latter  from  di'opping  out  of  place  when  removmg 
or  replacing  the  cover. 


284  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

Spec.  28. 

(d)  A  gasket  of  commercial  sheet  lead  weighing  not  less  than  8 
pounds  per  square  foot  shall  be  provided  of  a  diameter  equal  to  the 
outside  diameter  of  the  follower  ring.  It  shall  have  4  or  6  holes  as 
required  ^4^  inches  diameter  spaced  in  a  circle  to  accommodate  the 
stud  bolts  of  the  follower  ring. 

(e)  A  closing  cap  of  cast  iron  of  the  same  outside  diameter  as  the 
follower  ring  shall  be  provided  with  upper  and  lower  surfaces  machined 
parallel  and  bo  of  sufficient  thickness  to  fit  snugly  between  the  top  of 
the  lead  gasket,  in  place,  and  the  bottom  of  the  steel  cover  when  the 
latter  is  fastened  in  place.  It  shall  be  provided  with  4  or  6  holes  as 
required,  /^^  inch  diameter  equally  spaced  on  a  circle,  to  accommo- 
date the  stud  bolts  of  the  follower  ring. 

(/)  There  shall  be  4  or  6  stud  bolts,  as  required,  }4  inch  diameter, 
of  sufficient  length  to  extend  through  the  flanged  neck,  gasket,  cap, 
and  steel  cover  to  a  distance  of  ^  to  ^  inch  above  the  upper  surface 
of  the  latter  and  each  stud  bolt  shall  be  provided  with  a  3^-inch  cut 
steel  washer  and  3^-inch  nut  as  shown  in  the  drawing  herein. 

OUTSIDE    CONTACNER. 

10.  Bodij. — ^To  be  of  No.  14  United  States  Standard  gauge  steel, 
rolled  to  a  cylindrical  shape,  with  side  seam  lapping  at  least  1  inch 
and  riveted  with  soft  iron  rivets,  at  least  3^  inch  diameter,  spaced 
not  over  2^  inches  apart.  The  heads  of  these  rivets  are  to  be 
countersunk  on  the  inside.  If  desired,  this  seam  may  be  welded  by 
any  standard  method,  in  which  case  the  amount  of  lap  need  only  be 
sufficient  to  provide  a  good,  substantial  joint. 

11.  Bottom. — To  be  of  No.  14  United  States  Standard  gauge  steel, 
flanged  to  a  depth  of  134  inches  and  riveted  to  the  side  with  soft 
iron  rivets,  at  least  }4  inch  diameter,  spaced  not  over  3  inches  apart. 
If  desired,  this  joint  may  be  welded  by  any  standard  method. 

12.  (a)  Top. — To  be  of  No.  14  United  States  Standard  gauge 
steel,  flanged  to  a  depth  of  134  inches  and  of  such  diameter  as  to  fit 
loosely  into  the  body,  allowing  it  to  be  easily  removed,  and  held  in 
place  by  six  machine  bolts,  ^  inch  diameter,  spaced  equally  around 
the  circumference  of  the  flange,  as  shown  in  the  drawing  herein. 
An  efjual  number  of  bayonet  fastenings  with  efficient  lock  will  be 
permitted. 

(6)  If  desired  two  handles  for  assisting  in  its  removal  may  be 
provided  substantially  as  shown  in  the  drawing  herein,  but  the  han- 
dles should  not  project  above  the  level  of  the  top  edge. 

(c)  The  top  shall  also  be  pierced  with  holes  ys  inch  in  diameter 
equally  spaced  on  a  circle  concentric  with  it  to  accommodate  the 
cover  clamping  bolts. 

13.  Retaining  ring. — There  shall  be  a  retaining  ring  of  134  by  ^^ 
inch  angle  iron  rolled  to  a  complete  circle  but  with  the  ends  not 


shippi:n^g  container  specifications.  285 

Spec.  28. 

welded  or  brazed,  or  in  two  half  circles,  as  shown  in  the  drawing 
herein.  The  fit  between  the  retaining  ring  and  inside  of  the  steel 
container  shall  be  such  that  the  space  between  the  ends  of  the  half 
circles  or  circle  shall  not  be  over  -^  inch.     The  ring  shall  be  clamped 


Shipping    Container     Specification    No.  28. 


JWi/  Sc/fs  tf/fh  Mps/?ers. 


Oefo//s  some  as  nr  naf-r-oty  mot/^/? 
excepr  as  o/^eriv/se  /?o^e</ 

Part  Section- Wide  Mouth. 


Cofer-  of  /4paj/-ee/ 
sec</re£/  /o  s/i/es  tfi^h 
4^/h  or  />/  6ayooef 
fasfen/n^J  /r/t/7 


foc/r-  r'j':i'i/a'3o/fs  >yM  //asters 


\ 

I 


-S/>ee/  £eac^-/0 /6s  per  j^. 
f/:  /7///o/nts  •y///)  j/^es  a/7</ 


nec/r  i/ui'f^fc/ 


oc//s/eye. 


9 


S/>ee/  Leo, 
^  oo/s/iye 


i 


FT?" 


6  /ds  /oer  Jf 
7h  s/i/es  6</m- 


-i  £o/^s 


"^ 


Sect  ion -Narrow  Mouth. 


evation. 


to  the  side  of  the  contamer  by  means  of  %-inch  machine  bolts  spaced 
equally  around  the  circumference  at  mtervals  of  not  over  6  mches. 

14.  Handles.— Two  handles  shall  be  provided,  formed  substan- 
tially as  shown  in  the  drawing  herein. 


286  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  29. 

MARKING. 

15.  Each  outside  container  must  be  plainly  stamped,  or  embossed, 
on  the  top  as  follows : 

(a)  The  marking  ICC— 28. 

(b)  The  date  of  manufacture  (month  and  year). 

(c)  The  initials  or  symbol  of  the  manufacturer.  (This  must  be 
recorded  with  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey 
Street,  New  York  City.) 

The  letters  and  figures  in  this  marking  must  be  at  least  ^  inch  high. 
The  marking  I.  C.  C. — 28  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the 
package  complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

16.  When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such 
other  description  and  marking  as  may  be  required  by  these  regula- 
tions for  the  particular  article  contained  therein. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  29. 
MAILING  TUBES. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  cont         rs,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Express  Regulations. 

Approved  January  1, 1923. 

1.  The  total  maximum  quantity  of  liquid  carried  in  one  package 
must  not  exceed  1  pint. 

CONSTRUCTION. 

2.  Each  outside  package  shall  consist  of  a  tube  similar  to  the 
ordinary  mailing  tube  of  material  not  less  than  3^  inch  in  thickness 
securely  closed  with  a  metal  bottom  and  metal  screw  cap  firmly 
attached  to  the  body  of  the  tube. 

3.  The  inside  container  must  fit  closely  in  the  tube  or  be  properly 
cushioned  to  prevent  breakage  and  must  be  securely  closed  to  prevent 
leakage. 

4.  If  the  package  contains  more  than  one  inside  container,  they 
must  be  separated  by  single  faced  corrugated  strawboard. 

5.  Each  tube  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  as  follows 


100-29 


I 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  3^  inch  high. 

The  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package 
complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  the  wording 
required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular  article  contained 
therein. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  287 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  30. 
METAL   LINED   BOXES. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Approved  January  1, 1923. 

1.  Except  as  otherwise  specified  and  shown  on  the  accompanying 
drawmg,  which  is  a  part  of  this  specification,  the  boxes  must  be 
constructed  of  good,  sound  white  pine  or  any  wood  of  equal  or 
superior  strength,  dry  and  well  seasoned,  and  with  no  loose  knots 
or  knots  liable  to  get  loose  in  any  part. 

2.  No  box  containing  nitrocellulose  wet  with  solvent,  nitrostarch 
wet  with  solvent,  etc.,  shall  weigh,  including  contents,  more  than 
450  pounds. 

LINING. 

3.  Each  box  must  be  lined  with  sheet  zinc  of  not  less  than  No.  7 
gauge  (thickness  =  0.014  inch,  approximately)  and  all  seams  must 
be  soldered  to  prevent  leakage.  The  edges  of  the  box  lining  are  to 
be  flanged  outwardly  so  that  they  extend  at  least  %  inch  beyond 
the  inner  edge  of  the  top  of  the  box  in  each  direction  and  the  open 
spaces  left  at  the  corners  by  this  operation  shall  be  closed  by  L-shaped 
pieces  of  zinc,  13^  inches  long  on  each  leg  of  the  L,  soldered  to  the 
flanges  of  the  lining.  The  cover  shall  also  have  a  sheet  of  zinc  of 
No.  7  gauge  tacked,  or  otherwise  securely  fastened,  to  its  under 
surface  which  shall  be  of  a  size  sufficient  to  extend  in  each  direction 
as  far  as  the  flanges  of  the  box  lining  above  described,  substantially 
as  shown  on  the  drawing. 

GENERAL    CONSTRUCTION. 

4.  All  boxes  shall  be  of  double-cleated  construction.  There  shall 
be  two  vertical  and  two  horizontal  cleats  on  each  end  of  the  box,  the 
top  horizontal  cleat  to  be  of  a  single  piece  of  oak  provided  with  an 
extension,  as  shown  in  the  drawing,  to  accommodate  the  clamping 
bolts. 

Each  side  shall  be  provided  with  two  vertical  cleats  and  one 
diagonal  cleat.  The  sides  of  the  box  should  be  nailed  to  the  ends 
before  applying  the  vertical  cleats.  The  top  piece  of  each  side  shall 
be  of  oak  and  provided  with  an  extension,  as  shown,  to  accommodate 
the  clamping  bolts:  it  shall  be  tongued  and  grooved  to  fit  the 
remaining  pieces  of  the  sides. 

The  cover  shall  be  provided  with  an  oak  cleat  on  each  edge  and  shall 
extend  in  each  direction  flush  with  the  clamping  pieces  on  the  sides 
and  ends. 


288  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

Spec.  30. 

The  sidos  and  bottoms  of  the  boxes  shall  extend  out  flush  with  the 
cleats  of  the  ends  and  the  nailing  must  be  staggered,  not  less  than 
40  per  cent  of  the  nails  of  each  nailing  edge  being  driven  into  either  the 
cleat  or  end  boards.  The  oak  clamping  pieces  of  the  sides  and  ends 
are  also  to  be  doweled  together  with  hardwood  dowels  at  least  \'2  inch 
in  diameter  by  3  inches  long,  tightly  fitting,  and  securely  glued  in 
place. 

When  the  sides,  ends,  cover,  or  bottom  are  made  of  more  than  one 
piece,  the  pieces  must  be  tongued  and  grooved,  and  in  making  up  the 
boxes  these  joints  must  be  staggered. 

5.  Nails  driven  through  the  sides,  cover,  and  bottom  must  be 
spaced  not  over  2  inches  apart  and  be  in  size  not  less  than  a  7-penny 
wire,  box  nail:  Provided,  That  nails  of  6-penny  may  be  used  when 
driven  into,  or  through,  oak.  When  driven  to  fasten  cleats  they 
should  be  clinched  flush  with  the  surface  of  the  wood.  Screws  of 
equal  holding  power  may  be  used. 

6.  When  set  up  the  bottoms  and  covers  must  fit  evenly  on  the 
frames  and  should  be  square. 

7.  Thickness  of  lumber  in  the  finished  box  must  not  be  less  than 
shown  in  the  following  table  as  corresponding  to  the  various  weights 
of  the  completed  packages. 


Gross  weight  of 
package,  etc. 

Thickness  of  lumber. 

Minimmn. 

Maximum. 

Sides, 
ends,  top 

and 
bottom. 

Cleats. 

Ends. 

Sides. 

Cover  end. 

Cover  side. 

126 
201 
301 

12.5 
200 
300 
450 

Inch. 
A 

W 

Inch. 
Ux2 

Hx2 

■Hx2 

\\  X  2 

Ivch. 
f^'x3 

f|x3 

I|x3 

i|x3 

Inch. 
i|x3 

i|x3 

iixS 

iix3 

Inch. 
i|x2 

Hx2 

Hx2 

f|x2 

A  variation  of  not  over  ^  inch  less  than  the  above  dimensions 
will  be  allowed  for  finished  lumber. 


CLOSURE. 


8.  The  cover  shall  be  secured  to  the  box  by  means  of  bolts  not  less 
than  %  inch  diameter,  spaced  not  to  exceed  6^  inches,  around  the 
sides  and  ends  substantially  as  shown  in  the  drawing  herein.  They 
shall  pass  through  the  cleats  of  the  cover  into  and  through  the  pro- 
jecting portions  of  the  oak  pieces  of  the  sides  and  ends  as  shown 
in  detail  in  the  drawing  herein  and  the  cleats  shall  be  counterbored 


SHIPPING    CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  289 

Spec.  30. 

to  accommodate  the  nuts  and  washers  of  these  bolts,  in  the  manner 
shown  in  the  drawing  herein. 


pccification    No.30- 


^ari^tyooc^  ^oiye/s  ^/ue^  fj  • 


t   r: 


re    s 

O 


(/I   ^ 

0 

3 


MtBSLm': 


-Ca/f.  //-on    Cornff  /='/afgs 


9.  A  gasket  of  soft  rubber,  or  other  suitable  material,  shall  be  used, 
as  shown  in  the  drawing  herein,  to  make  the  joint  between  the  cover 
and  body  of  the  box  air  tight. 

10.  The  bottom  end  edges  shall  be  protected  by  cover  plates  of 
sheet  steel  not  less  than  No.  16  gauge,  United  States  Standard,  bent 


290  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  31. 

to  a  right  angle  measuring  2  inches  each  way,  running  entirely 
across  the  ends  of  the  box,  and  securely  fastened  to  the  ends  and 
bottom  by  nails  or  screws. 

MARKING. 

11.  Each  container  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked  by 
burning  or  imprinting  into  the  wood  of  the  cover  as  follows: 

(a)   The  marking  ICC— 30. 

(6)  The  date  of  manufacture  (month  and  year) . 

(c)  The  initials  or  symbol  of  the  manufacturer.  (This  must  be 
recorded  with  the  chief  inspector.  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey 
Street,  New  York  City.) 

id)  The  allowable  capacity  of  the  container  in  pounds. 

The  letters  and  figures  in  the  symbol  must  be  at  least  }4  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  container  com- 
plies with  all  of  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

12.  When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such 
additional  marking  as  is  required  under  these  regulations. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  31. 

JUGS    IN  TUBS. 

P'or  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Approved,  January  1,  1923. 

1.  More  than  one  jug  must  not  be  placed  in  each  tub. 

2.  The  jug  shall  have  a  capacity  not  exceeding  2  gallons  and  be  of 
proper  acid-resisting  material. 

3.  The  jugs  must  be  closed  by  rubber  stopper  tightly  and  securely 
wired  in  position  in  a  manner  to  prevent  leakage  during  transit. 
Cork  stoppers  are  not  authorized. 

CONSTRUCTION. 


i 


4.  The  tub  must  be  made  of  hardwood  staves  at  least  -^  inch  thick, 
hardwood  top  and  bottom  at  least  3^  inch  thick,  and  five  wooden 
hoops  approximately  "J/s^J  %  inch.  The  bottom  hoop  must  be  held 
in  position  by  at  least  seven  4-penny  nails  driven  through  the  hoops,  M 
through  the  staves,  and  into  the  bottom  of  the  tub.  The  top  hoop 
must  be  so  arranged  that  its  top  edge  shall  be  flush  with  the  upper 
surface  of  the  top  of  the  tub,  and  shall  be  securely  nailed  in  position 
with  at  least  ten  2-penny  nails.  The  three  other  hoops  shall  be  held 
in  position  by  at  least  seven  4-penny  nails  to  each  hoop,  driven  through 
the  hoops  and  staves  and  clinched  on  the  inside  of  the  tub.  The 
top  of  the  tub  shall  be  secured  in  position  by  at  least  four  substantial 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  291 

Spec.  32A. 

tin  strips  not  less  than  re  by  33^  inches  in  size,  one  end  of  each  strip 
being  nailed  to  the  side  and  the  other  to  the  top  of  the  tub. 

5.  The  tub  shall  be  of  sufficient  size  and  the  jug  placed  in  the  tub 
so  as  to  allow  at  least  l}4  inches  of  space  between  the  jug  and  the 
sides  and  bottom  of  the  tub,  and  3^^  inch  space  between  the  neck  of  the 
jug  and  the  top  of  the  tub.  The  space  between  the  jug  and  the  tub 
must  be  tightly  packed  with  proper  cushioning  material. 

MARKING. 

Each  tub  must  be  plainly  marked  on  the  top  with  a  symbol  con- 
sisting of  a  rectangle  as  follows : 


ICC-31 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  }4  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  32. 
METAL   CASES. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Express  and  Baggage  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 
CLASS    A. RIVETED    SHEET    IRON    OR    STEEL    CASES. 

1.  Cases  must  be  made  of  galvanized  sheet  iron  or  steel  of  not  less 
than  full  22  gauge;  or,  of  22  gauge  black  iron  or  steel,  which  must  be 
japanned  and  painted  after  completion  of  the  case.  For  single-reel 
cases  24  gauge  is  permitted. 

2.  Shape  must  be  either  square  or  rectangular,  with  right-angle 
corners,  or  square,  with  round  corners. 

3.  Case  and  cover  must  be  lined  throughout  with  hard  fiber  board 
at  least  }/s  inch  thick,  complying  with  paragraph  54  herein.  The 
fiber  lining  must  be  securely  attached  and  held  firmly  in  place. 

4.  Cover  must  be  permanently  attached  to  case  by  two  strong 
metal  hinges  (except  that  one  hinge  on  the  end  of  the  case  will  be 
permitted  for  cases  of  one  reel  capacity).  Hinges  must  be  made  of 
not  less  than  No.  7  gauge  steel  wire  continuous  loops  with  welded 
joints,  secured  by  riveted  metal  hinge  straps  with  not  less  than  three 
rivets  through  the  body  strap  and  two  rivets  through  the  cover  strap. 


292  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Sper.  32A. 

Hinge  straps  must  be  of  not  less  than  22  gauge  and  rivets  must  pass 
through  each  strap  and  through  an  achhtional  inside  reinforcement  of 
not  less  than  22  gauge  metal. 

5.  Covers  must  fit  tightly  against  the  body  of  the  case  and  must 
lap  over  not  less  than  134  inches  on  all  sides,  must  be  of  one  piece 
construction  and  must  be  reinforced  with  turned  and  rolled  edges  over 
No.  8  gauge  steel  wire,  except  that  for  cases  of  one  reel  capacity,  this 
wire  is  not  required. 

6.  Body  of  case  may  be  one  continuous  piece  with  one  single  lap 
seam,  or  made  of  four  or  less  separate  pieces  with  single  lap  seams 
at  corners  and  bottom  edges.  Bottoms  must  be  reinforced  with 
strong  metal  trunk  corners  or  continuous  iron  or  steel  angle  straps. 
Where  angle  straps  are  used,  they  must  be  securely  riveted  with  one 
intermediate  rivet  for  each  4  inches  of  space. 

7.  Sides  must  be  rolled  or  lapped  down  at  the  top  on  the  inside 
of  body,  not  more  than  3^  inch  and  over  steel  wire  not  less  than 
No.  8  gauge  or  over  14  gauge  3^  inch  steel  framing  band;  except 
that  if  wire  or  framing  band  is  not  used,  the  inside  laps  of  the  top 
of  the  sides  must  consist  of  a  double  fold. 

8.  The  fastening  device  must  consist  of  (1)  a  strong  metal  hasp  and 
staple  securely  riveted  to  cover  and  body  on  side  opposite  the  hinges 
and  fastened  with  a  strong  metal  harness  snap  permanently  attached 
to  hasp  or  case;  or  (2)  a  strong  metal  hasp  and  staple  with  movable 
ring  on  staple,  which  can  be  operated  by  being  passed  through  a  slot 
in  the  hasp.  This  operation  must  be  manual  and  possible  from  only 
one  position  of  the  ring  and  must  not  be  liable  to  occur  in  ordinary 
handling  incident  to  transportation  and  thus  permit  opening  of 
the  case. 

Note. — A  combination  metal  hasp,  label,  and  shipping  address 
holder,  of  equal  efficiency,  may  be  used,  if  approved  for  this  purpose 
by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives. 

9.  Carrying  handles  may  be  of  hinged  type  and  when  so  constructed 
shall  be  attached  to  cover  by  metal  straps  secured  at  each  end  by 
one  or  more  rivets.  An  additional  inside  reinforcement  must  be  used 
of  not  less  than  the  same  gauge  as  the  cover. 

10.  No  rivets  may  be  exposed  on  the  inside  of  the  lining  so  that  they 
will  come  in  contact  with  any  part  of  the  metallic  reels  when  packed 
for  shipment. 

11.  Each  outside  metal  case  must  be  plainly  and  permanently 
marked  in  the  metal  by  embossing  the  following  symbol  consisting 
of  a  rectangle  and  the  following  mark: 


ICC-32A 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  Yi  inch  high. 
This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  complies 
vsith  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 


p 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  293 

Spec.  32B. 
CLASS    B. — WELDED    STEEL    CASES. 


12.  Case  must  be  made  of  steel  of  not  less  than  full  18  sause. 

13.  Shape  must  be  either  octagonal  or  hexagonal,  square  or  rec- 
tangular, with  right  angle  corners  or  with  rounded  corners.  A  circum- 
ferential outside  bead  must  be  provided  on  the  body  for  contact  with 
the  bottom  edge  of  the  cover  when  in  closed  position;  or  in  place  of 
beading,  drawn  projections  acting  as  reinforcement  and  projecting 
outward  not  less  than  ^  inch  from  the  sides  of  the  body  may  be 
provided. 

14.  Case  and  cover  must  be  lined  throughout  with  hard  fiber 
board  at  least  %  inch  thick,  complying  with  requirements  of 
paragraph  54  herein. 

15.  Covers  must  be  of  one  piece  and  must  either  be  permanently 
attached  to  case  by  two  strong  metal  hinges  or  may  be  detachable. 
Hinges  must  be  made  of  not  less  than  No.  7  gauge  steel  wire  con- 
tinuous loops  with  welded  joints,  secured  by  welded  or  riveted  metal 
straps  with  not  less  than  three  rivets  through  the  body  strap  and  two 
rivets  through  the  cover  strap.  Hinge  straps  must  be  of  not  less 
than  18  gauge. 

Detachable  covers  must  be  held  in  closed  position  by  strong  cover 
or  body  lugs  engaged  in  accurately  fitted  slots  with  such  arrangement 
sufficiently  secure  to  prevent  displacement  or  detachment  from 
handling  incident  to  transportation.  Lugs  must  be  made  of  separate 
metal  not  less  than  3^  inch  thick  and  be  securely  welded  in  place  on 
body  or  cover.  Engaging  slots  must  be  reinforced  by  metal  plates 
not  less  than  y^  inch  thick  securely  welded  in  position. 
B  16.  Hinged  covers  must  fit  tightly  against  the  body  of  the  case 
and  in  contact  with  the  circumferential  beading  and  must  lap  over 
not  less  than  1  inch  on  all  sides. 

With  detachable  covers,  a  clearance  of  -^  inch  will  be  allowed  and 
lap  must  be  not  less  than  ^  inch. 

17.  Body  of  case  must  be  of  not  more  than  two  pieces  with  seams 
securely  welded. 

18.  The  bottom  must  be  of  one  piece  and  must  be  securely  welded 
to  the  body. 

19.  The  fiber  lining  must  be  securely  held  in  place.  Sides  may  be 
rolled  or  lapped  down  at  the  top  of  the  inside  of  the  body,  and  lap 
over  the  fiber  lining  not  less  than  }4  iiich  or  more  than  3^  inch. 

20.  The  fastening  device  must  consist  of  (1)  a  strong  metal  hasp 
and  staple  securely  riveted  to  cover  and  body  on  side  opposite  the 
hinges  and  fastened  with  a  strong  metal  harness  snap  permanently 

I  attached  to  hasp  or  case;  or  (2)  a  strong  metal  hasp  and  staple  with 
I  movable  ring  on  staple,  which  can  be  operated  by  being  passed 
i    through  a  slot  in  the   hasp.     This    operation  must  be  manual    and 


I 

294  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSIOIT.  " 

Spec.  32C. 

possible  from  only  one  position  of  the  ring  and  must  not  be  liable  to 
occur  in  ordinary  handling  incident  to  transportation  and  thus  per- 
mit opening  of  the  case;  or  (3)  with  detachable  covers  engaged  by 
lug  and  slot  arrangement;  the  fastening  device  may  consist  of  a 
strong,  flat,  sliding,  metal  bolt  designed  by  spring  arrangement  to 
engage  a  corresponding  slot  and  thereby  automatically  hold  cover 
locked  in  closed  position.  Such  bolt  and  operating  spring  must  be 
held  in  place  and  protected  by  a  secure  metal  housing  substantially 
welded  or  riveted  to  cover,  and  the  end  must  project  sufficiently  to 
allow  a  hole  drilled  through  it  to  be  used  for  a  wire  seal.  Engaging 
slot  must  be  reinforced  as  described  in  paragraph  15  herein. 

21.  Carrjnng  handles  may  be  of  hinged  type  and  when  so  con- 
structed shall  be  attached  to  cover  by  metal  straps  secured  at  each 
end  by  one  or  more  rivets  or  by  welding.  On  detachable  covers, 
handles  of  the  hinged  type  may  be  so  designed  with  a  covered  spring 
arrangement  as  to  be  automatically  held  folded  down  on  one  side 
and  butting  against  the  end  of  sliding  lock  bolt  when  not  being  used 
to  carry  the  case. 

22.  Each  outside  metal  case  must  be  plainl}^  and  permanently 
marked  in  the  metal  by  embossing  or  stamping  with  steel  dies  the 
following  symbol  consisting  of  a  rectangle  and  the  following  mark: 


ICC-32B 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  ^  inch  high. 
This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  complies 
with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

CLASS    C. — COLD-DRAWN    STEEL    CASES. 

23.  Cases  must  be  of  one-piece  body,  cold  drawn  from  sheet  steel, 
with  completed  bothes  of  not  less  than  full  18  gauge  and  covers  of  not 
less  than  full  16  gauge,  and  must  be  japanned,  painted,  or  galvanized 
after  completion. 

24.  Shape  must  be  hexagonal,  octagonal,  cylindrical,  or  rec- 
tangular with  rounded  corners. 

25.  Case  and  cover  must  be  lined  throughout  with  hard  fiber  board 
at  least  }/g  inch  thick,  complying  with  requirements  of  paragraph  54 
herein  and  securely  held  in  place. 

26.  For  cylindrical  cases  the  cover  must  be  slip-in  or  slip-on  type, 
one  piece,  recessed,  with  rigid  metal  handle  riveted  across  recessed 
well  and  flush  with  the  top  surface  of  the  cover.  Cover  must  fit 
tightly  at  top  of  case  and  be  at  least  1  inch  deep. 

For  hexagonal,  octagonal,  or  rectangular  shaped  cases  cover  must 
be  of  one  piece  and  must  either  be  permanently  attached  to  case  by 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  295 

Spec.  32C. 

two  strong  metal  hinges  or  may  be  detachable.  Hinges  must  be 
made  of  not  less  than  No.  7  gauge  steel  wire  continuous  loops  with 
welded  joints,  secured  by  welded  or  riveted  metal  straps  with  not 
less  than  three  rivets  through  the  body  strap  and  two  rivets  through 
the  cover  strap.     Hinge  straps  must  be  of  not  less  than  18  gauge. 

Detachable  covers  must  be  held  in  closed  position  by  strong  cover 
or  body  lugs  engaged  in  accurately  fitted  slots  with  such  arrangement 
sufficiently  secure  to  prevent  displacement  or  detachment  from 
handling  incident  to  transportation.  Lugs  must  be  made  of  sepa- 
rate metal  not  less  than  3^  inch  thick  securely  welded  in  place  on 
body  or  cover.  Engaging  slots  must  be  reinforced  by  metal  plates 
not  less  than  3^  inch  thick  securely  welded  in  position. 

Hinged  covers  must  fit  tightly  against  the  body  of  the  case  and  in 
contact  with  the  outside  circumferential  beading  and  must  lap  over 
not  less  than  1  inch  on  all  sides. 

With  detachable  covers,  a  clearance  of  -^  inch  will  be  allowed 
and  lap  must  be  not  less  than  %  inch. 

27.  Body  of  the  case  must  be  made  with  an  outside  circumferential 
beading  1  inch  from  top  and  a  metal  band  of  18-gauge  metal  1  inch 
wide  welded  to  inside  of  top  to  engage  locking  jaws.  It  must  also 
have  immediately  below  this  an  additional  inside  circumferential 
beading  to  hold  the  lining  in  place. 

28.  For  cylindrical  cases  the  cover  fastening  device  must  be 
positive  in  action  and  consist  of  two  or  more  movable  jaws  engaging 
the  bottom  of  an  inside  welded  band  and  the  inside  of  the  top  cir- 
cumferential beading.  It  must  be  so  designed  as  not  to  permit  of 
accidental  release  and  must  be  operated  by  cams  or  levers  by  turning 
a  central  vertical  shaft,  extending  from  handle  to  lower  side  of 
cover.  The  movements  of  the  cams  or  levers  must  be  actuated  by 
a  lever,  rigidly  attached  to  the  top  of  the  shaft  and  so  designed  that 
when  cover  is  locked  it  will  be  in  contact  with  and  completely  covered 
by  the  carrying  handle.  Means  must  be  provided  to  allow  sealing 
of  cover  fastening  device  when  in  locked  position.  All  moving 
cams  or  levers  and  locking  jaws  must  be  completely  inclosed. 

For  hexagonal,  octagonal,  or  rectangular  cases  the  fastening 
device  must  consist  of  (1)  a  strong  metal  hasp  and  staple  securely 
riveted  to  cover  and  body  on  side  opposite  the  hinges  and  fastened 
with  a  strong  metal  harness  snap  permanently  attached  to  hasp  or 
case;  or  (2)  a  strong  metal  hasp  and  staple  with  movable  ring  on 
staple,  which  can  be  operated  by  being  passed  through  a  slot  in  the 
hasp.  This  operation  must  be  manual  and  possible  from  only  one 
position  of  the  ring  and  must  not  be  liable  to  occur  in  ordinary 
handling  incident  to  transportation  and  thus  permit  opening  of  the 
case;  or  (3)  with  detachable  covers  engaged  by  lug  and  slot  arrange- 
ment, the  fastening  device  may  consist  of  a  strong,  flat,  sliding,  metal 


296  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  32D. 

bolt  desif^ned  by  spring  arrangement  to  engage  a  corresponding  slot 
and  thereby  automatically  hold  cover  locked  in  closed  position. 
Such  bolt  and  operating  spring  must  be  held  in  place  and  protected 
by  a  secure  metal  housing  substantially  welded  or  riveted  to  cover 
and  the  end  must  project  sufficiently  to  allow  a  hole  drilled  through 
it  to  be  used  for  a  wire  seal.  Engaging  slot  must  be  reinforced  as 
described  in  paragraph  15  herein. 

29.  Each  outside  metal  case  must  be  plainly  and  permanently 
marked  in  the  metal  by  embossing  or  stamping  with  steel  dies  the 
following  symbol  consisting  of  a  rectangle  and  the  following  mark: 


ICC-32C 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  3^  inch 
high.  This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package 
complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

CLASS    D. — RIVETED    AND    WELDED    CASES. 

30.  Case  must  be  made  of  sheet  steel  of  not  less  than  full  20  gauge. 

31.  Shape  must  be  square  with  rounded  corners. 

32.  Case  and  cover  must  be  lined  throughout  with  hard  fiber  board 
at  least  3^  inch  thick,  complying  with  requirements  of  paragraph 
54  herein,  and  securely  held  in  place. 

33.  Cover  must  be  of  one-piece,  slip-on  type,  with  recessed  top, 
pressed  to  form  and  reinforced  with  turned  and  rolled  edges  over 
No.  8  gauge  steel  wire. 

34.  Cover  must  fit  tightly  against  the  body  of  the  case  and  lap 
over  not  less  than  1)4  inches. 

35.  Sides  of  the  case  must  be  of  one  continuous  piece  with  one 
single  lap  side  seam  and  outside  circumferential  headings  at  lower 
edge  of  cover  when  in  closed  position. 

36.  Top  of  body  must  be  rolled  in  and  lapped  down  not  more  than 
\^  inch  over  fiber  lining  on  sides  of  case. 

37.  Cover  fastening  device  must  be  positive  in  action  and  consist 
of  two  or  more  sliding  bolts  engaging  the  bottom  of  strong  metal 
brackets  securely  welded  to  inside  corners  of  the  case.  It  must  be 
so  designed  as  not  to  permit  of  accidental  release  and  must  be  operated 
by  turning  of  the  stem  of  the  carrying  handle  to  which  the  sliding 
bolts  are  connected  beneath  the  cover.  Mechanical  means  must  be 
provided  to  prevent  accidental  turning  of  the  handle  and  to  seal 
the  same  when  the  sliding  bolts  are  in  locked  position. 

38.  The  one-piece  bottom  must  be  securely  welded  to  a  3^-inch 
lap  of  the  sides  turned  over  on  outside  of  bottom. 

39.  Bottom  corners  must  be  reinforced  with  strong  outside  metal 
shoes  securely  riveted  in  position. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  297 

Spec.  32E. 

40.  Each  outside  metal  case  must  be  plainly  and  permanently 
marked  in  the  metal  by  embossing  or  stamping  with  steel  dies  the  fol- 
lowing symbol,  consisting  of  a  rectangle  and  the  following  mark : 


ICC-32D 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  i^  inch  high. 
This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  complies 
with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

CLASS    E. — OTHER   TYPES    OF    SHEET   IRON    OR    STEEL    CASES. 

41.  Cases  must  be  made  of  galvanized  sheet  iron  or  steel  of  not  less 
than  full  22  gauge;  or  of  22  gauge  black  iron  or  steel  which  must  be 
japanned,  painted,  or  galvanized  after  completion  of  the  case. 

42.  Shape  must  be  square  with  right-angle  corners. 

43.  Case  and  cover  must  be  lined  throughout  with  hard  fiber  board 
at  least  i/g  inch  thick,  complying  with  paragraph  54  herein.  The 
fiber  lining  must  be  securely  attached  and  held  firmly  in  place. 

44.  Cover  must  be  permanently  attached  to  case  by  two  strong 
metal  hinges  (except  that  one  hinge  on  the  end  of  the  case  will  be  per- 
mitted for  cases  of  one  reel  capacity).  These  hinges  may  be  formed 
by  square  loops  in  the  reinforcement  wire  of  the  back  edge  of  the 
cover,  and  must  be  secured  to  the  body  by  metal  hinge  straps  riveted 
or  attached  by  some  equally  efficient  method.  Hinge  straps  must  be 
of  not  less  than  22  gauge  and  rivets  must  pass  through  each  strap  and 
through  an  additional  inside  reinforcement  of  not  less  than  22  gauge 
metal. 

45.  Covers  must  fit  tightly  against  the  body  of  the  case  and  must 
lap  over  not  less  than  Ij^  inches  on  all  sides,  must  be  of  one-piece 
construction  and  must  be  reinforced  by  double  fold  of  the  metal  inside 
of  and  extending  the  entire  depth  of  edge  and  riveted  in  position. 
Edges  shall  be  turned  and  rolled  over  No.  7  gauge  steel  wire,  except 
that  for  cases  of  one  reel  capacity  this  wire  is  not  required. 

46.  Body  of  case  may  be  one  continuous  piece  with  one  single-lap 
seam,  or  made  of  four  or  less  separate  pieces  with  single-lap  seams  at 
corners. 

47.  Bottoms  must  be  of  one  piece,  pressed  to  form,  countersunk  in 
position  from  the  outside  and  secured  to  body  with  double-crimped 
seams  on  all  four  sides.  Bottom  corners  must  be  reinforced  with 
strong  metal  trunk  corners. 

48.  Sides  must  be  turned  in  at  right  angles  at  the  top  overlapped 
at  the  corners,  and  rigidly  fastened  so  as  to  engage  the  top  of  lining 
and  hold  it  securely  in  position. 

66620°— 22 20 


298  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  32  Gen'l. 

49.  The  fastening  device  must  consist  of  (1)  a  strong  metal  hasp 
hinged  on  reinforcement  wire  of  front  edge  of  cover  and  staple  securely 
riveted  to  body  on  side  opposite  the  hinges  and  fastened  with  a  strong 
metal  harness  snap  permanently  attached  to  hasp  or  case;  or  (2)  a 
strong  metal  hasp  and  staple  with  movable  ring  on  staple,  which  can 
be  operated  by  being  passed  through  a  slot  in  the  hasp.  This  opera- 
tion must  be  manual  and  possible  from  only  one  position  of  the  ring 
and  must  not  be  liable  to  occur  in  ordinary  handling  incident  to  trans- 
portation and  thus  permit  opening  of  the  case. 

50.  Carrying  handles  may  be  of  hinged  type  and  when  so  con- 
structed shall  be  attached  to  cover  by  metal  straps  secured  at  each 
end  by  one  or  more  rivets.  An  additional  inside  reinforcement  must 
be  used  of  not  less  than  the  same  gauge  as  the  cover. 

51.  Iron  rivets  with  shanks  not  less  than  -^  inch  diameter  and  of 
sufficient  length  to  furnish  suitable,  well-formed  heads  must  be  used. 
Split  rivets  must  not  be  used  except  for  attachment  of  lining  and  no 
rivets  may  be  exposed  on  the  inside  of  the  lining  so  that  they  will 
come  in  contact  with  any  part  of  the  metallic  reels  when  packed  for 
shipment. 

52.  Each  outside  metal  case  must  be  plainly  and  permanently 
marked  in  the  metal  by  embossing  the  following  symbol  consisting 
of  a  rectangle  and  the  following  mark: 


ICC— 32E 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  3^  inch  high. 
This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  complies 
with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

GENERAL    REQUIREMENTS    FOR    ALL    METAL    TYPES. 


53.  The  standards  for  gauge  as  specified  herein  shall  be  United  States 
Standard  for  sheet  metal  and  American  or  Brown  &  Sharpe  for  wire. 


54.  The  lining  of  all  cases  must  be  vulcanized  fiber  or  hard  fiber 
board  made  of  flax,  hemp,  jute,  cotton,  and  a  small  percentage  of 
sulphite  pulp.  It  must  not  contain  any  old  papers,  must  be  finished 
with  a  hard  surface,  and  test  on  a  Mullen  tester  not  less  than  800 
pounds  per  square  inch.  The  fiber  board  must  be  homogeneous  and 
must  weigh  not  less  than  10  ounces  per  square  foot,  measuring  not 
less  than  0.125  inch  thick.  Clay,  oxide  of  iron,  or  any  mineral 
substance  must  not  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  loading  the  fiber,  but 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  299 

Spec.  32F. 

may  be  used  for  coloring.     Cardboard,  strawboard,  binder's  board, 
or  similar  soft-surfaced  boards  will  not  be  permitted. 

Fiber  board  made  of  special  vegetable  fiber  and  having  all  of  the 
characteristics  of  fiber  made  from  hemp,  flax,  or  jute,  and  having  a 
proper  thickness  and  finished  with  a  hard  surface  and  complying 
with  Mullen  test  of  800  pounds  per  square  inch,  or  wooden  lining 
not  less  than  34  inch  thick,  may  be  used. 


CAPACITY. 


55.  Cases  constructed  in  accordance  with  this  specification  must 
not  have  a  capacity  of  more  than  eight  (8)  reels. 


56.  Complete  cases  must  be  capable  of  withstanding  four  successive 
drops  from  a  height  of  six  feet  upon  solid  concrete  when  filled  with 
full  complement  of  films  without  rupture  of  the  case  or  permanent 
damage  to  the  closing  device.  Such  tests  must  be  made  so  that  the 
case  will  drop  on  cover,  seam,  or  any  corner. 

OTHER    TYPES    OF    CONTAINERS. 

BAGGAGE   TRUNK. 

57.  Baggage  trunks  may  be  used  to  transport  motion-picture 
films  and  projecting  apparatus  when  constructed  as  follows: 

58.  Each  trunk  must  be  of  sufficient  strength  and  style  of  con- 
struction to  carry  contents  in  ordinary  handling  without  danger  of 
damage  to  trunk  or  contents. 

59.  vSeparate  compartments  for  each  reel  of  film  and  for  the 
projecting  apparatus  must  be  formed  by  the  use  of  strong  partitions. 
Top,  sides,  and  bottom  of  each  compartment  for  films  must  be  lined 
with  sheet  metal  and  also  an  inside  lining  of  approved  fiber  or  cush- 
ioning material  which  will  effectively  prevent  contact  of  the  metal 
film  can  with  the  metal  lining  of  the  compartment.  Each  com- 
partment shall  be  of  one  real  capacity  and  each  reel  shall  be  inclosed 
in  a  standard  metal  reel  can.  Not  more  than  eight  reels  may  be 
packed  in  one  trunk.  Compartments  shall  be  so  designed  that  in 
closing  there  shall  be  no  cracks  or  openings. 

60.  No  parts  shall  be  included  in  the  projecting  apparatus  when 
packed  for  shipment  which  shall  be  capable  of  creating  an  electrical 
current  nor  shall  there  be  included  any  inflammable  substances 
capable  of  producing  heat  or  fire.  No  other  material  than  the  films 
and  projecting  apparatus  may  be  packed  in  the  trunk  when  offered 
for  shipment. 


300  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  32G. 

61.  Each  trunk  manufactured  in  compliance  with  this  specification 
must  have  securely  riveted  on  the  top  of  cover  a  metal  plate  four 
inches  long  and  two  inches  wide  bearing  in  the  center  thereof  the 
following  symbol  consisting  of  a  rectangle  and  the  following  mark: 


ICC-3;^F 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  J^  inch 
high.  This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package 
complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 


< 


METAL   CYLINDERS. 


62.  Each  container  shall  consist  of  a  metal  cylinder  made  of  tin  of 
not  less  than  30  gauge  United  States  Standard  (107-pound  tin),  with 
bottom  and  all  other  seams  securely  soldered. 

63.  The  cylinder  and  cover  must  be  completely  lined  with  hard 
fiber  board  %  inch  in  thickness,  as  specified  in  paragraph  54  herein, 

64.  The  cover  must  consist  of  a  metal  screw  cap  of  the  same  thick- 
ness of  metal  as  the  cylinder  body  and  with  not  less  than  three  (3) 
threads. 

65.  The  total  maximum  quantity  of  film  that  may  be  carried  in 
one  container  must  not  exceed  six  (6)  rolls  of  approximately  fifty 
(50)  feet  each,  or  a  total  of  300  feet. 

66.  Each  cylinder  must  be  plainly  marked  on  the  bottom  thereof 
with  a  symbol  consisting  of  a  rectangle  and  the  following  marking: 


ICC-32G 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  }/2  inch 
high.  This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package 
complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 


CASES  NOW  IN  servicp:;. 


67.  Cases  now  in  service  which  were  manufactured  and  purchased 
prior  to  the  effective  date  of  this  specification  and  which  comply 
with  and  are  marked  to  show  compliance  with  shipping  container 
specification  No.  32,  efi'ective  September  30,  1918,  or  with  this 
specification,  may  be  used  provided  they  are  in  proper  shipping 
condition  and  afford  as  secure  a  container  as  similar  type  packages 
constructed  under  this  specification. 


SHIPPING    CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  301 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  33. 

STEEL   CYLINDERS. 

For  provdsions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Revised  January  ],  1923. 
GENERAL    CONSTRUCTION. 

1.  The  maximum  size  cylinder  must  be  limited  to  120  pounds 
water  capacity  with  tolerance  of  plus  5  per  cent. 

Cylinders  made  in  foreign  countries  must  not  be  used  in  domestic 
traffic  in  the  United  States  until  a  chemical  analysis  of  material  and 
tests,  as  specified  in  paragraphs  2,  16,  17,  18,  and  19,  have  been  car- 
ried out  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States  and  under  the  super- 
vision of  a  competent  and  disinterested  inspector  approved  by  the 
Bureau  of  Explosives. 

2.  (a)  Cylinders  must  be  made  seamless.  The  bottom  ends  must 
not  be  closed  in  by  spinning  or  swedging. 

(b)  Cylinders  must  be  made  of  open-hearth  steel  of  uniform 
quality  with  chemical  analysis  of — 

Per  cent. 

Carbon,  not  more  than 0. 30 

Phosphorus,  not  more  than 04 

Sulphur,  not  more  than ^ 05 

(c)  All  billets,  plates,  and  shells  from  which  cylinders  are  to  be 
made  must  have  their  melt  number  stamped  on  them  at  the  mill 
and  be  free  from  seams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which 
might  be  injurious  to  the  finished  cylinder. 

(d)  The  manufacture  of  the  cylinders  must  be  completed  with  the 
best  appliances  and  according  to  the  best  modern  methods.  All  fin- 
ished cylinders  must  show  reasonably  smooth  and  uniform  surface 
finish,  inspection  of  inside  surface  to  be  made  before  closing  the  ends; 
the  threading  of  the  cylinder  neck  must  be  even  and  without  checks 
and  the  cylinders  must  show  no  defects  of  workmanship  or  material 
likely  to  result  in  any  appreciable  weakness  of  the  finished  cylinder. 
A  close  inspection  of  each  completed  cylinder  must  be  made  before 
acceptance  to  discover  any  defect. 

(e)  Cylinders  must  be  fitted  with  an  extension  for  valve  protection 
in  the  form  of  a  section  of  tubing  having  a  shrink  fit  and  not  welded 
to  the  cylinder,  extending  not  less  than  6  inches  below  the  shoulder 
of  the  cylinder  and  not  less  than  4  inches  above  the  end  of  the  neck 
of  the  cylinder.  The  thickness  of  the  tubing  must  be  at  least  as 
thick  as  the  cylinder  wall  with  tolerance  of  minus  -^  of  an  inch. 
This  tubing  must  be  provided  with  drainage  holes  to  thorouglily 
drain  the  shoulder  of  the  cylinder. 


302  INTEKSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  33. 

THREADS. 

3.  (a)  The  cylinder  neck  must  be  tapped  with  a  13^ -inch  pipe 
thread,  Briggs  Modified  Form,  tapered  %  inch  to  the  foot  with  at 
least  14  tlireads  full  and  perfect  throughout.  The  tapping  must  be 
to  gauge  with  a  permissible  tolerance  of  plus  or  minus  one  turn. 

(b)  The  basic  pitch  diameter  of  the  threads  on  the  above-mentioned 
gauge  shall  be  1.58338  and  shall  be  measured  at  a  point  15  threads 
above  the  small  diameter  of  the  gauge. 

(c)  The  cylinder  neck  must  be  threaded  on  the  outside  with  a 
United  States  Standard  Form  thread  2^  inches  outside  diameter, 
10  threads  per  inch.  The  length  of  this  thread  must  be  1.25  inches 
plus  or  minus  0.125  inch.  The  threading  must  be  to  gauge.  The 
end  of  the  neck  must  be  faced  off  perpendicular  to  this  thread  to 
afford  a  proper  seat  for  the  protection  cap. 

VALVE    AND    PROTECTION    CAP. 

4.  (a)  Drawings  and  samples  of  valve  equipment  must  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street, 
New  York  City,  for  approval  prior  to  use  on  cylinders  made  imder 
this  specification. 

(h)  The  valve  must  be  constructed  of  metal  substantially  non- 
corrosive;  it  must  be  of  a  length  not  to  exceed  2}^  inches  beyond 
the  end  of  the  neck  of  the  cylinder  and  with  no  projections  to  inter- 
fere with  the  protection  cap;  it  must  be  provided  with  a  locking 
device  and  satisfactory  leak-proof  devices. 

(c)  The  body  and  all  other  essential  parts  of  the  valve  subject  to 
gas  pressure  when  the  valve  is  closed  must  be  made  from  forged 
metal:  Provided,  That  hot-rolled  and  cold-finished  drawn  bronze  of 
the  kind  known  as  "tobin  bronze"  as  made  under  the  United  ^States 
Government  specifications  is  acceptable.  Rolled  monel  metal  is 
permitted  for  valve  stem  where  it  seats. 

(d)  The  valve  must  be  threaded  with  a  1}4  inch  pipe  thread, 
Briggs  Modified  Form,  tapered  ^  inch  to  the  foot,  with  at  least  13 
threads  full  and  perfect  throughout.  The  threading  must  be  to 
gauge  with  a  permissible  tolerance  of  plus  or  minus  one  turn.  The 
point  of  basic  pitch  diameter  should  be  so  located  that  under  no  con- 
dition can  the  valve  be  screwed  home,  by  wrench,  beyond  the  last 
thread;  this  may  have  to  be  determined  by  trial,  but  will  probably 
be  8  threads  from  the  small  end  or  5  threads  from  the  large  end. 

(e'^  The  protection  cap  will  be  a  part  of  the  valve  equipment.  It 
must  be  gas-tight,  must  be  made  of  metal  substantially  noncorrosive, 
and  must  not  extend  in  excess  of  3  j^  inches  beyond  the  end  of  the  neck 
of  the  cylinder.  It  must  be  threaded  with  a  United  States  Standard 
Form  thread,  10  threads  per  inch,  to  give  a  close  fit  on  the  threading 


\ 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  303 

Spec.  33. 

of  the  cylinder  peck.  It  must  be  provided  with  a  faced  shoulder  to 
make  a  tight  joint,  in  combination  with  the  noncorrosive  gasket, 
with  the  cylinder.  The  thickness  of  any  part  of  the  protection  cap 
must  be  not  less  than  -^  of  an  inch  and  the  shoulder  for  gasket  seat 
must  afford  a  bearing  surface  for  the  gasket  of  not  less  than  ^  of 
an  inch.     (Approved  October  1922.) 

ASSEMBLY    OF    VALVE    TO    CYLINDERS. 

5.  (a)  The  cylinder  must  be  made  absolutely  anhydrous  before 
insertion  of  the  valve.  A  satisfactory  means  of  securing  this  condi- 
tion consists  in  inserting  a  tube  through  the  neck  to  the  bottom  of 
the  cylinders  and  blowing  a  blast  of  hot,  dry  air  through  it;  a  cold 
mirror  held  in  the  current  of  air  coming  out  of  the  cylinder  wUl  cloud 
up  with  condensed  moisture  as  long  as  there  is  moisture  in  the 
cylinder. 

(6)  The  valves  must  be  assembled  to  the  cylinders  by  a  selective 
method,  so  that  when  screwed  home  at  least  one  thread  of  the  valve 
will  be  left  disengaged.  An  efficient  luting  material  must  be  used 
to  prevent  leakage. 

(c)  The  assembly  of  the  valves  to  the  cylinders  may,  if  desired, 
be  done  by  the  shipper  without  supervision  by  the  inspector. 

INSPECTION. 

6.  The  purchaser  must  provide  for  inspection  of  all  material  and 
all  tests  by  a  competent  and  disinterested  inspector. 

7.  The  inspector  must  keep  complete  records  of  the  various  melts 
from  which  the  steel  is  taken  for  the  manufacture  of  the  cylinders. 
Certified  chemical  analyses  of  these  melts  must  be  supplied  to  him 
by  the  manufacturer. 

8.  The  inspector  must  carefully  inspect  all  plates  or  other  material, 
and  records  pertaining  thereto  from  which  cylinders  are  to  be  made, 
and  those  which  do  not  comply  with  paragraphs  2  (b)  and  2  (c)  shall  be 
rejected.  The  heat  number  must  be  stamped  on  the  plates  and 
billets  at  the  mill  and  the  inspector  must  also  stamp  his  initials  or 
personal  sign  on  each  plate  or  billet  accepted  by  him,  and  no  plate 
or  billet  must  be  used  by  the  manufacturer  of  the  cylinders  unless  so 
marked; — 

9.  Provided,  That  when  cylinders  are  to  be  made  from  material 
under  conditions  such  that  the  various  melts  of  steel  cannot  be 
properly  traced  through  to  the  finished  cylinders,  a  certificate  from 
the  manufacturer  of  the  material  (see  note  at  end  of  report,  par.  24, 
for  form  of  certificate),  together  with  check  analyses  of  samples 
taken  from  one  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  cylinders,  shall  be 
accepted. 


304  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  33. 

10.  The  inspector  shall  make  such  inspection  as  may  be  necessary 
to  see  that  the  requirements  of  this  specification  are  complied  with; 
shall  see  that  the  finished  cylinders  are  properly  annealed,  and  shall 
witness  all  hydrostatic,  air,  physical,  and  flattening  tests.  The 
hydrostatic,  air,  physical,  and  flattening  tests  may  be  made  by  the 
manufacturer,  but  under  the  direction  and  supervision  of  the  inspector 
or  other  representative  of  the  purchaser. 

11.  The  inspector  shall  stamp  his  initials  or  his  personal  sign 
immediately  beneath  the  serial  number  on  each  cylinder  which  he 
passes  as  accepted,  and  shall  make  a  certified  report  (see  par.  24) 
to  the  maker,  to  the  purchaser,  and  to  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau 
of  Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City,  showing  the  serial 
numbers  of  all  cylinders  which  are  accepted,  together  with  all  data 
relating  to  the  material  and  the  tests, 

WALL   THICKNESS. 

12.  Thickness  of  wall  shall  be  such  that  at  a  pressure  of  1,000 
pounds  per  square  inch  the  calculated  fiber  stress  shall  not  be  in  excess 
of  20,000  pounds  per  square  inch.  In  any  case  the  minimum  must 
be  not  less  than  0.1875  inch  thick. 

ANNEALING. 

13.  Each  cylinder  must  be  uniformly  and  properly  annealed  in  such 
manner  as  to  give  as  fine-grained  and  soft  a  metal  as  possible  con- 
sistent with  other  requirements  of  this  specification. 

14.  The  temperature  to  which  the  cylinders  are  heated,  the  length 
of  time  they  are  exposed  to  the  heat,  and  the  cooling,  must  be  uniform, 
as  far  as  possible,  for  all  cylinders  in  each  lot  represented  by  a  flat- 
tening test.     Quenching  is  not  authorized. 

CLEANING. 

15.  All  dirt  and  loose  scale  must  be  removed  from  both  inside  and 
outside  of  the  cylinders. 

PHYSICAL   TEST. 

16.  From  each  lot  of  200  or  less  cylinders  after  annealing  and  after 
having  passed  the  hydrostatic  test,  a  representative  finished  cylinder 
must  be  taken  at  random  and  tests  made  on  at  least  two  test  speci- 
mens cut  longitudinally  therefrom  to  determine  the  elastic  limit,  the 
tensile  strength,  and  elongation  of  the  material.  These  test  speci- 
mens must  be  taken  from  opposite  sides  of  the  cylinder  and  should, 
when  practicable,  be  taken  from  the  same  cylinder  which  is  used  for 
the  flattening  test. 

The  elongation  must  be  not  less  than  20  per  cent  on  an  8-inch  test 
specimen. 


I 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  305 

Spec.  33. 
HYDROSTATIC    TEST. 

17.  Each  finished  cyHnder  must  be  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  pres- 
sure of  not  less  than  1,000  pounds  per  square  inch  in  a  water  jacket, 
or  other  apparatus  of  suitable  form  to  furnish  rehable  data.  The 
permanent  volumetric  expansion  must  not  exceed  10  per  cent  of  the 
whole  volumetric  expansion  at  this  pressure. 

This  test  must  be  made  without  subjecting  the  cylinder  to  any 
previous  hydrostatic  pressure  subsequent  to  annealing:  Provided, 
however,  That  a  preliminary  pressure  of  not  more  than  80  per  cent  of 
the  prescribed  test  pressure  may  be  applied  previously  to  the  official 
test,  for  the  purpose  of  rounding  out  the  cylinder. 

18.  In  the  hydrostatic  test  the  water  gauge  indicating  the  expan- 
sion must  be  of  such  interior  diameter  that  the  total  expansion  will 
cause  the  water  to  rise  at  least  45  centimeters  in  the  gauge,  except 
when  this  will  make  the  interior  diameter  less  than  4  millimeters; 
the  pressure  must  be  applied  for  not  less  than  30  seconds  and  as 
much  longer  as  may  be  becessary  to  insure  complete  expansion  of 
the  cylinder.  The  expansion  must  be  recorded  in  terms  of  cubic 
centimeters. 

FLATTENING    TEST. 

19.  From  each  lot  of  200  or  less  a  representative  finished  cylinder, 
after  annealing  and  after  having  passed  the  hydrostatic  test,  must  be 
taken  at  random  and  must  withstand,  without  cracking,  flattening 
between  rounded  knife-edges  to  a  thickness  of  four  times  the  thickness 
of  the  wall  of  the  cylinder,  this  measurement  to  be  made  between  the 
knife-edges ; — 

Provided,  That  when,  on  account  of  the  small  number  of  cylinders 
in  any  lot  or  order,  it  is  impracticable  to  make  the  regular  crushing  test 
herein  prescribed,  the  physical  and  crushing  test  may,  in  cases  of  lots 
not  to  exceed  thirty  cylinders  each,  be  made  on  a  ring  not  less  than 
four  inches  long,  cut  from  each  cylinder,  and  subjected  to  the  same 
annealing  as  the  finished  cylinder. 

The  knife-edges  must  be  of  wedge  shape,  converging  at  an  angle  of 
60°;  the  point  being  rounded  off  with  a  radius  of  H  inch.  If  any  one 
cylinder  from  any  lot  fails  to  pass  this  test,  two  others  from  the  same 
lot  must  be  selected,  and  these  must  pass  it  in  order  to  have  the  lot 
accepted. 

20.  If  it  should  appear  that  failure  in  the  flattening  or  physical  test 
is  due  to  improper  annealing,  the  manufacturer  has  the  privilege  of 
reannealing  the  lot  and  repeating  the  test. 


306  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 

Spec.  33. 

MARONG. 

21.  Each  cylinder  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked  by 
stamping  on  the  shoulder  as  follows: 

(a)  A  serial  number. 

(b)  The  name  or  initials  of  the  company  or  person  for  whose  use  the 
cylinders  are  being  made. 

(c)  The  date  of  manufacture  (month  and  year). 

22.  Each  cylinder  must  also  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked 
by  stamping  on  the  extension  (see  par.  2e)  as  follows: 

(a)  A  serial  number. 

(b)  The  marking  ICC — 33  immediately  above  the  serial  number. 

(c)  The  name  or  initials  of  the  company  or  person  for  whose  use  the 
cylinders  are  being  made. 

(d)  The  date  of  manufacture  (month  and  year) ;  this  should  be 
applied  in  such  manner  that  the  dates  of  subsequent  quinquennial 
test  may  be  easily  added  thereto. 

(e)  The  volume  of  the  cylinder  in  cubic  centimeters,  for  example, 
V  =  33538  c.  c. 

23.  All  the  foregoing  marking  must  be  applied  in  letters  and  figures 
at  least  34  inch  high. 

REPORTS. 

24.  The  report  required  by  paragraph  11  must  be  submitted  in  the 
following  form: 

(Place) 

(Date) 

Report  of  inspection  of  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Manufactured  by  the Company. 

For Company. 

The  steel'  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  was  made  by  the 
Company.  Chemical  analyses  were  made  from  sam- 
ples representing  each  melt  of  steel,  as  will  be  observed  from  the  report  of  chemical 
test  hereto  attached. 

» If  the  cylinders  are  made  from  material  under  such  conditions  that  it  is  impossible  to  trace  the  various 
heels  of  steel  through  to  the  finished  cylinder  (see  par.  9),  this  paragraph  should  bo  replaced  by  the  following: 

"The  material  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  was  made  by  the 

Company  under  orders  Nos and  their  certificate  stating  that  its  chemical  composition  complies 

with  the  requirements  is  attached  hereto.    Check  analyses  were  made  from  samples  rcspresenting  each  lot 
of  200  or  less  cylinders,  as  will  be  observed  from  the  report  of  chemical  tests  attached  hereto." 

Also,  the  report  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  from  the  manufacturer  of  the  steel,  as  follows: 

(Place) 

(Date) 

This  is  to  certify  that  the  material  furnished  to  the Company  on  orders 

Nos does  not  contain  more  than per  cent  of  carbon,  nor  more  than per  cent 

of  phosphorus,  nor  more  than per  cent  of  sulphur. 

(Signature  of  manu&icturer  of  steel.) 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  307 

Spec.  33. 

The  (plates)  (billets)^  from  which  these  c>  linders  were  manufactured  were  inspected 

by and  those  which  were  accepted  were  found  free 

from  seams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which  might  prove  injurious  to  the 
strength  of  the  cylinder. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  before  (necking  down)  (closing^^  ^^g  inspected  inside  and 
outside  for  surface  defects.  The  thickness  of  walls  was  measured  at  points  not  more 
than  8  inches  from  the  open  end  of  the  cylinder  with  a  pair  of  calipers,  and  the  mini- 
mum thickness  of  wall  noted  was 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  (necked  down)  (closed )2  and  was  uniformly  and 
properly  annealed  and  then  the  cylinders  were  again  inspected  in  order  to  discover 
any  defects  which  might  have  been  caused  by  this  process. 

One  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  finished  cylinders  was  selected  by  the  inspector  and 
subjected  in  his  presence  to  a  flattening  test  as  required.  All  of  the  cylinders  passed 
this  test  satisfactorily. 

Two  longitudinal  test  pieces  were  cut  from  opposite  sides  of  each  crushed  cylinder 
and  pulled. 

The  record  of  the  physical  and  flattening  tests  is  attached  hereto. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  subjected  to  a  hydrostatic  test  of pounds 

in  the  presence  of  the  inspector.  The  record  of  the  hydrostatic  tests  is  attached 
hereto. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  plainly  and  permanently  marked  as  follows:  ^ 


On  shoulder. 

On  extension. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  provided  with  a  valve  and  protection  cap  manufac- 
tured by Company  on  their  drawing  No 

and  approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives  on  date  of 

The  threads  on  cylinder  and  valves  were  gauged  and  found  satisfactory. 

The  valves  *  were  assembled  into  cylinders  according  to  the  requirements  of 
paragraph  5. 

I  hereby  certify  that  all  of  these  cylinders  proved  satisfactory  in  every  way  and 
comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  specification 
No.  33. 


Inspector. 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  chemical  analysis  of  steel  for  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 

'  Draw  a  line  through  the  word  not  required. 

•Insert  reproduction  of  marking  used.    See  par.  21.    Serial  numbers  and  other  data  that  vary  for  each 
cylinder  may  be  indicated  by  words  such  as  "Serial  Nos.  100  to  300,"  etc. 
*  If  valves  were  not  assembled  into  cylinders  then  change  this  sentence  to  accord  with  the  facts. 


308 

Spec.  33. 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE    COMMISSION. 


Melt  No. 

Cylinders 
represented 

by  test 
(serial  Nos.)- 

Chemical  analysis. 

Remarks 

Test  No. 

C. 

P. 

s. 

(Signed) 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  physical  tests  of  material  in  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Test  No. 

Cylinders 
represented 

by  test 
(serial  Nos.). 

Elastic  limit 
(pounds  per 
square  ineh). 

Tensile 

strength 

(pounds  per 

square  inch). 

Elongation 

(per  cent 

in  8  inches). 

Reduction  of 

area 

(per  cent). 

Flattening 
test. 

1 

1 

; 

1          .                      1      

1                 ! 

(Signed) 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  teste  on  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For ' Company. 


Serial  Nos. 

of  cylinders 

tested. 

Test  pressure 
(pounds). 

Total 

expan.sion '' 

(c.  c.). 

Permanent 

expansion  '' 
(c.  c). 

Per  cent  ratio 

of  permanent 

expansion 

to  lotlll 

expansion.* 

Tare  weight « 

(pounds 
and  ounces). 

Test  date 

(month 

and  year). 

(Signed) 


'  If  the  tests  are  made  by  a  method  involving  the  measurement  of  the  amount  of  liquid  forced  into  the 
cylinder  by  the  test  pressure,  then  the  basic  data  on  which  the  calculations  are  made,  such  as  the  pump 
factors,  temperature  of  liquid,  coefBcient  of  compressibiUty  of  liquid,  etc.,  must  also  be  given. 

'  Including  valve  but  without  cap;  also  in  case  of  acetylene  cy  Unders  includes  filling  material  and  solvent. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINEE   SPECIFICATIONS.  309 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION   NO.  34. 
TURNED   WOODEN   DRUMS. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 
MAXIMUM    CAPACITY. 

1.  Capacity  of  drum  must  not  exceed  5  gallons. 

STAVES. 

2.  Staves  of  drum  must  be  tapered  so  that  they  will  be  approxi- 
mately }/s  inch  thicker  at  the  middle  than  at  the  ends. 

3.  Staves  of  drum  must  be  not  less  than  %  inch  4n  thickness  at 
the  middle  of  the  drum  and  not  less  than  {^  inch  in  thickness  at 
the  ends. 

HEADS. 

4.  Heads  of  the  drum  must  not  be  less  than  {^  inch  in  thickness. 
If  of  more  than  one  piece  the  pieces  must  be  glued  together. 

HOOPS. 

5.  Hoops  of  the  drum  must  be  not  less  than  four  in  number. 
Head  hoops  must  be  not  less  than  l}yi  inch  by  21  gauge  United 
States  Standard,  or  equivalent  cross  section.  Other  hoops  must 
not  be  less  than  1  inch  by  22  gauge,  United  States  Standard,  or 
equivalent  cross  section. 

OPENINGS. 

6.  Bung-holes  and  other  openings  mjjst  be  provided  with  secure 
closing  devices  that  will  not  permit  leakage  through  them. 

7.  Tapered  wooden  bungs  must  be  covered  with  a  suitable  coating 
and  must  have  a  driving  fit  into  a  tapered  hole. 

MANUFACTURE. 

8.  The  method  of  manufacture  and  the  materials  used  must  be 
well  adapted  to  produce  a  uniform  product. 

DRUMS    USED    MORE    THAN    ONCE. 

9.  Drums  which  have  been  used  at  least  once  must  be  thoroughly 
recoopered  when  necessary.  Badly  bulged  or  warped  heads  must 
be  replaced. 


310  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  35. 

MARKING. 

10.  These  drums  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consisting 
of  a  rectangle,  as  follows: 


100-34 


I 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  3^  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package 
complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  35. 

WOODEN  BARRELS  WITH  REMOVABLE  HEADS. 

For  pro\dsions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Note.— These  packages  are  authorized  for  nitrocellulose  solutions  only  when  such  liquids  have  a  viscosity 
not  less  than  the  viscosity  as  deterrcined  by  one  of  the  following  methods  or  other  equally  efficient  method 
approved  by  the  Bureau  of  Explosives: 

(a)  The  viscosity  of  the  liquids  must  be  determined  in  a  Stormer  viscosimeter  with  an  actuating  weight 
of  400  grams  and  with  the  liquid  maintained  at  a  temperature  of  2S°  C;  the  speed  of  the  cylinder  (of  the 
viscosimeter)  immersed  in  the  liquid  must  not  exceed  10  revolutions  per  45  seconds; 

(6)  For  transparent  liquids  the  sample  may  be  tested  in  a  vertical  glass  tube  1  inch  inside  diameter  by 
approximately  13  inches  long  having  two  marks  10  inches  apart  engraved  thereon,  the  lower  mark  being 
2  Inches  above  the  bottom  of  the  tube;  the  liquid  to  be  tested  shall  be  poured  into  the  tube  until  its  surface 
rises  V^  inch  above  the  upper  mark  and  must  be  maintained  at  a  temperature  of  2S°  C.  during  the  test;  a 
polished  steel  ball  H  inch  in  diameter  shall  be  supported  '-^  inch  above  the  surface  of  the  liquid  at  the 
center  of  the  tube  and  dropped  therein;  the  time  required  for  the  steel  ball  to  fall  the  vertical  distance 
between  the  two  lines  upon  the  glass  tube  must  be  not  less  than  14  seconds. 

Approved  January  1,  1923. 

1.  Wooden  barrels  manufactured  under  this  specification  must  not 
be  larger  than  55-gallon  nominal  capacity. 

MATERIAL. 

2.  Material  from  which  the  barrel  is  constructed  must  be  oak, 
thoroughly  kiln-dried:  Provided,  That  the  removable  head  may  be 
made  of  any  suitable  wood  as  hereinafter  described. 

3.  The  staves  and  the  fixed  head  must  be  not  less  than  \\  inch  in 
the  finished  barrel. 

HOOPS. 

4.  The  hoops  must  not  be  less  than  six  in  number  nor  smaller  in 
size  than  the  following: 

Head  hoops,  1 J-^  inches  b}^  17  gauge. 
Quarter  hoops,  l-^  inches  by  18  gauge. 
Bilge  hoops,  1^  inches  by  17  gauge. 


A 


SHIPPING    CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  311 

Spec.  36. 
KEMOVABLE    HEAD. 

5.  The  ends  of  the  staves  upon  which  the  removable  head  is  to 
seat  must  be  planed  off  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the  barrel  until 
a  flat  smooth  surface,  not  less  than  the  full  thickness  of  the  staves  is 
obtained. 

6.  The  removable  head  must  be  made  of  two  layers  of  wood  each 
not  less  than  fl  inch  thick  laid  together  with  the  grain  at  right 
angles.  The  lower  layer  must  be  of  proper  diameter  to  fit  fairly 
closely  inside  the  head  of  the  barrel.  The  upper  layer  must  be  of 
larger  size  with  its  outside  rim  reinforced  by  two  iron  or  steel  rings 
)^  by  1 3^  inch  cross  section,  one  each  on  the  upper  and  lower  surfaces 
of  proper  diameter  to  fit  fairly  close  around  the  head  of  the  barrel 
and  securely  riveted  in  place. 

7.  There  must  be  a  sheet  of  zinc  not  less  than  commerical  gauge 
No.  6  (0.012  inch  approximately)  placed  between  the  two  layers  in 
the  head  and  this  must  be  of  the  full  size  of  the  upper  layer. 

8.  The  pieces  of  wood  in  each  layer  must  be  joined  by  dowel  pins 
and  the  two  layers  securely  fastened  together  by  screws. 

9.  Six  holes  must  be  bored  or  slotted  through  the  top  layer  and  its 
reinforcing  rings  to  receive  the  top-fastening  lugs  hereinafter 
described, 

CLOSING    GASKET. 

10.  An  efficient  gasket  of  rubber  or  other  suitable  material  must  be 
used;  this  must  be  of  suitable  thickness  and  of  the  same  width  as 
the  groove  between  the  lower  layer  of  wood  in  the  head  and  its  lower 
reinforcing  ring. 

'  HEAD    FASTENING. 

11.  The  fastening  for  the  purpose  of  securing  the  removable  head 
during  transit  must  consist  of  six  iron  or  steel  lugs  approximately 
1  by  ^  inch  cross  section  securely  bolted  to  the  side  of  the  barrel 
and  terminating  in  3^-inch  bolts  which  wall  pass  through  the  rem.ova- 
ble  head  and  its  reinforcing  rings;  nuts  screwed  down  on  these  bolts 
will  hold  the  removable  head  securely  in  place.  These  lugs  should 
be  spaced  at  approximately  equal  distances  around  the  barrel,  but  each 
should  be  so  located  that  the  bolts  fastening  them  to  the  side  of  the 
barrel  will  pass  through  a  stave  and  not  between  two  staves;  the 
holes  bored  for  these  bolts  should  afford  a  driving  fit  to  eliminate 
leakage. 

MARKING. 

12.  Each  barrel  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked  by 
burning  or  cutting  into  the  top  of  the  removable  head  (or  other 
equally  efficient  method)  as  follows: 

(a)  The  marking  ICC— 35. 


312  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  36. 

(h)  The  date  of  manufacture  (month  and  year). 

(c)  The  initials  or  symbol  of  the  manufacturer.  (This  must  be 
recorded  with  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30  Vesey 
Street,  New  York  City.) 

The  letters  and  figures  in  the  above  marking  must  be  at  least 
}/2  inch  high. 

The  marking  I.  C.  C. — 35  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the 
package  complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

\Vlien  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 

SECOND-HAND    PACKAGES. 

Containers  used  more  than  once  must  be  thoroughly  inspected  and 
recoopered  and  repaired  when  necessary.  Badly  bulged  or  warped 
staves  or  heads  must  be  replaced. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  36. 

WOODEN   BOXES   WITH  METAL   LINING. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Express  Regulations. 

Approved  January  1,  1923. 

1.  The  gross  weight  of  any  package,  including  contents,  must  not 
exceed  50  pounds. 

CONSTRUCTION. 

2.  All  individual  match  containers  must  be  placed  in  a  hermeti- 
cally sealed  (air-tight)  metal  box  made  of  material  not  less  in  thick- 
ness than  30  gauge,  United  States  Standard. 

3.  This  metal  box  must  be  placed  in  a  closely  fitting  box  made 
out  of  sound  lumber;  when  a  nailed  box  is  used  the  ends  must  not 
be  loss  than  1  inch  thick,  and  the  top,  bottom,  and  sides  not  less 
than  3^  inch  thick;  if  the  box  is  of  lock-corner  construction,  the 
ends,  top,  bottom,  and  sides  must  not  be  less  than  3^  inch  thick. 

MARKING.  m 

4.  Each  outside  box  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consist- 
ing of  a  rectangle,  as  follows : 


I   c  0    36 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  }4  inch  high. 
This   symbol   shall  be    understood    to   certify    that    the   package 
complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification, 


SHIPPING   COKTAINEK  SPECIFICATIONS.  313 

Spec.  S7. 

When  oflFered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  be  marked 
"STRIKE  ANYWHERE  MATCHES"  or  "STRIKE  ON  THE 
BOX  MATCHES,"  as  the  case  may  be. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  37. 

"PEAK  TOP"  WOODEN   BOXES. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Express  Regulations. 

Approved  January  1,  1923. 
TYPE. 

1.  Containers  made  under  this  specification  must  be  closed  boxes 
of  the  "peak  top"  type:  Provided,  That  spaces  not  over  13^  inches 
wide  are  permitted  at  the  juncture  of  the  sides  and  the  top: 
Provided  further,  That  the  box  may  be  made  vsdth  a  fiat  top  if  each 
end  projects  well  above  the  top  in  the  form  of  a  triangle,  battened 
when  necessar}"  to  avoid  splitting,  so  that  it  is  impossible  for  the  box 
to  stand  on  its  top. 

WEIGHT. 

2.  Packages  must  not  weigh  more  than  400  pounds,  including 
contents,  except  as  provided  in  paragraph  13. 

MATERIAL. 

3.  The  material  must  be  good  white  pine  or  any  wood  of  equal  or 
superior  strength,  dry  and  well  seasoned,  sound  (free  from  decay  or 
dote),  and  free  from  large  knot  holes,  loose  knots,  and  knots  which 
interfere  with  proper  nailing. 

CONSTRUCTION. 

4.  Boxes  must  be  provided  with  at  least  two  cleats,  securely 
fastened  across  the  grain  of  each  end,  of  size  specified  herein:  Pro- 
vided, That  boxes  of  not  over  50  pounds  gross  weight,  with  ends  of 
thickness  50  per  cent  in  excess  of  that  specified  for  cleated  boxes, 
may  be  constructed  without  cleats. 

5.  On  all  boxes  equipped  with  cleats,  the  sides  or  bottom,  when 
cleats  are  horizontal,  must  extend  out  flush  with  the  end  cleats  and 
be  firmly  nailed  both  to  the  cleats  and  end  boards  and  the  nailing 
must  be  staggered,  at  least  40  per  cent  of  the  nails  being  driven  into 
the  ends  and  at  least  40  per  cent  into  the  cleats. 

66620°— 22 21 


314  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec  37. 

6.  All  nails,  except  those  through  the  tops  and  bottoms  into 
sides,  must  be  at  not  greater  than  23^-inch  centers;  there  must  be 
at  least  two  nails  in  each  end  of  each  board. 

7.  Nails  must  be  cement  coated,  except  that  those  nails  driven 
through  top  into  ends  may  be  plain.  The  size  of  nails  used  shall  be 
not  less  than  the  following,  depending  upon  the  thickness  of  lumber 
into  which  they  are  to  be  driven : 

3-penny  into  ^^s-inch  lumber. 

4-penny  into  re  to  J^  inch  lumber. 

5-penny  into  A  to  ^  inch  lumber. 

6-penny  into  H  to  il  inch  lumber. 

7-penny  into  J^-inch  or  thicker  lumber. 
For  example,  nails  driven  through  a  %  inch  side  into  a  ^-inch  end 
must  be  6-penny.     Screws  of  equal  efficiency  may  be  used  in  place  of 
nads. 

HANDLES. 

8.  In  order  that  the  boxes  may  be  more  easily  handled  and  kept 
right  side  up  they  must  be  equipped  with  handles  having  a  cross  sec- 
tion not  less  than  that  required  for  the  cleats,  placed  at  the  top  of 
each  side  or  each  end  of  the  box  and  extending  out  beyond  the  ends 
or  sides,  respectively,  not  less  than  4  inches. 

MARKING. 

9.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consisting  of 
a  rectangle,  as  follows: 


I  00-37 


This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

The  letters  and  figures  of  these  marks  must  be  at  least  3^  inch  high. 

10.  When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such 
other  description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the 
particular  article  contained  therein. 

PACKING. 

11.  The  cushioning  material  or  packing,  if  used,  must  not  in  any 
case  be  placed  on  top  of  the  cells  or  batteries.  The  terminal  wires, 
if  removable,  must  be  detached  during  shipment;  if  not  removable 
each  terminal  must  be  securely  taped  and  fastened  to  the  side  of  the 
battery  nearest  to  that  terminal. 


I 
I 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS. 
THICKNESS    OF    LUMBER. 


315 
Sp«c.  37. 


12.  The  tliickuess  of  lumber  in  the  finished  box  must  be  not  less 
than  the  following,  except  that  a  variation  of  -^  inch  may  be  allowed: 


Material. 

weight 
(pounds). 

Ends  (inoh). 

Sides,  top, 

and  bottom 

(inch). 

Cleats  (inch). 

50 

A 

H 

■h^yiVz 

100 

Vi 

% 

HbylJi 

200 

y% 

H 

^bylJi 

300 

% 

H 

Mby3 

400 

% 

M 

KbyS 

PACKAGES    WEIGHING    OVER    400   POUNDS. 

13.  (a)  Packages  of  gross  weight,  including  contents,  over  400 
pounds  are  authorized  only  when  on  skids.  The  material  used  in  the 
sides,  tops,  and  bottoms  of  such  packages  must  be  not  less  than  % 
inch  thick  and  the  packages  must  be  adequately  cleated  and  otherwise 
reinforced  so  as  to  secure  sufficient  strength  and  stiffness  to  protect 
the  contents  during  transit. 

(6)  Each  package  must  be  equipped  with  not  less  than  three  skids 
2  inches  by  3  inches  or  greater  cross  section  placed  on  edge  and  having 
the  bottom  boards  of  the  package  securely  attached  thereto:  Pro- 
vided, That  two  skids  not  less  than  3  by  3  inches  may  be  used  if  the 
distance  from  center  to  center  of  the  skids  is  not  more  than  9  inches. 

(c)  The  two  outside  skids  must  be  so  placed  that  the  distance  be- 
tween their  outside  surfaces  will  be  equal  to  the  inside  width  of  the 
package  and  the  side  boards  of  the  package  must  extend  well  below 
the  bottom  boards  and  along  the  skids  and  be  firmly  nailed  thereto. 

{d)  The  skids  must  project  at  least  3  inches  beyond  each  end  of  the 
box  and  be  beveled  on  the  under  side  of  their  ends  to  facihtate  the  use 
of  rollers. 

(e)  These  packages  may  be  constructed  without  safety  strips  and 
are  not  required  to  be  of  the  "peak  top"  type. 


816  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  38. 
STEEL   CYLINDEBS. 

For  pro\'i8ion8  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  and  Express  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  The  maximum  size  cylinder  must  be  limited  to  5  pounds  water 
capacity,  with  tolerance  of  plus  5  per  cent,  and  must  comply  with 
the  following  specifications : 

Cylinders  made  in  foreign  countries  must  not  be  used  in  domestic 
traffic  in  the  United  States  until  a  chemical  analysis  of  material  and 
tests,  as  specified  in  paragraphs  2,  6,  and  9,  have  been  carried  out 
within  the  limits  of  the  United  States  and  under  the  supervision  of  a 
competent  and  disinterested  inspector  approved  by  the  Bureau  of 
Explosives. 

2.  (a)  Cylinders  must  be  made  of  open-hearth  steel. 
(&)  Chemical  analysis: 

Per  cent. 

Carbon 0. 06  to  0. 20 

Phosphorus  (not  to  exceed) 04 

Sulphur  (not  to  exceed) 05 

The  chemical  analysis  must  be  verified  by  check  analyses  made  on 
samples  taken  from  1  out  of  each  order  or  lot  of  200  or  less  plates, 
shells,  or  tubes  from  which  the  cylinders  are  to  be  made:  Provided^ 
That  one  analysis  of  any  one  heat  of  steel  is  sufficient. 

INSPECTION    OF    MATERIAL. 

3.  All  plates,  shells,  or  tubes  from  which  cyhnders  are  to  be  made 
must  be  carefully  inspected  before  being  made  up  into  cyhnders,  and 
those  which  show  cracks,  laminations,  or  other  defects  must  be  re- 
jected. 

GENERAL     CONSTRUCTION. 

4.  Cylinders  must  be  made  of  seamless  drawn  body  with  head 
or  heads  welded  in. 

The  manufacture  of  the  cylinders  must  be  completed  with  the 
best  appliances  and  according  to  the  best  modern  methods.  All 
finished  cylinders  must  show  reasonably  smooth  and  uniform  surface 
finish,  inspection  of  inside  surface  to  be  made  before  closing;  the] 
threading  of  the  cylinder  neck  must  be  even  and  without  checks,] 
and  the  cylinders  must  show  no  defects  of  workmanship  or  material] 
likely  to  result  in  any  appreciable  weakness  of  the  finished  cylinder. 
A  close  inspection  of  each  completed  cylinder  must  be  made  before] 
acceptance  to  discover  any  defects. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER   SPECIFICATIONS.  317 

Spec.  38. 
ANNEALING. 

5.  Each  cylinder  after  finishing  must  be  uniformly  and  properly 
annealed.     Dirt  and  scale  must  be  removed  before  painting. 

All  steel  from  which  cylinders  are  to  be  made,  must  be  uniformly 
and  properly  annealed  after  any  hot  or  cold  drawing  process,  or  after 
any  welding  process,  or  after  any  cold  rolling  process. 

Cylinders  rejected,  due  to  failure  in  the  flattening,  physical,  or 
hydrostatic  tests,  may  be  reannealed.  The  cylinders  must,  subse- 
quent to  this  reannealing  process,  be  subjected  to  and  pass  all  of  the 
requirements  of  the  flattening,  physical,  and  hydrostatic  tests  in  order 
to  be  accepted :  Provided,  That,  when  crop  ends  or  rings  are  author- 
ized for  the  original  flattening  tests,  the  subsequent  tests  of  this 
character  shall  be  made  on  one  cylinder  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or 
less. 

PHYSICAL   TESTS. 

6.  The  material  from  which  the  cylinders  are  made  must  have  an 
elastic  limit  of  not  more  than  45,000  pounds  per  square  inch.  This 
must  be  verified  by  check  tests  on  specimens  cut  from  one  out  of  each 
order  or  lot  of  200  or  less  finished  cylinders,  after  annealing  and 
after  having  passed  the  hydrostatic  test,  to  determine  the  elastic 
limit,  tensile  strength,  and  elongation  of  the  material;  the  elongation 
must  be  not  less  than  20  per  cent  on  an  8-inch  test  specimen  and  the 
elastic  limit  must  be  not  more  than  45,000  pounds  per  square  inch. 
If  an  8-inch  test  specimen  can  not  be  obtained  then  an  elongation 
of  not  less  than  40  per  cent  on  a  2-inch  specimen  will  be  accepted. 

OPENINGS    FOR    CONNECTIONS. 

7.  The  length  of  thread  for  connections,  such  as  valves,  must  be 
equal  to  the  standard  lengths  specified  for  different  sizes  of  pipe 
thread  tappings. 

Standard  taper  pipe  threads  must  be  employed  on  all  threading 
for  connections  to  cylinder,  and  these  connections  must  be  tapped 
to  gauge  with  clean-cut  threads,  so  as  to  insure  tight  joints. 

PROTECTION    OF    CONNECTIONS. 

8.  When  a  cylinder  is  not  to  be  crated  or  boxed  for  shipment,  the 
safety  and  discharge  valves  and  other  connections  must  be  made 
safe  from  injury  durmg  transit  either  by  being  set  into  a  recess  of  the 
cylinder  so  that  it  will  be  impossible  for  them  to  be  struck  if  the 
cylinder  is  dropped  on  a  flat  surface,  or  by  a  cap  or  collar  fastened 
to  the  cylinder  (not  to  the  valve  or  connection). 


318  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION". 

Spec.  38. 

HYDROSTATIC    TEST. 

9.  (a)  Each  completed  cylinder  must  be  subjected  to  a  test 
pressure  of  not  less  than  500  pounds  or  more  than  600  pounds  per 
square  inch  and  must  not  show  any  defect  under  this  test. 

(b)  One  completed  cylinder  taken  at  random  out  of  every  lot  of 
200  or  less  cylinders  must  be  subjected  to  a  hj^drostatic  test  in  a 
water  jacket,  or  other  apparatus  of  suitable  form  to  furnish  reliable 
data,  to  an  official  test  pressure  of  not  less  than  750  pounds.  The 
permanent  volumetric  expansion  must  not  exceed  10  per  cent  of  the 
total  volumetric  expansion  at  the  test  pressure. 

No  pressure  in  excess  of  600  pounds  per  square  inch  shall  be 
applied  to  the  cylinder  previously  to  the  official  test. 

In  the  hydrostatic  test  the  water  gauge  indicating  the  expansion 
must  be  of  such  interior  diameter  that  the  total  expansion  will  cause 
the  water  to  rise  at  least  45  centimeters  in  the  gauge,  except  when 
this  will  make  the  interior  diameter  less  than  4  millimeters;  the 
pressure  must  be  applied  for  not  less  than  30  seconds  and  as  much 
longer  as  may  be  necessary  to  insure  complete  expansion  of  the 
cylinder.  The  expansion  must  be  recorded  in  terms  of  cubic 
centimeters. 

If  this  cylinder  fails  to  pass  this  test,  two  others  from  the  same 
lot  must  be  taken  at  random  and  these  two  must  pass  the  test  in 
order  to  have  the  lot  accepted. 

If  the  lot  of  cylinders  is  rejected  under  the  above  test,  the  manu- 
facturer may  have  the  privilege  of  testing  each  of  the  remaining 
cylinders  of  the  lot  in  the  manner  indicated  above,  and  those  cylinders 
which  pass  the  test  may  be  accepted. 

INSPECTION. 

10.  The  purchaser  must  provide  for  the  inspection  of  all  material 
and  all  tests  by  a  competent  inspector.  The  inspector  shall  stamp 
his  initials  or  personal  sign  immediately  beneath  the  serial  number 
on  each  cylinder  he  passes  as  accepted,  and  shall  make  a  certified 
report  as  provided  in  paragraph  12  of  this  specification  to  the  maker, 
to  tlic  purchaser,  and  to  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of  Explosives, 
30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City,  showing  the  serial  numbers  of  all 
cylinders  that  are  accepted,  together  with  all  data  relating  to  the 
material  and  the  tests. 

MARKING. 

11.  Each  cylinder  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked  by 
stumping  into  the  metal  of  the  cyhnder  on  or  near  the  head,  the 
following: 

(a)  The  serial  number  of  the  cylinder. 


I 


i 


SHIPPESTG   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  319 

Spec  38. 

(&)  The  marking  ICC — 38.     (This  must  be  placed   immediately 
above  the  serial  number.) 

(c)  The  date  of  manufacture  (month  and  year) . 

(d)  The  name  or  initials  of  the  owner  or  owning  company. 

KEPORTS. 

12.  The  report  required  by  paragraph  10  must  be  submitted  in 
the  following  form: 

(Place)  

(Date) 

Report  of  inspection  of  cylinders. 

Numbered t© ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Manufactxired  by  the Company. 

For Company. 

These  cylinders  were  manufactured  with  drawn  seamless  body  and  heads  welded  in. 

The  steel  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  complies  with  the  require- 
ments of  paragraphs  2  and  6  of  specification  No.  38  as  to  chemical  analysis  and  physical 
characteristics  as  will  be  observed  from  the  certificate  '  of  the  manufacturer  of  the 
steel  attached  hereto. 

A  sample  was  taken  at  random  from  the  steel  need  in  the  manufacture  of  each 
order  or  lot  of  200  or  less  of  these  cylinders  and  a  check  chemical  analysis  was  made. 
A  report  thereof  is  attached  hereto. 

Each  and  every  finished  cylinder  was  properly  annealed. 

A  sample  was  taken  at  random  from  each  order  or  lot  of  200  or  less  of  the  finished 
cylinders  and  check  physical  tests  were  made.     A  report  thereof  is  attached  hereto. 

The  (plates)  (tubes)  (shells)^  from  which  these  cylinders  were  manufactured  were 

inspected  by  and  those  which  were  accepted  were 

found  free  from  seams,  cracks,  laminations,  or  any  defects  which  might  prove  injurious 
to  the  strength  of  the  cylinder. 

The  walls  were  measured  with  a  pair  of  calipers  and  the  minimiun  thickness  of 
wall  noted  was 

One  cylinder  out  of  each  lot  of  200  or  less  was  taken  at  random  and  was  subjected 
to  a  hydrostatic  pressure  of  750  pounds  per  square  inch  in  the  presence  of  the  inspector. 

A  rounding-out  pressure  of pounds  per  square  inch  (was)  (was  not)^  applied. 

The  record  of  these  tests  is  attached  hereto. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  subjected  to  a  pressure  of  at  least  500  pounds  and  not 
over  600  pounds  and  showed  no  defects. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  plainly  and  permanently  marked  as  follows:  ^ 


On  body. 

On  head. 

1  This  certificate  may  be  in  any  form  but  must  include  a  complete  definite  statement  as  to  the  require. 
mants  which  the  steel  complies  with. 

'  Draw  a  Ime  through  the  words  not  required. 

« Insert  reproduction  of  marking.  See  par.  11.  Serial  numbers  and  other  data  that  vary  for  each  cyl- 
isder  may  be  indicated  by  words  such  as  "Serial  Nos.  100  to  300,"  etc. 


320 


INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 


Spec.  38. 

Each  and  every  cylinder  was  stamped  with  the  personal  sign .^.... 

of  the  inspector  immediately  beneath  the  serial  number  of  the  cylinder. 

1  hereby  certify  that  all  of  these  cylinders  proved  satisfactory  in  every  way  and 
comply  with  the  requirements  of  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  specification 
No.  38. 


Inspector. 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  chemical  analysis  of  steel  for  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Melt  No. 

Cylinders 
represented 

Dy  test 
(serial  Nos.). 

Chemical  analysis. 

Remarks. 

Test  No. 

C 

P 

S 

(Signed) 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  physical  tests  of  material  in  cylinders. 

Numbered to ,  inclusive. 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by inches  long. 

Made  by Company. 

For Company. 


Test  No. 

Cylindera 
represented 

by  test 
(serial  Nos.). 

Elastic  limit 
(pounds  per 
square  inch). 

Tensile 

strength 

(pounds  per 

square  inch). 

Elongation 

(percent 

in  8  inches). 

Reduction  of 

area 

(per  cent). 

Flattening 
test. 

(Signed) 


(Place)  

(Date) 

Record  of  teste  on  cylinders. 

Numbered to 

Size inches  outside  diameter  by. 

Made  by 

For 


. ,  inclusive, 
.inches  long. 
.  .Company. 
..Company. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS. 


321 
Spec.  39A. 


Serial  Nos. 

of  cylinders 

tested. 

Test  pressure 
(pounds). 

Total 

expansion ' 

(c.  c). 

Permanent 

expansion  ' 

(c.  c). 

Per  cent  ratio 

of  permanent 

expansion 

to  total 
expansion.' 

Tare  weight  • 

(pounds 
and  ounces). 

Test  date 

(month 

and  year). 

* 

1 

1 

i 

1 

1                         i 

(Signed) 


6  If  the  tests  are  made  by  a  method  tuvolving  the  measurement  of  the  amount  of  liquid  forced  into  the 
cylinder  by  the  test  pressure,  then  the  basic  data  on  which  the  calculations  are  made,  such  as  the  pump 
factors,  temperature  of  liquid,  coefficient  of  compressibility  of  Uquid,  etc.,  must  also  be  given. 

•  Including  valve  but  without  cap;  also  in  case  of  acetylene  cylinders  includes  filling  material  and  solvent. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  39A. 

IRON   OR    STEEL   BARRELS   OR   DRUMS. 

Single  Trip  Container. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Note. — Removable  head  or  removable  plate  contamers  are  authorized  under  this  specification. 
Note. — These  containers  are  not  authorized  for  inflammable  liquids. 

Note.— Containers,  made  under  this  specification,  which  have  been  used  for  the  shipment  of  any  article 
must  not  be  refilled  and  reshipped. 

Approved  January  1,  1923. 

MATERIAL. 

1.  The  minimuni  thickness  of  material  in  any  part  of  the  completed 
barrel  or  drum  must  not  be  less  than  as  prescribed  herein. 

2.  In  the  interpretation  of  the  minimum  thickness  of  metal  allowed 
for  any  specified  gauge,  a  variation,  due  to  commercial  conditions  of 
manufacture,  of  not  more  than  23^  per  cent  below  the  specified 
standard  will  be  considered  satisfactory,  provided  the  average  weight 
per  square  foot  is  not  less  than  the  standard  weight  for  the  gauge 
specified.  The  standard  thicknesses  and  weights  prescribed  are  as 
follows : 


Nominal  capacity  (gallons). 

Gauge  (United  States 
Standard). 

Standard 
weight  per 
square  foot 

(pounds). 

Maximum 
thickness  (2J^ 
per  cent  under 

In  heads. 

In  body. 

standard) 
(inches). 

10  or  less            

24 
22 
21 
20 
19 
18 

25 
24 
23 
21 
20 
19 

0.875 
1.000 
1. 125 
1.375 
1.500 
1.750 

0.021 

11  to  20 

.024 

21  to  29                         

.027 

30  to  39      

.034 

40  to  49 

.037 

50  to  59  .            

.043 

322  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  39A. 

TESTS. 

3.  The  package  must  be  capable  of  being  filled  with  fine  sand  to  a 
weight  equal  to  the  contents  for  which  it  is  designed  and  successively 
dropped  diagonally  on  its  chime  onto  solid  concrete  from  heights  of 
1  foot,  2  feet,  3  feet,  and  4  feet,  without  leakage. 

CLOSURES. 

4.  The  containers  must  be  tightly  sealed,  or  have  a  closing  device 
consisting  of  a  cap  or  cover  fitting  closely  on  a  seat  in  the  head  with 
a  packing,  when  necessary,  of  asbestos,  rubber,  or  other  suitable 
material  to  insure  a  tight  joint,  and  the  cap  must  be  securely  held  in 
place  by  a  fastening  which  may  be  locked  fast  so  that  it  can  not  jar 
loose  during  transit. 

MANUFACTURING    METHODS. 

5.  The  method  of  manufacturing  the  barrel  or  drum  and  the 
material  used  must  be  well  adapted  to  producing  a  uniform  product. 
Leaks  caused  by  defective  manufacture  of  a  barrel  or  drum  must  not 
be  stopped  by  soldering,  but  must  be  repaired  by  the  method  used 
in  constructing  the  barrel  or  drum. 

6.  It  is  recommended  that,  when  nature  of  contents  will  permit, 
each  such  container  should  be  coated  on  the  inside  and  outside  in 
such  manner  and  with  such  material  as  will  prevent  corrosion. 

MARKING. 

7.  Each  barrel  and  drum  must  be  plainly  and  permanently  marked 
by  embossing  or  stamping  (preferably  on  the  removable  head  or 
plate)  as  follows : 

(a)  The  marking  ICC— 39A. 

(6)  The  marking  STC  to  indicate  that  it  is  a  single-trip  container. 

This  must  be  placed  immediately  above  or  below  the  marking 
specified  in  (a). 

(c)  Marking  to  show  the  United  States  Standard  gauge  of  the  metal 
in  its  thinnest  part,  the  capacity  of  the  container  in  gallons,  and  the 
year  of  manufacture — these  may  be  abbreviated  and  then  must 
appear  in  the  order  specified  (for  example,  16-55-20,  which  will 
signify  that  the  container  is  made  of  16  gauge  steel,  is  of  55  gallons 
capacity,  and  was  made  in  the  year  1920). 

id)  The  name,  initials,  or  symbol  of  the  manufacturer.  (This 
must  be  recorded  with  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of  Explosives,  30 
Vesey  Street,  New  York  City.) 

The  marking  I.C.C. — 39 A  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the 
packago  complies  with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  323 

'  Spec.  39A- 

All  letters  and  figures  in  the  above  marking  must  be  at  least 
}4,  inch  high  for  containers  of  29  gallons  or  less  nominal  capacity,  at 
least  %  inch  high  for  containers  of  nominal  capacity  30  to  55  gallons, 
and  at  least  1  inch  high  for  containers  of  nominal  capacity  over  55 
gallons. 

When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such  other 
description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the  particular 
article  contained  therein. 


REPORTS   OF   MANUFACTURE. 

8.  All  manufacturers  who  make  metal  barrels  or  drums  to  comply 
with  this  specification  must  forward  to  the  chief  inspector,  Bureau  of 
Explosives,  30  Vesey  Street,  New  York  City,  a  monthly  report  of  all 
such  barrels  or  drums  shipped.  Such  report  must  be  submitted  in  the 
following  form: 

(Place) 

(Date) 

Bureau  of  Explosives, 

SO  Vesey  Street,  New  York,  N.   Y. 

Gentlemen:  Report  of  metal'    shipped  by   us  from 

during  month  of  made  under 

requirements  of  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  specifications. 


l.C.C. 

specifica- 
tion No. 

Nominal 
capacity 
(gallons). 

Gauge  of  material  (United 
States  Standard). 

Date 
marked  on 
containers. 

Number  of 
containers. 

Minimum 

weight  in 
the  black 
(pounds).' 

Date  of  last 
type  tests.' 

Head. 

Body. 

I  Insert  "barrels"  or  •'drums." 

*  Excluding  rolling  hoops. 

'  Must  be  made  every  four  months. 

Each  container  was  tested  under  an  air  pressure  of pounds  as  required 

and  showed  no  leakage. 

We  hereby  certify  that  these  containers  are  properly  marked  and  comply  in  all 
respects  \vith  the  requirements  of  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  specifications. 

(Signed)  

(Per) 


324  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

SHIPPING    CONTAINER    SPECIFICATION    NO.  39B. 

mON   OR   STEEL  BARRELS   OR  DRUMS. 

Single  Trip  Container. 

For  provisions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Note.— Removable  head  or  removable  plate  containers  are  authorized  under  this  specification. 
Note. — These  containers  are  not  authorized  for  inflammable  liquids. 

Note.— Containers,  made  under  this  specification,  which  have  been  used  for  the  shipment  of  any  article 
must  not  be  refilled  and  reshipped. 

Approved  January  1,  1923. 

1.  These  containers  must  comply  in  all  respects  with  the  require- 
ments prescribed  by  specification  No.  39A,  except  as  follows  (gauge 
mentioned  in  this  specification  refers  to  United  States  Standard) : 

2.  The  thickness  of  material  in  the  completed  container  as  specified 
in  paragraph  2  may  be  reduced  to  26  gauge  for  a  container  not  over 
20  gallons  nominal  capacity,  25  gauge  for  a  container  of  21  to  39 
gallons  nominal  capacity,  and  24  gauge  for  a  container  of  40  to  59 
gallons  nominal  capacity. 

3.  The  test  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  3  may  consist  of  a  single 
drop  from  a  height  of  4  feet. 

4.  The  marking  as  specified  in  paragraph  7  (a)  must  be 
ICC— 39B. 

5.  The  maximum  size  of  any  container  made  under  this  specification 
must  not  exceed  59  gallons  nominal  capacity. 

SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATION  NO.  40. 

WOODEN  BOXES. 

For  proAdflions  and  restrictions  governing  the  use  of  these  containers,  see  packing 
requirements  in  Freight  Regulations. 

Revised  January  1,  1923. 

1.  Containers  made  under  this  specification  must  comply  with  all 
requirements  as  specified  herein. 

MATERIAL. 

2.  Wood  used  must  be  good,  sound  white  pine  or  any  wood  of 
equal  or  superior  strength,  dry  and  well  seasoned,  and  with  no  loose 
knots  or  knots  liable  to  get  loose  in  any  part. 

3.  Corrugated  strawboard  used  for  inside  containers,  partitions, 
pads  and  liners  must  be  double-wall  corrugated  strawboard  (double- 
faced  corrugated  strawboard  and  single-faced  corrugated  strawboard 
glued  together  so  as  to  make  one  piece)  with  all  facings  or  fiber 
board  or  pulp  board  having  proper  bending  qualities  and  firmly 


SHIPPING   CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  325 

Spec.  40. 

glued  to  the  corrugated  sheets;  each  facmg  must  be  not  less  than  0.18 
inch  m  thickness  and  have  a  resistance  of  not  less  than  85  pounds 
per  square  inch,  Mullen  test;  the  strength  of  the  combined  board 
must  be  not  less  than  275  pounds  per  square  inch,  Mullen  test;  and 
the  outer  facings  of  the  board  must  be  water-proofed. 

4.  Sealing  tape  used  must  be  cloth,  not  less  than  2  inches  wide 
and  with  resistance  of  not  less  than  85  pounds  per  square  inch, 
Mullen  test.     Adhesive  on  tape  must  be  animal  glue. 

5.  NaUs  used  must  be  cement-coated  box  nails  unless  otherwise 
specified. 

6.  Metal  strapping  must  be  unannealed  steel  straps  not  less  than 
^  by  0.020  inch,  or  wire  of  equal  strength.  The  method  of  fastening 
this  strapping  must  be  such  as  to  develop  not  less  than  75  per  cent 
of  the  tensile  strength  of  the  strap. 

INSIDE    CONTAINER    AND    CUSHIONING. 

7.  Each  article  must  be  inclosed  in  an  individual  inside  container 
consisting  of  a  close-fitting  single-lined  slide  box  (or  double  slide  box) 
made  of  double-wall  corrugated  strawboard.  Each  piece  of  this  box 
must  be  made  of  one  piece  of  board,  the  outer  piece  having  its  side 
seam  secured  by  a  cloth  sealing  strip. 

8.  Each  outside  wooden  box  must  be  lined  with  double- wall  corru- 
gated strawboard  made  from  one  piece,  accurately  fitted  to  the  inside 
of  the  box  with  a  close-fitting  butt-joint  near  the  center  of  one  of  the 
sides  of  the  box. 

9.  Separating  partitions  of  double-wall  corrugated  strawboard 
must  be  used  and  they  must  be  properly  half-slotted  and  fitted 
together  and  of  sufficient  size  to  touch  the  sides,  top,  and  bottom  of 
the  box;  they  must  be  so  arranged  as  to  separate  each  two  adjoining 
inside  containers  in  the  same  layer. 

10.  Pads  of  double-wall  corrugated  strawboard  must  be  used  at 
the  top  and  bottom  of  the  box  and  between  each  horizontal  layer  of 
inside  containers. 

11.  Complete  double-wall  corrugated  strawboard  boxes,  with  four 
closing  flaps  on  each  end  and  with  each  pair  of  flaps  meeting  to  form 
a  close  joint,  may  be  used  instead  of  the  lining  and  top  and  bottom 
pads  described  in  paragraphs  8  and  10. 

WOODEN    BOXES. 

12.  The  ends  of  the  box  must  be  not  less  than  f|  inch  thick  with  a 
permissible  variation  of  ^  inch  under. 

13.  Each  box  must  have  two  vertical  and  two  horizontal  cleats  on 
■each  end.     The  cleats  must  be  not  less  than  xl  inch  thick  with  a 


326  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

Spec.  40. 

permissible  variation  of  -^  inch  under,  and  not  less  than  2)4:  inches 
wide.  Cleats  must  be  fastened  to  ends  by  naUs  driven  through  cleats 
and  ends  and  clinched  on  the  inside.     Common  naUs  may  be  used. 

14.  The  sides,  top  and  bottom  of  the  box  must  be  not  less  than  ^ 
inch  thick  with  a  permissible  variation  of  ^  inch  under.  They  must 
extend  out  over  the  cleats  and  the  nailing  must  be  staggered,  at  least 
40  per  cent  of  the  nails  being  driven  into  the  ends  and  at  least  40 
per  cent  into  the  cleats. 

15.  Nails  driven  through  sides,  tops,  and  bottoms  into  ends  and 
cleats  must  be  8-penny  cement-coated  box  nails  driven  at  not  greater 
than  23>i-inch  centers.  Nailing  through  tops  and  bottoms  into  sides 
is  not  required.  Screws  of  equal  efficiency  may  be  used  instead  of 
nails. 

STRAPPING. 

16.  Each  box  must  be  strapped  with  two  metal  straps  or  wires, 
one  being  placed  not  less  than  4  inches  nor  more  than  6  inches  from 
each  end. 

MARKING. 

17.  Each  box  must  be  plainly  marked  with  a  symbol  consisting  of 
a  rectangle,  as  follows: 


ICC  — 40 


The  letters  and  figures  in  this  symbol  must  be  at  least  J^  inch  high. 

This  symbol  shall  be  understood  to  certify  that  the  package  com- 
plies with  all  the  requirements  of  this  specification. 

18.  When  offered  for  shipment  the  package  must  also  bear  such 
other  description  as  may  be  required  by  these  regulations  for  the 
particular  article  contained  therein. 


APPENDIX. 


ACT  OF  MARCH  4,   1921. 

AN  ACT  To  amend  an  act  entitled  "An  act  to  codify,  revise,  and  amend  the 
penal  laws  of  the  United  States,"  approved  March  4,  1909  (Thirty-fitth  Statutes  at 
Large,  page  1134). 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of  the 
United  States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled,  That  sections  232, 
233,  234,  235,  and  236  of  the  act  to  codify,  revise,  and  amend  the 
penal  laws  of  the  United  States,  approved  March  4,  1909,  be  amended 
to  read,  respectively,  as  follows : 

"Sec.  232.  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  transport,  carry,  or  convey, 
within  the  limits  of  the  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States,  any  high 
explosive,  such  as,  and  including,  dynamite,  blasting  caps,  detonat- 
ing fuzes,  black  powder,  gimpowder,  or  other  like  explosive,  on  any 
vessel,  car,  or  vehicle  of  any  description  operated  in  the  transporta- 
tion of  passengers  by  a  common  carrier  engaged  in  interstate  or 
foreign  commerce,  which  vessel,  car,  or  vehicle  is  carrying  passengers 
for  hire:  Provided,  That  it  shall  be  lawful  to  transport  on  any  such 
vessel,  car,  or  vehicle  smokeless  powder,  primers,  fuses,  not  including 
detonating  fuzes,  fireworks,  or  other  similar  explosives,  and  properly 
packed  and  marked  samples  of  explosives  for  laboratory  examina- 
tion, not  exceeding  a  net  weight  of  one-haK  pound  each,  and  not 
exceeding  twenty  samples  at  one  time  in  a  single  vessel,  car,  or 
vehicle,  but  such  explosives  shall  not  be  carried  in  that  part  of  a  ves- 
sel, car,  or  vehicle  which  is  being  used  fur  the  transportation  of  pas- 
sengers for  hire :  Provided  further,  That  it  shall  be  lawful  to  transport 
on  any  such  vessel,  car,  or  vehicle  small-arms  ammunition  in  any 
quantity,  and  such  fusees,  torpedoes,  rockets,  or  other  signal  devices 
as  may  be  essential  to  promote  safety  in  operation:  And  provided 
further.  That  nothing  in  this  section  shall  be  construed  to  prevent  the 
transportation  of  mihtary  or  naval  forces  with  their  accompanying 
munitions  of  war  on  passenger-equipment  vessels,  cars,  or  vehicles. 

"The  words  '  detonating  fuzes,'  as  used  in  this  section  shall  be  inter- 
preted to  mean  fuzes  used  in  naval  or  mihtary  service  to  detonate  the 
high-explosive  bursting  charges  of  projectiles,  mines,  bombs,  or  tor- 
pedoes. The  word  'fuses'  as  used  herein  shall  be  interpreted  to 
mean  devices  used  in  igniting  the  bursting  charges  of  projectiles. 
The  word  'primers'   as  used  herein  shall  be  interpreted  to  mean 

327 


328  INTERSTATE   COMMERCE   COMMISSION. 

devices  used  in  igniting  the  propelling  powder  charges  of  ammuni- 
tion. The  word  'fuses'  as  used  herein  shall  be  interpreted  to  mean 
the  slow-burning  fuses  used  commercially  and  intended  to  convey 
fire  to  an  explosive  or  combustible  mass  slowly  or  without  danger  to 
the  person  hghting.  The  word  '  fusees '  as  used  herein  shall  be  inter- 
preted to  mean  the  fusees  ordinarily  used  on  steamboats  and  rail- 
roads as  night  signals. 

"Sec.  233.  The  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  shall  formulate 
regulations  for  the  safe  transportation  within  the  limits  of  the  juris- 
diction of  the  United  States  of  explosives  and  other  dangerous  ar- 
ticles, including  inflammable  liquids,  inflammable  solids,  oxidizing 
materials,  corrosive  liquids,  compressed  gases,  and  poisonous  sub- 
stances, which  shall  be  binding  upon  all  common  carriers  engaged  in 
interstate  or  foreign  commerce  which  transport  explosives  or  other 
dangerous  articles  by  land  or  water,  and  upon  all  shippers  making 
shipments  of  explosives  or  other  dangerous  articles  via  any  common 
carrier  engaged  in  interstate  or  foreign  commerce  by  land  or  water. 
Said  commission,  of  its  own  motion,  or  upon  application  made  by 
any  interested  party,  may  make  changes  or  modifications  in  such 
regulations,  made  desirable  by  new  information  or  altered  conditions. 
Such  regulations  shall  be  in  accord  with  the  best-known  practicable 
means  for  securing  safety  in  transit,  covering  the  packing,  marking, 
loading,  handling  while  in  transit,  and  the  precautions  necessary  to 
determine  whether  the  material  when  offered  is  in  proper  condition 
to  transport.  Such  regulations,  as  well  as  all  changes  or  modifica- 
tions thereof,  shall,  unless  a  shorter  time  is  authorized  by  the  com- 
mission, take  effect  ninety  days  after  their  formulation  and  publica- 
tion by  said  commission  and  shall  be  in  effect  until  reversed,  set 
aside,  or  modified.  In  the  execution  of  the  provisions  of  this  act 
the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  may  utilize  the  services  of  the 
bureau  for  the  safe  transportation  of  explosives  and  other  dangerous 
articles,  and  may  avail  itself  of  the  advice  and  assistance  of  any  de- 
partment, commission,  or  board  of  the  Government,  but  no  official 
or  employee  of  the  United  States  shall  receive  any  additional  com- 
pensation for  such  service  except  as  now  permitted  by  law. 

"Sec.  234.  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  transport,  carry,  or  convey 
within  the  limits  of  the  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States,  liquid 
nitroglycerin,  fulminate  in  bulk  in  dry  condition,  or  other  like  ex- 
plosive, on  any  vessel,  car,  or  vehicle  of  any  description  operated  in 
the  transportation  of  passengers  or  property  by  land  or  water  by  a 
common  carrier  engaged  in  interstate  or  foreign  commerce. 

"Sec  235.  Every  package  containing  explosives  or  other  dan- 
gerous articles  when  presented  to  a  common  carrier  for  shipment 
ohall  have  plainly  marked  on  the  outside  thereof  the  contents  thereof; 


SHIPPING  CONTAINER  SPECIFICATIONS.  329 

and  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  deliver,  or  cause  to  be  de- 
livered, to  any  common  carrier  engaged  in  interstate  or  foreign  com- 
merce by  land  or  water,  or  to  carry  upon  any  vessel,  car,  or  vehicle 
operated  by  any  common  carrier  engaged  in  interstate  or  foreign 
commerce  by  land  or  water  any  explosive  or  other  dangerous  article, 
as  specified  in  section  233  of  this  act,  under  any  false  or  deceptive 
marking,  description,  invoice,  shippmg  order,  or  other  declaration, 
or  without  informing  the  agent  of  such  carrier  in  writing  of  the  true 
character  thereof,  at  or  before  the  time  such  dehvery  or  carriage  is 
made.  Whoever  shall  knowingly  violate,  or  cause  to  be  violated,  any 
provision  of  this  section,  or  of  the  three  sections  last  preceding,  or 
any  regulation  made  by  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  in  pur- 
suance thereof,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  $2,000  or  imprisoned  not 
more  than  eighteen  months,  or  both. 

"Sec.  236.  When  the  death  or  bodily  injury  of  any  person  results 
from  the  violation  of  any  of  the  four  sections  last  preceding,  or  any 
regulation  made  by  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission  in  pur- 
suance thereof,  the  person  or  persons  who  shall  have  so  knowingly 
violated,  or  caused  to  be  violated,  such  provision  or  regulation,  shall 
be  fined  not  more  than  $10,000,  or  imprisoned  not  more  than  ten 
years,  or  both." 

Approved,  March  4,  1921.* 
66620°— 22 22 


\ 


INDEX. 


[Baggage  regulations,  included  in  column  headed  "Express  regulations,"  are  indicated  by  an 

asterisk  (*).] 


Subject. 


Freight 
regulations, 
Pt.  I,  p.  1. 


Express 
r^ulations, 
Pt.  II.p.99. 


supping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.lV,  p.  149. 


Abbeeviation  of  shipping  names  forbidden 

Acceptable  articles  as  baggage 

Acceptable  dangerous  articles 

Acceptable  explosives 

Defined 

Acceptance  or  dangerous  articles,  duty  of  carrier 

Local  restrictions , 

Acceptance  of  explosives 

Accidents  reported , 

Acetate,  amyl  (red  label).    See  Amy]  acetate. 
Acetic  anhydride  (white  label),  TnaTimnm  quantity  one 
package. 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
800 


300 


102-116 

8(a) 

8 

8(a) 

11 


Acetone  (red  label),  acetylene  cylinders  contain . 

Exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


663 
308  (a),  (c) 


Acetyl  chloride  (white  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 

308  (m) 


Acid,  carboys  of,  except  glacial  acetic,  not  loaded  in  refrigera- 
tor cars. 

Carboys  of,  handled  carefully  and  blocked  and  braced 

Carboys  of,  L.  C.  L.,  loaded  near  car  doors 

Carboys  of  nitric,  not  over  two  tiers  high  in  box  cars 

Empty  carboys  of,  forbidden  for  transportation,  when... 

Glass,  earthenware,  lead,  india-rubber,  or  ceresine  con- 
tainers for. 

Leaking  in  transit;  application  of  water 

Packages  of,  damaged  in  wreck,  care  of 

Acidulated  fish  scrap  not  forbidden,  when 

Acid,  acetic  (white  label),  maximum  quantity 

Packing 


308,309,521- 
5^3, 531 
1018  (0) 

1018  (a) 
1018  (6) 
1018  (0) 


1054 

1071 

301  (I) 


&.CID,  FORMIC  (WHITE  LABEL),  maximum  quantity. 
Packing 


Acid,  glaclal  acetic,  in  refrigerator  cars 

Acid,  hydeiodic  (white  label),  exemption  . 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


1018  (a) 
308  (m) 


308,309,521- 
523,540 
*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


*8 

20 

23 

24-30 


198 

76 

76,80,81,126, 
127 
149 


76 

76,81,83(8), 

90 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,  11,  19, 
23,24,29,34 


76 

76,80,81,126, 

127, 129 


1,2,5A,9,11, 
19,28 


22  (Jf) 
127 


76 
6,80,81, 
126, 127 
76 
6,80,81, 
126, 127 


76 

76,80,81, 

126, 127 


1,2,5A,9, 11, 
19,28 

331 


332 


INDEX. 


I 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations , 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99.  ■ 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.IV,p.  149. 


Acid,  hydrobeomic  (white  label),  exemption. 
Maximum  quantity  one  package 


Paragraph. 
308  (m) 


Packing. 


Acid,  htdeochloric  (muriatic)  (white  label),  a  corrosive 
liquid,  when. 

Exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,521- 

523,540 

305 

308  (m) 


Acid,  hydrocyanic  (prussic)  (poison  gas  label),  class  A 
poison,  defined. 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

No  exemption 

Packing , 


308, 309, 521- 
523,532 
307  (a) 


Precautions  in  shipping 

Test  of  filled  cylinders  for  leakage  of,  maximum  pres- 
sure; gaskets  for  caps. 

Acid,  hydrofluoric  (white  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Not  over  30  per  cent,  packing 

Pacification  or  neutralization  process  for  drums  for 

Packing 


309 
309,591,592, 

594 
592,594 
592, 594 

308  (m) 


Sixty  per  cent  and  over,  packing 

Acid,  hydrofluosilicic  (white  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


529 

527 

308,309,521, 

522,526,527, 

529 

527 

308  (m) 


"Acid''  indorsement  on  car  ticket,  card  waybill,  running 
slip  and  envelope  for  dangerous  articles— Size  of  letters. 

On  waybill  for  dangerous  articles— Size  of  letters 

"Acid"  label  notation  and  indorsement  for  astray  ship- 
ment—Label. 
Acid,  mixed  nitric  and  sulphuric,  percentage  of  mixtures. . . 
Acid,  nitrating  (mixed)  (white  label),  maximum  quan- 
tity one  package. 

No  exemption 

Packing 


308,309,521, 

522,528,529 
804(a) 

803 

1005  (6) 

537 


Acid,  nitric  (white  label),  a  corrosive  Liquid,  when 

Loaded  with  other  acids,  separated  by  plank,  and  Incom- 
bustible material. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

No  exemption 

Not  packed  with  other  articles 

Packing 


308  (m), 309 
309,537 


305 
1018  (c) 


"Acid  ' '  placard  described ,  position  of 

Not  necessary  if  inQammable  placard  is  required. 


309 

521,533 

309,521-523, 

533-536 

912,913,914 

914 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


76,80,81, 

126, 127 

73 


1,  2,  5A,  9,11, 
19,28 


76 

76,80,81, 

126, 131 


22  a) 


76 


76,80,81, 
126, 132 


76 

76,80,81, 

126, 127, 133 


76, 134  (c) 


76,80,81, 

126. 134 

73 


76, 134  (c) 


80, 134  (a) 

76, 80, 81, 

126, 134 


1,2,11 


33 


1,5A,2,9,11, 
28 

5A 


2,9,11 


5A 


2,6A 


1.2,11 


INDEX. 


333 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipj)ing 

container 

specifications. 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


Acid,  sulphukic  (oil  of  vitriol),  (white  label),  a  corrosive 
liquid,  when. 

Exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
305 

308  (TO) 


308,309,521- 
523,530 


ACID>  SULPHUBIC,  m  FIRE  EXTINGUISHER  CHARGES,  packing.. 

Packing— Outage 

With  bicarbonate  of  soda,  when 

Acids,  mineral.    See  Corrosive  liquids. 

Act,  description  and  marking  of  packages  required  by 

Violations  of 

Additional  articles,  regulations  for 

Address,  name  of  article  and  label  or  notation  on  package 
near  together. 

Of  consignee  on  L.  C.  L.  shipments 

Of  consignee  on  part  of  package  with  label 

Advance  notice  of  explosives  shipments 

Advertising  matter  on  labels  forbidden 

With  motion-picture  film  shipments 

Aeroplane  bombs,  defined 

Aeroplane  flares,  common  fireworks 

Examples  of  common  and  special  fireworks 

Agent,  forwarding,  of  foreign  shipments,  shipping  order 
filed  by. 

Agent  of  carrier  informed  o  f  contents  of  packages 

Alcohol  (red  label)  exemption 

In  crate  marked  "  This  side  up '' 

In  inside  metal  cans  in  wooden  boxes 

In  metal  cans  in  boxes  and  crates,  marking 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


530 
521 

7 

7 

17 

703 

703 

700(a) 
28 


109  (c) 

115 

115,116 

16 


308  (a),  (c) 
409 
409 
409 


308,309,405- 
409,430,431 


Ten-gallon  drums 

Two  5-galloncansof,  boxed,  in  wooden  crate 

Two  5-gaIlon  cans  of,  in  outside  box 

Wantage  for,  as  required  by  internal  revenue  regulations. . 

Alcohol,  denatured  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package ; 

Packing 


405 
308  (o),  (c) 


Alcohol,  wood  (red  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,405- 
409,430,431 
308  (o),  (c) 


Alfalfa  feed,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Alkaline  solutions,    corrosive,    for  storage  batteries, 
packing 

Amendments  formulated  giving  weight  to  eip«rt  opinions 

of  Bureau  of  Explosives. 
AMMONLiTE  tankage,  ROUGH,  defined,  forbidden,  when 


308,309,405- 
409,430,431 
1020  (o) 

530 
5 

301  U) 


Paragraph, 
73 


Specification 
No. 


76 

76,80,81, 

126, 135 

126 

135 


1,2,5A, 11,31 


*2,7 
*2,7 


181  (c) 
102  (/) 


*2,7 


76 
76,81,83(6), 


84 

84 

83(6) 


76 

76, 81, 83  (6) 

81 


76 
76,81,83(6), 
81 


'5,5 


1,2,5,11,19, 

23,24,29,34 

5 

2 

2 


1,2,5,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


1,2,5,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


♦Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p   141. 


334 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

reeulations, 

Ft.  I.p.l. 


AMMONnjM  NITRATE  (YELLOW  LABEL),  exempt  from  label, 
certificate  and  packing  requirements,  when. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Ammontum  nttkate  POWDERS  classed  as  high  explosive. 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

Ammonium  perchlorate  (yellow  label)  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
308  (Jk),  309 


308,309,501, 
503 
103 


Ammonium  picrate,  wet  with  water,  marking 

Packing  weight 

Aluminum   sulphate,  flreprooflng  by,  for  cushioning  for 
nitric  acid,  prohibited. 

Ammunition,  chemical  warfare,  defined 

Ammunition  for  cannon,  chemical  warfare 

Defined 

Forbidden  fM-  transportation 

Marking 

Material  related  to,  marking  restrictions  only  for 

Packing 

Ammunition  for  cannon  with  empty  projectilb3  in  cars 
in  good  condition  placarded  "Inflammable." 

"Inflammable"  placard  on  closed  cars  of. 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "In- 
flammable." 
Ammunition  for  cannon  with  explosive  projectiles  in 
certified  and  placarded  closed  cars. 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "Ex- 
plasives." 
Ammunition  for  cannon  with  gas  projectiles  in  certified 
and  placarded  closed  cars. 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how , 

"Poison  ga.s,"  placard  for 

Waybill,  envelope  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "Ex- 
plosives." 
Ammunition  for  cannon  with  incendiary  PROjECTaE.s  in 
certified  and  placarded  closed  cars. 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  enveloi)e  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "Ex- 
plosives." 
Ammunition    for    cannon    without    projectiles,    "In- 
flammable" placard  on  closed  cars  of. 

In  cars  in  good  condition  placarded  "Inflammable" 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "In- 
flammable." 


308  (?) 


308,309,501, 
510 


215 

214  (ft) 
536(6) 


108 

108(f) 

107 


228 

229 

227,229 

902(0) 

911 
704(0) 
801(6) 

900 

704(0) 
801  (o) 

900 

704(0) 

910 

801(0) 

900 

704(0) 
801  (o) 

911 

902(0) 

228 

704(0) 

801(6) 


E.xpress 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Paragraph. 


76 

76,80,81,115, 
120 


21(6) 


76 

76,80,81,115, 
120 


21(c) 


SpecificatioQ 
No. 


2,9,10,11,17, 

18,19,20,20A, 

208,21,22,30, 

39A,39B 


10 


INDEX. 


335 


Subject. 


Frei^t 

r^nlatioas, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.n,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

spedflcatioBs, 

Pt.rV,p.l49. 


Ammunttion  foe  cannon  with  sand-loaded  projectiles 
in  cars  in  good  condition  placarded  "Inflammable." 

"Inflammable"  placard  enclosed  cars  of 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "In- 
flammable." 
Ammunition  foe   cannon  with   smoke   peojectiles   in 
certified  and  placarded  closed  cars. 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "Ex- 
plosives." 
Ammunition  foe  cannon  with  soud  pbojectiles  in  cars  in 
good  condition  placarded  "Inflammable." 

"Inflammable"  placard  enclosed  cars  of 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "In- 
flammable." 
Ammunition,  papee-caf,  packed  with  other  articles,  when — 
Marking. 

Ammunition  pellets,  special  fireworks 

Ammitnition,  sm all-aems,  acceptable 

Defined 

Amyl  acetate  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 

902(a) 

911 

704(0) 
801(6) 

900 

704(0) 
801(0) 

902(a) 

911 

704(0) 
801  (6) 

247 

116 


106 
308  (6), (c) 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 


Anaune    oil    (POISON    LABEL),    maximum    quantity    one 
package. 

Packing 

Anhydeous  uquid  chlorides.    See  Chlorides. 

Antacid  in  nitroglycerin  explosives,  amount 

Antimony,  black,  in  toy  toepedoes,  forbidden,  when 

Packing 

Antimony  in  fteewoeks,  forbidden  for  transportation,  when. , 
Antimony  pentachloeide  (white  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


208 
101  (0 
247  a) 


308  (TO) 


308, 
522 


Appaeatus  containing  compressed  gas  exempt  from  regula- 
tions, when. 

Appeoval  by  bureau  of  explosives,  cloth  and  paper  bags 
for  high  explosives. 
Commission's,  of  specifications 

Arsenate  of  lead  (no  label),  in  containers  preventing 
sifting. 

Arsenate  of  lead  (poison  label),  maximum  quantity  one 
package. 
Packing 


309,521, 
,523,531 
306 

211  (0) 

19(c) 
631 


Arsenic  (no  label),  in  containers  preventing  sifting 

Aesenic  teichloeide  (poison  label),  maximum  quantity 
one  package. 

Packing 

*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt-  III,  p.  141 


Paragraph. 


SpecifleatioB 
No. 


11,12 


30 

23(») 

25 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 

76 

76,81,175 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,  10,  11,  19, 
23,  24,  29,  34 


2,5,53,9,19 


56 
21(A) 


76 

76,80,81, 

126, 129 


1.2,5A,11 


81  (c) 


76,81,175 


76,81,175 


2,  11.  19,20, 
20A,20B 


2,5,58,9,19 


336 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


ARSENIC,  WHTTE  (POISON  LABEL),  TTiaiinniTn  quantity  one 
package. 
Packing • 


AESENious  ACii)  (POISON  LABEL),  maximum  quantity  one 
package. 

Packing 

AETiCLE,  NAME  OP,  shown  on  carrier's  receipt  for  package 

Articles  not  dangerous,  defined 

Articles  not  detailed  securely  packed 

Articles  not  named  in  list,  shipment  of,  maximum  quan- 
tity. 

Artillery  shells  as  chemical  warfare  ammunition , 

Asbestos  cushioning  for  nitric  acid 

Ashes,  cushioning  for  bromine 

Cushioning  for  nitric  acid 

In  drain  around  nitric  acid  carboys.  In  mixed  acid  ship- 
ment. 

Must  be  cooled  before  loading 

AsHPAN  OP  engine  and  all  open  lights  or  fires  sources  of 
danger  in  wreck  of  oil  car. 

"Astray  bill"  for  dangerous  articles;  label 

Astray  packages  in  transit,  disposition  of 

Astray  shipments,  as  baggage,  disposition  of 

Forwarded,  when 

Of  explosives,  disposition  of— Label;  billing 

Authority  op  inspectoe  to  repack  condemned  or  leaking 

dynamite. 
Automobiles  exempt  from  labels,  certificates  and  placards, 
when. 

A VLATiON  BOMBS  as  chemical  warfare  ammunition 

Aviation  drop  bombs,  defined 

Baggage  cars,  placarded,  when 

Baggage  regulations 

Bags  for  coconut  charcoal , 

High  explosives,  when , 

Lump  charcoal 

Nitrates  of  sodium  or  ammonia , 

Bags,  burlap,  wet,  forbidden  for  transportation , 

Bags,  cloth  and  paper,  for  high  explosives  in  kegs 

Bags,  cotton,  inside  containers  for  fulminates , 

Bags,  cotton  duck,  inside  containers  for  25  poimds  or  less, 
low  explosives  and  black  powder,  when. 
Inside  containers,  25  pounds  or  less,  smokeless  powder  for 
small  arms. 

Bags,  cotton  or  ji;te,  for  charcoal  screenings;  airing 

Bags,  empty  cartridge,  with  black  powder-Igniters,  mark- 
ing. 
Bags,  empty,  nitrate  of  sodixim  (yellow  label),  no  ex- 
emption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Paragraph. 


309  (d) 

20 

309(6) 

108 
535 
524 
535 
1018  (c) 

1020  (6) 
1046 

1005(6) 
1003 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shippiog 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  rv,p.l4fli. 


1005  (a) 
23 


308  («) 


108 

108  (2) 


466 

209  (a),  (6) 

458 

503 


211  (a),  213 

222 

204(a) 

219 

459 
228 

309 


309,451,490 


Paragraph. 
76 

76,81,175 

76 

76,81,175 
188(6) 


134  (6) 

128 

134  (6) 


*18 
196 


192 
*1-*19 


22  U) 


Specification 
No. 


2,  11,  19,  20, 
20 A,  20B 


2,5,53,9,19 


76 

76,80,81,94, 

111 


*  Baggage  regulations,  Ft.  Ill,  p.  141. 


INDEX. 


337 


Snbject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I.p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


Bags,  grain,  inside  containers  for  fulminates 

Bags,  paper,  inside  containers  for  pyroxylin  plastic  scrap 

Inside  containers  for  25  pounds  or  less,  low  explosives, 
when. 

Bags,  jute,  for  lining  containers  for  fulminates 

Barium  chlorate  (yellow  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 

222 

476  (a) 

204(6) 

222 
308  (J) 


Barium  nitrate  (yellow  label),  exempt  from  label,  certi- 
ficate and  packing  requirements,  when. 

Maximum  quantity  onepaclcage 

Packing, 


308,309,501 


308  (fc) 


Barium  peroxide  (binoude;  dioxide)  (yellow  label), 
exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package , 

Packing 


308,309,501 

308  (g) 


Barrels  for  coconut  charcoal 

Celluloid  scrap 

Dangerous  articles,  marking 

Fiberloid  scrap 

Fulminates 

HydrofluosUicic  acid 

Lump  charcoal 

Moving-picture  film  scrap,  when 

Pyralin  scrap 

Pyroxylin  scrap , 

VIscoloid  scrap , 

Zylonite  scrap , 

Barrels,  empty,  used  for  dangerous  articles,  loading 

Barrels,  hardwood,  for  hydrofluoric  acid , 

HydrofluosUicic  acid , 

Barrels,  large,  of  explosives  loaded  on  sides  or  ends , 

Barrels,  metal,  made  previous  to  Mar.  31,  1912,  testing, 
marking. 

Of  inflammable  liquids  loaded  in  steel  gondola,  in  flat  or 
stock  cars;  not  in  hopper-bottom  cars. 

One  fi^lling  only,  inflammable  solids 

Barrels,  metal,  for  anhydrous  liquid  chlorides 

Barium  peroxide 

Calcium  phosphide 

Carbon  bisulphide 

Casinghead  gasoline 

Casinghead  gasoline  and  gasoline  In,  red  and  white  cau- 
tion labels  for. 

Corrosive  liquids 

Ethyl  chloride,  when 

Hydrofluoric  acid  60  per  cent  and  over,  when 

Inflammable  liquids 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


76 

76,  80,  81, 115, 
120 


308,309,501, 

504 

466 

476  (o) 

400(0) 

476  (a) 

222 

528 

458 

476  (o) 

476  (a) 

476  (a) 

476  (o) 

476  (a) 

1021  (a) 

529 

529 

1009 

400 

1016 

490 
531 
504 
468 
410 
412  (a) 
413 

540 
411 
527 
430 


76 

76,80,81, 

115,120 


76 

76,80,81, 

115, 116 


81  (a) 


2,9.10,  11,  17 
18,19,20,20.\, 
20B, 21, 22.30, 
39A,39B 


18,20A 


11 
10 
9,11 
11 
U 
11 
11 
11 
11 


39.\,39B 

5A 

20A 

20B 

5 

5, 5  A 


5A 

5A 

5A 

5,5A,.SB,20, 

20A 


338 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Inflammable  solids 

Mixed  nitric  and  sulphuric  acid,  percentage  of  mixtures. 
Oxidizing  materials 


Baeeels,  METAL,  FOR  paint,  maximum  quantity. 
Smokeless  powder  lor  cannon  in  water 


Smokeless  powder  for  cannon 

Smokeless  powder  for  small  arms  in  water. 


Sulphuric  acid 

Varnish,  maximum  quantity 

Wet  nitrocellulose 

Wet  nitrostarch 

Barrels,  wooden,  for  anhydrous  liquid  chlorides 

Charcoal  screenings 

Common  fireworks 

Cordeau  detonant,  marking 

Corrosive  liquids 

Fuse  igniters,  marking 

Fuse  lighters,  marking 

Hydrochloric  (muriatic)  acid 

Hydrofluoric  acid 

Inflammable  liquids 

Inflammable  solids 

Instantaneous  fuse,  marking 

Kits  and  pails  of  inflammable  liquids 

Low  explosive  and  black  powder  (over  12J  pounds) 

Nitric  acid 

Oxidising  materials 

Poisonous  liquids  and  solids 

Safety  fuse,  marking— loading 

Safety  squibs,  marking 

Smokeless  powder  for  cannon 

Smokeless  powder  for  small  arms  in  water 

Smokeless  powder  for  small  arms  (over  12J  pounds) 

Sodium  peroxide 

Special  fireworks 

Sulphuric  acid 

Wet  nitrocellulose 

Wet  nitrostarch 

Batterie.s,  electric  storage  (white  label),  held  for  del  v- 
ery  7  days. 

Insulated  and  not  loaded  or  stored  with  explosives 

Maximum  quantity 

Packing 


Battery   fluid   (white   label),   maximum  quantity  one 
package. 
Packing , 


Bknzxne.     Su  Benzol. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.l,p.l. 


Paragraph. 
490 
537 
510 


216 


216 
219 


530 


415, 467 
467 
531 
461 
244 
250 
540 
250 
250 
532 
526 
430 
490 
250 
408 
203 
535 
510 


251 
250 
216 
219 
219 
502 
247 
530 
415,467 
467 


1013, 1020  (c) 
530 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 


90  (6),  (0 
111 
48 


120(a) 
175 

48 


52 


76 

76,80,81,126, 

130  (o),  (6) 

76 

76,80,81,126, 
130(a) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 

No. 

20,20A,20B 

5A 

20,20A,20B 

39A,39B 

5 

5,5A,5B,20, 

20A,20B 

13 

5,5A,5B,20, 

20A,20B 

6A 

5 

20A,20B 

20B 

11 


INDEX. 


339 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Ptl.p.l. 


Benzine  (bed  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package. 
Packing 


Benzol  (benzene)  (rediabel),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity,  one  package , 

Packing 


BENZOTI,  peroxide,  'WET     WTTH     WATER     (YELLOW     LABEL), 

no  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Bicarbon.vte  of  sodium  for  fire-extinguisher  charges,  packing. 

In  fire-extinguisher  charges,  packing 

Billing  burnt  cotton 

Explosives,  permitted  by  delivery  at  proper  time 

For  car  must  show  dome  placards  have  been  attached 

For  dangerous  articles  delivered  to  connecting  carrier 

For  explosives  stamped  or  written  across  face  "Explo- 
sives"; size  of  letters. 

For  explosives  stamped  or  written  across  face  "Inflam- 
mable"; size  of  letters. 

Indorsed  when  shipper's  certificate  for  dangerous  articles 
received. 

Name  of  article  and  color  of  label  on 

Bills  of  lading,  description  of  articles  on 

For  foreign  shipments  of  explosives  "To  order  notify" — 
Black  antimont  in  fireworks,  forbidden  for  transportation, 
when. 

In  toy  torpedoes,  packing 

Black  powder  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars  for 

Classed  with  low  explosives 

Cotton  duck  bags,  25  pounds  or  less,  when 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

In  safety  squibs 

Inside  containers  for 

Marking 

Metal  kegs  (stovepipe  type)  for 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Over  12i  poimds  in  metal  keg 

Over  12J  pounds  in  wooden  barrels  or  kegs 

Packing 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "Ex- 
plosives. 

Weight 

Wooden  boxes  for,  marking 

Black  powder  igniters,  shipped  with  smokeless  powder. . . 
Black  powder  kegs,  used  without  interior  package,  con- 
demned, when. 


Paragraph. 
308  (&) 


308,309,405- 

408, 430, 431 

308(6) 


308,309,40^ 

408,430,431 

309 


309,451,480 


530 


475  (6) 
28 
414 
802 

801(a) 

801(6) 
802 


702 
701  (a) 


247  (/) 
900 
102 

204(a) 


113  (c) 

204  (a) 

204  (c),  206 

203 

704(a) 
203 
203 

203,204 

801(0) 

205 

204(0) 

107 

24 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


76,95 

76,80,81,94, 

95 

135 

126 


21(A) 
56 


21  (J^) 
27(g) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


1,2,5,5A,9, 
11,19,23,24,29 


1,2,5,5A,9, 
11,19,23,24,29 


13 


13 

10 

10,13,14,16 


14,16 


340 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Blasting  caps,  any  quantity,  not  shipped  "To  order  notify," 
except  to  foreign  country. 

Defined 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

In  motor  cars,  limit  5,000  caps 

Maximum  100  for  laboratory  examination 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Not  classed  as  fulminates 

Not  packed  with  Cordeau  detonant 

Not  with  explosives  in  motor  car 

Over  1,000  in  certified  and  placarded  box  cars 

Over  1,000,  waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show 
notation  "Explosives." 

Over  5,000  packing 

Over  20,000  prohibited,  when 

Packed  with  safety  fuse 

Special  packing  necessary  for 

Stayed  in  car  by  loader 

1,000  or  less  in  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or 
placard. 

1,000  or  less,  no  waybill  indorsement  for 

5,000  or  less,  packing 

With  safety  fuse  in  cars  in  good  condition  without  certifi- 
cate or  placard. 

With  safety  fuse  (number  of  caps  shown),  marking 

With  safety  fuse  named  on  shipping  order,  how 

With  safety  fuse,  no  waybill  indorsement  for 

Blasting  caps  and  electric  blasting  caps  (nxtmbek  of 
CAPS  SHOWN),  marking. 

Weight 

Blasting  caps,  electric,  defined 

Packing 

Blasting  explosives,  low,  marking 

Blasting  powder  classed  as  low  explosive 

Blasting  powder,  black,  marking 

Blends  of  condensates.    See  Casinghead  gasoline,  Liquefied 
petroleum  gas,  and  gasoline. 

Block  matches,  packing 

Blocking  expix)sives  in  car 

Bombs,  special  fireworks 

Weight  limit  for  boxes , 

Without  boxing  (exceeding  90  pounds) 

Bombs,  aeroplane,  defined 

Bombs,  chemical,  defined 

Bomb.s,  chemical  warfaue  ammunition,  defined 

Bombs,  depth,  defined 

Bombs,  drop,  defined 

Bombs,  empty,  marking  (no  other  restrictions) 

Bombs,  explosive,  defined 

Forbidden 

Marking 

Packing  In  wooden  or  metal  boxes,  marking 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,p.  1. 


Paragraph. 
701  (a) 

110 


1062 

40(c) 

704  (o) 

105 

250 

1062 

900 

801(a) 

234  (d) 
234(e) 
234  (j) 
234(a) 
1010 
903 

801(C) 

234(c) 

903 

236  (note  3) 
704(a) 
801  (c) 

236  (note  3) 

235 
110 
234  ((7) 
206 
102 
206 


472 
1010 

116 

231 
230(a) 
109(c) 
108  (2) 

108 
109(c) 
108  (2) 
232,233 
109(c) 


232 
230  (a),  232 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 


21(/) 


21(c) 


Shipping 

container 

specificationg, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


15 


15 


6,36 


INDEX. 


341 


Subject. 


Frei^t 

r^ulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specificatioDS, 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


Bombs,  gas  filled,  "Poison gas' 'placard for 

Marking 

Packing  in  wooden  boxes 

Bombs,  incendiary,  marking ' 

Packing  in  wooden  boxes 

Bombs,  sand-loaded,  marking  (no  other  restrictions) 

Bombs,  smoke,  marking 

Packing  in  wooden  boxes 

Book  matches  Included  in  strike  on  box  type 

In  leather  or  metal  covers,  acceptable 

Boosters  classed  with  detonating  fuzes,  when,  packing 

Marking 

Weight 

Bottles  for  corrosive  liquids,  with  inflammable  solids,  when 

For  corrosive  hquids  with  oxidizing  materials 

For  dimethyl  sulphate 

For  hydrofluosUicic  acid 

For  metallic  sodium  or  potassium 

For  spirits  of  nitroglycerin 

For  spirits  of  nitroglycerin,  maximum  quantity 

Of  corrosive  Uquids,  with  other  articles,  when 

Of  nitric  acid  in  separate  compartments  in  packages 

Stoppering  of,  for  nitric  acid 

Bottles,  boxed,  for  inflammable  liquids 

Bottles,  empty,  for  nitric  acid  or  nitric  acid  mixtures- 
Stoppering. 
Bottles,  glass,  inside  containebs,  poe  bromine 

Chlorpicrin  and  other  class  A  poisons 

Chromic  acid 

Corrosive  liquids 

MetaUic  sodium  or  potassium  in  neutral  oil 

Nitric  acid 

Potassium  sulphide,  fused  and  ground 

Potassium  sulphide,  fused  but  not  ground 

Samples  of  explosives,  weight 

Sodium  picramate 

Sodium  picramate,  wet  with  water,  quantity 

Sodium  sulphide,  fused  and  ground 

Sodium  sulphide,  fused  but  not  ground 

Sodium  sulphide  or  potassium  sulphide  (fused  or  con- 
centrated and  ground),  when. 

Sodium  sulphide  or  potassium  sulphide  (not  ground),  out- 
side boxes. 

Bottles,  glass  oe  eaethenware,  for  poisonous  Uquids 

Bottles,   indl4.-eubbee,   ceeesine,   oe   lead,  for  hydro- 
fluoric acid. 
Box  toe  gum  (eed  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 

910 

232 
230(c),  232 

232 

230(c),  232 

232,233 

232 
230  (e),  232 

470 


237 
239 
238 
451 
501 
538 
528 
453 
416 


535 

535 

430 

1021  (c) 

524 
591 
505 
521 


534 

469  (6) 
469  (o) 


481 


469  (6) 
469  (a) 


308  (6),  (C) 


308,309,405- 
408,430 


Paragraph. 


Speciflcati(Hi 
No. 


101  (o) 
101  (a) 


126 
134  (6) 


117 

125(0) 

98 

134  (6) 

109  (6) 

109  (o) 

40(a) 

% 

96 

109  (ft) 

109  (o) 

109(6) 

109(0) 

175 
132 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 

9,10,11,19,23, 

24,29,34 


342 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Boxes  for  acids  or  corrosive  liquids,  maximum  quantity 
one  package. 

Carboys  of  corrosive  liquids 

Celluloid  scrap 

Coconut  charcoal 

Common  fireworks 

Cylinders  or  cans  containing  samples  of  yellow  or  white 
phosphorus. 

Damaged  packages  in  transit 

Dangerous  articles— Marking 

Dimethyl  sulphate 

Fiberloid  scrap 

Glass  or  earthenware  vessels  for  corrosive  liquids 

Half-pint  containers  ethyl  chloride 

High-explosives  in  bulk 

High  explosives,  lining  of 

Hydrofluosilicic  acid 

Inside  containers  of  matches 

Lead  carboys  for  hydrofluoric  acid 

Lump  charcoal 

Matches 

Metallic  sodium  or  potassium , 

Motion-picture  film  scrap,  when 

Motion-picture  films  (unexposed),  when,  length  of  film, 
gross  weight. 

Paint,  maximum  quantity  one  package 

Percussion  caps,  500  or  less 

Pyralin  scrap 

Pyroxylin  plastic  scrap,  when 

Small-arms  ammunition 

Special  fireworks 

Spirits  of  nitroglycerin 

Spirits  of  nitroglycerin,  maximum  quantity  one  package. 

Storage  batteries 

Tin  containers  inclosing  bottles  of  metallic  sodium  or 
potassium. 

Varnish,  maximum  quantity  one  package 

Viscoloid  scrap 

Zylonite  scrap 

Boxes  not  required  for  cylinders,  when 

Of  explosives  loaded  on  bottoms  and  lengthwise  of  car  to 
withstand  greatest  stresses,  when. 

Of  matches  in  layers  to  produce  locking  in  car 

Of  matches  loaded  strongest  dimension  lengthwise  of  car.. 

With  containers  of  bromine,  marking 

With  gas  projectiles,  marking 

With  two  .'>-gallon  cans  of  alcohol  in  crate 

Boxes,  empty,  u.sed  for  explosives,  marks  removed  from 

Boxes,  fiberboard  or  .strawboabd  for  packing  inflammable 

liquids,  when — .Maximum  quantity. 
Boxes, FIBER,  or  metal,  inside  coktainers  for  IJ  pounds  or 
less,  low  explosive  and  black  powder,  when. 

For  1  pound  or  less,  smokeless  powder  for  small  arms 

Boxes,  hano-up  type,  for  matches 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Paragraph . 


540 

476  (0) 

466 

244 


1003,1004 
400(0) 

538 
476  (o) 

540 


211  (a),  213 
210  (a) 
528 
472 
526 
458 


453 

476  (0) 


240  (c) 

476  (a) 

476  (a) 

224 

247 

416 


476  (0) 
476  (a) 
559  (6) 
1008  (a) 

1017  (6) 

1017  (a) 

525 

228 


24 


204(a) 


219 
472 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 
127 


81(a) 


87 


133 


101  (C) 


102  (c) 


130  (6) 


128 


84 
Id 

90(d) 


Shippiog 

container 

specifications, 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


INDEX. 


343 


Subject. 


Paragraph. 


234(d) 
480 
490 


415 


224 


591 

409 
455 
531 
504 
480 


468 


Boxes,  metal.    See  aUo  Containers. 

For  motion-picture  films  as  baggage 

For  motion-picture  films,  when,  length  of  film 

Inside,  for  blasting  caps 

Boxes,  metal-uned,  for  benzoyl  peroxide,  wet  with  water}. . . 

For  inflammable  solids 

For  oxidizing  materials 

For  wet  nitrocellulose  (alcohol  or  solvent) 

Boxes,  metal  or  other,   for  percussion  caps,  Tn^TimiiTn 

number. 
Boxes,  pasteboard  and  other,  inside  for  small-arms  am- 
munition. 
Boxes  previously  used  for  high  explosives,  forbidden  for 

transportation. 
Boxes  used  for  high  explosives  with  uQmD  ingredient, 

condemned. 
Boxes,  strawboard   (inside;,  for   chlorpicrin  and   other 

class  A  poisons. 
Boxes,  wooden, for  alcohol 

Amorphorus  (red)  phosphorus 

Anhydrous  liquid  chlorides 

Barium  peroxide 

Benzoyl  peroxide,  wet  with  water 

Bromine 

Calcium  phosphide 

Cans  and  bottles  sodium  sulphide  or  potassium  sulphide, 
when. 

Celluloid  plastics  in  sheets,  rolls,  or  tubes,  weight 

Charcoal  screenings,  airing 

Charged  storage  batteries 

Chlorpicrin  and  other  class  A  poisons  

Chromic  acid 

Common  fireworks 

Containers  fire-extinguisher  charges 

Cordeau  detonant,  marking = 

Electric  blasting  caps 

Electrolyte 

Fibers  or  fabrics  containing  animal  or  vegetable  oils 

Fiberloid  plastics  in  sheets,  roUs,  or  tubes,  weight. 

Fuse  igniters,  marking 250 

Fuse  lighters,  marking 250 

Hydrochloric  (muriatic)  acid 532 

Hydrofluoric  acid 526 

Inflammable  liquids 430 

Inflammable  solids 490 

Inflammable  solids,  in  bulk  or  inside  containers— mixed  490 

shipments. 

Inside  containers  of  bromine 524 

Instantaneous  fuse,  marking 250 

Kits  and  paUs  of  inflammable  liquids 408 

Low  explosives  and  black  powder,  marking 204  (o) 

1  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


591 
505 


530 
250 

234  (J?) 


452 


Express" 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 
*9(a) 
102(a) 


120(a) 

46,47 

43 

21(?) 

16 


100 
129 
116 

95 
128 

97 
109 

103 


130  (6) 


117 
51 
135 

48 


130  (a) 


103 
48 
48 

131 

132 
90  (6),  (c) 

111 


128 

48 


Shipping 

container 

specifications. 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


344 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Ft.  U,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


535 


510 
502 


595 

479 

240  (o),  243 

230  (c),  232 


478 
477 
251 
250 


Paragraph 
Boxes,  wooden,  foe  mixed  shipments,  oxidizing  materials  510 

with  inflammable  liquids  or  acids. 

Motion-picture  films,  when,  weight 

Moving-picture  films,  as  baggage,  weight 

Nitric  acid 

Nitrocellulose,  nitroguanidine  or   nitrostarch,  wet  with 
water,  quantity. 

Oxidizing  materials 

Peroxide  of  sodium 

Poisonous  liquids 

Police  gas  grenades,  weight 

Precipitated  cobalt  resinate 

Primers,  percussion  caps,  and  time  fuzes 

ProjectUes,  bombs,  and  grenades 

Pyralin  plastics  in  sheets,  rolls,  or  tubes,  weight 

Pyroxylin  plastics  in  sheets,  rolls,  or  tubes,  weight 

Reclaimed  rubber 

Regenerated  rubber 

Rubber  scrap  (ground,  powdered,  or  granulated) 

Rubber  scrap  or  rubber  buflSngs 

Rubber  shoddy,  regenerated  or  reclaimed  rubber 

Safety  fuse,  marking,  loading 

Safety  squibs,  marking 

Samples  of  explosives,  weight 

Smokeless  powder  for  cannon 

Smokeless  powder  for  small  arms,  marking 

Sodium  peroxide 

Sodium  picramate 

Sodium  picramate,  wet  with  water,  weight 

Special  fireworks 

Sulphuric  acid 

V'lscoloid  plastics  in  sheets,  rolls,  or  tubes,  weight 

Wet  nitroscllulose 

Wet  nitrostarch 

White  or  yellow  phosphorus  in  water 

Zylonite  plastics  in  sheets,  rolls,  or  tubes,  weight 

Boxes,  wooden,  inside,  for  blasting  caps 

BoxE.s,  wooden,  zinc  lined,  for  oxidizing  materials 

For  inflammable  solids 

Bracing,  explosives  in  car 

Other  freight  to  prevent  damage  to  packages  of  explosives. 
Brakes,  air  and  hand,  examination  of,  by  carrier 

For  cars  more  dangerous  explosives 

Brakes  or  placarded  cars  in  order,  precautions  at  ladder 

track,  incline  or  hump 

Brakes  set  on  tank  car  unloaded  on  grade,  also  wheels 

blocked 

Bran,  peanut,  forbidden,  when 

Brass  plate  for  markings  on  cylinders 

Breaking  op  packages  prevented 

Bridges,  car  of  explosives  not  placed  under 1032 

Broken  packages  in  transit,  disposition  of 1003 

Reported 11,12,19  (6) 

'  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


216 
219 
502 
481 


530 


467 
467 
454 


234  (d) 
510 
490 
1010 
lOlti 
402 
901(6) 

1039 

1050  (p) 

301  (ft) 

556 


Paragraph. 


Speciflcation 
No. 

19 


102  (6) 
*9(o) 


lOS 

120  (o) 
118 
175 


107 


103 
103 
104 
104 
105 


104 

48 

48 

40(6) 


96 
96 
52 
135 
103 


103 


142 

190 


81  (6),  198 


INDEX. 


345 


Subject . 


Bkomacetone  (poison  gas  label)  class  A  poison,  defined 
(by  freight  only). 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

No  exemption 

Packing 

Beombenzylcyanide  (poison  gas   label),  class  A  poison, 
defined  (by  freight  only). 

Forbidden  for  transportation , 

No  exemption 

Pacting 

Bromate  of  potassium.     See  Potassium  bromate. 
Bkomine  (white  label),  in  glass  bottles 

Marking  boxes  of 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

No  exemption 

Packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Paragraph. 
307  (o) 


309 
309,591 
307  (o) 


Bronzing  liquid  (red  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Burnt  cotton  (yellow  label)  defined,  airing,  marking 

No  exemption 

Packing 


Bulk  smPMENTS  high  explosives  in  boxes  or  kegs 

Lvimp  charcoal 

Bureau  foe  safe  transportation  of  explosives,  services 
of,  utiUzed  by  Commission. 

Ad  interim,  specification  of 

Approval  of  cloth  and  paper  bags  for  high  explosives 

Inspection  of  manufacture,  packing,  and  storage 

Record  of  broken  and  leaking  packages  by , . 

Report  to,  of  local  restrictions 

Report  to,  of  violation  of  regulations 

Business,  dangerous  articles  essential  to 

Calcium  arsenate  (no  label),  in   containers  preventing 

sifting. 
Calcium  arsenate  (poison  label),  maximum  quantity  one 
package. 
Packing 


309 
309, 591 


524 
525 


309 

309,521,522, 

524,525 

308  (6)  (c) 


CALauM  CHLORIDE,  fireprooflng  by,  for  cushioning  for  nitric 

acid,  prohibited. 
Calcium  phosphide  (yellow  label),  no  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 

Camphor,  crude,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Canadian  Regulations 


308,309,405- 
408, 430 

475  (a) 

309 

309,451,452, 

475 

211  (a),  213 

458 

5 

19(c) 

211  (a) 

21 

19(6) 

8(6) 

11,12 

8(a) 

631 


536  (6) 
309 


309,451,468 

1020 

15 


*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p  141. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Paragraph. 


22(f) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


22(f) 


128 
128 
76 


76,80,81, 
126, 128 


76 

76,81,83  (a), 

90 


5,*5 

81(e) 


33,40 


33,40 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 

9,10,11,19,23, 

24,34 


10,14 


10 
81(6) 


76,81,175 


2,11,19,20, 
20A,20B 


76 
76,81,94,97 


18,20B 


66620°— 22- 


-23 


346 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.09. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Cannon,  ammunition  for,  forbidden  for  transportation 

Cannon  powder  classed  as  low  explosive 

Cannon  primers,  acceptable 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how , 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Cans  for  alcohol  in  boxes  and  crates,  marking 

Dangerous  articles,  marking 

Cans  ruptured  in  transit,  disposition  of 

Iron  or  steel  jacketed,  for  inflammable  liquids , 

Metal,  for  benzoyl  peroxide 

Carbon  bisulphide , 

Chlorpicrin  and  other  class  A  poisons , 

Dimethyl  sulphate 

Inflammable  liquids 

Metallic  sodium  or  potassium 

Moving-picture  films,  as  baggage 

Poisonous  liquids 

Potassium  sulphide  (fused,  concentrated,  chipped  or 

broken). 
Samples  of  yellow  or  white  phosphorus,  maximum 

weight. 
Sodium  sulphide  (fused,  concentrated,  chipped  or 
broken). 

Spirits  of  nitroglycerin 

Metal,  inside  containers  for  benzoyl  peroxide,  wet 
with  water. 

Calcium  phosphide 

Inflammable  liquids 

Inflammable  solids 

Motion-picture  films  (unexposed),  when,  length  of 
fihn. 

Oxidizing  materials,  weight 

Potassium  sulphide,  fused  and  ground 

Potassium  sulphide,  fused  but  not  groimd 

Samples  of  explosives,  weight 

Sodium  sulphide,  fused  and  ground 

Sodium  sulphide,  fused  but  not  ground 

Sodium  sulphide  (fu.sed  or  concentrated  and  ground). 

Metal-jacketed,  for  inflammable  liquids 

Wood-jacketed,    inside    containers    for    inflammable 
liquids. 
CAPAaTY  or  CARS  60,000,  if  available,  for  more  dangerous 
explosives. 

Caps,  blasting,  deflned 

Special  packing  necessary  for , 

Caps,  electric  blasting,  defined 

Cap.s,  metal,  for  valve  protectors  in  cylinders  for  compressed 

gases,  when. 
Cap.s,  paper,  with  other  articles,  maximum  number,  marking 

With  toy  pistols,  marking,  labeling 

With  toy  pistoLs,  when,  marking 

♦  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill 


Paragraph. 
102 


90.3 

242,243 

704(6) 

801  (c) 

409 

400(a) 

1003 

430 

480 

410 

591. 

538 

430 

453 


468 
490 


510 
469(6) 
469(a) 


469  (6) 
409(a) 


408 
901  (a) 

110 
234(a) 

110 
559(a) 


247  (d) 
p.  141. 


Paragraph. 
21(c) 


Specification 
No. 


23(d) 


81  (a) 


*9(o) 

175 

109  (0) 


109  (a) 


95 


97 

90(6) 


102  (c) 


109  (6) 
109(0) 

40(0) 
109(6) 
109  (o) 
109  (6) 

90(«) 


145  (a) 


INDEX. 


347 


Subject. 


Freight 

resjulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Caps,  percussion,  defined , 

600  or  less,  packing 

Marking 

Weight , 

With  other  articles 

With  small-arms  ammunition,  marking 

Caps,  toy,  special  fireworks 

Forbidden,  when 

Cap  torpedoes,  packing 

Car  certificate 

In  triplicate,  use  of,  size 

Must  be  used 

Cab  doors,  loading  explosives  opposite,  when 

Car  doorways  boarded  for  matches 

Gar  lining  as  high  as  explosives  lading 

Car  unings  for  matches,  supplementing  strips 

Car  ticket  for  dangerous  articles  indorsed  "Inflammable" 
or  "Acid,"  size  of  letters. 

Explosives  stamped  or  written  across  face  "Explosives," 
size  of  letters. 

Explosives  stamped  or  written  across  face  "Inflamma- 
ble," size  of  letters. 
Carbon  bisulphide  (red  label)  forbidden  for  transportation. 

Half-gallon  containers  and  less 

No  exemption 

Not  exempt  from  labels 

Packing 


Paragraph. 

112 

240(c) 

242 

241 

240  (d) 

224 

116 

101  (fc) 

247  (e) 

908(6) 

908  (a) 

905 

1009 

1017  (o) 

1008  (6) 

1017  (a) 

804  (a) 

801  (o) 

801  (6) 


Carbon  remover,  uquid  (bed  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


410 

309 

308  (a) 

309, 406-407, 

410,430,431 

308  (6)  (c) 


Cabbonyl  chloride.    See  Phosgene. 

Carboys  for  anhydrous  liquid  chlorides 

Dangerous  articles,  marking 

Hydrochloric  (muriatic)  acid 

Sulphuric  acid 

Carboys,  glass  or  earthenware  stoppers  for,  contain- 
ing nitric  acid,  clips  and  gaskets. 
Carboys,  acid,  except  glacial  acetic,  not  loaded  in  refrigera- 
tor cars. 

Handled  carefully  and  blocked  and  braced 

L.  C.  L.,  loaded  near  doors  of  cars 

Carboys,  acid,  empty,  forbidden,  when 

Carboys,  balloon,  not  used  for  dangerous  acids 

Carboys,  boxed,  for  corrosive  liquids 

For  inflammable  liquids 

Carboys,  empty,  for  corrosive  liquids,  loading 

Forbidden,  when 

Carboys,  glass,  boxed  and  closed 

Straight-sided,  for  nitric  or  mixed  acids 

Carboys,  glass,  eabthenwabe,  or  clay,  fornltric  acid 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 


531 

400(a) 

532 

530 

536(0) 

1018  (0) 

1018  (a) 
1018  (6) 


523 
540 
430 
1021  (6) 
301  (!) 
523 
523 
534 


Paragraph. 
26 


Specification 
No. 


30 
21  (ft) 


11,12 


22(0) 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


81(0) 


22  (fc) 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19,23, 
24,29,34 


348 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Carboys,  lead,  for  hydrofluoric  acid,  test 

Carboys,  metai^jacketed,  lor  hydrofluoric  acid 

Carboys,  metal-jacketed  lead,  for  phosphorus  trichloride 
and  phosphorus  oxychloride. 

Carboys  of  nitric  acid,  not  over  two  tiers  high  in  box  cars. 

Carboys,  straight-sided,  for  nitric  acid  and  nitric  acid  mix- 
tures. 

Card  matches,  packing 

Cardboard  inside  containers  for  matches 

Cardboard  packages,  inside  containers  for  samples  of  ex- 
plosives, weight. 

Care  in  handling  dangeroas  articles 

Carload  lots  of  articles  ignitable  by  sparks,  loaded  in  tight 


Carload  shipments  of  dangerous  articles,  shipping  orders 
show  kind  of  placard  or  no  placard  notation  for. 
Of  dangerous  articles,  waybills  show  kind  of  placard  or 
no  placard  notation  for. 
Carloads  inflammable  liquids,  leaking,  not  offered  in  inter- 
change, when. 

More  dangerous  explosives  certified  and  placarded 

Carrier,  duty  of,  not  to  move  car  not  properly  placarded, 
placard  replaced  if  lost  in  transit. 
Duty  of.  to  certify  to  condition  of  cars  for  i>:ore  dangerous 

explosives. 
Failure  of,  to  perform  duties  cause  of  fires  or  explosions . . . 

Local  restrictions  of 

Must  examine  tank  car  for  defects 

Must  report  violations  of  regulations,  accidents,  fires,  or 
explosions. 

Precautions  in  handling  by 

Supplies  shipper  with  placards 

To  instruct  employees  

To  make  regulations  effective 

To  notify  train  crew  of  location  of  cars  of  explosives 

To  properly  waybill  explosives 

To  record  placarded  cars  and  place  in  trains 

To  replace  lost  labels , 

To  report  violations  of  regulations 

To  see  that  packages  are  marked,  labeled  and  certified 

To  transport  dangerous  articles  under  regulations 

To  verify  attachment  of  placard 

Twenty-four  hours'  notice  to,  for  cars  for  explosives 

Violations  of  act  by,  penalties 

Carriers  refuse  dangerous  articles  not  properly  prepared 

Shipments  forwarded  by ,  in  48  hours , 

Carrier's  ceetificate  of  finished  load  of  dangerous  explo- 
sives. 

On  switching  line  ticket  by  authority  of  shipper 

Carrier's,  connecttno,  shipments  must  meet  regulations. . 
Transfor  sheet  or  interchange  record,  name  of  article  and 
color  of  label  oo. 

♦  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


Paragraph. 

526 
526 
531 

1818  (a) 
523 

472 
472 


1020  (o) 


1007  (note  9) 

900 
1038 

901  (!) 

6 

8(b) 

402 

11 

1 

916 

1 

1 

1027 

800 

1025(6) 


8(a) 

1036  (o) 

28 

7 

13 

30(a) 

907  (o) 

805 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.U,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Paragraph. 


40(a) 
190 


Specification 
No. 

1 

28 
28 


1 


*3,6 


1,*1 

1,*6 
1,*6 


185 


193, 194 


■►2,7 


195 
189 


INDEX. 


349 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


Carrier's  name  and  form  nitmber  or  shipper's  name  and 

address  on  labels,  when. 
Carriers'  peopeety,  violations,  accidents,  fires,  or  explo- 
sions on. 
Cars,  brakes  of,  in  condition  for  more  dangerous  explosives.. 
Certificate  for,  more  dangerous  explosives  signed  in  tripli- 
cate by  carrier's  representative. 
Condition  of,  must  meet  requirements  before  being  cer- 
tified. 
Conditioned  before  loac&ag  more  dangerous  explosives — 
Draft  bolts  and  kingbolts  covered,  roof  repaired. 

Construction  and  repair,  explosives  in 

Doors  of,  tight  for  more  dangerous  explosives— Stripping. . 
For  dangeerous  explosives  inspected  by  shipper  before 

loading  and  certified  after  loading. 
For  less  dangerous  explosives  placarded  "Inflammable". 
For  matches  tight  and    not  over  48,000  pounds   gross 
weight. 

For  nitrates  of  sodium  or  ammonia,  lining,  placard 

For  special  steel  cylinders  for  chlorine,  sulphur  dioxide, 
and  methyl  chloride. 

Hasp  fastenings  for,  more  dangerous  explosives 

Hot  boxes  in,  for  more  dangerous  explosives,  avoided 

Inspection  of,  inside  and  out  for  more  dangerous  explosives. 

Movement  of,  expedited,  in  case  of  fire  or  accident 

Of  acid  leaking  in  transit — Application  of  water 

Of  noninflammable  compressed  gases  does  not  require 

placards. 
Removal  of  loose  dangerous  articles  from,  by  consignee. . . 

Selection  and  preparation  of 

60,000  pounds  capacity,  or  largest  available,  for  more  dan. 

gerous  explosives. 
Steel  underframe  and  friction  draft  gear,  for  more  danger- 
ous explosives. 

Swept  before  loading  more  dangerous  explosives 

Tight  for  more  dangerous  explosives 

Cars,  Baggage,  placarded,  when 

Closed,  certified  and  placarded  for  more  dangerous  ex- 

sives. 
Defective,  must  not  be  furnished  or  used  for  more  dan- 
gerous explosives. 
Explosives,  certified  and  placarded  before  movement — 

Engines  must  not  stand  near 

Further  loaded  and  reconsigned,  record  of 

In  mixed  trains,  if  no  regular  freight  ser\'ice 

Inspection  of,  correction  of  defects,  loose  explosives 

swept  up. 
In  transit  examined  for  defects;  notice  if  set  out  short 

of  destination. 
Not  cut  off  while  in  motion;  position  in  yards  or  on 

sidings. 
Not  placed  next  carloads  of  pipe,  lumber,  poles,  iron, 
steel,  etc.,  hable  to  break  through. 


Paragraph. 
700C/)(note). 

11,12 

901(6) 
901  («) 

907(6) 

901(/),(?),(ft) 

904 

901  (d) 
906 

902(a) 
1017 (6) 

503 
583 

901  (d) 

901  (d) 

901 

1026 

1054 

911  (note). 

12 
900-916 
901  (o) 

901  (a) 

901  (/) 
901(c) 


900 

901  (j) 

1025  (a) 

1032 

908  (6) 

1029 

.1035 

1034 

1032 

1030  id) 


Paragraph. 
lS6(a)(note). 


Specification 
No. 


350 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Caes,  Explostives,  not  placed  next  tank  car,  flat  or  gondola 
cars,  etc.,  or  cars  of  readily  ignitable  materials. 
Not  placed  under  bridges  or  near  passenger  station  or 
opposite  or  near  engines. 

Notice  to  train  crew  of  location  of 

Placement  of,  in  train;  in  local  train 


Protected  in  coupling  by  other  car 

Removal  of,  in  case  of  fire 

Switched  with  doors  close 

24  hours'  notice  for 

With  floor  wet  with  nitroglycerin,  removal  of  explo- 
sive or  car. 
Explosives  or  inflammables,  held  over  12  hours,  placed 
for  prompt  removal  in  case  of  fire  or  accident. 
In  yards  on  separate  tracks,  coupled,  and  location 
known  to  carrier's  representative. 

Express,  placarded,  when 

Gondola,  covered,  for  sintered  or  arsenical  flue  dust  — 

Placarded,  daily  record  of 

Sealed,  for  poisons,  when 

Loaded  to  permit  removal  of  dangerous  articles  in  case 
of  fire,  wreck,  or  unloading. 

Tank,  for  sulphuric  acid 

Tank,  safety  valves  of,  not  tested  in  transit,  defect  cards 
attached. 

Wooden  tank,  for  hydrofluoric  acid 

For  hydrofluosilicic  acid 

Cartons  for  mside  containers  cap  torpedoes,  size 

Cartridge  cases  with  ammunition  for  cannon,  marking 

Cartridges,  high  explosives,  horizontal  in  boxes,  when 

Cases,  metal,  for  motion-picture  films,  when;  length  of  film 

Casinghead  gasoline  (red  label),  defined;  packing , 

Doors  of,  tight  for  more  dangerous  explosives— Stripping 


In  barrels  or  drums,  red  and  white  caution  labels  for. 

In  steel  cylinders,  when 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

No  exemption 

Not  exempt  from  labels 

Packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Paragraph. 

1030  (d) 

1032 

1027 

1030,(a),(6), 

(c) 

1031  (o) 
1032 

1031  (6) 

28 

1035 

1033 

1033 

192 

631 

1036  (6) 


530 
402 

529 
529 

247(e) 
229 

210  (c) 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Casinghead  oas  op  oil  wells.    See  Casinghead  GasoUne,  Li- 
quefied petroleum  gas,  and  Gasoline. 

Casks  for  fulminates 

Casks,  large,  of  explosives  loaded  on  sides  or  ends 

Celluloid.    See  Pyroxylm  plastics  or  pyroxylin  scrap. 
Cement,  leather  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


412  (a) 


309 

308  (a) 

309, 405-408, 

412, 413, 414 


222 
1009 

308  (6) 


308, 309, 405- 
408, 430, 431 


Paragraph. 


191,201 
201 


102  (a) 


Specification 
No. 


1 


32 

1,2,3,3A,5, 
5A,9,  11,  19, 
23,  24,  26 


76, 81, 83  (o), 
85,90 


3,3A,26 


1,2,3,3A,6, 
5A.9,11,  19, 
23,  24,  26 


I 


76 

76, 81, 83  (a), 

86,90 


1,2,5,  5A,9, 
11.19.23,  24 
29 


IIsTDEX. 


351 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pi  II,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Cement,  liquid,  n.  o.  s.  (hed  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  paclrage 

Pacldng 


Paragraph. 
308  (6),  (c) 


Cement,  roofing  (liquid)  (red  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Paddng 


308, 309, 40.^ 
408, 430, 431 

308  (6),  (c) 


Cement,  rubber  (red  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  pacliage 

Packing 


308,309,405- 
408, 430, 431 

308  (6),  (c) 


Ceeesine  containers  for  hydroflouric  acid 

For  hydrofluosiUcic  acid 

Certificate,  duty  of  carrier  to  reqmre 

For  "No  label  required "  articles 

Of  explosives  must  be  proper 

Of  tests  of  tank  cars;  details 

On  shipping  order 

On  shipping  order  for  dangerous  articles  not  required, 
canceled. 
Certificate,  cab 

For  explosives  before  movement 

In  triplicate,  use  of,  size 

Lost  in  transit,  replaced  by  carrier 

Not  required  for  less  dangerous  explosives 

Provided  before  loading 

Removal  of,  by  carrier  or  consignee 

Carrier's,  for  cars  for  more  dangerous  explosives 

Of  finished  load  of  dangerous  explosives 

On  switching  line  ticket  by  shipper's  authority,  

Certificate,  improper,  cause  for  rejection  of  article 

Certificate,  shipper's,  for  car  of  dangerous  explosives  after 
loading. 

On  labels 

On  shipping  order  for  dangerous  articles;  signature 

On  shipping  order  for  explosives;  signature 

O  n  switchin  g  line  ticket 

With  initial  carrier  when  waybill  is  indorsed  for  label  or 
placard. 
Certified  and  placarded  cars  for  more  dangerous  explo- 
sives. 
Certified  cars 

Inspected  inside  and  out  for  more  dangerous  explosives. . 

Must  meet  requirements 

Placarded  for  more  dangerous  explosives 

Certified  label  for  fireworks 

Chain  slings  produce  dangerous  sparks  in  handling  wreck  of 
tank  car. 


308, 309, 405- 
408, 430, 431 

526 
528 


309  (o),  (6) 

101  (?) 

403 

309  (<i) 

708 

908  (b) 

1025  (a) 

908  (o) 

1028 

902  (o) 

905 

1056 

901(0 

907  (o) 

805 

301  (d) 

906 


707 

704(a) 

805 

802 

900 

905-908 
901 

907(6) 
901 


1049  (c) 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


76 

76,81,83  (a). 

86,90 


1.2,5,5A,9, 
11,19,23,24, 
29 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

86,90 


1,2,  5,  5A,9, 
11,19,23,24, 

29 


76 

76, 81, 83  (a), 

86,90 

132 

133 

193, 194 


1,  2,  5,5A,9, 
11,19,23,24, 
29 


187 


60 


352 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.Il,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  140. 


Charcoal,  animal,  exempt  from  labels,  certificates  and 

placards. 
Charcoal,  bone,  exempt  from  labels,  certificates  and  placards 

Charcoal,  Coconut,  cooled  and  stored  before  shipment 

Charcoal,  corn-cob,  cooled  and  stored  before  shipment 

Charcoal,  peach  pit,  cooled  and  stored  before  shipment 

Charcoal,  pinon  wood,  in  bulk;  shipping  order,  label,  and 

placard  requirements. 
Charcoal,  walnut  shell,  cooled  and  stored  before  shipment. 
Charcoal,  wood,  burned  in  pits  or  kilns;    airing,  loading; 
screenings,  etc.,  not  hazardous. 

Burned  in  slatted  cars;  cooling;  airing 

Exempt  from  labels  and  placards,  when 

Fire  during  airing  of 

Fire  in,  while  in  transit,  airing  wet  charcoal 

In  bags,  L.  C.  L.,  exempt  from  labels  or  placards,  when. . 

Loaded  in  lime  car 

Made  in  round  retorts;  cooling;  airing 

Nonhazardous  when  burned  in  pits  or  kilns;    airing; 
loading. 

Protected  from  weather  in  airing 

Reburned;  cooling  and  airing  of 

Thoroughly  cooled  in  containers 

To  be  ground,  crushed,  granulated  or  pulverized;  stored 
before  shipment. 
Charcoal,  wood,  (ground,  crushed,  oeanulateo  oe  pul- 
verized) (TELLOW  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing • 


Paragraph. 
308  (/i) 

308(A) 
466 
466 
466 
462 

466 
463,464 

456 
308  (0 
457 
1053 
308  (J) 
458 
456 
464 

456 

465 

456 

456,  463,  465 

308  (0 


Charcoal,  wood,  lump  (yei  low  label),  airing  and  bagging. . 

Exempt  from  labels  and  placards,  when , 

Free  from  screenings  and  brands  and  loaded  in  tight  car. , 

From  soft  wood  loaded  in  open  or  stock  cars 

In  bags,  barrels,  boxes,  or  in  bulk 

Loaded  by  chute  with  screen , 

Loaded  with  forks , 

Maximum  quantity  one  package , 

Packing 


308,309,451, 
456-466 
456 
308  (»■) 
458 
458 
458 
458 
458 


Stored  before  shipment 

Charcoal,  wood,  screenings  (yellow  label),  air  space  at 
top  of  car  of. 

Defined 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

Forbidden,  when 

In  bags 

Loading;  transverse  strips 

Maximum  weight  in  car  of 

Must  be  swept  from  car 

No  exemption 

Other  methods  of  loading ^ 


308, 309, 451, 
456-465 

450 
462 

459 


301  (/) 
/  459 
462 
462 
458 
308  (i),  309 
462 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


76 

76,  80,  81, 94, 
111 


76 

76, 80, 81, 94, 

lU 


22  ((f) 


i 


INDEX. 


353 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.n,p.99. 


Shippiog 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Charcoal,  wood,  screenings— Continued. 
Packing 


Stored  before  shipment 

Tight  cars  used  for 

W  et ,  drying 

Chart,  loading.    Facing  p.  98. 

Chart,  oxttage,  /or  inflammable  liquids 

Chemical  bombs  defined 

Chemical  grenades,  defined 

Chemical  test  for  inflammable  soUds 

Chemical  waefare  ammunition,  defined 

Forbidden 

War  and  Navy  devices  acceptable,  when 

Wreck  of  car  containing;  gas  masks  for  bureau  inspectors. 
Chemicals,  n.  o.  s.  (white  label),  corrosive  liquids,  maxi- 
mum quantity  one  package. 

Packing 


Paragraph. 

309,451, 

459-465 

456,457,459 

462 

459 

405 

108  (2) 

108  (3) 

303 

108 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


71 


116 
1070  (b),  (e) 


21(c) 
30 


Chemicals,  n.  o.  s.  (red  label),  inflammable  liquids,  maxi- 
mum quantity  one  package. 
Packing 


Chemicals,  n.  o.  s.  (yellow  label),  inflammable  soUds, 
maTiTniim  quantity  one  package. 

Pacldng 

Chemicals,  n.  o.  s.  (yellow  label),  oxidizing  materials, 
maximum  quantity  one  package. 
Pacldng 


China  clay  cushioning  for  bromine 

Cushioning  for  nitric  acid 

Chinese  firecrackers,  common  fireworks 

CmppED  BONE  cooled  before  loading 

Chloracetophenone  (poison  gas  LABEL),  Class  A  poison, 

Same  regulations  as  for  chlorpicrin. 
Chlorate  in  fireworks 

Kegs  which  have  contained,  not  used  for  other  articles — 

Kegs  used  for,  condemned 

Chlorate  mixtures  classed  as  high  explosives 

Chlorate  of  BARIUM.    See  Barium  chlorate. 

Chlorate  of  p®tash  (yellow  label),  exemption 

In  fireworks,  forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

In  torpedoes,  forbidden,  when 

In  toy  torpedoes,  packing 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


524 
535 

115 
1020  (6) 


76 

76,80,81,126, 
127 
76 

76,81,83(0) 

76 

76,80,81,115 
76 

76,80,81,115, 

120 

128 

134(6) 

29 


2,5,11,19,23 
24,29 


2,11,17 


U5 

25 

25 

103, 104 

308  (^) 


21(A) 


101  (0,  (j) 

247  (/) 


56,76  I 

I  76 

308,309,501,  176,80,81,115, 


510 


120 


2,9,10,11,17, 
18,19,20, 
20A,20B, 
21,22,30, 
39  A,  393 


354 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I.p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Ft.  II,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


I 


Chlorate  of  soda  (yellow  label),  exemption . 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
308  ig) 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


308,309,501, 
510 


76 

76,80,81,115, 

120 


2,9,10,11,17, 
18, 19,20, 20A, 
20B,21,22,30, 
39A,39B. 


Chlorate  powder  classed  as  high  explosive 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

Chlorates,  n.  o.  s.  (yellow  label),  as  oxidizing  materials. 

Exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


304 
30S(f?) 


21(b) 

72 


Chloride  of  acetyl.    See  Acetyl  chloride. 

Chloride  of  phosphorus  (white  label),  no  exemption . 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,501, 
510 


308  (m) 


76 

76,80,81,115, 
120 


2,9,10,11,17, 
18, 19,20, 20A, 
20B,21,22,30. 
39A,39B. 


Chloride  of  sulphur  (white  label),  exemption . 

Incombustible  cushioning  for  containers  of 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,521, 

522, 523, 531 

308  (TO) 

531 


76 

76,80,81,126, 

129 


1.2,5A,11 


Chlorides,  ANHYDROUS  ijqitid  (white  label),  exemption. 
Packing 


Chlorpicrlv  (poison  gas  label), Cla-ss  A  poison  (by  freight 
only). 

Forbidden  for  transportation , 

No  exemption 

Packing 

Chromic  Aao  (yellow  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,521, 
522, 523, 531 
308  (TO) 
308,309,521, 
522,523,531 
307  (a) 


129 

76 

76,80,81,136, 

129 


76,80, 81, 126, 
129 


22(/) 


309 
309, 591 
308  (g) 


Chromic  acid  (chromium  trioxide)  (yellow  label),  pack- 
ing. 

Chute,  inclined,  for  handling  explosives,  wiping  down 

Cleaning  com  poinds.    S««  Compounds. 

Cleaning  fluid  (or  liquid)  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,501, 

505, 510 

505 

1000(a) 

308  (6),  (c) 


70 

76,80,81,115. 

117 

117 


Clips,  m  etal,  lor  stoppers,  carboys  of  nitric  acid 

Closed  cars,  certified  and  placarded,  for  more  dangerous  ex- 
plosives. 

Cloud  gas  cylinders,  chemical  warfare 

Coal  oil.    See  Oil,  n.  o.  s 


308, 309, 405- 
408, 430, 431 

536  (a) 
900,901 (a) 

108 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


76 (list;  notel) 


1,2,5A,U 


1,2,5A,11,28 


33,40 


18, 20B 
18, 20B 


1.2,5,5A,5B, 
9,lu,ll,19, 
23,24,29,34 


INDEX. 


355 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


COAL-TAK  LIGHT  OIL  (RED  LABEL),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
308  (6),  (c) 


Coal-tar  naphtha  (red  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Pacldng ^.. 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 

308  (6),  (c) 


Coal-tar  oil  (red  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Backing 


308,309,405- 
408, 430, 431 

308  (6),  (c) 


Cobalt  resinate  (preqpitated)  (yellow  label),  no  ex- 
emption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,405- 

408, 430, 431 

309 


Coconut  shell  charcoal.  See  Charcoal. 
Coefficients  of  expansion,  for  liquids.. 

Coke  must  be  cooled  before  loading 

Collodion  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


309,451,479 


405 
1020  (6) 
308  (6) 


Cologne  spirits  (alcohol)  (red  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,405- 

408,430,431 

308  (c) 


308, 309, 405- 
409,430,431 


Wantage  as  required  by  internal  revenue  regulations 405 

Color  of  labels  standard 700  (e) 

Colored  fires,  common  fireworks 115 

Columbian  spirits.    See  Alcohol,  wood. 

Combination  fuzes,  acceptable 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard . . .  903 

Marking 242 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 704  (6) 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 801  (c) 

Packing 

Combination  label  and  tag  permitted,  when 700  (/)  (note) 

Combination  primers  in  cars  in  good  condition  without  cer-  903 
tificate  or  placard. 

Marking 242,243 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 704  (6) 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 801'  (c) 

Combustible  material  not  used  around  carboy  package,  1018  (6) 
L.  C.  L.  shipment. 

Combustion  defined 110 

Commission  not  bound  by  opinions  of  Bureau  of  Explosures..  5 

•  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


1,2,S,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


76 
76,81,83(0), 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


76 

76,80,81,94, 

107 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


1,2,5,5A,9, 
11,19,23,24,29 


76 

76, 81, 83  (6), 

84 

83(6) 

181  (o) 

29 

23(/) 

50 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


*5,5 


356 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Common  fireworks,  described;  packing 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "In- 
flammable." 

Weight,  set  pieces 

Compositions,  explosive,  forbidden,  when 

Compounds,  cleaning,  uquid  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 

115, 244 

246 

704  (o) 

801  (6) 

245 

101  (.9) 

308  (6),  (c) 


Compounds,  paint  or  varnish  reducing,  uquid  (red  label), 
exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Pacldng 


308, 309, 405- 
408,430,431 

308  (6),  (c). 


Compounds,   paint  or  varnish   removing,   liqxhd   (red 
LABEL),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308, 309, 405- 
408, 430, 431 

308  (6),  (c) 


Compounds,  paste,  notinflammableliquids,  when 

Compounds, pousuing,  uquid  (red label), exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308, 309, 405- 
408, 430, 431 

302 
308  (6),  (c) 


Compounds,  type  cleansing,  uquid  (red  label),  exemp- 
tion. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308, 309, 405- 
408,430,431 

308  (6),  (c) 


Compounds,  vulcanizing  (red  label),  exemption . 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308, 309, 405- 
408, 430, 431 

308  (6),  (c) 


Compounds,  vulcanizing  (white  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 

308  (m) 


Paragraph. 
29,51 


Specification 
No. 
11,12A 


76 

76, 81, 83  (0), 
90 


1,2,5,  5A,5B 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


76 

76, 81, 83  (a), 

90 

70 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


,81,83(0), 
.90 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


76, 81, 83  (0), 
90 


1,2,5,5A,SB, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


308, 


Co.sdemned  cylinders,  further  use 

Condemned  dy.namite  roj)ackcd 

Condemned  explosives  (except  sa^iples)  forbidden 

Condemned  explosives  refused 

Condensates  from  natural  gas.  See  Casinghead  gasoline. 
Liquefied  petroleum  gas,  and  Gasoline. 

Conferences  of  Bureau  of  Explosives  with  manufac- 
turers and  shippers. 

Connecting  carrier's  shipments  must  meet  regulations 

♦Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p. 


309, 521- 

523, 540 

569 

23 
101  (p) 

22 


76 

re,  80, 81, 126, 

127 

155 


1,2,5A,9,11, 
19,28 


21  (0) 


5,*5 
195 


141. 


INDEX. 


357 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.IV.p.  I4fl. 


Connecting  une  route  known  before  acceptance  of  explo- 
sives. 
Connecting  lines,  shipments  from,  must  comply  with  regu- 
lations. 

Consignee,  48-hour  notice  to,  to  remove  shipments 

Construction  and  repair  cars,  explosives  in;  marking; 
placard. 

Construction  of  packa.ge  must  prevent  leakage 

Construction,  shipping  containers,  must  conform  to  speci- 
fications. 

Containers  for  dangerous  articles,  marking 

Dangerous  articles  must  meet  specifications,  marking 

Ethyl  chloride,  half  pint  or  less,  packing 

Ethyl  chloride,  mixed  shipments,  packing 

Oxidizing  materials 


Paragraph. 
29 

1055  (6) 

30(6) 
904 

19(6) 
19 

400(a) 

400(0) 

411 

411 

510 


Poisonous  articles. 


Poisonous  articles  must  prevent  leakage 

Containers,  marks  and  labels  removed  from  old 

Must  conform  to  specifications 

Must  prevent  leakage 

Containers,  ad  interim,  specifications  for 

Containers,  ceeesine,  inside,  for  acids  or  corrosive  liquids; 

maxinitun  quantity. 
Containers,  earthenware,  for  sulphuric  acid 

Inside,  for  acids  or  corrosive  liquids;  maximum  quantity. 

Inside,  for  anhydrous  liquid  chlorides 

Inside,  for  electrolyte 

Inside,  for  inflamable  liquids 

Containers,  empty,  labels  on,  removed  etc.,  or  covered  by 

"Empty"  label  except  carload  shipments,  v.'hen. 
Containers,  glass,  for  sulphuric  acid 

Inside,  for  acids  or  corrosiveliquids;  maximum  quantity. . 

Inside,  for  anhydrous  liquid  chlorides 

Inside,  for  electrolyte 

Inside,  for  inflammable  liquids 

Containers,  glass,  or  earthenware,  for  corrosive  liquids. . 

For  electrolyte,  capacity 

Containers,    glass  oe    earthenware,  for  hydrochloric 
(muriatic)  acid. 

Containers,  glass  or  metal  inside,  for  poisonous  solids 

Containers,  india-rubber,  inside,   for  acids  or  corrosive 

liquids;  maximum  quantity. 
Containers,  inside,  for  bromine,  closing 

Inside,  for  oxidizing  materials,  cushioned 

Containers,  lead,  inside,  for  acids  or  corrosive  liquids;  max- 
imum quantity. 


630 


19 
19(6) 
19(c) 


530 
531 


700(d) 
530 
531 


540 
532 


524 
510 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


81(6) 


81(0) 
81(a) 


120 


184 


81(6) 

81(c) 

127 

135 
127 
129 
130  (o) 
eo  (c),  (d) 
182 

135 

127 

129 

130(o) 

90  (c),  (d) 


130  (o) 
131 

175 
127 


12S 
127 


2,19,24 

19 

2,9,10,11,17, 

18, 19,20,20A, 

208,21,22, 

30,39A,39B 

2,5,5B,9,11, 

19,20,20A,20B 


1,2,11,31 


1,2,31 
1,2,31 
1,2,31 


1,2,11 


1,2 

1,2 

1,2 

1,2,31 


1,2,11 
2,19 


358 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Containers,  metal,  for  amorphorus  (red)  phosphorus 

Chromic  acid 

Corrosive  liquids 

Corrosive  liquids  with  inflammable  solids , 

Corrosive  liquids  with  other  articles , 

Cyanides 

Mixed  shipments,  inflammable  solids  and  corrosive  liquids. 

Nitric  acid,  when 

Precipitated  cobalt  resinate 

Primers  or  fuzes 

Reclaimed  rubber 

Regenerated  rubber 

Rubber  scrap  (ground,  powdered,  or  granulated) 

Rubber  scrap  or  rubber  buffings 

Rubber  shoddy 

Rubber  shoddy,  regenerated  or  reclaimed  rubber 

SmaO-arms  ammunition;  marking , 

Sodium  peroxide , 


Paragraph. 
455 
505 
521 

451 


535 
479 


478 
477 
502 


White  or  yellow  phosphorus  in  water 

Containers,  metal,  inside,   foe  amorphorus  (red)   phos- 
phorus. 

Barium  peroxide 

Bottles  of  corrosive  liquids  packed  with  oxidizing  mate- 
rials. 

Chromic  acid 

Inflammable  liquids 

Motion-picture  films,  when;  weight 

Oxidizing  materials 

Precipited  cobalt  resinate 

Samples  of  explosives;  weight 

Sodium  peroxide 

Containers,  outside,  are  "packages";  include  tank  cars 

Containers,  reused,  efficient 

CoNTAi.NERS,  STRONG,   for   nonlnflammable  motion-picture 

films. 
CoNTAiNER-s,  TIN,  boxed,  for  metallic  sodium  or  potassium.. 
Containers,  wooden,  for  primers  or  fuzes 

Rubber  scrap  or  rubber  buflTings 

SmaU-arms  ammunition;  marldng 

Containers,  wooden  or  metal,  for  small-arms  ammuni- 
tion. 

Ammunition  for  cannon 

C0NTENT.S  OF  PACKAGE  described  for  agent  of  carrier 

CoRDEAU  DETCNANT,  acceptable 

Defined 

In  boxes  or  barrels;  marking , 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard... 

Loaded  with  other  freight 

M  arking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  wayljill  indorsement  for 

Not  packed  with  blasting  ca;;s  or  high  explosive 

Packing 

*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p   141 


504 
501 


505 


479 


502 
3 
26 


478 
224 
224 

227,229 

7 


113(a) 
250 
903 
250 


704(6) 

801(c) 

200 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 

18 
18,20B 


125(a) 


80,126 

175 

94 

134  (6) 

107 

44 

104 

104 

105 


104 
43 


116 


2 
18,  20B 

20B 
20B 
20B 
20B 
20B 
20B 

11,   18,   20B, 

39A 

18,  20 

18 

18 


117 

90(d) 

102  (6) 

120  (a) 

107 

40(6) 

118 

3 

17 

102  (d) 


18 
24 
19 
2,11,17 
18 

11,18 


♦2,7 
23  (J) 
27(/) 


INDEX. 


359 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I.p.  1. 


Cork,  ground,  cushioning  for  nitric  acid,  forbidden 

Corn-cob  charcoal  cooled  and  stored  before  shipment 

Corrosive  alkaline  solutions,  for  storage  batteries,  pack- 
ing. 
Corrosive  liquids  (white  label),  defined;  tests 

Except  glacial  acetic  acid,  not  loaded  in  refrigerator  cars. 

In  interior  packages;  filling  holes  up;  marking , 

Interior  packages  of,  packed  with  filUng  holes  up;  mark- 
ing. 

Label  exemptions  for , 

Label  for 

Maximum  quantity 

Not  packed  with  other  articles,  when 

Outside  packages  marked  to  show  quantity 

Packed  in   glass,  earthenware,  lead,   india-rubber,    or 
cere^ine  containers 

Packed  with  inflammable  solids,  when 

Packing 


Tank  cars  for;  A.  R.  A.  specifications 

When  "no  exemption"  and  "no  label  required" 

With  other  articles,  when 

Corrosive  liquids,  n.  o.  s.  (white  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 

536  (b) 
466 
530 

305 
1018  (a) 


522 

308  (TO) 
700  (e) 


Cotton  batting,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Cotton,  burnt,  defined;  airing;  marking 

Cotton,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Cotton,  gun,  forbidden  for  transportation 

Cotton,  negative,  forbidden  for  transportation 

Cotton  picked  and  packed  after  fire,  not  dangerous 

Cotton  wadding,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Cotton  waste,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars , 

For  repacking  damaged  shipments  in  transit 

Forbidden ,  when 

Cotton  waste,  oily,  forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

Coupling  car  of  explosfves  protected  by  other  car , 

Crates  for  drums,  di-methyl  sulphate 

For  wooden  boxes  with  metal  containers  for  alcohol , 

Not  required  for  cylinders,  when 

Crates,  wooden,  for  twoboxed  cans  of  alcohol 

Creosote  (poison  label),  maximum  quantity  one  package. . 

Packing , 

Creosote  oil  (poison  label),  maximum  quantity  one  pack- 
age. 

Packing 

Crude  oil.    See  Petroleum. 
Crude  petroleum.    See  Petroleum. 

Cushioning  between  metal  containers  in  packages  of  nitric 
acid,  incombustible. 


451 
520  to  540 


401  (a) 
308  (m) 


308  (m) 


308, 309, 521- 

523,531,540 

1020  (o) 

475  (o) 

1020  (o) 


475  (c) 

1020  (a) 

1020  (a) 

1003,1004 

301  («) 


1031  (a) 

538 

409 

559  (b) 


535 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 


81  (rf) 


186  (a) 
125  (o) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


125  (6) 
127 
127 


12f  to  135 


76 

76, 80, 81, 126, 

127 


21(6) 
21(6) 


22  (j) 


84 

76 

76, 81, 175 


76,81,175 


1,2,5A,9, 11, 
19,28,37 


l,2,5A,9,n, 
19,28 


2,6,5B,9,19 


2,5,5B,9,19 


134  (6) 


360 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


CusmoNrNG  for  bottles  of  corrosive  liquids  packed  with  in- 
flaminaljle  solids. 

Bottles  of  dimethyl  sulphate 

Bottles  of  nitric  acid 

B  romine 

Carboys  of  nitric  acid 

Containers  of  anhydrous  liquid  chlorides 

Con  t  ainers  of  bromine 

Containers  of  chlorpicrin  and  other  class  A  poisons 

Containers  of  corrosive  liquids 

Containers  for  hydrochloric  (muriatic)  acid 

Containers  of  Inflammable  liquids 

Containers  of  sulphuric  acid 

Corrosive  liquids  must  prevent  breakage  or  leakage 

Explosives  transported  in  motor  cars 

Inflammable  liquids  most  prevent  breakage  or  leakage 

Interior  packages  inflammable  solids  to  prevent  breakage 
or  leakage. 

Oxidizing  material  must  prevent  breakage  or  leakage 

Samples  of  explosives;  weight 

Phosphoric  anhydride 

Cushioning,  fireproofed,  for  nitric  acid,  prohibited 

Cushioning,  INCOMBUSTIBLE  ABSORBENT,  for  corrosive  liquids 
packed  with  other  articles. 

Cushioning,  inside,  containers  for  corrosive  liquids 

Cushioning  material,  incombustible,  for  chromic  acid 

CusmoNiNG,  wood  pulp  or  sawdust,  for  high  explosives 

Cyanide  of  POTASSIUM  (poison  label),  maximum  quantity., 
one  package. 

Packing 

Cyanide  of  sodium  (poison  label),  maximum  quantity  one 
package. 

Packmg 

Cyanides,  in  metal  containers 

Cyanogen,  (poison  gas  label),  class  A  poison  (by  freight 
only).  ^ 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

No  exemption 

Packing 

Cyldjoehs,  amount  of  liquefied  gases  in,  for  each  pound  water 
capacity. 

Authorized,  only,  used  for  compressed  gase.s 

Charged  by  or  with  con.sent  of  owner 

Charging  pressiu-e,  limit  of 

Complete  expan.sion  under  test  pressure  for;  permanent 
expansion. 

Comply  with  requirements  after  Mar.  31, 1912 

CTLINDER.S  Foacarbonyl  chloride  (phosgene),  tests  after  filling; 
maximum  pressure;  ga.skets  for  caps. 

Casinghcad  gasoline  and  liquefied  petroleum  gas 

Dangerous  articles,  marking 

Ethyl  chloride 

Hydrocyanic  (pru.ssic)  acid,  tests  after  filling;  maximum 
pressure;  gaskets  for  caps. 

Liquefied  ppiroleumgas 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,p.  1. 


Paragraph. 
451 

538 
535 


536(6) 

■  531 

524 

591 


532 
308  (ft),  (C) 
530 
540 
1062 
430 
490 

510 


536  (6) 


521 

505 

210  (6) 


307  (a) 


309 
309, 591 
562  (c) 

584 
553 

562(a) 
568 

554 
593 


400(a) 

411 

594  (2) 

■»12  (6) 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.ll,p.99. 


Paragraph. 


134  (6) 
128 


129 

128 


125  (a),  127 
131 


40(6) 
110 


117 
76 


76,81,175 
76 

76,81,175 
175 


22  (n 


148  (c) 

166 

139 

148  (a) 

J54  (a) 

140 


85 
81(a) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


INDEX. 


361 


Subject. 


Freight      '      Express 

regulations,     regulations, 

Pt.  I,p.  1.     :   Pt.II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 


Cylinders  in  fire  not  used  for  baggage  service 

Made  before  Mar.  31, 1912,  for  baggage  transportation 

Made  before  Mar.  31, 1912,  tested  and  reported,  when 

Made  before  .^pecifieations 

Marked  with  record  of  tests,  previous  dates  not  obliterated. 

Marking  date  of  test  on;  previous  markings  remain 

Marking  not  changed 

Marking  on,  kept  plain 

Marking  on,  changed  on  application  to  Bureau  of  Explo- 
sives. 

Maximum  amount  Uquefled  carbonic  acid  gas  in  standard 
types  of. 

Maximum  amount  liquefied  nitrous  oxide  in 

Must  not  contain  gases  that  combine  chemically 

Record  of,  marking  of 

Records  of  tests  of 

Retesl  of,  at  test  pressure 

Retest  of.  for  1,000  pounds  pressure  or  greater;  additional 
trials. 

Safety  devices  in,  when 

Showing  permanent  expansion 

Test  date  of,  stamped  thereon 

Cylinders,  test  pressure  for,  specification  3,  including 
those  made  before  Mar.  31, 1912. 

Specification  3A,  includmg  those  made  before  Mar.  31, 
1912;  marking. 

Specification  4,  including  those  made  before  Mar.  31, 1912. . . 

Specification  7,  including  those  made  before  Mar.  31, 1912. . 

Specification  8,  including  those  made  before  Mar.  31, 1912.. 

Specification  25,  including  those  made  before  Apr.  20, 1915. 

Specification  26 

Specification  27 

Specification  33 

Specification  3S 

Cylinders,  tests  and  of  marking  of,  essential 

Transferred  to  service  requiring  less  strength:  approval; 
marking. 

Valve  protection  for,  of  compressed  gases 

Weight  of  liquefied  gases  in,  measure  by  scales 

Without  boxes  or  crates,  when 

Without  bo.xing  in  end  of  car 

Without  boxing  or  cratmg,  when 

Without  valve  protectors  for  nonUquefied  gases,  when 

Cyi-inders,  acetylene,  contents  of 

Fillers  of,  must  have  complete  information;  consent  of 
owner. 

Not  heat-treated,  when 

Tare  weight  on;  report 

Cylinders,  boxed  or  crated,  valve  protectors  not  required 
for. 

*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141 


555 

400(0) 

570 

552 


562  (c) 


562(c) 
551 


570 
571 
568 

558 
561 


573 
574 
575 
576 
577 
578 
579 
580 
552 
400  (a) 

559  (a) 
562(6) 


559  (6) 

559  (&) 

559(a) 

563 

567 

560 
563 

559  (a) 


Paragraph. 

*  10(d) 

*  10  (6) 

141 

81(a) 

156 

138 

*10(J) 

*  10  (/)  142 

143 

148  (c) 

148  (c) 
137 

*10(()) 
156 
157 

154(a) 

144 

147 

*10  (e) 

157 


1.59 

ii;o 

161 
162 
163 


Shipping 

container 

specifications. 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


164 
138 

81  (o) 

145  (a) 
148  (6) 
145  (6) 


145  (a) 
149 
153 

146 

149 

145  (a) 


66G20°— 22- 


-24 


362 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Ctjjnders,  charged,  exempt  from  retcst,  when 

For  baggage  service 

Ctlindees  condemned,  further  use 

Ctlindees,  empty,  used  for  dangerous  articles;  loading 

Cylinders  exposed  to  fiee  heat  treated  and  retested 

Ctlinders,  fiber  or  strawboard,  for  pyroxylin  plastics, 
rolled. 

Cylinders,  hydrogen  and  oxygen  gas,  as  baggage 

Cylinders,  metal,  for  acetylene  gas 

Argon,     hydrogen,     nitrogen,     oxygen,     hydrocarbon, 
Pintsch.,  etc.,  gases. 

Blaugas,  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  nitrous  oxide 


Paragraph. 
555 


.'569 

1021  (a) 

560 


Chlorine  gas 

Coal  gas 

Helium  gas 

Liquefied  petroleum  gas 

Methyl  chloride  gas 

Poisonous  articles 

Samples  of  yellow  or  while  phosphorus;  maximum  weight 

Sulphur  dioxide  gas 

Cylinders,  metal,  only,  for  compressed  gases 

Cylinders  of  compressed  ga.ses  (except  boxed  and  crated) 
loaded  on  sides,  in  racks,  or  braced  in  car. 

Not  packed  with  other  articles 

Cylinders  of  foreign  manufacture  for  gases,  use  of 

Test;  report 

Cylinders  of  gases  exempt  from  regulations,  when 

Forbidden,  when 

Cylinders  of  gases  which  combine  chemically,  forbidden 

for  transportation. 
Cylinders,  special  steel,  for  chlorine,  sulphur  dioxide,  and 
methyl  chloride. 

Cylinders,  specification  4,  decennial  tests  of 

Showing  rough  usage  or  defects  retested;  record 

With  heads  of  small  or  flat  curvature,  test  pressure  for 

Cylinders,  specification  7,  quinquennial  test  not  required, 

when. 
Cylinders,  specification  8,  exempt  from  quinqnemiial  tests; 

report. 
Cylinders,  specification  33,  not  equipped  with  safety  device. 

Cylinders,  tin,  boxed  for  metallic  sodium  or  potassium 

Cylinders,  welded  tvpe,  used  for  chlorine  or  sulphur  dioxide 

before  Apr.  20,  1915,  pressure  test  for. 
Cylinders  vma  valves  recessed,  valve  protectors  not  re- 
quired for, 
Cylinders,  wrought-ibon,  annealed,  tost  pressure  for, 
report. 

Damaged  packages  in  transit,  disposition  of 

Damaged  packages  of  explosives,  rejection  of 

♦  Baggage  regulations,  Pt  III 


5S1  (5) 
581  (2),  (4) 

581  (1) 

Notes 

581  (6),  583 

581  (4) 

581  (2) 

581  (9) 

581  (8) 

591 


581  (7) 
551 
1019 


400  (o) 
551 
306 

301  (6) 


583 

573 
573 
573 
574 

575 

558 


576 

559  (a) 

573 

1003 
201 


Paragraph. 

141 

*10  (c) 

1.55 


Specification 
No. 


146 
103 

*8,  *10 

165  (5) 

165  (2),  (4) 

165  (1) 
Note  1 
165  (6) 
165  (4) 
165  (2) 
165  (9) 
165  (8) 


3, 3  A,  7 

3, 3  A 

3,3A,25,27 

7 

3,3A 

3,3A,26 

3,3A,4,25 

33 


99 

165  (7) 

137 


3, 3  A,  25,27,38 


81(a) 
138 
74 


22  (i) 


159 
159 
159 
160 

161 

144 
98 
162 

145  (a) 

159 


p  149- 


INDEX. 


363 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I.p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Dampness  cause  for  rejection  of  explosives 

Dangerous  articles,  acceptable 

Access  to,  while  in  carrier's  custody 

Canadian  regulations  for 

Careful  handling  of,  at  stations 

Damaged  in  transit  but  not  leaking  or  insecure,  forwarded 
to  destination;  report. 

Dangers  to  life  from 

Defined,  in  general 

Definition  of,  for  transportation  purposes 

Disposal  of,  after  48  hours 

Duty  of  carriers  to  accept  and  transport 

Excluded  from  passengercars,  when , 

Forbidden  for  transporattion 

Forbidden  or  condemned,  refused 

Groups  of,  defined 

In  list  marked  (*),  doubtful 

Labels  for 

Leaking  or  insecure,  forbidden 

List  of,  and  exemptions 

List  of,  with  packing  and  marking  requirements 

Loaded  in  sealed  cars  near  doors 

Local  restrictions  for;  report 

Loose,  removal  by  consignee , 

Movement  of,  essential  to  business 

Must  not  fall  or  have  other  shocks  in  loading 

Names  of,  on  waybOl 

No  access  to,  by  unauthorized  persons 

Not  marked,  not  considered  dangerous 

Not  named  in  list,  certificate  for 

Not  named  in  list,  shipment  of,  maximum  quantity 

Not  named,  securely  packed 

Not  on  list,  waybill  for 

Not  properly  prepared,  forbidden , 

Not  properly  prepared,  refused 

Not  shipped  as  baggage,  when 

Not  shipped  in  cars  with  unguarded  heaters 

Offered  for  transportation  if  regulations  complied  with — 

Other,  not  transported  or  stored  with  dangerous  explo- 
sives, except  as  provided. 

Other  than  explosives  hsted;  labels  required;  quantities. . 

Packing  and  marking 

Prohibited  from  passenger  trains  not  offered 

Red  labels  for,  of  doubtful  nature 

Regulations  for  additional 

Regulations  for,  determined  by  conferences 

Regulations  for  handling 

Removal  of,  from  cars  in  case  of  fire,  when 

Repacking  damaged  shipments  of,  in  transit 

Shipper  required  to  describe  and  mark 

Shipper's  certificate  on  shipping  order,  for;  signature 


Paragraph. 

201 

302  to  307 


15 

1001  (6) 

1007 

1 
2 
1 

30  (6), 31 

8  fa) 

4 

300, 301 

22 

300 

309  (d) 

700 

301  (c) 

308,  :M9 

309 


8 

12 

8fo) 

1016 

802 

1002 

309  (c) 

309  (6) 

309  (b) 

20 

802 

301  (d) 

13 


21 
1013 


17 

5 

1000-1074 


1003 

7 
707 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


*19 
U 


2 

1,*1 

197 


4,*4 
.22,20 


20 

76(c) 

180 


76(6) 
13 


*7 
200 

10 

76 

10 

196 

5,*  5 

190-201 

191 

*  2, 7, 12 

*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


364 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,p.99. 


Sliipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Dangerous  articles,  special  precautions  in  preparing  and 
handling  packages  of. 

Transported  through  populated  districts,  precautions 

Violations  of  regulations  concerning,  report  of 

With  yellow  labels  not  loaded  nor  stored  with  white  label 
packages. 

With  yellow  and  white  labels  packed  together,  when 

Dangerous  articles  as  baggage,  handling  must  be  safe... 

Loaded  in  cars  for  ready  removal,  not  near  sources  of  heat 

Oflered  to  connecting  lines 

Originating  carrier  must  see  to  marking  and  labeling 

Dangerous  articles   by   electric   or   motor  railway 

SERVICE. 

Date  of  manufacture  on  cylinders 

Dates  of  tests  on  cylinders 

Days,  regular,  for  L.  C.  L.  shipments  of  e.xplosives 

L.  C.  L.  shipment  of  explosives  on,  waives  24  hours'  notice. 

Decennial  tests  for  specification  4  cy Unders 

Defect  cards  for  tank  cars  in  transit  with  safety  valves  due 
for  test. 

Defective  packages  reported  by  consignee 

Delay  electric  igniters  acceptable 

Defined 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard. . . 
Delays  to  dangerous  explosives  cars  avoided  by  rate  informa- 
tion  


Paragraph. 


11,12 
lOlfi 


556 
552 
27 
28 
573 
402 


Delivery  delayed  on  carloads  placarded  ' '  Poison  gas  " 

Of  articles  under  local  restrictions 

Of  ex  plosives  to  carrier  at  proper  time 

Of  shipments  within  48  hours  except  storage  batteries  by 
express. 
Dental  gas  (green  gas  label),  maximum  quantity  one 
package. 

No  exemption 

Packing 


113  (e) 
903 

29 

31 

8 

28 
30,31 


309 
309,551-584 


Depth  bombs,  defined 109  (c) 

Dk.scription,  lmproper,  cause  for  rejection  of  article |  301  (d) 

Description  most  dangerous  explosive  for  package  of  samples.j  202 

Must  bo  proper  bofore  acceptance  of  package 1006 

Of  article  marked  on  package 703 

Articles  on  billing;  additional  descriptions 702 

Of  articles  on  shipping  order  and  package 705 

Of  articles  required 7 

Of  dangerous  articles  in  general 13 

Of  explosives  must  bo  proper 101  (?) 

O  f  packages,  duty  of  carrier  to  require  proper | 

Design  of  Package  must  prevent  leakage 19(6) 

Destination  of  L.  C.  L.  shipments  given  in  24-hour  notice. .. I  28 

De.steuction  of  dangerous  articles  refu-sed  for  delivery 

Of  explosives  after  48  hours'  notice  of  arrival I , 

Of  explosives  not  delivered 1  30  (6) 

*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


Paragraph. 
*3,6 


Specification 
No. 


80 
♦14 
*15 
*17 
*16 


142 

138 


23  (p) 


197 
76 


76,80,81,136- 

148,154-158, 

165  (1) 


*  2, 7, 12 
9 


194 

81(6) 


197 
197 
197 


3,3A 


INDEX. 


865 


Subject. 


DETONA'nNG  FUZES  defined 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

In  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how ; 

Packing 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "  Ex- 
plosives." 

Weight 

With  explosive  mines,  packing 

Detonation  defined 

Detonators  not  classed  as  fulminates 

DiPHENYLAMINECHLORARSINE    (POISON  GAS  LABEL),  ClaSS  A 

poison.     Same  regulations  as  for  chlorpicrin. 

DiPHENYLCHLORARSLNE  (POISON  GAS  LABEL),  ClaSS  A  polSOn. 

Same  regulation  as  for  chlorpicrin. 
Dimethyl  sulphate  (white  label)  packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Ft.  I,p.  1. 


Paragraph. 
Ill 


900 
239 

704  (a) 

237 

SOI  (a) 

238 

230  (6) 

110 

105 


309,  .521, 522, 
538 


Maximum  quantity  one  package 

No  exemption 

Disposal  of  explosives  after  48  hours'  notice  of  arrival 

Disposition  of  injured,  leaking,  and  astray  packages 

Shipments  not  delivered  within  48  hours 

Distillate,  inflammable  liquid  (red  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

I'acking 


Distilled  spirits,  wantage  as  required  by  internal  revenue 

regulations. 
Distortion  of  container  caused  by  expansion  of  liquid  — 

Mechanical  device  for  closing 

Dome  cover,  removal  of 

Dome  cover,  tank  car,  examination  of,  by  shipper 

Tight  whenoffered 

Dome  openings  for  tank  cars  protected  from  sparks 

Dome  placards  removed  from  tank  cars  after  unloading... 
Dome,  tank  car,  included  in  capacity  of  tank 

Must  not  contain  inflammable  liquid 

Doors,  car,  tight  for  more  dangerous  explosives;  stripping. . 

Doorways,  car,  boarded  for  matches 

Drain  for  acid  around  carboy  package  in  L.  C.  L.  shipment. 

Draining  of  tanks  of  motor  vehicles 

Dre.ssing,  leather  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


309 


1003 

30(6) 

30S  (6),  (c) 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 


405 
431 

1074 

401  (6) 

401  (c) 

1050(A) 

1050  (l) 

405 

406 

901 (d) 

1017  (a) 

1018(6) 


308  (6),  (c) 


308,309,405, 
408,430,431 


Driers,  paint  or  japan  (red  label),  exemption 308  (6),  (c) 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 30S,309,4C>- 

tOS,430,431 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 


21  (e) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


7t),80,M,120, 
127 
76 


76,81,83(0), 
90 

83(6) 

K3(a) 


2,5,5A 


l,2,5,5A.ol3, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29.34 


199 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


1,2,5.5.\.5B, 
9,10.11,19, 
23.21,29.34 


76,81,83(0), 
90 


1,2,5,5A.5B. 
9,10.11,19, 

23,24,29,34 


366 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Drox,  cartridges  with  ammunition  for  cannon,  marking — 

Dropping  of  packages  forbidden 

Drugs,  corrosive  liquids  (white  label),  maximum  quan- 
tity one  package. 
Packing 


Paragraph.    '    Paragraph. 
220  ' 


Specification 
No. 


Drugs,  n.  o.  $.,  inflammable  j.iqltds  (red  label),  maxi- 
mum quantity  one  package. 
Packing 


Drugs,  n.  o.  s.  (yellow  label),  inflammable  solids, 
TTiHTimiiTn  quantity  one  package. 
Packing 


Drugs  (yellow  label),  oxidizing  materlals,  maximum 
quantity  one  package. 
Packing 


Drlti.s   for   dangerous  articles;   marlcing 

For  dimethyl  sulphate 

For  60  per  cent  hydrofluoric  acid  not  washed  with  water. 

Pacification  or  neutralization    process   for.  to   contain 
hydrofluoric  acid. 

Drums,  empty,  used  for  dangerous  articles;  loading 

Drums,  fiber,  for  inflammable  solids 

For  oxidizmg  materials 

Drxtus,  iron,  for  metallic  sodium  or  potassium 

Drums,  large,  ofexplosivesloaded  on  sides  or  ends 

Drums,  metal,  foe  anhydrous  liquid  chlorides 

Barium  pero.xide 

Casingheaii  gasoline , 

Casinghead  gasoline  and  gasoline,  red  and  white  caution 
labels  for. 

Corrosive  liquids 

f'th yl  chloride,  when 

Hydrolluoric  acid,  60  per  cent  and  over,  when 

Inflammable  liquids 


Inflammable  liquids;  maximum  quantity 

Inflammable  solids 

Mixed  nitric  and  sulphuric  acid;  percentage  of  mixtures... 
Oxidizing  materials 


Packing  carbon  hLsnlphide 

Paint;  maximum  quantity 

Phosf (horns,  white  or  yellow,  in  water. 

Poisonous  liquids 

Poisonous  solids 

Potassium  sulphide,  fused  and  ground 

Potassium  sulphide,  fused  but  not  ground. 

Sodium  sulphide,  fused  and  ground 

Sodium  sulphide,  fused  but  not  ground 

Sulphuric  add 


400(a) 
538 
527 
527 

1021  (a) 
490 
510 
453 
1009 
531 
504 
412(0) 
413 

540 
411 
527 
430 


490 
537 
510 

410 


469(6) 
469(0) 
469(6) 
469(0) 
530 


190 
76 

76, 80,  SI,  126, 
127 
76 

76,81,83(0), 
90 
76 

76,80,81,94,, 
111 
76 

76,80,81,115, 
120 

81  (a) 


2,5,11,19,23, 
24 


90(/) 


2,11,17 


5, 5  A 


21 

21 

20B 


5A 

20A 
5,5A 


175 
175 
109  (6) 
109  (o) 
109(6) 
109(0) 


5A 

6A 

5A 

5,5A,5B,20, 

20A 

5 

20,20A,20B 

5A 

20,20A,20B, 

39A,39B 

5 

3 

20 

6,5B 

20,20A,20B 

20B 

20B,39A,39B 

20B 

20B,39A,39B 

SA 


INDEX. 


367 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I.p.  1. 


Paragraph. 


Drums,  metal,  for  varnish;  maximum  quantity 

Drums,  metal,  made  previous  to  Mar.  31,   1912;  testing; 
marking. 

Of  inflammable  liquids  loaded  in  steel  gondola,  in  flat  or 
stock  cars;  not  in  hopper-bottom  cars. 

One  filling  only;  inflanunable  solids 

10  gallons  for  alcohol 

Drums,  turned  wooden,  for  inflammableliquids 

Drums,  wooden  veneer,  for  inflammable  solids 

For  oxidizing  materials 

Dummy  cartridges  with  ammunition  for  cannon;  marking. . 
Duty,  failure  of  shipper  or  carrier  to  perform,  cause  of  fires  or 

explosions. 
Duty  of  carreer  not  to  raove  car  not  properly  placarded; 
placard  replaced  if  lost  in  transit. 

To  certify  to  condition  of  cars  for  more  dangerous  explo- 
sives. 

To  examine  tank  car  for  defects 

To  make  regulations  effective 

To  notify  train  crew  of  location  of  cars  of  explosives 

To  properly  waybill  explosives 

To  record  placarded  cars  and  place  in  trains 

To  report  violation  of  regulations,  accidents,  fires,  or 
explosions. 

Toreport  violations  of  regulations 

To  see  that  packages  are  marked,  labeled,  and  certified 

To  supply  shippers  with  placards 

To  transport  dangerous  articles  under  regulations 

To  verify  attachment  of  placard 

Duty  of  receiving  line  to  inspect  cars;  repairs;  dectric 

lights  used. 
Duty  of  shipper  to  apply  label  before  obtaining  receipt  for 
package. 

To  attach  dome  placards 

To  examine  tank  cars  for  defects 

To  explain  stains  on  packages  of  explosives;  rejection 

To  furnish  and  attach  labels 

To  make  regulations  effective 

Tosecurely  pack  dangerous  articles  not  named 

Dynamite  classed  as  high  explosive 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

Dynamite  Boxes,  condemned  for  further  use 

Dynamite,  condemned  or  leaking,  repacked „. 

Dynamite  en  unsatisfactory  condition,  forbidden 

Dynamite,  over  60  per  cent,  forbidden 

Earth  in  drain  around  carboy  package,  L.  C.  L.  shipment — 

Spread  over  oil  leaking  from  car 

Earthenware,  inside  containers  for  inflammable  liquids, 
when. 

Vessels  for  inflammable  hquids 

Effective  dates  of  ordees  prescribing  specifications. 

•  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  HI,  p.  141. 


490 


430 
490 
510 

229 


901  (J) 

402 

1 

1027 

800 

1025  (6) 

11 


916 

8(0) 

1036  (a) 

1055(0) 


414 

401(6) 

201 

700(e) 

1 

20 

103 


24 
23 

101  (c) 

101  (6) 

1018  (6) 

1047 

308  (6) 

430 
18 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Paragraph. 


*3,6 


1,*6 


198 
193, 194 


188(a) 


1,*6 
13 


Specification 
No. 


39A,39B 
5 

34 
22 
22 


21(6) 
16 


2,11,19,24 


1,2,11,19,24 


368 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Electric  blasting  caps  in  motor  cars;  limit  5,000  caps 

Named  on  shipy  ing  order,  how 

Packing 

Stayed  in  car  by  loader 

1,000  or  less  in  cars  in  good  condition  witliout  certificate  or 
placard. 

1,000  or  less,  no  waybill  indorsement  for 

Over  1,000,  in  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 

Over  1,000,  waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show 
notation  "Explosives." 
Electric  igniters,  delay,  acceptable 

Defined 

In  cars  in  pood  condition  without  certificate  or  placard  . . . 

Indorsement  on  billing 

Name  on  shipping  order 

Packing 

Electric  lights,  for  wrecking  out ;j is , 

Electric  railway  service 

Electric  squibs,  acceptable 

Defined 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard . . . 

Indorsement  on  billinj; 

Name  on  shipping  order 

Packing 

Electrolyte  or  battery  fluid  (white  label),  maximum 
quantity  one  package. 

Defined 

Packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  l,p.l. 


Paragraph. 

1062 

704(0) 

234(<?) 

1010 

903 

801  (c) 

900 

801  (a) 


Employee,  express,  in  charge  of  car  containing  dangerous 
articles,  when:  in  case  ol  fire. 

Employees  instnicled  by  carrier  and  shipper 

Empty  bombs  in  ears  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or 
placard. 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Empty  boxes  or  kegs  used  for  explosives,  marks  removed 
from. 

Used  for  high  explosives  with  liquid  ingredient,  con- 
demned. 

Empty  carboys  forbidden,  when 

Empty  cartridge  bags  with  black-powdee   igniters  in 
cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard. 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Empty  cartridge  shells,  primed,  in  cars  in  good  condition 
without  certificate  or  placard. 

Marking  only  restriction 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill indorsemenl  for 

Empty  contalners,   labels   on,   removed   or  covered    by 
"Empty"  label,  except  carload  shipments,  when . 

L«bels  on,  removed,  or  covered  by  "  Empty"  label 

I  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


113  (e) 

903 

801(c) 

704  (6) 

250 

1072 

1060-1060 


113  ((f) 

903 

801  (c) 

704  (6) 

250 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,p.99. 


1 
903 

704  (b) 

801  (c) 

24 


301  (0 
903 

22.S 
704  (6) 
801  (c) 

9a3 

243 
704(6) 
801  (c) 
700  (d) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
I   Paragraph.  No. 


23  (p) 
27  (d) 


2:;  (0) 
27  (f) 


-6,80,81,126, 

130  (a) 

191 

1,*6 


Itj'. 


INDEX. 


369 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


I     Shipping 
I     container 
specifications, 
I  Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Empty  cyunders,  barrels,  kegs,  ok  drums  used  for  dan- 
gerous articles,  loading. 
Empty  mines  in  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or 
placard. 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how . . , 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Empty  projectiles  for  cannon,  marking 

Empty  projectiles  in  cars  in  good  condition  without  certifi- 
cate or  placard. 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Empty  tank  car,  lights  Isept  away  from 

Waybill  must  show  empty  cars 

Empty  TANK  cars,  WHICH  CONTAJNED  rNFLAMMABLE  LIQUIDS, 

outlet  valve  caps  and  dome  covers  in  place. 
Empty  torpedoes  in  cars  in  good  condition  without  certifi- 
cate or  placard. 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybUl  indorsement  for 

Envelope  containing  billing  por  explosives  stamped  or 
written  across  face,  "  Explosives";  size  of  letters. 
Stamped  or  written  across  face  "Inflammable";  size  of 
letters. 
Ena'ELOpe  containing  BrLLiNG  indorsed  "Inflammable" 

or  "Acid";  size  of  letters. 
Eradtcators,   paint    or    grea.se,  uquid    (red    label), 
exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  paclcage 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
1021  (a) 

903 

704  (b) 

801  (c) 

228 

903 

704(6) 

801  (c) 

1049  (d) 

804  (6) 

1052 

903 

704  (6) 
801  (c) 
801  (a) 

801  (6) 

804  (a) 

308  (6),  (c) 


Ether  (bed  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  psickage 
Packing 


308,309,405- 
408, 430, 431 

308  (6) 


Ethyl  acetate  (red  label),  exemption  . 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,405- 
408, 430, 431 

308  (c) 


Ethyl  alcohol.    See  Alcohol. 

Ethyl  alcohol  with  nitroglycerin  (spirits  of  nitro- 

GLYCERTN),  packing. 
Ethyl  chloride,  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

One-half  pint  containers,  in  boxp^ 

Outage  for 

Packing 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 


308  (6) 


Ethyl  chloride,  mixed  shipments,  packing. 


411 

308, 309, 405- 

408,411 

411 


I  Specification 
Paragraph,  j  No. 


76 

76,81,83  (a), 

90 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,  11,  19, 
23,24,29,34. 


76 

76, 81, 83  (a), 

90 

76 

76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


1,  2,5,  5A,9, 

11, 19, 2-?, 24, 

29 


1,2,5,5A,5B 
9,10,11,19, 
23, 24,  29, .34 

2.19 


ST  ■!.  24 

76,81,83(0),  2,  .i  A.,  19,24 

«^i 

87  19 


370 


rNDEX, 


Subject. 


Paragraph. 

BXAKiNATioN  car  of  explosives  m  transit  for  defects,  notice  if  1034 
set  out  short  of  destination. 

Samples  of  condemned  explosives 22 

Samples,  new  explosive  for 10 

ExcELSioE,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 1020  (o) 

Cushioning  for  anhydrous  liquid  chlorides,  when 531 

Cushioning  for  hydrochloric  (muriatic)  acid 532 

Cushioning  for  nitric  acid,  forbidden 535 

Cushioning  for  sulphuric  acid 530 

For  packing  blasting  caps 234  (c) 

Excelsior  (treated  or  xjntreated),  forbidden  cushioning  524 
for  bromine. 

ExEMPTiON.s,  LABEL,  corrosivc  Liquids 308  (m) 

Inflammable  liquids,  when 308 

Inflammable  soUds 308  (g) 

Oxidizing  materials 308  (g) 

Exemptions,  label  and  CEKTiFiCATE,earbon  bisulphide,  none.  308  (a) 

Casing-head  gasoline,  none 308  (o) 

Motor  cycles,  when 308  («) 

Nitrocellulose,  wet,  none 308  (a) 

Paint,  when 308  (d) 

Self-propelling  vehicles,  when 308  (e) 

Shellac,  when 308  (d) 

Tractors,  when 308  (e) 

Wood  filler,  when 308  (d) 

Wood  stain,  when 308  (d) 

Varnish,  when 308  (d) 

Exemptions,  label,  certificate,  and  packing,  flavoring  308  (/) 

extracts,  when. 

Exemptions,  label,  certificate,  and    placaed,  automo-  308  (e) 
biles,  when. 

Expansion,  coefficient  of,  for  inflammable  liquids 405 

Expansion  of  liquid,  outage  to  cover 405 

Expansion,  permanent,  in  retest  of  cylinders 561 

Expert  knowledge  and  opinions  of  bubeau  of  explo-  5 
siVES  availed  of  by  commission. 

Exploders  not  classed  as  fulminates. 105 

Explosion  by  combustion  versus  detonation 110 

Explosions  caused  by  shipper's  or  carrier's  error 6 

Explosions,  report  of,  by  carrier 11 

Explosive   articles,  experimental,  ignition  elements  re-  14  (6) 
moved  from. 

Explosive  bombs  defined 109  (e) 

In  certified  and  platardcd  closed  c ars 900 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 704  (a) 

Packing  in  wooden  or  metal  boxes,  marking 230  (a),  232 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  lor,  show  not  ation  "  Ex-  801  (a) 
plosives." 

Explosive,  oigh,  in  fireworks 115 

In  special  fireworks 116 

*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  11, 1x99. 


Paragraph. 


129 
131 


128 


S3  (a) 

147 

5,*  5 


*3,  6 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specifl  cation 
No. 


I 


IN"DEX. 


371 


Subject. 


'Ex- 


ExPLOsiTE  MIKES,  defiBed 

In  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation 
plosives." 

Without  boxing 

Explosive  projectiles,  defined 

In  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Packing  in  wooden  or  metal  boxes,  marking 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,    show   notation 
"Explosives." 

Explosive  peo jectiles  fob  cannon,  marking 

Explosive  torpedoes  in  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars. . 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "  Ex- 
plosives." 
Explosives,  acceptable 

Acceptable 

Acceptable,  defined 

Canadian  regulations  for 

Condemned  and  forbidden. 

Condemned  by  bureau,  tested  by  Government  laboratory. . 

Dampness,  mold,  or  oily  stain  cause  for  rejectioii  ol 

Dangers  to  Ufe  from 

Definition  of,  for  transportation  purposes 

Delays  in  cars  of,  avoided  by  available  rate  information... 

DeUvered  carrier  at  proper  time 

Destruction  of,  after  48  hours'  notice  of  arrival 

Disposal  of,  after  48  hours' notice  of  arrival 

Excluded  from  passenger  cars,  when 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

Forbidden,  when 

From  nonagency  stations , 

Handling,  injury  must  be  avoided  in 

In  construction  and  repair  cars,  marking;  placard 

In  kegs  (except  boxed )  loaded  on  sides  lengthwise  of  car 

In  large  casks,  barrels,  or  drums,  loaded  onsides  or  ends 

In  motor  cars 

In  motor  cars,  limit  500  pounds;  packing;  marking 

In  motor  trailer  cars,  loading 

Inclined  chute  for  handling,  wiping  down 

Inspection  of  cars  of,  by  receiving  line;  repairs;  electric 
lights  used 

Leaking  at  point  of  shipment,  disposition  of;  storage 

Leaking  in  transit,  disposition  of;  storage 

Leaking  or  damaged  packages  of,  rejected 

Lights  used  in  handling 

Loaded  no  higher  than  car  lining 

Loaded  opposite  car  doors,  when 

Loaded  so  as  to  avoid  transfer  at  stations 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  I. 


Paragraph. 

109  (d) 

900 

704  (0) 
801  (a) 

230(6) 
109  (a) 
900 
704  (a) 
230  (a)  232 
801  (a) 

228 

900 

704(a) 

801  (o) 


1.5 

22 

101  (p) 

201 

1 

1 

29 

28 


4 

100, 101 

101(?) 

1015 

1000  (a) 

904 

1009 

1009 

1061 

1062, 1063 

1063 

1000(a) 

1055  (a) 
1004 
1003, 10O4 
201 
1022 
1008  (6) 
1009 
1014 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


23 

23 

24-30 

11 


197 

197 

4*4 

20,21 


♦  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


372 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight  Express      '     ^^Siv 

ro^ulat^ons,      -«iJat.on.,    ,p^XXas, 

Pt.I.p.l.     1   Ft.  11,  p.  99.     pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Explosives,  loaded  with  other  dangerous  articles;   loading 

chart  in  section  11. 
I>oaded  with  packages  on  bottoms  and  lengthwise  of  car 

to  withstand  greatest  stress,  when. 

Local  restrictions  for;  report 

Movement  of,  essential  to  business 

No  access  to,  by  unauthorized  persons 

Not  packed  with  other  articles  except  as  authorized 

Not  shipped  in  cars  with  unguarded  heaters 

Packages  specially  protected  from  shock 

Packages  stayed  in  car  by  loader 

Prohibited  from  passenger  trains  not  offered 

Protected  by  staying  other  freight 

Record  of  cars  of,  further  loaded  and  reconsigned 

Regular  days  for  L.  C.  L.  shipmehts  of 

Regulations  for  handling 

Removal  of,  from  cars  in  case  of  fire,  when 

Repackingdamaged  shipments  of,  in  transit;  storage 

Return  of,  to  shipper  after  48  hours'  notice  of  arrival 

Saleof,  after 48 hours' notice  of  arrival 

Separately  packed,  when 

Shipments  for  connect  ing  lines 

Shipments  separately  stayed  to  prevent  delays  to  local 

freight  trains. 

Shipper'scertiftcate  on  shipi)ing  order  for;  signature 

Storage  of,  after  4S  hours'  notice  of  arrival,  at  expense  of 

owner. 
To  nonagency  stations;  delivery  at  nearest  agency  station.. 

Transported  through  populated  districts;  precaut  ions 

Violations  of  regulations  for,  corrected  before  forwarding. . . 

Wrecked  car  of;  fire  prevention  most  important 

Wrecked  car  of;  water  makes  safe,  except  dynamite 

"KxPLOsivES,"  as  usedinsubsequentparagraphs, defined 

Indorsement  on  waybill  for  explosives 

I'lacard  on  cars  more  dangerous  explosives 

I'lacard  described ;  position  of 

ExPLo.siVEs,  A.sTRAV. SHIPMENTS  OF,  disposition  of  ;label:bniing 

Certified  and  placarded  before  movement 

Held  over  12  hours;  placed  for  prompt  removal  in  case  of 

fire  or  accident. 

In  mixed  trains,  if  no  regular  freight  service 

Inspection  of;correction  of  defects:looseexplosivesswept 

up. 
Explosives  car,  in  transit,  examined  for  defects;  notice  if  set 
out  short  of  destination . 
In  yards  on  separate  tracks,  coupled,  and  location  known 

to  carriers'  reprcscntaiive. 
Not  cut  off  while  in  motion;  position  in  yards  or  on  sidings. 
Not  placed  nextcarloads  of  pipe,  lumber,  poles,  iron,  steel, 

etc.,  liable  to  lireak  through. 
Not  placed  ne.xt  tank  car,  flat  or  gondola  cars,  etc.,  or  cars 

of  readily  igniiable  materials. 


I  .  Specification 

Paragraph.      Paragraph.  !         No. 

1013    


1008  (o) 


8(0) 
1002 


1010 
1010 


1014 

908  (6) 

27 

1000-1074 


1003,1004 


200 

29 

1011 

704  (a) 


1") 

20!) 

10 



190  to  201 

191 

197 
197 

..  .  . 

l'.)7  ' 

1015 

6 

11 

, 

1070  (a) 

1070  (o) 
1024 

801  (a) 

900,901 

909 

1 

1005 (a) 

1 

1025  (a) 

1033 

1029 

1035 

1034 

1033 

1032 

1030(d) 
1030  (d) 

1 

1 

INDEX, 


373 


Subject. 


Freight      j      Kxpress 

regulations,      regulations, 

Pt.  l,p.  1.     I   Pt.  Il,p.99. 


Explosives,  car,  placement  of,  In  train:  in  local  train. 


Protected  in  coupling  by  other  car 

Switched  with  doors  closed 

With  floor  wet  with  nitroglycerin;  removal  of  explosive  or 
car. 

Explosives,  condemned  (except  samples)  forbidden 

Explosives  containing  ammonixim  salt  and  chlorate, 

forbidden. 
ExPLOsnEs,  dangerous,  not  shipped  "To  order  notify," 
except  to  foreign  coimtry. 

Not  transported  or  stored  with  other  dangerous  articles, 
including  storage  batteries. 

Explosive  groxjps  defined 

Explosives,  high,  containers  for 

Defined 

ExPLO.srvEs  lading  equally  distributed  in  cars 

Explosives,  loose,  removal  by  consignee 

Explosives,  low,  defined 

Inside  containers  for  over  U  pounds 

Packing 

Explosives,  more  dangerous,  certified  and  placarded  cars 
for. 

Explosives,  nt;w,  defined 

Explosives,  new  (except  samples)  forbidden,  when 

Explosives,  nitroglycerin,  forbidden  for  transportation 

Explosives,  samples  of,  acceptable 

For  laboratory  examination 

For  laboratory,  packing 

For  laboratory  only,  acceptable 

In  same  package,  when 

Labeling 

Marking 

Name  for  most  dangerous  on  package  of 

Explosives,  Samples  of  new,  for  examination 

Weight 

Express  cars,  placarded,  when 

Extinguishers,  rre,  containingsulphuricacid,  exempt  from 
regulations,  when. 

Exempt  from  regulations,  when 

Extracts,  flavoring,  liquid  (red  label),  exempt  frcm 
labels,  certificates,  and  packing  requirements,  when. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Fabrics  containing  animal  or  vegetable  oil,  packing.. 

Falung  of  packages  to  be  prevented | 

Felt  waste  ammoniates,  tankage  from,  forbidden,  v.'hen. 
Felt  waste,  tankage  from,  forbidden  for  transportation.  [ 

when. 
Fertilizers,  tankage,  forbidden  for  transportation,  when-.J 


Paragraph. 
1030  (a),  (6), 
(c). 

1031  (a) 

1031  (ft) 

1035 

101  (p) 
101  (n) 

"01  (a) 

1013 

100 

213 

103 

1008  (c) 

12 

102 

204(e) 

203, 204 

900 

10 
101  (0) 


202 
10 


306 
308(0 


3i'-,3n9,4n5- 


:i"l  IJ)  I. 


Paragraph. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  lV,p.  149. 


Specification 

No. 


21(0) 

21  (fc) 


21(6) 

23(0) 

180 

40(0) 

24 


40 

40  (a),  41 

192 


76 
76, 81, 83, 90 


10,14 


10,  13,  14,  10 


1,2,  5,5A,5B, 

9,10,11,19,23, 

24,  29,  34 


19.' 


301  {,ky 


22  (n) 
22(0) 


374 


INDEX. 


Su)3je«t. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


Paragraph. 
1020  (a) 
301  (e) 


Fiber,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars , 

Forbidden,  when 

Fiber,  burnt  or  damp,  forbidden  for  transportation 

Fiber  cylinders  for  pyroxylin  plastics  in  sheets,  rolled 

Fiber  drxjjis  for  oxidizing  materials 

Fiber  board  containers  for  safety  fuse 

For   packing    inflammable  liquids,    when;   maximum 
quantity. 
Fiberloid  plastics  in  sheets,  rolls,  or  tubes,  packing;  weight 
FiBERLOiD  SCRAP  forbidden  for  transportation , 

In  barrels  or  kegs;  gross  weight 

In  wooden  boxes 

Fibers  contaimng  animal  or  vegetable  oil,  packing 

Fillers  of  acetylene  cylinders  must  have  complete  infor- 
mation, consent  of  owner. 
Films.     See  Motion- picture  films. 
Fire,  in  case  of,  removal  of  car  of  explosives 

In  charcoal  in  transit ;  airing  wet  charcoal 

In  cotton  before  sliipment;  airing;  marking , 

In  cotton  in  transit;  storage,  airing;  marking , 

Precautions  taken  against,  in  handling  explosives 

Firebox  of  engine  and  all  open  lights  or  fires  sources  of 
danger  in  wreck  of  oil  car. 

Firecrackers  forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

Firecrackers,  Chinese,  common  fireworks 

Firecrackers,  slant,  special  fireworks 

Fire-damaged  cylinders  heat  treated  and  retested 

Fire-extinguisuer  charges,  packing 

Smokeless  powder  for  expelling 

Sulphuric  acid  and  bicarbonate  of  .sodium,  packing 

Fire  extinguishers  coniaining  sulphuric  acid  exempt  from 
regulations,  when. 

Exempt  from  regulations,  when 

Fireproofed  cushioning  for  nitric  acid,  prohibited 

Fires  caused  by  shipper's  or  carrier's  error 

Report  of. 

Report  of,  by  carrier 

Fireworks  classed  as  high  explosives,  when 

Defined;  general 

Forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

High  explosives,  when 

In  cars  in  good  condition  placarded  "Inflammable" 

"Inflammable"  placard  on  closed  cars  of 

Labels  for 

FiKEWORKS  and  TORPEDOES  Dot  packed  together 

Fireworks,  common,  accept aV)le,  when 

Described 

Described;  packing 

Labels  for 

Marking 

Weight;  set  pieces 

♦  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141 


476  (a) 

476  (o) 

452 

567 


1032 
1053 
475  (o) 
475  (b) 
1001 
1046 

101  (A) 
115 
116 
560 


104  (note  2) 
530 
305 

306 

536(6) 

6 


11 
103 
114 

101  (/•)-(«) 

100  (0 

902(0) 
911 


247  (g) 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


22  (j) 
103 


90(d) 

103 
22(6) 


153 


21  (I) 
29 
30 
146 
126 


180 
57 
23  (fc) 
29 
51 
60 
59 
58 


135 

19 

74 

*3,6 

198 

1 

28 
21(b),21(ft)-(n) 

1 

1 

11,12A 


INDEX. 


375 


Subject. 


Freigiht 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications. 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


FlKEWOEKS    CONTAINING    AMMONIUM    SALT    AND    CHLOEATE, 

forbidden. 

FmEWORKs  EXPLODING  EN  MASSE,  forbidden 

FiEE WORKS,  SPECIAL,  acceptable,  when 

Defined 

Described;  packing 

FlREWORE^S,  SPECIAL  (INCLUDING     MIXTURE     WITH     COMMON 

FiREWOKKs),  marking. 

Fireworks,  speclal,  labels  for 

Marking;  size  of  letters 

Weight 

Fish  scrap  forbidden  for  transportation 

Forbidden,  when 

Fish  scrap,  acidulated,  not  forbidden,  when 

Fish  scrap,  actdulated,  wet,  not  forbidden  for  transporta- 
tion, when. 

Fixed  ammunition,  chemical  warfare,  acceptable 

Fixed  AMMUNITION  for  cannon,  defined;  caliber 

Flame  projectop.s,  chemical  warfare,  acceptable 

Flares,  aeroplane,  common  fireworks 

Examples  of  common  and  special  fireworks 

Flash  powders,  common  fireworks 

Flash  powder,  photographic,  packed  with  other  articles, 
when. 

Flash  sheets,  common  fireworks 

Flash  test  for  inflammable  liquids 

Flat  cars  for  metal  barrels  and  drums  of  inflammable 
liquids. 

Flavoring  extracts,  liquid.    See  Extracts. 

Flue  dust,  arsenical,  shipped  between  plants  in  covered 
gondola  cars. 

Flue  dust,  sintered,  shipped  between  plants  in  covered 
gondola  cars. 

Forbidden  articles  defined 

Forwarding  agent  must  file  shipping  order  with  carrier 

Forwarding  stations  provide  materials  for  staying 

Foreign  made  cylinders,  test,  report 

Use  of 

Foreign  shipments 

Fowling  pieces,  use  of  small-arms  ammunition,  in 

Friction  matches.    See  Matches. 

Friction  test  for  inflammable  sohds 

Fuel  oil.    See  Oil,  n.  o.  s 


Fulminate  in  special  fireworks 

Fulminate,  wrecked  car  containing,  care  of 

FuLMDSfATE  OF  MERCURY,  forbidden,  when 

In  blasting  caps 

Fulminate  of  mercury,  wet,  in  certified  and  placarded 
closed  cars. 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill  envelope  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "  Ex- 
plosives." 


Paragraph. 

101  (n) 

100(0 


116 

247 
249 


248 


301  (0 
301  (0 


108(1) 
107 
108 
115 
115,116 
115 
244 

115 
302 
1016 


631 

100,101,301 

16 

1012  (a) 

551 

400  (o) 

16 

106 

303 


116 

1070  (o) 

101  (e) 

110 

900 

704  (a) 
801(a) 


Paragraph. 

21  (fc) 


Specification 
No. 


23  (fc) 
30 
52 
59 

60 

59 

58 

22  (m) 


22  (m) 


20,21,22 


138 

81(a) 

14 

25 

71 
76  (list; 
note  1) 

30 


21  (i) 


11,12 


376 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Fulminates  defined 

Marking 

25  per  cent  water,  packing 

Fumes,  poisonous,  and  inflammable  vapors  in  tank  cars; 

open-flame  lights  dangerous. 
Fuse  igniters,  acceptable 

Defined 

In  boxes  or  barrels;  markiiig 

In  cars  in  goo  1  condition  without  certificate  or  placard. . . 

Named  o;i  shijiping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Packing 

Fuse,  instantaneous,  defined 

In  boxes  or  barrels;  marking 

Loaded  with  other  freight 

Fuse  lighters,  acceptable 

Defined 

In  bo.xes  or  barrels,  marking 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard. . . 

Loaded  with  other  freight 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Packing 

Fuse,  safety,  defined 

Described;  description  and  marking  only  required 

Loading 

Packed  with  blasting  caps 

Fusees,  fireworks,  forbidden  for  transportation ,  when 

Forbidden,  when 

Fusees,  railway,  common  fireworks 

Fuzes,  combination,  aceental  le 

Marking 

Packing 

Fuzes,  detonating,  defined 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

.Marking 

Packing 

Weight 

With  explosive  mines,  packing 

With  projectiles  or  bombs,  packing 

Fuzes,  percussion,  acceptable 

Defined 

Marking 

Packing 

Fuzes,  time,  acceptable 

Defined 

.Marking 

Packing 

Weight 

Fuzes,  tracer,  acceptable 

Defined 

Marking 

Packing 

With  projectiles  or  bombs,  packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Paragraph. 

105 

223 

222 

1051 


113  (?) 
250 

9o:j 

704(b) 
801  (c) 


113  (/) 
2o0 
250 


113  (?) 

250 

903 

250 

704(6) 

801  (c) 


113(b) 
251 
251 

234  (/) 


101  (to) 
115 


242 

111 


239 
237 

238 
230  (b) 
2.30  (a) 


112 

242, 243 

240  (a), 243 


112 


240(0), 243 
241 


112 
242,243 

240  fa). 213 
230  (0) 


Express 
regulation-s, 
Pt.  II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 


Shipping 
container 

specifications. 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


i-pedflcation 
No. 


23(«) 
27(?) 


48 
27(e) 

23  (TO) 

27  (g) 

48 

21  (.) 

21  (i) 

29 

23(/) 

50 

44 


21(e) 


23(f) 
26 
50 
44 

23(/) 
28 
50 
44 


23(!7) 
20 
50 
44 


INDEX. 


377 


Subject. 


Garbage  tankage  forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

Forbidden,  when 

Gas  bombs  in  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how , 

Waybill,  envelope  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "Ex- 
plosives." 
Gas  drips,  hydrocarbon  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  packaije 

Packing 


Gas  grenades,  defined 

In  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

WaybUl,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation  "Ex- 
plosives." 

Gas  projectiles,  defined 

In  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation 
"  Explosives. " 

Gas  projectiles  for  cannon,  marking 

Gas  rockets,  defined 

Gases,  acetylene  (red  gas  label),  cylinders  for,  con- 
tents of. 

Cylinders  for,  fillers  of,  must  have  complete  informa- 
tion, consent  of  owner. 

Cylinders  for,  not  heat  treated,  when 

Cylinders  for,  tare  weight  on;  report 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

.Metal  cylinders  for 

No  exemption 

Packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,p.  1. 


Paragraph. 


301  (k) 

900 

704  (a) 

801  (o) 

308  (6),    (c) 


Pressure  in  cylinders;  marked  pressure  governs 

Air,  compressed  (green  gas  label),  maximum  quan- 
tity one  package. 

No  exemption 

Packing 


581(5) 

309 

309,551-584 

566 


Ammonia,  anhydrous  (green  gas  label),  amount  of 
for  each  pound  water  capacity  of  cylinders. 

Cylinders  not  equipped  with  safety  device 

Metal  cylinders  for 

Maximum  quantitj'  one  package 

No  exemption 

Packing 


309 
309, 551-584 


562(c) 


558 
581  (3) 


309 
309,551-584 


Express  Shipping 

regulations,  ™ntainer 

Pf  IT  n  QQ  I  specifications, 

ft.  11,  p.  99.  j^tivpi^g- 


Paragraph. 

22  (')) 


Specification 
No. 


308,309,40.>- 
408.4.30.431 

108(3)109(6) 
900 
704(a) 
801  (a) 

108(1) 

900 

704  (a) 

801  (o) 

228 

108(3) 

563 


560 
563 


76 

76, SI,. S3  (a), 
90 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 

9,10,41,19,23, 

24,29,34 


149 

153 

146 
149 
76 

165  (5) 


76,80,81,136- 

156,161,165(5) 

152 

76 


76,80,81,136- 

148, 154-158, 

160, 165  (2) 

148  (c) 


76,80,81,136- 
14,S,  154-156, 
159,165    (3) 


3,3A 


144    

165(3)  I              3, 3 A,  4 
76  I 


3.3A,4 


66620°— 22- 


378 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulatioas, 
Pt.ll,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specificatioDS, 

Ft  IV,  p.  149. 


G  ASES— Conti  nued . 

Argon,  (green  gas  label),  metal  cylinders  for,  when. . . 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

No  exemption 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
5S1  (2),  (4) 


Paragraph. 

165     (2),  (4) 

76 


Specification 
No. 
3, 3  A,  7 


Blaugas  (red  gas  label),  in  cylinders  with  protected 
valves,  when. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Metal  cylinders  for 


309 
309, 551-584 


559  (o) 


No  exemption. 
Packing 


Blaugas  (red  gas  label),  liquefied,  amount  of,  for 

each  pound  water  capacity  of  cylinders. 
Carbonic  aqd  (green  gas  label),  maximum  quantity 
one  package. 

Metal  cylinders  for 

No  exemption 

Packing 


Carbonic  acid  (green  gas  label),  uquefied,  amount 
of,  for  each  pound  water  capacity  in  cylinders;  Govern- 
ment shipments. 
Chiorine  (green  gas   label),  in  cylinders  with  pro- 
tected valves,  when. 

In  special  tank  cars;  outage 

Special  steel  cylinders  for 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Metal  cylinders  for 

No  exemption 

Packing 


581  (1)  (note 

5) 

309 

309.551-584 


562(c) 


76, 80, 81, 136- 

148,  154-158, 

160,  165(2)(4) 

145  (a) 

76 

166  (1)  (note 

5) 


3,3A,7 


581  (1) 

309 

309, 551-584 


562(c) 


76,80,81,136- 

148, 154-158, 

165  (1) 

148  (c) 

76 

165  (1) 


559  (a) 

551, 582 
583 


Chlorine,  uquefied  (green  gas  label),  amount  of,  for 

each  pound  water  capacity  of  cylinders. 
Coal  gas  (red  gas  label),  in  cylinders  with  protected 
valves,  when. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Metal  cylinders  for,  when 

No  exemption 

Packing 


581  (6) 

309 

309,551-584 


562(c) 
559  (a) 


581  (4) 

309 

309, 551-584 


Compressed  (bed  or  green  gas  label),  as  baggage. . . 

Authorized  cylinders,  only,  for 

Cylinders  of,  charged  by  owner  or  with  his  consent. 

Cylinders  of,  not  packed  with  other  articles 

*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141, 


76,80,81,1.36- 

148,154-158, 

165  (1) 

148  (c) 


145  (a) 


3,3A,7 


3,3A 
3,3A 


^ 


76 
165  (6) 


76, 80, 81, 136- 

148, 154-158, 

162,  165  (6) 

148  (c) 

145  (a) 

76 
165  (4) 


3,3A,25,27 


3,3A,25,27 


76,80,81,136- 
148,154-1.56, 
160,165  (4) 
*10 
160 
139 
80 


rNDEX. 


379 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Gases — Continued . 

Compressed,  cylinders  of,  forbidden,  when 

Cylinders  of  (except  boxed  or  crated),  loaded  on  sides, 

in  racks  or  braced  in  car. 
Cylinders  or  tubes  of,  exempt  from  regulations,  when. 

Defined 

Metal  cylinders  for 

Metal  cylinders  only  for 

Shipped  only  under  instructions 

Compressed  iktlammable,  label  for 

Compressed  inflammable,  corrosive  or  noxious,  in 

cylinders  with  protected  valves,  when. 
Compressed  liquefied,  amount  of,  for  each  pound  water 
capacity  of  cylinder. 

Weight  of,  in  cylinders  measured  by  scales 

Compressed  noninflammable,  label  for 

Compressed,  n.  o.  s.  (red  or  green  gas  label),  maxi- 
mum quantity  one  package. 

No  exemption 

Packing 


Paragraph. 

301  (6) 

1019 

306 
306 
581 
551 


700(e) 
559(0) 

562  (c) 

562  (6) 
700(e) 


309 
309, 551-584 


Ethylene   (red  gas  label),  maximum  quantity  one 
package. 

No  exemption 

Packing 


309 
309,551-584 


Helium  (red  gas  label)  maximum  quantity  one  package , 

Metal  cylinders  for,  when 

No  exemption 

Packing 


581(2) 

309 

309,551-584 


Hydrocarbon  gas  (red  gas  label),  maximum  quantity 
one  package. 

Metal  cylinders  for,  when 

No  exemption 


581  (2),  (4) 
309 
Packing 309, 551-584 


Hydrocyanic  acid.    (Sec  acid). 
Hydrogen  (red  gas  label),  cyUnders  of,  as  baggage. 

In  cylinders  with  protected  valves,  when 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Metal  cylinders  for,  when 

No  exemption 

Packing 


559(0) 


581  (2),  (4) 
309 
309,551-584 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


74 

74 

165 

137 

166 

186  (o) 

145  (o) 

148  (c) 

148  (6) 

186  (a) 

76 


76,80,81,136- 

148, 154-160, 

162-166 

76 


6,80,81,136- 
148, 154-158, 

165(2) 
76 

165(2) 


76,80,81,136- 

148, 154-158, 

165(2) 

76 

165  (2),  (4) 


76,80,81,136- 

148, 154-158, 

165  (2),  (4) 

*8,*10 

145  (o) 

76 

165  (2),  (4) 


76,80,81,136- 

148, 154-158, 

165  (2),  (4) 


*  Baggage  regulatious,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


380 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


GASE5 — Continued. 

Liquefied  petroleum  gas  (red  gas  label),  amount  of, 
for  each  pound  water  capacity  of  cyUnders. 

In  steel  cylinders,  when 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Metal  cylinders  for 

No  exemption 

Not  transferred  by  vacuum  pump 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
562  (c) 


Methyl  chloride  (red  gas  label),  maximum  quantity 
one  package. 

Metal  cylinders  for , 

No  exemption 

Packing , 


581(9) 

309 

1049  (6) 

309, 412, 551- 

5S4 


Special  steel  cylinders  for , 

M ETHYL  CUORIDE,  LIQUEFIED  (RED  GAS  LABEL),  amOUnt  Of, 

for  each  pound  water  capacity  of  cylinders. 
Nitrogen  (green  gas  label),  maximum  quantity  one 
package. 

Metal  cylinders  for,  when 

No  exemption 

Packing 


Nitrous  oxide  (green  gas  label),  maximum  quan- 
tity one  package. 

Metal  cylinders  for 

No  exemption 

Packing 


581  (8) 

309 

309,5ol-5S4 


583 
562(e) 


581  (2),  (4) 

309 

309,.').')l-584 


Nitrous  oxide,  liquefied,  amount  of,  for  each  pound 

water  capacity  of  cylinders. 
Oxygen  (green  gas  label)  cylinders  of  as  baggage 

Maximum  quantity  one  package , 

Metal  cylinders  for,  when 

No  exemption 

Packing 


PiNTSCH  (red  gas  label),  in  cylinders  with  protected 
valves,  when. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Metal  cylinders  for,  when 

No  exemption 

Packing '. 


.Wl  (1) 

309 

309, 551-584 


.562  (c) 


581  (2),  (4) 

309 

309,551-584 


5.59  (a) 


581  (2),  (4) 

309 

309, 551-584 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 
148  (c) 


165(9) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specifioation 
No. 


(•6,80,81,136- 

148, 154-158, 

163',  165  (9) 

76 

165(8) 


76,80,81,136- 

148, 154-159, 

162, 165  (8) 


148  (c) 


166  (2),  (4) 


76,80,81,136- 
148, 1,54-158, 
165  (2),  (4) 
76 

165(1) 


76,80,81,136- 

148,     154- 

158, 165  (1) 

148  (c) 

*8, *10 
76 
165  (2),  (4) 


76,80,81,136- 

148, 154-158, 

160, 165(2) (4) 

145(a) 

76 
165  (2),  (4) 


•  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


•0,80,81,136- 

148, 154-158, 

160,  165  (2), 

(4) 


3,3.V,4,25 


3, 3  A,  7 
3.3A,7 


3,3A 
3,3A 


3A,3,7 
3,3A,7 


3A,3,7 
3,3A,7 


INDEX. 


881 


Subject. 


Gases — Continued. 

Sulphur  dioxide  (green  gas  label),    cylinders    of, 
with  protected  valves,  when. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Metal  cylinders  for 

No  exemption 

Packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Paragraph. 
559  (a) 


581  (7) 

.•^09 

309, 551-584 


Special  steel  cylinders  for 

Special  tank  cars  for,  outage 

Sulphur    dioxide,    liquefied,    amount    of,    for    each 
pound  water  capacity  of  cylinders. 
Gases  which  combine  chemically,   forbidden   for   trans- 
portation. 

Not  shipped  in  same  cylinder 

Gaskets  necessary  for  dome  covers  and  valves 

Gaskets,  asbestos,  for  stoppers,  carboys  of  nitric  acid 

Gasoline  (red  label),  exemption , 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

In  barrels  or  drums,  red  and  special  caution  labels  for 

Packing 


413 
308, 309, 405- 
408, 412-114, 
430,431 
Gasoline,  casinghead.    See  Casinghead  gasoline 

Gelatin  dynamite,  packing 209  (o) 

General  regulations 1-31 

Giant  firecrackers,  special  fireworks 116 

Glass,  inside  containers  for  inflammable  liqiuds,  when 308  (6) 

Glass  vessels  for  inflammable  liquids i  430 

Gllting  for  paper  containers  for  matches 472 

Gondola  cars  for  metal  barrels  and  drums  of  inflammable  1016 

liquids. 
Government  shipments  forbidden  except  in  time  of  war 

Laboratory  samples 

Liquefied  carbonic  acid  gas 562  (c) 

Of  chemical  warfare  material 116 

Of  explosives 14  (o) 

Grease  eradicators.    See  Eradicators. 

Grenades  defined 109  (b) 

Detonating  fuzes  for,  defined Ill 

Gross  weight  boxes  of 231 

Included  in  explosive  bombs 109  (c) 

Wooden  or  metal  boxes  for,  marking 230  (o),  232 

Grenades,  chemical,  defined 108  (3) 

Grenades,  gas,  defined 109  (6) 

Marking 232 

Wooden  boxes  for 230  (c),  232 

Grenades,  gas  filled,  "Poison  gas"  placard  for 910 

Grenades,  hand,  chemical  warfare  ammunition 108 

Defined 109(6) 

In  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 900 

Marking 232 

♦Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141 


583 
551,582 

562  (c) 


5.')1 
401  (c) 
536(a) 
308  (6) 


Express  (shipping 

regulations,  i  ^container 

Pt.n,p.99:  f«-'f>.''''t'«f^. 


Paragraph. 
145(a)  ., 


76 
165  (7) 


Specification 
No. 


3,3.\,2r),38 


76,80,81,136- 

148, 154-158, 

162, 164, 165 

(7) 


:3,-'!.\,25,27,38 


27 


148  (c) 

22(0 

167 


76,81,83  (o), 
8,5,90 


1-17, *l-7 
*3 


21,22 

21 

148(c) 

30 


1,2,5,5A,9, 
11,19,23,24,29 


10,14 


1,2,11,19,24 


382 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  n,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Paragraph. 
704(a) 
801(a) 


109(6) 

232 

230(c),  232 

595 

109(6) 
900 
232 

704(0) 

801  (a) 


Grenades,  hand,  named  on  shipping  order,  Iiow 

WaybUl,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation 
"Explosives." 
Geenades,  incendiary,  defined 

Marking , 

Packing  in  wooden  boxes , 

Geenades,  police  gas,  packing,  weight,  test 

Geenades,  rifle,  defined 

In  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

WaybUl,  envelope,   and  ear  ticket   for,  show   notation 
"Explosives." 
Grenades,  rifle,  hand,  gas,  smoke,  and  incendl\ry,  for- 
bidden. 
Grenades,  smoke,  defined 

Government  shipments  of 

In  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 

In  wooden  boxes 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation 
"E.xplosives. " 

Geit  on  feet  of  handlers  of  explosives  avoided 

Ground  covered  with  dry  earth  during  unloading  of  tank  car 
Groups  of  dangerous  articles 

Of  explosives : 

Gun  cotton  forbidden  for  transportation 

Hajr  forliidden,  when 

Tankage  from,  forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

Hair  .vmmoniates,  tankage  from,  forbidden,  when 

Hair  waste,   tankage  from,  forbidden  for  transportation, 
when. 

Hair  waste  ammonia tes,  tankage  from,  forljidden,  when 

Hajr,  wet,  forbidden  for  transportation 

Handling  dangerous  articles  as  baggage 

Regulations  for 113, 1000-1074 


108(3),  109(6) 

116 

900 

230(c),  232 

232 

704  (a) 

801  (a) 

1001 

1050  (0) 

300 

100 


301  (e) 


301 (j) 


301 (j) 


Rough  and  unnecessary;  switching  of  placarded  cars 
avoided. 

Hay,  carload  lots  of,  loadci  in  tight  cars 

Cushioning  for  anhydrous  liquid  chlorides,  when 

Cushioning  for  hydrochloric  (muriatic)  acid 

Cushioning  for  nitric  acid,  forbidden 

Cushioning  for  sulphuric  acid 

Hay  (treated  (jr  u.vTitEATED)  not  for  cushioning  bromine. . 

Heaters  guarded  in  scaled  cars 

Hemp,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Hemp  forbidden,  when , 

Hemp,  wet,  forbidden  for  transportation 

High  explosive  in  fireworks , 

In  special  fireworks , 

Cartridges  horizontal  in  boxes,  when , 

Containers  for , 

Containing  liquid,  material  and  manufacture  of 


1037 

1020  (o) 
531 
532 
535 
530 
524 


1020  (a) 
301  (<) 


115 

116 

210  (c) 

213 

207,  208,  209 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


21(c) 


20 

20 

21(6) 


22(71) 
22(71) 


22  (j) 

*  14-19 

9,190-201 


129 
131 


128 
200 


22  (j) 
29 
30 


♦Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


INDEX. 


383 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
PtII,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


High  explosive  cushioning,  in  boxes... 

D  eflned , 

Exclusive  from  passenger  cars 

Forbidden 

In  bags  or  sacks  forbidden,  when 

In  bulk  and  in  cartridges,  when 

In  bulk,  in  lined  boxes 

In  bulk  in  wooden  kegs,  in  bags 

In  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars. 
In  lined  boxes 


Paragraph. 

210  (6) 

103 

4 


Include  smokeless  powders,  when 

Manufacture,  packing,  weights,  and  marking  of 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Not  packed  with  Cordeau  detonant 

Packing  of,  when  over  10  per  cent  nitroglycerin  (not  in 
bags  or  sacks). 

Packing  of,  when  10  percent  or  less  nitroglycerin  (in  bags 
or  sacks). 

Size  of  cartridges 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation 
"Explosives."' 

Weight  of  packages 

With  liquid  ingredient, preparation  and  packing  of 

Without  chlorate  or  more  than  10  per  cent  liquid  ingredi- 
ent, packing. 

Without  liquid  ingredient  in  bulk,  test 

High  wines  (alcohol)  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


209(a) 

211  (a) 
211  (a),  213 
211  (a),  213 

900 
210  (a), 

212  (o) 
104 

207  to  215 

215 

704(a) 

250 

209  (a) 

209(6) 

209(a) 
801  (o) 

214  (a),  (6) 

207-210 

211  (6),  213 

211 
308  (c) 


308, 309, 405- 
409,  430,  431 


Wantage  as  required  by  internal  revenue  regulations 405 

Holder  necessary  for  exploding  special  fireworks 116 

Hoofs,  ammonlate  tankage  from,  forbidden  for  transports  301  (j) 

tion,  when. 

Hopper-bottom  cars  not  for  inflammable  liquids 1016 

Horns,  ammoniate  tankage  from,  forbidden  for  transpor-  301  (j) 

tation,  when. 

Hump  track,  precautions  at,  handling  placarded  cars 1039 

Hydkiodic  acid.    See  Acid. 

Hydrobromic  acid.    See  Acid. 

Hydrochloric  acid.    See  Acid. 

Hydrocyanic  acid.    See  Gases. 

Hydrofluoric  acid.    See  Acid. 

Hydrofluosilicic  acid.    See  Acid. 

Hygienic  laboratory  of  the  Public  Health  Service,  samples 

of  yellow  and  white  phosphorus  for. 
Igniters,  black-powder,  shipped  with  smokeless  powder. ..  107 

Igniters,  delay  electric,  defined 113  (e) 

Indorsement  on  billing 801  (c) 

Name  on  shipping  order 704  (6) 

Pa  king 250 

♦  Baggage  regulations,  Pt   III,  p.  141. 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


*4,4 
21(6) 


10,14 
10,14 


10,14 
14 


76 
76,81,83(6), 


83(6) 

30 

22  (to) 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


22  (n) 


99 


27(d) 


384 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Ignition  elements  removed  from  explosive  articles  in  experi- 
ment al  stage. 
iLLUML-^ATrNQ  OIL.    (See  Oil,  n.  o.  s.) 


Imports,  dangerous  articles  as 

IxcENDUXY  AGENTS,  chemical  warfare 

Incendiary  bombs  in  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars — 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car   ticket  for,  show  notation 
"Explosives." 
Incendiary  grenades,  defined 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Paragraph. 

14(6) 


In  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation 
"Explosives." 
Incendiary  projectile,  defined 


In  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation 
"Explosives." 

Incendiary  projectiles  for  cannon,  marking 

Incendiary  rockets,  defined 

Incline  track,  precautions  at,  handling  placarded  cars 

Incombustible  cushioning  for  nitric  acid 

Indorsement  not  required  on  waybills  for  green  label  articles 

Inflammable  freight,  damaged  in  wreck,  care  of 

Inflam  M able  gases,  compressed,  label  for 

"Inflammable"  indorsement  on  car  ticket,  card  waybill, 
running  slip,  and  envelope  for  dangerous  articles;  size  of 
letters. 

On  waybill  for  dangerous  articles,  size  of  letters 

On  waybill  for  explosives , 

"Inflammable"  label  notation  and  indorsement  for 

astray  shipment;  label. 
Inflammable  liquids  (red  label),  defined,  Tagliabue's  test, 

In  glass,  earthenware,  or  metal  inside  containers,  when... 

Ininterior  packages  over  1  pint;  filling  holes  up;  marking., 

In  open  cars 

Label  for , 

Maximum  quantity  in  one  container 

Loading  into  tank  car  domes  of,  forbidden , 

Marked  "This  side  up"  on  exterior  pacKages 

Outage  chart  for 

Outage 

Packing 


Paste  compounds  not,  when 

Tank  car,  safety  valves  for,  operate  at  12  pounds,  when. 


16 

108 

900 

704  (a) 

801  (a) 

108  (3), 
109  (6) 
900 
704  (fl) 
801  (0) 

lOS  (1), 

108  (2) 

900 

704  (a) 

801  (a) 

228 

108  (3) 

1039 

535 

803 

1071 

700(f) 

804  (a) 


S03 
801  (6) 
1005  (6) 

302 

308  (6),  (c) 


76 

(list:  note  1). 
14 


Paragraph. 


1016 
700  («) 


406 
407 
405 
405 
404-431 


302 
431 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


134(.!)) 


186  (a) 


SI  (d) 


ISti(a) 


83(a) 
82-90 


2,11,19,24 


1,    2,    o,    o\, 

5B,    9,    10, 

11,    19,   20, 

20A,  23,  24, 

34,  35,  29 


INDEX. 


385 


Subject. 


Ikflammable  liquids,  tank  cars  for,  A.  R.  A.  speeiflcations.. 
'  Vapors  of,  ignite  at  considerable  distance;  many  liquids 
regarded  as  safe,  dangerous  in  wreck. 

Wood-jacketed  cans  inside  containers  for 

Inflammable  liquids,  carloads,  leaking,  not  offered  in 
interchange,  when. 

Intlammable  liquid,  n.o.s.  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Inflammable  m aterlals  projectiles,  defined 

"  Inflammable  "  placard  described;  position  oL 

On  cars  containing  packages  bearing  red  or  yellow  label . . 

On  cars  of  less  dangerous  explosives 

On  closed  or  tank  cars  of  inflammable  liquids  or  com- 
pressed inflammable  gases. 

Removed  from  tank  cars  after  imloading 

Inflammable  souds  (yellow  label),  cushioning  of  inside 
containers  for;  packing. 

Defined;  tests 

Label  exemptions  for 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Kot  specifically  mentioned,  packing 

Packed  with  corrosive  liquids,  when 

Packing 


Inflammable  souds,  compressed,  label  for 

Inflammable  solids,  n.  o.  s.  (yellow  label),  exemption.. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Inflammable  vapors  and  poisonous  fumes  in  tank  cars; 

open-flame  lights  dangerous. 
Inflammables,  cars  of,  held  over  12  hours,  placed  for  prompt 
removal  in  case  of  fire  or  accident. 

In  yards  on  separate  tracks,  coupled,  and  location  known 
to  carrier's  representative. 

Infusorial  earth,  cushioning  for  bromine , 

Cushioning  for  nitric  acid 

Initials  of  owner  on  cylinders 

Injured  packages  in  transit,  disposition  of 

Insecticides,  dry  (poison  label),  maximum  quantity  one 
package. 
Packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,  p.  1. 


Paragraph. 

401  (a) 

1044 

408 
1007  (note  9) 

308(a),(6),(c) 


308,309, 
405-408, 
430, 431 


108  (1) 

,913,914 

911 

902(a) 

911 

1050  (Z) 
490 

303 

308  (?) 


451 
450-490 


700  (e) 
308  (?) 


308,309,451, 
452, 490 


1051 

1033 

1033 

524 
535 
556 
1003 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Paragraph. 


2,11 


76, 81, 
83  (a),  90 


1,   2,  5,  5A, 

53,9,10,11, 

19,  20,  20A, 

23,24,29, 

30.34,35 


76,94 

111 

94 

94-111 


186  (a) 


76 

76,80,81,94, 

111 


9,   10,  11,  17, 

18, 19, 20, 20A, 

20B,21,22,30, 

39A,39B 


9,  10,  11,  17, 

IS,    19,    20, 

20A,20B,21, 

22,  30,  39A 

39B 

12S  ; 

134(6)  ! 

142    

,81,175     2,  11,  19,  20, 
20A,20B 


386 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Insecticides,  uquid  (poison  label),  maximum  quantity 
one  package. 

Packing 

Insecticide,  uqvtd  (vekmin  exterminatoe)  (red  label), 
exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Insecure  packages  forbiddrn  for  transportation 

Not  accepted 

Inspection   by   carrier    of    cars   for   dangerous   explosives 
before  loading. 

By  shipper  of  cars  for  dangerous  explosives  before  loading: 
certificate  after  loading. 

Explosives,  permitted  by  delivery  at  proper  time 

Of  cars  by  receiving  line;  repairs;  electric  lights  used 

Of  cars  of  explosives;  correction  of  defects 

Of  certified  cars  inside  and  out  for  more  dangerous  ex- 
plosives. 

Of  manufact  ure,  packing,  and  storage 

Of  packages  and  shipping  order  necessary  before  accept- 
ance. 

Inspections  by  Bureau  of  Explosives 

Instantaneous  fuse,  acceptable 

Described 

In  boxes  or  barrels;  marking 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard 

Loaded  with  other  freight 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Packing 

Interchange  of  tank  car  found  leaking  after  delivery 

Interchange  point,  shipments  must  leave,  in  48  hours 

Intercha.nge  record,  name  of  article  and  color  of  label  on. . . 
Internal  revenue  BxmEAU  laboratory  samples  of  yellow  or 

white  phosphoras. 
Investigations  by  Bureau  of  Explosives 

Of  specifications  for  containers 

Iron  ma.ss,  spent,  forbidden,  when 

Iron  sponge  forbidden,  when 

Japan  driers.    See  Driers. 

Journal  boxes,  examination  of,  by  carrier 

Of  ears,  more  dantjcrous  explosives  examined  for  defects. . 
Journals,  hot,  In  placarded  cars,  prevented;  also  cars  next.. 
Jugs,  for  hydrofluosilicic  acid 

Inside  containers  for  sulphuric  acid 

Jugs,  india-rubber,  ceresine  or  lead,  for  hydrofluoric  acid. 

JU0.S,  stone  or  earthentvare,  for  bromine 

Jute,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Forbidden,  when 

♦  Baggage  regulations,  Ft.  Ill, 


Freight 

regulations. 

Ft.  I,p.  1. 


Paragraph. 


308  (6),  (c) 


308, 309, 405- 
408, 430, 431 


1006 
905 


28 

1055  (a) 

1035 

901 

21 
1006 


113  (/) 
250 
903 
250 


704  (b) 
801(c) 


1043 
30(0) 


5 

18 
301  (p) 
301  (?) 

402 

901  (e) 

1040 

528 

630 

526 

524 

1020(a) 

301  (e) 

141. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Paragraph. 
76 

76, 81, 175 


76 

76,81,83(0), 
90 

22  (A) 


5,*5 
23(0 
27(e) 


189 
99 


133 
132 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


2,5,oB,9,19 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 

9,10,  11,  19, 

23,24,29,34 


INDEX. 


387 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I.p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


JXJTE,  ■WET,  forbidden  for  transportation 

Kegs  for  celluloid  scrap 

Fiberloid  scrap 

Moving-picture  film  scrap,  when 

Pyroxylin  scrap,  when 

Viscoloid  scrap 

Zylonite  scrap 

Kegs,  black-powder,  used  without  interior  package  con- 
demned, when. 
Kegs,  empty,  used  for  dangerous  articles,  loading 

Used  for  explosives,  marks  removed  from 

Kegs,  metal,  for  low  explosives  and  black  powder  (over  12J 
pounds). 

For  smokeless  powder  for  small  arms  (over  12|  pounds)... 

Inside  containers  for  12i  pounds  or  less,  low  explosives 
and  black  powder,  when. 

Inside  containers  12J  pounds  or  less  smokeless  powder  for 
small  arms. 
Kegs,  metal  (stovepipe  type),  for  low  explosives  and  black 

powder,  when. 
Kegs  of  explosives  (except  boxed)  loaded  on  sides,  length- 
wise of  car. 

Kegs  used  for  chlorate,  condemned 

Kegs  used  for  high  explosives,  forbidden  for  transporta- 
tion. 

Kegs  ruptured  in  transit,  disposition  of 

Kegs,  wooden,  for  corrosive  liquids 

Electrolyte 

High  explosives  in  Inilk 

Inflammable  liquids 

Inflammable  liquids  by  express 

Inflammable  solids 

Low  explosive  and  black  powder  (over  12 J  pounds) 

Nitric  acid 

Oxidizing  materials 

Poisonous  solids 

Smokeless  powder  for  small  arms  (over  124  pounds) 

Wet  nitrocellulose 

Wet  nitrostarch 

Kerosene  oil  {see  Oil,  n.  o.  s.) 


Paragraph. 


47r,  (a) 
476  (a) 
476  (a) 
476  (a) 
476  (o) 
476  (a) 
24 

1021  (a) 
24 
203 

219 

204  (a) 

219 

203 

1009 

25 


1003 
540 


211  (o),  213 
430 


490 
203 
535 
510 


219 
467 
467 


KiESELGUHR  CUSHIONING  FOR  bromine 

Nitric  acid 

Spirits  of  nitroglycerin 

Kits  for  inflammable  liquids 

Kits,  avooden,  inside  containers  for  inflammable  liquids 

For  poisonious  solids 

Kno"wxedge,  expert,  and  opinions  of  Bureau  of  Explosives 

availed  of  by  commission. 
Label  on  part  of  package  with  consignee's  name  and  address. . . 

With  consignee's  name 

Label  and  tag  combination  permitted,  when 


524 
535 
416 
430 
408 


700(a) 


700  (/)  (note) 


Paragraph. 

22(7) 


Specification 
No. 


16 
21(?) 


130  (o) 


90  (6),  (c) 
111 


76,  (list; 

note  1) 

128 

134(6) 


175 
5,*5 


180 
*11  (a) 


♦  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  HI,  p.  141. 


388 


IXPEX. 


Subject. 


Label  notations  on  shipping  order  for  dangerous  articles  not 

required,  canceled. 
Label,  or  notation,  address  and  name  of  article  on  packages 

near  together. 
Label,  poison  gas,  for  loaded  gas  projectiles 

For  poisonous  articles 

Labeling  ad  interim  specification  containers 

Common  fireworks 

Dangerous  articles  in  general 

Duty  of  carrier  to  require 

Improper,  cause  for  rejection  of  article 

Must  be  proper  before  acceptance  of  package 

Packages  of  dangerous  articles 

Paper  caps  ■mth  toy  pistols 

Samples  of  explosives 

Shipping  containers 

Special  fireworks 

Labels  (sec  also  E  xempted  articles ) 

Applied  only  as  required 

Carriers  keep  supply  of,  on  hand 

Carrier's  name  and  stationery  form  number  on;  combina- 
tion label. 

Color  of  ink  and  size  of 

Free  from  advertising  matter 

Furnished  and  applied  by  shipper 

Kind  of ,  on  lulling  and  transfer 

Kind  of,  on  carrier's  receipt  for  package 

Kind  of,  on  shipping  order  for  dangerous  articles 

Kind  of,  on  wayliill  for  dangerous  articles 

Kinds  of,  to  be  applied 

Lost  or  detached,  reijlaoed 

Lost ,  replaced  by  carriers 

Missing  from  packages  of  doubtful  contents 

Not  on  articles  not  dangerous 

Not  required  on  carload  shipments,  when 

Not  required,  when 

On  mixed  sliipments  when  exempted  quantity  exceeded. . . 

On  packages  of  dangerous  articles,  except  as  exempted  by 
regulations. 

Removed   from   empty   containers  used   for   dangerous 
articles. 

Remo\  ed  from  old  containers , 

Required  in    addition   to  description  and  marking   of 
pacKages. 

Required  on  carload  shipments  when  for  reshipment, 
L.C.  L. 

Shape,  .size,  color,  and  printing  of,  standard;  samples  from 
bureau. 

Shipper's  certificate  on 

Shippers  must  furnish  and  attach 

Supply  of,  kept  by  carriers 

Use  of,  required  Sept.  I,  191X .__ 

*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141 


Freight      |      Express 

regulations,  '  regulations, 

Pt.LP-1-       Pt.II,p.99. 


Sliipplng 

container 

specifications. 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


Paragraph. 
708 


703 

228 

591 

19(c) 


13 


301  ((/) 
1006 


700 

S02 

309  (o) 

700  (?) 


700(6) 
308,  .309 
309(f) 

700  (a) 

21.25 


00(6) 


700(e) 


700(c) 
700  (ff) 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


SI  (c) 

60 

9 

193. 194 


76(c) 
54 
42 


60 
180-1 87 


*ii  (6)  ;. 

*12  I. 

186  (a),  (6)  j. 

181(a)    . 

180    . 

1S9    . 

188(6)  i. 


1S5 
196 
183 


184 
12 


181  (a), (6) 


187 
*11  (o) 


186(0)  (note;  I 


INDEX, 


389 


Subject. 


Labels,  combination,  and  tags,  permitted 

Labels  for  baggage  ser\'ice,  defined 

Burnt  cotton 

Chemical  warfare  ammunition  required  on  carload  ship- 
ments; placards. 

Class  A  poisonous  articles,  required  on  carload  shipments: 
placards. 

Dangerous  articles 

Mixed  shipments 

Labels,  old,  used  until  further  notice 

Labels,  poison  gas,  required  on  carload  shipments:  placards. 
Labels,  red.  attached  to  astray  shipments  when  any  doubt . . . 

For  mixed  shipments  requiring  red,  yellow,  and  white 
labels. 

For  packages  of  doubtful  contents 

Labels,  red  and  white  caution,  for  barrels  or  drums  casing- 
head  gasoline  or  gasoline. 
Laboratory  examination,  maximum  100  blasting  caps  for. . 

Of  samples,  labels 

Samples  of  condemned  exj  ;losi\  es 

Samples  of  explosives,  packing 

L.\.boratort  samples  condemned  explosives  not  forbidden 
for  transportation. 

Of  explosives,  acceptable 

Laboratory  specimens  in  alcohol 

Laboratory  tests  for  ad  interim  speciflcations 

Lacquer  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Freight  Express 

regulations,     regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  1.        Ft.  II,  p.  99. 


Panagruph. 


475  (a) 
700(6) 

IWih) 

309 

309(e) 

700 (/)  (note) 

700(6) 

1005  (6) 

309  (/) 


409  (note) 

19(c) 

308  (6),  (c) 


Ladder  track,  precautions  at,  handling  placarded  cars 

Lading  of  explosives  equally  distributed  in  cars 

Lanterns,  lighted,  dangerous  near  empty  tank  cars  which 
contained  inflammable  liquids. 

Lanterns,  signal,  use  of  in  wreck 

Law,  uniform  enforcement  of 

Lead  carboys  for  hydrofluoric  acid 

Lead  nitrate  (yellow  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Leakage  caused  by  expansion  of  liquids 

Caused  by  unloading  valve;  seating  of  plunger 

Of  liquid  ingredients  from  explosives  cause  for  tlieir  dis- 
posal. 

Of  poisonous  articles  must  be  prevented 

Prevented  by  design  and  construction  of  package. 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 

1039 

1008  (c) 

1051 

1046 

1 

526 

308  (g) 


308,309,501, 
510 


405 
1074 
1004 


630 
19(6) 


Paragraph. 

181  (6) 

*12 


Shipping 
container 

specifications. 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


76 

76(d),(e) 


40(c) 
180 


40(a) 
21(0) 


23(a) 


81(c) 


76 

76,81,83  (a), 

90 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


1,*1 
132 


76 

76,80,81, 

115, 120 


83(a) 


M(6) 


2,9,10,11,17, 
18,  19,  20, 
20A,  20B, 
21,  22,  30, 
39A.39B. 


♦Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  111. 


390 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Leaking  car  of  inflammable  liquid  moved  only  as  necessary. 
Leaking  cars  or  packages  in  cars  placarded  "  Inflammable"; 

removal. 
Leaking  containers  of  acid  in  transit;  application  of  water. 

Leaking  cylinders  condemned  for  baggage  service 

Leaking  DYN.'^MrrE  repacked 

Leaking  of  poisons  from  containers  to  be  prevented 

Leaking  on.  drainedinto  hole  by  trenches;  not  into  sewer  or 
streams  of  water. 

Leaking  packages  in  transit,  disposition  of 

Leaking  packages  not  accepted 

Of  dangerous  articles,  forbidden 

Of  explosive,  rejection  of 

Reported 

Reported  by  carrier  and  consignee 

Reported  to  Bureau 

Leaking  tank  cjlTs.s 

Action  depends  on  circumstances 

Offered  in  interchange 

Leaks,  examination  of  tank  cars  for,  by  carrier 

Examination  of  tank  cars  for,  by  shipper 

In  tank  cars  discovered  by  noting  odor 

Leaky  packages  forbidden  for  transportation 

Leather  cement.     See  Cement. 

Leather  covers  for  matches  acceptable 

Leather  dressing.    See  Dre-ssing. 

Leather  scrap  ammoniates,  tankage  from,  forbidden,  when. 
Leather  scrap,  tankage  from  ,  forbidden  for  transportation, 
when. 

L.  C.  L.  shipments  show  name  and  address  of  consignee 

L.  C.  L.  shipments  of  matches  loaded  so  as  to  prevent  falling. 

Letters,  size  of,  for  indorsements  on  billing 

Life,  dangers  to,  minimized  by  regulations 

Lights,  electric,  for  wrecking  outfit 

Lights,  open-flame  lantern,  dangerous  near  empty  tank 

cars  which  contained  inflammable  liquids. 
Lights  or  fires  extinguished  near  leaking  oil  cars;  electric 

lights  used  or  work  delayed  until  daylight. 
Lights  user  in  cars  placarded"  Inflammable" 

In  handling  explosives,  incandescent  recommended 

Lime  cleane<l  from  car  before  loading  charcoal 

Cooled  before  loading 

Lining,  car,  for  matches;  supplementing  strips 

Linseed  oiL(»ee  Oil,  n.  o.  s.) 

Liquefied  petroleum  gas  (red  gas  label).    See  Gases. 

Liquid  cement.    SeeCemcni. 

Liquid  compounds.    S«e  Compounds. 

Liquid  eradicators.     See  Eradicators. 

Liquid  extracts.    See  Extracts. 

Liquid  poush.    .See  Pelish. 

Liquids,  poisonous,  dangerous  to  life,  class  A  defined 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Paragraph. 

1049  (a) 

1023, 1041, 

1042 

1054 


1047 

1003 

1006 

301  (c) 

201 


11,12 

19(6) 

1044-1049 

1044 

1043 

402 

401  (6) 

1041 


301  (j) 


307  (0) 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Paragraph. 


*10  (6) 
191 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


198 

81(6) 

22(h) 
101  (o) 


22(71) 


■6(list;  note  1) 


75(0) 


*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141 


INDEX. 


391 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Liquids,  poisonous  (including  military),  forbidden  for 
transportation. 

Liquids,  poisonous,  no  label,  class  B  defined 

List  of  Dangerous  articles  and  exemptions , 

Packing  and  marking  requirements , 

List  of  shipping  names  for  dangerous  articles 

For  explosives,  shipper's  certificate  not  required , 

For  explosives;  shipper's  certificate  required 

Livens  projector  drums  as  chemical  warfare  ammunition . . . 

Defined 

Loading  by  consignor  of  special  steel  cylinders  for  chlorine, 

sulphur  dioxide,  and  methyl  chloride. 
Loading  certificate  for  car  of  dangerous  explosives  signed 

by  shipper. 
Loading  chart.    (Facing  p.  98. ) 
Loading  dangerous  articles  in  general 

In  sealed  cars 

Near  steam  pipes,  etc.,  forbidden 

Loading  electric  storage  batteries 

Loading  explosives,  loading  chart  for,  in  section  11 

No  higher  than  car  lining 

Permitted  by  delivery  at  proper  time 

So  as  to  avoid  transfer  at  stations 

Loading  matches  l,  c.  l.  so  as  to  facilitate  removal  in  case  of 

fire. 
Loading  other  freight  to  pre^'ent  damage  to  packages  of 

explosives. 
Loading  packages  of  explosives  on  bottoms  and  length- 
wise of  car  to  withstand  greatest  stress,  when. 
Loading  yellow  and  white  label  articles  in  same  end  of 
car  forbidden. 

Local  restrictions  for  handling  dangerous  articles 

Loss  from  packages  poisonous  articles  prevented 

Lost  placards  and  certificates  replaced  by  carrier 

Lew  explosives  defined 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

In  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 

In  cotton  duck  bags,  25  pounds  or  less,  when 

In  metal  kegs  (stovepipe  type) 

In  paper  bags,  25  pounds  or  less,  when 

Inside  containers  for 

In  wooden  boxes;  marking 

Marking 

Maximum  weight 

Named  on  sliipping  order,  how 

Over  12i  pounds  in  metal  kegs 

Over  12J  pounds  in  wooden  barrels  or  kegs 

Packing 

Waybill,  envelope,  Mid  car  ticket  for,  show  notation 
"Explosives." 

Lubricating  oil  {see  Oil,  n.  o.  s.) 

MAGiTOsiuM  carbonate  as  antacid  in  nitroglycerin  explosives; 
amount.  I 


Paragraph. 


307  (6) 

308,309 

309 

309, 705 

704  (6) 

704  (o) 

108 

108  (2) 

583 

906 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  U,  p.  99. 


1020  (c) 
1013 

1008  (6) 

28 

1014 

1017  (c) 

1014 

1008  (o) 

1016 

8 
631 
1028 
102 


900 
204(0) 

203 

204(6) 

204(a) 

204(a) 

204  (c),  206 

205 
704  (a) 

203 

203 
203,204 
801(0) 


208 


Paragraph. 

22  a) 

75(6) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


9 
201 
191 


21(g) 


14,16 


13 

10 

10,13,14,16 


76(list;  note  1)1 


392 


INDEX. 


Subject 


MAGXESrCM,  METALLIC,  POWDERED  (YELLOW  LABEL),  exemp 

tion. 
Maximum  quantity  one  packa;^' 
Packing 


Mailing  tubes,  for  express  only 

^fANUI•ACTUEE,  method  of,  dangerous  articles  open  to  inspec- 
tion 
Manufactltied  articles  from  pyroxylin  plastics,  exempt 

from  regulations. 
Manltacturers'  conferences  with  Bureau  of  Explosives. 
Marked  articles  only  considered  dangerous 
Marking  ad  interim  specification  containers 

Dangerous  articles  in  general 

Duty  of  carrier  to  require 

For  noninflammable  motion-picture  films 

Foreign  shipments 

Improper,  cause  for  rejection  of  article 
Leaking  tank  car  to  prevent  loading 
Most  dangerous  explosive  on  package  of  samples 
Must  be  proper  before  acceptance  of  package 
"No label  required"  on  articles  subject  to  regulation  but 
exempt  from  labels. 

Of  explosives  must  be  proper 

On  cylinders  changed  on  application  to  Bureau  of  Explo- 
sives. 

■*    On  cylinders  to  indicate  ownership 

On  specialsteel  cylindersfor  chlorine,  sulphur  dioxide,  and 
methyl  chloride. 

Packages  required 

Regulations  for  explosives,  general 

Shippmg  containers 

Smokeless  powder  for  cannon,  including  in  water 
"This  side  up  "  on  containers  of  inside  package  of  inflam- 
mable or  corrosive  liquids. 

Marks,  additional,  on  packages 

Removed  from  empty  containers  used  for  dangerous 
articles. 
Matches,  boxes  for,  loaded  strongest  dimension  lengthwise  of 
car. 
Cla.ssed  "Strike  on  box"  and  "Strike  anywhere' 

Damaged  by  fire;  repacking;  reloading 

Forbidden,  when 

Individual  containers  packed  in  box 

In  inside  containers,  packing 

L.  C.  L.  shipments  of,  loaded  so  as  to  prevent  falling 
Loaded  over  car  bolts 


♦  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


INDEX. 


393 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Kxpress 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Matches,  loaded  so  as  to  facilitate  removal  in  case  of  fire , 

Not  packed  with  other  articles 

Outside  containers  for,  show  name  of  manufacturer  and 
brand  or  trade-mark;  foreign  matches;  marking. 

Packages  for  inside  containers;  marking 

Smoking,  package  of,  should  not  be  opened 

Matches,  block,  packing 

Matches,  book,  in  leather  or  metal  covers,  acceptable 

Included  in  *'  Strike  on  box"  type 

Matches,  card,  packing 

Matches,  strike  anywhere  (yellow  label),  damaged  by 
fire,  handling. 

Defined , 

Defined;  packing 

Gross  weight;  marking 

Inside  container  for,  described 

Loaded  to  prevent  motion  in  carload  lots 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Maximum  700  to  individual  container  of 

No  exemption 

One  dozen  boxes  to  package  of 

Over  300  to  individual  container  of;  arrangement 

Over  350  to  individual  container  of;  center  holding  strip. . 

Packing 


Paragraph. 

1017  (c) 

471 

474 

474 

1017  (c) 

472 


470 

472 

1017  (d) 


472 
1017  (o) 


Matches,  "Strike  on  box''  (yellow  label),  defined 

Gross  weight;  marking 

In  leather  or  metal  covers,  acceptable 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 

Match-tip  fireworks,  forbidden,  when 

Material,  carriers',  and  supplies,  regulations  apply  to 

Materlal  relating  to  ammunition  for  cannon,  marking. . . 

Matting  cushioning  for  nitric  acid,  forbidden 

Mattress  with  incUned  chute  for  handling  explosives  ^ 

Meal  powder  in  instantaneous  fuse 

Men,  careful,  chosen  to  handle  explosives;  feet  free  from  grit. 

Mercury,  fulminate  of.     See  Fulminate. 

Metal  for  match  containers 

Inside  containers  for  inflammable  liquids,  when 

Inside  containers  for  strike  anywhere  matches 

Metal  holders  for  matches  acceptable 

Metal  kegs  (stovepipe  type)  for  low  explosives  and  black 

powder,  when. 
Metal  polish.    See  Polish. 

Metal  vessels  for  inflammable  liquids 

Metal- jacketed  cans  for  inflammable  liquids 

Metallic  potassium.    See  Potassium. 
Metallic  sodium.    See  Sodium. 


473 
309 
472 
473 
473 
309, 451, 470- 
474 
470 


101  (m) 

9 

229 

535 

1000(a) 

113  (/) 

1001 

472 

308(6) 

472 


203 


430 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


101  (a) 


101  (o) 
101  (a) 


101  (a) 
101  (a) 
101  (d) 


76 
101  (6) 


101  (6) 

■  101(6) 

76, 80,  81, 101 

101  (a) 

101  (d) 

101  (o) 

76 

76,80,81,101 

21  (J) 


27  (e) 


101  (o) 


90(«) 


66620° —22- 


-26 


394 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I.p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Methyl  acet.ite  (red  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
308  (c) 


Methyl  alcohol.     See  Alcohol,  wood. 

Mines,  weight  limit  for  boxes 

Mines,  empty,  marking,  (no  other  restrictions) 

Mines,  explosives,  defined 

Forbidden 

Marking 

Without  boxing 

Mineral  packing  for  nitric  acid 

Mineral  wool  cushioning  for  bromine 

Cushioning  for  nitric  acid 

Mixed  acid.    See  Acid. 

Mixed  shipments  containing  red  label  article,  require  red 
label. 

Labels  on  when  exempted  quantity  exceeded 

Label  requirements  for 

Of  dangerous  articles  forbidden  for  transportation,  when. . 

Of  inflammable  solids  and  corrosive  liquids  permitted, 
when. 

Of  solids  and  corrosive  liquids 

Of  solids  and  inflammable  liquids,  in  boxes 

Oxidizing  materials;  packing 

Requiring  red,  yellow,  and  white  labels  bear  red  label 

With  ethyl  chloride;  packing 

With  explosives  only  as  authorized 

With  small-arms  primers  and  percussion  caps 

Mixed  shipments  (yellow  and  white  label  articles)  per- 
mitted, when. 
Mixed  trains  not  to  contain  car  of  explosives  if  regular 
freight  service  is  available. 

Moisture  test  for  inflammable  solids ; 

Mold  cause  for  rejection  of  explosives 

Monochlorbenzol  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 


231 
232,233 
109(d) 


232 
230(6) 
535 
524 
535 

309  (/) 

309  (e) 

309(e) 

301  (a) 

451 

540 

430 

510 

309  (/) 


1029 

303 

201 

308  (6),  (c) 


308, 309, 405- 
408,430,431 


Mortar  necessary  for  exploding  special  fireworks 

Motion-picture,  film  (yellow  label),  maximum  quantity 
one  package. 
Mixed  shipments  of  inflammable  and  noninflammable; 
quantity  and  gross  weight. 

Packing 

Motion-picture  films  (yellow  label)  as  baggage,  packing 
Mixed  shipments;  packing;  weight 

MOTION-nCTURE    FILM,  SLOW-BURNING    (NONINFLAMMABLE), 

packing;  marking. 
Motion-picture  film,  unexposed    (yellow  label),  pack- 
ing; length  of  film. 

♦Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


116 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


76 

76,81,83(0), 
90 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


21(c) 


134  (6) 

128 

134  (6) 


76  (d),  (e) 
22(g) 


76 

76,81,83  (a) 

90 

30 
76 

102(e) 

76,80,81,102 
*8,*9 
*9(C) 
*  9  (6), 
102((/) 
102  (c) 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


19,32 
19,32 


19,32 
19 


INDEX. 


395 


Subject. 


Motion-picture  film,  with  advertising  mutter  attached, 

packing. 

MOTION-PICTCRE  FILMS,  WITH  ADVERTISING  MATTER  AS  BAG- 
GAGE, packing. 

Motion-picture  films,  worn-out,  in  wooden  boxes,  pack- 
ing, weight. 

Motion-picture  film  scrap  forbidden 

Motion-picture  film  scrap,  exposed  or  l'nexposed, 
WORN-OUT,  In  wooden  boxes;  not  with.corrosive  liquids. 

Motion-picture  films,  worn-out,  exposed  or  unexposed, 
in  barrels  or  kegs;  not  with  corrosive  liquids. 

Motor  car  transportation  subject  to  all  requirements  of 
regulations. 

Motor  fuel,  n.  o.  s.  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,  p.  1. 


Paragraph. 


Motor  oil,  (see  Oil,  n.  o.  s.). 


Motor  railway  service 1060-1066 

Motor  trailer  cars  placarded,  when.^ 1064 

Motor  vehicles,  draining  tanks  of 

Motorcycles  exempt  from  labels, certificates, and  placards,  308  (e) 
when. 

Movement  of  cars  expedited  in  case  of  fire  or  accident 1026 

Muriatic  acid.    See  Acid,  hydrochloric. 

Muslin,  paraffined,  for  stoppers,  carboys  of  nitric  acid 536  (o) 

Mustard  Gas  (poison  gas  label)  class  A  poison,  defined  307  (o) 
(by  freight  only). 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

No  exemption 309 

Packing 309,591 

Name  and  address  of  consignee  on  part  of  package  with  700  (a) 

label. 

Name,  carrier's,  and  stationery  form  number  or  shipper's  700  (f) 

name  and  address  onlabels,  when (note) 

Name  most  dangerous  explosive  on  package  of  samples 202 

Name  of  consignee  on  L.  C.  L.  shipments 703 

Name,  SHIPPER'S  and  address  or  carrier's  name  and  stationery  700  (/) 

form  number  on  labels,  when (note) 

Names  of  articles,   abbreviations  on  shipping  order  for- 
bidden. 

On  carrier's  receipts  for  packages 

On  packages 703 

On  shipping  orders "05 

On  waybill 802 

Used  on  billing;  additional  descriptions 702 

Names  of  explosives  on  shipping  orders 704, 800 

♦Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p-  Ul, 


476  (6) 


451,476  (a) 

451,476(0) 

1066 

308  (6)  (c) 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Paragraph. 
102  (/) 

*9((f) 


22(c) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


76 


76,81,83  (a),     1,2,5,5A,5B, 


90 


76 
(list;  note  1) 


9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


22  (/) 


180 


185  (a) 
(note) 


183  (o) 
(note) 


188(6) 


396 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Naphtha  (red  label),  exemption.. 
Maximum  quantity  one  packing. 
Packing 


Naphtha  disth-late,  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Naphtha,  petroleum.     See  Petroleum  naphtha. 
Narrow  gauge  and  other  railroads,  largest  available  cars  of, 
for  more  dangerous  explosives. 

Natural  history  specimens  in  alcohol 

Navt  department  shipments 

Chemical  warfare  devices 

Shipments  in  time  of  war 

Negative  cotton  forbidden  for  transportation 

Neutral  oil  for  packing  metallic  sodium  or  potassium 

Neutralization  process  for  drums  for  hydroQuoric  acid 

New  explosives,  defined 

Newspaper  wads  for  repacking  damaged  shipments  in  transit 
Nitrate  of  ammonia.    See  Ammonium. 
Nitrate  of  barium.    See  Barium  nitrate. 
Nitrate  of  potassiitm.  See  Potassium  nitrate. 
Nitrate  of   soda  (yellow  label),  exempt   from   label, 
certificate  and  packing  requirements,  when. 

In  high  explosives 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Nitrate  of  soda,  empty  bags.    See  Bags. 
Nitrate  of  strontia  (yellow  label),  exempt  from  label, 
certificate  and  packing  requirements,  when. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Niteating  (mixed)  acid.    See  Acid. 

Nitrates  as  oxidizing  materials 

In  fireworks 

Nitrates,  loose,  not  loaded  with  bagged  material 

Nitric  acid.    Sec  Acid. 
Nitrate  of  soda.    Sec  Soda,  nitrite  of. 
Nitrobenzol  (poison  label),  ma.ximum  quantity  one  pack- 
age. 

Packing 

Nitrocelhtlose,  forbidden,  when 

Nitrocellulose,  dry  (gun  cotton),  classed  as  high  explo- 
sive. 

Forbidden  for  transportatioa 

In  detonating  fuzes 

Marking 

Packing;  weight 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Paragraph. 
308  (6),  (c) 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 

308  (6),  (c) 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 


901  (a) 

409  (note) 

14(0) 

116 


453 

527 

10 

1003 


30S  (fc) 
207 


308,309,.">01, 
503 

308  (it) 


308, 309, 501 


304 
115 
503 


101  (d) 
103 


111 
215 

214  (c) 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 


76 

76,81,83  (a), 

90 


76 

76,81,83  (a) 
90 


30 
30 

21,22 
21(6) 


76 

76,80,81,115, 

120 


76 

76,80,81,115, 

120 

72 
29 


76 

76,81,175 


21(6) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


1,2,5.5A,5B 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


2,ll,tl7 


2,11, tl7 


2,5,58,9,19 


t  For  express  transportation. 


INDEX. 


397 


Subject. 


NiTROCELLXJLOSE,  DRY,  UNCOMPRKSSED,  packing;  marking... 
Nitrocellulose,  wet  wtth  alcohol  or  solvent  (red  la- 
bel), ma^mum  quantity  one  package. 

No  exemption 

Not  exempt  from  labels 

Packing 


Nitrocellulose,  wet  with  water  (yellow  label),  ex- 
emption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package , 

Packing 


Packing;  marking 

Packing;  marking;  quantity  by  express , 

Nitroglycerin  explosives,  antacid  ia;  amount 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

Nitroglycerin  m  ethyl  alcohol  (spirits  of  nitrogly- 
cerin), packing. 
Nitroglycerin,  uquid,  forbidden , 

Not  acceptable  for  laboratory  or  otlier  use 

Nitroglycerin,  spirits  of,  defined;  packing 

Nitroguanidine,  wet  (yellow  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity,  one  package 

Packing 


Nitrostarch,  dry,  classed  as  high  explosive 

Forbidden  for  transportation  by  express 

Nitrostarch,  wet  with  water  (yellow  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing;  marking 

Packing;  marking;  quantity  by  express 

Packing 


No  exemption  for  corrosive  liquids,  when , 

"No  LABEL  required''  marking  for  corrosive  liquids, maxi- 
mum quantity,  when. 

Marking  on  articles  subject  to  regulation  but  exempt  from 
labels. 

Marking  on  noninflamable  motion-picture  films 

Marking  on  packages 

Marking  on  packages  and  shipping  order 

Marking  on  receipts 

Marking  on  sulphides  of  sodium  or  potassium 

Notation  on  shipping  order  for  dangerous  articles 

NoNAGEKCY  STATIONS  shipments  of  explosives  to  and  from; 

delivery  at  next  agency  station. 
"No  PLACARD  REQUIRED "  marking  on  shipping  order 

Notation  on  shipping  order  for  dangerous  articles 

Notation  on  waybill  for  dangerous  articles 

Notice  for  delivery  shipments  within  48  hours 

Of  arrival  of  explosives,  disposal  after  48  hours 

To  train  ere w  of  location  of  explosives  cars 

24  hours'  for  L.  C.  L.  shipments  of  explosives 

24  hours',  for  L.  C.  L.  shipments  of  explosives,  waived 
when. 


Freight 

re<:ulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Paragraph. 
212 


309 

308  (o) 

309, 405-408, 

415,4.30 

308  ig) 


308,309,451, 
467 
467 


208 


416 
101  (o) 


308  (g) 


308,309,451, 
467 
103 


39S {g  ) 
467 


308,309,451, 

467 

308  (m) 

308  (m) 

700  (C) 


309  (o),  (6), 


308  0) 
706 
1015 

309(d) 

706 

802 

30(6) 


1027 
28 
28 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Paragraph. 


76,81,83(0), 
90 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  I\' ,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


20A,20B  ,30,35 


76, 108 

76,80,81,94,     10, 17, 20  B,  35 
108  { 


108 


21(6) 
89 


76 


2,19 


2,19 


76,80,81,94,  I  10,17,206,35 
108 


21(6) 


76, 108 


76,80,81,94,  |10,17,2DB,35 
IDS 


102  (d) 
76(c) 


ISS,  189 


398 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


XiMBER,  SERIAL,  on  Cylinders 

Number,  specification,  on  cylinders 

Oakum,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Offering  condemned  or  leaking  djniamite  for  shipment 

Offering  shipments  for  transportation;  refusal 

Oil,  animal,  in  fibers  or  fabrics,  packing 

Oil,  coal  (see  Oil,  n.  o.  s.) 

Oil,  crude.    See  Petroleum. 

Oil  fire,  water  no  use  for  extinguishing 

On,,  FUEL  (see  Oil,  n.  o.  s.) 

Oil,  ILLUMINATING  (see  Oil,  n.  o.  s.) 

Otl,  KEROSENE  (see  Oil,  n.  0.  s.) 

Oil  LEAKING  from  car  drained  into  hole  by  trenches;  not  into 
sewer  or  streams  of  water. 

Oil,  unseed  (see  Oil,  n.  o.  s.) 

Oil,  LUBRICATING  (see  Oil,  n.  o.  s.) 

Oil,  motor  (see  Oil,  n.  o.  s.) 

On,,  neutral,  for  packing  metallic  sodium  or  potassium 

Oil,  n.  o.  s.  (red  label),  exemption 

Ma.ximum  quantity  one  package 

Packi  ng , 


On,  OF  vitriol.    See  Acid,  sulphuric. 

Oil,  sanctuary  (see  Oil,  n.  o.  s.) 

Oil-well  cables,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Oily  stain  cause  for  rejection  of  explosives 

Open  cars  for  lump  charcoal  from  soft  wood 

Orders  for  specifications  for  containers 

Organic  material  forbidden  as  cushioning  for  inside  con- 
tainers of  bromine. 
Outage  depends  on  coefficient  of  expansion  and  range  of 
temperature. 

For  bromine  containers 

For  chlorpicrin  and  other  class  A  poisons 

For  ethyl  chloride 

For  hydrofluoric  ar'id,  60  per  cent  and  over 

For  hydrofluoric  and  hydrofluosiUeic  acids 

For  inflammal  le  1  iq uids 

For  special  tank  cars  for  chlorine  or  sulphur  dioxide 

For  sulphuric  acid  in  fire  extinguisher  charge? 

Required  by  Internal  revenue  regulations 

When  dome  not  sufficient  size 

Outage  chart  for  inflammable  liquids 

Owner  of  cylinders  must  charge  or  give  his  consent 

Oxide,  spent,  forbidden,  when 

Oxidizing  materlal  (yellow  label)  defined,  tests 

Label  exemptions  for 

Label  for 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Not  in  contact  with  combustible  materials 


P'rcight 

regulations, 

Ft.  I,  p.  1. 


Paragraph. 
556 
556 
1020 
23 
21 
452 


1073 


1047 


308  (6),  (c) 


308,  309, 405- 
408, 430, 431 


1020  (a) 

201 

458 

18 

524 


524 

.  591 

411 

527 

529 

405 

551 

530 

405 

405 

405 

553 

301  (g) 

304 

30S  (g) 

700  (e) 


76  (list;  note  1) 
76  (list;  notel) 
76  (list;  note  1) 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Paragraph. 
142 
142 


10 
7G(list;  notel; 


76(list;notel) 
76(list;notcl) 
76  (Ust;note  1) 


76 

76,  SI,  S3  (a), 

90 

7G(list;  notel) 


S3  (a) 


135 
83(6) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


•139 

72 


186  (a) 
76,115 
120  (b) 


INDEX. 


399 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Oxidizing   mateeial  not  packed   with   corrosive   liquids, 
when. 
Packing 


Oxidizing  material,  n.  o.  s.  (yellow  label)  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
501 


308  (g) 


Pacification  process  for  drums  for  hydrofluoric  acid 

"Package"  defined;  includes  tank  cars 

Packages,  agent  of  carrier  informed  contents  of 

Bearing  labels  must  not  fall  or  have  other  shocks  in  load- 
ing. 

Containing  mixture  of  dangerous  articles  forbidden,  when. 

Dangerous  articles  leaked  from,  removed  by  consignee 

Offered  for  transportation  if  regulations  compUed  with 

Must  prevent  leakage , 

Not  properly  prepared  must  not  be  accepted , 

Special  precautions  in  preparing  and  handling , 

With  yellow  labels  not  loaded  nor  stored  with  white 
label  packages. 

Use  of  prohibited  by  commission 

Packages,   cardboard,  inside  containers  for  sampler   of 

explosives;  weight. 
Packages,  leaking  or  broken,  reported  by  carrier  and 
consignee. 

Reported  to  bureau 

Packages,  leaking  or  damaged,  of  explosives  rejected 

Packages,  leaking  or  insecure,  forbidden 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

Not  accepted 

Packages  of  explosives  specially  protected  from  shock 

Stayed  in  car  by  loader 

Packages,  paper,  Inside  containers  for  samples  of  explosives; 

weight. 
Packing  dangerous  articles  in  general 

Duty  of  carrier  to  require  proper 

Foreign  shipments 

Improper,  cause  for  rejection  of  article 

Method  of,  open  to  inspection 

Must  be  proper  before  acceptance  of  package 

Explosives,  must  be  proper 

Samples  for  laboratory  examination 

Secure  for  articles  not  detailed 

Violations  of  regulations  for,  reported  by  carrier 

Packing  regulations 


308,309,501, 
510 


527 

3 

7 

1016 

301  (a) 

12 

21 

19(6) 

1006 


Determined  by  conferences . 
For  explosives,  general 


1016 

19(6) 


11,12 

19(6) 

201 

301  (c) 


1006 
1010 
1010 


16 

301  (d) 

21 

1006 

101  (?) 

22 

20 

11 

400-631 

5 
200-251 


Paragraph. 
115 

115-120 


Specification 
No. 


2,9,10,11,17, 

18,19,20,20A, 

208,21,22,30, 

39A,39B 


76,80,81,115, 
120 


2,9,10,11,17, 

18, 19,20,20A, 

20B,  21,22,30, 

39A,39B 


3 

*2,7 


10 

81(6) 


*3,6 


81(6) 
40(a) 


81(6) 


22(A) 


40(a) 

9 
194 
14 


10 

13 



*9, ♦10,80- 

175 

5,*5 

40-«) 

_ 

♦  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  HI,  p- 141. 


400 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Packing  specifications  prescribed  as  necessary 

Pails  for  inflammable  liquids 

Pails,  ■wooden,  used  for  inflammable  liquids,  except  as 
inside  containers. 

Paint  exempt  from  label  and  certiflcato,  when 

In  metal  cans  in  outside  containers 

Paint,  aluminum,  bronzing,  ob  gold  (red  label),  exemp- 
tion. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paint  driers.    See  Driers. 

Paint  eradicators.    See  Eradicators. 

Paint,  UQira)  (red  label),  exemption. 
Maximum  quantity  one  package — 
Packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Paragraph. 

18 

430 


308  (d) 


308  (d) 


308,309,405- 
40S,  430 


308  (d) 


Paint  REMO^^NG  or  reducing  compounds  (liquid).    See 
Compounds. 

Painting  of  cylinders,  markings  obscured  by 

Paper  for  match  containers 

Inside  containers  for  blasting  caps 

Inside  containers  for  samples  of  explosives;  weight 

Inside  containers  for ' '  strike  anywhere  "  matches,  block  or 
card  type. 
Paper-cap  ammunition  with  other  articles,  when;  marking; 
maximum  quantity. 

With  toy  pistols,  when;  marking 

With  toy  pistols;  marking;  labeling 

Paper-lined  cabs  for  nitrates 

Paper  stock  forbidden,  when 

Paper  stock,  wet,  forbidden  for  transportation 

Paper  wrapping  for  damaged  packages  in  transit 

Parafhn  on  stoppers  carboys  of  nitric  acid 

Pabafkined  paper  lining  for  boxes  for  spirits  of  nitro- 
glycerin. 

Paris  gbf.en  (no  label),  in  containers  preventing  sifting 

Paris    green   (poison    label),  maximum  quantity  one 
package. 
Packing 


Partial  loading  or  unloading  of  "  Stop-ofl"  shipments  of 
dangerous  explosives  prohibited. 

Pas.sengee  carrying  trains,  employee  in  charge  of  car  of 
dangerous  articles  In. 

Passenger  cars,  explosives  and  dangerous  articles  ex- 
cluded from,  when. 

Passenger  trains,  dangerous  articles  prohibited  from,  not 
oflcrcd. 

Paste  compounds  not  inflammable  liquids,  when 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 


556 

472 

234(6) 


472 

247 

247  (</) 


503 

301  (e) 


1003 

536  (a) 

416 

631 


701  (6) 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Paragraph. 


76,81,83(0), 
90 


76 

76,81,83  (0), 

88,90 


40(0) 


22  ( j) 


76 


76,81,175 


191 

4,*  4 

10 

70 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


2,11,19 
2,11 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23.24,29,34 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


11,12 
11,12 


2,  11,  19,  20, 
20A,20B 


♦  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


INDEX. 


401 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,  p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Pasteboard  boxes,  inside  containers  for  small-arms  ammu- 
nition. 
Pasteboaed  cartons,  inside  containers  toy  torpedoes  9  grains 

Pasteboard  inside  containers  for  blasting  caps 

Peach-pit  charcoal  cooled  and  stored  before  shipment 

Peanut  bran  forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

Forbidden,  when 

Peanut  skins  forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

Forbidden,  when 

Peddle  car,  explosives  shipments  loaded  in,  separately  stayed 

Penalties  of  act  for  violations 

Pentane  (red  label)  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 


247  (/) 

234  (b),(g) 

466 


301  (h) 


301  (h) 

1011 

7 

308  (b) 


Perchlorate  of  ammonia.     See  Ammonium  perchlorate. 
Perchlorate  of  potash  (yellow  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308, 309, 405- 
408, 430 

308  (,g) 


Permanganate  of  potash  (yellow  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,501, 
510 


308  (9) 


Percussion  caps  defined 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard'. . . 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Not  classed  as  fulminates 

Packed  with  other  articles 

Packing,  maximum  number 

500  or  less,  packing 

Weight 

With  other  articles,  weight • 

Percussion  fuzes,  acceptable 

Defined 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  Indorsement  for 

Packing 

Potassium  permanganate.    See  Permanganate  of  potash. 
Permanganates  as  oxidizing  materials 


308,309,501, 
510 


112 

903 

242 

704  (ft) 

801  (c) 

105 

240  (d) 


240(c) 
241 


112 

242, 243 

704  (6) 

801  (e) 

240, (a)  243 

304 


Peroxide  of  barium.    See  Banum  peroxide. 
Peroxide  of  benzoyl.    See  Benzoyl. 
Peroxide  of  sodium,    see  Sodium. 

*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


Paragraph. 
43 


Specification 
No. 


22(0 


22(0 


*2,7 


76 

■6,81,83(a),90 


1,  2,  5,  5A,  9, 
11,19,23,24,29 


76 

re,  80, 81, 115, 

120 


2,  9,10,11,17, 

18, 19, 20, 20  A, 

20B,21,22,30, 

39A,39B 


76 

76,80,81,115, 

120 


2,  9,10,11,17, 

18, 19, 20, 20  A, 

20B,21,22,30, 

39A,39B 


46,47 


47,49 

2.S(e) 

26 

50 


2,9,10,11,17, 

18, 19,20. 20A, 

20B,21,22,30, 

39A,39B 


402 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Peroxides  as  oxidizing  materials 

Persons,  not  authorized,  no  access  to  dangerous  articles — 
Petroleum,  crude  (crude  oil)  (red  label),  exemption — 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Ft.  I,p.  1. 


Paragraph. 

304 

1002 

308  (6),  (c) 


Petroleum  gas.    See  Ga.ses,  casinghead. 
Petroleum  naphtha  (red  label),  exemption. 
Packing 


Petroleum  oil,  n.  o.  s.    See  Oil. 
Phosgene    (carbonyl   chloride)   (poison 
Class  A  poison.    (By  freight  only). 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

No  exemption 

Packing 


GAS     LABEL), 


Precautions  in  shipping 

Test  of  filled  cylinders  for  leakage;  maximum  pressure; 
gaskets  for  caps. 
Phosphoric  anhydride  (yellow  label),  no  exemption... 

Maximum  quantity,  one  package 

Packing  (by  express) 

Packing 


Phosphorus  in  fireworks .• 

In  special  fireworks 

Phosphorus,  amorphorus,  red  (yellow  label),  in  metal 
inside  containers,  maximum  quantity  one  package. 

No  exemption 

Packing 


In  torpedoes,  forbidden,  when 

In  fireworks,  forbidden  for  tran.sportalion,  when , 

Phosphorus  chloride.    See  Chloride  of  phosphorus. 
Phosphorcs  oxychloride  (white  label),  incombustible 
cushioning  for  containers  of;  packing. 

Exempt  ion 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Phosphorus,  1'knta(hi,oride  (yellow  label; 
quantity  one  paikagc 

No  exemption 

Packing 


maximum 


Phosphorus  projectills,  defined. 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 


308  (b) 

308,309,40.">- 

408, 430, 431 


307  (0) 


309 

309,591,592, 

593 

592, 593 

593 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


309,451,490 


115 
116 


308  ig) 
309,451,455 

101  (J) 


531 
308  (m) 


308,309,521- 
523 


309 
309,451,490 


Paragraph. 


76 

76,81,83  (a) 
90 


76,81,83(0), 
90 


108  (1) 


22(/) 


76 

110 

76,80,81,94, 

110 


29 

30 
76,100 


Specification 
No. 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19,23, 
24,29,34 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19,23, 
24,29,34 


76,80,81,94, 
100 


21  (A) 
129 


76 

76,80,81, 

126,129 


76,80,81,94, 
HI 


2,9,10,11,17, 
18, 19, 20, 20 A, 
20B,21,22,30, 
39A,39B 


1,2,5A,11,28 


1,2,5A, 11,28 


9,10,11,17,18, 

19,     20,    20A, 

20B,21,22,30, 

39A,39B 


INDEX. 


403 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,  p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Phosphorus  trichloride   (white  label),  incombustible 
cushioning  for  containers  of. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

No  exemption 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
531 


309 

309, 521-523, 

531 


Phosphorus,  white  or  yellow  (yellow  label),  forbidden 
for  transportation  (except  see  par.  99). 

Maximum  quantity  one  package , 

No  exemption 

Packing 


309 
309,451,454 


Samples  of,  maximum  weight 

Phosphorus,  white  or  yellow,  in  water,  packing 

Photographic  flash  powder  packed  with  other  articles, 
when. 

With  other  articles,  weight 

Picrate  mixtures  classed  as  high  explosives 

PiCRATEs  classed  as  high  explosive 

Forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

Picric  acid  classed  as  high  explosive 

For  medicinal  purposes,  no  restrictions,  when 

Forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

In  detonating  fuzes 

Picric  acid  wet  with  water,  marking 

Packing,  weight 

Pin  wheels  common  fireworks 

Pistols,  use  of  small-arms  ammunition  in 

Placard,  "acid,"  described;  position  of 

Not  necessary  if  inflammable  placard  is  required 

Placard,  "explosives,"  described;  position  of 

Placard  notation  on  switching  line  ticket 

Placarded  cars,  hot  journals  in,  prevented;  also  cars  next . . 
Placarded  and  certified  cars  for  more  dangerous  explo- 
sives. 
Placarded  cars,  brakes  of,  in  order;  precautions  at  ladder 

track,  incline,  or  hump. 
Placards  attached  as  required  and  replaced  if  lost  in  transit. . 

Attachment  of,  verified  by  carrier 

For  burnt  cotton 

For  carload  shipments  not  labeled 

For  cars  of  explosives  before  movement 

For  cars  of  nitrates 

For  motor  trailer  cars 

Kind  of,  for  carload  shipments  of  dangerous  articles  shown 
on  shipping  order;  or  no  placard. 

Kind  of,  for  carload  shipments  of  dangerous  articles,  shown 
on  waybill;  or  no  placard. 

Must  conform  to  standard 

Not  required  for  cars  of  cylinders  of  compressed  nonin- 
flammable  gases. 

Not  required  for  relatively  safe  explosives 


454 
244 


103,104 
103 


103  (note  1) 
103  (note  1) 


111 

215 

214  (6) 

115 

106 
912, 913, 914 
914 
909 
805 
1040 
900 

1039 

103S 

10.36  (o) 

475  (a) 

700(6) 

1025  (o) 

503 

1064 

706 

802 

414 
911  (note) 

902  {b) 


Paragraph. 
129 

76 


Specification 

No. 
1,2,5A,11,28 


76,80,81, 

126, 129 

22(e) 

76 


1,2,5A,11,28 


76,80,81, 
94,99 


18,20 


18,20 


21  (6) 


21  (note  I) 


404 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,  p.  1. 


Bxpress 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specificationf!, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Placards  not  required  on  baggage  cars,  when 

Not  required  on  cars  of  uouiuflamniable  compressed  gases. 

Not  required,  when 

Obtained  by  shipper  from  ■carrier  and  applied  to  car 

"  Poison  gas"  applied,  when 

Removal  of,  by  carrier  or  consignee 

Required,  when 

Supplied  shippers  by  carriers 

PLAC.4.RDS,  DOKE,  for  casuighead  gasoUne  and  gasoline 

Placards,  "Inflammable,"  on  cars  of  iuflammable  solids  or 
oxidizing  materials. 
On  closed  or  tank  cars  of  inflammable  liquids  or  com- 
pressed inflammable  cases. 
Placards,  "Intlammable"  and  "Dome,"  removed  from 
tank  cars  after  imloading. 

Placards,  lost,  replaced  by  carrier 

Placards,  paper,  pasted  on  tank  cars  without  placard  boards. 
Placards,  standard,  samples  furnished  by  Bureau  of  Ex- 
plosives. 

Plate,  brass,  for  markings  on  cylinders 

"  Poison  gas"  indorsement  on  car  ticket,  card  waybill,  run- 
ning sUp  and  envelope  for  dangerous  articles. 

On  waybUl,  size  of  letters 

"Poison  gas"  label  notation  and  indorsement  for  astray 
shipment,  label. 

"Poison  gas"  placard,  class  A  articles 

In  addition  to  "  Explosives"  placard,  when 

Poisonous  articles,  defined 

Poisonous  articles,  packing;  label 


Paragraph. 
911  (note) 


700(6) 
910 
1056 


Poisonous  aeticles,  no  label,  class  B,  defined. 

In  containers  preventing  sifting 

Poisonous  articles  (poison  label),  defined 

Packing,  hqiiids 

Packing,  solids 


916 
414 
911 

911 

1050  (0 

102S 

911  (note  8) 

915 

556 
S04  (a) 

803 
1005  (6) 

910 

910 

307 

590, 591 


307  (6) 
630,631 


Poisonous  articles,  liquids  (gases),  poison  gas  label 591-595 

Liquidsand  solids,  no  label 630,631 

Poisonous  gas,  n.  o.  s.  (poison  gas  label),  no  exemption. . .  309 

Packing  (by  freight  only) 309,591 

Poisonous  liquids,  dangerous  by  contact,  class  B,  defined...  307  (6) 

Poisonous  liquid,  n.  o.  s.  (poison  gas  label),  no  exemption.  309 

Packing  (by  freight  oniy) 309, 591 

Poisonous  liquids  or  oases,  dangerous  to  Ufo,  class  A,  de-  307  (a) 
fined  (by  freight  only). 

Forbidden  for  transportation,  including  for  military  use 

Poisons,  fumes  of,  in  tank  cars  dangerous 1051 

Label  for 700  (<) 

Sealed  cars  for,  when 

Sifting  or  lenking  of,  from  containers  to  be  prevented 

Police  gas  gre.naues  (poison  gas  label),  packing,  weight;  309, 595 
no  exemption. 

*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141 


Paragraph. 
*13 


Specification 
No. 


191 


192 


142 


75 
175 


2,5,5B,9,11, 
19,20,20A, 
20B,33,40 


75(b) 
175 
175 


2,5,5B,9,19 

11,19,20, 

20A,20B 

33,40 


75(6) 


33,40 


75(a) 


22  (/) 


186  (a) 
191 
191 


INDEX. 


406 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p,  149. 


Polishing  compounds.    See  Compounds. 
Polish,  liquid  metal  (red  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Pacldng 


Paragraph. 
308  (6), (c) 


Polish,  liquid  stove  (red  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,405,- 
408.430 

308  (6),  (c) 


Populated  districts,  dangerous  articles  transported  through; 
precautions. 

Porosity  of  porous  material  in  acetylene  cylinders 

Porous  material  in  acetylene  cylinders 

Potassium  bromate  (yellow  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,405- 
408,430 


563 

563 

308  (g) 


Potash,  chlorate  of.    See  Chlorate  of  potash. 
Potassium,  metallic,  in  neutral  oil  (^^ellow  label),  ex- 
emption. 

In  bottle  inclosed  in  tin  container  boxed 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308, 309, 501, 
510 


308  (!7) 


Potassium  nitrate  (yellow  label),  exempt  from  label, 
certificate,  and  packing  requirements,  when. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


,309,451, 

453 

308  (fc) 


Potassium  perchlorate.    See  Perchlorate. 
Potassium  sulphide  (yellow  l-vbel),  exempt  from  labels  or 
placards,  when. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package. 

Packing 


308,309,501 


308  (j) 


Potassium  sulphide,  crystalized,  nonhazardous,  marking , 
Potassium  sulphide,  fused  and  grount),  packing 

POTASSIXTM  sulphide,   FUSED  BUT  NOT  GROUND,  pacMng 


308,309,451, 

469 

469 

469  (6) 

469(0) 


Potassium  sulphide  (fused,  concentrated,  chipped  or 

BROKEN)  in  metal  cans  or  bottles. 
Potassium  sulphide  (not  ground)  in  bottles,  maximum 

quantity;  outside  boxes. 

Pots,  smoke,  common  fireworks 

Precautions,  packing  and  handling  by  shipper  and  carrier. . 

Precautions,  special,  for  dangerous  articles 

♦  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  UI,  p.  141. 


115 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


76 

76, 81, 83(a), 
90 


1  ,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


1,2,5,5A,.5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


149 
149 


76 

76,80,81,11.5, 

120 


2,9,10,11,17, 

18, 19,20,20A, 

20B,21,22, 

30, 39A,  39B 


76,98 
76,80,81,94, 


18,20B 


76 

76,80,81,115, 

120 


2,9,10,11,17, 

18, 19, 20,20.V, 

20B,21,22, 

30,39A,39B 


76 

76,80,81,94, 

109 


18,20B,39A, 
39B 


109(6) 
109(a) 

109  (o) 

109  (o) 

29 
1,*1 
*3,6 


18,20B 

18,20B,39A, 

39  B 

18 

18 


406 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Preparation  of  dangerous  articles,  in  general 

Pressure  limit  for  charging  cylinders 

Pressure  of  acetylene  gas   in  cylinders,  marked  pressure 

governs. 
Primers  defined 

Packing 

Weight 

Primers,  cannon,  acceptable 

Marking 

Primers,  combination,  marking 

Primers,  small-arms,  acceptable 

Defined 

Marking ■ 

Packed  with  other  articles 

Packed  with  small-arms  ammunition;  marking 

Packing 

Primers,  small- arms,  with  anvils,  packing , 

Printing  of  labels,  standard .^ 

Prohibited  packages  subject  to  commission's  order 

Projectiles,  weight  limit  for  boxes 

Without  boxing  (exceeding  90  pounds) 

Projectiles,  empty,  marking  (no  other  restrictions) , 

Projectiles,  empty,  for  cannon,  marking 

Projectiles,  explosive,  defined 

Fort  )idden 

Marking 

Packing  in  wooden  or  metal  boxes;  marking 

Peojectiles,  explosive,  for  cannon,  marking 

Projectiles,  gas,  marking 

Packing  in  wooden  boxes 

Projectiles,  gas,  for  cannon,  marking 

Projectiles,  gas  filled,  "  Poison  gas' '  placard  for 

Projectiles,  illuminating,  common  fireworks 

Projectiles,  incendiary,  marking 

Packing  in  wooden  boxes 

Projectiles,  incendiary,  for  cannon,  marking 

F'RojECTiLES,  SAND-LOADED,  marking  (no  other  restrictions). 

Projectiles,  sand-loaded,  for  cannon,  marking 

Projectiles,  smoke,  defined 

In  certified  and  placarded  closed  ears 

In  wooden  boxes 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

WayV)ill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for;  show  notation 
"Explosives." 

Projectiles,  smoke,  for  cannon,  marking 

Projectiles,  soud,  marking  (ao  other  restrictions) 

Projectiles,  solid,  for  cannon,  marking 

Powders,  flash,  common  fireworks 

Powder,  loose,  removal  by  consignee 

Powder,  meal,  in  instantaneous  fuse ,.,.,.,.,..., 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,  p.  1. 


Paragraph. 

13 

562  (a) 

566 

112 

240,243 

241 


242, 243 
242, 243 


112 

242, 243 

240(d),  243 

224 


240(b),  243 

700  (c) 

19(6) 

231 

230(0) 

232, 233 

22S 

109  (a) 


232 

230  (a),  232 
228 
232 

230(c),  232 
228 
910 
115 
232 

230(c),  232 

228 

232,233 

228 

108(1),  (2) 
900 

230  (c),  232 

232 

704  (o) 

801(a) 

228 

232, 233 

228 

115 

12 

113  (/) 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  9a. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Paragraph. 
9 

148  (a) 
152 

26 
44,45 


23(d) 
50 
50 

23(C) 
26 


44, 45, 47 


181  (a) 
81(6) 


21(c) 


Specification 
No. 


29 


27(e) 


INDEX. 


407 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p  99. 


Shipping 

container 

.specifications, 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


Publication  of  local  restrictions,  by  Bureau  of  Explo- 
sives. 
Promxjlgation  ad  interim  specifications  by  commission.. 
Property,  carrier's,  report  of  violations  of  regulations  on. . 

Violations,  accidents,  fixes,  or  explosions  on 

Property,  dangers  to,  minimized 

Property,  railroad,  removal  of  loose  dangerous  articles 

from,  by  consignee. 
Prussic  actd.    See  Gases,  hydrocyanic. 
Pyealin  plastics  in  sheets,  rolls,  or  tubes,  packing;  weight. . 
Paralin  scrap  (yellow  label),  forbidden  for  transporta- 
tion. 

In  barrels  or  kegs,  gross  weight 

In  wooden  boxes 

No  exemption 

Packing 

Pyridine  (red  label)  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
8(6) 

19(c) 


11,12 
1 
12 


476  (o) 

476  (a) 

309 

309,451,476 

308  (6),  (c) 


Pyro  sulphuryl  chloride  (white  label),  exemption. 

Maximiun  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 


308  (to) 


308,309,521- 
523, 531 


Pyroxylin  plastics  in  sheets,  flat,  in  strawboard  packages. 
In  sheets,  rolled,  in  fiber  or  strawboard  cylinders,  weight. 
In  sheets,  rolls  or  tubes,  yellow  label,  maximum  quantity 

one  package. 
In  sheets,  rolls,  or  tubes,  yellow  label,  packing 


In  sheets,  rolls,  or  tubes,  packing;  weight 

Pyroxylin  plastic  scrap  (yellow  label),  forbidden  for 
transportation. 

In  barrels  or  kegs 

In  wooden  boxes 

No  exemption .\ , 

Packing 

Weight 

Pyroxylin  in  solution  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximiun  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


476  (a) 

476  (a) 

309 

309,451,476 
476  (a) 

308  (6),  (c) 


Pyroxylin  solvent,  n.  o.  s.  (red  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308,309,405- 
408, 430, 431 


308  (6),  (c) 


308,309,405- 
408, 430, 431 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


81(c) 
198 


103 

22(6) 


76 

76,  81,  83  (a), 

90 


11,17 


76 
76,80,81,126, 
129 
103 
103 

76 

76,80,81,94, 

103 

103 

22(6) 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


76 

76,81,83(0) 


1,2,5,5A,6B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


1,2,5A,11 


11,17 


1,2,5,5A.5B, 
9,10,11.19, 
23,24,29,34 


1,2,6,5A,5B. 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


408 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Quantities  of  dangerous  articles  in  one  package 

Of  dangerous  articles  shipped  without  labels 

QuANTrrr  of  dangerous  articles  to  be  shipped  without  label . . 
Quantity,  maximum  ,  of  corrosive  liquids 

Of  corrosive  liquids  in  one  outside  package 

Of  inflammable  liquids,  in  one  container 

Of  oxidizing  materials 

QtTNQUENNiAL  TESTS  not  required  for  specification  7  cylin- 
ders, when. 

Not  required  for  specification  8  cylinders,  when 

Of  cylinders 

Of  cylinders,  not  required,  when 

Rags,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Forbidden,  when 

Rags,  oily,  forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

Rags,  wet,  forbidden  for  transportation 

Railroad  defect  cards  not  removed  in  unloading  tank  cars. 

Railway  fusees,  common  fireworks 

Railway  torpedoes,  special  fireworks 

Rate  information  avaUable  to  avoid  delays  in  explosives 

cars. 
Receipt,  carrier's,  shows  name  of  article  and  color  of  label. . 
Receipts  for  packages  after  shippers  apply  labels 

"No  label  required' '  marking  on 

Reciaimed  rubber.    See  Rubber. 

Record  of  broken  or  Icaldng  packages  by  bureau 

Of  cars  of  explosives  further  loaded  and  reconsigoed 

Records  of  tests  of  cylinders 

Record,  daily,  of  loaded  placarded  cars 

Record,  interchange,  name  of  article  and  color  of  label  on. . 
Refrigerating  machines  with  gas  exempt  from  regulations, 

when. 
Refrigerator  cars  not  used  for  carboys  of  acid  or  other  cor- 
corrosive  liquids,  except  glacial  acetic  acid. 

Refusal  of  shipment  cause  for  disposal 

Refusal  of  shipments 

Regenerated  eubbee     See  Rubber. 

REGtnATiONs,  Canadian 

Regulations  apply  toaU  shipments 

Regulations  apply  to  carrier's  material  and  supplies 

Determined  by  conferences 

Duty  of  carriers  to  transport  dangerous  articles  under 

For  additional  articles 

For  foreign  shipments 

General 


Penalties  for  violation  of 

Violations  of,  reported  by  carrier  and  consignee 

Removal  of  dangerous  articles  from  cars  in  case  of  fire 
when. 

Repacking  condemned  or  leaking  dynamite 

Damaged  shipments  in  transit,  storage 

Repair  cars,  explosives  in;  marking;  placard 

♦  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill, 


Freight 

regiUations, 

Pt.I,p.  1. 


Paragraph. 


308, 309 
309  (a),  (b) 


308  (m) 


574 

575 

568 

568 

1020  (a) 

301  (e) 


1050  (fc) 
115 
116 
29 


19(6) 

90S  (b) 

570 

1036  (6) 


306 
1018  (a)  I 


21 

15 
9 
9 

5 

8(0) 

17 

16 

1  to31 

7 
11,12 


23 
1003,1004 
904 
p.  141, 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 
76 


125  (a) 


82 
115 
160 

161 
154  (a) 
154(a) 


22  (j) 
22  (j) 


188  (6) 
188  (o) 
188, 189 

81(b) 

156 


189 
74 


197 
10 


5,*5 


14 

1  tol7 

*1  to7 

*2,7 


191 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


INDEX. 


409 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,  p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


Repaies  to  reused  containers , 

Report  of  accidents 

Of  broken  or  leaking  packages  to  bureau 

Of  defect  cards  on  tank  cars  in  transit  with  safety  valves 
due  for  retest. 

Of  flres 

Of  local  restrictions 

Of  \'iolations  of  regulations 

Of  violations  of  regulations  by  carrier  and  consignee 

Resinate,  precipitated  cobalt.    See  Cobalt. 
Restrictions,  local,  for  handling  dangerous  articles 

Reported  to  Bureau  of  Explosives 

Retest,  charged  cylinders  exempt  from,  when 

Return  of  explosives  to  shipper  after  48  hours'  notice  of 

arrival. 
Return  of  shipments  not  delivered 


Riple  grenades.    See  Grenades. 

Rifle  powder,  black,  marking , 

Classed  as  low  explosive 

Rifles,  use  of  sraaU-arms  ammunition  in 

Rockets,  common  fireworks 

Chemical  warfare 

ROLUNG  OF  PACKAGES  forbidden 

Roman  candles,  common  fireworks , 

RooFDiG  cement.    See  Cement. 

Rotating  bands,  protection  for,  in  packing  and  loading 

Rough  ammoniate  tankage.    See  Ammoniate. 

Rough  treatment  of  cars  reported  by  carrier 

Route  of  explosives  for  connecting  line  known  before 
acceptance. 

Rubber  in  sheets  or  roUs  not  dangerous,  when 

Rubber  buffings,  packing 

Rubber  cement.    See  Cement. 

Rubber,  indla,  containers  for  hydrofluoric  acid 

Containers  for  hydrofluosiUcic  acid 

Rubber,  reclaimed,  in  metal  containers,  when 

In  wooden  boxes,  when 

Packing , 

Rubber,  regenerated,  in  metal  containers,  when 

In  wooden  boxes,  when 

Packing 

Rubber    scrap  exempt  from  label  and  certificate  require- 
ments, w*hen. 
Rubber  scrap  (ground,  powdered,  or  granulated)  in 
metal  containers. 

In  wooden  boxes 

Packing 

Rubber  shoddy  in  metal  containers,  when 

In  wooden  boxes,  when 

Packing 

66620°— 22 27 


Paragraph. 


11,19(6) 
402 

11 

8(6) 


11,12 


Hb) 
555 


24,30(6), 
31(2) 

206 
102 
106 
115 
108 


233 


477 

478 


526 
528 


477 
308  (0 


477 


Paragraph. 

17 

198 

81(6) 


Specification 
No. 


198 


190 
29 


132 
133 
104 
104 
104 
104 
104 
104 


105 
105 


104 
104 


410 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Rubber,    scrap,   shoddy,   regenerated   or   reclaimed 
(YELLOW  LABEL),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Running  slip  for  dangerous  articles  indorsed  "Inflamma- 
ble" or  "Acid,"  size  of  letters. 

Sacks  for  high  explosives,  when 

Safety  appliances,  tank  car,  examination  of,  by  carrier 

Safety  devices  in  cylinders,  when 

In  special  steel  cylinders  for  chlorine,  sulphur  dioxide, 
and  methyl  chloride. 
Safety  fuse  acceptable 

Defined 

Described;  description  and  marking  only  required 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard... 

Loading 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Packed  with  blasting  caps , 

Packing , 

With  delay  electric  igniters 

Safety  squibs,  acceptable , 

Defined 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard. . 

In  boxes  or  barrels;  marking 

Loaded  with  other  freight 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Packing 

Sale  of  charged  cylinders  exempt  from  retest 

Sale  of  explosives  after  48  hours'  notice  of  arrival 

Sale  of  shipments  not  delivered 

Saltpeter  (vellow  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,  p.  1. 


Paragraph. 
308  (0 


308, 309, 451, 

477,478 
804(a) 

209  (0),  (6) 
402 
558 
583 


113  (6) 
251 
903 
251 


704  (6) 
801  (c) 
234  a) 


113  («) 


113  (c) 
903 
250 
250 


Salutes,  special  fireworks 

Samples,  new  explosives,  cxaminalion  of 

Samples,  of  explosives,  acceptable 

Condemned,  for  laboratory  examination 

Condemned,  not  forbidden  for  transportation . 

For  laboratory  only,  acceptable 

For  laboratory,  packing 

In  same  package,  when 

Labels 

Name  for  most  dangerous  on  package  of 

Samples  of  labels  from  Bureau  of  Explosives.. 


704  (6) 
801  (c) 


555 


31,30(6) 
308  (ff) 


308,309,501, 
503 


116 

10 


22 


202 
700(e) 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 


76 

76,80,81,94, 
104,105 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


23  (ft) 
27(a) 


23  (j) 
27(6) 


48 
141 
197 
197 


76,80,81,11.5,   9,10,11,17.  18, 
120        19,  20,  20A, 
20B,  21,  22, 
30, 39  A,  39  B 


30 

40 

21,23(0) 


21(0) 

24 

40(a) 


ISO 


186(0) 


INDEX. 


411 


Subject. 


Freight 

regvdations, 

Pt.  I,  p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


ShlppinR 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Samples  of  standard  placards  furnished  by  Bureau  of 

Explosives. 
Samples  of  yellow  or  white  phosphorus  for  laboratory 

of  Internal  Revenue  Bureau  or  Public  Health  Service. 
Sand  in  drain  around  carboy  package,  L.  C.  L.  shipment. . . 

Around  nitric  acid  carboys,  in  mixed  acid  shipment 

Sajid-loaded  bombs  named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Sand-loaded  prqjectiles  for  cannon,  marking 

Sand-loaded  projectiles  in  cars  in  good  condition  without 
certificate  or  placard. 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Sanctuary  oil  {see  Oil,  n.  o.  s.) 

Sawdust,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Cushioning  for  cap  torpedoes,  amount  of  explosive , 

Cushioning  for  samples  of  explosives;  weight , 

Cushioning  in  boxes  high  explosive , 

Forbidden  as  cushioning  for  inside  containers  of  bromine. . 

For  packing  blasting  caps 

For  packing  fulminates 

For  packing  spirits  of  nitroglycerin 

For  packing  spirits  of  nitroglycerin 

For  packing  torpedoes 

For  repacking  damaged  shipments  in  transit 

Not  used  around  carboy  package,  L.  C.  L.  shipment 

Sawdust  (treated  or  untreated)  not  for  cushioning  bromine 

Scrap,  acidulated  fish,  not  forbidden,  when 

Scrap  celluloid.    See  PyroxyUn  plastics. 

Scrap,  fish,  forbidden,  when 

Scrap,  leather,  ammoniates,  tankage  from,  forbidden,  when. 
Scrap  rubber.    See  Rubber. 

Seals,  tank  car,  not  thrown  into  tanks 

Self-igniting  fireworks,  forbidden,  when 

Separate-loading  ammunition,  chemical  warfare;  caliber. . . 
Separate-loading  ammunition  for  cannon  defined;  caliber. 

Serpents,  cominon  fireworks 

Shape  of  labels  standard 

Shellac,  liquid  (red  label),  exempt  from  label  and  certifi- 
cate, when. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
915 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


99 


lOlS  (6) 
1018  (c) 
704(6) 
801  (c) 
228 
903 

704  (6) 

801  (c) 


1020  (o) 


210  (6) 
521 

234(c) 
222 
416 


"6(list;note  1) 


55 
40(6) 


89 


247  (e) 

1003, 1004 

1018  (6) 

524 

301  U) 

301  (0 
301  (j) 

1050  (!) 

101  (m) 

108(1) 

107 

115 

700(e) 

308  (d) 


308, 309, 405- 
408,430,431 


21  (0 


29 
181  (a) 


Shipper,  duty  of,  to  apply  label  before  obtaining  receipt  for 
package. 

Duty  of,  to  instruct  employees 

Duty  of,  to  make  regulations  effective 

Failure  of,  to  perform  duties  cause  of  fires  or  explosions 

Must  attach  dome  placards 

Must  examine  tank  cars  for  defects 

Must  explain  stains  on  packages  of  explosives;  rejection . . . 

Must  furnish  and  attach  labels 

I  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141 


1 

1 

6 

414 

401(6) 

201 

700(c) 


76 

76,81,83  (o), 

90 

188(0) 

1,*G 
1,*6 
♦3,6 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 

9,  10,  U,  19, 

23,24,29,34 


412 


II^DEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Paragraph. 
Shipper,  must  furnish  staying  materials  for  packages  he  loads .  1012  (6) 

Precautions  in  packing  by 1 

Required  to  describe  and  mark  packages 7 

Solicitation  of  transportation  by,  in  violation  of  act  or  7 

regulation. 

24  hours'  notice  of  L.  C .  L.  shipments  of  explosives  by 28 

Violation  of  act  by;  penalties 7 

Shippek's  authority  for  carrier's  certificate  on  switching  line  80.5 

ticket. 
Shipper's   certificate   for  explosives  on  shipping   order; 
signature. 

On  shipping  order  for  dangerous  articles;  signature 

On  switching  line  ticket 

With  initial  carrier  when  waybiU  is  indorsed  for  label  or 
placard. 

Shippers'  conferences  with  Bureau  of  Explosives 

Shipper's  name  and  address,  or  carrier's  name  and  sta- 
tionery form  number,  on  labels,  when. 

Shipping  cards  removed  from  tank  cars  after  unloading 

Shipping  containers  must  conform  to  specifications 

Shipping  names,  abbreviations  of,  forbidden 

Shipping  orders 

Certificate  and  label  requirements  for 

Color  or  kind  of  label,  or  no  label,  notations,  on;    also 
placard. 

Description  of  articles,  on 

For  bui-n t  cotton 

For  explosives,  shipper's  certificate  on;  signature 

For  foreign  shipments 

Label  and  certificate  notations  canceled,  when  not  re- 
quired. 

Must  be  examined  before  acceptance  of  packages 

Must  show  dome  placards  have  been  attached 

Names  of  dangerous  articles  on 

Names  of  explosives  on 

Shipper's  certificate  on,  signature 

Shipments,  forwarding,  in  48  hours 

Preparation  and  handling  of,  by  shipper  and  carrier 

Refused 

Regulations  apply  to  all , 

Regulations  for  preparing  and  transporting,  determined 
by  conferences. 

24  hours'  notice  L.  C.  L.  of  explosives 

Shipments,  astray,  forwarded,  when 

Shipments,  defective,  reported . . . ; 

Shipments,  explosives,  for  connecting  lines 

Regular  days  for  L.  C.  L 

Shipments  for  War  and  Navy  Departments 

Shipments,  foreign 

Shipments  from  connecting  lines  must  comply  with  regu- 
lations. 

Shipments,  l.  C  l.,  show  name  and  address  of  consignee 

*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill 


704  (a) 

707 
805 
802 


700(/)(note) 

1050  (0 
19 

800 
701-708 
309  (d) 

706 

702 

475  (a) 

704  (a) 

16 

70S 

1006 

414 

705 

704, 800 

707 

30(a) 

1 

21 

9 

5 

28 


12 
29 
27 
14(0) 
16 
1055  (6) 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


*1,1 
*2, 7, 12 

*2,7 


70:3 


5,*5 
186  (a)(note) 


1,  "Kl 

10 
8 


21,22 
14 


p.  141. 


ENDEX. 


413 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I.p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  n,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Ft.  IV,  p.  149. 


Shipments  not  detailed  securely  packed 

Shipments  of  dangerous  explosives  consigned  to  shipper's 

resident  representative. 
Shoddy  rubber.     See  Rubber. 

Slfttng  of  poisons  from  containers  to  be  prevented 

Signature  of  shipper  or  his  agent  on  shipping  order 

Silicon  chloride  (white  label),  exemption 

Maximum  quantit  j'  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 

20 
701  (a) 


631 

704  (a),  707 
308  (m) 


Signs,  track  caution,  for  tank  cars  being  unloaded . 

Size  of  labels  standard 

Skids  for  handling  dangerous  articles  at  stations , 

Skins,  peanut,  forbidden,  when , 

Small-arms  ammunition,  acceptable 

Defined 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certifieate  or  placard . . 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Only  packing  and  marking  restrictions  apply  to 

Packing;  marking;  weight 

With  other  articles,  marking;  weight 

SMALL-ARMS  PRIMERS,  acceptable 

Defined : 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard . . . 

Marking 

Named  on  sliipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for , 

Packing , 

With  other  articles,  packing 

With  other  articles,  weight 

Small-arms  primers,  with  anvils,  packing 

Smoke  agents  for  chemical  warfare , 

Smoke  bombs  in  certified  and  placarded  closed  cars 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation, 
"Explosives." 

Smoke  candles,  chemical  warfare,  as  special  firework.s 

Smoke  generators,  chemical  warfare 

Smoke  grenades.    See  Grenades. 

Smoke  pots,  common  fireworks 

Smoke  projectiles.    See  Projectiles. 

Smoke  rockets,  defined 

Smokeless  powder  classed  as  high  explosives,  when 

Defined 

For  expelling  fire-extinguisher  charges 

Forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

"Inflammable "  placard  on  closed  cars  of 

Shipped  with  black-powder  igniters 


308,309,521, 

522, 523, 531 

1050  (o) 

700  (e) 
1001  (b) 
301  (/^) 


106 

903 
704  (6) 
801  (c) 

226 
224, 225, 226 

224 


112 

903 

242, 243 

704  (6) 
801  (c) 


240  (rf) 


240  (6),  243 

108 

900 

704  (a) 

801  (a) 

IHi 
108 

115 

108  (3) 

104 

104 

104  (note  2) 


911 
107 


Paragraph. 
13 


Specification 
No. 


76 

76,80,81, 

126, 129 


181  (a) 


ZHb) 
25 


43,. 50 

43,49,50 

23(c) 

26 


50 


44,45,47 
47, 4'J 


21(p)(note2)' 


414 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.  I,  p.  1. 


Smokeless  powder  for  cannon  in  cars  in  good  condition 
placarded  "Inflammable." 

Marking 

Named  onshlpping  order,  how 

Packing;  weight;  marking 


Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for.  show  notation 
"Inflammable." 

Weight  of  packages 

Smokeless  powder  for  cannon,  in  water,  in  metal  barrels 


In  wooden  barrels 

Smokeless  powder  for  cannon,    including   in   water, 

marking. 
smokeless  powder  for  small  arms  (containers  12§  pounds 
or  less)  in  wooden  boxes. 

In  cars,  in  good  condition,  placarded  "Inflammable" 

In  wooden  boxes,  marking , 

Inside  containers  for 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Over  12J  pounds,  in  metal  kegs 

Over  12i  pounds,  in  wooden  barrels  or  kegs , 

Packing;  weight;  marking , 

M'aybiU,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation 
"Inflammable." 

Weight  of  packages 

Smokeless  powder  for  small  arms  in  water,  in  metal 
barrels. 

In  wooden  barrels 

Soda,  chlorate  of.    See  Chlorate  of  soda. 

Soda,  nitrate  of.    See  Nitrate  of  soda. 

Soda,  nitrite  of  (yellow  label),  exemption  ^ 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Sodium,  bicaebonate  of,  for  fire-extinguisher  charges, 
packing. 

Sodium,  metallic  (yellow  label),  maximum  weight 

No  exemption , 

Maximum  quantity  one  package , 

Packing 


Sodium,  metallic,  in  neutral  oil,  in  bottle  inclosed  in  tin 
container,  boxed. 

Packing 

Sodium  peroxide  (yellow  label), maximum  quantity  one 
package. 

No  exemption 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
902  (o) 

218 
704  (o) 
216-218 


801  (6) 

217 
216 

216 
218 

219 

902  (a) 
219 
219 
221 

704  (a) 
219 
219 

219-221 

801  (6) 

220 
219 

219 


308  (g) 


3()s,  .3a5, 

501,510 
530 


309, 451,  453 


309 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Paragraph. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  119. 


Specification 
No. 


5,5A,  5B,  9, 
10,13,20, 
20A.  20B 


5C,5A,5B,20, 
20A,  20B 
9,10 


76 

76, 80, 81, 

115,120 

135 


76 
70,  80,  81, 


309, 501, 502   76,  SO,  81, 115, 
I  118 


13 

10 

10,13,16 


5,  5A,  5B,  20, 

20A,  20B 

9,10 


2,ll,tl7 
(t) 


18,203 
18 

18,  20B 


11,18,20B, 
39A 


t  For  express  transportation. 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regiilatious, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Sodium  picramate  (yellow  label),  maximum  quantity 
one  package. 

No  exemption 

Packing 


Paragraph. 


Sodium  picramate  ,  wet  with  water,  packing 

Packing;  quantity;  weight 

Sodium  sulphate,  fireprooflng  by,  for  cushioning  for  nitric 

acid,  prohibited. 
Sodium  sulphide  (yellow  label)  exempt  from  labels  or 
placards,  when. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Paclnng 


309 
309,451,481 


481 


536  (6) 
308  (j) 


Sodium  sulphide,  crystallized,  nonhazardous,  marking. 

Sodium  sulphide,  fused  and  ground,  packing 

Sodium  sulphide,  fused  but  not  ground,  packing 


308,309,451, 
469 
469 

469  (6) 

460(a) 


Sodium  sulphide  (fused,  concentrated,  chipped,  or  bro- 
ken), in  metal  cans  or  bottles. 

Sodium  sulpihde  (not  ground)  in  bottles,  maximum  quan- 
tity; outside  boxes. 

Solicitation  of  transportation  in  violation  of  act  or  regula- 
tions. 

Solids,  inflammable,  packing 


SouDS,  poisonous.    See  Poisonous  articles. 
Solid  projectiles  in  oars  in  good  condition  without  certifi- 
cate or  placard. 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Solid  projectiles  for  cannon,  marking 

Solvent  in  acetylene  gas  cylinders 

Maximum  volume,  allowed  in  acetylene  cylinders 

Replacement  of  losses  in,  from  acetylene  cylinders 

Solvent,  n.  o.  s.  (red  label),  exemption 

Maximiun  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


7 
450-490 


903 

704  (6) 
801  (c) 
228 
563 
564 
565 
308  (b),  (c) 


Sparklers,  common  fireworks 

Forbidden,  when 

Sparks  and  friction  avoided  in  handling  leaking  car  of  in- 
flammable liquid;  dragging  avoided  if  possible 

Special  fireworks  defined 

Described;  packing 

Including  mixture  with  common  fireworks,  marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

Waybill,  envelope,  and  car  ticket  for,  show  notation 
"Inflammable." 

Weight 


308, 309, 405- 
408, 430, 431 

115 
101  (m) 

1048 
116 
247 
249 
704  (o) 
801(6) 


248 


Paragraph. 
76 


76,80,81,94, 
96 
96 
96 


76,80,81,94, 
109 

109  (b) 
109  (o) 

109  (a) 

109  (a) 

*2,7 

94-111 


149 
150 
151 


76,81,83  (a), 
90 


29 
21  (0 


58 


*Baggagc  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


41G 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Specifications,  ad  interim 

Det  ennincd  by  conferences 

For  containers  prescribed  as  necessary 

Specimens,  laboratory,  in  alcohol 

Spent  iron  mass  forbidden,  wiien 

Spent  oxide  forbidden,  when 

Spirits  of  nitroglycerin  (red  label),  defined,  packing. . 

Exemption 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


113  (c) 

250 

19 

1032 

13 

1011 

1012  (o) 

1012  (6) 

1014 

11,12 


Sponge,  iron,  forbidden,  when 

Sporting  pieces,  use  of  small-arms  ammunition  in 

Sporting  powder  classed  as  low  explosive 

Squibs  loaded  with  other  freight 

Squibs,  electric,  defined 

Indorsement  on  billing 

Name  on  shipping  order 

Packing 

Squibbs,  safety,  acceptable 

Defined 

In  boxes  or  barrels,  marking 

Stamping  shipping  containers 

Station,  passenger,  car  of  explosives  not  placed  near 

Staying  dangerous  articles  in  general 

Explosives  shipments  separately  to  prevent  delays  to 
local  freight  trains. 

Materials  for,  at  forwarding  and  transfer  stations 

Materials  for,  furnished  by  shipper 

Other  freight  to  prevent  damage  to  packages  of  explosives. . 

Violations  of  regulations  for,  reported  by  carrier  and 
consignee. 

Steam  pipf,s  guarded  in  sealed  cars 

Stock  cars  for  lump  charcoal  from  soft  wood 

For  metal  barrels  and  drums  of  inflammable  liquids 

Stokes  mortar  projectiles,  defined 

Stop-off  shipments  for  partial  loading  or  unloading  pro- 
hibited, unless  each  consignment  is  blocked  and  braced. 

Stoppers  for  bottles  of  nitric  acid 

Storage  of  dangerous  articles  near  steam  pipes,  etc.,  for- 
bidden. 

Dangerous  explosives  with  other  dangerous  articles  for- 
bidden. 

Of  explosives  after  48  hours'  notice  of  arrival,  at  expense 
of  owner. 

Violations,  accidents,  fires,  or  explosions  in 

Violations  of  regulations  in,  report  of 

Storage  batteries,  insulated  and  not  loaded  or  stored  with 
explosives. 

Held  for  delivery  7  days 

Storage  batteries,  charged,  packing 

Storage  battebies  cbasged  ■with  electrolyte,  packing. . 

*  Baggage  regulations,  Ft.  Ill,  p.  141. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Paragraph. 

19(c) 

5 

18 

409  (note) 

301  (?) 

301  (g) 

416 

308  (c) 


308,309,405- 
408, 416 
301  (g) 
106 
102 
250 
113  (d) 
801  (c) 
704  (6) 
250 


458 

1016 

108  (2) 

701  (6) 

535 


1013 

31  (1),30(6) 

•11 


1020  (c) 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  U,  p.  99. 


Paragraph. 
81(c) 
5,*  5 


76,81,83  (a). 


23  (j) 

27(6) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


134  (6) 
191 


197 


197 

130  (6) 

130  (a), (6) 


INDEX. 


417 


Subject. 


I 


Storing  electric  storage  batteries 

Method  of,  open  to  inspection 

Yellow  and  white  label  articles  together,  forbidden 

Stove  polish.    See  PoUsh. 

Straw,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Cushioning  for  anhydrous  liquid  chlorides,  when 

Cushioning  for  hydrochloric  (muriatic)  acid 

Cushioning  for  nitric  acid,  forbidden 

Cushioning  for  sulphuric  acid 

Strawboard  containers  for  safety  fuse 

Cylinders  for  pyroxylin  plastics  in  sheets,  rolled 

Packages  for  pyroxylin  plastics  in  sheets,  flat;  strength 

For    packing    inflammable    liquids,    when;    maximum 
quantity. 

Strawboaed,  corrugated,  for  inflammable  liquids 

"Strike   anywhere"  and  "strike  on  box"  matches. 

See  Matches. 
Strontium  nitrate.    See  Nitrate  of  Strontia. 
Sulphide  of  potassium.    See  Potassium  sulphide. 
Sulphide  of  sodium.    See  Sodium  sulphide. 

Sulphur,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Sulphur  in  delay  electric  igniters 

In  electric  squibs 

In  fireworks,  forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

In  torpedoes,  forbidden,  when 

In  toy  torpedoes,  packing 

Sulphur  chloride.    See  Chloride. 

Sulphur-tipped  safety  squibs 

Sulphuric  acid.    See  Acid. 

Supplies,  carreers',  and  material,  regulations  apply  to 

Savitching  car  of  explosives  with  doors  closed 

Switching  line  ticket  must  bear  shipper's  certificate  and 
placard  notation;  other  switching  ticket  the  placard  nota- 
tion. 
Switching,  unnecessary,  and  rough  handling  of  placarded 
cars  avoided. 

Tagliabue  open  cup  tester  for  inflammable  liquids 

Tags  and  labels,  combination  of,  permitted 

Tank  car  defined  as  "package" 

Tank  cars,  capacity  of,  includes  dome 

Carrier  must  examine,  for  defects 

Cooled  by  water  before  unloading  ,when 

Detached  from  connections  during  unloading 

Dome  cover,  valve  cap  and  reducer  of,  replaced  after  un- 
loading. 

Dome  placards  for,  attached  by  shipper 

For  anhydrous  liquid  chlorides 

For  casinghead  gasoline 

For  chlorine  and  sulphur  dioxide;  outage 

For  inflammable  liquids  flashing  atlower  than  20°  F,  when 

For  inflammable  liquids,  safety  valves  set  at  25  pounds . . . 

For  inflammable  liquids  with  tension  10  pounds  or  less 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Paragraph. 

1020  (c) 

21 

1010 

1020  (a) 
531 
532 
535 
530 
2,51 


430 


1020  (a) 
113  (6) 
113  (d) 


101  (0 
217  (/) 

113  (c) 

9 
1031  (6) 

805 

1037 


3 

405 

402 

1050  (b) 

1050  (n) 

1050  u) 

414 
531 
412(a) 
582 
431 
431 
431 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Paragraph. 


i2y 

131 


103 

103 

90(d) 


21(A) 


56 

27(b) 

8 


70 
181  (6) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


418 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p..l 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Tank  cars  for  inflammable  or  corrosive  liquids  must  com- 
ply with  A.  R.  A.  specifications. 

For  mixed  nitric  and  sulphuric  acid;  percentage  of  mix- 
tures. 

For  sulphuric  acid 

Mechauical  device  for  closing  domes  of 

Of  compressed  inllammable  gas  placarded  "Inflammable''. 

Of  LnflammaMe  liquid  placarded  " Inflammable' ' 

Of  inflammables  not  [ilaced  in  train  next  gondola  or  flat 
cars  with  lading  liable  to  shift. 

Of  inflammables,  placement  in  trains  of;  notice  to  train 
crews. 

Offered  in  interch ange,  leaking 

Outlet  valves  of,  closed  before  removal  of  dome  cover 

Railroad  defect  cards  not  removed  in  unloading 

Removal  of  dome  covers  of,  regulations  for 

Removal  of  shipping  cards  from,  after  unloading 

Safety  valves  of,  not  tested  in  transit,  defect  cards  at- 
tached. 

Safety  valves  of,  operate  at  12  pounds,  when 

Slupper  must  examine,  for  defects 

Suitably  lined,  for  hydrochloric  (muriatic)  acid 

Test  of,  certified;  details 

Unloaded  in  morning  when  lower  pressure  exists 

Unloaded  on  grade  with  brakes  set  and  wheels  blocked . . . 

Unloading  connections  of,  detached  after  unloading 

Unloading  connections  of,  securely  attached 

Unloading  regulations 

Unloading,  safety  precautions  in;  reliable  persons  for  the 
service. 

Unloading  tools  for,  free  from  oil,  dirt,  and  grit 

Without  placard  boards,  paper  placards  pasted  on 

Tank  cabs,  empty,  lights  kept  away  from 

Waybill  must  show  empty  cars 

Which  contained  inflammable  liquids,  outlet  valve  caps 
and  dome  covers  in  place. 

Tank  car,  leaking,  marking  to  prevent  loading 

Tank  cars,  metal,  for  carbon  bisulphide 

Tank  cars,  special,  for  chlorine  or  sulphur  dioxide;  outage. . 

Tank  cars,  tested,  required 

Tank  cars,  uninsulated,  outage  chart  for 

Tank  cars,  wooden,  for  hydrofluoric  acid 

For  hydrofluosUicIc  acid 

Tankage  fertilizers  forbidden  for  transportation,  when... 

Tankage,  garbage,  forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

Ta-nkages,  rough  AMMONiATE,  defined,  forbidden  for  trans- 
portation, when. 
Tanks,  metal,  for  natural  history  or  laboratory  specimens  in 
alcohol. 

Tanks,  motor  vehicles,  drainage  of 

Tare  weight,  acetylene  cylinders,  defined,  marking 

Not  exceeded  in  replacing  losses  in  solvent 

Tear  gas  candles,  as  special  fireworks 


Paragraph. 

401  (a) 

537 

5.30 
431 
911 
911 
1030  (J) 

1030  (e) 

1043 
1050  id) 
1050  (t) 
1050  (c) 
1050  (I) 
402 

431 

401  (b) 

532 

403 

1050  (6) 

1050  (p) 

1050  (to) 

1050  (g) 

1050 

1050 

1050  («) 

911,  (notes) 

1049  (d) 

804  (6) 

1052 

1049  (c) 

410 

551 

402 

405 

529(a) 

529  (a) 

301  (fc) 

301  (fc) 

301  (j) 

409  (note) 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


22(0) 
22(0) 
22(71) 


564 
565 
116 


199 

150 

151 

30 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.l,p... 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Tear-gas  grenades,  police,  packing,  weight,  tests 

Chemical  warfare,  as  special  fireworks 

Temperature,  change  of,  determines  outage 

Temperature,  rise  of,  cause  of  expansion  of  liquid 

Test  and  marking  on  cylinders  essential 

Test  dates  on  cylinders 

Test,  government  laboratory,  explosives  condenmed  by 

Bureau. 
Test  of  tank  cars  prescribed  by  A.  R.  A.  specifications... 

Safety  valve  not  tested  in  transit;  defect  cards  attached. 
Test  pressure  specification  3  cylinders 

Specification  3A  cylinders,  marking 

Specification  4  cylinders,  marking 

Specification  25  cylinders,  including  those  made  before 
AprU  20, 1915. 

Specification  26  cylinders 

Specification  27  cylinders 

Specification  33  cylinders 

Specification  38  cylinders 

Tester,  taguabue  open  cup,  for  inflammable  liquids 

Tests,  dates  of,  on  cyUnders 

For  sMpping  containers 

Records  of,  marked  on  cylinders , 

Reused  containers 

Tests,  decennial,  for  specification  4  cylinders 

Tests,  pressure,  quinquennial,  for  cylinders 

Tests,  quinquennial,  not  required  fw  specification  7  cylin- 
ders, when. 

Not  required  for  specification  8  cyUnders,  when 

Textile  waste,  forbidden,  when 

Textile  waste,  WET,forbidden  for  transportation 

"Tms  side  up"  marking  on  boxes  IJ  pounds  low  explosives.. 

Marking  on  contamers  of  inflammable  hquius 

Marking  on  containers  of  inflammable  or  corrosive  Uquids. . 

Marking  on  packages  low  explosives  and  black  powder — 

Marking  on  packages  smokeless  powder  for  small  arms — 

Throwing  of  packages  forbidden 

Time  fuzes,  acceptable ? 

Defined 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for 

Packing 

Weight 

Tin  bichloride  (tetrachloride)  (white  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
595 
116 
405 
405 
552 
552 
101  (p) 

402 
402 
571 
572 
573 
576 

577 
578 
579 


302 
556 
19(6) 
570 
26 
673 
568 
574 

575 
301  (e) 


204(c) 
407 


204(c) 
219 


112 
903 


704(6) 

801  (c) 

240  (a),  243 

241 

308  (m) 


Titanium  tetra  chloride  (white  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


308, 309,  .521- 
523,531 
308  (m) 


Paragraph. 


30 


83(a) 
138 
138 


157 
158 
159 
162 


104 
70 
142 
81(6) 
156 
17 
159 
154(a) 
100 

101 

22  (.J) 

81  (d) 


190 

23(/) 

26 


308,309,521, 
522, 523, 531 


76,80,81, 
126,129 


76,80,81, 
126, 129 


420 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,  p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.  II,  p.  99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  141, 


Toluene.    See  Toluol. 

Toluol  (toluene)  (red  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
308  (c) 


308, 309, 405- 
408, 430, 431 


"To  ORDER  notify"  shipments  of  dangerous  explosives 

Tool  necessary  for  exploding  special  fireworks 

Tools,  unloading,  for  tank  cars,  free  from  oil,  dirt  and  grit 

Toxic  gas,  chemical  warfare 

Toxic  gas  projectiles,  defined 

Torpedoes,  average  weight  of  explosive  in 

Not  packed  with  other  fireworks 

Torpedoes,  cap,  in  sawdust,  amount  of  explosive 

Packing 

Torpedoes,  empty,  marking  (no  other  restrictions) 

Torpedoes,  explosive,  forbidden 

Marking 

Torpedoes,  railway,  special  fireworks 

Torpedoes,  toy,  containing  potassium  chlorate,  black  anti- 
mony, and  sulphur;  packing. 

Forbidden,  when 

Forbidden  for  transportation,  when 

Not  classed  as  fulminates 

Not  exceeding  9  grains  of  explosive 

Outside  packages,  marking 

Special  fireworks 

Weight 

Tow,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars , 

Toy  caps,  special  fireworks 

Tracer  fuzes,  acceptable , 

Defined , 

Gross  weight 

In  cars  in  good  condition  without  certificate  or  placard 

Marking 

Named  on  shipping  order,  how 

No  waybill  indorsement  for , 

Packing 

Trade  names  on  packages r , 

Tractors  exempt  from  labels,  certificates  and  placards,  when. 
Trains,  local  freight,  delays  to,  prevented  by  separately 

stajdng  explosives  shipments. 
Transfer  of  cylinders  to  service  requiring  less  strength; 
approval;  marking. 

Transfer  sheet,  name  of  article  and  color  of  label  on 

Transfer  stations  provide  materials  for  staying 

Shipments  must  leave  in  48  hours , 

Transfers  of  explosives  must  be  carefully  made 

Transportation  of  articles  in  violation  of  act  or  regulations; 
penalties. 

Of  articles  under  local  restrictions 

Of  dangerous  articles,  duty  of  carrier 

Violations,  accidents,  fires,  or  explosions  in 

*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill, 


701  (a) 

116 

1050  (g) 

108 

108  (1),  (2) 

247  (/) 

247  (?) 


247(e) 
232,233 


232 
116 

247  (/) 

101  (i),  (j) 


105 

247  (/) 

249 

116 

248 

1020  (a) 

116 


112 


903 
242,243 
704  (6) 
801  (c) 


206 

308  (€) 

1011 

400(a) 


1012  (a) 

30(0) 

1000  (o) 

4,7 


8(0) 
11,  12 

p.  141. 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


76 

76,  81, 83  (a), 

90 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 
9,10,11,19, 
23,24,29,34 


30 


21(c) 


30 

56 

21  (ft) 
21(A) 


30 

23(9) 

26 

49 


81(a) 
189 


4.7.*2,*4 


INDEX. 


421 


Subject. 


Trench  mortar  bombs  as  chemical  warfare  ammunition 

Trinitrotoluene  classed  as  high  explosive 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

In  Cordeau  detonant 

Trinitrotoluene  wet  with  water,  marking 

Packing;  weight 

Trucks  for  handling  dangerous  articles  at  stations 

Of  cars,  more  dangerous  explosives  examined  for  defects. 

Trucks,  tank  car,  examination  of,  by  carrier 

Trunks  for  moving-picture  films,  as  baggage 

Tubes  of  gases  exempt  from  regulations,  when 

Tubs,  for  sulphuric  acid 

Ullage  for  bromine  containers 

For  hydrofluoric  acid,  60  per  cent  and  over 

For  hydrofluoric  and  hydrofluosihc  acids 

For  sulphuric  acid  in  fire  extinguisher  charges 

Required  by  internal  revenue  regulations 

Unauthorized  persons,  no  access  of,  to  dangerous  articles  . . 

Uncoupling  car  of  explosives,  not  while  in  motion 

Undelivered  packages 

Uniform  practice  for  placarding  and  certifying  cars 

Unloading  connections  detached  after  miloading 

For  tank  cars  securely  attached 

Unloading  regulations  for  tank  cars 

Unloading  tank  cars,  safety  precautions  in;  reliable  per- 
sons for  this  service. 

Valve  caps,  removal  of,  for  unloading  tank  cars 

Valve  caps,  tank  car,  off  during  loading 

Tight  when  offered  for  transportation 

Valve  protectors,  metal  caps  for,  cylinders  for  compressed 
gases  when. 

VALVE  rod,  tank  CAR,  diagram 

Valve,  unloading,  leakage  caused  by,  seating  of  plunger 

Valve,  unloading  or  discharge,  diagram  of 

Valves,  acetylene  cylinders,  included  in  tare  weight 

Valves,  cylinder,  protected,  when 

Valves,  safety,  of  tank  cars,  certificate 

Of  tank  cars  for  inflammable  liquids  set  at  25  pounds 

Of  tank  cars  not  tested  in  transit,  defect  cards  attached. . 

Of  tank  cars,  operate  at  12  pounds  for  inflammable  liquids, 
when. 

Raised  to  relieve  pressure  in  tank  cars 

Valves,  tank  car,  examination  of,  by  shipper 

In  proper  condition  before  loading 

Valves,  tank  car  outlet,  closed  before  removal  of  dome 

covers. 
Varnish  (shellac).    See  Shellac. 

Varnish  (red  label),  exempt  from  label  and  certificate, 
when. 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

In  metal  cans  in  outside  containers 

Packing 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Paragraph. 

108 
103 


113  (a) 
215 

214  (6) 
1001  (6) 

901  (e) 
402 


306 

530 

524 

527 

529 

530 

405 

1002 

1032 

30,31 

905 

1050  (m) 

1050  (<7) 

1050 

1050 

1050  (/) 
481  (6) 
401  (c) 
559  (a) 

1074 
1074 
1074 
564 


403 
431 
402 
431 

1050  (6) 
401  (6) 
401  (h) 

1050  (d) 


308  (d) 


308,309,405- 
408,  430,  431 


*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  Ill,  p.  141. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Paragraph. 


21(6) 
27(/) 


■9(a) 
74 


128 


135 
83(6) 


145  (a) 


150 
*  10(A) 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Specification 
No. 


76 

88 

76, 81, 83  (a), 

88,90 


1,2,5,SA,5B, 

9,10,11,19,23, 

24,29,34 


422 


INDEX. 


Subject. 


Freight 

regulations, 

Pt.I,p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

S]3ecifioations, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Varnish  REMOVING  OR  REDUCTNG  compoxtnds  (liquid).    See 

Compounds. 
Vehicles,  self-propelling,  exempt  from  labels,  certificates 
and  placards,  when, 

Vessels,  glass,  for  inflammable  liquids 

Violations  of  regulations  for  explosives  corrected  before 
forwarding. 

Report  of 

VioLATioxs,  penalties  of  act  for 

Reported  by  carrier  and  consignee 

ViscoLom  PLASTICS.    See  Pyroxylin  plastics. 

ViscoLom  SCRAPS.    See  Pyroxylin  plastic  scrap. 

Vulcanizing  compounds.    See  Compounds. 

Wantage  for  bromine  containers 

For  hydrofluoric  acid,  60  percent  and  over 

For  hydrofluoric  and  hydrofluosilicic  acids 

Required  by  internal  revenue  regulations 

For  sulphuric  acid  in  fire  extinguisher  charges 

War  Department  shipments 

Chemical  warfare  devices 

In  time  of  war 

Waste,  cotton,  forbidden,  when 

Waste,  paper,  wet,  forbidden  for  transportation 

Waste,  textile,  forbidden,  when 

Waste,  textile,  wet,  forbidden  for  transportation 

Waste,  wool,  forbidden,  when 

Waste  wool,  wet,  forbidden  for  transportation 

Water  no  use  for  extinguishing  oil  fires 

Wat  car,  explosives  shipments  loaded  in,  separately  stayed. 
Waybill  and  envelope  for  explosives  stamped  or  written 
across  face  "Explosives";  size  of  letters. 

For  explosives  stamped  or  written  across  face  "Inflam- 
mable"; size  of  letters. 
Waybill  for  dangerous  articles  bearing  red,  yellow,  or 
white  labels  stamped  or  written  across  face  "Inflammable" 
or  "Acid";  size  of  letters. 

Color  or  kind  of  label  notations  on;  also  placard 

Delivered  to  connecting  carrier , 

Indorsed  when  shipper's  certificate  for  dangerous  articles 
received. 

Not  on  list 

Names  of  dangerous  articles  on 

Shows  when  tank  car  is  empty 

Waybill  indorsement  for  green  label  articles  not  required. . 

Waybill,  revenue,  description  of  explosives  on 

Waybill,  revenue  or  other,  description  of  dangerous  arti- 
cles on. 

W  AYBILUNG 

Name  of  article  and  color  of  label  on 


Paragraph. 

308  (e) 

430 
11 

11 

4,7 
11,12 


524 
527 
529 
405 
530 
14(a) 
116 


301  (e) 


301  (e) 


301  (e) 


1073 

1011 

801  (a) 

801  (b) 

803 


802 
802 
802 

802 
802 
804(b) 
803 
SOO 
802 

800-805 
189 


Paragraph 


Specification 
No. 


1,2,11,19,24 


198 

4,7,*2,*4 


83(b) 
135 
30 
30 

21,22 


22  (;•) 


22  (i) 
22  (j) 


*  Baggage  regulations,  Pt.  in,  p.  141. 


INDEX. 


423 


Subject. 


Freight 

rcRulations, 

Pt.I.p.l. 


Express 
regulations, 
rt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Weight  ammonium  picrate  wet  with  water 

Barium  peroxide,  barrels  or  drums 

Benzoyl  peroxide 

Blasting  or  electric  blasting  caps 

Chlorpicrin  and  other  class  A  poisons ,  bottle  and  package . 

Common  fireworks 

Common  fireworks,  set  pieces 

Corrosive  liquids 

Dangerous  articles  shipped  without  labels 

Detonating  fuzes 

Dry  nitrocellulose 

High  explosive  with  liquid  ingredient 

High  explosive  without  liquid  ingredient 

Of  inflammable  solids,  wooden  bajrels  or  kegs,  specifica- 
tion 11. 

Limit  for  boxes  with  more  than  one  projectile,  mine, 
grenade,  or  bomb. 

Limits  for  explosives  shipments 

Liquefied  gases  in  cylinders,  measurement  of 

Low  explosives  and  black  powder 

Matches;  marking 

Motion-picture  films 

Motion-picture  films,  mixed  shipment 

Motion-picture  films  (unexposed) 

Of  explosives  lading  equally  distributed  in  cars 

On  revenue  waybill 

Oxidizing  materials 

Oxidizing  materials,  wooden  barrels  and  kegs 

Oxidizing  materials,  wooden  boxes 

Percussion  caps 

Percussion  fuzes 

Picric  acid,  wet  with  water 

Primers,  percussion  caps,  and  time  fuzes 

Primers 

Pyroxylin  plastic  scrap  in  barrels  or  kegs 

Samples  of  explosives;  marking 

Small-arms  ammunition \ 

Small-arms  ammumtioa;  marking I 

Smokeless  powder  for  cannon 

Smokeless  powder  for  small  arms 

Special  fireworks 

Tare,  on  cylinders 

Time  fazes .• 

Toy  torpedoes 

Trinitrotoluene,  wet  with  water 

Wet  nitrocellulose  or  wet  nitrostarch 

Wet  mixed  feed,  carload  lots  of,  loaded  in  tight  cars 

Whiting,  cushioning  for  bromine 

Cushioning  for  nitric  acid 

Wood  for  inside  containers  for  strike  anywhere  matches. .. 


Paragraph. 
214  (6) 
504 
480 
235 
591 


245 


308,309 
238 
214  (c) 
214  (o) 
214  (6) 
490 

231 

200-251 

562(6) 

205 


1008  (c) 
800 


510 
610 


214  (6) 
241 


476  (0) 


217 
220 
248 
556 


248 
214  (6) 
467 
1020  (o) 
524 
535 
472 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


58 


125  (a) 


40-60 
148  (6) 


101  (d) 

102  (6) 
102  (e) 
102  (e) 


49 


40  (a),  41 

49 

43,49,50 


58 
142 
49 
5S 


12S 
134  (/;; 


424 


INDEX. 


Subject 


Freight 

regulations 

Pt.I.p.  1. 


Express 
regulations, 
Pt.II,p.99. 


Shipping 

container 

specifications, 

Pt.  IV,  p.  149. 


Wood  filler,  uquid  (bed  label),  exemption. 

Maximum  quantits'  one  package 

Packing 


Paragraph. 
308  (d) 


Wood  ptilp  cushioning  in  boxes  high  explosives. 

In  high  explosives 

Wood  stain,  liquid  (red  label),  exemption — 

Maximum  quantity  one  package 

Packing 


SOS,  309, 405- 
408,430,431 

210  (6) 

207 

308  (d) 


Wood-jacketed  cans,  inside  containers  for    inflammable 
liquids. 

Wool  tvaste  forbidden,  when 

Wool,  waste,  wet,  forbidden  for  transportation ■. . 

Wreck,  car  of  chemical  ammunition;  gas  masks  for  bureau 
inspectors. 

Car  of  inflammable  liquid 

Explosives  car;  fire  prevention  most  important 

Explosives  car;  water  makes  safe,  except  dynamite 

Wrecking  outfits,  electric  lights  for 

Xylyl  bromide  (poison  gas  label),  class  A  poison  (Freight 

only.) 

Forbidden  for  transportation 

No  exemption 

Packing 

Yard,  shipments  must  leave,  in  48  hours 

Yards  and  sidings,  positions  of  cars  of  explosives  as  to 

Yellow  label  articles  damaged  in  wreck,  care  of 

Zylonite  plastics.    See  Pyroxylin  plastics. 
Zylonite  scrap.    See  Pyroxylin  plastic  scrap. 


308,309,405- 
408,430,431 

408 

301  (e) 


1070  (6),(c) 

1044-1049 

1070  (o) 

1070  (a) 

1072 

307  (a) 


309 

309,591,592 

30  (ri) 

1032 

1071 


Paragraph. 


Specification 
No. 


76 

76,81,83  (a), 

90 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 

9,10,11,19,23, 

24,29,34 


76 

76,81,83(0), 

90 


1,2,5,5A,5B, 

9,10,11,19,23, 

24,29,34 

2,11 


22  (j) 


22(/) 


33 


o 


This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below 


DEC  9      1953 

REC'D  LD-URD 
,^  ^EC'D  LD-URL 

StH  1  5  i9f)' 


JUN231975 


QL  S-Ef  -  £,9„J-575 


PF 


J  / 


KEC'O 


TE.B 


m 


I') 


£     JUN     8   19(i0 

'JULZobbO 

Form  L-9-15wi-7,'32 


J 


3   1158  00153  5110 


AA    001032853 


